Xerox ColorQube 9303 Family Service Manual

708P90290
February 2013
Xerox ColorQube 9303 Family Service Manual

Prepared by:
Content Development and Language Services - Europe & Asia
Xerox Global Services
Bessemer Road,
Welwyn Garden City
Hertfordshire
AL7 1BU
United Kingdom
2009- 2013 Xerox Corporation. All Rights Reserved. XEROX and XEROX and Design are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Other company trademarks are also acknowledged.
While every care has been taken in the preparation of this manual, no liability will be accepted by Xerox Europe arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions.
All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product trained service per-
sonnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or
modules, components or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You
should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service.
Introduction
About This Manual .......................................................................................................... iii
How To Use This Manual ................................................................................................ iv
Remote Control Panel ..................................................................................................... iv
Change History................................................................................................................ v
Documentation Symbol ................................................................................................... vii
Mod/Tag Identification ..................................................................................................... vii
Voltages Resistances and Tolerances ............................................................................ viii
Safety Information ........................................................................................................... ix
Health and Safety Incident Reporting.............................................................................. ix
Translated Warnings ....................................................................................................... x
February 2013 Introduction

ColorQube 9303 Family i
Introduction February 2013
ii ColorQube 9303 Family
About This Manual Section 5 Parts List
This manual is part of a multinational service documentation system that is structured in the This section contains the detailed and illustrated spare parts list. Any part that is spared or that
must be removed to access a spared part is illustrated.
standard Xerox service manual format.
Section 6 General Procedures / Information

Organization
This section contains all other procedures, product specifications and general information. It
The service manual is the document used as the primary information source for repairing and also contains Mod/Tag information. The abbreviations used in this Manual are in GP 40 Glos-
maintaining this family of products and is available as EDOC on a CDROM, or as a PDF on
sary of Terms, Acronyms and Abbreviations.
CDROM. The information within the manual is divided into an introduction and eight other sec-
tions. Section 7 Wiring Data
This section contains PWB layout, lists of plug / jack locations and wiring diagrams of the
Section 1 Service Call Procedures
power distribution and wire networks in the machine.
This section is used to start and complete a service call. The procedures in this section will
either direct you to a Repair Analysis Procedure (RAP), or identify a faulty component or sub- Section 8 Principles of Operation
assembly.
This section contains the Principles of Operation.
Section 2 Status Indicator Repair Analysis Procedures
Publication Comments Sheet
This section contains the Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) and checkouts necessary to
diagnose, isolate and repair faults other than image quality faults. A Publication Comment Sheet is provided at the rear of the PDF version of the manual.
The fault codes on the machine user interface are preceded with the number 3.
For example a fault in the scanner might display 362-485-00 on the user interface.
This manual describes the procedure for the fault under the heading 62-485-00 Supply
12 Volts Error RAP.
Section 3 Image Quality
This section contains the Image Quality Repair Analysis Procedures (IQ RAPs), checkouts and
setup procedures necessary to diagnose, isolate and repair image quality faults.
Section 4 Repairs / Adjustments

This section contains all the repair and adjustment procedures.
Repairs
Repairs include procedures for the removal and installing of parts which have the following
special conditions:
When there is a personnel or machine safety issue.

When removal or installation cannot be determined from the exploded view of the parts
list.
When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure.
When the part requires an adjustment after a part is installed.
When a special tool is required for removal or installing a part.
Adjustments
Adjustments include procedures for the adjusting of the parts that must be within specification
for the correct operation of the system.

ColorQube 9303 Family iii About This Manual
How To Use This Manual Remote Control Panel
Always start with the Service Call Procedures, Section 1. Perform SCP 1 Initial Actions and The ColorQube 9303F machines with system software version 071.XXX.XX.XXX or higher are
verify the problem, then follow the directions given. equipped with a remote control panel feature to allow remote user access to the UI.
How to Differentiate Between Machine Variants The remote control panel feature enables users the ability to:
The machine will be identified in this manual by the identifiers ColorQube 9301 / 9302 / 9303. Remotely view the local UI display graphics.
Operate both hard and soft buttons on the control panel.
When a procedure, parts list description or other reference is unique amongst different speeds The remote control panel on the remote user PC mimics the device control panel enabling the
of machine, the appropriate speed range will be quoted. For example, 38ppm, 45ppm 55ppm. remote user to operate the device as though they were standing at the machine. Remote
Any artwork will also be specific. access to Service Mode (diagnostics) is also possible. Refer to GP 47 Remote Diagnostics.
NOTE: This manual services all configurations of the machine. Ignore references to options
not installed on the machine.
Warnings, Cautions And Notes

WARNING
A warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condi-
tion or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
A translated version of all warnings is in Translated Warnings.
CAUTION
A caution is used whenever an operation or maintenance procedure, practice, condition or
statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment.
NOTE: A note is used where it is essential to highlight a procedure, practice, condition or state-
ment.

How To Use This Manual, iv ColorQube 9303 Family
Change History Wiring Diagram 8.2 Media Path Driver PWB (2 of 5)
Wiring Diagram 9.8 Marking Unit Heater PWB
This page gives information on major changes to the service manual. Please go to the relevant
update. Bus Update June 2012
Bus Update May 2011 The following procedures are updated:
Bus Update September 2011
12-024-00-171, 12-025-00-171 HVF Paddle Roller Position RAP
Bus Update June 2012
12-113-00-171, 12-114-00-171, 12-190-00-171 HVF BM Entry RAP
Bus Update February 2013
91-698-00 to 91-732-00 IOD Excessive Head Misalignment RAP
Bus Update May 2011 91-827-00 PQM Align Needed RAP
The following procedures are updated: 91-837-00 PQM Align Calibration Needed RAP
12-460-00-171 to 12-462-00-171 HVF Bin 1 Position RAP 92-541-00, 92-570-00 Interrupt Storm Fault RAP
12L-171 Tri-Folder Not Detected RAP 94-535-00 Drum Driver Command Curent Error RAP
94-549 Drum Runout Calibration Error RAP
94-538-00 to 93-540-00, 93-959-00 Lower Umbilical Thermal Error RAP
99-081-00 to 99-112-00 PEST Error 2 RAP
99-394-00 to 99-413-00 PEST Error 13 RAP
OF 5 Boot Up Failure RAP
OF 16 POST Error RAP 99-272-00 to 99-292-00 PEST Error 8 RAP
REP 12.19-171 Crease Roll Motor 99-444-00 to 99-457-00 PEST Error 16 RAP
REP 12.27-171 BM Staple Heads 99-460-00 to 99-477-00 PEST Error 17 RAP
REP 91.25 Drum and Front Drum Frame Assembly OF 3 Unresponsive Machine RAP
REP 91.29 Printhead OF 12 Service Code RAP
REP 91.34 Drum Pulley
IQ 9 Deletions in the Process Direction RAP
Parts List updated
IQ 13 All Colours Uneven RAP
GP 7 System Grounding Verification
GP 35 Copy and Print Speeds REP 91.13 Stitch / Roll Motor
GP 37 Post part Replacement Routines REP 91.29 Printhead
Wiring Diagram 12.10 ADJ 12.2-171 Tri-Folder Paper Settings
Principles of Operation (System Overview) Parts List updated
Bus Update September 2011 GP 15 Location and Function of PWB LEDs
The following procedures are updated: GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines
01E +12V Distribution RAP Principles of Operation
01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and Overload RAP The following procedures are new:
12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP REP 91.37 Stitch / Roll Motor Lead Screws
19-300-00 to 19-310-00 Image Disk (HDD) Failure RAP Bus Update February 2013
99-824-00 to 99-838-00 PEST Error 38 RAP This revision of the service manual was produced to meet the requirements for the;
OF 3 Unresponsive Machine RAP
OF 16 POST Error RAP introduction of the dicovery 2.0 software platform, system software version
REP 1.9 Power Supply Unit 071.XXX.XX.XXX, GP 33.
REP 3.7 Single Board Controller PWB general update to the ColorQube 9303F procedures.
REP 3.9 NVM Module BWB and Battery The following procedures are updated:
REP 3.10 Power Distribution PWB
REP 75.11 Tray 5 Elevator Tray Guides Introduction. Remote Control Panel information
REP 91.25 Drum and Front Drum Frame Assembly SCP 3 Fault Analysis, warning added
REP 91.29 Printhead SCP 3 Wireless Connectivity RAP information added and GPs 41 to 49
Parts List updated 12-473-00-171 to 12-478-00-171 Support Finger Position RAP
dC 967 Head to Drum Spacing Check 12D-171 Booklet Quality RAP
Wiring Diagram 1.5 Power Supply Unit (5 of 5) 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP, new figure 1
Wiring Diagram 3.3 Single Board Controller PWB (3 of 3)

ColorQube 9303 Family v Change History
RAP 71-101-00 to 71-161-00 Tray 1 Mis-Feed Jam dC103 Billing Plan
RAP 72-101-00 to 72-161-00 Tray 2 Mis-Feed Jam dC131 Table 3
RAP 73-101-00 to 73-161-00 Tray 3 Mis-Feed Jam dC131 Table 4
RAP 74-101-00, 74-160-00 to 74-161-00 Bypass Tray 4 Mis-Feed dC131 Table 6
RAP 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Mis-Feed dC131 Table 17
RAP 82-502-00, 82-503-00 Horizontal Transport Motor M6 Failure dC131 Table 20
RAP 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error dC134 Market Region
RAP 88-508-00 Registration / Preheat Air Pump Incorrect Current dC301 NVM Initialization
RAP OF 1:- service bulletin T8009-12-06. dC330 Component Control (Table 12)
RAP 89-125-00 to 89-128-00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 Media Path Sensor 20 Failure dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration (RaLPH)
RAP 99-272-00 to 99-292-00 PEST Error 8 TAG 012
RAP 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, 94-546-00, 94-632-00, 94- TAG 016
633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP TAG 018
RAP 93-545-00 to 93-548-00 Ink Melt Conductivity Error PJ Locations (table 8 PJ503 HVF PWB)
RAP IQ 9 Deletions in the Process Direction WD 8.6 ( TAG 018 added)
RAP IQ 10 Incorrect Margin, Misregistration or Skew;- service bulletin T8009-12-06 WD 12.2 (Q12-318 was Q12-135)
RAP IQ 11 Smudges, Debris, Smears in the Process Direction, or Paper Stack Marks:- WD 12.13 (PJ 501 deleted, PJ502 extended to replace PJ501)
service bulletin T8009-12-06.
WD 12.24 (PJ501 changed to PJ502)
REP 3.8 Hard Disk Drive
P of O System Overview; memory options removed.
REP 12.6-171 HVF Ejector Assembly
P of O Motors (Registration/Preheat Assembly W/TAG 018 added)
REP 89.2 Registration / Preheat Pumps
P of O (Compiler Stapler Operation SH1 Home Sensor Q12-318)
PL 1.15
P of O (SH1 Home sensor, Fig 4, Fig 5)
PL 3.11
The following procedures are new:
PL 5.15 RAP 16D Wireless Connectivity
PL 5.35 RAP 22-360-00 Service Plan Mismatch
PL 12.110 GP 47 Remote Diagnostics
PL 20.10 GP 48 How to Re-Enter Optional Feature Installation Keys
PL 31.11 GP 49 USB Connection Mode
PL 88.10
PL 88.11
PL 91.20
PL 91.25
GP 1 Mode Service
GP 4 Machine Software
GP 5 Customer Administration Tools
GP 9 UI Services User Menu Map
GP 17 Network Clone Procedure
GP 33 Machine Features
GP40 Glossary of Terms, Acronyns and Abbreviations
GP42 How to set the IP Address of the PWS
GP 44 How to Disable the Firewall of the PWS

Change History vi ColorQube 9303 Family
Documentation Symbol Mod/Tag Identification
This symbol is displayed in the service documentation: Figure 1, shows the Mod/Tag identification symbols.
ESD Caution Symbol
These with tag symbols are used to identify the components

or configurations that are part of a machine change covered
by this tag number.
CAUTION
Certain components in this product are susceptible to damage from electrostatic discharge.
Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
These without tag symbols are used to identify the
components or configurations that are used when this
tag is not fitted.
Figure 1 Mod/Tag identification symbols

ColorQube 9303 Family vii Documentation Symbol, Mod/Tag Identification
Voltages Resistances and Tolerances
For AC power specifications, refer to GP 22 Electrical Power Requirements. Signal description (event that
causes the signal level change)
DC Voltage Levels and Tolerances
DC Voltages should be measured between an available test point and a machine ground.
Table 1 shows the range of the common voltages.
Table 1 DC Voltage Levels

Nominal voltage Voltage tolerance range RAP reference
0 volts 0.00 to 0.10V 01L 0V Distribution RAP
+3.3V ESTAR +/ 2.5% 01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP
+3.3V +/ 2.5% 01C +3.3V Distribution RAP
+5.V 5.1V +/- 5% 01D +5V Distribution RAP Logic level when the Voltage supplied to
+12V +/ 5% 01E +12V Distribution RAP signal is available the signal circuit
-12V +/ 5% 01F -12V Distribution RAP
+17V See Note 01G +17V Distribution RAP Wire colour
+24V +/- 5% 01H +24V Distribution RAP
+50V 47V to 49V 01J +50V Distribution RAP
Figure 1 Signal Nomenclature
-50V -47V to -49V 01K -50V Distribution RAP
Table 2 shows the signal tolerances.
Non-standard voltage levels will be quoted on the relevant circuit diagram. All other voltage lev- Table 2 Signal tolerances
els are plus or minus 10%.
Signal voltage (H) logic level (L) logic level
NOTE: During power self test and when in sleep mode, this supply is 17V unregulated and is +5V +3.85V or greater At or near 0.8V
approximately +17V. When the machine is in active mode, this supply raises to +24V +/- 5% +3.3V +2V or greater At or near 0.8V
Resistance Tolerances Non standard signal tolerances will be quoted on the relevant wiring diagram.
All resistance measurement tolerances are plus or minus 10%, unless otherwise stated in the
NOTE: The logic level shown with the signal name will be the actual signal as measured with a
procedure. service meter. This will not necessarily be the same as the logic state shown on the diagnostic
screen.
DC Signal Nomenclature
Figure 1 shows the signal nomenclature used in this manual. Samples of RAP Reference Text
Throughout the manual there are linked references that extend the diagnostic procedure or
add more information:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
NOTE: This links to a General Procedure.

WD 1.5
NOTE: This links to a relevant wiring diagram.

Install new components as necessary:
Tray 1 feed sensor, PL 81.25 Item 19.
NOTE: This links to the parts list. If installation of the new component is simple, the parts
list artwork is sufficient to show how the component is assembled in the machine. If instal-
lation of the new component is not simple, the parts listing will contain cross references to
repair procedures and adjustments, as necessary.

Voltages Resistances and Tolerances viii ColorQube 9303 Family
Safety Information Health and Safety Incident Reporting
The warning that follows is for general guidance when live working. I. Summary
This section defines requirements for notification of health and safety incidents involving Xerox
WARNING products (equipment and materials) at customer locations.
Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working.
Safety Icons II. Scope
The safety icons that follow are displayed on the machine: Xerox Corporation and subsidiaries worldwide.
Hot Surface Symbol III. Objective

This symbol indicates hot surfaces. Take care when servicing the machine. To enable prompt resolution of health and safety incidents involving Xerox products and to
ensure Xerox regulatory compliance.
IV. Definitions
Incident:
An event or condition occurring in a customer account that has resulted in injury, illness or
property damage. Examples of incidents include machine fires, smoke generation, physical
injury to an operator or service representative. Alleged events and product conditions are
Lethal Voltage Symbol included in this definition.
This symbol indicates potentially lethal voltages. Take care when servicing the machine when
the power cord is connected. V. Requirements
Initial Report:
1. Xerox organizations shall establish a process for individuals to report product incidents to
Xerox Environment Health & Safety within 24 hours of becoming aware of the event.
2. The information to be provided at the time of reporting is contained in Appendix A (Health
and Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox product).
3. The initial notification may be made by any of the methods that follow:
For incidents in North America and Developing Markets West (Brazil, Mexico, Latin
American North and Latin American South):
Fuses
Phone* Xerox EH&S at: +1-800-828-6571.
WARNING
Electronic mail Xerox EH&S at: usa.xerox.ehs@xerox.com.
Do not install a fuse of a different type or rating. Installing the wrong type or rating of
Fax Xerox EH&S at: +1-585-216-8817 [intelnet 8-219-8817].
fuse can cause overheating and a risk of fire.
For incidents in Europe and Developing Markets East (Middle East, Africa, India,
Part Replacement China and Hong Kong):
Only use genuine Xerox approved spare parts or components to maintain compliance with leg- Phone* Xerox EH&S at: +44 (0) 1707 353434.
islation and safety certification.
Electronic mail Xerox EH&S at: ehs-europe@xerox.com.
Disassembly Precautions Fax Xerox EH&S at: +44 (0) 1707 353914 [intelnet 8 668 3914].
Do not leave the machine with any covers removed at a customer location. *Initial notification made by phone must be followed within 24 hours by a completed inci-
dent report and sent to the indicated electronic mail address or fax number.
Re-assembly Precautions NOTE: If sending a fax, please also send the original via internal mail.
Use extreme care during re-assembly. Check all harnesses to ensure they do not contact mov-
ing parts and do not get trapped between components. Responsibilities for resolution:
1. Business Groups / Product Design Teams responsible for the product involved in the inci-
General Procedures dent shall:
Observe all warnings displayed on the machine and written in the service procedures. Do not a. Manage field bulletins, customer correspondence, product recalls, safety retrofits.
attempt to perform any task that is not specified in the service procedures. b. Fund all field retrofits.

ColorQube 9303 Family ix Safety Information, Health and Safety Incident Re-
2. Field Service Operations shall: Translated Warnings
a. Preserve the Xerox product involved and the scene of the incident inclusive of any
associated equipment located in the vicinity of the incident.
Cleaning Warnings
b. Return any affected equipment/part(s) to the location designated by Xerox EH&S WARNING
and/or the Business Division. Do not attempt to mop up the spilt oil with conventional mops and water. This will
c. Implement all safety retrofits. spread the contamination and will extend the slip hazard.
3. Xerox EH&S shall: DANGER: Ne pas essuyer avec une ponge ou une serpillre et de l'eau si de l'huile est
renverse. Cela talerait l'huile et augmenterait la zone reprsentant un risque de chute.
a. Manage and report all incident investigation activities.
AVVERTENZA: non tentare di pulire una fuoriuscita di olio utilizzando uno spazzolone e
b. Review and approve proposed product corrective actions and retrofits, if necessary.
acqua per evitare di estendere l'area contaminata e aumentare il rischio di scivolare.
c. Manage all communications and correspondence with government agencies.
VORSICHT: Nicht versuchen, ausgetretenes l mit einem herkmmlichen Wischlappen
d. Define actions to correct confirmed incidents.
und Wasser zu beseitigen. Dadurch wird das l verteilt und es besteht eine noch
VI. Appendices grere Rutschgefahr.
The Health and Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox Product (Form # EH&S-700) is avail- AVISO: Abstngase de limpiar el aceite derramado a la manera convencional con una
able in the locations that follow: fregona y agua, ya que ello slo provocara la extensin de la contaminacin y aumen-
On electronic documentation (EDOC), located in the folder \safety. tara el peligro de deslizamiento.
In the hardcopy, located at the end of the manual. WARNING
Do not clean the stripper blade. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. If
the stripper blade is dirty a new blade must be installed.
DANGER: Effectuez cette procdure avec prcaution. La lame du doigt dcolleur est
trs tranchante et peut tre source de blessures.
AVVERTENZA: Fare attenzione durante questa procedura. La lama del separatore
molto tagliente e pu causare lesioni personali.
VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen. Die Abstreifklinge ist sehr scharf
und es besteht Verletzungsgefahr.
AVISO: Tenga cuidado durante este procedimiento. El conjunto de dedos de despegue
es muy filudo y puede producir lesiones.
WARNING
Immediately clean an oil spill. Spilt oil is a slip hazard. Do not walk in the contaminated
area. Walking in the contaminated area will spread the contamination and contaminate
footwear. Contaminated footwear is a slip hazard.
DANGER: Dans le cas o de l'huile est renverse, nettoyez immdiatement pour viter
tout risque de chute. vitez de marcher dans la zone o de l'huile a t renverse pour
ne pas l'taler sur le sol et prvenir tout risque de chute.
AVVERTENZA: Pulire immediatamente una fuoriuscita di olio per evitare il rischio di
scivolare. Non camminare nell'area contaminata per evitare di diffondere l'area contami-
nata e di contaminare le calzature. Con le calzature contaminate si corre il rischio di
scivolare.
VORSICHT: lflecke unverzglich entfernen. Bei verschttetem l besteht Rutschge-
fahr. lverschmutzten Bereich nicht betreten. Durch Treten in eine llache breitet sich
die Verschmutzung aus und die Schuhe werden verunreinigt. Mit ligen Schuhsohlen
besteht Rutschgefahr.
AVISO: Limpie de inmediato el aceite derramado. El aceite derramado puede ocasionar
resbalones. No camine en la zona donde ocurri el derrame. Si camina en ella, se untar
de aceite los zapatos y esparcir el aceite a otras zonas. Los zapatos con aceite pueden
ocasionar resbalones

Health and Safety Incident Reporting, Translated x ColorQube 9303 Family
WARNING DANGER: Ne pas mettre la machine sous tension si un circuit de mise la masse est
dconnect. Les circuits de mise la masse permettent de garantir la scurit de la
Wear protective gloves when using solvents and cleaning agents, PL 26.10 Item 5
machine lors d'un incident.
DANGER: Porter des gants de protection lors de l'utilisation de solvants et de produits
AVVERTENZA: Non accendere la macchina se uno dei conduttori di terra non con-
de nettoyage, PL 26.10 Item 5.
nesso. In caso di guasti elettrici, tali conduttori garantiscono la sicurezza del sistema.
AVVERTENZA: utilizzare guanti protettivi durante l'impiego di solventi e soluzioni per
pulizia PL 26.10 Item 5. VORSICHT: Stromzufuhr zum Gert nicht einschalten, wenn keine Erdung gegeben ist.
VORSICHT: Beim Einsatz von Lsungs- und Reinigungsmitteln Handschuhe tragen PL AVISO: No encienda la mquina mientras est deconectado algn circuito de tierra. Los
circuitos de tierra mantienen la seguridad de la mquina en las situaciones de averas o
26.10 Item 5.
errores.
AVISO: Pngase guantes de proteccin cuando utilice disolventes y productos de limp-
ieza PL 26.10 Item 5. WARNING
WARNING Do not touch the ink loader melt plates while the machine is switched on. Dangerous
voltages may be present that could cause death or injury.
Wear the protective gloves included in the silicon oil removal kit when using the syringe
DANGER: Ne pas toucher les plaques de fusion du chargeur d'encre tant que la machine
to remove the oil.
est sous tension. Elles reprsentent un risque de chocs lectriques qui sont un danger
DANGER: Il est indispensable de porter les gants de protection inclus dans le kit sili- de mort ou peuvent entraner des blessures graves.
cone de nettoyage de lhuile lors de lutilisation de la seringue de pour nettoyer lhuile.
AVVERTENZA: non toccare le piastre di fusione del caricatore di inchiostro mentre la
AVVERTENZA:Quando si usa la siringa per rimuovere lolio, indossare i guanti protettivi
macchina accesa. La presenza di voltaggi pericolosi comporta il rischio di morte o
inclusi nel kit di rimozione dell'olio di silicone.
lesioni personali.
VORSICHT: Beim Entfernen von l mit der labsaugpumpe die im Reinigungsset fr die
VORSICHT: Die Schmelzplatten des Tintenfllbereichs nicht berhren, solange das
Silikonlbeseitigung enthaltenen Schutzhandschuhe tragen. Gert eingeschaltet ist. An den Platten liegt eine Spannung an; es besteht Stromschlag-
AVISO: Pngase los guantes protectores incluidos en el kit de extraccin del aceite de bzw. Lebensgefahr!
silicona cuando utilice la jeringa para extraer el aceite.
AVISO: No toque las planchas fundidas del cargador de tinta mientras la mquina est
Electrical Warnings encendida, ya que podra haber tensiones peligrosas que podran provocar lesiones o
WARNING incluso la muerte.
Do not attempt any repairs to the power cord or safety ground harness/conductor. WARNING
DANGER: Ne pas tenter de rparer le faisceau/conducteur de mise la masse ou du cor- Do not use the on/off switch as a safety disconnect device. The on/off switch is not a
don d'alimentation. disconnect device. Disconnect the power cord from the supply to isolate the equipment.
AVVERTENZA: non eseguire riparazioni sul cavo dell'alimentazione o sul conduttore di DANGER: Ne pas utiliser l'interrupteur comme systme d'arrt d'urgence. Dconnecter
terra di sicurezza. le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pour isoler l'quipement.
VORSICHT: Keine Reparaturen am Netzkabel oder am Schutzleiter vornehmen. AVVERTENZA: Non usare l'interruttore di accensione/spegnimento come dispositivo di
AVISO: No intente reparar el cable de alimentacin ni el conductor/mazo de tierra de sicurezza per il disinserimento dell'elettricit, in quanto l'interruttore non stato diseg-
nato per questa funzione. Per isolare la macchina dalla corrente elettrica, scollegare il
proteccin.
cavo dell'alimentazione dalla presa a muro.
WARNING VORSICHT: Der Netzschalter reicht zur Trennung von der Netzspannung NICHT aus. Um
Do not install a fuse of a different type or rating. Installing the wrong type or rating of das Gert von der Netzspannung zu trennen, den Netzstecker abziehen.
fuse can cause overheating and a risk of fire.
AVISO: No utilice el interruptor de encendido/apagado como dispositivo de desconex-
DANGER: Ne pas installer de fusible de type ou de calibre diffrent. Il existe un risque in seguro. El interruptor de encendido/apagado no es un dispositivo de desconexin.
de surchauffe voire d'incendie. Para aislar el equipo totalmente, desconecte el cable de alimentacin de la toma de cor-
AVVERTENZA: per evitare rischi di surriscaldamento o d'incendio, non installare un fus- riente.
ibile di tipo o carica diversi da quelli esistenti.
VORSICHT: Keine Sicherungen anderer Art oder anderer Leistung auf dem IOT-PWB
installieren - berhitzungs- und Brandgefahr.
AVISO: No instale un fusible de potencia o tipo distinto. Un fusible de potencia o tipo
distinto puede producir sobrecalentamiento y el riesgo de incendio.
WARNING
Do not switch on the electricity to the machine while a ground circuit is disconnected.
Ground circuits ensure that the machine remains safe during a fault condition.

ColorQube 9303 Family xi Translated Warnings
WARNING AVISO: Tenga cuidado al medir la tensin de la lnea de alimentacin de corriente
alterna. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause General Warnings
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING
DANGER: Assurez-vous que la machine est hors tension lorsque vous effectuez des
A warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condi-
tches ne ncessitant pas d'alimentation lectrique. Reportez-vous GP 14.
tion or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
Dbranchez le cble d'alimentation pour prvenir tout risque d'lectrocution. Les chocs
lectriques peuvent prsenter un danger de mort ou entraner des blessures graves. De DANGER: Une note Danger est utilise chaque fois qu'une procdure d'utilisation ou de
maintenance peut tre cause de blessure si elle n'est pas strictement respecte.
plus, certaines pices, lorsqu'elles sont en mouvement, peuvent tre source de
blessures graves. AVVERTENZA: Un segnale di avvertenza utilizzato ogni volta che una procedura oper-
ativa o di manutenzione, una pratica, una condizione o un'istruzione, se non stretta-
AVVERTENZA: Accertarsi di isolare la macchina dall'alimentazione elettrica quando si
eseguono attivit che non richiedono elettricit. Vedere GP 14. Scollegare il cavo di ali- mente osservata, potrebbe causare lesioni personali.
mentazione. L'elettricit pu causare morte o lesioni personali. Le parti in movimento VORSICHT: Weist darauf hin, dass ein Abweichen von den angefhrten Arbeits- und
possono causare lesioni personali. Wartungsanweisungen gesundheitliche Schden, mglicherweise sogar schwere Ver-
letzungen zur Folge haben kann.
VORSICHT: Sicherstellen, dass die Stromversorgung des Gerts bei Arbeiten, die
keinen Strom erfordern, ausgeschaltet ist. Siehe auch GP 14. Den Netzstecker ziehen. AVISO:Un aviso se utiliza siempre que un procedimiento de operacin o mantenimiento,
Andernfalls besteht Stromschlaggefahr und Verletzungsgefahr durch bewegliche Teile. prctica o condicin puede causar daos personales si no se respetan estrictamente.
AVISO: Asegrese de mantener la mquina aislada de la energa elctrica mientras real- WARNING
iza tareas que no necesitan electricidad. Consulte GP 14. Desconecte el cable de ali- Isolate the machine from the customers network before performing tasks that do not
mentacin. La energa elctrica puede producir lesiones o incluso la muerte. Las piezas need network access. Isolating the machine will prevent remote diagnostic access, GP
sueltas pueden producir lesiones. 47.
WARNING AVERTISSEMENT: Isolez la machine du rseau des clients avant deffectuer les tches
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord qui ne ncessitent pas laccs au rseau. Cette isolation bloquera laccs diagnostique
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity distance, GP 47.
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. AVVERTENZA: Prima di eseguire attivit che non richiedono laccesso alla rete, isolare
DANGER: Mettez la machine hors tension. Reportez-vous GP 14. Dconnectez le cor- la macchina dalla rete del cliente. Lisolamento della macchina impedisce laccesso alla
don d'alimentation de l'alimentation du client lorsque vous ralisez des tches qui ne diagnostica remota (GP 47).
ncessitent pas d'lectricit. L'lectricit peut tre l'origine de blessures, voire d'un ACHTUNG: Fr Aufgaben, bei denen kein Netzwerkzugriff erforderlich ist, das Gert
accident mortel. Les pices amovibles peuvent tre l'origine de blessures. vom Kundennetzwerk trennen. Hinweis: Bei Trennung des Gerts ist keine Ferndiag-
AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Vedere GP 14. Scollegare il cavo di alimentazione nose mglich (GP 47).
dall'alimentatore quando si eseguono attivit che non richiedono elettricit. L'elettricit AVISO: Desconecte la mquina de la red del cliente para realizar operaciones que no
pu causare morte o lesioni personali. Le parti in movimento possono causare lesioni necesiten acceso a red. Desconectar la mquina de la red evitar que se genere el diag-
personali. nstico de acceso remoto, GP 47.
VORSICHT: Schalten Sie die Stromversorgung der Maschine ab. Siehe auch GP 14. Zie- WARNING
hen Sie das Stromkabel ab, wenn Sie Aufgaben ausfhren, fr die keine Stromversor-
Do not leave an old stripper blade at the customers site.
gung bentigt wird. Stromschlge knnen Todesfllen oder Verletzungen verursachen.
DANGER: Ne pas laisser les lames usages du doigt dcolleur sur le site client.
Bewegliche Teile knnen zu Verletzungen fhren.
AVVERTENZA: non lasciare mai una vecchia lama di separazione presso la sede del cli-
AVISO: Apague la electricidad de la mquina. Consulte el GP 14. Desconecte el cable de
alimentacin elctrica de la toma de pared mientras est realizando tareas que no ente.
necesiten corriente. La electricidad puede causar daos o la muerte. Las partes mviles VORSICHT: Alte Abstreifklingen nicht am Kundenstandort zurcklassen, sondern
pueden causar daos. entsorgen.
WARNING AVISO: No deje un conjunto de dedos de despegue antiguo en las instalaciones del cli-
ente.
Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause death or injury.
DANGER: Prendre des prcautions lors du relev de la tension de la prise de courant
WARNING
alternatif. L'lectricit peut entraner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Do not undock the HVF BM from the machine. The HVF BM is unstable when undocked
from the machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the HVF BM.
AVVERTENZA: Procedere con cautela durante la misurazione della tensione CA della
rete. L'elettricit pu causare infortuni o morte. DANGER: Ne dconnectez pas le module HVF BM de la machine. Le module HCSS BM
VORSICHT: Bei der Netzspannungsprfung stets vorsichtig vorgehen devient instable lorsqu'il est dconnect de la machine. Ne dmontrez pas au client

Translated Warnings xii ColorQube 9303 Family
comment dconnecter le module HCSS BM. not show the customer how to undock Tray 5.
AVVERTENZA: Non sganciare il modulo HVF BM dalla macchina. Questo modulo non DANGER: Attention ne pas faire tomber le magasin 5. Le magasin 5 nest pas stable
stabile quando sganciato dalla macchina. Non mostrare al cliente come sganciare il lorsquil est dtach de la machine. Ne pas montrer au client comment dtacher le
modulo HCSS BM. magasin 5.
VORSICHT: Docken Sie nicht den HVF BM von der Maschine ab. Der HCSS BM ist insta- AVVERTENZA: Fare attenzione a non destabilizzare il vassoio 5. Quando sganciato
bil, wenn er von der Maschine abgedockt ist. Zeigen Sie dem Kunden nicht, wie der dalla macchina, questo vassoio instabile: non mostrare al cliente come sganciarlo.
HCSS BM abgedockt wird. VORSICHT: Behlter 5 nicht umstoen.Der Behlter ist nach der Trennung vom Gert
AVISO: No desacople el apilador o grapadora de alta capacidad HVF BM de la mquina. sehr instabil.Benutzer nicht im Trennen des Behlters vom Gert einweisen.
sta no es estable cuando se desacopla de la mquina. No muestre al cliente cmo AVISO: Tenga cuidado de que no se caiga la bandeja 5. Cuando no est acoplada a la
desacoplar el apilador/grapadora de alta capacidad HCSS BM. mquina, la bandeja 5 es inestable.No le muestre al cliente como desacoplar la bandeja
WARNING 5.
Do not work in a confined space. 1 m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working. WARNING
DANGER: Ne pas travailler dans un espace restreint. 1 mtre d'espace est ncessaire USA and Canada. Do not install this machine in a hallway or exit route that does not
pour un dpannage en toute scurit. have 1.12 m (44 inches) of space additional to the normal space requirements in front of
AVVERTENZA: Non lavorare in uno spazio limitato; necessario uno spazio di almeno the machine. To conform with fire regulations this additional 1.12 m (44 inches) of space
un metro attorno alla macchina per la sicurezza dell'operatore. is needed in front of the machine in hallway and exit routes.
VORSICHT: Nur mit ausreichendem Bewegungsspielraum (1 m) arbeiten. DANGER: tats-Unis et Canada. Si cette machine est installe dans un couloir ou une
AVISO: No trabaje en un espacio reducido. Se necesita 1 metro de espacio para trabajar voie de sortie, 1,12 m (44 pouces) d'espace supplmentaire l'espace normal doit tre
disponible devant la machine conformment aux normes de scurit d'incendie.
con seguridad.
AVVERTENZA: N/A
WARNING
VORSICHT: N/A
Mandatory safety warning. This procedure must be performed by 2 people. The module
AVISO: Estados Unidos y Canad. No instale esta mquina en un corredor o ruta de sal-
is heavy.
ida que no tenga 1.12 m (44 pulgadas) de ancho delante de la mquina, sin incluir el
DANGER: Avertissement obligatoire. Cette procdure doit tre effectue par 2 per-
espacio que ocupe la mquina. Este espacio adicional de 1.12 m (44 pulgadas) delante
sonnes. Le module est trs lourd. de la mquina en corredores y rutas de salida es necesario para cumplir los requisitos
AVVERTENZA: Avviso di sicurezza obbligatorio. A causa della pesantezza del modulo, de las normas sobre incendios.
questa procedura deve essere eseguita da due persone.
WARNING
VORSICHT: Verbindliche Sicherheitsvorschrift - dieser Vorgang muss von zwei Per-
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module, GP 16. The module is heavy.
sonen ausgefhrt werden, da das Modul sehr schwer ist.
DANGER: Conformez-vous aux procdures de manipulation de scurit pour le retrait
AVISO: Aviso de seguridad obligatorio. Este procedimiento debe ejecutarse entre dos
du module. Reportez-vous GP 16. Le module est lourd.
personas. El mdulo pesa mucho.
AVVERTENZA: Utilizzare procedure di gestione sicure durante la rimozione del modulo.
WARNING Vedere GP 16. Il modulo pesante.
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the
VORSICHT: Verwenden Sie sichere Vorgehensweisen zum Entfernen des Moduls. Siehe
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. auch GP 16. Das Modul ist sehr schwer.
DANGER: Attention ne pas faire tomber la trieuse/agrafeuse petite capacit. Elle n'est AVISO: Utilice los procedimientos de seguridad cuando elimine el mdulo. Consulte el
pas stable lorsqu'elle est dtache de la machine. Ne pas montrer au client comment
GP 16. El mdulo es pesado.
dtacher la trieuse/agrafeuse.
AVVERTENZA: fare attenzione a non destabilizzare il modulo della pinzatrice/impilatore
Heat Warnings
da 2000 fogli. Quando sganciato dalla macchina, il modulo instabile: non mostrare al WARNING
cliente come sganciarlo Do not touch the ink reservoir while it is hot.
VORSICHT: Stapler nicht umstoen. Nach Trennung des Staplers vom Document Centre DANGER: Ne pas toucher au rservoir d'encre tant qu'il est chaud.
ist dieser sehr instabil
AVVERTENZA: non toccare il serbatoio di inchiostro quando caldo.
AVISO: Tenga cuidado de que no se caiga el apilador/grapadora de baja capacidad.
VORSICHT: Den Tintenbehlter erst anfassen, wenn er abgekhlt ist.
Cuando no est acoplada a la mquina es inestable. No le muestre al cliente como desa-
coplar el apilador/grapadora de baja capacidad. AVISO: No toque el depsito de tinta mientras ste est caliente.
WARNING WARNING
Take care during this procedure. Motors will become hot during normal operation.
Take care not to topple Tray 5. Tray 5 is unstable when undocked from the machine. Do

ColorQube 9303 Family xiii Translated Warnings
DANGER: Excuter cette procdure avec prcaution. Les moteurs peuvent devenir trs booklet maker while the machine is powered on. The crease blade mechanism activates
chauds en fonctionnement normal. quickly and with great force.
AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. I motori si riscaldano DANGER: Ne pas s'approcher du mchanisme de la lame de pliage lors d'une activit
molto durante il funzionamento. proximit de la plieuse/brocheuse pendant que la machine est sous tension. Ce mcan-
VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, da Motoren im Normalbetrieb hei isme s'active rapidement et avec force.
werden knnen. AVVERTENZA: Quando la macchina accesa, tenersi a debita distanza dalla lama di pie-
AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Los motores alcanzan altas tem- gatura mentre si opera in prossimit della stazione libretto. Il meccanismo della lama di
peraturas durante su funcionamiento normal. piegatura si attiva con velocit e forza notevoli.
WARNING VORSICHT: Wenn bei eingeschaltetem Gert nahe am Booklet Maker gearbeitet wird,
von der Schneidevorrichtung fernhalten. Die Schneidevorrichtung wird schnell und mit
Take care during this procedure. The drum will become hot during normal operation. viel Druck ausgelst.
DANGER: Faites attention pendant cette procdure. Dans des conditions normales de AVISO: Mantngase apartado del mecanismo de la cuchilla hendedora cuando trabaje
fonctionnement, le tambour devient chaud.
junto al realizador de folletos si la mquina est encendida. Dicho mecanismo se activa
AVVERTENZA: Prestare attenzione durante questa procedura. Il tamburo diventa caldo de forma rpida y con mucha fuerza.
durante il normale funzionamento.
WARNING
VORSICHT: Die Trommel wird im Normalbetrieb hei.
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
AVISO: Tome precauciones durante el procedimiento. El cilindro tend una temperatura
DANGER: Excuter cette procdure avec prcaution. La prsence de bords tranchants
elevada durante el funcionamiento normal.
peut entraner des blessures.
WARNING AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere pre-
Take care during this procedure. The registration/preheat assembly will become hot senti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi.
during normal operation. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch
DANGER: Excuter cette procdure avec prcaution. Le module de cadrage/prchauff- die scharfen Kanten entstehen.
age peut devenir trs chaud en fonctionnement normal.
AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que
AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Il complessivo di reg- podran producir lesiones.
istrazione/preriscaldamento raggiunge alte temperature durante il funzionamento.
WARNING
VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, da das Ausrichtungsmodul/
Take care during this procedure. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury.
Vorheizaggregat im Normalbetrieb hei wird.
DANGER: Effectuez cette procdure avec prcaution. La lame du doigt dcolleur est
AVISO: Tenga cuidado al realizar este procedimiento, ya que el conjunto de registro/pre-
calentamiento alcanza una elevada temperatura durante su funcionamiento normal. trs tranchante et peut tre source de blessures.
AVVERTENZA: Fare attenzione durante questa procedura. La lama del separatore
Mechanical Warnings molto tagliente e pu causare lesioni personali.
WARNING VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen. Die Abstreifklinge ist sehr scharf
Do not remove the DADH while the DADH is lowered. In the lowered position the coun- und es besteht Verletzungsgefahr.
terbalance springs are compressed and can cause injury when released. AVISO: Tenga cuidado durante este procedimiento. El conjunto de dedos de despegue
DANGER: Ne pas retirer le CAD alors qu'il est en position basse. Dans cette position, les es muy filudo y puede producir lesiones.
ressorts compensateurs sont compresss et peuvent entraner des blessures s'ils se
relchent.
AVVERTENZA: non rimuovere l'alimentatore automatico documenti quando
abbassato. In questa posizione, le molle del contrappeso sono compresse e possono
causare lesioni al rilascio.
VORSICHT: Vorlageneinzug nicht in abgesenkter Position entfernen. Bei abgesenktem
Vorlageneinzug sind die Ausgleichsfedern zusammengedrckt und knnen bei Fre-
igabe Verletzungen verursachen.
AVISO: No quite el alimentador de documentos automtico si est bajado. Cuando est
bajado, los resortes de contrapeso estn comprimidos y pueden causar lesiones al
soltarse.
WARNING
Keep away from the crease blade mechanism when working in close proximity to the

Translated Warnings xiv ColorQube 9303 Family
1 Service Call Procedures
SCP 1 Initial Actions........................................................................................................ 1-3
SCP 2 Call Actions .......................................................................................................... 1-3
SCP 3 Fault Analysis....................................................................................................... 1-4
SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance...................................................................................... 1-7
SCP 5 Final Actions ........................................................................................................ 1-8
February 2013 Service Call Procedures

ColorQube 9303 Family 1-1
Service Call Procedures February 2013
1-2 ColorQube 9303 Family
SCP 1 Initial Actions SCP 2 Call Actions
Use Service Call Procedures to find a problem with the machine. Use SCP 2 Call Actions during a service call.
Always use SCP 1 Initial Actions to collect information on the machine performance. Do not Procedure
skip Initial Actions.
1. If this is the first service call to this machine perform the following actions:
a. Check the machine configuration with the customer.
Also refer to GP 33 Machine Features.
Refer to dC131 Read / Write to check the following:
Procedure Machine speed, refer to NVM ID 616-003. If incorrect a pre-serialized SIM is
required, obtain through normal channels.
WARNING
Product identifier, refer to NVM ID 616-052. If necessary, correct within the
Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working. NVM location.
1. If the reason for the call is an oil spill from the machine, go to GP 27 Cleaning Procedure. Service plan, refer to NVM ID 606-269. If necessary, correct in dC136 or
2. Ask the operator to describe or demonstrate the problem. dC103.
NOTE: If the machine is password protected, login into Service Copy Mode, refer to GP 1 b. Check that all the required hardware and software is installed and enabled.
Service Mode. c. Check that the machine tray settings are correct.
d. Mark off the hardware options, software options or Tags installed on the Tag matrix
3. If the problem is the result of an incorrect action by the operator, refer the operator to the
user documentation. cards.
4. Check the steps that follow: e. Enter the machine information and the customer information in the service log book.
a. The power lead is connected to the wall outlet and to the machine. 2. Check and record the total print count.
b. Documents are not loaded in the DADH or on the document glass. 3. Review any copy, print and fax samples.
c. The paper is loaded correctly. 4. Make sure the user access settings are correct. If necessary, refer to the user documenta-
tion.
If the paper in the trays does not match the paper specified on the UI, change the
5. To prevent the deletion of the soft machine settings, perform an NVM save from service
paper or the specification to match.
mode on the UI using dC361 NVM Save and Restore in the maintenance routines.
d. All paper trays are closed.
6. If necessary perform GP 17 Network Clone Procedure.
e. All covers are closed or installed.
f. If a telephone line is installed, make sure that the line is connected between the NOTE: The clone file must be taken whenever the customer changes the network control-
machine and the wall jack. ler setting or the system software is changed. Advise the administrator to perform this pro-
cedure at a regular interval.
g. If a telephone line is installed, make sure that the customer telephone line is func-
tioning. 7. Before switching off the machine or clearing the memory, check for a customer job in the
h. That there is sufficient supply of ink sticks. memory.
i. If the problem is media related. Check the relevant area of paper path for scraps of 8. Go to SCP 3 Fault Analysis.
media or sheets not easily visible to a customer
5. Check the machine service log book for previous actions that relate to this call.
6. Go to SCP 2 Call Actions.

ColorQube 9303 Family 1-3 SCP 1, SCP 2
SCP 3 Fault Analysis
Use SCP 3 Fault Analysis to identify a fault.
Procedure
WARNING
Isolate the machine from the customers network before performing tasks that do not
need network access. Isolating the machine will prevent remote diagnostic access, GP
47.
If an error message or fault code appears, go to the relevant RAP. If necessary refer to OF 4
Status Codes and Messages RAP.
Check the fault history. Refer to GP 2 Fault Codes and History Files. If necessary, go to the rel- Figure 1 Splash screen
evant RAP.
If the UI displays The machine is not available or the machine does not come to a Ready
Check if a Service Code is displayed on the Machine Information tab on the user interface, to scan your job state. Go to the OF 5 Boot Up Failure RAP.
refer to OF 12 Service Codes RAP. If necessary, perform OF 12 Service Codes RAP. Sleep Mode Problems
If the machine fails to enter or exit sleep mode, go to the OF 7 Sleep Mode RAP.
To check for Power on Self Test (POST) errors. Refer to OF 16 Post Error RAP.
User Interface Problems
If a fault code is not displayed use the machine in all modes until the fault is found. Use the list Go to the OF 3 Unresponsive Machine RAP if the machine has the faults that follow:
that follows to find the correct procedure for the machine fault. When the fault is cleared, go to The machine is silent.
SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance, then SCP 5 Final Actions. There is no information on the user interface.
Power Up Problems There is no LED illumination on the user interface.
Sleep Mode Problems If the user interface is not illuminated or fails to respond correctly, go to OF 2 UI Touch
User Interface Problems Screen Failure RAP.
Messages If the user interface is illuminated, but there is no information, go to the 02-321-00 XEIP
Image Quality Problems Browser Dead RAP.
DADH Problems If the UI is offset, corrupted or has a problem selecting features, refer to GP 32 User Inter-
face Panel Diagnostics, check panel calibration and the UI functions.
Paper Supply and Paper Feed Problems
Messages
OCT Problems
If a message is displayed, but not a fault code, go to OF 4 Status Code and Message
LCSS Problems
RAP.
HVF, HVF BM, Inserter and Tri-Folder Problems
Image Quality Problems
Fax Problems
Go to the IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
Other Problems
DADH Problems
Additional Information
If the DADH does not detect the documents in the DADH input tray, go to 05B DADH Doc-
Power Up Problems ument Sensor Failure RAP.
Go to the OF 3 Unresponsive Machine RAP if the machine has any of the faults that fol- If the DADH has a fault, but not a fault code, go to the 05A DADH Other Faults RAP.
low:
If the DADH has detected a document of the wrong size. Perform the procedures that fol-
The machine will not power up. low:
There is no information on the user interface. 62A Scanning Document Size RAP.
There is no LED illumination on the user interface. 05-257-00 Unknown Document Size RAP.
All the panel lights are on, the UI touch screen is illuminated and the machine then Paper Supply and Paper Feed Problems
powers off.
For the paper supply faults that do not have a fault code, perform the relevant procedures
The UI touch screen repeatedly cycles back to the install wizard screen. that follow:
If the UI display stops on the splash screen, Figure 1, go to OF 16 POST Error RAP. 71A Tray 1 Empty RAP.

SCP 3 1-4 ColorQube 9303 Family
71B Tray 1 Wrong Size Paper RAP. 12J-171 Inserter Paper Sensing and +5V Supply RAP.
72A Tray 2 Empty RAP. 12K-171 HVF Initialization Failure RAP.
72B Tray 2 Wrong Size Paper RAP. 12L-171 Tri-Folder Not Detected RAP.
73A Tray 3 Out Of Paper RAP. 12N-171 Chad Bin Present and Bin Full RAP.
74A Bypass Tray RAP. 12M-171 Buffer Clamp RAP.
75B Tray 5 Empty RAP If a booklet is not stapled or folded correctly go to:
If the machine produces a multifeed, go to the OF 8 Multifeed RAP. ADJ 12.6-171 Booklet Compiling Position.
OCT Problems ADJ 12.7-171 Booklet Crease Position.
If the prints adhere to each other in the OCT, check the static brush at the exit rolls PL ADJ 12.8-171 Booklet Staple Position.
10.15 Item 5. If the tri-folder paper fold is not in the correct position, perform ADJ 12.2-171 Tri-Folder
LCSS Problems Paper Settings.
If the machine has an LCSS fault, but not a fault code, perform the relevant procedures Fax Problems
that follow: For Fax problems with no fault code, perform the relevant procedures that follow:
12A-110 Pause to Unload (PTU) Fault RAP. 20A Fax Entry RAP.
12B-110 Bin 1 Overload RAP. 20B Unable To Send A Fax RAP.
12C-110 LCSS Initialization Failure RAP. 20C Unable To Send A Fax To Some Machines RAP.
12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP. 20D Unable To Receive A Fax RAP.
12E-110 LCSS Paper Entry RAP. 20E Fax Will Not Print RAP.
12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings RAP. 20F Fax Tab Not Available RAP.
12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. 20G Fax Module Checkout RAP.
12H-110 Copy Damage in the LCSS RAP. 20H Fax Problems on Digital Networks RAP.
12J-110 Mis-Registration in Stapled Sets and Non-Stapled Sets RAP. Other Problems
12K-110 LCSS Poor Stacking RAP. Ink leak. Go to the 93B Ink Leak Checkout RAP.
12L-110 Stapling Prime Failure RAP. The ink level gauges on the UI do not correlate with the number of ink sticks in the ink
12M-110Staple Head Operation Failure RAP. loader. Go to the OF 9 Ink Stick Count Mismatch.
12N-110 Chad Bin Present and Bin Full RAP. The key plate is in the incorrect position and preventing the loading of the ink sticks. Go to
If the punched holes are out of position, perform ADJ 12.3-110 Hole Punch Position. the OF 11 Unable to Load Ink Sticks.
If the machine has the problems that follow, go to the 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Intermittent failure. Go to the OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP.
Settings RAP: Machine noise. Go to the OF 1 Unusual Noise RAP.
False jam clearance messages. Hot machine. Go to the OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP.
Communication errors between the LCSS and the machine. Convenience stapler faults. Go to the OF 13 Convenience Stapler RAP.
If the staples of a stapled set are not correct, go to the 12L-110 Stapling Prime Failure Machine odour. Go to the OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP.
RAP. Check the fault history, GP 2 Fault Codes and History Files.
HVF, HVF BM, Inserter and Tri-Folder Problems Xerox extensible interface platform faults. Go to the OF 14 Xerox Extensible Interface
If the machine has a fault in the HVF or HVF BM, but with no fault code, perform the rele- Platform RAP.
vant procedures that follow: Xerox secure access faults. Go to the OF 15 Xerox Secure Access RAP.
12A-171 HVF BM Power Distribution RAP. Network problems, go to the 16A Network Error Entry RAP.
12B-171 HVF BM to Machine Communication Interface and BM Present RAP. If the foreign device is not detected, go to the 03A Foreign Device PWB Fault RAP.
12C-171 HVF BM Bin 2 Failure RAP. Failure of wireless printing. Go to the 16D Wireless Connectivity RAP.
12D-171 Booklet Quality RAP. Additional Information
12E-171 Copy Damage in the HVF BM RAP. If necessary, refer to the following general procedures and information:
12F-171 Mis-Registration in Stapled and Unstapled Sets RAP. GP 1 Service Mode
12G-171 HVF BM Poor Stacking RAP. GP 2 Fault Codes and History Files
12H-171 Pause To Unload (PTU) RAP. GP 3 Service Information

ColorQube 9303 Family 1-5 SCP 3
GP 4 Machine Software GP 47 Remote Diagnostics
GP 5 Customer Administration Tools GP 48 How to Re-Enter Optional Feature Installation Keys
GP 6 Marking Unit Maintenance Positions GP 49 USB Connection Mode
GP 7 System Grounding Verification
GP 8 Special Tools and Consumables
GP 9 User Interface Service Menu Map
GP 10 How to Check a Motor
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch
GP 13 How to Check a Switch
GP 14 How to Switch Off the Machine or Switch On the Machine
GP 15 Location and Function of PWB LEDs
GP 16 How to Safely Lift or Move Heavy Modules
GP 17 Network Clone Procedure
GP 18 Machine Lubrication
GP 19 Machine SIM Card Matrix
GP 20 Paper and Media Size Specifications
GP 21 Installation Space Requirements
GP 22 Electrical Power Requirements
GP 23 Environmental Data
GP 24 Hardware Kit Contents
GP 25 First Copy / Print Out Time and Power On / Off Time
GP 26 Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)
GP 27 Cleaning Procedure
GP 28 Marking Unit Assembly Wiring Harnesses
GP 29 Component Locations
GP 30 How to Mask Jets / Jet Substitution
GP 31 How to Open and Close the Stripper Gate
GP 32 User Interface Panel Diagnostics
GP 33 Machine Features
GP 34 Service Plan
GP 35 Copy and Print Speeds
GP 36 How to Unlock the Cleaning Unit
GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines
GP 38 How to Set the Date and Time
GP 39 How to Enable HTTP
GP 40 Glossary of Terms, Acronyms and Abbreviations
GP 41 How to Configure the PWS to Ping a Device
GP 42 How to Set the IP Address of the PWS
GP 43 How to Change Ethernet Speed
GP 44 How to Disable the Firewall of the PWS
GP 45 How to Check the Battery on the NVM Module PWB
GP 46 How to Identify the Different Printhead Connectors

SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance Table 2 HFSI cleaning
Use SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance to maintain the machine. The

recommended
Procedure cleaning Parts list
Item Component Description frequency reference
WARNING
Drum fan Drum fan All sheets fed after last 500k feeds PL 94.20 Item 5
shroud shroud HFSI reset
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Upper JL baf- Upper baffle All sheets fed after last 400k feeds PL 10.10 Item 9
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
fle HFSI reset
Go to the correct procedure:
HFSI
Lubrication
Lubrication
To lubricate the machine, refer to ADJ 4.1 Machine Lubrication.
How to Clean the Machine
HFSI How to Clean the Machine
The High Frequency Service Items are shown in Table 1 HFSI replacement and Table 2 HFSI To clean the machine, refer to GP 27 Cleaning Procedure.
cleaning. To change HFSI settings, refer to dC135 CRU / HFSI Status.
Table 1 HFSI replacement

The
recommended
life for new
component Parts list
Item Component Description installation reference
Tray 1 feed Feed rolls All sheets fed from tray 1 600k feeds PL 81.25 Item 6
after last HFSI reset PL 81.25 Item 9
PL 81.25 Item 11
PL 81.26 Item 11
PL 81.30 Item 11
Bypass tray 4 Bypass tray The total bypass tray 4 600k feeds PL 74.10 Item 7
feeds feed rolls feeds after the last HFSI PL 74.10 Item 13
reset PL 74.10 Item 14
Tray 5 feeds Tray 5 feed All sheets fed from tray 5 600k feeds PL 81.45 Item 2
rolls after last HFSI reset
Inserter tray 6 Inserter feed Total Inserter feeds 80k feeds PL 12.310 Item 1
rolls
Transfix strip- Transfix strip- All sheets fed after last 460k feeds PL 10.20 Item 14
per per assembly HFSI reset

ColorQube 9303 Family 1-7 SCP 4
SCP 5 Final Actions
Use SCP 5 Final Actions to complete the service call.
Procedure
Perform the steps that follow:
1. If necessary, perform an NVM Restore from service mode on the UI using dC361 NVM
Save and Restore.
2. If necessary, perform GP 17 Network Clone Procedure.
NOTE: The clone file will need to be taken whenever the customer changes the network
controller setting or after the system software is changed.
3. If necessary, go to SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance.

4. Clear all fault counters, go to GP 1.
5. Check that the Service Code on the Machine Information tab displays 0. If any number
other than 0 is displayed go to the OF 12 Service Codes RAP.
6. Empty waste tray and reset waste tray count in the Call Closeout window in service mode.
7. Operate the machine in all modes.
8. Make copies and / or prints from all trays and check the registration and copy quality.
9. Make a proof copy or print of a customer document.
10. If some of the customers selections were changed, return the selections to the customer
settings.
11. Mark off the hardware options, software options or Tags installed on the Tag matrix cards.
12. Perform an NVM Save from service mode on the UI using dC361 NVM Save and Restore
in the maintenance routines.
13. If some changes were made to the configuration or options were added, print the configu-
ration report. Store the configuration report with the machine log book. Discard the previ-
ous version of the configuration report.
14. Make sure the machine and service area are clean. Refer to GP 27 Cleaning Procedures.
15. If necessary, provide the customer with training.
16. At the completion of the service call, report the value of the usage counters.

2 Status Indicator RAPs
Chain 1 - Standby Power Chain 5 - DADH
01-505-00 Mid Left Door Open RAP ............................................................................... 2-9 05-250-00, 05-251-00 DADH Checksum Error RAP ....................................................... 2-51
01-506-00 Upper Left Door Open RAP ........................................................................... 2-9 05-252-00 DADH Stepper Controller Communications Error.......................................... 2-51
01-510-00 Front Door Open RAP.................................................................................... 2-10 05-253-00, 05-254-00 DADH Communications Error RAP ............................................. 2-52
01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and Overload RAP ..................................... 2-10 05-255-00 Late Pre Scan Message RAP ........................................................................ 2-52
01-530-00 +/- 50V Short Circuit and Overload RAP ....................................................... 2-12 05-256-00 Eject Count Error RAP ................................................................................... 2-53
01-535-00 Power Interlock Failed: No Heater Requests RAP ........................................ 2-13 05-257-00 Unknown Document Size RAP ...................................................................... 2-53
01-540-00, 01-544-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Failure RAP .................................................. 2-14 05-258-00, 05-307-00 DADH Cover Interlock Open RAP ............................................... 2-55
01-542-00, 01-546-00 50V Failure RAP.......................................................................... 2-15 05-259-00, 05-260-00 DADH Active Line or Standby Error RAP .................................... 2-56
01A AC Power Distribution RAP ..................................................................................... 2-16 05-300-00 DADH Open RAP........................................................................................... 2-56
01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP ............................................................................... 2-20 05-310-00 Document Too Short RAP ............................................................................. 2-57
01C +3.3V Distribution RAP............................................................................................ 2-22 05-330-00, 05-331-00 DADH Feed Sensor Failure RAP ................................................ 2-57
01D +5V Distribution RAP ............................................................................................... 2-23 05-335-00 DADH TAR Sensor Failure RAP.................................................................... 2-59
01E +12V Distribution RAP ............................................................................................. 2-26 05-340-00 DADH Pre Registration Sensor Failure RAP ................................................. 2-60
01F -12V Distribution RAP .............................................................................................. 2-28 05-345-00, 05-346-00 DADH Exit Sensor Failure RAP................................................... 2-61
01G +17V Distribution RAP............................................................................................. 2-29 05-350-00, 05-352-00 DADH CVT Sensor Failure RAP ................................................. 2-63
01H +24V Distribution RAP............................................................................................. 2-30 05A DADH Other Faults RAP.......................................................................................... 2-64
01J +50V Distribution RAP.............................................................................................. 2-34 05B DADH Document Sensor Failure RAP..................................................................... 2-64
01K -50V Distribution RAP .............................................................................................. 2-35 05C DADH Motor Failure RAP ........................................................................................ 2-65
01L 0V Distribution RAP.................................................................................................. 2-37 05D DADH Feed Clutch Failure RAP.............................................................................. 2-65
05E Damaged Documents RAP...................................................................................... 2-66
Chain 2 - User Interface 05F Platen Down Failure RAP ........................................................................................ 2-67
02-302-00, 02-306-00, 02-308-00 Flash Failure RAP ..................................................... 2-39
02-315-00 Service Registry Bad Data RAP .................................................................... 2-39 Chain 10 - Transfix and Copy/Print Transportation
02-316-00, 02-317-00 SRS Error RAP............................................................................ 2-40 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10-148-00
02-320-00 Data Time Out Error RAP .............................................................................. 2-40 Post Transfix Jam RAP ................................................................................................... 2-69
02-321-00 XEIP Browser Dead RAP............................................................................... 2-41 10-140-00 to 10-146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 Exit Jam RAP.................................... 2-71
02-380-00, 02-381-00 UI Communication Fault RAP...................................................... 2-41 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP ................................................................... 2-72
02-390-00 Configurable Services RAP ........................................................................... 2-42 10-545-00 Drum Position Error for Transfix RAP ............................................................ 2-74
10-550-00 Drum Stall During Transfix RAP .................................................................... 2-75
Chain 3 - Machine Run Control 10-555-00 Post Transfix Motor (M4) Over Current RAP ................................................. 2-75
03-316-00 CCM Cannot Communicate with IOT RAP .................................................... 2-43 10-560-00, 10-565-00 Transfix Motor Over Current RAP ............................................... 2-76
03-325-00 System Detects the Machine Clock Failed to Increment During Power On RAP 2-43 10-570-00 Stripper Solenoid Over Current RAP ............................................................. 2-77
03-331-00, 03-332-00 Main Controller and Network Controller on the SBC PWB Cannot 10-571-00, 10-572-00 Stripper Latch Sensor Error RAP ................................................ 2-78
Communicate RAP.......................................................................................................... 2-44
03-338-00 The Main Controller on the SBC Has Reset RAP.......................................... 2-44 Chain 12-65 - Offset Catch Tray
03-346-00 Unable To Communicate With UI RAP .......................................................... 2-45 12-701-00-65 Offset Catch Tray Failure RAP ................................................................. 2-79
03-347-00 Main Controller PWB Cannot Communicate with UI PWB RAP .................... 2-45
03-355-00 CCM POST Failure Detected RAP ................................................................ 2-46 Chain 12-110 - LCSS
03-362-00 CCS Power Fault RAP................................................................................... 2-46 12-024-00-110, 12-025-00-110 Paddle Roll Failure RAP ............................................... 2-81
03-397-00 System Configuration Recovery Attempt RAP............................................... 2-47 12-043-00-110, 12-046-00-110 Hole Punch Operation Failure RAP .............................. 2-82
03-398-00, 03-399-00 SIM Card Fault RAP .................................................................... 2-47 12-127-00-110 Sheet Late to Hole Punch RAP .............................................................. 2-83
03-401-00, 03-403-00 Fax Not Detected RAP ................................................................ 2-48 12-151-00-110, 12-152-00-110 Sheet Late to Bin 1 RAP ............................................... 2-83
03-417-00 Incompatible Fax Software RAP .................................................................... 2-48 12-171-00-110, 12-172-00-110 Paper Exiting to Bin 0 RAP ........................................... 2-85
03-777-00 Power Loss Detected RAP ............................................................................ 2-49 12-199-00-110 Unexpected Sheet at Finisher Entry RAP............................................... 2-86
03-788-00 CCS Runtime Could Not Enter Power Saver Mode S3 RAP ......................... 2-49 12-310-00-110, 12-312-00-110, 12-313-00-110 Interlocks RAP..................................... 2-87
03-790-00 Timezone Cannot Be Set RAP ...................................................................... 2-50 12-340-00-110, 12-341-00-110, 12-342-00-110 Ejector Movement Failure RAP ........... 2-88
03A Foreign Device PWB Fault RAP .............................................................................. 2-50 12-371-00-110, 12-372-00-110, 12-378-00-110 Staple Head Unit Movement Failure RAP 2-89
February 2013 Status Indicator RAPs

12-392-00-110, 12-393-00-110, 12-394-00-110 Front Tamper Move Failure RAP ........ 2-90 12-403-00-171, 12-413-00-171, 12-414-00-171 HVF BM Staple Head 2 and
12-396-00-110, 12-397-00-110, 12-398-00-110, Rear Tamper Move Failure RAP ........ 2-91 Stapler Module RAP........................................................................................................ 2-144
12-462-00-110 Bin 1 Movement Failure RAP ................................................................. 2-93 12-415-00-171 HVF BM Crease Roll Gate Home RAP .................................................. 2-145
12-492-00-110 to 12-494-00-110 IME to Finisher Failure RAP ...................................... 2-94 12-417-00-171, 12-418-00-171 HVF BM Flapper RAP ................................................... 2-146
12-762-00-110, 12-764-00-110, 12-765-00-110 IME to Finisher 12-450-00-171, 12-456-00-171 to 12-459-00-171 HVF Ejector Module RAP ................. 2-147
Communication Failure RAP ........................................................................................... 2-95 12-451-00-171 to 12-455-00-171 HVF Ejector Roll and Lower Paddle Fault RAP ......... 2-148
12-950-00 IME Delivers Sheet Too Early RAP ............................................................... 2-95 12-460-00-171 to 12-462-00-171 HVF Bin 1 Position RAP ............................................ 2-151
12A-110 Pause To Unload (PTU) Fault RAP.................................................................. 2-96 12-463-00-171, 12-464-00-171 HVF BM +24V Failure RAP........................................... 2-153
12B-110 Bin 1 Overload RAP ......................................................................................... 2-96 12-465-00-171 to 12-468-00-171 Paddle Unit Position RAP .......................................... 2-154
12C-110 LCSS Initialization Failure RAP ........................................................................ 2-97 12-473-00-171 to 12-478-00-171 Support Finger Position RAP ..................................... 2-155
12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP ......................................................................... 2-98 12-479-00-171 Inserter Paper Length Fault RAP ........................................................... 2-157
12E-110 LCSS Paper Entry RAP .................................................................................... 2-99 12-492-00-171 to 12-494-00-171 IME To Finisher Failure RAP ..................................... 2-159
12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings RAP .............................................................. 2-100 12-762-00-171, 12-764-00-171, 12-765-00-171 IME To Finisher
12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP................................................................................ 2-100 Communication Failure RAP ........................................................................................... 2-159
12H-110 Copy Damage in the LCSS RAP ...................................................................... 2-102 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP ............................................................................ 2-160
12J-110 Mis-Registration in Stapled Sets and Non-Stapled Sets RAP .......................... 2-102 12B-171 HVF BM to Machine Communications Interface and BM Present RAP ........... 2-162
12K-110 LCSS Poor Stacking RAP ................................................................................ 2-103 12C-171 HVF BM Bin 2 Failure RAP .............................................................................. 2-163
12L-110 Stapling Prime Failure RAP .............................................................................. 2-103 12D-171 Booklet Quality RAP ......................................................................................... 2-164
12M-110 Staple Head Operation Failure RAP ................................................................ 2-105 12E-171 Copy Damage in the HVF BM RAP .................................................................. 2-168
12N-110 Chad Bin Present and Bin Full RAP ................................................................. 2-106 12F-171 Mis-Registration in Stapled and Unstapled Sets RAP ...................................... 2-168
12G-171 HVF BM Poor Stacking RAP ............................................................................ 2-169
Chain 12-171 - HVF 12H-171 Pause to Unload (PTU) RAP ............................................................................ 2-169
12-024-00-171, 12-025-00-171 HVF Paddle Roller Position RAP .................................. 2-107 12J-171 Inserter Paper Sensing and +5V Supply RAP................................................... 2-170
12-044-00-171 to 12-047-00-171 HVF Punch Head Position RAP ................................. 2-108 12K-171 HVF Initialization Failure RAP .......................................................................... 2-172
12-056-00-171, 12-057-00-171 Inserter Bottom Plate RAP ............................................ 2-109 12L-171 Tri-Folder Not Detected RAP ............................................................................ 2-173
12-061-00-171, 12-416-00-171 HVF BM Crease Blade Fault RAP ................................ 2-109 12M-171 Buffer Path Clamp Problems RAP ................................................................... 2-173
12-062-00-171 HVF BM Crease Roll Motor Failure RAP................................................ 2-110 12N-171 Chad Bin Present and Bin Full RAP ................................................................. 2-174
12-063-00-171, 12-411-00-171 HVF BM Staple Unit 1 Failure RAP .............................. 2-111
12-065-00-171, 12-383-00-171 HVF BM Backstop Motor Fault RAP ............................. 2-112 Chain 16 - Network Controller
12-066-00-171, 12-384-00-171, 12-419-00-171, 12-420-00-171 HVF BM 16-000-00 to 16-000-26 Cannot Create RPC With ENS RAP ........................................ 2-177
Tamper Fault RAP .......................................................................................................... 2-113 16-001-09 to 16-001-90 Unable to Synchronize Startup RAP ........................................ 2-177
12-083-00-171, 12-440-00-171 to 12-444-00-171 HVF Paper Pusher Fault RAP .......... 2-113 16-002-09 to 16-002-19 Unable to Register as RPC RAP .............................................. 2-178
12-113-00-171, 12-114-00-171, 12-190-00-171, 12-192-00-171 HVF BM Entry RAP ... 2-114 16-003-09 to 16-003-90 Too Many IPC Handles RAP .................................................... 2-178
12-125-00-171, 12-126-00-171 HVF Entry Sensor RAP................................................. 2-116 16-004-14 to 16-005-92 RPC Failure to Register RAP ................................................... 2-179
12-141-00-171, 12-142-00-171 HVF Buffer Path Sensor RAP ....................................... 2-117 16-006-09, 16-006-19 Cannot Register for Events RAP ................................................. 2-179
12-151-171, 12-152-171 HVF Compiler Exit Sensor RAP .............................................. 2-118 16-007-92 to 16-010-99 Invalid IPC / RPC Data RAP .................................................... 2-180
12-157-00-171, 12-158-00-171 HVF Buffer Position Sensor RAP.................................. 2-119 16-013-14, 16-014-14 Copier Synchronization Error RAP .............................................. 2-180
12-166-00-171 HVF BM Compiler Exit Jam RAP ........................................................... 2-120 16-015-14, 16-015-19 Data Store Variable Not Set RAP................................................ 2-181
12-171-00-171, 12-172-00-171 HVF Top Tray Exit Sensor Fault RAP........................... 2-121 16-016-14, 16-016-19 Data Store Initialization Failed RAP ............................................ 2-181
12-181-00-171, 12-182-00-171 HVF BM Exit Jam RAP ................................................. 2-122 16-017-19 to 16-021-26 Send Event Failure / Could Not Get Host Name RAP.............. 2-182
12-183-00-171, 12-184-00-171 HVF BM Paper Jam RAP.............................................. 2-125 16-021-46 Unable to Get Host Name RAP ..................................................................... 2-182
12-185-00-171 to 12-187-00-171 Tri-Folder Exit Sensor and Assist Sensor RAP.......... 2-127 16-023-09, 16-023-26 RPC Call Failure RAP ................................................................. 2-183
12-191-00-171, 12-193-00-171, 12-194-00-171, 12-196-00-171 Inserter Paper Jam RAP2-130 16-026-09 to 16-026-92 Memory Allocation Error RAP .................................................. 2-183
12-198-00-171, 12-199-00-171 HVF Paper Jam RAP .................................................... 2-132 16-027-90 Unable to Obtain Queue ID RAP ................................................................... 2-184
12-288-00-171, 12-289-00-171 HVF Nip Split RAP ........................................................ 2-133 16-028-09, 16-028-90 Unable to Complete RPC Call / Invalid Range RAP ................... 2-184
12-310-00-171, 12-312-00-171, 12-313-00-171 HVF Docking and Interlocks RAP ....... 2-134 16-030-19 Unable to Obtain Client RAP ......................................................................... 2-185
12-316-00-171, 12-319-00-171 Inserter Interlocks RAP ................................................. 2-135 16-031-09 Invalid Event Notification RAP ....................................................................... 2-185
12-317-00-171, 12-318-00-171 Tri-folder Interlocks RAP............................................... 2-136 16-032-19, 16-039-00 NVM Connection Failure / Pthread Create Error RAP ................ 2-186
12-367-00-171, 12-368-00-171, 12-380-00-171 HVF Punch Unit Paper Edge Detect RAP2-137 16-040-92 Semaphore Fault RAP ................................................................................... 2-186
12-369-00-171 to 12-377-00-171 HVF Stapler Position and Priming RAP ..................... 2-139 16-048-09 Unable to Set Binding RAP............................................................................ 2-187
12-392-00-171 to 12-395-00-171 HVF Front Tamper Fault RAP.................................... 2-142 16-048-14, 16-048-90 Cannot Set ESS Client Binding RAP........................................... 2-187
12-396-00-171 to 12-399-00-171 HVF Rear Tamper Fault RAP .................................... 2-143 16-048-99 Unable to Set Client Binding RAP ................................................................. 2-188
Status Indicator RAPs February 2013

16-150-09 Cannot Send Registration Event RAP ........................................................... 2-188 16-609-26 Fault Service Encountered Error RAP ........................................................... 2-214
16-150-14 Unable to Obtain RPC Transport RAP........................................................... 2-189 16-609-46 to 16-609-92 Invalid IPC Data Received RAP ............................................... 2-215
16-150-19 Unable to Sync Peer RAP.............................................................................. 2-189 16-610-00, 16-610-07 IPC Send Failure RAP................................................................. 2-215
16-150-26 Fault Service Failed to Write Log RAP .......................................................... 2-190 16-610-09 Cannot Send IPC Message RAP ................................................................... 2-216
16-150-90 Invalid IPC Request Destination RAP............................................................ 2-190 16-610-11 to 16-610-90 Unable to Send IPC Message RAP.......................................... 2-216
16-150-92 Consumer Interface Fault RAP ...................................................................... 2-191 16-610-92 Failure to Send Queue Status RAP ............................................................... 2-217
16-151-09 to 16-151-19 Invalid IPC Command / SNMP Reg Failure RAP ..................... 2-191 16-610-99 Unable to Send IPC Message RAP ............................................................... 2-217
16-151-26 Fault Service Failed to Get a Log RAP .......................................................... 2-192 16-611-07, 16-611-38 Client Removal Failed RAP ......................................................... 2-218
16-151-90 Environment Variable Failure RAP ................................................................ 2-192 16-611-19 to 16-611-47 Unable to Remove RPC Connection RAP................................ 2-218
16-152-09 Internal IPC Failure RAP................................................................................ 2-193 16-611-66 to 16-611-99 Unable to Remove RPC Connection RAP................................ 2-219
16-152-14 Empty Internal Event Failure RAP ................................................................. 2-193 16-612-09 to 16-612-68 Unable to Do Shutdown Sync RAP .......................................... 2-219
16-152-19 Unable to Send Request to SESS RAP......................................................... 2-194 16-613-09 to 16-614-19 DC Sync / Comms Error RAP................................................... 2-220
16-152-26 Unable to Send Request to SESS RAP......................................................... 2-194 16-614-47 Invalid Software Upgrade RAP ...................................................................... 2-220
16-153-09 Unable to Obtain IPC Queue RAP................................................................. 2-195 16-615-35, 16-615-46 Data Store Variable Not Set RAP................................................ 2-221
16-153-14 Unable to Initialize Event List RAP ................................................................ 2-195 16-615-47 Multiple Software Upgrade File RAP ............................................................. 2-221
16-153-19 NVM Save Failure RAP ................................................................................. 2-196 16-615-66 Data Store Variable Not Set RAP .................................................................. 2-222
16-154-09 ESS Registration Configuration Error RAP.................................................... 2-196 16-615-67, 16-615-90, 16-616-38, 16-616-46 SESS Data Store Environmental
16-154-14 Cannot Create Internal Event Queue RAP .................................................... 2-197 Variable RAP................................................................................................................... 2-222
16-154-19 NVM Read Failure RAP ................................................................................. 2-197 16-616-47 IPC Message Failure RAP ............................................................................. 2-223
16-155-19 ESS Failed to Boot from Alternate Disk RAP................................................. 2-198 16-616-67 Submission Of E-mail OR IFax Job Failed RAP ............................................ 2-223
16-156-19 Service Run Loop Failed RAP ....................................................................... 2-198 16-617-19 RPC Information Corrupt RAP ....................................................................... 2-224
16-160-09 ESS Reg Service Process Death RAP .......................................................... 2-199 16-617-47 TAR Extraction Failure RAP .......................................................................... 2-224
16-161-09, 16-164-09 Cannot Send Reg Event / List Access Failure RAP .................... 2-199 16-618-47 DLM SPI Extraction Failure RAP ................................................................... 2-225
16-162-09 to 16-163-09 Cannot Send Reg Event / ESS Services Failure RAP ............. 2-200 16-619-14 to 16-619-93 Cannot Unregister From Registration Service RAP ................. 2-225
16-429-00, 16-431-00 Unable to Write to Data Store / Get System Time RAP .............. 2-200 16-620-07 to 16-620-90 Registration Service Failed RAP .............................................. 2-226
16-432-00 Unknown Scheduler Received RAP .............................................................. 2-201 16-620-92, 16-620-93, 16-620-99 Unable to Register With Network Controller
16-433-00 RPC Call Failed RAP ..................................................................................... 2-201 Registration Service RAP................................................................................................ 2-226
16-434-00 Unable to Change Scheduler RAP ................................................................ 2-202 16-621-00, 16-621-07, 16-621-11, 16-621-28, 16-621-35, 16-621-38, 16-621-47, 16-621-66,
16-600-07 to 16-600-67 Cannot Create RPC Connection RAP ...................................... 2-202 16-621-67, 16-621-93, 16-621-99 Unable to Obtain Host Name RAP............................ 2-227
16-601-26 to 16-601-46 Queue Setup / System Control Failed / Invalid UI Info RAP..... 2-203 16-622-07, 16-622-09, 16-622-11, 16-622-14, 16-622-19, 16-622-26, 16-622-28, 16-622-35,
16-601-47 Diagnostics Service Failed IPC Queue Setup RAP ....................................... 2-203 16-622-38, 16-622-46, 16-622-47 Corrupt RPC Table RAP ........................................... 2-227
16-601-66, 16-601-67 Unable to Do Start Up Sync RAP ................................................ 2-204 16-622-66, 16-622-67, 16-622-68 Unable to Register RPC Service RAP ...................... 2-228
16-601-68 Unable to Start Up and Sync RAP ................................................................. 2-204 16-623-35, 16-623-47, 16-624-46 ENS Service Failed to Respond In Time RAP .......... 2-228
16-601-105 Unable Synchronize At Start Up RAP.......................................................... 2-205 16-625-35, 16-625-46, 16-625-66, 16-625-67, 16-625-90 Invalid IPC Type RAP........... 2-229
16-602-07 to 16-602-105 RPC Service Registration Failure RAP .................................. 2-205 16-626-00, 16-626-11, 16-626-38, 16-626-47, 16-626-67 Memory Leak RAP ............... 2-229
16-603-11, 16-603-28 Replace Handler Call Failed RAP ............................................... 2-206 16-628-07, 16-628-35, 16-628-46, 16-628-66, 16-628-67 Range Environment Variable RAP 2-
16-603-46 to 16-603-67 Too Many IPC Handlers RAP................................................... 2-206 230
16-603-68, 16-604-105 Replace Handler Call Failed / Data Store Variable Not Set RAP 2-207 16-628-09, 16-629-11, 16-629-26, 16-629-46, 16-629-67, 16-629-68, 16-629-92,
16-603-105, 16-604-14 RPC Call Failure to NC Reg Service RAP................................. 2-207 16-629-93 No Acknowledgment For RPC Message RAP ............................................... 2-230
16-604-38 to 16-605-07 Could Not Register With Reg Service RAP .............................. 2-208 16-630-09, 16-630-26, 16-630-35, 16-630-38, 16-630-46, 16-630-47, 16-630-66,
16-605-14, 16-605-105 Unable to Unregister As RPC Service / RPC Call Failure RAP. 2-208 16-630-67, 16-630-68, 16-630-99 Corrupt RPC RAP ..................................................... 2-231
16-605-26 Fault Service Timed Out Registering RAP..................................................... 2-209 16-631-19, 16-631-46, 16-631-19, 16-633-19, 16-634-46, 16-635-07, 16-635-35,
16-605-35 to 16-605-67 RPC Call Failure to ESS RAP .................................................. 2-209 16-635-46, 16-635-99-16-636-35, 16-636-99 XDR Data Error RAP ............................... 2-231
16-606-07 Cannot Register For Events RAP .................................................................. 2-210 16-637-11, 16-637-26, 16-637-38, 16-637-47, 16-637-66, 16-637-67, 16-637-93,
16-606-35 to 16-606-99 Cannot Register For Events RAP............................................. 2-210 16-637-95 File Error RAP................................................................................................ 2-232
16-606-105 OS Problem RAP ......................................................................................... 2-211 16-638-66, 16-638-67, 16-639-38, 16-639-46, 16-640-28, 16-640-35, 16-640-46,
16-607-19 to 16-608-14 Invalid RPC Data / Unable to Free Resources RAP................. 2-211 16-641-00, 16-641-26, 16-641-46 O/S Failure RAP........................................................ 2-232
16-608-26 Fault Service Failed to Unbind RAP .............................................................. 2-212 16-642-46, 16-642-47, 16-643-19, 16-643-26, 16-643-47, 16-644-11 Unable To
16-608-28 to 16-608-67 Unable to Free IPC Resources RAP ........................................ 2-212 Close File RAP ................................................................................................................ 2-233
16-608-105 Unable Build UI SVC Obtain Client Failed RAP........................................... 2-213 16-644-11, 16-644-26, 16-644-46, 16-644-47, 16-644-66, 16-644-67, 16-645-11, 16-645-26,
16-609-07 Unknown Message Received RAP ................................................................ 2-213 16-645-46, 16-645-47, 16-645-66, 16-645-67 Unable To Read From File RAP ............. 2-233
16-609-19, 16-609-105 Too Many IPC Handlers / Invalid RPC Data RAP ..................... 2-214

16-646-26, 16-647-19, 16-647-26, 16-649-35, 16-650-35, 16-650-99 16-761-47 to 16-769-95 Other Network Faults 1 RAP .................................................... 2-248
Invalid Service Attribute RAP .......................................................................................... 2-234 16-770-09 to 16-779-95 Other Network Faults 2 RAP .................................................... 2-249
16-651-19, 16-651-35, 16-651-99, 16-652-38, 16-652-99, 16-653-38, 16-654-38, 16-780-00 to 16-789-47 Other Network Faults 3 RAP .................................................... 2-250
16-654-99, 16-655-38, 16-656-38 Register Failure RAP ................................................ 2-234 16-790-09 to 16-799-47 Other Network Faults 4 RAP .................................................... 2-251
16-658-07, 16-659-11, 16-659-28, 16-659-93, 16-659-95, 16-660-95, 16-660-99, 16-800-09 to 16-809-47 Other Network Faults 5 RAP .................................................... 2-252
16-661-95 Parser Utility Open Failure RAP .................................................................... 2-235 16-810-00 to 16-16-819-47 Other Network Faults 6 RAP ............................................... 2-253
16-662-11, 16-662-28, 16-662-93, 16-662-95, 16-663-28, 16-663-93, 16-663-95 16-820-47 to 16-829-47 Other Network Faults 7 RAP .................................................... 2-253
Parser Utility Template Failed To Parse RAP ................................................................. 2-235 16-830-47 to 16-839-47 Other Network Faults 8 RAP .................................................... 2-254
16-664-11, 16-664-28, 16-664-93, 16-664-95, 16-665-95 16-840-47 to 16-849-47 Other Network Faults 9 RAP .................................................... 2-254
Parser Utility Closing Failure RAP .................................................................................. 2-236 16-850-47 to 16-859-47 Other Network Faults 10 RAP .................................................. 2-255
16-666-11, 16-666-28, 16-666-93, 16-666-95 Parser Utility Invocation Failed RAP....... 2-236 16-860-47 to 16-869-47 Other Network Faults 11 RAP .................................................. 2-255
16-667-11, 16-667-28, 16-667-95, 16-668-47 Parser Utility Set Status Failure RAP ..... 2-237 16-870-47 to 16-879-47 Other Network Faults 12 RAP .................................................. 2-256
16-668-93, 16-668-95 Unable To Determine Local File Statistics RAP .......................... 2-237 16-880-47 to 16-890-47 Other Network Faults 13 RAP .................................................. 2-256
16-669-28, 16-669-93, 16-669-95, 16-670-00 Unable To Write Job Template RAP ...... 2-238 16-891-00, 16-892-00 Edge Server Auto Registration Failed RAP................................. 2-257
16-670-11, 16-670-28, 16-670-47, 16-670-93, 16-671-00, 16-671-47 16-900-19 to 16-909-19 Other Network Faults 14 RAP .................................................. 2-257
Unable To Decode Template File RAP ........................................................................... 2-238 16-910-19 to 16-919-19 Other Network Faults 15 RAP .................................................. 2-258
16-617-93, 16-671-95, 16-672-09, 16-672-95, 16-673-95, 16-674-00, 16-674-09, 16-920-19 to 16-929-19 Other Network Faults 16 RAP .................................................. 2-258
16-675-00, 16-6700-00, 16-700-35 File Error RAP ......................................................... 2-239 16-930-19 to 16-939-19 Other Network Faults 17 RAP .................................................. 2-259
16-674-09, 16-675-00, 16-700-00, 16-701-00, 16-701-99, 16-702-00, 16-702-95, 16-940-19 to 16-949-19 Other Network Faults 18 RAP .................................................. 2-259
16-707-00, 16-709-00 XSA Database Failure RAP ........................................................ 2-239 16-950-19 to 16-959-19 Other Network Faults 19 RAP .................................................. 2-260
16-710-00, 16-710-35, 16-716-00, 16-728-00, 16-730-00, 16-730-28, 16-730-35, 16-730-66, 16-960-19 to 16-969-19 Other Network Faults 20 RAP .................................................. 2-260
16-740-19, 16-750-07, 16-750-09, 16-750-11 Unable To Create Client Handle RAP .... 2-240 16-975-19 to 16-979-35 Other Network Faults 21 RAP .................................................. 2-261
16-742-19 Hard Disk ODIO Failure RAP ........................................................................ 2-240 16-980-00 to 16-989-35 Other Network Faults 22 RAP .................................................. 2-261
16-750-14, 16-750-19, 16-750-26, 16-750-35, 16-750-38, 16-750-46, 16-750-47, 16-985-19, 16-986-19 Network Scanning Application Registration Error RAP ............... 2-262
16-750-66, 16-750-67, 16-750-90 Invalid Request RAP ................................................. 2-241 16-987-19, 16-988-19 Server Fax Application Registration Error RAP........................... 2-262
16-750-92, 16-750-93, 16-750-95, 16-751-00, 16-751-07, 16-751-09, 16-751-11, 16-989-19 Disk Encryption Operation Failed RAP .......................................................... 2-263
16-751-14, 16-751-19, 16-751-26 Database Error RAP ................................................. 2-241 16-990-00 to 16-999-35 Other Network Faults 23 RAP .................................................. 2-263
16-751-28, 16-751-35, 16-751-38, 16-751-46, 16-751-66, 16-751-67, 16-751-92, 1 16A Network Error Entry RAP ......................................................................................... 2-264
6-751-93 Unknown Attribute RAP ................................................................................... 2-242 16B FTP or SMB Unable to Connect to Remote Server RAP......................................... 2-264
16-752-00, 16-753-00 File Cabinet Application Registration Error RAP ......................... 2-242 16C Remote Directory Lock Failed RAP ......................................................................... 2-266
16-752-07, 16-752-09, 16-752-14, 16-752-19, 16-752-26, 16-752-28, 16-752-35, 16D Wireless Connectivity RAP ...................................................................................... 2-267
16-752-46, 16-752-47 Invalid File Details RAP ............................................................... 2-243
16-752-66, 16-752-67, 16-752-92, 16-752-93, 16-752-95, 16-753-09, 16-753-14, Chain 19 - Image Processing
16-753-19, 16-753-26, 16-753-28 Scan to FAX Registration Error RAP ........................ 2-243 19-300-00 to 19-310-00 Image Disk (HDD) Failure RAP ................................................ 2-269
16-753-35, 16-753-46, 16-753-47, 16-753-66, 16-753-67, 16-753-90, 16-753-92, 19-401-00, 19-402-00 Stress Out of Memory RAP ......................................................... 2-269
16-753-93, 16-753-95, 16-753-09 Data Store Read Failure RAP................................... 2-244 19-403-00 EPC Out of Memory RAP .............................................................................. 2-270
16-754-14, 16-754-19, 16-754-26, 16-754-28, 16-754-35, 16-754-46, 16-754-47, 19-409-00 Job Integrity Failure RAP ............................................................................... 2-270
16-754-66, 16-754-67, 16-754-68 OS Error RAP ........................................................... 2-244 19-410-00 to 19-410-13 Image Structure Failure RAP ................................................... 2-271
16-754-90, 16-754-92, 16-754-92, 16-754-93, 16-754-95, 16-755-00, 16-755-09, 19-750-00 EPC Memory Change Detected RAP ............................................................ 2-271
16-755-14, 16-755-19, 16-755-26, 16-755-28 Fault Service Error RAP ......................... 2-245 19-752-00 Image Rotation Detected RAP....................................................................... 2-272
16-755-35, 16-755-46, 16-755-47, 16-755-67, 16-755-90, 16-755-93, 16-755-99, 19-754-00 Image Disk Change RAP ............................................................................... 2-272
16-756-09, 16-756-14 Request Error RAP...................................................................... 2-245 Chain 20 - Fax
16-756-35, 16-756-46, 16-756-47, 16-756-66, 16-756-67, 16-756-93, 16-757-09, 20-302-00, 20-303-00 Fax Reset Failure RAP................................................................ 2-273
16-757-14, 16-757-19, 16-757-26 NVM Corrupt RAP..................................................... 2-246
20-305-00 Fax System Low Memory Unrecoverable RAP ............................................. 2-273
16-757-35, 16-757-46, 16-757-47, 16-757-66, 16-757-67, 16-757-93, 16-758-09,
20-320-00 Fax Fault Not Cleared by Reset RAP ............................................................ 2-274
16-758-14, 16-758-19, 16-758-26 Unable to Write NVM Value RAP.............................. 2-246 20-322-00 Non-Volatile Device not Installed RAP .......................................................... 2-274
16-758-35, 16-758-46, 16-758-47, 16-758-66, 16-758-67, 16-758-93, 16-759-09,
20-323-00, 20-324-00 Fax System Memory Low RAP ................................................... 2-275
16-759-14, 16-759-19, 16-759-26 Service Run Loop Failed RAP .................................. 2-247
20-331-00, 20-338-00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20-345-00 Fax Network Line 1 Fault RAP 2-275
16-759-46, 16-759-47, 16-759-66, 16-759-67, 16-759-93, 16-760-09, 16-760-14, 20-332-00, 20-340-00 Fax Network Line 2 Fault RAP .................................................... 2-276
16-760-19, 16-760-26, 16-760-46 Fail to Enable Process RAP...................................... 2-247
20-342-00 Fax File Integrity Fault RAP ........................................................................... 2-276
16-760-47, 16-760-67, 16-760-68, 16-760-93, 16-760-99, 16-761-09, 16-761-14,
20-701-00 Fax Phone Book Download Failed RAP ........................................................ 2-277
16-761-19, 16-761-26, 16-761-46 File Error RAP ........................................................... 2-248

20-710-00, 20-711-00 Image Overwrite Error RAP......................................................... 2-277 62-485-00 +12V Supply Error RAP ................................................................................. 2-302
20A Fax Entry RAP ......................................................................................................... 2-278 62-486-00 +24V Supply Error RAP ................................................................................. 2-302
20B Unable To Send A Fax RAP .................................................................................... 2-278 62-487-00 System Phase Lock Loop (PLL) Error RAP ................................................... 2-303
20C Unable To Send A Fax To Some Machines RAP .................................................... 2-279 62A Scanning Document Size RAP ................................................................................ 2-303
20D Unable To Receive A Fax RAP ............................................................................... 2-280 62B LED Exposure Lamp Failure RAP ........................................................................... 2-304
20E Fax Will Not Print RAP............................................................................................. 2-281
20F Fax Tab Not Available RAP ..................................................................................... 2-281 Chain 70 to 75 - Paper Supply
20G Fax Module Checkout.............................................................................................. 2-282 70-312-00 Tray 1 to Tray 3 Communication Failure RAP ............................................... 2-305
20H Fax Problems on Digital Networks RAP .................................................................. 2-282 70-305-00, 70-325-00 Lower Left Door Open RAP......................................................... 2-305
71-101-00 to 71-161-00 Tray 1 Mis-Feed Jam RAP ....................................................... 2-306
Chain 22 - System Errors 71-215-00 Tray 1 Elevate Up Failure RAP...................................................................... 2-307
22-300-05 to 22-309-04 Other Network Faults 24 RAP .................................................. 2-283 71-320-00 Tray 1 Open In Run RAP ............................................................................... 2-308
22-310-04 to 22-318-04 Other Network Faults 25 RAP .................................................. 2-283 71A Tray 1 Empty RAP ................................................................................................... 2-308
22-315-04 One or More Modules Did Not Respond RAP ............................................... 2-284 71B Tray 1 Wrong Size Paper RAP ................................................................................ 2-309
22-319-04 IOT Integrity Problem While Printing a Job RAP ........................................... 2-284 72-101-00 to 72-161-00 Tray 2 Mis-Feed Jam RAP ....................................................... 2-310
22-321-00 SM Failed to Remove Scan to File RAP ........................................................ 2-285 72-215-00 Tray 2 Elevate Up Failure RAP...................................................................... 2-311
22-321-04 Proposal Response Time Out Error RAP ...................................................... 2-285 72-320-00 Tray 2 Open in Run RAP ............................................................................... 2-312
22-325-01 Cleaning Unit Extended Life Mode Entered RAP .......................................... 2-286 72A Tray 2 Empty RAP ................................................................................................... 2-312
22-328-00 Incomplete System Information RAP ............................................................. 2-286 72B Tray 2 Wrong Size Paper RAP ................................................................................ 2-313
22-330-00 Page Pack PIN Entry Locked RAP ................................................................ 2-287 73-101-00 to 73-161-00 Tray 3 Mis-Feed Jam RAP ....................................................... 2-314
22-330-01 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between UI and Copy Controller RAP............ 2-287 73-212-00 Tray 3 Elevate Encoder Failure RAP ............................................................. 2-315
22-330-02 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between Copy Controller and ESS Print 73-215-00 Tray 3 Hoist Failure RAP ............................................................................... 2-316
Service RAP .................................................................................................................... 2-288 73-320-00 Tray 3 Open in Run RAP ............................................................................... 2-317
22-330-03 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between Copy Controller and Scan to File 73-325-00 Feeder HT Drawer Open in Run RAP............................................................ 2-317
Service RAP .................................................................................................................... 2-288 73A Tray 3 Out of Paper RAP ......................................................................................... 2-318
22-330-04 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between Copy Controller and Scan to Fax 74-101-00, 74-160-00 to 74-161-00 Bypass Tray 4 Mis-Feed RAP................................ 2-318
Service RAP .................................................................................................................... 2-289 74-120-00 Bypass Tray 4 Guides Move in Run RAP ...................................................... 2-319
22-330-05 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between Queue Utility and DC Job Service RAP2-289 74-214-00 Bypass Tray 4 Nudger Failure RAP............................................................... 2-319
22-330-06 ESS Scan to Distribution Service not Responding to List Jobs RPC Call RAP 2-290 74A Bypass Tray 4 Size Sensing Problems RAP ........................................................... 2-320
22-350-01, 22-350-02 Software Detects Non-Valid Xerox SOK RAP ............................. 2-290 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Mis-Feed RAP............................................. 2-321
22-351-01 to 22-351-03 SOK Write Failure RAP ............................................................ 2-291 75-212-00, 75-215-00 Tray 5 Elevate Up Failure RAP ................................................... 2-322
22-352-00 Serial Number Missing RAP .......................................................................... 2-291 75-213-00, 75-216-00 Tray 5 Elevate Down Failure RAP............................................... 2-323
22-360-00 Service Plan Mismatch RAP .......................................................................... 2-292 75-312-00 IME to Tray 5 Communication Failure RAP ................................................... 2-324
22-371-00, 22-372-00 Fax Application Registration Error RAP ...................................... 2-292 75-320-00 Tray 5 Opened In Run RAP ........................................................................... 2-325
22-701-04 Module Completion Message Received RAP ................................................ 2-293 75-325-00 Tray 5 Undocked In Run RAP........................................................................ 2-325
22-720-00 Service Registry Bad Data/Corrupted RAP ................................................... 2-293 75A Tray 5 Door Open During Run RAP......................................................................... 2-326
22-721-00 No Response From The Service Registry RAP ............................................. 2-294 75B Tray 5 Empty RAP ................................................................................................... 2-326
22-750-04 to 22-755-17 Configuration Mismatch RAP ................................................... 2-294
Chain 82 to 89 - Paper Transport
Chain 42 - Fans and Cooling 82-110-00 to 82-114-00, 82-152-00, 82-157-00 to 82-159-00, 82-164-00 to 82-166-00
42-504-00 Enclosure Fan Over Current RAP.................................................................. 2-295 Media Path Sensor (5) RAP ............................................................................................ 2-327
42-505-00 Abatement Fan Over Current RAP ................................................................ 2-295 82-125-00 to 82-133-00, 82-153-00, 82-160-00, 82-162-00, 82-163-00 Confirm
Sensor (16) RAP ............................................................................................................. 2-328
Chain 62 - Scanner 82-132-00, 82-155-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Duplex Mode RAP .................................. 2-329
62-277-00 Scanner to DADH Communication Fail Entry RAP........................................ 2-297 82-133-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Time out from Tray 5 RAP......................................... 2-330
62-310-00 Scanner to Single Board Controller Communication Fail RAP ...................... 2-297 82-140-00, 82-142-00 Media Path Sheet Too Wide or Narrow RAP .............................. 2-331
62-450-00 to 62-472-00 Calibration Failure RAP ............................................................ 2-298 82-141-00, 82-147-00, 82-148-00, 82-154-00 Media Path Sensor 14 RAP.................... 2-332
62-473-00 UART RX Wrap Error RAP ............................................................................ 2-299 82-145-00, 82-146-00, 82-150-00, 82-151-00, 82-156-00
62-474-00, 62-475-00 Stepper Speed/Reset Error RAP................................................. 2-299 Media Path Sensor 14 Time Out in Duplex Mode RAP................................................... 2-334
62-476-00 Scan Carriage Home Sensor RAP................................................................. 2-300 82-161-00 Early Confirm Timeout RAP........................................................................... 2-336
62-477-00 to 62-481-00 Timing Errors RAP.................................................................... 2-301 82-500-00, 82-501-00 Vertical Transport Motor M2 Failure RAP.................................... 2-337
62-484-00 Apps Code Not Present RAP......................................................................... 2-301 82-502-00, 82-503-00 Horizontal Transport Motor M6 Failure RAP ............................... 2-338

82-507-00, 82-508-00 Nip C and Nip D Release Solenoid Over Current RAP ............... 2-339 91-607-00, 91-608-00 Printhead to Drum Error RAP ...................................................... 2-379
82-510-00 Trailer Slowdown Calculation Fail RAP ......................................................... 2-339 91-610-00 to 91-613-00 Printhead Wave Amp Calibration Error RAP ............................ 2-380
83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 91-614-00 to 91-617-00 Printhead Data Error RAP ........................................................ 2-381
Media Path Sensor 13 Duplex Mode RAP ...................................................................... 2-340 91-630-00 IOD Scan Process Failure RAP ..................................................................... 2-381
83-112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00, 83-119-00 91-631-00 IOD Dark Adjust Failure RAP ........................................................................ 2-382
Media Path Sensor 13 Invert Mode RAP ........................................................................ 2-342 91-636-00 IOD in Degraded Mode RAP ......................................................................... 2-383
83-120-00 to 83-125-00 Media Path Sensor 17 RAP ..................................................... 2-344 91-637-00 Drum Runout Calibration Needed RAP ......................................................... 2-385
83-500-00 Output Transport Motor M5 Failure RAP ....................................................... 2-345 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP............................................................... 2-386
83-504-00 HPP Diverter Solenoid Failure RAP .............................................................. 2-346 91-660-00 to 91-663-00, 91-820-00 to 91-823-00 Printhead Link Error RAP ................. 2-387
83-506-00 Nip D Release Solenoid Failure RAP ............................................................ 2-346 91-669-00 Excessive Skew RAP .................................................................................... 2-388
88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error RAP ................................... 2-347 91-670-00 Scanned Image Out of Sequence RAP ......................................................... 2-388
88-508-00 Registration / Preheat Air Pump Incorrect Current RAP ................................ 2-348 91-671-00 Fiducials Not Found RAP .............................................................................. 2-389
89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 Media Path Sensor 10 Failure RAP ....................... 2-349 91-672-00 Missing Jets RAP........................................................................................... 2-389
89-125-00 to 89-128-00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 Media Path Sensor 20 Failure RAP..... 2-350 91-673-00 Floating Point Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-390
89-500-00, 89-502-00 Registration Motor Over Current RAP ......................................... 2-351 91-674-00 to 91-677-00, 91-812-00 to 91-815-00 Printhead Adjustment Error RAP ...... 2-390
89-504-00 Registration Sensor Over Current RAP ......................................................... 2-352 91-678-00 to 91-681-00, 91-816-00 to 91-819-00, 91-961-00 to 91-964-00,
89-520-00 Home Sensor Timeout RAP .......................................................................... 2-353 Printhead Convergence Adjustment Error RAP .............................................................. 2-391
89-531-00 to 89-545-00 Registration Process Error RAP............................................... 2-355 91-682-00 Ambient Thermistor Error RAP ...................................................................... 2-392
89-550-00, 89-551-00 Media Registration Error RAP ..................................................... 2-355 91-698-00, 91-699-00, 91-706-00, 91-712-00, 91-718-00, 91-720-00, 91-729-00,
89-555-00 Media Registration Out of Range RAP .......................................................... 2-356 91-730-00, 91-732-00 IOD Excessive Head Misalignment RAP..................................... 2-393
89-561-00 Media Registration Parameters Reset RAP .................................................. 2-356 91-721-00, 91-722-00, 91-735-00, 91-736-00 IOD Contamination Error RAP................ 2-395
89-562-00 Incorrect Media RAP...................................................................................... 2-357 91-725-00 to 91-728-00, 91-945-00 to 91-948-00, IOD Bad Target Scan RAP .............. 2-396
89-564-00 Calibration Image Error RAP ......................................................................... 2-357 91-824-00 PQM Insufficient Ink RAP .............................................................................. 2-397
89-565-00, 89-566-00 Scan Measurement Was Out Of Range RAP ............................. 2-358 91-825-00 PQM Insufficient Paper RAP ......................................................................... 2-397
89-567-00 Calibration Scan Detected Floating Point Exception RAP ............................. 2-358 91-826-00 PQM Insufficient Jets RAP ............................................................................ 2-398
91-827-00 PQM Align Needed RAP................................................................................ 2-398
Chain 91 - Marking Unit 91-828-00 PQM Y-Dot Position Needed RAP................................................................. 2-399
91-500-00, 91-600-00 Initial Position Error RAP............................................................. 2-359 91-829-00 PQM Drum Runout Needed RAP .................................................................. 2-399
91-501-00 to 91-502-00 Image Timing Error RAP .......................................................... 2-359 91-830-00 PQM Uniformity Needed RAP ....................................................................... 2-400
91-503-00 Print Image Data Did Not Arrive From the Controller in Time RAP ............... 2-360 91-831-00 PQM Uniformity Reset Needed RAP ............................................................. 2-400
91-504-00, 91-505-00 Printhead Stitch Motor Over Current RAP................................... 2-360 91-832-00 PQM Empty Waste Tray RAP........................................................................ 2-401
91-506-00 to 91-509-00 Roll Motor Over Current RAP ................................................... 2-361 91-833-00 PQM Cleaning Pages Needed RAP .............................................................. 2-401
91-510-00, 91-511-00 X Axis Motor Over Current RAP .................................................. 2-362 91-834-00 PQM Tool Not Usable RAP ........................................................................... 2-402
91-512-00, 91-605-00 Marking Unit Motor Short RAP .................................................... 2-363 91-835-00 PQM Tool Manually Disabled RAP ................................................................ 2-402
91-513-00, 91-514-00, 91-581-00, 91-583-00 IOD Drive Error RAP .............................. 2-364 91-836-00 PQM System Busy RAP ................................................................................ 2-403
91-515-00 Vertical Wiper Motor Over Current RAP ........................................................ 2-365 91-837-00 PQM Align Calibration Needed RAP ............................................................. 2-403
91-516-00 Low Pressure Assist Over Current RAP ........................................................ 2-366 91-838-00 PQM: CLD Baseline Needed RAP................................................................. 2-404
91-517-00 Marking Unit Air Pump Over Current RAP..................................................... 2-366 91-842-00 to 91-845-00 Printhead Nvram Read or Decode Error RAP .......................... 2-404
91-519-00 to 91-522-00, 91-655-00 to 91-658-00, 91-683-00 to 91-690-00, 91-848-00 to 91-851-00 IOD Align Calibration Error RAP .............................................. 2-405
91-807 to 91-811-00 Printhead NVM Read or Write Error RAP...................................... 2-367 91-852-00 to 91-854-00 Y Dot Position SVD Calculation RAP ....................................... 2-405
91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00 to 91-803-00, 91-855-00 Thermal Safety Circuit Failure Undetected RAP ........................................... 2-406
91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP .................................................. 2-368 91-929-00 to 91-940-00 IOD Jet Position Noise RAP ..................................................... 2-406
91-559-00 Marking Unit Components Out of Position RAP ............................................ 2-369 91-941-00 to 91-944-00 PQM Too Many Purges RAP ................................................... 2-407
91-560-00 Carriage Selection Time Out RAP ................................................................. 2-371 91-949-00 to 91-952-00 Closed Loop Drift Baseline RAP .............................................. 2-408
91-562-00, 91-563-00 Upper Carriage Error RAP .......................................................... 2-372 91-953-00 to 91-960-00, 91-965-00 to 91-968-00 Closed Loop Drift Measurement RAP 2-409
91-565-00, 91-566-00 Upper Printhead Restraint Error RAP ......................................... 2-373 91-970-00 to 91-981-00 Printhead Reservoir and Jet Stack Heater Unstable RAP ....... 2-410
91-567-00 to 91-568-00 Lower Carriage Error RAP ....................................................... 2-374 91A Printhead Communications RAP ............................................................................. 2-411
91-570-00, 91-571-00 Lower Printhead Restraint Error RAP ......................................... 2-375
91-572-00, 91-573-00, 91-575-00 Wiper Vertical Error RAP .......................................... 2-376 Chain 92 - IOT Process Control
91-574-00, 91-576-00, 91-598-00 Wiper Horizontal Error RAP ...................................... 2-377 92-501-00 to 92-504-00, 92-519-00 Serial Link Safety Transient RAP........................... 2-413
91-586-00 Quad Wave Amplifier Short RAP................................................................... 2-378 92-505-00, 92-506-00 Marking Unit Communications Error RAP ................................... 2-413
91-587-00, 91-588-00 Quad Wave Amplifier Thermal Error RAP ................................... 2-379 92-510-00, 92-511-00 Marking Unit Ink Delivery Communications Error RAP ............... 2-414

92-515-00, 92-516-00 Drum Driver Communications Error RAP .................................... 2-414 93-553-00 to 93-556-00 and 93-561-00 to 93-564-00 Printheads 2 and 4 Printhead
92-520-00 Power Supply Communications Error RAP.................................................... 2-415 Reservoir Fill Error RAP .................................................................................................. 2-443
92-525-00, 92-526-00 Media Path Communications Error RAP ..................................... 2-415 93-565-00 to 93-599-00 and 93-800-00 to 93-812-00 Printheads 1, 2, 3 & 4 Ink Level
92-530-00 3TM Serial Link Error RAP............................................................................. 2-416 Sense Error RAP............................................................................................................. 2-445
92-531-00 Paper Tray Module Communications Error RAP ........................................... 2-416 93-813-00 to 93-820-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Level Sense Failure RAP ........................... 2-446
92-535-00, 92-536-00 Tray 5 Communications Error RAP ............................................. 2-417 93-825-00, 93-892-00 Ink Key Plate Motor Over Current RAP ....................................... 2-447
92-541-00 ADC Interrupt Storm Fault RAP ..................................................................... 2-417 93-871-00 to 93-874-00 Ink Level Sense Error RAP....................................................... 2-447
92-542-00 PS Interrupt Storm Fault RAP........................................................................ 2-418 93-890-00 Marking Unit Air Solenoid Over Current RAP ................................................ 2-448
92-543-00, 92-544-00 MU Interrupt Storm Faults RAP................................................... 2-418 93-891-00 Ink Transport Over Current RAP.................................................................... 2-448
92-545-00 DD Interrupt Storm Fault RAP ....................................................................... 2-419 93-901-00 to 93-904-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Fill Failure RAP........................................... 2-449
92-546-00, 92-547-00 MP Interrupt Storm Faults RAP ................................................... 2-419 93-909-00 to 93-924-00 Printhead Reservoir Level Failure RAP.................................... 2-449
92-548-00 TTM Interrupt Storm Fault RAP ..................................................................... 2-420 93-933-00 to 93-936-00 Head Purge Failure RAP .......................................................... 2-450
92-549-00 PFP Interrupt Storm Fault RAP...................................................................... 2-420 93-937-00 to 93-940-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Leak Error RAP .......................................... 2-450
92-551-00 CIS Interrupt Storm Fault RAP....................................................................... 2-421 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP ................................................................................ 2-451
92-550-00, 92-555-00 System Timer Error RAP ............................................................. 2-421 93B Ink Leak Checkout RAP........................................................................................... 2-452
92-552-00 SBC Interrupt Storm Fault RAP ..................................................................... 2-422
92-554-00 AC Line Failed RAP ....................................................................................... 2-422 Chain 94 - Ink Transfer
92-556-00, 92-557-00, 92-558-00, 92-559-00 ECM Failure RAP ................................... 2-423 94-504-00 Cleaning Unit Reservoir Pressure Low RAP.................................................. 2-453
92-560-00, 92-561-00 Marking Unit Firmware Version Mismatch RAP .......................... 2-423 94-505-00 Cleaning Unit Reservoir Pressure High RAP................................................. 2-453
92-562-00 Drum Driver Firmware Version Mismatch RAP.............................................. 2-424 94-510-00, 94-512-00 Drum Image Initial Position Error RAP ........................................ 2-454
92-563-00 Power Supply Firmware Version Mismatch RAP........................................... 2-424 94-514-00, 94-518-00 Drum Imaging Error RAP............................................................. 2-455
92-564-00 Media Path Firmware Version Mismatch RAP............................................... 2-425 94-519-00 Drum Imaging Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-455
92-565-00 3TM Firmware Version Mismatch RAP.......................................................... 2-425 94-520-00 Cleaning Unit Drive Error RAP....................................................................... 2-456
92-566-00 Tray 5 Firmware Version Mismatch RAP....................................................... 2-426 94-522-00 Cleaning Unit Motor Stall RAP....................................................................... 2-456
92-567-00 ECM FPGA Version Mismatch RAP .............................................................. 2-426 94-524-00 Drum Drive Motor Over Current RAP ............................................................ 2-458
92-568-00 ECM Initialization Error RAP.......................................................................... 2-427 94-526-00 Drum Drive Stall RAP .................................................................................... 2-458
92-569-00 Image FPGA Version Mismatch RAP ............................................................ 2-427 94-527-00, 94-531-00 Cleaning Unit Early Life Over Current RAP................................. 2-460
92-570-00 Interrupt Storm Fault RAP.............................................................................. 2-428 94-528-00, 94-532-00, 94-533-00 Cleaning Unit Over Current RAP .............................. 2-460
92-571-00 Software Error RAP ....................................................................................... 2-428 94-534-00 Drum Drive Belt Slip RAP .............................................................................. 2-461
92-575-00 ADC Out of Range RAP................................................................................. 2-429 94-535-00 Drum Driver Command Current Error RAP.................................................... 2-462
92-579-00 CDI Submit Sheet Error RAP......................................................................... 2-429 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, 94-546-00, 94-632-00,
92-581-00 Image Transfer Error RAP ............................................................................. 2-430 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP .................................................................................... 2-463
92-583-00 Cold Temperature Boot Time-out RAP .......................................................... 2-430 94-545-00 Drum Runout Calibration Error RAP .............................................................. 2-464
92-585-00 LVDS Contone Terminal Error During Image Transfer RAP.......................... 2-431 94-547-00, 94-555-00 Y-Axis Belt Ratio Error RAP ........................................................ 2-464
92-586-00 Print Engine Speed Fault RAP....................................................................... 2-431 94-548-00 Y-Axis Position Error RAP ............................................................................. 2-465
92-598-00, 92-599-00, 92-600-00, 92-610-000 to 92-614-00, IME NVRAM Error RAP.. 2-432 94-549-00 Drum Runout Calibration Error RAP .............................................................. 2-465
92-803-00, 92-804-00 DSP2 Overlay Error RAP ............................................................ 2-432 94-551-00, 94-552-00, 94-553-00 Drum Y-Axis Error RAP............................................. 2-466
92-805-00 Fuse A Blown RAP ........................................................................................ 2-433 94-558-00, 94-560-00, 94-562-00, 94-564-00, 94-566-00
92-806-00 Fuse B Blown RAP ........................................................................................ 2-434 Cleaning Unit Position Error RAP.................................................................................... 2-466
92-807-00 Diagnostic Routine Not Implemented RAP .................................................... 2-434 94-568-00, 94-570-00, 94-572-00, 94-573-00 Cleaning Unit Data Error RAP ................ 2-467
94-574-00 Cleaning Unit Sync Error RAP ....................................................................... 2-467
Chain 93 - Ink Delivery 94-610-00, 94-612-00 Cleaning Unit Error RAP.............................................................. 2-468
93-501-00 to 93-516-00 Ink Loader Is Jammed RAP...................................................... 2-435 94-611-00 Cleaning Unit Removal Pump Test Fail RAP................................................. 2-468
93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Thermal Error RAP...................... 2-435 94-615-00 Non Xerox Cleaning Unit Detected RAP........................................................ 2-469
93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-00, 93-533-00, 93-957-00 94-616-00 Cleaning Unit Low Oil Detected RAP............................................................. 2-469
Ink Melt Error RAP .......................................................................................................... 2-436 94-617-00, 94-618-00 Oil Pump Error RAP .................................................................... 2-470
93-525-00, 93-528-00, 93-531-00, 93-534-00 Ink Melt Thermistor Error RAP................ 2-437 94-619 Cleaning Unit Delivery Line Blocked RAP........................................................... 2-470
93-535-00 to 93-537-00, 93-958-00 Upper Umbilical Thermal Error RAP ...................... 2-438 94-620-00 Drum Fan Stall RAP....................................................................................... 2-471
93-538-00 to 93-540-00, 93-959-00 Lower Umbilical Thermal Error RAP ...................... 2-439 94-621-00 Abatement Fan Stall RAP .............................................................................. 2-471
93-545-00 to 93-548-00 Ink Melt Conductivity Error RAP ............................................... 2-440 94-622-00 Cleaning Unit Unusable RAP......................................................................... 2-472
93-549-00 to 93-552-00 and 93-557-00 to 93-560-00 Printheads 1 and 3 Printhead 94-629-00 Extreme Customer Usage RAP ..................................................................... 2-473
Reservoir Fill Error RAP .................................................................................................. 2-440 94-631-00 Cleaning Unit Connectivity Failure RAP ........................................................ 2-473

94-634-00, 94-635-00 DMU Thermistor Failure RAP...................................................... 2-474 OF - Other Faults
94A Enclosure Fan Error RAP ........................................................................................ 2-474 OF 1 Unusual Noise RAP ............................................................................................... 2-525
94B Drum Drive Control Test Actions RAP ..................................................................... 2-475 OF 2 UI Touch Screen Failure RAP ................................................................................ 2-530
OF 3 Unresponsive Machine RAP .................................................................................. 2-531
Chain 99 - PEST OF 4 Status Codes and Messages RAP ......................................................................... 2-534
99-000-00 to 99-067-00 PEST Error 1 RAP.................................................................... 2-477 OF 4a Status Codes in Numerical Order ........................................................................ 2-534
99-081-00 to 99-112-00 PEST Error 2 RAP.................................................................... 2-478
OF 4b Status Messages in Alphabetical Order ............................................................... 2-572
99-120-00 to 99-140-00 PEST Error 3 RAP.................................................................... 2-479
OF 5 Boot Up Failure RAP .............................................................................................. 2-603
99-143-00 to 99-150-00 PEST Error 4 RAP.................................................................... 2-479 OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP.................................................................................... 2-606
99-180-00 to 99-217-00 PEST Error 5 RAP.................................................................... 2-480
OF 7 Sleep Mode RAP.................................................................................................... 2-606
99-221-00 to 99-244-00 PEST Error 6 RAP.................................................................... 2-481
OF 8 Multi-feed RAP ....................................................................................................... 2-607
99-250-00 to 99-271-00 PEST Error 7 RAP.................................................................... 2-482 OF 9 Ink Stick Count Mismatch....................................................................................... 2-608
99-272-00 to 99-292-00 PEST Error 8 RAP.................................................................... 2-483
OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP ....................................................................................... 2-609
99-293-00 to 99-312-00 PEST Error 9 RAP.................................................................... 2-484
OF 11 Unable to Load Ink Sticks .................................................................................... 2-611
99-313-00 to 99-329-00 PEST Error 10 RAP.................................................................. 2-485 OF 12 Service Code RAP ............................................................................................... 2-611
99-330-00 to 99-349-00 PEST Error 11 RAP.................................................................. 2-486
OF 13 Convenience Stapler RAP ................................................................................... 2-614
99-360-00 to 99-382-00 PEST Error 12 RAP.................................................................. 2-487
OF 14 Extensible Interface Platform RAP ....................................................................... 2-615
99-394-00 to 99-413-00 PEST Error 13 RAP.................................................................. 2-488 OF 15 Xerox Secure Access RAP .................................................................................. 2-616
99-414-00 to 99-428-00 PEST Error 14 RAP.................................................................. 2-489
OF 16 POST Error RAP .................................................................................................. 2-618
99-429-00 to 99-443-00 PEST Error 15 RAP.................................................................. 2-490
99-444-00 to 99-457-00 PEST Error 16 RAP.................................................................. 2-491
99-460-00 to 99-477-00 PEST Error 17 RAP.................................................................. 2-492
99-480-00 to 99-497-00 PEST Error 18 RAP.................................................................. 2-494
99-500-00 to 99-515-00 PEST Error 19 RAP.................................................................. 2-495
99-516-00 to 99-533-00 PEST Error 20 RAP.................................................................. 2-496
99-534-00 to 99-548-00 PEST Error 21 RAP.................................................................. 2-497
99-549-00 to 99-563-00 PEST Error 22 RAP.................................................................. 2-499
99-564-00 to 99-565-00 PEST Error 23 RAP.................................................................. 2-500
99-600-00 to 99-605-00 PEST Error 24 RAP.................................................................. 2-500
99-606-00 to 99-610-00 PEST Error 25 RAP.................................................................. 2-501
99-611-00 to 99-625-00 PEST Error 26 RAP.................................................................. 2-501
99-626-00 to 99-640-00 PEST Error 27 RAP.................................................................. 2-502
99-641-00 to 99-655-00 PEST Error 28 RAP.................................................................. 2-503
99-656-00 to 99-670-00 PEST Error 29 RAP.................................................................. 2-504
99-671-00 to 99-685-00 PEST Error 30 RAP.................................................................. 2-505
99-686-00 to 99-700-00 PEST Error 31 RAP.................................................................. 2-506
99-701-00 to 99-721-00 PEST Error 32 RAP.................................................................. 2-507
99-730-00 to 99-742-00 PEST Error 33 RAP.................................................................. 2-507
99-743-00 to 99-766-00 PEST Error 34 RAP.................................................................. 2-508
99-767-00 to 99-782-00 PEST Error 35 RAP.................................................................. 2-509
99-785-00 to 99-802-00 PEST Error 36 RAP.................................................................. 2-510
99-805-00 to 99-823-00 PEST Error 37 RAP.................................................................. 2-510
99-824-00 to 99-838-00 PEST Error 38 RAP.................................................................. 2-512
99-839-00 to 99-871-00 PEST Error 39 RAP.................................................................. 2-513
99-872-00 to 99-887-00 PEST Error 40 RAP.................................................................. 2-515
99-890-00 to 99-904-00 PEST Error 41 RAP.................................................................. 2-516
99-905-00 to 99-921-00 PEST Error 42 RAP.................................................................. 2-518
99-922-00 to 99-938-00 PEST Error 43 RAP.................................................................. 2-520
99-939-00 to 99-954-00 PEST Error 44 RAP.................................................................. 2-521
99-955-00 to 99-962-00 PEST Error 45 RAP.................................................................. 2-523
99-992-00 PEST Error 46 RAP ....................................................................................... 2-524
99-996-00 to 99-999-00 PEST Error 47 RAP.................................................................. 2-524

01-505-00 Mid Left Door Open RAP 01-506-00 Upper Left Door Open RAP
01-505-00 The mid door interlock switch detects that the mid left door is open. 01-506-00 The upper door interlock switch detects that the upper left door is open.
Initial Actions Initial Actions

WARNING WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the actuator on the mid left door assembly, PL 70.30 Item 16. If the actuator is Check the actuator on the upper left door assembly, PL 70.30 Item 18. If the actuator is
damaged, install a new mid left door assembly, PL 70.30 Item 16. damaged, install a new upper left door assembly, PL 70.30 Item 18.
Make sure the latch springs on the mid left door are installed correctly. Make sure that the Make sure the latch springs, PL 70.30 Item 20 on the upper left door are installed cor-
mid left door closes correctly. If necessary, install a new mid left door assembly, PL 70.30 rectly. Make sure that the middle left door closes correctly. If necessary, install a new
Item 16. upper left door assembly, PL 70.30 Item 18.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 code 01-101 to check the mid door interlock switch, S01-101, PL 82.10 Item 10. Enter dC330 code 01-100 to check the upper door interlock switch, S01-100, PL 82.10 Item
Actuate S01-101. The display changes. 10. Actuate S01-100. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Go to WD 8.1. Check S01-101. Go to WD 8.1. Check S01-100.
References: References:
GP 13 How to Check a Switch. GP 13 How to Check a Switch.
PJ104, Media Path Driver PWB. PJ104, Media Path Driver PWB.
01C +3.3V Distribution RAP. 01C +3.3V Distribution RAP.
01L 0V Distribution RAP 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Install new components as necessary: Install new components as necessary:
Mid door interlock switch, PL 82.10 Item 10. Upper door interlock switch, PL 82.10 Item 10.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. PL 1.15 PL 1.15 Item 4 01-505-00 01-506- Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
00
Check that S01-100 is installed correctly.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-9 01-505-00, 01-506-00
01-510-00 Front Door Open RAP 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and Overload
01-510-00 The front door interlock switch detects that the front door is open. RAP
01-525-00 An over current condition has been detected with the +24V, +12V, -12V or +5V sup-
Initial Actions ply.
WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Check the actuator on the front door moulding, PL 81.11 Item 7. If the actuator is dam- not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
aged, install a new front door assembly, PL 81.11 Item 11. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Make sure the access magnetic catch, PL 81.11 Item 8 is not missing. Make sure that the Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check the PEST fault history,
front door closes correctly. If necessary, install a new front door assembly, PL 81.11 Item dC123. There are hard PEST faults shown.
11. Y N
The yellow LED, Figure 1, illuminates within one minute.
Y N
Procedure Perform the short circuit checks that follow:
Enter dC330 code 01-103 to check the front door interlock switch, S01-103, PL 1.15 Item 7.
+24V Short Circuit Check
Actuate S01-103. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 9.3. Check S01-103. -12V Short Circuit Check
References: +5V Short Circuit Check
GP 13 How to Check a Switch. If no short circuit is found and the supply is still not available, install a new power
PJ801, Drum Driver PWB. supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP.
Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4. The voltage on PJ902 pin 31 on the Drum driver PWB
01L 0V Distribution RAP
is less than +1.5V.
Install new components as necessary: Y N
Front door interlock switch, PL 1.15 Item 7. Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Perform the RAP(s) given by the hard PEST fault code(s).

Procedure
Switch off the machine, GP 14.
Refer to WD 1.4. Disconnect PJDC1 from the power supply unit and check for a short circuit
between pin 11 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. The circuit is good.
Y N
Go to 01H and follow the procedure for the IME controller PWB.
Go to 01H and follow the procedure for the Quad wave amp PWB.
Y N
Go to 01H and follow the procedure for the drum driver PWB.
With PJDC3 still disconnected from the power supply unit, check for a short circuit between pin
24 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. The circuit is good.

01-510-00, 01-525-00 2-10 ColorQube 9303 Family
Y N Y N
Go to 01H and follow the procedure for the media path driver PWB. Go to 01F and follow the procedure for the drum driver PWB.
Refer to WD 1.5. Disconnect PJDC4 from the power supply unit and check for a short circuit With PJDC3 still disconnected from the power supply unit, check for a short circuit between pin
between pins 17 to chassis and from pin 18 to the chassis with the PJDC4 disconnected. The 23 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. The circuit is good.
circuit is good. Y N
Y N Go to 01F and follow the procedure for the media path driver PWB.
Go to 01H and follow the procedure for the power distribution PWB.
No short has been found in the -12V circuits, refer to the fault history for an insight into the fault
No short has been found in the +24V circuits, refer to the fault history for an insight into the area, then go to 01F and check that area.
fault area, then go to 01H and check that area.
+12V Short Circuit Check Procedure
Procedure Switch off the machine, GP 14.
Switch off the machine, GP 14. Refer to WD 1.4. Disconnect PJDC1 from the power supply unit and check for a short circuit
Refer to WD 1.4. Disconnect PJDC1 from the power supply unit and check for a short circuit between pin 17 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. The circuit is good.
between pin 13 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. The circuit is good. Y N
Y N Go to 01D and follow the procedure for the IME controller PWB.
Go to 01E and follow the procedure for the IME controller PWB. Go to 01D and follow the procedure for the Quad wave amp PWB.
Go to 01E and follow the procedure for the Quad wave amp PWB.
Y N Go to 01D and follow the procedure for the drum driver PWB.
Go to 01E and follow the procedure for the drum driver PWB.
With PJDC3 still disconnected from the power supply unit, check for a short circuit between pin 20 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. The circuit is good.
22 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. The circuit is good. Y N
Y N Go to 01D and follow the procedure for the media path driver PWB.
Go to 01E and follow the procedure for the media path driver PWB.
Y N Go to 01D and follow the procedure for the power distribution PWB.
Go to 01E and follow the procedure for the power distribution PWB.
No short has been found in the +12V circuits, refer to the fault history for an insight into the 11 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. The circuit is good.
fault area, then go to 01E and check that area. Y N
Go to 01E and follow the procedure for the HDD.
-12V Short Circuit Check
Procedure The fault is still active.
Switch off the machine, GP 14. Y N
Refer to WD 1.4. Disconnect PJDC1 from the power supply unit and check for a short circuit Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Y N Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Go to 01F and follow the procedure for the IME controller PWB.
Go to 01F and follow the procedure for the Quad wave amp PWB.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-11 01-525-00
01-530-00 +/- 50V Short Circuit and Overload RAP
01-530-00 An over current condition has been detected with the +50V or -50V supply.
Procedure
WARNING
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check the PEST fault history,
dC123. There are hard PEST faults shown.
Y N
The red LED, Figure 1, is illuminated.
Y N
Perform the short circuit checks that follow:
-50V Short Circuit Check
If no short circuit is found and the supply is still not available, install a new power
Power supply unit Yellow LED supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Figure 1 Component location Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4. The voltage on PJ902 pin 29 on the drum driver PWB
is less than +1.5V.
Y N
Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Perform the RAP(s) given by the hard PEST fault code(s).

Procedure
Y N
Go to 01J and follow the procedure for the IME controller PWB.
Go to 01J and follow the procedure for the Quad wave amp PWB.
Y N
Go to 01J and follow the procedure for the media path driver PWB.
With PJDC3 still disconnected from the power supply unit, check for a short circuit between
pins 13 and 14 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. the circuit is good.
Y N
Go to 01J and follow the procedure for the drum driver PWB.
No short has been found in the +50V circuits, refer to the fault history for an insight into the
fault area, then go to 01J and check that area.

-50V Short Circuit Check 01-535-00 Power Interlock Failed: No Heater Requests RAP
Procedure 01-535-00 The IME power interlock has failed because the AC power manager heater requests
Switch off the machine, GP 14. are not being updated.
between pin 18 of the disconnected PJ and the chassis. The circuit is good. Procedure
Y N WARNING
Go to 01K and follow the procedure for the IME controller PWB.
Go to 01K and follow the procedure for the Quad wave amp PWB.
The fault is still active.
Y N Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Go to WD 9.3 and check the front door interlock switch (S01-103) and PJ801. The voltage at
PJ801 pin 4 on the drum driver PWB changes when the front door interlock switch is
Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. actuated/deactuated.
Y N
Refer to GP 13, How to Check a Switch. Check the wiring between the interlock switch
and PJ801 and repair the wiring as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. If necessary, install new
components:
Front door interlock switch, (S01-103), PL 1.15 Item 7.
Go to 01A, AC Power Distribution RAP and check for the correct AC supply. If necessary,
install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Power supply unit Red LED
Figure 1 Component location

A B
01-540-00, 01-544-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Failure RAP Switch off the machine, GP 14. Check pin 24 of PJ902 on the drum driver PWB. Pin 24
is short circuit to ground.
01-540-00 The +24V, +12V, -12V and +5V supplies have shut down unexpectedly.
Y N
01-544-00 The IME +24V, +12V, -12V and +5V supplies have failed to switch on.
Repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
Procedure
WARNING Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. The fault is still active.
Y N
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Go to 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Other voltage supplies are inter-dependent. Also refer to the RAPs that follow:
Check that the three LEDs on the top of the power supply unit illuminate within one minute of
switch-on, Figure 1. The LEDs illuminate. 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
Y N 01E +12V Distribution RAP.
Either the power supply unit is faulty or there is a short circuit. Refer to WD 9.4 and WD 01F -12V Distribution RAP.
1.4. Measure the voltage at pin 27 of PJ902 on the drum driver PWB. The voltage should 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
be greater than +2.5V, indicating the drum driver PWB is enabling the +24V, +12V, -12V
and +5V supplies in the power supply unit. The voltage is greater than +2.5V.
Y N
Check the condition of the drum driver power supply interface cable between PJDC2
on the power supply unit and PJ902 on the drum driver PWB. It should be correctly
and securely connected at each end, and should be undamaged. This cable carries
power control signals from and to the power supply unit. The cable is good.
Y N
Correct the cable connection or install a new drum driver power supply inter-
face cable, PL 1.15 Item 10, as necessary.
Switch off the machine, GP 14. Check pin 27 of PJ902 on the drum driver PWB. Pin
27 is short circuit to ground.
Y N
Either the power supply unit is faulty or there is a short circuit. Go to 01-525-00 +24V, +/-
12V, +5V Short Circuit and Overload RAP.
Power supply unit Three LEDs
Refer to WD 9.4 and WD 1.4. Measure the voltage at pin 24 of PJ902 on the drum driver PWB.
This can be measured on the top of the connector, while it is connected to the drum driver
PWB. The voltage should be greater than +2.5V, indicating that the power supply is enabled.
The yellow LED on the power supply unit should also be lit, Figure 1. The voltage is greater
than +2.5V.
Y N
Check the condition of the drum driver power supply interface cable between PJDC2 on
the power supply unit and PJ902 on the drum driver PWB. It should be correctly and
securely connected at each end, and should be undamaged. This cable carries power
control signals from and to the power supply unit. The cable is good.
Y N
Correct the cable connection or install a new drum driver power supply interface
cable, PL 1.15 Item 10, as necessary.
A B
A
01-542-00, 01-546-00 50V Failure RAP Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4. Check the red LED, Figure 1, is illuminated and the voltage on
PJ902 pin 26 on the Drum driver PWB is greater than +2.5V. The LED is illuminated and the
01-542-00 The IME +50V or -50V supply has shutdown unexpectedly.
voltage is greater than 2.5V.
Y N
01-546-00 The IME +50V or -50V supply has failed to switch on. Switch off the machine GP 14. Check PJ902 pin 26 on the drum driver PWB. Pin 26 is
shorted to ground.
Initial Actions Y N
If possible, repair all the current listed faults, before performing this procedure, refer to dC123. Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Procedure Repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
WARNING Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.

Switch off the machine GP 14. Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4. Check the condition of the drum
driver power supply interface cable between PJDC2 on the power supply unit and PJ902 on
the drum driver PWB. It should be correctly and securely connected at each end, and should
be undamaged, PL 1.15 Item 10. The ribbon cable is secure and in good condition.
Y N
Correct the cable connection or install a new drum driver power supply interface cable, PL
1.15 Item 10, as necessary.
Switch on the machine GP 14. The fault code is still present.

Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Check the 3 LEDs on the power supply are illuminated, Figure 1. The 3 LEDs are on and
remain illuminated after 60 seconds.
Y N
Three LEDs
Either the power supply unit is not enabled or is faulty or there is a short circuit on the Green = +3.3V ESTAR
+50V or -50V output circuits. Power supply unit Yellow = +5V, Red = +50V
NOTE: The voltage on PJ902 at pin 28 must be greater than +2.5V to enable +/-50V out- Figure 1 Component location
puts.
Switch on the machine GP 14. Go to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4. Check the voltage on PJ902
pin 28 on the drum driver PWB. The voltage is greater than +2.5V.
Y N
Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4. Check the drum driver power supply interface cable for
short circuits on PJ902 at pin 28 and pin 29. The cable is good.
Y N
Repair the drum driver power supply interface cable as necessary, REP 1.1. If
necessary, install a new drum driver power supply interface cable, PL 1.15 Item
10.
The control voltages are correct. If the +50V or -50V supplies are still not present, either
there is a power supply unit fault or there is a short circuit. Go to 01-530-00 +/-50V Short
Circuit and Overload RAP.
A
01A AC Power Distribution RAP Power to the Power Supply Unit Check
Use this RAP to diagnose faults with the AC power distribution throughout the machine. Procedure
Check the green LED on top of the power supply, Figure 1. The green LED is lit.
Initial Actions
Y N
WARNING Check the customer AC supply. The AC supply is good.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Y N
Inform the customer to resolve the power supply fault.
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check for PEST errors, go to Check the power cord, PL 1.15 Item 1.
dC123 PEST Fault History. If a fault is given, perform the appropriate RAP. If the machine is The ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10, is warm.
unresponsive, go to OF 3. Y N
Go to:
Procedure Main Power Rocker Switch Check
AC Power is distributed widely throughout this machine. Either work through this RAP or if the Ink Reservoir Heaters Check
faulty area of the machine is known, select the required check from the list that follows:
AC power is present and the power interlocks are operating.
NOTE: If multiple heater failures are noted, the fault is likely to exist in one of the following: Main Power Rocker Switch Check
Marking unit heater PWB supply, WD 9.8. Procedure
Head thermistors safety circuit, refer to the 99-394-00 to 99-413-00 PEST Error 13 RAP Switch off the machine, GP 14, disconnect the power cord. Refer to WD 1.1. Disconnect
WD 1.4, WD 9.2, WD 9.4 and WD 9.6 for IME common heater relay. The line signal must PJ8AC on the power supply unit and measure the continuity between pins 1 and 2 of the
be greater than +2.5V to close the relays cable, Continuity is measured when the main power rocker switch is in the on position
Check the power supply output for the items that follow: and open circuit is measured when the main power rocker switch is in the off position.
Ink melt, refer to Ink Reservoir Heaters Check. If there is no voltage output, install a Y N
new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2 Check the wiring between PJ8AC on the power supply unit and the main power rocker
switch and repair as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. If necessary, install new a main power
Registration pre-heater, refer to Registration / Pre-Heaters Check. If there is no volt-
rocker switch, PL 1.15 Item 3.
age output, install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2
Drum heaters, refer to Drum Heaters Check. If there is no voltage output, install a Continuity is measured when the main power rocker switch is in off position.
new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2 Y N
Marking unit heater PWB supply, refer to Marking Unit Heater PWB Supply Check. If There is a short circuit or the switch has failed. Check the wiring between PJ8AC on the
power supply unit and the main power switch and repair as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. If
there is no voltage output, install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2
necessary, install new a main power rocker switch, PL 1.15 Item 3.
Power to the Power Supply Unit Check
Main Power Rocker Switch Check
Ink Reservoir Heaters Check Ink Reservoir Heaters Check
Ink Melt Heaters Check Procedure
Drum Heaters Check Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Refer to WD
Registration / Pre-Heaters Check 9.8. Disconnect PJ201 from the marking unit heater PWB. Check the electrical resistance of
the ink reservoir heaters, by measuring the resistance across the pins of the PJ201 harness as
Thermal Cutout Check
follows:
Finisher Supply Check Ink reservoir heater 1, pin 1 to pin 3. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 45-55
Marking Unit Heater PWB Supply Check ohms.
Lower Umbilical Heater Check Ink reservoir heater 2, pin 2 to pin 4. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 45-55
Head 1 Reservoir and Jetstack Heaters Check ohms.
Head 3 Reservoir and Jetstack Heaters Check The measured resistances are correct.
Upper Umbilical Heater Check Y N
Go to WD 9.8. Check the wiring between PJ201 on the marking unit heater PWB and the
Head 2 Reservoir and Jetstack Heaters Check
ink reservoir heaters. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. If necessary, install a new
Head 4 Reservoir and Jetstack Heaters Check reservoir assembly, PL 93.10 Item 26.
A
01A 2-16 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
The ink reservoir heaters are good. If necessary, install a new Marking unit heater PWB, PL Registration / Pre-Heaters Check
92.10 Item 5. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Procedure
Ink Melt Heaters Check Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Refer to WD
Procedure 1.2. Disconnect PJ5AC from the power supply unit. Check the electrical resistance of the regis-
tration/pre-heaters by measuring the resistance across the pins of the PJ5AC harness as fol-
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Refer to WD
lows:
1.2. Disconnect PJ5AC from the power supply unit. Check the electrical resistance of the four
Registration pre-heater 1, pin 3 to pin 9. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 50-60
ink melt heaters by measuring the resistance across the pins of the PJ5AC harness as follows:
ohms.
Black ink melt heater, pin 6 to pin 12. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 70-80
ohms. Registration pre-heater 2, pin 2 to pin 8. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 50-60
ohms.
Yellow ink melt heater, pin 6 to pin 13. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 70-80
ohms. Check that pin 8 to the chassis is open circuit.
Cyan ink melt heater, pin 7 to pin 1. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 70-80 Check that pin 9 to the chassis is open circuit.
ohms. The measured resistances are correct.
Magenta ink melt heater, pin 7 to pin 11. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 70-80 Y N
ohms. Go to WD 1.2. Check the wiring between PJ5AC on the power supply unit, and PJ140 to
the registration preheat assembly. Repair the wiring as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. As
Check that pin 7 to chassis is open circuit.
necessary, install a new registration preheat assembly PL 88.10 Item 1.
Check that pin 6 to the chassis is open circuit.
The measured resistances are correct. The registration/pre-heaters are good. If necessary, install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15
Item 2.
Y N
Go to WD 1.2. Check the wiring between PJ5AC and PJX to the ink melt heaters. Repair Thermal Cutout Check
the wiring as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. If necessary, install a new ink loader melt plate
assembly, PL 93.10 Item 3. Procedure
The ink melt heaters are good. If necessary, install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
1.2. Disconnect PJ5AC harness on the power supply unit. Check the continuity of the thermal
Drum Heaters Check cutouts on the thermal cutout PWB, by measuring the resistance across the pins of the PJ5AC
harness as follows:
Procedure cutout for drum heater 1, pin 4 to pin 14. Expect a short circuit.
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Refer to WD cutout for drum heater 2, pin 5 to pin 18. Expect a short circuit.
1.2. Disconnect PJ5AC from the power supply unit. Check the electrical resistance of the two
Check that pin 4 and 5 to the chassis is open circuit.
drum heaters by measuring the resistance across the pins of the PJ5AC harness as follows:
Drum heater 1 first section, pin 15 to pin 16. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 40- The measured resistances are correct.
50 ohms. Y N
Go to WD 1.2. Check the wiring between PJ5AC on the power supply unit and PJ140 to
Drum heater 1 second section, pin 15 to pin 17. Expect a cold resistance of approximately
the thermal cutout PWB, PL 88.10 Item 11. Repair as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. As
40-50 ohms.
necessary, install a new thermal cutout PWB, PL 94.20 Item 11.
Drum heater 2 first section, pin 10 to pin 19. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 40-
50 ohms. The thermal cutouts are good. Refer to WD 9.4. Switch on the electricity to the machine, GP
14, and check the voltage on PJ902 pin 1 or pin 2 on the drum driver PWB is greater than
Drum heater 2 second section, pin 10 to pin 20. Expect a cold resistance of approximately
40-50 ohms. +2.5V. Check the voltage on PJ902 pin 33 on the drum driver PWB is greater than +2.5V. The
voltages are good.
Y N
Check that pin 10 to the chassis is open circuit. Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
The measured resistances are correct.
Check the condition of harness between PJDC2 of the power supply unit and PJ 902 of the
Y N
drum driver PWB. The harness is good.
Go to WD 1.2. Check the wiring between PJ5AC on the power supply unit, and PJX to the
Y N
drum heaters. Repair the wiring as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. As necessary, install a
Repair the harness, REP 1.1.
new drum, PL 94.20 Item 1.
Go to Thermal Cutout Check

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-17 01A
Finisher Supply Check Lower Umbilical Heater Check
Procedure Procedure
Verify that the machine is configured for a finisher and that the machine is ready to print. Refer Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Refer to WD
to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4. Check the Finisher On signal from PJDC2, pin 3 on the power supply 9.8. Disconnect PJ701 from the marking unit heater PWB. Check the electrical resistance of
unit to PJ902, pin 3 on the drum driver PWB. The signal is good. the lower umbilical heater, by measuring the resistance across pin 1 to pin 8 of the PJ701 har-
Y N ness, expect a cold resistance of approximately 85-95 ohms. The measured resistance is
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Repair correct.
the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 or install new wiring, PL 1.15 Item 10. If necessary, Y N
install new components: Go to WD 9.8. Check the wiring between PJ701 on the marking unit heater PWB and the
Cord bracket assembly, PL 12.75 Item 4. lower umbilical heater. Repair the wiring as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. If necessary,
Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. install new components:
Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. Umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 10.
Drum driver power supply interface cable (PJ902), PL 1.15 Item 10. Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5.
Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
An HVF is installed.
The lower umbilical heater is good. If necessary, install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Y N
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Refer to Head 1 Reservoir and Jetstack Heaters Check
WD 1.1 and WD 12.1. Check the wiring between PJ3AC on the power supply unit and
CN1 on the LCSS power supply module, PL 12.75 Item 2. As necessary, repair the wiring,
Procedure
REP 1.1. If necessary, install new components: Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Refer to WD
Cord bracket assembly, PL 12.75 Item 4. 9.8. Disconnect PJ701 from the marking unit heater PWB. Check the electrical resistance of
LCSS power supply unit, PL 12.75 Item 2. the head 1 reservoir and jetstack heaters, by measuring the resistance across the pins of the
PJ701 harness as follows:
Head 1 reservoir heater, pin 2 to pin 3. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 95-105
NOTE: Verify that no short circuits exist between the line, neutral and ground on the ohms.
harness to the finisher, before a new power supply unit is installed. Head 1 first half jetstack heater, pin 5 to pin 4. Expect a cold resistance of approximately
495-505 ohms.
Head 1 second half jetstack heater, pin 5 to pin 6. Expect a cold resistance of approxi-
1.1 and WD 12.6. Check the wiring between PJ3AC on the power supply unit and CN1 on the
mately 495-505 ohms.
HVF power supply unit, PL 12.140 Item 1. As necessary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1. If neces-
sary, install new components: Check that pin 2 to ground and pin 5 to ground are open circuit.
Power cord, PL 12.140 Item 4. The measured resistances are correct.
HVF power supply unit, PL 12.140 Item 1. Y N
head 1 reservoir and jet stack heater. Repair the wiring as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. If
NOTE: Verify that no short circuits exist between the line, neutral and ground on the har- necessary, install a new printhead 1, PL 91.25 Item 2.
ness to the finisher, before a new power supply unit is installed.
The head 1 heaters are good. If necessary, install a new marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10
Item 5.
Marking Unit Heater PWB Supply Check
Procedure Head 3 Reservoir and Jetstack Heaters Check
Refer to WD 1.1 and WD 9.8, check the wiring between PJ4AC on the power supply unit and Procedure
PJ101 on the marking unit heater PWB. If necessary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
9.8. Disconnect PJ701 from the marking unit heater PWB. Check the electrical resistance of
the head 3 reservoir and jetstack heaters, by measuring the resistance across the pins of the
ohms.
Head 3 first half jetstack heater, pin 12 to pin 11. Expect a cold resistance of approxi-

B
Head 3 second half jetstack heater, pin 12 to pin 13. Expect a cold resistance of approxi- The head 2 heaters are good. If necessary, install a new marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10
mately 495-505 ohms. Item 5.
Check that pin 9 and pin 12 to the chassis is open circuit.
The measured resistances are correct. Head 4 Reservoir and Jetstack Heaters Check
Y N Procedure
Go to WD 9.8. Check the wiring between PJ701 on the marking unit heater PWB and the Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Refer to WD
9.8. Disconnect PJ401 from the marking unit heater PWB. Check the electrical resistance of
necessary, install a new printhead 3, PL 91.25 Item 2.
the head 4 reservoir and jetstack heaters, by measuring the resistance across the pins of the
The head 3 heaters are good. If necessary, install a new marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10
Item 5. Re-connect PJ701.
ohms.
Head 4 first half jetstack heater, pin 11 to pin 10. Expect a cold resistance of approxi-
Upper Umbilical Heater Check mately 495-505 ohms.
Procedure Head 4 second half jetstack heater, pin 11 to pin 12. Expect a cold resistance of approxi-
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Refer to WD mately 495-505 ohms.
9.8. Disconnect PJ401 from the marking unit heater PWB. Check the electrical resistance of Check that pin 8 and pin 11 to the chassis is open circuit.
the upper umbilical heater, by measuring the resistance across the pins of the PJ401 harness
as follows:
Y N
Upper umbilical heater, pin 1 to pin 7. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 85-95 Go to WD 9.8. Check the wiring between PJ401 on the marking unit heater PWB and the
ohms.
Check that pin 1 and pin 7 to the chassis is open circuit. necessary, install a new printhead 4, PL 91.20 Item 2.
Y N The head 4 heaters are good. Re-connect PJ401. If necessary, install a new marking unit
Go to WD 9.8. Check the wiring between PJ401 on the marking unit heater PWB and the heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5.
upper umbilical heater. Repair the wiring as necessary, refer to REP 1.1. If necessary,
install a new umbilical, PL 91.20 Item 10.
The upper umbilical heater is good. If necessary, install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item
2.
Head 2 Reservoir and Jetstack Heaters Check

Procedure
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14, and disconnect the power cord. Disconnect
PJ401 from the marking unit heater PWB. Check the electrical resistance of the head 2 reser-
voir and jetstack heaters, by measuring the resistance across the pins of the PJ401 harness as
follows:
ohms.
Head 2 first half jetstack heater, pin 5 to pin 4. Expect a cold resistance of approximately
495-505 ohms.
Head 2 second half jetstack heater, pin 5 to pin 6. Expect a cold resistance of approxi-
Green LED = +3.3V ESTA
Power supply unit Yellow LED = +5V
Check that pin 2 and pin 5 to the chassis is open circuit. Red LED = +50V
Y N Figure 1 Component location
necessary, install a new printhead 2, PL 91.20 Item 2.
B
01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP Drum Driver PWB
Use this RAP to diagnose +3.3V ESTAR supply and distribution faults in the machine. This Quad Wave Amp PWB
supply is used to power the IME logic circuits. This supply is not to be confused with the +3.3V Ink Load Entry PWB
supply, which is generated on the power distribution PWB. To diagnose +3.3V faults go to 01C. Printhead 1 to 4
3 Tray Module PWB
Procedure IME Controller PWB
WARNING To view the +3.3V ESTAR distribution from the power supply unit to the IME controller
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do PWB, refer to WD 1.4.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause For +3.3V ESTAR faults on the IME controller PWB, refer to:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WD 9.5
Check the green LED, Figure 1, on top of the power supply unit. This is lit to indicate that the WD 9.6
+3.3V ESTAR supply is available in the power supply unit. The green LED is lit. WD 9.7
Y N
The components that follow are driven from +3.3V ESTAR from the IME controller PWB
The AC supply is good.
Y N Printheads, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2
Go to 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3
Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4
Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Perform the Main Power Rocker Switch If necessary, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1, or one of the compo-
Check.
nents in the list above.
Media Path Driver PWB
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check the PEST fault history, dC123. There
are hard PEST faults shown. To view the +3.3V ESTAR distribution from the power supply unit to the media path driver
Y N PWB, refer to WD 1.5.
Check that the +3.3V is within tolerance, +3.3V +/- 2.5% at JDC1 between pin 9 and pin For +3.3V ESTAR faults on the media path driver PWB refer to:
14 refer to WD 1.4. WD 8.1
NOTE: To view the +3.3V ESTAR supply generation, refer to WD 1.3. +3.3V ESTAR is WD 8.2
only distributed on PJDC1 and PJDC3 on the power supply unit. A short circuit on this WD 8.3
output also disables the +17V output. WD 8.4
The +3.3V supply is within tolerance. WD 8.5
Y N Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. The components that follow are driven from +3.3V ESTAR from the media path driver
PWB:
Determine which PWB has the distribution fault, go to PWB Checks. Upper door interlink PL 82.10 Item 10
Vertical transport sensor PL 82.10 Item 7
Perform the RAP(s) given by the hard PEST fault code(s), then return to this RAP.
PWB Checks 3 tray module PL 73.16
Ink loader door switch PL 93.10 Item 19
Check the PWBs below to determine which PWB has the distribution fault. Follow the distribu-
tion back to the supply. Repair the wiring, REP 1.1 or install a new PWB or power supply unit, Bypass width sensor PL 74.11 Item 6
PL 1.15 Item 2 as necessary. Refer to GP 15 for the location and function of the LEDs on the Potentiometer PL 74.11 Item 10
PWBs. Ink load entry PWB PL 93.10 Item 8
Tray 5 control PWB PL 75.68 Item 8
NOTE: Many of the PWBs have distribution fuses.
If necessary, install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5, or one of the compo-
Select the required PWB: nents in the list above.
IME Controller PWB Marking Unit Heater PWB
Media Path Driver PWB To view the +3.3V ESTAR distribution from the marking unit heater PWB, refer to WD 9.8.
Marking Unit Heater PWB For +3.3V ESTAR faults on the marking unit heater PWB, refer to WD 9.8
Marking Unit Driver PWB If necessary, install a new marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5.

01B 2-20 ColorQube 9303 Family
Marking Unit Driver PWB If necessary, install a new printhead 1 or printhead 3 PL 91.25 Item 2 or install a new
To view the +3.3V ESTAR distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.7. printhead 2 or printhead 4 PL 91.20 Item 2.
For +3.3V ESTAR faults on the marking unit driver PWB, refer to: 3 Tray Module PWB
WD 9.10 To view the +3.3V ESTAR distribution from the media path driver PWB, refer to WD 8.2
WD 9.11 For +3.3V ESTAR faults on the 3 tray module PWB, refer to:
WD 9.12 WD 7.3
If necessary, install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. WD 7.4
Drum Driver PWB If necessary, install a new 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
The +3.3V ESTAR LED on the drum driver PWB is shown in WD 9.2.
To view the +3.3V ESTAR distribution from the power supply unit, to the drum driver PWB,
refer to WD 1.5.
For +3.3V ESTAR faults on the drum driver PWB, refer to:
WD 9.2
WD 9.3
WD 9.4
The +3.3V ESTAR LED on this PWB is shown in WD 9.2.
The components that follow are driven from +3.3V ESTAR from the drum driver PWB:
Front door interlock switch PL 1.15 Item 7
Waste tray sensor PL 91.05 Item 4
If necessary, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4, or one of the components in
the list above.
Quad Wave Amp PWB
To view the +3.3V ESTAR distribution from the IME controller PWB to the quad wave amp
PWB, refer to WD 9.5.
For +3.3V ESTAR faults on the quad wave amplifier PWB, refer to WD 9.13.
Power supply unit Green LED
If necessary, install a new quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3.
Ink Load Entry PWB
To view the +3.3V ESTAR distribution from the marking unit driver PWB to the ink load
entry PWB, refer to WD 8.4.
For +3.3V ESTAR faults on the ink load entry PWB, refer to:
WD 9.17
WD 9.18
If necessary, install a new ink load entry PWB, PL 93.10 Item 8.
Printhead 1 to 4
To view the +3.3V ESTAR distribution from the IME controller PWB to the printhead
PWBs, refer to:
WD 9.5
WD 9.6
For +3.3V ESTAR faults on the printheads, refer to:
WD 9.20
WD 9.21
The +3.3V ESTAR LEDs on these printheads are shown in:
WD 9.20
WD 9.21

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-21 01B
01C +3.3V Distribution RAP WD 5.1.
Use this RAP to diagnose +3.3V supply and distribution faults. This supply is not to be con- WD 5.2.
fused with the +3.3 ESTAR supply, which is generated in the power supply unit. Go to 01B to If necessary repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
diagnose +3.3V ESTAR faults. If necessary, install a new DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5.
UI PWB
Procedure To view the +3.3V distribution from the single board controller PWB, refer to WD 3.2.
WARNING For +3.3 faults on the UI PWB, refer to WD 3.2.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do If necessary repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause If necessary, install a new user interface control PWB, PL 2.10 Item 2 or user interface
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. status PWB, PL 2.10 Item 4.
The green LED is lit on the power supply, Figure 1. Registration / Pre-heat Interface PWB
Y N +3.3V is generated within this PWB from the +5V supply. Refer to WD 8.6.
Go to 01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP. If necessary, install a new registration/pre-heat interface PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10.
IOD Pre-amplifier PWB
Check the PWBs below to determine which PWB has the distribution fault. Follow the distribu- +3.3V is generated within this PWB from the +5V supply. Refer to WD 9.22.
tion back to the supply. Repair the wiring, REP 1.1 or install a new PWB or power supply unit,
If necessary, install a new IOD pre-amplifier PWB, PL 94.15 Item 4.
PL 1.15 Item 2 as necessary. Refer to GP 15 for the location and function of the LEDs on the
PWBs.
To view the +3.3V supply generation, refer to WD 1.6.
Power Distribution PWB
For +3.3V faults on the power distribution PWB, refer to WD 1.6.
If necessary repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
If necessary, install a new power distribution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1.
If necessary, install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2
Single Board Controller PWB
To view the +3.3V distribution from the power distribution PWB, refer to WD 1.6.
For +3.3V faults on the single board controller PWB, refer to:
WD 3.1
WD 3.2
If necessary, install a new single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
Scanner PWB
For +3.3 faults on the scanner PWB, refer to:
WD 6.1 Power supply unit Green LED
WD 6.2 Figure 1 Component location
WD 6.3
If necessary, install a new scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8.
Full Width Array
To view the +3.3V distribution from the scanner PWB, refer to WD 6.3.
For +3.3 faults on the full width array, refer to WD 6.3.
If necessary, install a new scan carriage assembly, PL 62.15 Item 1.
DADH PWB
To view the +3.3V distribution from the DADH PWB, refer to WD 5.1.
For +3.3 faults on the DADH PWB, refer to:

01C 2-22 ColorQube 9303 Family
01D +5V Distribution RAP NOTE: Many PWBs have distribution fuses.
Use this RAP to diagnose +5V supply and distribution faults. Select the required PWB:
IME Controller PWB
NOTE: Refer to RAP 12A-171 to diagnose +5V supply and distribution faults on the HVF. Refer
Drum Driver PWB
to RAP 12D-110 to diagnose +5V supply and distribution faults on the LCSS.
Procedure Power Distribution PWB
3 Tray Module PWB
WARNING
Registration / Pre-heat Interface PWB
Marking Unit Driver PWB
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Tray 5 Control PWB
NOTE: To view the +5V supply generation, refer to WD 1.3. Scanner PWB
The yellow LED on top of the power supply unit, Figure 1, indicates that the +5V supply is DADH PWB
available in the power supply unit. The green LED is lit but the yellow led is extinguished. HDD
Y N Cleaning Unit PWB
Go to the 01C 3.3V Distribution RAP. LCSS PWB
HVF PWB
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check the PEST fault history, dC123. There BM PWB (Booklet Maker)
are hard PEST faults shown. Tri-folder PWB
Y N
Inserter PWB
Check that the +5V is within tolerance, +5V +/- 2% at JDC1 pin 17. Refer to WD 1.4. The
OCT PWB
+5V is good.
Y N IME Controller PWB
Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. To view the +5V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.4.
For +5V faults on the IME controller PWB, refer to:
CAUTION WD 9.6
Do not disconnect or connect PJs while the machine has power on, to avoid equipment WD 9.7
damage. The marking unit driver PWB PL 92.10 Item 4, is driven from +5V from the IME controller
Check for short circuits. Refer to 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and Overload PWB
RAP, +5V short circuit check. The circuit is good. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
Y N If necessary, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1, or a new marking unit
Switch off the machine, GP 14. Disconnect connectors on the power supply to iso- driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4
late the PWBs that follow: Drum Driver PWB
PJDC1 to isolate the IME controller PWB. To view the +5V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5
PJDC3 to isolate drum driver PWB and media path driver PWB. For +5V faults on the drum driver PWB, refer to:
PJDC4 to isolate the power distribution PWB and HDD. WD 9.1
Repair the short circuit. Refer to REP 1.1. Install new parts as necessary. WD 9.2
WD 9.3
Determine which PWB has the distribution fault, go to PWB Checks. The components that follow are driven from +5V from the drum driver PWB:
IOD assembly PL 94.15 Item 1
Perform the RAP(s) given by the hard PEST fault code(s), then return to this RAP. Front transfix motor encoder, part of the front transfix motor, PL 10.20 Item 11
PWB Checks Rear transfix motor encoder, part of the rear transfix motor, PL 10.20 Item 11
Front and rear transfix flexure encoder PL 10.20 Item 5
Drum position encoder assembly PL 94.20 Item 8
PL 1.15 Item 2 as necessary. Refer to GP 15 for the location and function of the LEDs on the Registration/Pre-heat interface PWB PL 88.10 Item 10
PWBs. Stripper latch sensor, PL 10.10 Item 17
Pre exit sensor, PL 10.10 Item 6.
Cleaning unit motor assembly, PL 94.10 Item 19

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-23 01D
Cleaning unit home sensor, PL 94.10 Item 17 3 Tray Module PWB
Post transfix sensor, PL 10.10 Item 6 To view the +5V distribution from the media path driver PWB, refer to WD 8.2.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. For +5V faults on the 3 tray module PWB, refer to:
If necessary, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4, or one of the components in WD 7.3.
the list above WD 7.4.
Media Path Driver PWB WD 7.5
To view the +5V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5 The +5V LED on this PWB is shown in WD 7.3.
For +5V faults on the media path driver PWB, refer to: Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
WD 8.1 If necessary, install a new 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
WD 8.2
Registration / Pre-heat Interface PWB
WD 8.3
To view the +5V distribution from the drum driver PWB, refer to WD 9.2.
WD 8.4
To view +5V distribution from the media path driver PWB, refer to WD 8.1.
WD 8.5
For +5V faults on the registration/preheat interface PWB, refer to WD 8.6.
WD 8.6
The components that follow are driven from +5V from the reg/preheat interface PWB:
The +5V LED on this PWB is shown in WD 8.5
Reg/preheat home sensor, part of PL 88.10 Item 10.
The components that follow are driven from the media path driver PWB:
Pre transfix sensor Q89-006. PL 88.10 Item 12.
Registration/Pre-heat interface PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10 see below for components
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
driven by this PWB
If necessary, install a new Registration/Pre-heat interface PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10, or one
Vertical transport sensor, PL 82.10 Item 7
of the components in the list above.
Confirm sensor, PL 82.10 Item 7
Vertical transport motor encoder, part of the vertical transport motor, PL 82.10 Item
To view the +5V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.7
12
For +5V faults on the marking unit driver PWB, refer to WD 9.10
3 Tray module, PL 73.16 and components, see below for components driven by this
PWB Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Bypass empty sensor, PL 74.10 Item 18 If necessary install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4
Bypass feed sensor, PL 74.10 Item 19 Tray 5 Control PWB
Bypass nudger home sensor, PL 74.10 Item 18 To view the +5V distribution from the media path driver PWB, refer to WD 8.4.
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8 see below for components driven by this PWB For +5V faults on the tray 5 control PWB, refer to:
OCT PL 12.00 Item 1 WD 7.1.
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1, see below for components driven by this PWB WD 7.2.
HVF PWB PL 12.140 Item 2, see below for components driven by this PWB Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Duplex start sensor PL 10.15 Item 3 If necessary, install a new tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8.
Exit sensor PL 10.15 Item 3 Single Board Controller PWB
Duplex sensor PL 82.15 Item 3 To view the +5V distribution from the power distribution PWB, refer to WD 1.6.
Horizontal transport motor encoder, part of the horizontal transport motor, PL 82.15 For +5V faults on the single board controller PWB, refer to:
Item 9 WD 3.1.
Duplex end sensor PL 82.15 Item 3 WD 3.2.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 If necessary repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
If necessary, install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5, or one of the compo- If necessary, install a new single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
nents in the list above. Scanner PWB
Power Distribution PWB To view the +5V distribution from the power distribution PWB, refer to WD 1.7.
To view the +5V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5. For +5V faults on the scanner PWB, refer to:
For +5V faults on the power distribution PWB, refer to: WD 6.1.
WD 1.6 WD 6.2.
WD 1.7 WD 6.3.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
If necessary, install a new power distribution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1. If necessary, install a new scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8.

01D 2-24 ColorQube 9303 Family
DADH PWB If necessary, install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Note: This PWB does not have an external +5V supply. +5V is generated on-board from BM PWB (Booklet Maker)
the +3.3V supply, as shown in WD 5.2. To view the +5V distribution from the HVF PWB, refer to WD 12.6.
For +5V faults on the DADH PWB, refer to: For +5V faults on the BM, refer to:
WD 5.1. WD 12.16
WD 5.2. WD 12.17
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. WD 12.18
If necessary, install a new DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5. WD 12.19
HDD Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
To view the +5V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5. If necessary, install a new BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
For +5V faults on HDD, refer to WD 1.5. Tri-folder PWB
If necessary, install a new hard disk drive, PL 3.11 Item 2. To view the +5V distribution from the BM PWB, refer to WD 12.6.
Cleaning Unit PWB For +5V faults on the tri-folder PWB, refer to WD 12.20.
For +5V faults on the cleaning unit PWB, refer to WD 9.19. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
If necessary, install a new tri-folder PWB, PL 12.205 Item 16.
NOTE: The +5V supply is generated internally on the cleaning unit PWB, refer to WD
9.19. Inserter PWB
To view the +5V distribution from the HVF PWB, refer to WD 12.14.
The reed switch assembly (level sensing), part of PL 94.10 Item 21, is driven from +5V
For +5V faults on the inserter PWB, refer to:
from the cleaning unit PWB:
WD 12.21
NOTE: The cleaning unit PWB and reed switch are not spared individually, the next high- WD 12.22
est assembly is the cleaning unit. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. If necessary, install a new inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
If necessary, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. OCT PWB
LCSS PWB To view the +5V distribution from the media path driver PWB, refer to WD 8.5.
To view the +5V distribution from the LCSS power supply module, refer to WD 12.1. For +5V faults on the OCT, refer to WD 12.23.
For +5V faults on the LCSS, refer to: Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
WD 12.1 If necessary, install a new OCT, PL 12.00 Item 1.
WD 12.2
WD 12.3
WD 12.4
WD 12.5
If necessary, install a new LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
HVF PWB
To view the +5V distribution from the HVF power supply module, refer to WD 12.6.
For +5V faults on the HVF, refer to:
WD 12.6
WD 12.7
WD 12.8
WD 12.9
WD 12.10
WD 12.11
WD 12.12
WD 12.13
WD 12.14 Power supply unit Yellow LED
WD 12.15
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Figure 1 Component location

01E +12V Distribution RAP Single Board Controller PWB
Use this RAP to diagnose +12V supply and distribution faults. Scanner PWB
Full Width Array
Procedure UI PWB
WARNING Quad Wave Amp PWB
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Printheads 1 to 4
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause IME Controller PWB
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. To view the +12V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.4.
NOTE: To view the +12V supply generation, refer to WD 1.3. For +12V faults on the IME controller PWB, refer to:
WD 9.5
The yellow LED on top of the power supply unit, Figure 1, indicates that the +5V supply is
WD 9.6
available in the power supply unit. The +5V and +12V supplies are generated from the -12V/
+24V supply in the power supply unit. The yellow LED is lit. WD 9.7
Y N The items that follow are driven from +12V from the IME controller PWB:
Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. Print heads, PL 91.25 Item 2, PL 91.25 Item 2.
Marking unit driver PWB PL 92.10 Item 4.
Check that the +12V is within tolerance, +12V +/- 5% at JDC1 pin 13. The +12V is good.
Y N
Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. If necessary, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1, or one of the items in the
list above.
CAUTION Marking Unit Driver PWB
To avoid equipment damage, do not disconnect or connect PJs while the machine is switched To view the +12V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.7.
on. For +12V faults on the marking unit driver PWB, refer to:
Check for short circuits. Refer to the 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and Overload WD 9.10
RAP, +5V short circuit check. The circuit is good. WD 9.12
Y N The solenoid patch PWB, PL 93.10 Item 9 is driven from +12V from the marking unit
Switch off the machine, GP 14. Disconnect connectors on the power supply to isolate the
driver PWB
PWBs that follow:
PJDC1 to isolate the IME controller PWB.
If necessary, install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
PJDC3 to isolate drum driver PWB and media path driver PWB.
Solenoid Patch PWB
Repair the short circuit. Refer to REP 1.1. Install new parts as necessary.
To view the +12V distribution from the marking unit driver PWB, refer to WD 9.12.
Check the PWBs below to determine which PWB has the distribution fault. Follow the distribu- For +12V faults on the solenoid patch PWB, refer to WD 9.14.
tion back to the supply. Repair the wiring, REP 1.1 or install a new PWB or power supply unit, The components that follow are driven from +12V from the solenoid patch PWB:
PL 1.15 Item 2 as necessary. Refer to GP 15 for the location and function of the LEDs on the Reservoir pump PL 93.10 Item 11.
PWBs.
LPA valve solenoid PL 93.10 Item 15.
NOTE: Many PWBs have distribution fuses. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
If necessary, install a new solenoid patch PWB, PL 93.10 Item 9, or one of the items in the
PWB Checks list above.
IME Controller PWB
Drum Driver PWB
To view the +12V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5.
Solenoid Patch PWB
For +12V faults on the drum driver PWB, refer to:
Drum Driver PWB
WD 9.2
Cleaning Unit
WD 9.3
WD 9.4
Registration/Pre-heat Interface PWB
The +12V LED on this PWB is shown in WD 9.2.
The components that follow are driven from +12V from the drum driver PWB:

01E 2-26 ColorQube 9303 Family
Enclosure Fan, PL 1.15 Item 6. WD 1.7
Marking unit cooling fan, PL 1.15 Item 23. Check for +12V on both sides of fuse F2 on the power distribution PWB. If +12V is not
Abatement fan assembly, PL 94.20 Item 11. present, check the wiring between PJ8 pin 11 on the power distribution PWB and PJ920
pin 5 on the scanner PWB.
Cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
Stripper Jam Clearance LED assembly, PL 10.10 Item 10
Registration/preheat Interface PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10
If necessary, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4, or one of the items in the list
above. For +3.3V faults on the single board controller PWB, refer to:
Cleaning Unit WD 3.1
To view the +12V distribution from the drum driver PWB, refer to WD 9.4. WD 3.2
For +12V faults on the cleaning unit PWB, refer to WD 9.19. If necessary repair the wiring, REP 1.1 or install a new DADH/IIT power comms harness,
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. PL 62.16 Item 7.
If necessary, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. If necessary, install a new single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
Scanner PWB
NOTE: The cleaning unit PWB is not spared individually, the next highest assembly is the
To view the +12V distribution from the power distribution PWB, refer to WD 1.7.
cleaning unit.
For +12V faults on the scanner PWB, refer to:
Media Path Driver PWB WD 6.1
To view the +12V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5. WD 6.3
For +12V faults on the media path driver PWB, refer to: The scan carriage, PL 62.15 Item 6 is driven from +12V from the scanner PWB:
WD 8.1 Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
WD 8.5 If necessary, install a new scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8.
The components that follow are driven from +12V from the media path driver PWB: Full Width Array
Exit illuminator, PL 10.15 Item 16. To view the +12V distribution from the scanner PWB, refer to WD 6.3.
Horizontal illuminator, PL 82.15 Item 11. For +12V faults on the full width array, refer to WD 6.3.
Registration/preheat illuminator PWB, PL 82.15 Item 17. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Registration/preheat interface PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10. If necessary, install a new scan carriage assembly, PL 62.15 Item 1.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. UI PWB
If necessary, install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5, or one of the items in To view the +12V distribution from the single board controller PWB, refer to WD 3.2
the list above.
For +12V faults on the UI PWB, refer to WD 3.2.
Registration/Pre-heat Interface PWB
To view the +12V distribution from the drum driver PWB, refer to WD 9.2.
If necessary, install a new user interface control PWB, PL 2.10 Item 2 or user interface
To view +12 V distribution from media path driver PWB, refer to WD 8.1. status PWB, PL 2.10 Item 4.
For +12V faults on the registration/pre-heat interface PWB, refer to WD 8.6. Quad Wave Amp PWB
The components that follow are driven from +12V from the reg/preheat interface PWB: To view the +12V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.5.
Registration scan bar Q89-005, PL 88.10 Item 2. For +12V faults on quad wave amp PWB, refer to WD 9.13.
Registration/preheat air pumps MOT88-008, PL 88.10 Item 5. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. If necessary, install a new quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3.
If necessary, install a new registration/pre-heat interface PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10, or one Printheads 1 to 4
of the items in the list above To view the +12 V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.5 and WD 9.6.
Power Distribution PWB For +12V faults on the printhead, refer to WD 9.20 and WD 9.21.
If necessary, install a new printhead PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2.
For +12V faults on the power distribution PWB, refer to:
WD 1.6

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-27 01E
01F -12V Distribution RAP
Use this RAP to diagnose -12V supply and distribution faults.
NOTE: Refer to RAP 12A-171 to diagnose -12V supply and distribution faults on the HVF.
Refer to RAP 12D-110 to diagnose -12V supply and distribution faults on the LCSS.
Procedure
WARNING
CAUTION
To avoid equipment damage, do not disconnect or connect PJs while the machine is switched
on.
NOTE: To view the -12V supply generation, refer to WD 1.3.

The yellow LED on top of the power supply unit, Figure 1, indicates that the +5V supply is
available in the power supply unit. The +5V and +12V supplies are generated from the -12V/
+24V supply in the power supply unit. The yellow LED is lit.
Power supply unit Yellow LED
Y N
Go to the 01-540-00, 01-544-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Failure RAP.
Check that the -12V is within tolerance, -12V +/- 5% at JDC1 pin 12. The -12V is good.
Y N
Check for short circuits. Refer to the 01-525-00 +24V, +\-12V, +5V Short Circuit and Over-
load RAP, -12V short circuit check.
NOTE: The -12V supply is protected via a foldback circuit. A short circuit will result in 0V
output, but the power supply will not switch off. Removing the short will restore -12V out-
put from the power supply.
If a short circuit is found, disconnect connectors on the power supply unit to isolate the
PWBs that follow:
PJDC1 to isolate the IME controller PWB.
PJDC3 to isolate drum driver PWB and media path driver PWB.
PWBs.
IME Controller PWB
To view the -12V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.4.
For -12V faults on the IME controller PWB, refer to:
WD 9.5
WD 9.6
WD 9.7
The components that follow are driven from -12V from the IME controller PWB.
Print heads, PL 91.25 Item 2, PL 91.25 Item 2.
Quad wave amp PWB PL 92.10 Item 3.
If necessary, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1, or one of the items in the
list above.

01E, 01F 2-28 ColorQube 9303 Family
Drum Driver PWB 01G +17V Distribution RAP
To view the -12V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5. Use this RAP to diagnose +17V supply and distribution faults.
For -12V faults on the drum driver PWB, refer to WD 9.2.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Procedure
If necessary, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. WARNING
Marking Unit Driver PWB Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
To view the -12V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.7.
For -12V faults on the marking unit driver PWB, refer to WD 9.10.
Check the power distribution PWB. Follow the distribution back to the supply. Repair the wiring,
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. REP 1.1 or install a new PWB or power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2 as necessary.
Quad Wave Amp PWB NOTE: To view the +17V supply generation, refer to WD 1.5.
To view the -12V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.5. NOTE: The voltage of this supply varies. At start up, the output is +17V unregulated and an
For -12V faults on quad wave amp PWB, refer to WD 9.13. average of about +17V can be measured. During the normal run mode, the output of this sup-
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. ply rises to +24V. The supply then drops back to +17V unregulated during the sleep mode. If
the yellow LED is lit on the power supply, the output should be about +24V.
Power distribution PWB
Printheads 1 to 4
To view the -12 V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.5, WD 9.6 and
WD 9.7 NOTE: A short circuit on this output also disables the +3.3V ESTAR output.
For -12V faults on the printhead, refer to WD 9.20 and WD 9.21. NOTE: A short circuit on the +3.3V may result in the +17V output being disabled from
If necessary, install a new printhead PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2. overload.
Media Path Driver PWB NOTE: A missing or invalid power normal signal (refer to WD 8.2 on PJ402 pin 10) may
result in an overload on the +17V output, causing the supply to be disabled.
NOTE: The media path driver PWB receives -12V from the harness but it is not connected.
WD 1.5
WD 1.6
Power supply unit Yellow LED

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-29 01F, 01G
A B C D E
01H +24V Distribution RAP Switch off the machine, GP 14. Check pin 27 of PJ902 on the drum driver
PWB. Pin 27 is short circuit to ground.
Use this RAP to diagnose +24V supply and distribution faults.
Y N
NOTE: This supply is not to be confused with the +17V supply, which is shown in WD 1.5.
NOTE: Refer to RAP 12A-171 to diagnose +24V supply and distribution faults on the HVF. Repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
Refer to RAP 12D-110 to diagnose +24V supply and distribution faults on the LCSS.
Procedure
WARNING Repair the wiring, REP 1.1. Install new components as necessary.
Check that the +24V is within tolerance, +24.5V +/- 5%, (+23.275V to +25.725V), at JDC1
pin 11. Refer to WD 1.4. The +24V is good.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Y N
CAUTION Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
To avoid equipment damage, do not disconnect or connect PJs while the machine is switched
on. Determine which PWB has the supply fault, go to PWB Checks.
NOTE: To view the +24V supply generation, refer to WD 1.3.

Check the PEST fault history, dC123. There are hard PEST faults shown. PWB Checks
Y N Check the PWBs below to determine which PWB has the distribution fault. Follow the distribu-
Check the LEDs on top of the power supply unit, Figure 1. The yellow LED is lit. tion back to the supply. Repair the wiring, REP 1.1 or install a new PWB or power supply unit,
Y N PL 1.15 Item 2 as necessary. Refer to GP 15 for the location and function of the LEDs on the
The green LED is lit. PWBs.
Y N
Go to the 01C 3.3V Distribution RAP NOTE: Many PWBs have distribution fuses.
Check for short circuits. Refer to the 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and IME Controller PWB
Overload RAP, +24V short circuit check. Marking Unit Driver PWB
Switch off the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the following connectors on the power Solenoid Patch PWB
supply unit to isolate the PWBs that follow: Power Distribution PWB
PJDC1 to isolate the IME controller PWB. Scanner PWB
PJDC3 to isolate the drum driver PWB and media path driver PWB. DADH PWB
PJDC4 to isolate the power distribution PWB and HDD. Media Path Driver PWB
A short circuit exists. 3 Tray Module PWB
Y N Drum Driver PWB
Either the power supply unit is faulty or there is a short circuit. Refer to WD 9.4 Tray 5 Control PWB
and WD 1.4. Measure the voltage at pin 27 of PJ902 on the drum driver PWB. LCSS PWB
The voltage should be greater than +2.5V, indicating the drum driver PWB is HVF PWB
enabling the +24V, +12V, -12V and +5V supplies in the power supply unit. The BM PWB (Booklet Maker)
voltage is greater than +2.5V. Tri-folder PWB
Y N Inserter PWB
Check the condition of the drum driver power supply interface cable
OCT PWB
between PJDC2 on the power supply unit and PJ902 on the drum driver
Cleaning Unit
PWB. It should be correctly and securely connected at each end, and
should be undamaged. This cable carries power control signals from and IME Controller PWB
to the power supply unit. The cable is good. To view the +24V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.4.
Y N For +24V faults on the IME controller PWB, refer to:
Install a new drum driver power supply interface cable, PL 1.15 Item WD 9.6
10, as necessary.
WD 9.7
A B C D E
01H 2-30 ColorQube 9303 Family
The marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4, is driven from +24V from the IME control- WD 6.2
ler PWB The components that follow are driven from +24V from the scanner PWB:
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 LED exposure lamp(s), PL 62.15 Item 2.
If necessary, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
Marking Unit Driver PWB If necessary, install a new scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8
To view the +24V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.7. DADH PWB
For +24V faults on the marking unit driver PWB, refer to: To view the +24V distribution from the power distribution PWB, refer to WD 1.7.
WD 9.10 For +24V faults on the DADH PWB, refer to:
WD 9.12 WD 5.1
The solenoid patch PWB, PL 93.10 Item 9 is driven from +24V from the marking unit WD 5.2
driver PWB:
The components that follow are driven from +24V from the DADH PWB:
DADH CVT motor MOT05-099, PL 5.25 Item 9.
DADH feed motor MOT05-074, PL 5.15 Item 16.
Solenoid Patch PWB
DADH duplex solenoid SOL05-100, PL 5.30 Item 3.
To view the +24V distribution from the marking unit driver PWB, refer to WD 9.12.
Nudger motor MOT05-098, PL 5.15 Item 5.
For +24V faults on the solenoid patch PWB, refer to:
DADH feed clutch CL05-062, PL 5.15 Item 9.
WD 9.14
DADH cover interlock switch S05-212, PL 5.15 Item 11.
WD 9.15
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
The components that follow are driven from +24V from the solenoid patch PWB:
If necessary, install a new DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5.
Purge solenoid valves 1 to 4 SOL93-059, 060, 061, 062, part of PL 93.10 Item 10.
Black ink solenoid valves 5 to 8 SOL063,064, 065, 066, part of PL 93.10 Item 10
To view the +24V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5
Yellow ink solenoid valves 9 to 12,SOL067, 068, 069, 070, part of PL 93.10 Item 10
For +24V faults on the media path driver PWB, refer to:
Cyan ink solenoid valves 13 to 16 SOL071, 072, 073, 074, part of PL 93.10 Item 10
WD 8.2
Magenta ink solenoid valves 17 to 20 SOL075, 076, 077, 078, part of PL 93.10 Item
WD 8.3
10
WD 8.4
WD 8.5
If necessary, install a new solenoid patch PWB, PL 93.10 Item 9.
The components that follow are driven from +24V from the media path driver PWB:
Bypass feed motor (M7) MOT74-420, PL 74.10 Item 2.
To view the +24V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5
3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8.
WD 1.6
OCT, PL 12.00 Item 1.
WD 1.7
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
Check for +24V on both sides of fuse F8 on the power distribution PWB. If +24V is not
present, check the following wiring: HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Between PJ8 pins 7 and 9 on the power distribution PWB and PJ920 pins 1 and 3 on Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
the scanner PWB. If necessary, install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5
Between PJ8 pins 1, 3 and 5 on the power distribution PWB and PJ188 pins 1, 2 and 3 Tray Module PWB
3 on the DADH PWB. To view the +24 distribution from the media path driver PWB, refer to WD 8.2
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. For +24V faults on the three trays module PWB, refer to:
If necessary, install a new power distribution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1. WD 7.3
Scanner PWB WD 7.4
To view the +24V distribution from the power distribution PWB, refer to WD 1.7 WD 7.5
For +24V faults on the scanner PWB, refer to: The +24V LED on this PWB is shown in WD 7.3
WD 6.1 The components that follow are driven from +24V from the 3 tray module PWB:

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-31 01H
T1 feed / elevator motor MOT71-002, PL 81.25 Item 22. Transport motor 1 MOT12-223, PL 12.40 Item 2.
T2 feed / elevator motor MOT72-001, PL 81.26 Item 22. SH1 motor MOT12-247, part of PL 12.55 Item 5.
T3 feed motor MOT73-001, PL 81.30 Item 22. SU1 motor MOT12-249, part of PL 12.55 Item 5.
3 tray transport motor MOT70.025, PL 73.16 Item 3. Transport motor 2 MOT12-224, PL 12.60 Item 5.
Tray up limit switch, S73-384, PL 81.30 Item 25. Paddle roll motor MOT12-237, PL 12.25 Item 10.
Tray 3 elevate motor, MOT73-002, PL 73.16 Item 2. Punch head motor MOT12-243, PL 12.20 Item 2.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 Front tamper motor MOT12-226, part of PL 12.45 Item 1.
If necessary, install a new 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4 Rear tamper motor MOT12-227, part of PL 12.45 Item 1.
Drum Driver PWB Bin 1 upper limit switch S12-190, PL 12.30 Item 3.
To view the +24V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5 Top cover interlock switch S12-197, PL 12.75 Item 6.
For +24V faults on the drum driver PWB, refer to: Bin 1 lower limit switch S12-191, PL 12.35 Item 1.
WD 9.1 Bin 1 elevator motor MOT12.-241, PL 12.30 Item 8.
WD 9.2 Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
The components that follow are driven from +24V from the drum driver PWB: If necessary, install a new LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
Drum fan MOT42-064, PL 94.20 Item 4. HVF PWB
Cleaning unit delivery pump, part of PL 94.10 Item 21. To view the +24V distribution from the HVF power supply module, refer to WD 12.6.
Cleaning unit return reservoir pump, part of PL 94.10 Item 21. For +24V faults on the HVF, refer to:
Cleaning unit PWB, part of PL 94.10 Item 21. WD 12.6
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. WD 12.7
If necessary, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. WD 12.8
Tray 5 Control PWB WD 12.9
To view the +24V distribution from the media path driver PWB, refer to WD 8.4. WD 12.10
For +24V faults on the tray 5 control PWB, refer to: WD 12.13
WD 7.1. WD 12.14
WD 7.2. WD 12.15
The components that follow are driven from +24V from the tray 5 control PWB: The components that follow are driven from +24V from the HVF PWB:
Tray 5 transport motor MOT75.018, PL 81.40 Item 2. Transport motor 1 MOT12-223, PL 12.120 Item 2.
Elevator motor MOT75-019, PL 75.68 Item 4. Buffer motor MOT12-262, PL 12.120 Item 1.
Upper limit switch S75-412, PL 75.68 Item 12. Nip split motor MOT12-164, PL 12.125 Item 15.
Tray down limit switch S75-415, PL 75.70 Item 2. Transport motor 2 MOT12-224, PL 12.120 Item 1.
Feed motor MOT75-117, PL 81.40 Item 3. BM diverter solenoid SOL12-258, PL 12.120 Item 4.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Exit diverter solenoid SOL12-225, PL 12.120 Item 4.
If necessary, install a new tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8. Bypass feed motor MOT12-263, PL 12.120 Item 2.
LCSS PWB Set clamp solenoid SOL12-056, PL 12.120 Item 4.
To view the +24V distribution from the LCSS power supply module, refer to WD 12.1. Docking interlock switch S12-177, PL 12.100 Item 16.
For +24V faults on the LCSS, refer to: Front door interlock switch S12-303, PL 12.115 Item 28.
WD 12.1 Top cover interlock switch S12-197, PL 12.115 Item 24.
WD 12.3 Paddle unit motor MOT12-239, PL 12.120 Item 6.
WD 12.4 Paddle roll motor MOT12-238, part of PL 12.115 Item 2.
WD 12.5 Paper pusher motor MOT12-265, PL 12.115 Item 13.
The components that follow are driven from +24V from the LCSS PWB: Bin 1 elevator motor MOT12-241, PL 12.105 Item 10.
Docking interlock switch S12-177, PL 12.15 Item 2. Stapler gate safety switch S12-319, PL 12.115 Item 17.
Front door interlock switch S12-303, PL 12.75 Item 5. Rear tamper motor MOT12-227, PL 12.110 Item 19.

01H 2-32 ColorQube 9303 Family
Staple head 1 motor MOT12-247, part of PL 12.110 Item 12. WD 12.22
Stapler unit 1 motor MOT12-249, PL 12.110 Item 27. The components that follow are driven from +24V from the inserter PWB:
Ejector motor MOT12-236, part of PL 12.110 Item 2. Inserter top cover interlock switch S12-178, PL 12.305 Item 8.
Ejector roll motor MOT12-233, part of PL 12.110 Item 2. Inserter jam cover interlock switch S12-179, PL 12.300 Item 18.
Pressing & support motor MOT12-323, PL 12.110 Item 9.
Inserter clutch CL12-260, PL 12.310 Item 3.
Front tamper motor MOT12-226, PL 12.125 Item 6.
Inserter motor MOT12-261, PL 12.315 Item 1.
Punch unit motor MOT12-245, part of PL 12.125 Item 19.
Punch head motor MOT12-244, part of PL 12.125 Item 19.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. If necessary, install a new inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
If necessary, install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. OCT PWB

BM PWB (Booklet Maker) To view the +24V distribution from the media path driver PWB, refer to WD 8.5.
To view the +24V distribution from the HVF PWB, refer to WD 12.6. For +24V faults on the OCT PWB, refer to WD 12.23.
For +24V faults on the BM, refer to: The OCT offset motor MOT12-300, part of PL 12.00 Item 1, is driven from +24V from the
inserter PWB
WD 12.17
WD 12.19
If necessary, install a new OCT, PL 12.00 Item 1.
The components that follow are driven from +24V from the BM PWB:
Cleaning Unit
BM SH1 motor MOT12-254, part of PL 12.185 Item 7.
To view the +24V distribution from the drum driver PWB, refer to WD 9.2
BM SH2 motor MOT12-275, part of PL 12.185 Item 7.
For +24V faults on the cleaning unit PWB, refer to WD 9.19
BM compiler motor MOT 12-251, PL 12.175 Item 1.
BM backstop motor MOT 12-255, PL 12.160 Item 4. The cleaning unit solenoid valve, part of PL 94.10 Item 21, is driven from +24V from the
cleaning unit PWB:
BM tamper 1 motor MOT12-256, PL 12.155 Item 3.
BM stack hold solenoid SOL12-259 (1 of 2), PL 12.165 Item 17. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
BM stack hold solenoid SOL12-259 (2 of 2), PL 12.165 Item 17. If necessary, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
BM conveyor drive motor MOT12-274, PL 12.190 Item 4. NOTE: The cleaning unit PWB is not spared individually, the next highest assembly is the
BM crease roll gate motor MOT12-273, PL 12.175 Item 8. cleaning unit.
BM crease roll motor MOT12-253, PL 12.175 Item 12.
BM crease blade motor MOT12-252, PL 12.170 Item 3.
BM flapper motor MOT12-271, PL 12.175 Item 1.
If necessary, install a new BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
Tri-folder PWB
To view the +24V distribution from the BM PWB, refer to WD 12.6.
For +24V faults on the tri-folder PWB, refer to WD 12.20.
The components that follow are driven from +24V from the tri folder PWB:
Tri folder top cover interlock switch S12-210, PL 12.215 Item 3.
Tri folder front door interlock switch S12-209, PL 12.215 Item 2.
Tri folder diverter solenoid SOL12-267, PL 12.215 Item 16.
Tri folder assist gate solenoid SOL12-268, PL 12.215 Item 8.
Tri folder drive clutch CL12-269, PL 12.205 Item 9.
If necessary, install a new tri-folder PWB, PL 12.205 Item 16.
Inserter PWB
Power supply unit LEDs
To view the +24V distribution from the HVF PWB, refer to WD 12.14.
For +24V faults on the inserter PWB, refer to:
WD 12.21 Figure 1 Component location

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-33 01H
01J +50V Distribution RAP WD 8.3
Use this RAP to diagnose +50V supply and distribution faults. WD 8.5
The +50V LED on this PWB is shown in WD 8.5.
Procedure The components that follow are driven from +50V from the media path driver PWB:
WARNING Nip C release solenoid SOL82-007, PL 82.15 Item 4.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do HPP diverter solenoid SOL83-004, PL 82.15 Item 5.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Exit/duplex diverter solenoid SOL83-006, PL 10.15 Item 14.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Nip D release solenoid SOL82-008, PL 70.30 Item 13.
To view the +50V generation, refer to WD 1.3. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Check the red LED on top of the power supply unit, Figure 1, that indicates that the +50V sup- If necessary, install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
ply is available in the power supply unit. The red LED is lit and the AC supply is good.
Drum Driver PWB
Y N
Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. 1. To view the +50V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.5.
2. For +50V faults on the drum driver PWB, refer to WD 9.2.
Check the PEST fault history, dC123. There are hard PEST faults shown. 3. The +50V LED on this PWB is shown in WD 9.2.
Y N 4. The stripper solenoid SOL10-021, PL 10.10 Item 3, is driven from +50V from the drum
Check that the +50V is within tolerance, +50V +/- 2% at JDC1 pin 10. Refer to WD 1.4. driver PWB:
The +50V is good. 5. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Y N
6. If necessary, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Quad Wave Amp PWB
Determine which PWB has the supply fault. Go to PWB Checks. 1. To view the +50V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.5.
2. For +50V faults on quad wave amp PWB, refer to WD 9.13.
Perform the RAP(s) given by the hard PEST fault code(s), then return to this RAP. 3. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
PWB Checks 4. If necessary, install a new quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3.
Check the PWBs below to determine which PWB has the distribution fault. Follow the distribu- Marking Unit Driver PWB
1. To view the +50V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.7.
PWBs. 2. For +50V faults on the marking unit driver PWB, refer to:
WD 9.10
NOTE: Many PWBs have distribution fuses. WD 9.11
IME Controller PWB 3. The Waste tray lock solenoid SOL91-044, PL 91.10 Item 17, is driven from +50V from the
marking unit driver PWB:
4. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
For +50V faults on the IME controller PWB, refer to:
5. If necessary, install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
WD 9.5
WD 9.6
WD 9.7
The components that follow are driven from +50V from the IME controller PWB:
Marking unit driver PWB PL 92.10 Item 4.
Quad wave amp PWB PL 92.10 Item 3.
If necessary, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
For +50V faults on the media path driver PWB, refer to:
WD 8.1

01J 2-34 ColorQube 9303 Family
01K -50V Distribution RAP
Use this RAP to diagnose -50V supply and distribution faults.
Procedure
WARNING
To view the -50V generation, refer to WD 1.3.
Check the condition of the drum driver power supply interface cable between PJDC2 on the
power supply unit and PJ902 on the drum driver PWB. It should be correctly and securely con-
nected at each end, and should be undamaged. This cable carries power control signals from
and to the power supply unit. The cable is good.
Y N
Install a new drum driver power supply interface cable, PL 1.15 Item 10.
Check the red LED on top of the power supply unit, Figure 1 that indicates that the +50V sup-
ply is available in the power supply unit. The red LED is lit.
Power supply unit Red LED Y N
The red LED is extinguished and the AC supply is good. Check the PEST fault history,
Figure 1 Component location dC123. There are hard PEST faults shown.
Y N
Perform the 01-542-00, 01-546-00, 50V Failure RAP.
Check that the -50V is within tolerance, -50V +/- 2% at JDC1 pin 18. Refer to WD 1.4. The -
50V is good.
Y N
Go to PWB Checks.
PWB Checks
PWBs.
IME Controller PWB

To view the -50V distribution from the power supply unit, refer to WD 1.4.
For -50V faults on the IME controller PWB, refer to:
WD 9.5
WD 9.6
The quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3 is driven from -50V from the IME controller
PWB.
If necessary, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-35 01J, 01K
Quad Wave Amp PWB
To view the -50V distribution from the IME controller PWB, refer to WD 9.5.
For -50V faults on quad wave amp PWB, refer to WD 9.13.
Power supply unit Red LED

01K 2-36 ColorQube 9303 Family
01L 0V Distribution RAP LCSS PWB
HVF Control PWB
Use this RAP to diagnose 0V faults.
BM PWB (Booklet maker)
Procedure Tri-folder PWB
WARNING Inserter PWB
OCT PWB
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Power Supply Unit
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Refer to WD 1.3, WD 1.4 and WD 1.5.
Important: 0V return lines are connected together and to the chassis, both inside the Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
power supply units and at the PWBs. If necessary install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
To measure the continuity of a 0V line between the power supply unit and a PWB, isolate Power Distribution PWB
the line concerned by disconnecting the PJs at both ends. In this way there will be no mis- Refer to WD 1.6 and WD 1.7.
leading parallel paths. As necessary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1 or install a new harness. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
The same applies between the power distribution PWB and other PWBs.
If necessary install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
To check the connection of a 0V line to chassis via the power supply unit, connect the PJ
at the power supply unit only, disconnect from the PWB, and measure the continuity to the
chassis. As necessary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1 or install a new power supply unit, PL Refer to WD 3.1, WD 3.2 and WD 3.3.
1.15 Item 2. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
To check the connection of a 0V line to chassis via the PWB, connect the power PJ at the If necessary, install a new single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13 or associated
PWB only, disconnect from the power supply unit, and measure the continuity to the chas- components.
sis. If necessary repair the wiring or install a new PWB. UI Control PWB, Touch Screen and UI Status PWB
To check the 0V line between a PWB and a component, (sensor, motor, etc.), disconnect Refer to WD 3.1. If necessary, install new components from the list that follows:
the PWB PJ, then check the wiring for condition, short circuits, open circuits etc. As nec- UI control PWB, PL 2.10 Item 2.
essary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1, install a new harness, component or PWB. Touch screen, PL 2.10 Item 3.
This procedure lists the wiring diagrams that show the occurrence of 0V lines. Select the sus- UI status PWB, PL 2.10 Item 4.
pect area from the list below, check the wiring for condition, short circuits and open circuits.
LCD to PWB harness, PL 2.10 Item 11.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 or install a new harness or faulty component.
UI control to UI status harness, PL 2.10 Item 9.
Power Supply Unit
If necessary, install a new user interface control PWB.
If necessary, install a new touch screen, PL 2.10 Item 3.
UI Control PWB, Touch Screen and UI Status PWB
If necessary, install a new user interface status PWB, PL 2.10 Item 4.
Foreign Device Interface PWB
Foreign Device Interface PWB
DADH PWB
Refer to WD 3.3.
Scanner PWB
Tray 5 Control PWB Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
3 Tray Module PWB If necessary, install a new foreign device interface PWB, PL 3.11 Item 23, or associated
components.
Drum Driver PWB DADH PWB
IME Controller PWB Refer to WD 5.1 and WD 5.2
Marking Unit Heater PWB Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
Marking Unit Driver PWB If necessary, install a new DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5, or associated components.
Quad Wave Amp PWB Scanner PWB
Solenoid Patch PWB Refer to WD 6.1, WD 6.2 and WD 6.3
Ink Load Entry PWB Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
Cleaning Unit PWB If necessary, install a new scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8, or associated components.
Printheads 1, 2, 3 and 4 PWBs Tray 5 Control PWB
IOD Pre-amplifier PWB Refer to WD 7.1 and WD 7.2

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-37 01L
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Cleaning Unit PWB
If necessary, install a new tray 5 control PWB PL 75.68 Item 8, or associated components. Refer to WD 9.19
3 Tray Module PWB Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Refer to WD 7.3, WD 7.4 and WD 7.5 If necessary, install a new cleaning unit PWB, PL 94.10 Item 21, or associated compo-
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. nents.
If necessary, install a new 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4, or associated compo- Printheads 1, 2, 3 and 4 PWBs
nents Refer to WD 9.20 and WD 9.21
Media Path Driver PWB Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
Refer to WD 8.1, WD 8.2, WD 8.3, WD 8.4 and WD 8.5. If necessary, install a new printhead 1, 2, 3 or 4 PWB, PL 91.20 Item 3 and PL 91.25 Item
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. 3.
If necessary, install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5 or associated compo- IOD Pre-amplifier PWB
nents. Refer to WD 9.22
Drum Driver PWB Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Refer to WD 9.1, WD 9.2, WD 9.3 and WD 9.4. If necessary, install a new IOD assembly, PL 94.15 Item 1, or associated components.
LCSS PWB
The LCSS low voltage power comes from its own power supply module as shown in WD
If necessary, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4, or associated components
12.1. Refer to WD 12.1, WD 12.2, WD 12.3, WD 12.4 and WD 12.5
IME Controller PWB
Refer to WD 1.1, WD 9.5, WD 9.6 and WD 9.7 If necessary, install a new LCSS power supply module, PL 12.75 Item 2, LCSS PWB, PL
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 12.75 Item 1, or associated components.
If necessary, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1, or associated compo- HVF Control PWB
nents. The HVF low voltage power comes from its own power supply module as shown in WD
Marking Unit Heater PWB 12.6. Refer to WD 12.6, WD 12.7, WD 12.8, WD 12.9, WD 12.10, WD 12.11, WD 12.12,
Refer to WD 9.8 WD 12.13, WD 12.14 and WD 12.15
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
If necessary, install a new marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5, or associated com- If necessary, install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2, or associated components.
ponents. BM PWB (Booklet maker)
Marking Unit Driver PWB The BM low voltage power comes from the HVF power supply module as shown in WD
12.6. Refer to WD 12.6, WD 12.16, WD 12.17, WD 12.18 and WD 12.19.
Refer to WD 9.9, WD 9.10, WD 9.11 and WD 9.12
If necessary, install a new BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10, or associated components.
If necessary, install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4, or associated com-
Tri-folder PWB
ponents.
The tri-folder low voltage power comes from the HVF power supply module as shown in
Quad Wave Amp PWB
WD 12.6. Refer to WD 12.6 and WD 12.20
Refer to WD 9.13 Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 If necessary, install a new tri-folder PWB, PL 12.205 Item 16, or associated components.
If necessary, install a new quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3, or associated compo- Inserter PWB
nents.
The inserter low voltage power comes from the HVF power supply module as shown in
Solenoid Patch PWB WD 12.14. Refer to WD 12.14, WD 12.21 and WD 12.22
Refer to WD 9.14, WD 9.15 and WD 9.16 Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 If necessary, install a new inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9, or associated components.
If necessary, install a new reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10, or associated components. OCT PWB
Ink Load Entry PWB The OCT low voltage power comes from the media path driver PWB, as shown in WD 8.5.
Refer to WD 9.17 and WD 9.18 Refer to WD 8.5 and WD 12.23.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
If necessary, install a new ink load entry PWB, PL 93.10 Item 8, or associated compo- If necessary, install a new OCT, PL 12.00 Item 1, or media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item
nents. 5.

01L 2-38 ColorQube 9303 Family
02-302-00, 02-306-00, 02-308-00 Flash Failure RAP 02-315-00 Service Registry Bad Data RAP
02-302-00 Flash rewrite failure. 02-315-00 Service registry bad or corrupted data
02-306-00 Flash erase failure. Procedure

02-308-00 Flash download failure.
WARNING
Procedure not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
WARNING 1. Switch the machine off, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
1. Switch the machine off, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-39 02-302-00, 02-306-00, 02-308-00, 02-315-00
02-316-00, 02-317-00 SRS Error RAP 02-320-00 Data Time Out Error RAP
02-316-00 SRS returns to LUI invalid fields, invalid data or missing data. 02-320-00 UI does not receive requested data from the CCM within the specified time out win-
dow.
02-317-00 LUI gets no response from SRS.
Procedure
Procedure WARNING
WARNING Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Switch the machine off, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

02-316-00, 02-317-00, 02-320-00 2-40 ColorQube 9303 Family
02-321-00 XEIP Browser Dead RAP 02-380-00, 02-381-00 UI Communication Fault RAP
02-321-00 The user interface has detected that the EIP (Extensible Interface Platform) browser 02-380-00 Communication via H-H USB net path connection between SBC and UI panel is not
does not respond, or is known to be not working. working
Procedure 02-381-00 Communication via USB connection between SBC and UI panel is not working.
WARNING
Procedure
CAUTION not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Before a new user interface assembly is installed, identify the machine software level (GP 4). death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the compatibility of the software on the new user interface assembly. Install the software CAUTION
to meet the customer machine requirements. Use the Customer Administration Tool (CAT), GP Before a new user interface assembly is installed, identify the machine software level (GP 4).
5. Check the compatibility of the software on the new user interface assembly. Install the software
Perform the following steps: to meet the customer machine requirements. Use the Customer Administration Tool (CAT), GP
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 5.
Perform the following steps:
NOTE: If the UI is unavailable, the power down request cannot be confirmed. The
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
machine will power down automatically after 60 seconds.
NOTE: If the UI is unavailable, the power down request cannot be confirmed. The
2. Ensure the Custom Services button is enabled on the user interface, as detailed in the
machine will power down automatically after 60 seconds.
System Administrators Guide. If necessary, re-load the software set, GP 4 Machine Soft-
ware. 2. Refer to WD 3.1. Check the communications cable between PJ905 on the UI PWB to
3. Check that the machine is communicating with the network, for example by sending a PJ19 on the single board controller PWB. If necessary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1, or
print job. If necessary, check the network cable and check with the customer that their install a new user interface harness, PL 2.10 Item 7. If necessary, install new compo-
network and web browser are running correctly. nents:
4. Refer to WD 3.1. Check the communications cable between PJ905 on the UI PWB and Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
PJ19 on the single board controller PWB. If necessary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1, or User interface control PWB, PL 2.10 Item 2.
install a new user interface harness, PL 2.10 Item 7. If necessary, install new compo-
nents:
Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
User interface control PWB, PL 2.10 Item 2.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-41 02-321-00, 02-380-00, 02-381-00
02-390-00 Configurable Services RAP
02-390-00 During power up all configurable services have not achieved a stable state after 5
minutes from power up.
Procedure
WARNING
2. Reload the software set, GP 4 Machine Software.

02-390-00 2-42 ColorQube 9303 Family
03-316-00 CCM Cannot Communicate with IOT RAP 03-325-00 System Detects the Machine Clock Failed to
03-316-00 The communications between the single board controller PWB through the media Increment During Power On RAP
path PWB and to the IME controller PWB have failed.
03-325-00 The software has detected that the machine clock has failed to increment within 1.5
seconds during the power on self test operation.
Initial Actions
WARNING Initial Actions
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
If the fault occurs during a software upgrade, wait 15 minutes for the software program- death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
ming operation to complete, before performing the next action.
Check the fault history file for other 03-xxx fault codes. If the 03-xxx fault codes occur ran-
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP.
domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP. Procedure
Procedure NOTE: The machine may continue to boot with this fault, but printing may be disabled. The sta-
tus code, 03-505 is raised with this fault code.
1. Switch off the machine, GP 14. Ensure all the connectors on the single board controller
PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5 and the IME controller 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1 are correctly and securely seated. Switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. Re-load the software set, GP 4.
2. If the fault was detected during a software upgrade. Re-load the software set, GP 4 3. Check the battery on the NVM module PWB, GP 45.
Machine Software. 4. Install new components as necessary:
3. Refer to WD 3.3, WD 8.2, WD 8.4 and WD 9.5. Check the wiring between PJ20 on the Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
single board controller PWB and PJ402 on the media path driver PWB. Check the wiring
Battery, PL 3.11 Item 18.
between PJ408 on the media path driver PWB and PJ402 on the IME controller PWB.
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. NVM module PWB, PL 3.11 Item 17.
4. Install new components as necessary:
SBC drawer service loop harness, PL 3.11 Item 16.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.

03-331-00, 03-332-00 Main Controller and Network 03-338-00 The Main Controller on the SBC Has Reset RAP
Controller on the SBC PWB Cannot Communicate RAP 03-338-00 System detects that the software in the single board controller PWB has been reset.
This was due either to the watch dog timing out or the software writing to an illegal address.
03-331-00 Integral network communication error on the single board controller PWB.
03-332-00 The main controller and network controller (integral components of the single board Initial Actions
controller PWB) were unable to communicate within a 12 minutes time span. WARNING
Initial Actions not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
WARNING death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Check the fault history file for other 03-xxx fault codes. If the 03-xxx fault codes occur ran-
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to the OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP.
Check the fault history file for other 03-xxx fault codes. If the 03-xxx fault codes occur ran- Procedure
domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to the OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP. 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. Re-load the software set, GP 4 Machine Software.
Procedure 3. If the fault remains, install a new single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
2. Check the network connection to the single board controller PWB PJ14 is correctly
inserted.

03-346-00 Unable To Communicate With UI RAP 03-347-00 Main Controller PWB Cannot Communicate with
03-346-00 Unable to re-establish communication with the UI after 30 seconds. UI PWB RAP
03-347-00 The single board controller PWB to UI control PWB communications have failed.
Procedure
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
2. Reload the software set, GP 4 Machine Software. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP.
Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, GP 14. Ensure all the connectors on the single board controller,
PL 3.11 Item 13 and the UI control PWB, PL 2.10 Item 2 are correctly and securely
seated. Switch on the machine, GP 14.
3. Refer to WD 3.2. Check the wiring between PJ19 on the single board controller PWB and
PJ900, PJ901 and PJ905 on the User Interface control PWB. Repair the wiring as neces-
sary, REP 1.1. If necessary, install a new user interface harness, PL 2.10 Item 7.

03-355-00 CCM POST Failure Detected RAP 03-362-00 CCS Power Fault RAP
03-355-00 The software has detected a CCM POST failure during the NVM integrity test/NVM 03-362-00 The single board controller software has failed to exit from a timer loop and has
battery failure. detected that this is caused by an abnormal power condition.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP. Check the fault history file for other 03-xxx fault codes. If the 03-xxx fault codes occur ran-
domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP.
Check that the battery on the NVM module PWB is located correctly and in good condi-
tion, GP 45. Procedure
Reseat the NVM module PWB, PL 3.11 Item 17.
2. Check the wiring and connections between the power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2, the
power distribution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1 and the single board controller PWB, PL 3.11
Procedure Item 13. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
3. Go to the following RAPs and check the low voltage supplies to the single board controller
NOTE: The machine may continue to boot with this fault, but printing may be disabled. The sta-
PWB:
tus code, 03-505 is raised with this fault code.
01C +3.3V Distribution RAP.
01D +5V Distribution RAP.
2. Re-load the software set, GP 4.
01E +12V Distribution RAP.
01G +17V Distribution RAP.
01H +24V Distribution RAP.
NVM module PWB, PL 3.11 Item 17.
As necessary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1, or install new components as necessary:
Power distribution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1.
PDB to SBC Harness (PJ17), PL 3.11 Item 10.

03-397-00 System Configuration Recovery Attempt RAP 03-398-00, 03-399-00 SIM Card Fault RAP
03-397-00 System configuration is lost and an attempted recovery made (from SIM). 03-398-00 SIM card serial number mismatch between the option and the machine
Initial Actions 03-399-00 SIM card data cannot be processed by the machine.
WARNING
Procedure
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP. 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. Check that the machine serial number is correct, refer to dC132.
Procedure 3. Check that the SIM card is a valid option for this machine, GP 19. There is a mismatch
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. between the SIM card and the machine and the two are not compatible. Obtain a SIM
card that is compatible with this machine.
2. Check that the SIM card is installed.
NOTE: A pre-serialized SIM card will be required. Escalate the request through normal
NOTE: The SIM card is also referred to as the product enablement key.
channels.
3. Check for damage to the SIM card: NOTE: The SIM card is also referred to as the product enablement key.
Enter dC131.
Select CCS NVM ID 616-3 Product Configuration.
Product enablement key, PL 3.11 Item 22.
Check that the value is set to 112 or 113 or 114. If the value is set to 49, the SIM card
is missing or damaged. Obtain a SIM card that is compatible with this machine. Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
4. Check that the SIM card is a valid option for this machine, GP 19. If there is a mismatch
between the SIM card and the machine then the two are not compatible. Obtain a SIM
card that is compatible with this machine.
5. Check that the battery on the NVM module PWB is located correctly and in good condi-
tion, GP 45.
Product enablement key, PL 3.11 Item 22.
7. Perform an NVM restore, refer to NVM Save and Restore, dC361.
8. If an NVM restore cannot be completed perform the following:
Set the market region. Enter dC134, set value to appropriate market region.
Enter Service Admin.
a. Press and hold the # key, * key and the Stop key.
b. Enter the passcode 2732. Touch the Enter button on the UI.
c. Select machine status / Paper Management / Tray Contents
d. Set the tray 3 contents as appropriate to the machine location A4 or 8.5 x 11
inch.
9. Rest all counters and exit diagnostics.

03-401-00, 03-403-00 Fax Not Detected RAP 03-417-00 Incompatible Fax Software RAP
03-401-00 The basic fax module has not been detected or confirmed. 03-417 The fax software version supplied at power up is not compatible with the image pro-
cessing software.
03-403-00 Extended fax PWB has not been confirmed or detected. This is for information only.
The machine does not have an extended fax PWB. Procedure
WARNING
Procedure
WARNING not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Perform the following:
2. Check that the Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1, has been installed. Reload the software set, GP 4, Machine Software.
3. Perform the Initial Actions in 20A Fax Entry RAP. If necessary, install a new Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1.
4. Perform the 20G Fax Module Checkout RAP.
5. If necessary, install a new Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1.
6. If necessary, re-load the software set, GP 4 Machine Software.

03-777-00 Power Loss Detected RAP 03-788-00 CCS Runtime Could Not Enter Power Saver
03-777-00 This fault code in the fault history file indicates that the system has previously Mode S3 RAP
detected a power input loss.
03-788 The copy control software could not enter power save mode. The copy control software
was unable to update its parameters from the UI, when the machine previously came out of
Procedure sleep mode. It was then unable to re-enter the sleep mode, S3.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Procedure
1. Check with the customer that the AC mains (line) input power supply is not experiencing not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
interruptions. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
2. Check with the customer that the machine does not share a power supply with any other 1. Check the fault history file for other 03-xxx fault codes. If the 03-xxx fault codes occur ran-
equipment. Sharing a power supply may cause the safety over current device to switch off domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to the OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP.
the electrical supply to the machine. This would cause a 03-777-00 fault. If possible,
ensure the machine is connected to a dedicated power supply.
3. Refer to WD 3.1. Check the wiring between PJ19 on the single board controller PWB and
3. Check the fault history file for other 03-xxx fault codes. If the 03-xxx fault codes occur ran-
PJ900, PJ901 and PJ905 on the UI Control PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP
domly, the cause may be due to electrical noise. Go to the OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP. 1.1.
4. Go to 01A AC Power Distribution RAP and check the power input circuit and its connec- 4. Install new components as necessary:
tors.

03-790-00 Timezone Cannot Be Set RAP 03A Foreign Device PWB Fault RAP
03-790-00 At power up the Timezone is not valid due to NVM corruption, or OS file system Use this RAP when the foreign interface device is not detected.
problem. Timezone overridden to GMT: DST disabled.
Initial Actions
Procedure WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION
Reset the time zone in customer domain tools, refer to GP 5. Do not show the customer how to install a temporary shorting link. Do not leave a shorting link
installed.
Ensure the foreign device interface PWB, PL 3.11 Item 14 is securely connected to the
single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
Procedure
If available check the operation of the foreign interface device with a foreign interface test tool,
PL 26.10 Item 14, in conjunction with the 7655/65/75 indicator/instruction chart.
To check a foreign interface device if the test tool is not available/suitable, perform the proce-
dure that follows:
Refer to WD 3.3. Check the foreign device interface harness, PL 3.11 Item 23. The harness
is good.
Y N
Perform the following as necessary:
Repair the harness, REP 1.1.
Install a new foreign device interface harness, PL 3.11 Item 23.
NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the harness from the bulkhead connector to the foreign
device.
Check the +3.3V supply to PJ25 at pins 1, 5, 9, 16 and 22 on the single board controller PWB.
The +3.3V supply is good.
Y N
Check the +3.3V distribution. Refer to:
01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Disconnect the foreign device. Install a temporary shorting link between pins 2 and 3 on the
foreign device interface harness bulkhead connector. Check the voltage at pin 2. 0V is mea-
sured.
Y N
Install a new foreign device interface PWB, PL 3.11 Item 14.
Install a temporary shorting link between pins 1 and 3 on the foreign device interface harness
bulkhead connector. Check the display. The machine is enabled.
Y N
Install a new foreign device interface PWB, PL 3.11 Item 14.
The enable circuits are working correctly.
NOTE: Currently the signals used for billing, e.g. machine function, premium tray, etc. cannot
be adequately measured with a standard meter.

03-790-00, 03A 2-50 ColorQube 9303 Family
05-250-00, 05-251-00 DADH Checksum Error RAP 05-252-00 DADH Stepper Controller Communications Error
05-250-00 The DADH flash memory is corrupted. A kernel checksum error has been detected. 05-252-00 DADH PWB to stepper motors communications have failed.
05-251-00 The DADH flash memory is corrupted. An application checksum error has been Initial Actions
detected.
WARNING
Initial Actions Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
1. Switch off the machine, GP 14. Ensure all the connectors on the DADH PWB, PL 5.10
Item 5, are correctly and securely seated. Switch on the machine, GP 14.
Procedure 2. Refer to WD 5.1. Check the wiring between PJ181 on the DADH PWB and the feed
1. Re-load the software set, GP 4 Machine Software. motor, PL 5.15 Item 16 and the CVT motor, PL 5.25 Item 9. Repair the wiring as neces-
2. If necessary, install a new DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5. sary, REP 1.1.
DADH feed motor, PL 5.15 Item 16.
DADH CVT motor, PL 5.25 Item 9.
DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5.

05-253-00, 05-254-00 DADH Communications Error RAP 05-255-00 Late Pre Scan Message RAP
05-253-00 The DADH PWB to single board controller PWB communications have failed. 05-255-00 The DADH pre scan status message was not received in time.
05-254-00 The DADH PWB to single board controller PWB communications are out of Procedure
sequence.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, GP 14. Ensure all the connectors on the DADH PWB, PL 5.10
Item 5, scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8 and the single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item
13 are correctly and securely seated. Switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. If the fault was detected during a software upgrade. Re-load the software set, GP 4
Machine Software.
3. Refer to WD 3.1, WD 5.2 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between PJ188 on the DADH
PWB and PJ921 on the scanner PWB. Check the wiring between PJ922 on the scanner
PWB and PJ15 on the single board controller PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP
1.1.
DADH communication/power cable, PL 5.10 Item 6.
DADH/IIT power comms harness, PL 62.16 Item 7.
Scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8.

05-256-00 Eject Count Error RAP 05-257-00 Unknown Document Size RAP
05-256-00 The number of ejections from the DADH did not match the number of feeds. 05-257-00 The DADH has failed to detect the document size during pre-feed.
Procedure Initial Actions

WARNING WARNING
1. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Make sure that a bright light is not above the DADH input tray. Refer to TAG D-007 and
check size sensor 1 and size sensor 2. If necessary, adjust the position of the machine.
Remove all documents from the DADH and input tray.
Make sure that the sensors and the area around the sensors are clean.
Procedure
NOTE: The DADH width sensor is a potentiometer. The arm on the potentiometer is attached
to the width guides. This gives a variable voltage to indicate the paper width setting.
Enter dC330 code 05-221 to check the DADH tray size sensor 1 Q05-221, PL 5.35 Item 8.
Actuate Q05-221. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 5.2. Check Q05-221.
References:
P/J190, DADH PWB.
DADH tray size sensor 1, PL 5.35 Item 8.
Enter dC330 code 05-222 to check the DADH tray size sensor 2 Q05-222, PL 5.35 Item 8.
Actuate Q05-222. The display changes.
Y N
References:
P/J190, DADH PWB.
DADH tray size sensor 2, PL 5.35 Item 8.
Open the DADH top cover. Enter dC330 code 05-204 to check the DADH feed sensor, Q05-
204, PL 5.15 Item 2. Actuate Q05-204. The display changes.

Y N
References:
DADH width sensor
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Q05-095
P/J184, DADH PWB.
DADH feed sensor, PL 5.15 Item 2.
Enter dC330 code 05-206 to check the DADH pre-reg sensor, Q05-206, PL 5.25 Item 1. Actu-
ate Q05-206. The display changes.
Y N
References: Arm
P/J184, DADH PWB.
DADH pre-reg sensor, PL 5.25 Item 1.
Completely open the DADH width guides. Refer to WD 5.2. Measure the voltage at P/J190 pin
8. Completely close the DADH width guides. The voltage changes from approximately 3.3V
to approximately 0V.
Y N
Remove the DADH input tray assembly, PL 5.35 Item 1. Make sure the arm of the DADH
width sensor is installed correctly, Figure 1. Check the mechanical operation of the width
guides. Install new components as necessary:
DADH width sensor, PL 5.35 Item 11.
DADH input tray assembly, PL 5.35 Item 1.
Go to dC131. Check that the IIT DADH NVM parameters for the detection of the size of paper
are correct. Install new components as necessary:

05-258-00, 05-307-00 DADH Cover Interlock Open RAP
05-258-00 The DADH cover interlock switch detects that the top cover is open during initializa- Actuator
tion.
05-307-00 The DADH cover interlock switch detects that the top cover is open.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Remove all documents from the DADH.
Check the switch actuator on the DADH cover, Figure 1. If the actuator is damaged, install
a new DADH top cover, PL 5.20 Item 15.
Make sure the latch springs, PL 5.20 Item 7 are installed correctly. Make sure that the top
cover closes correctly. If necessary, install a new top access cover assembly, PL 5.20
Item 17.
Check that the EPC memory PWB, PL 3.11 Item 21, is correctly seated.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 05-212 to check the DADH cover interlock switch, Figure 1, S05-212. Actu-
ate S05-212. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 5.1. Check S05-212. DADH cover interlock switch,
References: S05-212
GP 13 How to Check a Switch.
P/J187, DADH PWB.
01H +24V Distribution RAP. Figure 1 Component location
DADH cover interlock switch, PL 5.15 Item 11.

05-259-00, 05-260-00 DADH Active Line or Standby Error 05-300-00 DADH Open RAP
RAP 05-300-00 The platen down sensor detects that the DADH is open during run.
05-259-00 The DADH active line is in the wrong state during the scan
Initial Actions
05-260-00 The DADH is not in standby at the start of the job. WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Check that the DADH platen down sensor magnet, PL 5.10 Item 10 is installed and aligned
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause correctly to the platen down sensor.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. NOTE: The DADH has two magnets, the magnet on the left front corner of the DADH actuates
the platen down sensor, refer to PL 5.10 Item 10.
Procedure Procedure
1. Refer to WD 5.2 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between PJ188 on the DADH PWB and Enter dC330 code 62-019 to check the platen down sensor, Q62-019, PL 62.16 Item 5. Open
PJ921 on the scanner PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. and close the DADH. The display changes.
2. If necessary, install a new DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5. Y N
References:
PJ927, Scanner PWB.
Platen down sensor, PL 62.16 Item 5.
Perform the steps that follow. Install new components as necessary:

Check that Q62-019 is installed correctly.
Check the DADH frame for distortion, go to ADJ 5.2. If the DADH frame is distorted, install
a new DADH, PL 5.10 Item 9.

05-310-00 Document Too Short RAP 05-330-00, 05-331-00 DADH Feed Sensor Failure RAP
05-310-00 The DADH detects a document that is shorter than 110mm. 05-330-00 The DADH feed sensor does not detect the lead edge of the document within the
correct time after the feed motor runs.
Initial Actions
05-331-00 The DADH feed sensor does not detect the trail edge of the document within the
WARNING correct time.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Initial Actions
WARNING
Make sure that the documents are longer than 110 mm (4.3 inches).
Check for toner contamination on and in the locality of the DADH feed sensor Q05-204, death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
PL 5.15 Item 2.
Make sure that the customer is not using damaged documents. If the DADH damages the
Procedure documents, go to the 05E Damaged Documents RAP.
If the documents are longer than 110mm, go to the procedures that follow:
Clean the DADH feed sensor, PL 5.15 Item 2, and the area around the sensor, Figure 2.
05-330-00, 05-331-00 CVT - DADH Feed Sensor Failure RAP.
Check that the feed roll assembly is installed correctly, refer to REP 5.14.
05-335-00 DADH TAR Sensor Failure RAP.
Check that the CVT roll is installed correctly, refer to REP 5.15.
05-350-00, 05-352-00 DADH CVT Sensor Failure RAP.
Make sure that the feed rolls are clean and rotate freely, refer to ADJ 5.4. If necessary,
05-340-00 CVT-DADH Pre-Reg Sensor Failure RAP. install a new feed roll assembly, PL 5.15 Item 1 or feed roll assembly cover, PL 5.15 Item
21.
Go to dC135 CRU/HFSI Status. Check the count of the document feeder feed roller. If the
count is near end of life, install a new feed roll assembly, PL 5.15 Item 1.
Check the operation of the feed yoke, Figure 1. Make sure that the feed yoke shaft is
under the moulded clip of the feed housing. Make sure that the feed yoke spring, PL 5.15
Item 7 is connected to the feed housing and to the feed yoke.
Make sure that the front feed gate, PL 5.15 Item 12 and the rear feed gate, PL 5.15 Item
13 are locked in the down position.
Check the DADH CVT sensor and actuator for damage, PL 5.20 Item 12.
Procedure
Open the DADH top cover. Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1. Hold the DADH
cover interlock switch closed, PL 5.15 Item 11. Enter dC330 code 05-204 to check the DADH
feed sensor, Q05-204. Actuate Q05-204. The display changes.
Y N
References:
P/J184, DADH PWB.
DADH feed sensor, PL 5.15 Item 2.
Enter dC330 code 05-074 to run the DADH feed motor, MOT05-074. MOT05-074 runs.

Y N
Go to the 05C DADH Motor Failure RAP.
Clip
While MOT 05-074 runs, stack the code 05-062 to energize the DADH feed clutch, CL05-062.
NOTE: The feed clutch disengages after 30 seconds. The feed motor stops after 3 minutes.
CL05-062 energizes, the nudger rolls and the feed rolls rotate.
Y N
Feed yoke and
Go to the 05D DADH Feed Clutch Failure RAP and check CL05-062. spring
ADJ 5.1 DADH Drive Belt Adjustment.
Enter dC330 code 05-098, to run the DADH nudger motor. The feed roll assembly lowers,
then raises after 10 seconds. Feed yoke shaft
Y N
Refer to WD 5.1. Check the nudger motor.
References:
GP 10 How to Check a motor.
P/J183, DADH PWB and P/J201.
DADH nudger motor, PL 5.15 Item 5.
DADH feed assembly, PL 5.15 Item 18.

Check that the DADH feed sensor, Q05-204 is installed correctly, Figure 2. If necessary,
install a new feed roll assembly, PL 5.15 Item 1. Front and rear feed
Ensure the feed motor drive belt and DADH CVT motor belt are tensioned correctly, ADJ gates
5.1.
When large documents are fed (A3 or 11x17 inch), check the items that follow:
Check that the DADH CVT motor rotates freely, refer to the 05C DADH Motor Failure
RAP.
Check the CVT motor drive belt, refer to ADJ 5.1 DADH Drive Belt Adjustment.
Check that the CVT roll is clean and rotates freely, refer to ADJ 5.4.
If necessary install a new DADH feed motor, PL 5.25 Item 9.
Go to the 05D DADH Feed Clutch Failure RAP and check CL05-062.
Make sure that the size of the documents are sensed correctly. Refer to the 05-257-00
Document Size Sensor Failure RAP.
Front and rear
feed gates

05-335-00 DADH TAR Sensor Failure RAP
CVT motor MOT 05-099 05-335-00 The DADH TAR sensor does not detect the lead edge of the document within the
correct time.
Top cover interlock switch
Initial Actions
WARNING
Feed motor Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
MOT05-074 not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Feed clutch Remove all documents from the DADH.
CL05-062 Clean the feed rolls, refer to ADJ 5.4. If necessary, install a new feed roll assembly, PL
5.15 Item 1.
Procedure
NOTE: To get access to the DADH TAR sensor, remove the DADH top cover, PL 5.20 Item 15.
Open the DADH top cover. Enter dC330 code 05-096 to check the DADH TAR sensor, Q05-
096, PL 5.20 Item 11. Actuate Q05-096. The display changes.
Y N
References:
01C +3.3V Distribution PWB.
DADH TAR sensor, PL 5.20 Item 11.
Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1. Hold the DADH cover interlock switch closed,
PL 5.15 Item 11. Enter dC330 code 05-074 to run the DADH feed motor, MOT05-074, PL 5.15
Item 16. MOT05-074 runs.
P/J201 Y N
Nudger motor DADH feed sensor Feed roll assembly Go to the 05C DADH Motor Failure RAP.
MOT 05-098 Q05-204
The takeaway roll rotates.
Y N
Perform the steps follow:
Figure 2 Component location Check the feed motor drive belt, PL 5.35 Item 5.
ADJ 5.1 Feed Motor Drive Belt Adjustment.
Check the takeaway roll and pulley, PL 5.35 Item 6 and PL 5.35 Item 15, refer to GP
7.

Check that the DADH TAR sensor, Q05-096 is installed correctly.
Go to the 05D DADH Feed Clutch Failure RAP and check the DADH feed clutch.
Make sure that the takeaway roll is clean and rotates freely, refer to ADJ 5.4.

Make sure that the takeaway roll idlers are clean and rotate freely, refer to ADJ 5.4. 05-340-00 DADH Pre Registration Sensor Failure RAP
Check the takeaway roll static eliminator and ground harness, PL 5.35 Item 7. 05-340-00 The DADH pre registration sensor does not detect the lead edge of the document
Make sure that the DADH ground harness is connected correctly, PL 5.10 Item 11. within the correct time.
ADJ 5.1 Feed Motor Drive Belt Adjustment.
Install new components as necessary: Initial Actions
DADH takeaway roll, PL 5.35 Item 6. WARNING
DADH input tray assembly, PL 5.35 Item 1. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
DADH top access cover assembly, PL 5.20 Item 17. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
DADH feed assembly, PL 5.15 Item 18. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
If the fault continues, make sure that documents correctly continue past the previous sensor in Remove all documents from the DADH.
the document path. Refer to the 05-330-00, 05-331-00 DADH Feed Sensor Failure RAP. Remove the DADH top cover assembly, PL 5.20 Item 16. Make sure the harnesses are
routed correctly and away from the document path, Figure 1.
Procedure
NOTE: To access the DADH pre registration sensor, remove the DADH top cover, PL 5.20 Item
15.
Open the top access cover assembly. Enter dC330 code 05-206 to check the DADH pre regis-
tration sensor, Q05-206, PL 5.25 Item 1. Actuate Q05-206. The display changes.
Y N
References:
P/J186, DADH PWB.
01C +3.3V Distribution PWB.
DADH pre registration sensor, PL 5.25 Item 1.
PL 5.15 Item 11. Enter dC330 code 05-099 to check the DADH CVT motor, MOT05-099, PL
5.25 Item 9. MOT05-099 runs.
Y N
Go to the 05C DADH Motor Failure RAP.
The CVT roll rotates.

Y N
Check the DADH CVT motor drive belt, PL 5.25 Item 11.
Check the DADH CVT motor tension spring. Make sure that the DADH CVT motor
drive belt tension is correct, ADJ 5.1.
Check the CVT roll pulley, PL 5.25 Item 17.
If necessary, install a new DADH CVT roll, PL 5.25 Item 5.
The fault only occurs in duplex mode.

Y N 05-345-00, 05-346-00 DADH Exit Sensor Failure RAP
Go to the Final Checkout.
05-345-00 The DADH exit sensor does not detect the lead edge of the document within the
correct time in the forward mode.
This fault can be caused by the DADH feed motor running too slowly in reverse. Refer to the
05C DADH Motor Failure RAP. If the fault continues, go to Final Checkout.
05-346-00 The DADH exit sensor does not detect the trail edge of the document within the cor-
Final Checkout rect time in the forward mode.
Check that Q05-206 is installed correctly, PL 5.25 Item 1. Initial Actions
Make sure that the CVT idler rolls are clean and rotate freely, refer to ADJ 5.4. WARNING
Make sure that the CVT roll is clean, refer to ADJ 5.4.
Make sure the feed motor drive belt and the DADH CVT motor drive belt are tensioned not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
correctly, ADJ 5.1. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Install new components as necessary: Remove all documents from the DADH exit tray. Raise the DADH, remove all documents
DADH CVT roll, PL 5.25 Item 5. that are wound around the CVT roll.
DADH top access cover assembly, PL 5.20 Item 17. Make sure that the customer has set the document width guides correctly.
If the fault continues, make sure that documents correctly exit the previous sensor in the docu-
ment path. Refer to the 05-350-00, 05-352-00 DADH CVT Sensor Failure RAP. Procedure
NOTE: The DADH exit sensor is a reflective type sensor.
Enter dC330 code 05-209 to check the DADH exit sensor, Q05-209, PL 5.30 Item 13. Raise
the DADH. Actuate Q05-209. The display changes.
Y N
Ground harness Refer to WD 5.2. Check Q05-209.
References:
P/J189, DADH PWB.
DADH exit sensor, PL 5.30 Item 13.
Close the DADH. Open the DADH top cover. Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1.
Hold the DADH cover interlock switch closed. Enter dC330 code 05-099 to run the DADH CVT
motor, MOT05-099, PL 5.25 Item 9. MOT05-099 runs.
Y N
DADH pre registration Go to the 05C DADH Motor Failure RAP.
sensor Q05-206
Y N
Sensor harness Perform the steps that follow:
Check the DADH CVT motor DADH CVT motor drive belt, PL 5.25 Item 11.
Check the DADH CVT motor tension spring, PL 5.25 Item 10. Make sure the DADH
CVT motor drive belt tension is correct, ADJ 5.1.
A

A
NOTE: The exit roll idlers remain lowered for 30 seconds. Final Checkout
Enter dC330 code 05-100 to energize the DADH duplex solenoid, SOL05-100, PL 5.30 Item 3, Perform the steps that follow:
to lower the exit roll idlers PL 5.30 Item 6. The exit roll idlers lower. For 05-345-00 and 05-346-00 faults:
Y N Check that the pre-scan idlers are clean and rotate freely, refer to ADJ 5.4.
Check that the post-scan idlers are clean and rotate freely, refer to ADJ 5.4.
Refer to WD 5.1. Check SOL05-100.
Check the CVT ramp assembly for damage and rough edges, PL 62.10 Item 5.
References:
Check the duplex gate for damage and rough edges, PL 5.25 Item 12.
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
Check that the DADH exit sensor, Q05-209 is installed correctly, PL 5.30 Item 13.
Make sure that the DADH ground harness is connected correctly, PL 5.10 Item 11.
Make sure the DADH feed motor drive belt and DADH CVT motor drive belt are ten-
01L 0V Distribution RAP. sioned correctly, ADJ 5.1.
Check the baffle assembly link arm, PL 5.30 Item 11. Make sure that the link arm is Install new components as necessary:
connected correctly to the DADH duplex solenoid, refer to REP 5.5.
Top access cover assembly, PL 5.20 Item 17.
Lower baffle assembly, PL 5.30 Item 14.
DADH duplex solenoid, PL 5.30 Item 3.
For 05-346-00 faults:
Make sure that the exit rolls are clean and rotate freely, refer to ADJ 5.4.
Make sure that the exit roll idlers are clean and rotate freely, refer to ADJ 5.4.
Enter dC330 code 05-074 to run the DADH feed motor, MOT05-074, PL 5.15 Item 16. Make sure the tension springs on the exit roll shaft are in the correct position, refer to
REP 5.5
MOT05-074 runs.
Y N Check the exit roll static eliminator and ground harness, PL 5.35 Item 7.
Go to the 05C DADH Motor Failure RAP. Check the restack arm for damage or rough edges, PL 5.35 Item 3.
The exit roll rotates. DADH exit roll, PL 5.35 Item 6.
Y N
If the fault continues, make sure that all documents correctly exit the previous sensor in the
Check the feed motor drive belt, PL 5.35 Item 5.
document path. Refer to the 05-340-00 DADH Pre-Reg Sensor Failure RAP.
Check the feed motor tension spring, PL 5.15 Item 17. Check the feed motor drive
belt tension, ADJ 5.1.
Check the exit roll and pulley, PL 5.35 Item 6 and PL 5.35 Item 15.
If necessary, install a new DADH input tray assembly, PL 5.35 Item 1.
The fault only occurs in duplex mode.

Y N
NOTE: During normal operation, the exit roll idlers remain raised (closed) in simplex mode. In
duplex mode, the exit roll idlers remain raised unless the document is longer than 280 mm (11
inches). The exit roll idlers raise and lower while feeding longer documents in duplex mode.
Exit diagnostics mode. Close the DADH top cover. Make two copies in duplex mode. Check
that the second document is held in the feed rolls, PL 5.15 Item 1, until the first document is fed
into the output tray. The feed rolls held the second document.
Y N
Go to the 05D DADH Feed Clutch Failure RAP.

05-350-00, 05-352-00 DADH CVT Sensor Failure RAP Y N
05-350-00 The DADH CVT sensor does not detect the lead edge of the document within the
correct time in the forward mode.
NOTE: The exit roll idlers remain lowered for 30 seconds.
05-352-00 The DADH CVT sensor does not detect the lead edge of the document within the Enter dC330 code 05-100 to check the DADH duplex solenoid, SOL05-100. Energize SOL05-
correct time in the reverse mode. 100 to lower the exit roll idlers, PL 5.35 Item 6. The exit roll idlers lower.
Y N
Initial Actions Refer to WD 5.1. Check SOL05-100.
References:
WARNING GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
P/J181, DADH PWB.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
Remove all documents from the DADH. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.

Procedure DADH duplex solenoid, PL 5.30 Item 3.
NOTE: To get access to the DADH CVT sensor, remove the DADH top cover, PL 5.20 Item 15.
Enter dC330 code 05-097 to check the DADH CVT sensor Q05-097, PL 5.20 Item 12. Actuate
Q05-097. The display changes. NOTE: During normal operation, the exit roll idlers remain raised (closed) in simplex mode. In
Y N duplex mode, the exit roll idlers remain raised unless the document is longer than 280 mm (11
Refer to WD 5.1. Check Q05-097. inches). The exit roll idlers raise and lower while feeding longer documents in duplex mode.
References:
Exit the diagnostics mode. Close the DADH top cover. Make two copies in duplex mode.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Check that the second document is held in the feed rolls until the first document is fed into the
P/J186 and P/J191, DADH PWB. output tray. The feed rolls held the second document.
01C +3.3V Distribution RAP. Y N
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Go to the 05D DADH Feed Clutch Failure RAP.

The fault is caused if the DADH feed motor runs too slowly in reverse, refer to the 05C DADH
DADH CVT sensor, PL 5.20 Item 12. Motor Failure RAP. If the fault continues, go to the Final Checkout.
DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5. Final Checkout
Perform the steps that follow. Install new components as necessary:
PL 5.15 Item 11. Enter dC330 code 05-099 to check the DADH CVT motor, MOT05-099, PL Check that the CVT roll is clean and rotates freely, refer to ADJ 5.4.
5.25 Item 9. MOT05-099 runs. Check the DADH CVT sensor, PL 5.20 Item 12 is installed correctly.
Y N Check the takeaway roll static eliminator and ground harness, PL 5.35 Item 7.
Go to the 05C DADH Motor Failure RAP. Make sure that the DADH ground harness is connected correctly, PL 5.10 Item 11.
Make sure the feed motor drive belt tension is correct, ADJ 5.1.
Y N DADH feed assembly, PL 5.15 Item 18.
Perform the steps that follow: If the fault continues, make sure that documents correctly exit the previous sensor in the docu-
ment path. Refer to the 05-335-00 DADH TAR Sensor Failure RAP.
Check the DADH CVT motor drive belt, PL 5.25 Item 11.
Check the DADH CVT motor tension spring. Make sure that the DADH CVT motor
drive belt tension is correct, ADJ 5.1.
The fault only occurs in duplex mode (fault code 05-352-00).

05A DADH Other Faults RAP 05B DADH Document Sensor Failure RAP
This RAP gives the additional information on common DADH problems. Perform the RAP for Initial Actions
all current fault codes before this RAP is performed.
Clean the DADH document sensor, PL 5.35 Item 19 and the area around the sensor.
Procedure
The DADH document sensor can fail to detect the last document in a document set if
Go to the correct RAP: static electricity is on the input tray. If necessary, clean the input tray with antistatic fluid,
05B DADH Document Sensor Failure RAP. refer to ADJ 5.4.
05C DADH Motor Failure RAP.
05D DADH Feed Clutch Failure RAP. Procedure
05E Damaged Documents RAP. WARNING
05F Platen Down Failure RAP. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Enter dC330 code 05-102 to check the DADH document sensor, Q05-102, PL 5.35 Item 19.
The display changes.
Y N
References:
P/J184, DADH PWB.
DADH document sensor, PL 5.35 Item 19.
If the problem continues, install new components as necessary:

DADH document sensor, PL 5.35 Item 19.

05A, 05B 2-64 ColorQube 9303 Family
05C DADH Motor Failure RAP 05D DADH Feed Clutch Failure RAP
Procedure Use this RAP when the DADH feed clutch does not operate correctly.
WARNING Also use this RAP if the feed clutch energizes at the wrong time in duplex mode, which causes:
Mis-feeds.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. The feed rolls to reverse and eject the original documents into the DADH input tray.
Go to the correct procedure: Procedure
DADH Feed Motor Failure WARNING
DADH CVT Motor Failure Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
DADH Feed Motor Failure not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
NOTE: In duplex mode, the DADH feed motor runs in the forward and reverse direction. The Refer to WD 5.1. Check the DADH feed clutch, CL05-062, PL 5.15 Item 9.
duplex mode component control code is provided to reverse the drive of the feed motor.
References:
NOTE: When referring to WD 5.1, the Motor on (pulses) +24V indicated on PJ204, will read
+12V on a digital meter. GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
Refer to WD 5.1. Check the DADH feed motor, MOT05-074, PL 5.15 Item 16.
References: 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Install new components as necessary:
P/J181, DADH PWB and P/J204. DADH feed clutch, PL 5.15 Item 9, or the alternative DADH feed clutch and spacer kit W/
01H +24V Distribution RAP. TAG D-005, PL 5.15 Item 28.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5.

Install new components as necessary: DADH feed assembly, PL 5.15 Item 18.
DADH feed motor, PL 5.15 Item 16.

DADH CVT Motor Failure
Refer to WD 5.1. Check the DADH CVT motor, MOT05-099, PL 5.25 Item 9.
NOTE: When referring to WD 5.1, the Motor on (pulses) +24V indicated on PJ203, will read
+12V on a digital meter.
References:
GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
DADH CVT motor, PL 5.25 Item 9.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-65 05C, 05D
05E Damaged Documents RAP
Use this RAP if the documents get damaged by the DADH.
Baffle assembly
Procedure
WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Duplex gate
1. If the DADH damages the underside of the documents mid-way along the lead edge,
install a new feed roll assembly, PL 5.15 Item 1.
2. ADJ 5.2 DADH height adjustment. CVT roll
3. Check the input tray for damage, PL 5.35 Item 1.
Make sure that the document width guides move freely.
Check that the takeaway roll assembly, PL 5.35 Item 17 and exit roll assembly, PL
5.35 Item 6 for damage and contamination, refer to ADJ 5.4.
Check the restack arm for damage, PL 5.35 Item 3.
4. Open the DADH top access cover assembly, PL 5.20 Item 17.
Check the document path for damage.
Check the takeaway roll idlers and CVT roll idlers, PL 5.20 Item 3 for damage. Make
sure the idlers are clean and rotate freely, refer to ADJ 5.4. Post scan idlers
5. Raise the DADH. Lower the baffle assembly, Figure 1.
Remove any pieces of paper.
Check the duplex gate, PL 5.25 Item 12 for damage. Make sure the duplex gate
moves freely. Pre-scan idlers
Check the CVT roll, PL 5.25 Item 5 for damage. If necessary, clean the CVT roll,
ADJ 5.4. Figure 1 Component location
Check the pre-scan idlers, PL 5.25 Item 6 and post scan idlers, PL 5.30 Item 4 for
damage. Make sure the idlers are clean and rotate freely, refer to ADJ 5.4.
Check the document path for damage.
Check the baffle assembly, PL 5.30 Item 14 for damage.
Check the exit roll idlers for damage, PL 5.30 Item 6. Make sure the idlers are clean
and rotate freely, ADJ 5.4.
6. Check the CVT ramp assembly, PL 62.10 Item 5 for damage.
7. Make sure that the customers documents are within the specification, refer to GP 20.

05E 2-66 ColorQube 9303 Family
05F Platen Down Failure RAP
Use this RAP when the platen down sensor does not respond to opening and closing the
DADH.
Procedure
Go to 05-300-00 DADH Open RAP.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-67 05F
05F 2-68 ColorQube 9303 Family
10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, If glossy media is used, instruct the customer to feed the media from the bypass tray and
select glossy for the media type.
10-148-00 Post Transfix Jam RAP
10-110-00 Timing sensor 11 detects that the sheet is too long. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1. Lower the drum stripper gate and baffle assembly, GP 31. Check that the
10-111-00 Timing sensor 11 detects that the sheet is too short.
stripper blade shaft is installed correctly. Slide the shaft forwards and backwards and feel for
10-112-00 The lead edge is late to timing sensor 11. the shaft to engage on the detent. Raise the stripper blade into the operating position. Check
that the stripper blade shaft lock is engaging correctly at the front and rear. The stripper
blade latch mechanism is good.
10-113-00 The trail edge is late from timing sensor 11.
Y N
Install new stripper components as necessary, PL 10.10, PL 10.12.
10-125-00 Timing sensor 12 detects that the sheet is too long.
10-126-00 Timing sensor 12 detects that the sheet is too short. Check the drum stripper blade timing. Print three copies of TP 14 Drum Stripper Blade Test
Page. Stripper blade timing is good.
Y N
10-127-00 The lead edge was late to timing sensor 12.
Check the stripper solenoid SOL10-021 PL 10.10 Item 3. Refer to 10-570-00 Stripper
Solenoid Over Current RAP.
10-128-00 The trail edge was late from timing sensor 12.
10-147-00 The lead edge is early to timing sensor 11. Cheat the front door interlock. Enter dC330 code 10-018 to run the post transfix motor (M4), PL
10.10 Item 5. The motor runs.
Y N
10-148-00 The lead edge is early to timing sensor 12.
Refer to WD 8.2. Check the post transfix motor (M4). Refer to:
Initial Actions GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
PJ303, Media path driver PWB.
WARNING
01J +50V Distribution RAP.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Install new components as necessary:
WARNING Post transfix motor (M4), PL 10.10 Item 5.
Do not clean the stripper blade. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. If Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Observe roller drive J, PL 10.10 Item 1 and roller drive L, PL 10.10 Item 2. The rollers rotate.
WARNING Y N
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Check the gear drive, drive gears and roller drives, PL 10.10.
Check that the media loaded into the trays matches the UI display. If necessary, install new components:
Check for obstructions in the paper path. Drive gears, PL 10.10 Item 13.
Check the jam clearance guide 3b is latched correctly, PL 10.12 Item 1. Gear drive, PL 10.10 Item 4.
Ensure that the springs for both the front and rear latch forks, PL 10.10 Item 14, are not Roller drive J, PL 10.10 Item 1.
broken or fallen off. Roller drive L, PL 10.10 Item 2.
Ensure that the springs are orientated the correct way. The longer end hook of the spring
should be hooked from under the stripper cam, PL 10.10 Item 18. Unlatch the stripper gate, GP 31. Enter dC330 code 10-015, post transfix sensor (11), Q10-
015, PL 10.10 Item 6. Manually actuate Q10-015. The display changes.
If the displayed fault code is 10-112-00, check the transfix stripper blade, PL 10.20 Item
14 for damage. Refer to REP 10.6 Transfix Blade. Install new components as required. Y N
Refer to WD 9.3. Check the post transfix sensor (11), Q10-015. Refer to:
Go to dC135 CRU/HFSI Status. Check the count of the transfix stripper. If the count is
near end of life, install a new transfix stripper blade, PL 10.20 Item 14.
PJ802, Drum driver PWB.
If the displayed fault code is 10-112-00, check the drum stripper blade assembly, PL
10.12 Item 3 for damage or contamination. Refer to REP 10.21 Stripper Blade, Gate and 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
Baffle. Install new components as required. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Check for multifeeds. If there are multifeeds, refer to the OF 8 Multifeed RAP.
A

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-69 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-
A B
Install new components as necessary: Run dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration. If the fault persists, check the following:
Post transfix sensor (11), PL 10.10 Item 6. Roller drive J, PL 10.10 Item 1.
Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. Roller drive L, PL 10.10 Item 2.
Gear drive, PL 10.10 Item 4.
Enter dC330 code 10-016 pre exit sensor (12), Q10-016, PL 10.10 Item 6. Manually actuate
Q10-016. The display changes.
Y N Stripper blade lock Detent in shaft
(Front and rear)
Refer to WD 9.3. Check the pre exit sensor (12), Q10-016. Refer to:
Closed
Pre exit sensor (12), PL 10.10 Item 6.
Enter dC330 code 82-007 to energize the nip C release solenoid, SOL82-007, PL 82.15 Item
4. SOL82-007 energizes.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.1. Check the nip C release solenoid, SOL82-007. Refer to:
PJ303, Media path driver PWB. Open
Nip C release solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 4.
Enter dC330 code 82-008 to energize the nip D release solenoid, SOL82-008, PL 70.30 Item Stripper blade shaft
13, SOL82-008 energizes.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.3. Check the nip D release solenoid, SOL82-008. Refer to: Figure 1 Component Location
Nip D release solenoid, PL 70.30 Item 13.
Re-enter the dC330 codes 82-007 and 82-008. Check that nip C and nip D open fully and close
fully when the solenoids energize and de-energize. The nips operate correctly.
Y N
Check for obstructions. Install new components as necessary:
Horizontal paper path components, PL 82.15.
Left hand upper door components, PL 70.30.
B
10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10- 2-70 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
10-140-00 to 10-146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 Exit Jam Enter dC330 code 83-006 exit duplex diverter solenoid, SOL83-006, PL 10.15 Item 14. Press
Start. SOL83-006 energizes.
RAP Y N
10-140-00 Timing sensor 15 detects that the sheet is too long. Refer to WD 8.1. Check SOL83-006. Refer to:
10-141-00 Timing sensor 15 detects that the sheet is too short.
10-142-00 Timing sensor 15 detects that the sheet is too long after invert. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
10-143-00 Timing sensor 15 detects that the sheet is too short after invert. Install new components as necessary:
Exit / duplex diverter solenoid, PL 10.15 Item 14.
10-144-00 The lead edge is late to timing sensor 15.
10-145-00 The trail edge is late from timing sensor 15.
The diverter gate moves and retracts freely within one second.
Y N
10-146-00 The lead edge is late to timing sensor 15 after invert. Check the operation and condition of the diverter gate. If necessary install new diverter
gate components, PL 10.15, or install a new exit paper path assembly, PL 10.15 Item 19,
10-149-00 The lead edge is early to timing sensor 15.
as necessary.
10-150-00 The lead edge is early to timing sensor 15 after invert.

Enter dC330 code 10-018 Post transfix motor (M4) MOT10-018. MOT10-018 runs.
Y N
10-151-00 The trail edge is late from timing sensor 15 after invert. Refer to WD 8.2. Check MOT10-018. Refer to:
Initial Actions
WARNING 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Post transfix motor (M4), PL 10.10 Item 5.
Check that the media loaded into the trays matches the UI display.
Check for obstructions in the paper path.
Check the jam clearance guide 3b and 4a are latched correctly
Enter dC330 code 83-001 exit motor (M5), MOT83-001. MOT83-001 runs.
Check for multifeeds. If there are multifeeds, refer to the OF 8 Multifeed Rap. Y N
If glossy media is used, instruct the customer to feed the media from the bypass tray and Refer to WD 8.2. Check MOT83-001. Refer to:
select glossy for the media type. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
Procedure 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Cheat the front door interlock. Enter dC330 code 10-017 exit sensor (15), Q10-017, PL 10.15 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Item 3. Raise and lower handle 4a to actuate Q10-017. The display changes.
Y N
Exit motor (M5), PL 10.15 Item 11.
Refer to WD 8.5. Check Q10-017. Refer to:
PJ905, Media path driver PWB. The exit paper path rolls rotate.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. Y N
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Check the drive belt, pulleys and drive gears on the exit paper path assembly, PL 10.15.
Install new components as necessary: If necessary, install new components:
Exit sensor (15), PL 10.15 Item 3. Roller nip N, PL 10.15 Item 1.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Roller nip P, PL 10.15 Item 6.
Pulley 3 mm driven, PL 10.15 Item 7.
A B

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-71 10-140-00 to 10-146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00
B
Belt 3 mm (112T), PL 10.15 Item 8. 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP
Belt 3 mm (92T), PL 10.15 Item 9. 10-500-00 Insufficient force is detected by the front transfix flexure encoder.
Pulley 3 mm (21T one way), PL 10.15 Item 10.
Drive gear, PL 10.15 Item 12. 10-505-00 Insufficient force is detected by the rear transfix flexure encoder.
Check the following: 10-511-00 The transfix load timing error.

The bearings, shafts and rolls on the exit paper path assembly, PL 10.15.
Roller nip N, PL 10.15 Item 1. 10-512-00 Transfix unloading is not detected in time.
Roller drive L, PL 10.10 Item 2.
10-516-00 Transfix flexure encoder reading does not change during transfix homing (for possi-
Roller nip P, PL 10.15 Item 6. ble future use).
10-517-00 Transfix out of position during unload (for possible future use).
10-521-00 Transfix load front position error.
10-522-00 Transfix load rear position error.
10-523-00 Transfix unload front position error.
10-524-00 Transfix unload rear position error.
10-525-00 Transfix motor failure.
10-530-00 Transfix gap set failure.
10-535-00 The transfix load gain/offset calibration is inconsistent with expected value.
10-536-00 Transfix calibration NVM reset error.
10-537-00 The front transfix flexure encoder did not reach home position on time.
10-538-00 The rear transfix flexure encoder did not reach home position on time.
10-540-00 The transfix task was late.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Ensure that the ground wire is connected at the front of the transfix roller.
Procedure
Enter dC978 Transfix Calibration Values. Check the calibration values against the label on the
front of the drum frame, Figure 1. The calibration values match.
Y N
Enter the correct transfix load values in NVM. Run test prints to verify that the problem is
corrected. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
A
A B
Switch off the machine, GP 14. Use a screwdriver to manually rotate the transfix gear, Figure PJ401, Drum driver PWB.
2. This action will move the transfix roller. Move the transfix roller onto, then off the drum. Per- 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
form the action at the front and rear.
Check that the transfix mechanisms operate smoothly. Watch for the transfix roller or
encoder moving up and down. Check that the effort to move the front and rear transfix Install new components as necessary:
Transfix motor, PL 10.20 Item 11.
mechanisms is similar.
NOTE: The transfix motors will give some resistance to movement. If the transfix mecha-
nisms move without any resistance, this indicates a problem. Enter dC962 Transfix Load Test and run the test. The transfix load test passed.
Y N
While the transfix roller is away from the drum, spin the roller. Check that the roller spins
If errors are indicated, check out the fault description displayed.
freely without binding or generating unusual noise.
Check that the gear train and the transfix bearings are good. Check for excessive move- If the fault still occurs, perform the following:
ment between the linkage arm and the pin. This is caused by missing or worn bushing
1. For fault codes 10-500 or 10-505, make sure that the relevant transfix encoder screws are
inside the front or rear transfix linkage assembly, PL 10.20 Item 8 and PL 10.20 Item 10.
tight and the relevant transfix encoder is secured to the frame.
The transfix components are good.
2. Recheck the fault code description, use it to aid in identifying which link assembly is at
Y N
Install new transfix components as necessary, PL 10.20. fault. Inspect for worn or damaged gears and check for a cracked linkage. Install new
components as necessary:
Switch on the machine, GP 14. Check dC123 PEST Fault History if a fault is displayed. Enter Front compound gear, PL 10.20 Item 7.
dC140 Analog Monitor. Use a screwdriver to manually rotate the front and rear transfix gears. Front transfix linkage assembly, PL 10.20 Item 8.
Monitor all encoders: Rear compound gear, PL 10.20 Item 9.
10-010 Rear transfix flexure encoder. Rear transfix linkage assembly, PL 10.20 Item 10.
10-011 Rear transfix motor encoder. 3. Check the transfix roll ground wire, refer GP 7 System Grounding Verification.
10-012 Front transfix flexure encoder.
10-013 Front transfix motor encoder.
Manually move the front and rear flexure encoder harness wires. A good encoder is indi-
cated by a value between 5 and 100 ticks.
If more than 100 ticks, check for loose encoder or intermittent short.
If less than 5 ticks, check for open or missing code strip.
Repair the harness as required, REP 1.1. Calibration label for front and
The display changes for all encoders. rear transfix values
Y N
Refer to WD 9.1 and WD 9.3. Check and the wiring between the drum driver PWB and the
relevant transfix flexure motor encoder. Repair as necessary. REP 1.1. Refer to:
PJ 401, PJ 501, PJ 801, Drum Driver PWB.
Figure 1 Calibration label
01D +5V Distribution RAP
If the wiring is good, install new components as necessary:
Transfix flexure encoder, PL 10.20 Item 5.
Enter dC330 codes 10-019 and 10-020 to run the front and rear transfix motors. When the
motors run the transfix drive arms will move up and down approximately 10 times. The
motors run.
Y N
Refer to WD 9.1. Check the relevant motor. Refer to:
B

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-73 10-500-00 to 10-540-00
10-545-00 Drum Position Error for Transfix RAP
10-545-00 The drum was not at the correct position to start the transfix operation.
Rear transfix motor and
encoder
Initial Actions
WARNING
Rear transfix flexure Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
encoder not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
CAUTION
Use care when working near the drum. The drum can be damaged easily, which will cause
print quality defects.
Check for damage or debris that restricts drum or drum encoder movement.
Front transfix motor and
encoder
Procedure
Install a new IME Controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
Screwdriver slot (also at Front transfix flexure

rear) encoder
Figure 2 Transfix component locations

10-500-00 to 10-540-00, 10-545-00 2-74 ColorQube 9303 Family
10-550-00 Drum Stall During Transfix RAP 10-555-00 Post Transfix Motor (M4) Over Current RAP
10-550-00 The drum stalled during transfix. 10-555-00 The post transfix motor M4 is taking too much current.
Initial Actions Procedure

Check that the print media loaded into all of the trays matches the UI display for each tray. If WARNING
necessary correct the settings or load the correct media. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
NOTE: Media that is too thick will cause drive errors if the machine is not expecting thick
media. For media specification refer to GP 20
Manually rotate roller drives J and L, Figure 1. Check that the rollers rotate freely and are free
Procedure of defects or debris. The rollers are good.
Y N
Perform the following:
Clean the rollers, GP 27 or install new rollers PL 10.10 Item 1 and PL 10.10 Item 2.
1. GP 7 System Ground Check.
2. dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration. Enter dC330 10-018 to run the post transfix motor (M4), (MOT10-018), PL 10.10 Item 5. The
3. If the fault remains, go to the 94-534-0094-526-00 Drum Drive Belt Slip RAP. motor runs.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.2. Check the post transfix motor (M4). Refer to:
Post transfix motor (M4), PL 10.10 Item 5
If the error persists, install new components as necessary.

Post transfix motor (M4), PL 10.10 Item 5
Roller drive J, PL 10.10 Item 1.
Roller drive L, PL 10.10 Item 2.

10-560-00, 10-565-00 Transfix Motor Over Current RAP
10-560-00 Front transfix motor over current.
Roller drive J 10-565-00 Rear transfix motor over current.
Procedure
Post transfix motor
Refer to the 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP.
Roller drive L

10-570-00 Stripper Solenoid Over Current RAP
10-570-00 Stripper solenoid over current. Stripper blade lock Detent in shaft
(Front and rear)
Initial Actions
WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Closed
WARNING
WARNING
Check the harness leading to the stripper solenoid, PL 10.10 Item 3.
Procedure Open
Refer to Figure 1. Lower the stripper gate and baffle assembly, GP 31. Check that the stripper
blade shaft is installed correctly. Slide the shaft forwards and backwards and feel for the shaft
to engage on the detent. Raise the stripper blade into the operating position. Check that the
stripper blade shaft lock is engaging correctly at the front and rear. The stripper blade latch
mechanism is good.
Y N
Install new stripper components as necessary, PL 10.10, PL 10.12.
Stripper blade shaft
Enter dC330 code 10-021 to energize the stripper solenoid, SOL10-021, PL 10.10 Item 3.
The solenoid energizes.
Y N
Refer to WD 9.2. Check the stripper solenoid. Refer to: Figure 1 Component location
GP 12, How to Check a Solenoid.
P/J601, Drum driver PWB.
Stripper solenoid assembly, PL 10.10 Item 3.
Check for obstructions that could prevent the stripper solenoid from engaging the stripper
blade. Install new components as necessary, PL 10.10, PL 10.12.

A
10-571-00, 10-572-00 Stripper Latch Sensor Error RAP Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
10-571-00 Stripper latch sensor time out.

Check all components in the stripper system for damage, PL 10.10. Pay special attention to:
Front latchfork, PL 10.10 Item 11
10-572-00 Stripper latch bad sensor state.
Back latchfork, PL 10.10 Item 12.
Initial Actions Return spring, PL 10.10 Item 14.
WARNING Stripper latch cam, PL 10.10 Item 15.
Install new components as necessary, PL 10.10.
WARNING
WARNING
Unlatch, then fully latch the stripper blade, GP 31.
Procedure
Enter the dC330 code 10-014 to monitor the stripper latch sensor, PL 10.10 Item 17. Stack
dC330 code 10-023 to run the post transfix motor (M4), PL MOT10-018, PL 10.10 Item 5 in
reverse to latch the stripper gate. MOT10-018 runs.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.2. Check MOT10-018. Refer to:
GP 10, How to Check a Motor.
P/J303, Media Path Driver PWB.
Post transfix motor (M4), PL 10.10 Item 5.
Stack the code 10-025 to run the post transfix motor (M4) to unlatch the stripper gate. The
sensor display changes.
Y N
Remove the post transfix motor (M4) and the gear drive, refer to REP 10.8. Check for
damage. The gear drive is good.
Y N
Refer to WD 9.3. Check the stripper latch sensor, Q10-014. Refer to:
GP 11, How to Check a Sensor
P/J801 Drum driver PWB.
Stripper latch sensor, PL 10.10 Item 17.
A
12-701-00-65 Offset Catch Tray Failure RAP
12-701 The offset catch tray (OCT) fails to offset the paper stack. Sensor actuator
Initial Actions
WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. OCT index sensor
Check that the offset catch tray is correctly installed and there is no obstruction to prevent Q12-212
movement between offset positions. If the tray is damaged, install a new OCT PL 12.00
Item 1.
OCT feed offset motor
MOT12-300
Procedure
1. Go to WD 12.23, check the OCT wiring.
2. Repair the wiring or install a new OCT, PL 12.00 Item 1.
4. Check the OCT feed offset motor, Figure 1.
5. Check the gears and rack for damage, rotational failure and foreign material.
6. Check the OCT index sensor, Figure 1.
7. Check the OCT tray 90% full sensor, Figure 1.
8. Check the communication link between the OCT and the media path driver board PWB,
WD 8.5 and WD 12.23.
9. Check the sensor actuator.
If necessary, install new components:
OCT module, PL 12.00 Item 1
OCT tray 90% full sensor

Q12-211

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-79 12-701-00-65
12-701-00-65 2-80 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
12-024-00-110, 12-025-00-110 Paddle Roll Failure RAP P/J310, LCSS PWB.
12-024-00-110 The paddle is not at the home position. 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP
12-025-00-110 The paddle fails to rotate. Install new components as necessary:
Paddle roll motor, PL 12.25 Item 10.
NOTE: The paddle is in the home position when the sensor flag is located between the sensor
jaws. If a jam occurs in the compiler, bin 1 will not be available.
NOTE: With reference to WD 12.3 component control codes; Enter dC330 code 12-238 and stack the code 12-186, to actuate the paddle roll motor home
Code 12-237 drives the paddle roll motor until the paddle wheel shaft assembly is at the home sensor Q12-186. The display cycles high/low.
Y N
position.
Go to WD 12.4. Check Q12-186.
Code 12-238 runs the paddle roll motor.
Refer to:
Initial Actions 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
WARNING GP 11, How to Check a Sensor.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do P/J314, LCSS PWB.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
WARNING Install new components as necessary:
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the Paddle roll motor home sensor, PL 12.25 Item 11.
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
Check the following:
That there is no paper or other obstructions in the vicinity of the paddle.
The paddle roll position sensor bracket is holding the sensor in the correct position, i.e.
the flag is in the middle of the sensor gap and the sensor does not touch any moving com-
ponents.
Check that the paper type is set correctly. If heavyweight paper is used but not set in the
UI, the compiler capacity can be exceeded. Refer to 12J-110 Mis-Registration in Stapled
Sets and Non-stapled Sets RAP.
Check the position of the paddles. With the paddle roll in the home position both sets of
paddles must be within the output cover, if they are not, refer to REP 12.12-110 Paddle
Wheel Shaft Assembly. If any of the paddles are out of alignment to other paddles, install
a new paddle wheel shaft assembly, PL 12.25 Item 4 or a new paddle, PL 31.10 Item 4.
LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings RAP.
Procedure
NOTE: All LCSS interlocks must be made to supply +24V to the motors.
NOTE: In diagnostics, actuating any LCSS sensor or switch can change the displayed state on
the UI. Make sure that the correct sensor or switch is tested.
Run the paddle roll motor MOT 12-238, PL 12.25 Item 10. Enter dC330 codes 12-237 paddle
roll motor home position and 12-238 paddle roll motor run. The paddle rotates correctly.
Y N
Go to WD 12.3. Check the paddle roll motor MOT12-238.
Refer to:
12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
A

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-81 12-024-00-110, 12-025-00-110
A
12-043-00-110, 12-046-00-110 Hole Punch Operation Failure Enter dC330 code 12-194 to actuate the punch head home sensor Q12-194, PL 12.20 Item 1.
RAP Y N
12-043-00-110 The hole punch fails to perform a punch cycle. Go to WD 12.2, check Q12-194.
Refer to:
12-046-00-110 The hole punch is not at the home position. 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
Initial Actions P/J307, LCSS PWB.
WARNING 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 01L 0V Distribution RAP
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Install new components as necessary:
Punch head home sensor, PL 12.20 Item 1.
WARNING LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. Enter dC330 code 12-244. The punch cycles.
Check the LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Set- Y N
tings RAP. Go to WD 12.3, check the hole punch motor MOT12-243, PL 12.20 Item 2.
Check that the hole punch is present and correctly installed. Refer to:
Check that the punch has not jammed in the down position. This can occur with transpar- 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
encies and labels. GP 10, How to Check a Motor.
NOTE: The home position of the punch unit is when the cut-out in the actuator is between P/J311, LCSS PWB.
the punch head home sensor jaws. 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
NOTE: With reference to WD 12.3 component control codes;
Code 12-243 moves the hole punch to the home position.
Punch head motor assembly, PL 12.20 Item 2.
Code 12-244 cycles the hole punch until time-out.
Procedure
NOTE: The chad bin collects the pieces of paper cut out by the hole punch. The chad bin level
Go to WD 12.2. Check the link between P/J307 pins 10 and 11, LCSS PWB. The link is
good. sensor will not operate if the tray is incorrectly installed. Ensure the chad bin is fully inserted
and the lever engages in the slot.
Y N
Repair the wiring or connector. Enter dC330 code 12-193. Actuate the chad bin level sensor Q12-193, using a strip of paper,
PL 12.20 Item 7. The display changes.
Enter dC330 code 12-195 to actuate the punch head present sensor Q12-195, PL 12.20 Item Y N
1. The display changes. Go to WD 12.2. Check Q12-193.
Y N Refer to:
Refer to:
P/J307, LCSS PWB.
12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
P/J307, LCSS PWB.
Chad bin level sensor, PL 12.20 Item 7.
Punch head present sensor, PL 12.20 Item 1.
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
A
12-043-00-110, 12-046-00-110 2-82 ColorQube 9303 Family
12-127-00-110 Sheet Late to Hole Punch RAP 12-151-00-110, 12-152-00-110 Sheet Late to Bin 1 RAP
12-127-00-110 Sheet late at the punch sensor. 12-151-00-110 The trailing edge of the sheet is late to the compile exit sensor, Q12-106.
Initial Actions 12-152-00-110 The leading edge of the sheet is late to the compile exit sensor, Q12-106.
WARNING
Initial Actions
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. WARNING
Check the following: Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS.
The LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings
RAP. NOTE: Paper is diverted to bin 0 when the diverter gate solenoid is energized.
Ensure the paper tray guides are set to the correct position for the size of paper in the Paper is fed to bin 1 when the diverter gate solenoid is de-energized.
tray.
For a paper jam at the entrance to the LCSS. Check that there is no obstruction that
would prevent a sheet from arriving in position for punching, refer to the 12H-110 Copy LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings RAP.
Damage in the LCSS RAP. Ensure the paper tray guides are set to the correct position for the size of paper in all
The punch sensor 1, Q12-078 for chad debris, PL 12.20 Item 7. trays.
The tensioner on the intermediate paper drive belt. Check that the tensioner is free to
Procedure move and that the tensioner pulley is free to rotate. If necessary re-lubricate the tensioner
and tensioner pulley, REP 12.3-110. Refer to GP 18 Machine Lubrication.
NOTE: The tensioner arm and the tensioner pulley require different lubricants, refer to
REP 12.3-110 for details
Enter dC330 code 12-078 to actuate the punch sensor Q12-078. The display changes.
That the drive pulleys on both transport motor 1 and 2 are secure and do not slip on the
Y N
motor shaft.
Refer to: All the transport drive belts are correctly fitted and are in a good condition.
12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. All the transport rolls and idler pulleys are free to rotate.
GP 11, How to Check a Sensor. The diverter gate and linkage for free movement.
P/J307, LCSS PWB. A paper jam in the path to bin 1, to the compiler, and for poor stacking on bin 1.
12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP. Ensure that the LCSS is fully latched to the machine, refer to REP 12.13-110.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Torn paper fragments from a previous jam clearance action.
Install new components as necessary: Refer to the 12H-110 Copy Damage in the LCSS RAP and the 12J-110 Mis-Registration in Sta-
Punch sensor, PL 12.20 Item 7. pled Sets and Non-Stapled Sets RAP.
Procedure
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. NOTE: All LCSS interlocks must be made to supply +24V to the motors.
Figure 1. Enter dC330 code 12-224 to run the transport motor 2 MOT12-224. The motor
runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.3. Check MOT12-224.
Refer to:
A

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-83 12-127-00-110, 12-151-00-110, 12-152-00-110
A B
GP 10, How to check a motor. Install new components as necessary:
P/J309, LCSS PWB. Transport motor 1, PL 12.40 Item 2.
12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP. LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
If the fault is still present, perform 12-396-00-110, 12-397-00-110, 12-398-00-110, Rear Tamper
Move Failure RAP.
Transport motor 2, PL 12.60 Item 5.
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1. NOTE: A software problem can cause the machine to incorrectly display the fault code 12-152-
00-110.
Figure 1. Enter dC330 code 12-225 to the exit diverter solenoid S12-225. The diverter sole-
noid energizes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.2. Check SOL12-225.
Refer to:
GP 12, How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
P/J306, LCSS PWB.
Compile exit
Exit diverter solenoid, PL 12.60 Item 12. sensor Q12-106
Figure 1. Enter dC330 code 12-106 to actuate the compile exit sensor Q12-106. The display
changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.4. Check Q12-106. Exit diverter
Refer to: solenoid
12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. S12-225
GP 11, How to Check a sensor.
P/J313, LCSS PWB.
Transport motor 2
12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP. MOT12-224
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Transport motor 1 MOT12-223
Compiler exit sensor, PL 12.65 Item 4.
Figure 1. Enter dC330, code 12-223 to run the transport motor 1, MOT12-223. The motor
runs.
Y N
Refer to:
P/J305, LCSS PWB.
B
A
12-171-00-110, 12-172-00-110 Paper Exiting to Bin 0 RAP Refer to:
12-171-00-110 The leading edge of the sheet is late to the top exit sensor. 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
12-172-00-110 The trailing edge of the sheet is late from the top exit sensor. P/J309, LCSS PWB.
Initial Actions 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Transport motor 2, PL 12.60 Item 5.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
WARNING Enter dC330 code 12-225 to energize the exit diverter solenoid S12-225, Figure 1. The
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the diverter gate solenoid energizes.
Y N
Refer to:
Ensure the paper tray guides are set to the correct position for the size of paper in the
tray.
P/J306, LCSS PWB.
The tensioner on the intermediate paper drive belt. Check that the tensioner is free to
move and that the tensioner pulley is free to rotate. If necessary lubricate the tensioner 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
and tensioner pulley, REP 12.3-110. Refer to GP 18 Machine Lubrication. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
NOTE: The tensioner arm and the tensioner pulley require different lubricants, refer to
REP 12.3-110. Exit diverter solenoid, PL 12.60 Item 12.
The drive pulleys on both transport motor 1 and 2 are secure and do not slip on the motor
shaft. Enter dC330 code 12-107 to actuate the top tray exit sensor Q12-107, Figure 1. The display
All the transport drive belts are correctly fitted and are in a good condition. changes.
All he transport rolls and idler pulleys are free to rotate. Y N
Go to WD 12.4.Check Q12-107.
The diverter gate and linkage for free movement.
Refer to:
A paper jam in the path to bin 0.
Torn paper fragments from a previous jam clearance action.
GP 11, How to Check a Sensor.
A paper jam in the path to the top tray. If the jams occur shortly after install. Check the gap
between the entry guide cover, PL 12.70 Item 5 and the paper guide PL 12.60 Item 10. If P/J313, LCSS PWB.
the gap is less than 1mm, adjust or install a new entry guide cover. Refer to the replace- 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
ment procedure in REP 12.15-110. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Refer to the 12H-110 Copy Damage in the LCSS RAP and the 12J-110 Mis-Registration in Sta- Install new components as necessary:
pled Sets and Non-Stapled Sets RAP. Top tray exit sensor, PL 12.60 Item 11.
NOTE: Paper is diverted to bin 0 when the diverter gate solenoid is energized.
Paper is fed to bin 1 when the diverter gate solenoid is de-energized. Enter dC330 code 12-223 to run the transport motor 1, MOT12-223, Figure 1 The motor
runs.
Procedure Y N
NOTE: All LCSS interlocks must be made to supply +24V to the motors. Go to WD 12.1. Check MOT12-223.
Refer to:
Enter dC330 code 12-224 to run transport motor 2 MOT12-224, Figure 1. The motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.3. Check MOT12-224. GP 10, How to Check a Motor.
P/J305, LCSS PWB.
A B

B
12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP. 12-199-00-110 Unexpected Sheet at Finisher Entry RAP
01L 0V Distribution RAP. 12-199-00-110 The leading edge of the sheet detected at finisher entry, without first receiving a
Install new components as necessary: paper at IOT exit sensor command.
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1. Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
Top tray exit Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the
sensor Q12-107 machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS.
CAUTION
Do not connect the output device power cord directly to the AC wall outlet. The output device
cannot operate without the machine. The machine controls the distribution of electricity to the
output device for correct power on and power off sequencing.
Check the fault history file for related fault codes.
Check that the communication harness from the finisher to the IME is secure.
Check the size of paper in the paper trays is correct.
Procedure
Exit diverter
solenoid 1. Switch off the machine, the switch on the machine, GP 14.
Transport motor 2 S12-225 2. Check the communication harness. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
MOT12-224 3. Un-dock the LCSS, REP 12.13-110, Check the paper path for obstructions and damage.
Cheat the docking interlock switch.
4. Check the entry sensor GP 11. Enter dC330 code 12-077 to actuate the entry sensor
Transport motor 1 Q12-077, PL 12.70 Item 3.
MOT12-223 5. Go to WD 12.1. Check the wiring and PJ connections between the entry sensor and
PJ304 on the LCSS PWB.
If necessary install new components:
Entry sensor, PL 12.70 Item 3.
Figure 1 Component location LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.

12-171-00-110, 12-172-00-110, 12-199-00-110 2-86 ColorQube 9303 Family
12-310-00-110, 12-312-00-110, 12-313-00-110 Interlocks 12-312-00-110 Top Cover Interlock RAP
RAP Check the top cover interlock switch S12-197, PL 12.75 Item 6, as follows:
Check the switch actuator.
12-310-00-110 The docking interlock is open during run mode.
Enter dC330 code 12-197, actuate the top cover interlock switch. If the display does not
12-312-00-110 The top cover interlock is open during run mode. change, refer to:
GP 13, How to Check a switch.
12-313-00-110 The front door interlock is open during run mode. P/J315, LCSS PWB.
Go to WD 12.4. Check the wiring between P/J315 and the top cover interlock switch.
Initial Actions If necessary install a new top cover interlock switch, PL 12.75 Item 6.
WARNING 12-313-00-110 Front Door Interlock RAP
Check the front door interlock switch S12-303, PL 12.75 Item 5, as follows:
Check the switch actuator.
Enter dC330 code 12-303, actuate the front door interlock switch. If the display does not
WARNING change, refer to:
GP 13, How to Check a switch.
P/J302, LCSS PWB.
Check the LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Set-
tings RAP. Go to WD 12.1. Check the wiring between P/J302 and the front door interlock switch.
Check the following: If necessary install a new front door interlock switch, PL 12.75 Item 5.
The LCSS is docked to the machine. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
The LCSS front door is closed.
The LCSS top cover is closed.
Procedure
Go to WD 12.1. Check for +24V on P/J 302 pin 1. If the voltage is not present, refer to 12D-110
LCSS Power Distribution RAP and 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Go to the appropriate RAP:

12-310-00-110 Docking Interlock RAP
12-312-00-110 Top Cover Interlock RAP
12-313-00-110 Front Door Interlock RAP
12-310-00-110 Docking Interlock RAP
Un-dock the LCSS REP 12.13-110. Check the docking interlock S12-177, PL 12.15 Item 2, as
follows:
Check the interlock actuator on the machine is not damaged or missing.
NOTE: The wiring harness passes underneath the docking interlock switch housing. If
this harness is not correctly positioned, the switch can be mis-located, giving intermittent
docking interlock problems.
Enter dC330 code 12-177, actuate the docking interlock. If the display does not change,
refer to:
GP 13, How to Check a Switch.
P/J302, LCSS PWB.
Go to WD 12.1. Check the wiring between P/J 302 and the docking interlock switch.
If necessary, install a new docking interlock switch, PL 12.15 Item 2.

A
12-340-00-110, 12-341-00-110, 12-342-00-110 Ejector Refer to:
Movement Failure RAP
12-340-00-110 The ejector is not at the home position. P/J304, LCSS PWB.
12-341-00-110 The ejector is not at the out position. 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
12-342-00-110 The ejector fails to perform a cycle of operation.
NOTE: A cycle of operation for the ejector is to cycle from the home position to the out position Ejector home sensor, PL 12.50 Item 3.
and back to the home position.
Initial Actions Enter dC330 code 12-236 to check the movement of the ejector, PL 12.50 Item 1. The ejec-
tor motor cycles.
WARNING
Y N
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Check that the large tie-wrap around the motor of the ejector assembly has not cut
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause through the motor wires and caused a short circuit to the case of the motor. If necessary
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. cut the tie-wrap, then tape and isolate the wires. The ejector motor cycles.
WARNING Y N
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the Go to WD 12.1. Check the ejector motor home MOT12-234.
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. Refer to:
Check the LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Set- 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
tings RAP. GP 10, How to Check a Motor.
P/J303, LCSS PWB.
Un-dock the LCSS, REP 12.13-110, Check for any obstructions that would prevent the
ejector from moving. Cheat the docking interlock switch. 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
Procedure
Ejector assembly, PL 12.50 Item 1.
NOTE: All LCSS interlocks must be made to supply +24V to the motors. LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
The ejector cycles noisily, colliding with the end stops.
Y N
Code 12-234 moves the ejector assembly to the home position.
Check the stapler to ensure the staples are correctly formed. Mis-formed staples can
Code 12-235 moves the ejector assembly to the out position. cause the set to hang in the stapler causing ejector movement failures. The staples are
Code 12-236 cycles the ejector until time-out. correctly formed.
Y N
Enter dC330 code 12-185, actuate the ejector out sensor Q12-185, PL 12.50 Item 3. The dis- Clear the staple head of any mis-formed staples, then check the operation of the sta-
play changes.
pler. If necessary, install a new staple head unit, PL 12.55 Item 5.
Y N
Go to WD 12.1. Check Q12-185. If the ejector is still not moving, install a new ejector assembly, PL 12.50 Item 1.
Refer to: Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Go to WD 12.1. +5v is available at P/J 304 between pins 7 and 8.
Y N
P/J304, LCSS PWB.
Go to the 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP and 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Connect a service meter at P/J 304 between pins 8 and 9. Slowly rotate the ejector motor
Install new components as necessary: encoder. The voltage changes between +5V and 0V.
Ejector out sensor, PL 12.50 Item 3. Y N
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1. Go to WD 12.1. Check the wiring and connectors between the ejector motor encoder sen-
sor and the LCSS PWB. If necessary repair the wiring, REP 1.1. If the wiring is good,
Enter dC330 code 12-184, actuate the ejector home sensor Q12-184, PL 12.50 Item 3. The
install a new ejector motor encoder sensor, PL 12.50 Item 3.
display changes.
Y N Perform the 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. If necessary install a new LCSS PWB, PL
Go to WD 12.1. Check Q12-184. 12.75 Item 1.
A
A
12-371-00-110, 12-372-00-110, 12-378-00-110 Staple Head Figure 1, Component location.
Unit Movement Failure RAP
12-371-00-110 The staple head unit fails to move.
12-372-00-110 The staple head unit is not at the home position. Stapler traverse assembly, PL 12.55 Item 1.
12-378-00-110 The staple head unit is not indexed correctly.
Enter dC330 code 12-135. Actuate the stapler home sensor Q12-135 by moving the stapler
NOTE: The home position is when the staple head unit is at the corner stapling position (fully unit to and from the home position, using the green thumb-wheel. The display changes.
to the front of the LCSS and rotated through 45 degrees). Y N
Initial Actions Refer to:
WARNING 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do GP 11. How to check a sensor.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Figure 1.
P/J308, LCSS PWB.
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Stapler home sensor, PL 12.55 Item 3.
tings RAP.
Un-dock the LCSS from the machine, REP 12.13-110, move the ejector assembly fully to
the right, manually move the stapler unit along the full length of the track using the green
Enter dC330 code 12-235 to move the ejector assembly fully to the right. Enter code 12-168.
thumb-wheel. Check the home sensor flag and the two dual position flags for damage,
Actuate the stapler index sensor Q12-168 by moving the stapler unit to and from the flag posi-
see NOTE. Check for damage or obstructions that would prevent the stapling unit from tion (approximately 115 mm (4.5 inches) from the front of the track), using the green thumb-
moving. If necessary, install a new staple head unit, PL 12.55 Item 5 or a new stapler
wheel. The display changes.
traverse assembly, PL 12.55 Item 1.
Y N
NOTE: For dual position stapling, the SU1 front index sensor uses two flags. Go to WD 12.2. Check Q12-201.
Refer to:
Dock the LCSS to the machine.
Procedure P/J308, LCSS PWB.
NOTE: All LCSS interlocks must be made to supply +24V to the motors. 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
NOTE: With reference to WD 12.3, component control codes;
Code 12-249 increments the stapling unit motor in the forward direction.
Stapler index sensor, PL 12.55 Item 3.
Code 12-045 increments the stapling unit motor in the reverse direction.
Code 12-250 cycles the stapling unit between home, first and second stapling positions.
Enter dC330 code 12-235 to move the ejector assembly fully to the right, PL 12.50 Item 1. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Enter code 12-250. The stapling unit cycles back and forth along the track.
Y N
Go to WD 12.3. Check the SU1 motor, MOT12-249.
Refer to:
P/J308, LCSS PWB.

12-392-00-110, 12-393-00-110, 12-394-00-110 Front Tamper
Move Failure RAP
12-392-00-110 Front tamper fails to move from the home position.
12-393-00-110 Front tamper fails to return to the home position.
12-394-00-110 Front tamper does not return to the away home position.
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
SU1 Motor Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the
MOT12-249 machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS.
Check for damage or obstructions that would prevent the tamper assembly from operating
correctly. If necessary, install a new tamper assembly, PL 12.45 Item 1.
Jams can be caused by removing prints from bin 1 before the machine has finished print-
ing. If the tampers are touched while they are moving, they may stall and cause the
Staple head machine to shutdown. The resulting shutdown can cause un-clearable jams in the finisher
unit
and the tray 3 and tray 4 to paper path interface.
Stapler index sensor
Q12-168 Jams can also be caused if the tray settings do not match the paper in the trays. Make
sure the tray settings are correct.
Stapler home Check the condition and the tension of the front tamper drive belt. Tensioning is achieved
sensor Q12-135 by a spring on the motor, the motor should be free to move.
If there is a large jam of paper above bin 1 that has obstructed the tampers, this has prob-
ably been caused by poorly stacked sets failing to actuate the bin 1 upper level sensor.
Check the paper for defects that could degrade the tamping operation e.g. curl,
paper condition, buckling or paper type. Refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
Check the operation of the paddle roll, refer to 12-024-00-110, 12-025-00-110 Pad-
dle Roll Failure RAP.
Check the operation of the bin 1 upper level sensor, refer to 12-462-00-110 Bin 1
Movement Failure RAP.
Refer to the 12J-110 Mis-Registration in Stapled Sets and Non-Stapled Sets RAP.
Check the LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch
Settings RAP.
Procedure

Code 12-226 moves the front tamper to the home position.
Code 12-228 moves the front tamper inboard (away from home).
Code 12-230 moves both tampers to the A4 LEF position.
Code 12-231 moves both tampers to the 8.5 x 11 LEF position.
Code 12-232 Cycles the tampers in and out until time-out.

12-371-00-110, 12-372-00-110, 12-378-00-110, 12-392- 2-90 ColorQube 9303 Family
Enter dC330 codes 12-226 and 12-228 alternately. The front tamper moves between the 12-396-00-110, 12-397-00-110, 12-398-00-110, Rear Tamper
home and inboard positions.
Y N Move Failure RAP
Go to WD 12.3. Check the front tamper motor, MOT12-226, PL 12.45 Item 1. 12-396-00-110 Rear tamper fails to move from the home position.
Refer to:
12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. 12-397-00-110 Rear tamper fails to return to the home position.
12-398-00-110 Rear tamper fails to move from the away home position.
P/J312, LCSS PWB.
12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP. Initial Actions
WARNING
Tamper assembly, PL 12.45 Item 1.
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Enter dC330 code 12-180, actuate the front tamper home sensor, Q12-180, PL 12.45 Item 3.
WARNING
The display changes. Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the
Y N machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS.
Go to WD 12.3. Check Q12-180. Check for damage or obstructions that would prevent the tamper assembly from operating
Refer to: correctly. If necessary, install a new tamper assembly, PL 12.45 Item 1.
12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. Jams can be caused by removing prints from bin 1 before the machine has finished print-
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. ing. If the tampers are touched while they are moving, they may stall and cause the
P/J312, LCSS PWB. machine to shutdown. The resulting shutdown can cause un-clearable jams in the finisher
and the tray 3 and tray 4 to paper path interface.
Jams can also be caused if the tray settings do not match the paper in the trays. Make
sure the tray settings are correct.
Check the condition of the rear tamper drive belt and that it is correctly tensioned. Ten-
Tamper assembly, PL 12.45 Item 1. sioning is achieved by a spring on the motor, the motor should be free to move.
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1. If there is a large jam of paper above bin 1 that has obstructed the tampers, this has prob-
ably been caused by poorly stacked sets failing to actuate the bin 1 upper level sensor.
NOTE: The front tamper home sensor is bonded onto the tamper unit and is not
replaceable. Therefore, failure of this sensor will require the replacement of the
tamper assembly. Check the paper for defects that could degrade the tamping operation e.g. curl,
paper condition, buckling or paper type. Refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
Enter dC330 code 12-182, actuate the front tamper away sensor, Q12-182, PL 12.45 Item 3.
Check the operation of the paddle roll, refer to 12-024-00-110, 12-025-00-110 Pad-
The display changes. dle Roll Failure RAP.
Y N
Check the operation of the bin 1 upper level sensor, refer to 12-462-00-110 Bin 1
Movement Failure RAP.
Refer to:
Refer to the 12J-110 Mis-Registration in Stapled Sets and Non-Stapled Sets RAP.
Check the LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch
Settings RAP.
P/J312, LCSS PWB.
Front tamper away sensor, PL 12.45 Item 3.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-91 12-392-00-110, 12-393-00-110, 12-394-00-110, 12-
A
Procedure GP 11, How to Check a Sensor.
P/J312, LCSS PWB.
NOTE: With reference to WD 12.3 component control codes; 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Code 12-227 moves the rear tamper to the home position. Install new components as necessary:
Code 12-229 moves the rear tamper inboard (away from home). Rear tamper away sensor, PL 12.45 Item 3.
Code 12-230 moves both tampers to the A4 LEF position. LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
Code 12-231 moves both tampers to the 8.5 x 11 LEF position.
Code 12-232 Cycles the tampers in and out until time-out. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Enter dC330 codes 12-227 and 12-229 alternately. The rear tamper moves between the
home and inboard positions.
Y N
Go to WD 12.3. Check the rear tamper motor, MOT12-227, PL 12.45 Item 1.
Refer to:
P/J312, LCSS PWB.
Enter dC330 code 12-181, actuate the rear tamper home sensor, Q12-181, PL 12.45 Item 3.
Y N
Refer to:
P/J312, LCSS PWB.
NOTE: The rear tamper home sensor is bonded onto the tamper unit and is not
replaceable. Therefore, failure of this sensor will require the replacement of the
tamper assembly.
Enter dC330 code 12-183, actuate the rear tamper away sensor, Q12-183, PL 12.45 Item 3.
Y N
Refer to:
A
12-396-00-110, 12-397-00-110, 12-398-00-110, 2-92 ColorQube 9303 Family
12-462-00-110 Bin 1 Movement Failure RAP Remove the LCSS rear cover. Enter dC330 code 12-192, bin 1 motor encoder sensor Q12-192
PL 12.30 Item 11, then slowly rotate the encoder disk by hand. The display changes.
12-462-00-110 Bin 1 failed to leave the bin 1 upper level sensor during stacking or failed to ini-
Y N
tialise correctly.
NOTE: The home position of bin 1 is when the bin is just lower than the stack level sensor. See Refer to:
the final actions at the end of the procedure. 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
Two sensors and two switches monitor the level of paper in bin 1 and the position of the tray: GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
The bin 1 upper level sensor, detects the top of the paper stack in bin 1, or the empty bin P/J304, LCSS PWB.
1, PL 12.35 Item 3. 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
The bin 1 90% full sensor, detects when the tray has descended to a position where the 01L 0V Distribution RAP
tray is 90% full, PL 12.30 Item 5. Install new components as necessary:
Bin 1 upper limit switch, prevents over travel, S12-190, PL 12.30 Item 3. Bin 1 motor encoder sensor Q12-192, PL 12.30 Item 11.
Bin 1 lower limit switch, prevents over travel, S12-191, PL 12.35 Item 1. LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
Enter dC330 code 12-242. Bin 1 cycles down and up.
Y N
Code 12-241 elevates bin 1 to the home position.
Go to WD 12.5. Check the bin 1 elevator motor, MOT12-241, PL 12.30 Item 8.
Code 12-059 elevates bin 1 incrementally up. Refer to:
Code 12-060 elevates bin 1 incrementally down. 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
Code 12-242 cycles bin 1 up and down until time-out. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
Initial Actions P/J318, LCSS PWB.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 01L 0V Distribution RAP
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Bin 1 elevator motor, PL 12.30 Item 8.
WARNING LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. Enter dC330 code 12-188, actuate the bin 1 upper level sensor Q12-188, PL 12.35 Item 3.
Y N
Check for a physical obstruction that would prevent bin 1 from moving, such as an item of
furniture. Refer to:
Check that bin 1 is level front to back, if necessary perform ADJ 12.1-110 LCSS Bin 1
Level.
tings RAP. P/J314, LCSS PWB.
Refer to the 12J-110 Mis-Registration in Stapled Sets and Non-Stapled Sets RAP. 12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
If there is a large jam of paper above bin 1, this has probably been caused by poorly REP 12.13-110 LCSS Un-docking.
stacked sets failing to actuate the bin 1 upper level sensor. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Perform the relevant check: Install new components as necessary:
If paper is overflowing the tray when it is at the lower limit, check the tray 90% full sensor. Bin 1 upper level sensor, PL 12.35 Item 3.
If paper cannot be fed to bin 1 when it is at the highest position, check the bin 1 upper LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
level sensor.
Check the front and rear bin 1 drive belts. If necessary install new components, PL 12.30 Item 1. Enter dC330 code 12-190, actuate the bin 1 upper limit switch S12-190, PL 12.30 Item 3. The
Procedure display changes.
Y N
NOTE: All LCSS interlocks must be made to supply +24V to the motors. Go to WD 12.4. Check S12-190.
Refer to:
the UI. Make sure that the correct sensor or switch is tested. 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
A

A
GP 13 How to Check a Switch. 12-492-00-110 to 12-494-00-110 IME to Finisher Failure RAP
P/J315, LCSS PWB. 12-492-00-110 CDI Communications failure with the finisher.
01L 0V Distribution RAP 12-493-00-110 The finisher failed to cycle up.
12-494-00-110 The finisher failed to return a prep time to the IME within 1 second.
Bin 1 upper limit switch, PL 12.30 Item 3.
Initial Actions
Enter dC330 code 12-191, actuate the bin 1 lower limit switch S12-191, PL 12.35 Item 1. The WARNING
display changes. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Y N not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Go to WD 12.5. Check S12-191. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Refer to:
WARNING
GP 13 How to Check a Switch. machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS.
P/J317, LCSS PWB. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine
12D-110 LCSS Power Generation RAP. Check that the communication harness from the finisher is plugged in to the IME.
REP 12.13-110 LCSS Un-docking.
Install new components as necessary: Procedure
Bin 1 lower limit switch, PL 12.35 Item 1. Refer to in line connector PJ904 and to WD 8.5. Switch the machine off, GP 14 and disconnect
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1. PJ904 on the back of the image processing module. Reconnect PJ904 and switch the machine
on, GP 14. If the fault is still present check for damaged pins on PJ904 and on the media path
Enter dC330 code 12-187, actuate the bin 1 90% full sensor Q12-187, PL 12.30 Item 5. The driver PWB. Install new components as required.
display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
P/J316, LCSS PWB.
12D-110, LCSS Power Distribution RAP.
Bin 1 90% full sensor, PL 12.30 Item 5.
As final actions, check the following sequence of operation:

Paper is delivered to the tray until the bin 1 upper level sensor, Q12-188 is actuated.
The bin 1 elevator motor MOT12-241 lowers the tray until the bin 1 upper level sensor,
Q12-188 is de-actuated.
The Bin 1 elevator motor raises the tray until the paper stack height actuates the Bin 1
upper level sensor, then the Bin 1 elevator motor lowers the tray to continue the cycle.
When the tray is emptied, the tray returns to the home position. The tray is elevated until
the bin 1 upper level sensor, Q12-188 is made. The tray is then lowered until the bin 1
upper level sensor, Q12-188 is just cleared. In the home position the bin 1 upper limit
switch, S12-190 is actuated.

12-462-00-110, 12-492-00-110 to 12-494-00-110 2-94 ColorQube 9303 Family
12-762-00-110, 12-764-00-110, 12-765-00-110 IME to 12-950-00 IME Delivers Sheet Too Early RAP
Finisher Communication Failure RAP 12-950-00 IME delivers sheet to finisher before the finisher preparation time has expired.
12-762-00-110 Communications failure between the IME and the finisher.
Procedure
12-764-00-110 The IME cannot detect a finisher plugged in. WARNING
12-765-00-110 The IME has detected an incompatible / unknown finisher.
Initial Actions 1. For a single occurrence of this fault, take no action.
WARNING 2. For multiple occurrences of this fault, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine,
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do GP 14. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4.
WARNING
Check that the communication harness from the finisher is plugged in to the IME.
Check that the actuator, PL 12.15 Item 7 is attached to the right hand machine frame and
is making the docking interlock.
Check that the LCSS has initialized correctly, refer to 12C-110 LCSS Initialization Failure
RAP.
Procedure
Refer to in line connector PJ904 and to WD 8.5. Switch the machine off, GP 14 and disconnect
PJ904 on the back of the image processing module. Reconnect PJ904 and switch the machine
on, GP 14. If the fault is still present check for damaged pins on PJ904 and on the media path
driver PWB. Install new components as required.

12A-110 Pause To Unload (PTU) Fault RAP 12B-110 Bin 1 Overload RAP
Use this RAP when the pause to unload (PTU) feature fails to operate. Use this RAP to resolve a fault on the bin 1 90% full sensor.
Initial Actions
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
Enter dC330 code 12-187, actuate the bin 1 90% full sensor Q12-187, PL 12.30 Item 5. The
Check the following: display changes.
The LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings Y N
RAP. Go to WD 12.5. Check Q12-187.
Refer to:
Procedure 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.
NOTE: In diagnostics, actuating any LCSS sensor or switch can change the displayed state on GP 11, How to Check a sensor.
the UI. Make sure that the correct sensor or switch is tested. P/J316, LCSS PWB.
Enter dC330 code 12-324 to illuminate the pause to unload LED PL 12.75 Item 3. The LED 12D-110 LCSS Power Generation RAP.
illuminates. Install new components as necessary:
Y N Bin 1 90% full sensor, PL 12.30 Item 5.
Go to WD 12.4. Disconnect PJ312. +2V is available at PJ312 between pins B10 and LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
B12 when the code is entered.
Y N Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Perform the 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. If necessary install a new LCSS
PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
Check the wiring between the LCSS PWB and the pause to unload PWB. The wiring is
good.
Y N
Repair the wiring.
Install a new pause to unload PWB, PL 12.75 Item 3.
Enter dC330 code 12-208 to actuate the pause to unload switch S12-208. The display
changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.4. Check the wiring between the LCSS PWB and the pause to unload PWB.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the wiring.
Refer to the 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. Install new components as necessary:
Pause to unload PWB, PL 12.75 Item 3.

12A-110, 12B-110 2-96 ColorQube 9303 Family
12C-110 LCSS Initialization Failure RAP Rear tamper not at home, refer to 12-396-00-110, 12-397-00-110, 12-398-00-110, Rear
Tamper Move Failure RAP.-
When an initialization command is received from the machine, the units are initialized in two
Paddle not at home, refer to 12-024-00-110, 12-025-00-110 Paddle Roll Failure RAP.
stages:
Bin 1 not at home, refer to 12-462-00-110 Bin 1 Movement Failures RAP.
The following units are initialized sequentially:
Punch not at home, refer to 12-043-00-110, 12-046-00-110 Hole Punch Operation Failure
1. If the staple head is not at the home position, it is driven to the home position
RAP
2. If the stapling unit is not at the home position, it is driven to the home position
Staple head not at home, refer to 12M-110 Staple Head Operation Failure RAP.
3. If the ejector is not at the home position, it is driven to the home position
Stapling unit not at home, refer to 12-371-00-110, 12-372-00-110, 12-378-00-110 Staple
The following units are then initialized simultaneously:
Head Unit Movement Failure RAP.
1. If the front tamper is not at the home position, it is driven to the home position
Ejector not at home, refer to 12-340-00-110, 12-341-00-110, 12-342-00-110 Ejector
2. If the rear tamper is not at the home position, it is driven to the home position Movement Failure RAP.
3. If the hole punch is not at the home position, it is driven to the home position
4. If the paddle is not at the home position, it is driven to the home position
5. If the stacker is not at the home position, it is driven to the home position
NOTE: The staple cartridge must be fully pushed home.
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not install a new LCSS PWB until the cause of the damage to the old LCSS PWB has been
determined, go to 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. LED 1
Check the fuse on the LCSS PWB, If the fuse (F1) is good, continue at the procedure. If the
fuse not good, install a new LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
Check the LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings
RAP. Fuse
(F1)
LED 2
Remove the LCSS covers, REP 12.1-110, so that the units can be viewed. Cheat the front door
interlock switch and the top cover interlock switch. Check that LED 2 is illuminated, this shows
that all interlocks are made. If the LED fails to illuminate, go to 12-310-00-110, 12-312-00-110,
12-313-00-110 Interlocks RAP.
Procedure
Figure 1 LED location
Figure 1. Check that the software heartbeat is present on LED 1. The LED should flash twice
per second if the LCSS software is running. If necessary re-load the LCSS software, refer to
GP 4 Machine Software.
If the initialization sequence fails to place any unit at the home position, refer to the appropriate
RAPs:
Front tamper not at home, refer to 12-392-00-110, 12-393-00-110, 12-394-00-110 Front
Tamper Move Failure RAP

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-97 12C-110
A B C
12D-110 LCSS Power Distribution RAP WARNING
The LCSS has an integral power supply providing +24V and +5V supplies to the LCSS PWB. Do not install a fuse of a different type or rating. Installing the wrong type or
The AC power for the LCSS power supply comes from the LVPS and base module of the rating of fuse can cause overheating and a risk of fire.
machine. Perform the following:
Procedure Go to WD 12.1. Disconnect the +24V harness to the docking interlock switch,
WARNING S12-177.
Go to WD 12.1. Disconnect the +24V harness to the front door interlock switch,
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause S12-303.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Go to WD 12.4. Disconnect the +24V harness to the top cover interlock switch,
S12-197.
WARNING
Go to WD 12.1. Disconnect the +24V harness to the transport motor 1, MOT12-
223.
WARNING Go to WD 12.3. Disconnect the +24V harness to the transport motor 2, MOT12-
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the 224.
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. Go to WD 12.3. Disconnect the +24V harness to the SU1 motor SU1 motor,
CAUTION MOT12-249.
Do not connect the finisher power cord directly to the AC wall outlet. The finisher cannot oper- Go to WD 12.3. Disconnect the +24V harness to the paddle roll motor, MOT12-
ate without the machine. The machine controls the distribution of electricity to the finisher for 238.
correct power on and power off sequencing. Go to WD 12.4. Disconnect the +24V harness to the bin 1 lower limit switch,
Close or cheat all the LCSS interlocks. Refer to GP 15 for the location and function of the S12-191.
LEDs on the PWBs. The LEDs on the LCSS PWB are illuminated, PL 12.75 Item 1. Go to WD 12.3. Disconnect the +24V harness to the front tamper motor
Y N MOT12-226.
+24V is available at Fuse (F1) on the LCSS PWB. Go to WD 12.3. Disconnect the +24V harness to the rear tamper motor MOT12-
Y N
227.
Go to WD 12.1. +24V is available at P/J300 between pins 1 and 2, also between
Go to WD 12.5. Disconnect the +24V harness to the bin 1 elevator motor
pins 5 and 3.
Y N MOT12-241.
Disconnect P/J 300. +24V is available at P/J300 between pins 1 and 2, also Go to WD 12.5. Disconnect the +24V harness to the bin 1 lower limit switch,
between pins 5 and 3 on the end of the harness. S12-191.
Y N Go to WD 12.3 Disconnect the +24V harness to the hole punch motor, MOT12-
Loosen the 4 screws and lift the power supply module away from the 243.
LCSS frame, PL 12.75 Item 2. Go to WD 12.1. ACL is available at CN1 Go to WD 12.2 Disconnect the +24V harness to the staple head 1 motor,
between pins 1 and 3. MOT12-247.
Y N
Check each harness for short circuits and overheating, GP 7.
Go to the 01A AC Power RAP and check the AC output voltages.
Install new components as necessary.
Check the wiring between CN2 and P/J 300. The wiring is good. Install a new fuse F1 on the LCSS PWB, switch on the machine, GP 14.
Y N Monitor the voltage at the left end of the fuse and re-connect the circuits one at
Repair the wiring. a time. Energize the re-connected components using dC330 control codes.
If the voltage drops below +22V, switch off the machine, GP 14. Re-check the
Install a new power supply module, PL 12.75 Item 2. component and harness for overheating or short circuits. Install new compo-
nents as necessary.
Check for a short circuit or an overload in the wiring or components connected
to the +24V on the LCSS PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Perform the 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP, if necessary install a new LCSS PWB,
PL 12.75 Item 2.
Go to WD 12.4 +24V is available at PJ315 pin 5 on the LCSS PWB.
Y N Go to WD 12.1. +5V is available at P/J300 between pins 4 and 6, also between pins 7 and
Go to the 12-310-00-110, 12-312-00-110, 12-313-00-110 Interlocks RAP. 8.
A B C
12D-110 2-98 ColorQube 9303 Family
Y N 12E-110 LCSS Paper Entry RAP
Disconnect P/J300. +5V is available at P/J300 between pins 4 and 6, also between
The leading edge of the sheet is late to the entry sensor Q12-077, PL 12.70 Item 3.
pins 7 and 8 on the end of the harness.
Y N
Loosen the 4 screws and lift the power supply module away from the LCSS frame. Initial Actions
Go to WD 12.1. ACL is available at CN1 between pins 1 and 3. WARNING
Y N Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Check the wiring between CN2 and P/J300. The wiring is good.
Y N WARNING
Repair the wiring. Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the
Install a new power supply module, PL 12.75 Item 2. Refer to the 12H-110 Copy Damage in the LCSS RAP.
Check for a short circuit or overload in the wiring or components connected to +5V on the Check the following:
LCSS PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Ensure the paper tray guides are set to the correct position for the size of paper in the
Perform the 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. If necessary install a new LCSS PWB, PL
12.75 Item 1. tray.
Check the input guide for damage or wear that could cause paper to jam.
Paper jam in the machine to LCSS paper path, ADJ 12.2-110 Machine to LCSS Align-
ment.
IOT exit path and feed rolls.
Feeding performance from a paper tray loaded with a new ream of paper.
Procedure
Lower the paper entry guide assembly, PL 12.40 Item 8, to access the entry sensor. Enter
dC330 code 12-077, actuate the entry sensor Q12-077. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
P/J304, LCSS PWB.
Make sure that the paper correctly continues past the previous sensor in the paper path. Refer
to the 10-140-00 to 10-146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 Exit Jam RAP.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-99 12D-110, 12E-110
12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings RAP 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP
To show the correct settings for the DIP switches on the LCSS PWB. Use this RAP to determine the cause of damage to the LCSS PWB, so that the cause can be
repaired before a new LCSS PWB is installed.
Procedure
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the WARNING
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the
Problems that can result from incorrect DIP switch settings are: machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS.
False jam clearance instructions for the LCSS and/or the machine exit area. Check the fuse on the LCSS PWB. If the fuse is good, continue at the procedure. If the fuse not
good, install a new LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.
Communication errors between the LCSS and machine.
Erratic behavior of the LCSS.
Check the DIP switch settings, Figure 1. If necessary, switch off the machine, GP 14. Correct
Procedure
the DIP switch setting, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The LCSS PWB can be damaged by a component connected to it going short-circuit. If a new
LCSS PWB is installed and power applied to the machine, the new LCSS PWB will be dam-
aged in the same way. The cause of the damage must be found by following this procedure.
Remove the LCSS PWB and inspect the components shown in Figure 1 for damage. The dam-
age to the component may be in the form of a crack, a small crater or a burnt patch. Refer to
Table 1 to locate the component causing the damage to the LCSS PWB.
Figure 1 DIP switch settings

12F-110, 12G-110 2-100 ColorQube 9303 Family
Table 1 LCSS PWB Drive Components
LCSS PWB Driven Normal resistance Spared part and
component component measurement +/- 10% references
U13 Transport PJ305 pin 1 to 3 = 2.8 ohms. Transport motor 1, PL 12.40
motor 1 PJ305 pin 1 to 4 = 2.8 ohms. Item 2. 12-171-00-110, 12-
PJ305 pin 2 to 5 = 2.8 ohms. 172-00-110 RAP
PJ305 pin 2 to 6 = 2.8 ohms.
U15 Transport PJ309 pin 1 to 4 = 1.3 ohms. Transport motor 2, PL 12.60
motor 2 PJ309 pin 1 to 5 = 1.3 ohms. Item 5. 12-171-00-110, 12-
PJ309 pin 2 to 6 = 1.3 ohms. 172-00-110 RAP
PJ309 pin 2 to 7 = 1.3 ohms.
U4 Hole punch PJ311 pin 1 to 2 = 6 ohms Hole punch motor, PL 12.20
motor Item 2. 12-043-00-110, 12-
046-00-110 RAP
U2 Paddle motor PJ310 pin 1 to 3 = 29 ohms. Paddle motor assembly, PL
PJ310 pin 1 to 4 = 29 ohms. 12.25 Item 10. 12-024-00-
PJ310 pin 2 to 5 = 29 ohms. 110, 12-025-00-110 RAP
PJ310 pin 2 to 6 = 29 ohms.
U1 SU1 motor PJ308 pin B9 to B11 = 20 ohms. Stapler traverse assembly,
(stapler index- PJ308 pin B9 to B12 = 20 ohms. PL 12.55 Item 1. 12-371-00-
ing) PJ308 pin B10 to B13 = 20 ohms. 110, 12-372-00-110, 12-378-
PJ308 pin B10 to B14 = 20 ohms. 00-110 RAP
U12 Ejector motor PJ303 pin 1 to 2 = 8 ohms Ejector assembly, PL 12.50
Item 1. 12-340-00-110, 12-
341-00-110, 12-342-00-110
RAP
Q4, B5, Diverter gate PJ306 pin 1 to pin 2 = 74 ohms Diverter gate solenoid, PL
R93, R95 solenoid 12.60 Item 12. 12-171-00-
Figure 1 LCSS PWB components 110, 12-172-00-110 RAP
U14 Bin 1 elevator PJ318 pin 1 to 2 = 7.7 ohms Bin 1 elevator motor, PL
motor 12.30 Item 8. 12-462-00-110
RAP
Table 1 LCSS PWB Drive Components
LCSS PWB Driven Normal resistance Spared part and NOTE: If difficulty is found in connecting the service meter probes to the connector headers on
component component measurement +/- 10% references the LCSS PWB, refer to the RAP quoted in Table 1 and make the measurement at another
point in the harness to the driven component.
U9 Rear tamper PJ312 pin A1 to A3 = 29 ohms. Tamper assembly, PL 12.45
motor PJ312 pin A1 to A4 = 29 ohms. Item 1. 12-396-00-110, 12- If the defective driven component is found using the table checks, disconnect the connector
PJ312 pin A2 to A5 = 29 ohms. 397-00-110, 12-398-00-110, closest to the driven component, then check the driven component again to identify any short
PJ312 pin A2 to A6 = 29 ohms. RAP circuit in the wiring to the driven component. Repair the wiring or install new parts as neces-
U8 Staple head PJ308 pin A8 to A10 = 20 ohms. Staple head unit, PL 12.55 sary.
motor PJ308 pin A9 to A11 = 20 ohms Item 5. 12M-110 RAP
If the defective driven component can not be found using the table checks, refer to GP 7, check
U7 Front tamper PJ312 pin A7 to A9 = 29 ohms. Tamper assembly, PL 12.45
each driven component to ensure that it is not seized. Motors should rotate reasonably easily.
motor PJ312 pin A7 to A10 = 29 ohms. Item 1. 12-392-00-110, 12-
Solenoid armatures should slide easily in the coil. Also check the drive components to ensure
PJ312 pin A8 to A11 = 29 ohms. 393-00-110, 12-394-00-110
that they rotate easily, if necessary install new parts.
PJ312 pin A8 to A12 = 29 ohms. RAP
When the a new driven component has been installed or the defective drive components have
been repaired, install a new LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-101 12G-110
12H-110 Copy Damage in the LCSS RAP 12J-110 Mis-Registration in Stapled Sets and Non-Stapled
Use this RAP to identify and correct the causes of copy damage in the LCSS. Sets RAP
Use this RAP to identify and correct the causes of mis-registration in stapled sets, resulting in
Procedure staples missing some sheets in the set, or poorly registered non-stapled sets.
WARNING
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS. WARNING
Check the following: Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the
Look for torn paper in the LCSS paper path. Torn fragments can pass through the IOT and machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS.
LCSS paper path without causing a problem until they finally wedge themselves at some The most likely cause of mis-registration is paper condition and/or damage such as curl, wrin-
point. A likely place for a piece of paper to be wedged is at the hole punch assembly, kle, creases, dog ears, etc.
where the top and bottom guides form the narrowest part of the paper path.
Ensure that the shaft diverter assembly, PL 12.60 Item 13, operates correctly and has full Curl, wrinkle and creases are probably caused in the IOT, go to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
movement.
Ensure that the hole punches park at the fully open position. If they protrude even slightly, For other copy/print damage and dog ears, go to the 12H-110 Copy Damage in the LCSS RAP.
a jam will occur in the narrow paper path of the hole punch.
Ensure that the jam clearance guide, PL 12.70 Item 6, closes and latches correctly. Check
that the magnet at the rear is located and functions correctly. Check the clip at the front is Check that bin 1 is seated correctly and the bin 1 alignment clip is in position, PL 12.10
positioned correctly, PL 12.70 Item 7. Item 13.
Ensure that all idler rolls in the LCSS paper path are free to rotate, particularly those on Turn over the paper stack in the tray in use.
the jam clearance guide, where the paper turns through 90 degrees. Use a new ream of paper in the tray in use.
Ensure that the paper path ribs of the jam clearance guide, PL 12.70 Item 6, and the entry Paper type, especially recycled paper, can lead to registration problems. Try changing to
guide cover, PL 12.70 Item 5, are free of scores and nicks. Check also for contamination a different brand or type of paper.
and glue from label stock. Ensure that the guides in the paper trays are correctly set and reported on the UI for the
paper size loaded.
Check that paper type is set correctly. If heavyweight paper is used but not set in the UI,
the compiler capacity can be exceeded.
Check for obstructions in the compiler.
Ensure that the paddle roll operates correctly and that the paddles are not damaged. The
paddles should park completely inside the top section of the compiler, with the shorter
paddle in a vertical position. If all of the paddles are out of position, check the paddle roll
position sensor, PL 12.25 Item 11, the flag, PL 12.25 Item 7 and the paddle motor assem-
bly, PL 12.25 Item 10. If only one paddle is mis-aligned with the others, it can be re-posi-
tioned by hand (they are not bonded to the shaft).
Ensure that the tampers operate correctly, i.e. are not stalling or losing position during the
job. Inspect the tampers for damage, if necessary install new parts. PL 12.45.
Inspect the bin 1 entry nips for roll damage. The idlers should be held against the rubber
driving rolls and they should be free to rotate within their support springs. If necessary,
install new parts, PL 12.65.
Inspect the four spring loaded guides on the output cover, PL 12.10 Item 7. Ensure that
they are correctly located and are free to move up and down.

12H-110, 12J-110 2-102 ColorQube 9303 Family
12K-110 LCSS Poor Stacking RAP 12L-110 Stapling Prime Failure RAP
Use this RAP to find the cause of poor stacking in the LCSS. Use this RAP when the staples in the stapling head are not primed.

WARNING WARNING
Check the following; WARNING
Look for sets that are not dropping back fully in bin 1 and therefore not operating the bin 1 Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when undocked from the
level sensor: machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the LCSS.
Large paper sizes should not be stacked on top of small paper sizes. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Ensure that the paper stack in each paper tray has been fanned. Check the LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Set-
Turn over the paper stack in each paper tray. tings RAP.
Ensure that all paper or other copy stock being used is within the size and weight Check the following:
specifications. Refer to GP 20 Paper and Media Size Specifications. The staple cartridge has staples in it and is correctly installed,
Try using a fresh ream of paper. The leading staples in the staple head have been primed, Figure 3.
Ensure that the edge guides of all paper trays are adjusted correctly for the paper Check that the sheets of staples in the cartridge are feeding one at a time. If staple
size and that the trays are fully closed. sheets overlap, they will jam in the cartridge. If necessary, install a new staple car-
Check that bin 1 is seated correctly and the bin 1 alignment clip is in position, PL tridge, PL 26.10 Item 16.
12.10 Item 13.
NOTE: The term priming refers to 2 staples at the front of the cartridge, that have been pre-
Labels must not be fed to bin 1, feed all labels bin 0 only.
formed automatically by the action of the stapler, refer to Figure 3.
It is recommended that transparencies are fed to bin 0 whenever possible.
Check that bin 1 is level front to back. If necessary perform ADJ 12.1-110 LCSS Bin 1 NOTE: The SH 1 low staples sensor, SH 1 cartridge sensor, SH 1 home sensor and the SH 1
priming sensor are all integral to the staple head unit. These sensors can be checked using
Level.
component control codes but they cannot be exchanged as components.
Check that the bin 1 upper level sensor Q12-188 is working correctly. Refer to the 12-462-
00-110 Bin 1 Movement Failure RAP. Procedure
Check the operation of the front and rear tampers. Refer to 12-392-00-110, 12-393-00- Figure 1. Enter dC330 code 12-196, actuate the SH1 paper sensor Q12-196. The display
110, 12-394-00-110 Front Tamper Move Failure RAP and 12-396-00-110, 12-397-00-110, changes.
12-398-00-110, Rear Tamper Move Failure RAP. Y N
Check that the output device is not near an air conditioning or ventilation output duct. Air Go to WD 12.2. Check Q12-196.
flow across the output bins can cause poor stacking. Refer to:
PJ308, LCSS PWB.
SH1 paper sensor, PL 12.55 Item 4.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-103 12K-110, 12L-110
A
NOTE: If the SH1 priming sensor does not see staples in the primed position, the staple head
cycles a number of times to prime the staple head. This occurs when the LCSS interlocks are
made.
Follow the customer instruction label inside the LCSS front door to remove the staple cartridge,
slide out the top sheet of staples from the cartridge, to expose a fresh sheet of staples on the
top of the stack. Ensure the forming plate is fully closed, Figure 2. Install the staple cartridge
and close the door. The stapler will now cycle a few times to feed and prime the new sheet of
staples. Open the door and remove the staple cartridge. Examine the sheet of staples that
have been fed to the staple forming part of the stapler, by opening the forming plate, Figure 3.
The first two staples have been partially formed.
Y N
Install a new staple cartridge, PL 26.10 Item 16 and repeat the check. If the first two sta-
ples are not partially formed install a new staple head unit, PL 12.55 Item 5. Perform SCP
5 Final Actions
Install a new staple head unit, PL 12.55 Item 5. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Primed staples
Forming plate
closed
Figure 2 Staple cartridge closed
SH1 paper sensor

Q12-196
Staple head unit

12L-110 2-104 ColorQube 9303 Family
12M-110 Staple Head Operation Failure RAP
Use this RAP when the staple head fails to cycle or the staple head is not at the home position.
NOTE: The home position is with the jaws of the staple head fully open.
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not run code 12-247 without 2 sheets of paper in the stapler jaws. Running this code with-
out the paper in position can cause damage to the machine.

The LCSS PWB DIP switch settings, refer to 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP Switch Settings
Staples RAP.
The staple head unit is correctly installed PL 12.55 Item 5.
Forming plate open NOTE: With reference to WD 12.2, component control codes;
Code 12-247 cycles the staple head 1 motor.
Code 12-248 reverses the staple head 1 motor to the home position.
Procedure
Figure 3 Staple cartridge open
NOTE: After repairing the fault using this RAP, switch off the machine, then switch on the
machine, GP 14, to enable operation of the staple head.
Place two sheet of paper in the stapler jaws then enter dC330 code 12-247 to cycle the staple
head once. Enter code 12-248 to reverse the staple head to the home position. The staple
head operates as expected.
Y N
Go to WD 12.2. Check the wiring and connectors between the LCSS PWB and the staple
head. The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the wiring.
Refer to:
P/J 308, LCSS PWB

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-105 12L-110, 12M-110
A
Install new components as necessary: 12N-110 Chad Bin Present and Bin Full RAP
Staple head unit, PL 12.55 Item 5. Use this RAP when there is a false indication of a missing or full chad bin.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check that the chad bin is fully inserted.
Check that the actuator for the chad bin level sensor engages in the slot of the chad bin.
Check that the sensor hole in the side of the chad bin is clear of obstructions.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 12-193. Actuate the chad bin level sensor Q12-193, using a strip of paper,
PL 12.20 Item 7. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.2. Check the chad bin level sensor Q12-193.
Refer to:
P/J307, LCSS PWB.

12M-110, 12N-110 2-106 ColorQube 9303 Family
12-024-00-171, 12-025-00-171 HVF Paddle Roller Position
RAP
12-024-00-171 The paddle roller has failed to return to the home position.
12-025-00-171 The paddle roller has failed to move from the home position. Pusher
Paddle roll
home sen-
Initial Actions sor
WARNING Q12-186
Check for damage or any obstruction that would prevent paddle movement. If necessary,
install new components.
Procedure
Enter dC330, code 12-238 paddle roll motor run, to check the movement of the paddle, Figure
1. The paddle turns.
Y N
Go to WD 12.10. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the paddle
roller motor, MOT12-238. Refer to: Paddle roll
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. motor
MOT12-238
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Paddle unit, PL 12.115 Item 2.
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Stack the code 12-186 paddle roll home sensor, Q12-186. The display changes as the pad-
dle rotates.
Y N
Go to WD 12.9. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the paddle
roller home sensor, Q12-186. Refer to:
Paddle unit, PL 12.115 Item 2. Figure 1 Components

A
12-044-00-171 to 12-047-00-171 HVF Punch Head Position GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
RAP
12-044-00-171 The punch head has failed to return to the home position within the required time.
12-045-00-171 The punch head has failed to move from the home position within the required Hole punch module, PL 12.125 Item 19.
time.
12-046-00-171 The punch unit has failed to return to the home position within the required time.
Enter dC330, code 12-114 for the punch unit home sensor and stack the code 12-245 or 12-
12-047-00-171 The punch unit has failed to move from the home position within the required 246 to take the punch unit motor to home, then away from home. Observe the condition of the
time. sensor on the UI. The display changes.
Y N
Initial Actions Go to WD 12.12. Check the wiring from the sensor to the PWB. Repair as necessary,
WARNING REP 1.1. Check the punch unit home sensor, Q12-114. Refer to:
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Check the punch head area for any obstruction or damage that could prevent the free move- Install new components as necessary:
ment of the head or the unit. If necessary, install new components. Hole punch module, PL 12.125 Item 19.
Procedure HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Enter dC330, code 12-244 for the punch head motor, MOT12-244, Figure 1. The control code Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
12-243, punch head move home, can also be used The motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.24. Check the wiring from the motor to the PWB. Repair as necessary, REP Punch head motor,
1.1. Check the punch head motor, MOT12-244. Refer to: MOT12-244
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Punch head home
01L 0V Distribution RAP sensor, Q12-194
Hole punch module, PL 12.125 Item 19.
Punch unit home
sensor, Q12-114
Enter dC330, code 12-194 for the punch head home sensor and stack the code 12-244 for the
punch head motor. Observe the condition of the sensor on the UI. The display changes.
Y N
Punch unit motor,
Go to WD 12.12. Check the wiring from the sensor to the PWB. Repair as necessary, MOT12-245
REP 1.1. Check the punch head home sensor, Q12-194. Refer to:
Enter dC330, code 12-245 for the punch unit motor to travel in the forward direction, or enter
the code 12-246 for the punch unit motor to travel in the reverse direction. The motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.24. Check the wiring from the motor to the PWB. Repair as necessary, REP
1.1. Check MOT12-245. Refer to: Figure 1 Component location
A
12-044-00-171 to 12-047-00-171 2-108 ColorQube 9303 Family
12-056-00-171, 12-057-00-171 Inserter Bottom Plate RAP 12-061-00-171, 12-416-00-171 HVF BM Crease Blade Fault
12-056-00-171 The inserter bottom plate has failed to return to the home position. RAP
12-057-00-171 The inserter bottom plate has failed to lift. 12-061-00-171 The crease blade has failed to clear the crease blade home sensor.
Initial Actions 12-416-00-171 The crease blade has failed to return to the home position.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Initial Actions
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Turn the crease blade knob (6d) PL 12.150 Item 4 to ensure that the crease blade mech-
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. anism is free to move. If necessary, clear any paper jam in the area of the blade.
Check that the bottom plate area is clear and that there is no damage or obstructions. Install Ensure that the crease blade assembly is level front to back and is installed correctly,
new components as necessary. refer to REP 12.36-171.
Check the following parts for damage:
Procedure Crease blade assembly, PL 12.170 Item 13.
Enter dC330, code 12-261 for the inserter motor MOT12-261. The motor runs. Drive gear, PL 12.170 Item 6.
Y N Connecting rods, PL 12.170 Item 9.
Go to WD 12.14 and WD 12.22. Check the wiring from the inserter motor PL 12.315 Item
Crank, PL 12.170 Item 8.
1 to the HVF PWB PL 12.140 Item 2. Repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the inserter
motor, MOT12-261. Refer to:
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Procedure
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. WARNING
01L 0V Distribution RAP Keep away from the crease blade mechanism when working in close proximity to the
Install new components as necessary: booklet maker while the machine is powered on. The crease blade mechanism activates
Inserter Motor, PL 12.315 Item 1. quickly and with great force.
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. WARNING

Enter dC330, code 12-085 for the inserter bottom plate sensor, then actuate the inserter bot- not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
tom plate sensor Q12-085. The display changes. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Y N Enter dC330 code 12-214. Actuate the BM crease blade home sensor Q12-214, PL 12.170
Go WD 12.13 and WD 12.21. Check the wiring from the inserter bottom plate sensor PL Item 1, by rotating the crease blade knob PL 12.150 Item 4, so that the actuator moves into
12.300 Item 16 to the HVF PWB PL 12.140 Item 2. Repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check and out of the BM crease blade home sensor. The display changes.
the inserter bottom plate sensor, Q12-085. Refer to: Y N
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Go to WD 12.16. Check Q12-214.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Refer to:
01L 0V Distribution RAP GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Install new components as necessary: 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Inserter bottom plate sensor, PL 12.300 Item 16. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Enter dC330, code 12-315 for the inserter pickup sensor, then actuate the inserter pick sensor
BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
Q12-315 PL 12.310 Item 10. The display changes.
Y N BM crease blade home sensor, PL 12.170 Item 1.
Go to WD 12.14, WD 12.21 and WD 12.22. Check the wiring from the inserter pickup sen-
sor PL 12.310 Item 10 to the HVF PWB. Check the inserter pickup sensor. Refer to: Enter dC330 code 12-215. Actuate the BM crease blade motor encoder sensor Q12-215, PL
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. 12.170 Item 1 by slowly rotating the crease blade knob PL 12.150 Item 4. The display
changes.
Y N
Inserter pickup sensor, PL 12.310 Item 10. Go to WD 12.16. Check the BM crease blade motor encoder, Q12-215.
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. Refer to:
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
A

A
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. 12-062-00-171 HVF BM Crease Roll Motor Failure RAP
01L 0V Distribution RAP 12-062-00-171 The HVF BM crease roll motor has failed to run.
BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10. Initial Actions
BM crease blade motor encoder sensor, PL 12.170 Item 1. Clear any paper jam in the area of the crease rolls.
Procedure
Enter dC330, code 12-252 to run the BM crease blade motor, MOT12-252, PL 12.170 Item 3.
The motor runs. WARNING
Y N Keep away from the crease blade mechanism when working in close proximity to the
Go to WD 12.18. Check MOT 12-252. booklet maker while the machine is powered on. The crease blade mechanism activates
Refer to: quickly and with great force.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. WARNING
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
01L 0V Distribution RAP not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Install new components as necessary: death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
BM crease blade motor assembly, PL 12.170 Item 3. Release the crease roll nip pressure by moving the crease roll handle (6c), PL 12.150 Item 5,
fully counter clockwise. Remove the BM right hand cover, PL 12.185 Item 15, to access the
crease rolls. Enter dC330 code 12-216. Actuate the BM crease roll motor encoder sensor by
rotating the crease rolls slowly by hand. The display changes.
The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces-
Y N
sary install new components.
Go to WD 12.17. Check the BM crease roll motor encoder sensor, Q12-216, PL 12.175
Item 9.
Refer to:
BM crease roll motor encoder sensor, PL 12.175 Item 9.
Enter dC330, code 12-253 to run the BM crease roll motor, MOT12-253, PL 12.175 Item 12.
The motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.18. Check the BM crease roll motor, MOT12-253.
Refer to:
BM crease roll motor, PL 12.175 Item 12.
sary install new components:
BM crease roll motor, PL 12.175 Item 12.
BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10

A
12-063-00-171, 12-411-00-171 HVF BM Staple Unit 1 Failure Enter dC330, code 12-254 to run the BM SH1 motor. The staple head cycled.
Y N
RAP Go to WD 12.16 and WD 12.19. Check the wiring and connectors.
12-063-00-171 The HVF BM staple unit 1 has failed to leave the home position. The wiring and connectors are good.
Y N
12-411-00-171 The HVF BM staple unit 1 has failed to return to the home position. Repair the wiring or connectors, REP 1.1.
Initial Actions Install a new BM staple head 1, PL 12.185 Item 7.

WARNING The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces-
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do sary install new components:
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause BM staple head 1, PL 12.185 Item 7.
Check that there is no damage or obstruction that would prevent the stapling unit from
cycling.
Check that the sheets of staples in the cartridge are feeding one at a time. If staple sheets
overlap, they will jam in the cartridge. If necessary, install a new staple cartridge, PL
12.185 Item 8.
Check for jammed staples in the stapler head.
Ensure that the customer job does not exceed the capacity of the booklet maker. Refer to
12D-171 Booklet Quality RAP for booklet maker quality specifications.
Procedure
Enter dC330, code 12-217 to check the BM staple head (SH) carrier closed sensor, Q12-217,
PL 12.185 Item 18. Open and close the staple head carrier. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.16. Check the BM SH carrier closed sensor, Q12-217.
Refer to:
BM Stapler head carrier closed sensor, PL 12.185 Item 18.
Remove the HVF front door, refer to REP 12.1-171 HVF Covers. Pull out the BM module.
Remove the staple head 1 cover, PL 12.185 Item 14. Enter dC330, code 12-218 to check the
BM SH1 home switch. Manually rotate the staple head to actuate the BM SH1 home switch.
Y N
Go to WD 12.16. Check the BM SH 1 home switch, S12-218.
Refer to:
BM staple head 1, PL 12.185 Item 7.
A

A
12-065-00-171, 12-383-00-171 HVF BM Backstop Motor Install new components as necessary:
BM backstop motor, PL 12.160 Item 4.
Fault RAP
12-065-00-171 The HVF BM backstop motor fails to move.
Enter dC330 code 12-259 to energize the BM stack hold solenoid, SOL12-259, PL 12.165 Item
12-383-00-171 The HVF BM backstop is not at the home position.
17. The solenoid energizes.
Y N
Initial Actions Go to WD 12.17. Check the BM stack hold solenoid, SOL12-259.
WARNING Refer to:
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Check for a jam or other obstruction that could prevent the backstop mechanism from Install new components as necessary:
moving.
Check the following items:
Back stop assembly, PL 12.165 Item 18.
Damaged BM back stop drive belt, PL 12.160 Item 7.
Damaged BM back stop belt, PL 12.165 Item 15. The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces-
Damaged pulley, PL 12.160 Item 5. sary install new components:
Damaged pulley on the BM back stop drive shaft, PL 12.165 Item 14. BM guide home sensor, PL 12.160 Item 18.
Damaged pulley on the BM back stop idler shaft, PL 12.160 Item 13. BM backstop motor, PL 12.160 Item 4.
The BM back stop drive belt is tensioned correctly. Refer to REP 12.20-171. BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
The BM back stop belt is tensioned correctly. Refer to REP 12.26-171.

Code 12-255 runs the BM backstop motor to the A4 position.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 12-204. Actuate the BM guide home sensor, Q12-204, PL 12.160 Item 18.
Y N
Refer to:
BM guide home sensor, PL 12.160 Item 18.
Enter dC330, code 12-255 to run the BM backstop motor, MOT12-255, PL 12.160 Item 4. The
motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.17. Check MOT12-255
Refer to:
A
12-066-00-171, 12-384-00-171, 12-419-00-171, 12-420-00- 12-083-00-171, 12-440-00-171 to 12-444-00-171 HVF Paper
171 HVF BM Tamper Fault RAP Pusher Fault RAP
12-066-00-171 The HVF BM tamper has failed to clear the home sensor. 12-083-00-171 The paper pusher motor has stalled.
12-384-00-171 The HVF BM tamper is not at the home sensor.
12-440-00-171 The paper pusher has failed to return to the home, (upper) position.
12-419-00-171 The HVF BM tamper home fault.
12-441-00-171 The paper pusher has failed to move from the home, (upper) position.
12-420-00-171 The HVF BM tamper move fault.
Initial Actions 12-442-00-171 The paper pusher has failed to return to the away, (lower) position.
WARNING 12-443-00-171 The paper pusher has failed to move from the away, (lower) position.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 12-444-00-171 The stapler gate safety switch has failed.
Check for a jam or other obstruction that could prevent the tamper mechanism from mov- Initial Actions
ing.
WARNING
Check for damaged tamper components, PL 12.155.
Enter dC330 code 12-205. Actuate the BM tamper 1 home sensor, Q12-205, PL 12.155 Item death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. The display changes. Check for a jam or other obstruction that could prevent the paper pusher from moving.
Y N Check for damaged paper pusher components.
Go to WD 12.18. Check Q12-205
Refer to:
Procedure
Enter dC330, code 12-265 to run the paper pusher motor, MOT12-265, PL 12.115 Item 13.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. The motor runs.
01L 0V Distribution RAP Y N
Install new components as necessary: Go to WD 12.10. Check MOT12-265
BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10. Refer to:
BM tamper 1 home sensor, PL 12.155 Item 1. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP
Enter dC330, code 12-256, to run the BM tamper 1 motor, MOT12-256, PL 12.155 Item 3. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
The motor runs. Install new components as necessary:
Y N
Paper pusher motor, PL 12.115 Item 13.
Refer to: HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Go to WD 12.11. Check the stapler gate safety switch S12-319.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Refer to:
01L 0V Distribution RAP GP 13 How to check a switch.
Install new components as necessary: P/J304, HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10. 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP
BM tamper 1 motor, PL 12.155 Item 3. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
The switch is good.
Y N
BM tamper 1 home sensor, PL 12.155 Item 1.
Sensor assembly, PL 12.115 Item 22.
BM tamper 1 motor, PL 12.155 Item 3.
HVF PWB PL 12.140 Item 2.
A

A
Enter dC330, code 12-092. Manually actuate the paper pusher upper sensor, Q12-092, PL 12-113-00-171, 12-114-00-171, 12-190-00-171, 12-192-00-171
12.115 Item 16. The display changes.
Y N HVF BM Entry RAP
Go to WD 12.9. Check Q12-092. 12-113-00-171 The paper leading edge is late arriving at the HVF booklet exit sensor.
Refer to:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. 12-114-00-171 The paper trailing edge is late leaving the HVF booklet exit sensor.
12-125-00-171 The entry sensor is not turned on within a specified time.
Install new components as necessary: 12-190-00-171 The paper leading edge is late arriving at the BM entry sensor.
Paper pusher upper sensor, PL 12.115 Item 16.
HVF PWB PL 12.140 Item 2. 12-192-00-171 The paper trailing edge is late leaving the BM entry sensor.
Enter dC330, code 12-094. Manually actuate the paper pusher lower sensor, Q12-094, PL Initial Actions
12.115 Item 16. The display changes. WARNING
Y N
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
Refer to:
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP Check for a jam or other obstruction in the bypass transport.
01L 0V Distribution RAP Check for a jam or other obstruction in the BM paper entry guide.
Paper pusher lower sensor, PL 12.115 Item 16. Procedure
HVF PWB PL 12.140 Item 2. Enter dC330, code 12-087. Manually actuate the HVF booklet exit sensor, Q12-087, Figure 1.
Y N
sary install new components: Go to WD 12.7. Check Q12-087.
Paper pusher upper / lower sensor, PL 12.115 Item 16. Refer to:
Paper pusher motor assembly, PL 12.115 Item 13. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Sensor assembly, PL 12.115 Item 22. 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
HVF booklet exit sensor, PL 12.135 Item 3.
Enter dC330, code 12-258. Energize the BM diverter solenoid SOL12-258, Figure 1. The
solenoid energizes.
Y N
Refer to:
BM diverter solenoid, PL 12.120 Item 4.
A
12-083-00-171, 12-440-00-171 to 12-444-00-171 , 12- 2-114 ColorQube 9303 Family
A B
Enter dC330, code 12-263 to run the bypass feed motor, MOT12-263, Figure 1. The motor 01L 0V Distribution RAP
runs. Install new components as necessary:
Y N
BM paper present sensor, PL 12.185 Item 5.
Go to WD 12.8. Check the bypass feed motor, MOT 12-263.
Refer to: BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.

Check the drive belt on the motor. The drive belt is good.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP Y N
01L 0V Distribution RAP Install a new drive belt, PL 12.175 Item 15.
Bypass Feed motor, PL 12.120 Item 2. The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces-
HVF booklet exit sensor, PL 12.135 Item 3.
Check the drive belt on the motor. The drive belt is good. BM diverter solenoid, PL 12.120 Item 4.
Y N BM diverter gate, PL 12.125 Item 9.
Install a new drive belt, PL 12.120 Item 8. BM compiler motor, PL 12.175 Item 1.
Bypass Feed motor, PL 12.120 Item 2.
Enter dC330, code 12-089. Manually actuate the BM entry sensor, Q12-089, Figure 2. The
display changes.
Y N
Refer to: BM diverter solenoid,
SOL12-258
BM entry sensor, PL 12.150 Item 16.
Enter dC330, code 12-251 to run the BM compiler motor, MOT12-251, Figure 2. The motor
runs.
Y N
Refer to:
HVF booklet exit sensor,
Install new components as necessary: Q12-087
BM compiler motor, PL 12.175 Item 1.
Bypass Feed motor
Lower the stapler bracket assembly, Figure 2. Enter dC330 code 12-170 BM paper present MOT12-263
sensor, Q12-170. Actuate Q12-170. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Figure 1 Component location

12-125-00-171, 12-126-00-171 HVF Entry Sensor RAP
12-125-00-171 The entry sensor is not turned on within a specified time.
BM entry sensor
Q12-089 12-126-00-171 The paper trailing edge is late leaving the entry sensor.
BM compiler Initial Actions

motor,
WARNING
MOT12-251
Check for a jam or other obstruction in the entrance guide.
Check the entrance guide for damage.
Procedure
Enter dC330, code 12-077. Manually actuate the entry sensor, Q12-077, PL 12.135 Item 2.
Y N
Refer to:
Enter dC330, code 12-263 to run the bypass feed motor, MOT12-263, PL 12.120 Item 2. The
motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.8. Check MOT 12-263
Refer to:
BM paper present sensor, 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP
Q12-170
Bypass feed motor, PL 12.120 Item 2.
Stapler bracket assembly HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Check the transport motor 1 belt. The belt is good.

Y N
Install a new transport motor 1 belt, PL 12.120 Item 7.
Entry sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2
Figure 2 Component location HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
If the fault remains, make sure that the paper correctly continues past the previous sensor in
the paper path. Refer to the 10-140-00 to 10-146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 Exit Jam RAP.

A
12-141-00-171, 12-142-00-171 HVF Buffer Path Sensor RAP Install new components as necessary:
12-141-00-171 The paper trailing edge is late leaving the buffer path sensor. Buffer motor, PL 12.120 Item 1.
12-142-00-171 The paper leading edge is late arriving at the buffer path sensor.
Check the buffer feed motor belt, PL 12.120 Item 9. The drive belt is good.
Initial Actions Y N
Install a new buffer feed motor belt, PL 12.120 Item 9.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces-
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause sary install new components:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Buffer path sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2.
Check for a jam or other obstruction in buffer path transport. Buffer motor, PL 12.120 Item 1.
Check the paper guide for damage. HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Procedure
Enter dC330, code 12-321. Manually actuate the buffer path sensor, Q12-321, PL 12.135 Item
2. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
Buffer path sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2.
Enter dC330, code 12-258. Energize the BM diverter solenoid SOL12-258, PL 12.120 Item 4.
Y N
Refer to:
BM diverter solenoid, PL 12.120 Item 4.
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2
Enter dC330, code 12-262 to run the buffer motor, MOT12-262, PL 12.120 Item 1. The motor
runs.
Y N
Refer to:
A

A
12-151-171, 12-152-171 HVF Compiler Exit Sensor RAP Install new components as necessary:
12-151-00-171 The paper trailing edge is late leaving the compiler exit sensor. Transport motor 2, PL 12.120 Item 1.
12-152-00-171 The paper leading edge is late arriving at the compiler exit sensor.
Check the transport motor 2 drive belt. The drive belt is good.
Initial Actions Y N
Install a new transport motor 2 drive belt, PL 12.120 Item 10.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces-
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause sary install new components:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Compiler exit sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2.
Check for a jam or other obstruction in the paper guide. Exit diverter solenoid, PL 12.120 Item 4.
Check the paper guide for damage. Diverter gate, PL 12.125 Item 7.
Procedure
Enter dC330, code 12-106. Manually actuate the compiler exit sensor, Q12-106, Figure 1. Exit diverter solenoid,
The display changes. SOL12-225
Y N
Go to WD 12.7. Check the sensor, Q12-106. Compile exit sensor
Refer to: (Q12-106)
Enter dC330, code 12-225. Energize the exit diverter solenoid SOL12-225, Figure 1. The
solenoid energizes.
Y N
Refer to:
Install new components as necessary: Transport motor 2 - Exit
(MOT12-224)
Exit diverter solenoid, PL 12.120 Item 4.
Enter dC330, code 12-224 to run the transport motor 2, MOT 12-224, Figure 1. The motor
runs.
Y N Figure 1 Component location
Go to WD 12.8. Check the transport motor 2, MOT 12-224.
Refer to:
A
12-157-00-171, 12-158-00-171 HVF Buffer Position Sensor Y N
RAP Refer to:
12-157-00-171 The paper leading edge is late arriving at the buffer position sensor. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
12-158-00-171 The paper trailing edge is late leaving the buffer position sensor.
Initial Actions Install new components as necessary:
Bypass feed motor, PL 12.120 Item 2.
WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Check the bypass feed motor drive belt, PL 12.120 Item 8. The drive belt is good.
Y N
Check for a jam or other obstruction in inserter transport. Install a new bypass feed motor drive belt, PL 12.120 Item 8.
Check the paper guide for damage.
Procedure sary install new components:
Enter dC330, code 12-086. Manually actuate the buffer position sensor, Q12-086, PL 12.135 Buffer position sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2.
Item 2. The display changes. Transport motor 1, PL 12.120 Item 2.
Y N HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Refer to:
Buffer position sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2.
Enter dC330, code 12-223 to run the transport motor 1, MOT 12-223, PL 12.120 Item 2. The
motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.7. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check MOT12-223.
Refer to:
Check the transport motor 1 drive belt, PL 12.120 Item 7. The drive belt is good.
Y N
Enter dC330, code 12-263 to run the bypass feed motor, MOT12-263, PL 12.120 Item 2. The
motor runs.

A
12-166-00-171 HVF BM Compiler Exit Jam RAP Unlatch the entrance baffle assembly, PL 12.150 Item 22. Run again MOT12-251. The BM
entry roll rotates.
12-166-00-171 The trail edge is late leaving the BM compiler exit sensor.
Y N
Check the following components:
Initial Actions BM compiler motor belt, PL 12.175 Item 15.
WARNING BM entry roll pulley, PL 12.150 Item 14.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do BM entry roll, PL 12.150 Item 15.
If necessary, remove any paper from the booklet maker. Make a 60 page booklet (15 sheets of paper). Check that the top sheet of paper has not been
Check that there is no damage or obstruction in the booklet compiling area or the paper torn from the booklet. The booklet is good.
path to the booklet compiling area. Y N
Check that the stapler bracket assembly, PL 12.185 Item 10, is correctly latched. Check that the components in the lower crease roll gear and clutch assembly are cor-
Check the operation of the BM tampers, refer to the 12-066-00-171, 12-384-00-171, 12- rectly installed. Refer to the replacement procedure in REP 12.52-171 BM Crease Rolls,
Gears and Bearings.
419-00-171, 12-420-00-171 HVF BM Tamper Failure RAP. If the tampers are operating
correctly, go to ADJ 12.5-171 Booklet Tamping and check the tampers are correctly
adjusted. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Procedure
Lower the stapler bracket assembly, Figure 1. Enter dC330 code 12-170 BM paper present
sensor, Q12-170. Actuate Q12-170. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
Go to WD 12.18. Check the connectors and harness between PJ568 and PJ556. Refer to REP
1.1. The wiring and connectors are good.
Y N
Repair the wiring, REP 1.1 or install new components as necessary.
Enter dC330 code 12-251 BM compiler motor, MOT12-251. MOT12-251 runs.

Y N
Refer to:
Install new components as necessary
BM compiler motor, PL 12.175 Item 1.
A
12-171-00-171, 12-172-00-171 HVF Top Tray Exit Sensor
Fault RAP
12-171-00-171 The paper leading edge is late arriving at the top exit sensor.
BM entry roll
12-172-00-171 The paper trailing edge is late leaving the top exit sensor.
Initial Actions
WARNING
BM compiler motor, Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
MOT12-251
Check for a jam or other obstruction in the paper guide.
Check the paper guide for damage.
Procedure
Enter dC330, code 12-107. Manually actuate the top tray exit sensor, Q12-107, PL 12.135 Item
Y N
Refer to:
Top tray exit sensor, PL 12.135 Item 3.
Enter dC330, code 12-225. Energize the exit diverter solenoid SOL12-225, PL 12.120 Item 4.
Y N
BM paper present sensor,
Q12-170
Refer to:
Stapler bracket assembly Exit diverter solenoid, PL 12.120 Item 4.
Enter dC330, code 12-224 to run the transport motor 2, MOT12-224, PL 12.120 Item 1. The
motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.8. Check MOT12-224
Figure 1 Component location Refer to:
A

A
01L 0V Distribution RAP 12-181-00-171, 12-182-00-171 HVF BM Exit Jam RAP
Install new components as necessary: 12-181-00-171 The lead edge is late arriving at the BM exit sensor.
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. 12-182-00-171 The trail edge is late leaving the BM exit sensor.
Check the transport motor 2 drive belts (A) & (B). The drive belts are good. Initial Actions
Y N
Install a new transport motor 2 drive belt (A) PL 12.120 Item 10 and/or transport motor
WARNING
drive belt (B), PL 12.120 Item 11. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces- death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
sary install new components: WARNING
Top exit sensor, PL 12.135 Item 3. Keep away from the crease blade mechanism when working in close proximity to the
Exit diverter solenoid, PL 12.120 Item 4. booklet maker while the machine is powered on. The crease blade mechanism activates
Diverter exit gate, PL 12.125 Item 7. quickly and with great force.
Transport motor 2, PL 12.120 Item 1. Turn the crease blade knob (6d) to ensure that the crease blade mechanism is free to
move. If necessary, clear any paper jam in the exit area.
For 12-182-00 faults. Remove and re-seat the BM staple cartridge. Check for miss-
formed staple which may cause the sheet to snag and skew.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 12-215. Actuate the BM crease blade motor encoder sensor, Q12-215, Fig-
ure 1 by rotating the crease blade knob (6d). The display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
BM crease blade motor encoder sensor, PL 12.170 Item 1.
Release the crease roll nip pressure by moving the crease roll handle fully counter clockwise.
Remove the BM right hand cover, PL 12.185 Item 15 to access the crease rolls. Enter dC330
code 12-216. Actuate the BM crease roll motor encoder sensor by rotating the crease rolls
slowly by hand. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
A
A B
Enter dC330 code 12-213. Actuate the BM exit sensor, Q12-213, Figure 2. The display Refer to:
changes. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
Y N
Refer to: 01L 0V Distribution RAP
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Install new components as necessary:
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. BM crease roll gate motor, PL 12.175 Item 8.
01L 0V Distribution RAP BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.

The BM module has a tri-folder module installed.
BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10. Y N
BM exit sensor, PL 12.185 Item 17. The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If
necessary install a new BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
Enter dC330, code 12-253 to run the BM crease roll motor, MOT12-253. The motor runs.
Y N Check the drive coupler, PL 12.205 Item 17 is engaged with the BM crease roll motor encoder
Go to WD 12.18. Check MOT12-253. disc, PL 12.175 Item 13. The coupler and encoder are correctly engaged.
Refer to: Y N
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Align the drive coupler, refer to REP 12.68-171 Tri-folder Drive Install Kit.
Check the drive assembly for wear, damage, contamination and misalignment, PL 12.205 Item
01L 0V Distribution RAP 12. The condition of the drive assembly is good.
BM crease roll motor, PL 12.175 Item 12. Install a new drive assembly, PL 12.205 Item 12.
Check the condition of the drive belt, PL 12.205 Item 11. The drive belt is good.
Enter dC330, code 12-253 to run the BM crease roll motor, MOT12-253. The motor drives Y N
the gears. Install a new tri-folder install kit, PL 12.205 Item 14.
Y N
Install new components as necessary: The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces-
Crease roll drive train gears, PL 12.180. sary install a new BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
Enter dC330, code 12-252 to run the BM crease blade motor, MOT12-252. The motor runs.
Y N
Refer to:
BM crease blade motor, PL 12.170 Item 3.
BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10
NOTE: The BM crease roll gate motor has two component control codes:
12-273 cycles the crease roll gate.
12-276 opens the crease roll gate.
Enter dC330, code 12-273 to cycle the BM crease roll gate motor, MOT12-273. The motor
runs.
Y N
B

BM crease roll gate motor, MOT12-273
BM crease blade
motor encoder
sensor, Q12-215
BM exit sensor, Q12-213
BM crease blade motor,

MOT12-252
BM crease roll motor, MOT12-253
BM crease roll motor encoder, Q12-216

A
12-183-00-171, 12-184-00-171 HVF BM Paper Jam RAP 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
12-183-00-171 The BM PWB has detected an unexpected sheet in the booklet maker paper 01L 0V Distribution RAP
path. Install new components as necessary:
12-184-00-171 The BM PWB has detected a stray sheet in the booklet maker paper path after BM entry sensor, PL 12.150 Item 16.
jam clearance.
The HVF has a tri-folder.
Initial Actions Y N
WARNING The fault may be intermittent, check the wiring, REP 1.1. If necessary install a new BM
PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Enter dC330 code 12-164. Manually actuate the tri-folder entry sensor, Q12-164, Figure 3.
Check for a jam or other obstruction in the booklet maker paper path. Y N
Check the paper path for damage. Go to WD 12.19 and WD 12.20. Check Q12-164. Check the wiring between PJ602 pin 10
on the tri-folder control PWB and PJ563 pin 1 on the BM PWB.
Procedure Refer to:
Enter dC330 code 12-170. Manually actuate the BM paper present sensor, Q12-170, Figure 1. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
The display changes. 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Y N 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Go to WD 12.18. Check Q12-170. Install new components as necessary:
Refer to:
Tri-folder entry sensor, PL 12.215 Item 11.
Tri-folder control PWB, PL 12.205 Item 16.
Install new components as necessary: The fault may be intermittent, check the wiring, REP 1.1. If necessary install a new BM PWB,
BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10. PL 12.175 Item 10.
Enter dC330 code 12-213. Manually actuate the BM exit sensor, Figure 2. The display
changes.
Y N
Refer to:
BM exit sensor, PL 12.185 Item 17.
Enter dC330 code 12-089. Manually actuate the BM entry sensor, Q12-089, Figure 1. The
display changes.
Y N
Refer to:

BM entry sensor,
Q12-089
BM exit sensor, Q12-213
BM paper present sensor,

Q12-170

12-185-00-171 to 12-187-00-171 Tri-Folder Exit Sensor and
Assist Sensor RAP
12-185-00-171 The lead edge is late arriving at the tri-folder exit sensor.
12-186-00-171 The trail edge is late leaving the tri-folder exit sensor.
12-187-00-171 The lead edge is late arriving at the tri-folder assist gate sensor.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check for a jam or other obstruction in the tri-folder.
Check the tri-folder for damage.
Tri-folder entry sensor Procedure

Q12-164
Enter dC330 code 12-165. Manually actuate the tri-folder assist gate sensor, Q12-165, Figure
Y N
Go to WD 12.19 and WD 12.20. Check Q12-165.
Refer to:
Figure 3 Component location Tri-folder assist gate sensor, PL 12.215 Item 6.
Enter dC330 code 12-166. Manually actuate the tri-folder exit sensor, Q12-166, Figure 2. The
display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
Tri-folder exit sensor, PL 12.215 Item 12.
Enter dC330 code 12-267 to energize the tri-folder diverter solenoid, SOL12-267. The sole-
noid energizes.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-127 12-183-00-171, 12-184-00-171, 12-185-00-171 to 12-
A
Y N Install new components as necessary:
Go to WD 12.19 and WD 12.20. Check SOL12-267. BM crease roll motor, PL 12.175 Item 12.
Refer to:
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions
Tri-folder diverter solenoid, PL 12.215 Item 16.
Tri-folder crease roll
clutch, CL12-269
Enter dC330 code 12-268 to energize the tri-folder assist gate solenoid, SOL12-268, Figure 1.
Y N
Go to WD 12.19 and WD 12.20. Check SOL12-268. Tri-folder assist gate
Refer to: sensor, Q12-165
Tri-folder assist gate solenoid, PL 12.215 Item 8.
Enter dC330 code 12-269 to energize the tri-folder crease roll clutch, CL12-269, Figure 1. The
clutch energizes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.19 and WD 12.20. Check CL12-269.
Refer to: Tri-folder assist gate Tri-folder diverter
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. solenoid, SOL12-268 solenoid, SOL12-267
Tri-folder crease roll clutch, PL 12.205 Item 9.
Enter dC330, code 12-273 to run the BM crease roll motor, MOT12-253, Figure 3. The motor
runs.
Y N
Refer to:
A
Tri-folder exit
sensor, Q12-166
BM crease roll motor,

MOT12-253

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-129 12-185-00-171 to 12-187-00-171
A
12-191-00-171, 12-193-00-171, 12-194-00-171, 12-196-00- 01L 0V Distribution RAP
171 Inserter Paper Jam RAP
Inserter TE sensor, PL 12.310 Item 11.
12-191-00-171 The leading edge is late arriving at the inserter standby sensor.
Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
12-193-00-171 The trailing edge is late leaving the inserter standby sensor. HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
12-194-00-171 The leading edge is late arriving at the inserter pickup sensor. Enter dC330 code 12-083. Manually actuate the inserter LE sensor, Q12-083, Figure 1. The
display changes.
12-196-00-171 The trailing edge is late leaving the inserter pickup sensor. Y N
Fault code 12-191-00 may also be generated where a fault in the inserter causes jamming in Refer to:
the IME. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Initial Actions 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Inserter LE sensor, PL 12.310 Item 11.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
Check for a jam or other obstruction in the inserter.
Check the inserter for damage. Enter dC330 code 12-316. Manually actuate the inserter acceleration sensor Q12-316, Figure
Check the condition of the inserter feed rolls. Use a cloth dampened with water to clean 1. The display changes.
the rolls. If necessary, install a new inserter pickup assembly, PL 12.310 Item 1. Y N
Go to WD 12.13, WD 12.21 and WD 12.22. Check the sensor.
Go to dC135 CRU/HFSI Status. Check the count of the inserter feed roller set. If the count
is near end of life, install a new inserter pickup assembly, PL 12.310 Item 1. Refer to:
Procedure 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Enter dC330 code 12-315. Manually actuate the inserter pickup sensor, Q12-315, Figure 1. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
The display changes. Install new components as necessary:
Y N Inserter acceleration sensor, PL 12.300 Item 10.
Go to WD 12.14, WD 12.21 and WD 12.22 Check Q12-315. Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
Refer to:
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Enter dC330 code 12-320. Manually actuate the inserter standby sensor Q12-320. The volt-
01L 0V Distribution RAP age changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.14. Check the sensor.
Inserter pickup sensor, PL 12.310 Item 10.
Refer to:
Enter dC330 code 12-084. Manually actuate the inserter TE sensor, Q12-084, Figure 1. The 01L 0V Distribution RAP
display changes. Install new components as necessary:
Y N Inserter standby sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2.
Go to WD 12.13 and WD 12.21. Check Q12-084. HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Refer to:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Enter dC330 code 12-260 to energize the inserter clutch CL12-260. The clutch energizes.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Y N
Go to WD 12.14, WD 12.21 and WD 12.22. Check CL 12-260.
A B
B
Refer to:
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. Inserter clutch, Inserter pickup sensor
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. CL12-260 Q12-315
Inserter TE sensor
Q12-084
Inserter clutch, PL 12.310 Item 3.
Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9. Inserter LE Sensor
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. Q12-083
Enter dC330, code 12-261 to run the inserter motor, MOT12-261. The motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.14 and WD 12.22. Check MOT12-261.
Refer to:
Inserter motor, PL 12.315 Item 1.
Inserter acceleration
Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9. sensor
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2 Q12-316
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions

Inserter motor,
MOT12-261
Inserter Standby
Sensor Q12-320

A
12-198-00-171, 12-199-00-171 HVF Paper Jam RAP Install new components as necessary:
12-198-00-171 A stray sheet was detected in the finisher, after a jam clearance. Buffer path sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2.
12-199-00-171 An unexpected sheet has been detected in the finisher.
Enter dC330, code 12-106. Manually actuate the compile exit sensor, Q12-106, Figure 1. The
Initial Actions display changes.
Y N
WARNING Go to WD 12.7. Check Q12-106.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Refer to:
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Check for a jam or other obstruction in the HVF paper path.
Check the paper path for damage.
Procedure HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Enter dC330, code 12-077. Manually actuate the entry sensor, Q12-077, Figure 1. The dis-
play changes. Enter dC330, code 12-107. Manually actuate the top tray exit sensor, Q12-107, Figure 1. The
Y N display changes.
Go to WD 12.7. Check Q12-077. Y N
Refer to: Go to WD 12.7. Check Q12-107.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Refer to:
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
01L 0V Distribution RAP 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP
Install new components as necessary: 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Entry sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2. Install new components as necessary:
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. Top tray exit sensor, PL 12.135 Item 3.
Enter dC330, code 12-086. Manually actuate the buffer position sensor, Q12-086, Figure 1.
The display changes. HVF BM machines only, enter dC330, code 12-087. Manually actuate the HVF booklet exit
Y N sensor, Q12-087, Figure 1. The display changes.
Go to WD 12.7. Check Q12-086. Y N
Refer to: Go to WD 12.7. Check Q12-087.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Refer to:
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
01L 0V Distribution RAP 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP
Install new components as necessary: 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Buffer position sensor, PL 12.135 Item 2. Install new components as necessary:
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. HVF booklet exit sensor, PL 12.135 Item 3.
HVF PWB PL 12.140 Item 2.
Enter dC330, code 12-321. Manually actuate the buffer path sensor, Q12-321, Figure 1. The
display changes. The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces-
Y N sary install new components.
Refer to:
A
12-288-00-171, 12-289-00-171 HVF Nip Split RAP
12-288-00-171 The nip split has failed to operate.
Top tray exit 12-289-00-171 The nip split has failed to return to the home position.
sensor Q12-107
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check for a jam or other obstruction in the nip split.
Check the nip split for damage.
Compile exit
sensor
Procedure
Q12-106 Enter dC330, code 12-264 to run the nip split motor, MOT12-264, Figure 1. The nip-split
mechanism can be heard.
Y N
Buffer path sensor Go to WD 12.8. Check MOT12-264.
Q12-321 Refer to:
Nip split motor, PL 12.125 Item 15.
Enter dC330 code 12-088. Manually actuate the nip home sensor, Q12-088, Figure 1. The
display changes.
Y N
Entry sensor Go to WD 12.7. Check Q12-088.
Q12-077 HVF booklet exit sensor Refer to:
Q12-087 GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Buffer position sensor
Q12-086 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Nip home sensor, PL 12.135 Item 1.
Figure 1 Component location HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Enter dC330 code 12-091. Manually actuate the nip split sensor, Q12-091. The display
changes.
Y N
Refer to:
A

A
Install new components as necessary: 12-310-00-171, 12-312-00-171, 12-313-00-171 HVF Docking
Nip split sensor, PL 12.135 Item 1.
and Interlocks RAP
12-310-00-171 The finisher was detected to be undocked in the run mode.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. 12-312-00-171 The top cover interlock was detected open during a run.
12-313-00-171 The finisher front door interlock was detected open during a run.
Initial Actions
Nip split sensor, WARNING
Q12-091
Ensure the HVF is correctly docked to the machine and all interlocks are closed.
Check the interlock actuator for damage.
Procedure
Go to the relevant procedure:
12-177-00-171 Docking Interlock
12-197-00-171 Top Cover Interlock
12-303-00-171 Front Door Interlock
Nip home sensor, Nip split motor,
12-177-00-171 Docking Interlock
Q12-088 MOT12-264 Check the docking interlock switch, S12-177, Figure 1.
Check the switch actuator mounted on the machine is correctly installed and un-broken.
Enter dC330, code 12-177, actuate the switch and check the display.
Refer to:
REAR VIEW
WD 12.8.
Check the wiring.
If necessary, install a new docking interlock switch, PL 12.100 Item 16.
12-197-00-171 Top Cover Interlock
Check the top cover interlock switch, S12-197, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Component location Check the switch actuator is not damaged.
Refer to:
WD 12.8.
Check the wiring, REP 1.1.
If necessary, install a new top cover interlock switch, PL 12.115 Item 24.
12-303-00-171 Front Door Interlock
Check the front door interlock switch, S12-303, Figure 1.
Check the switch actuator on the inside of the front door is not damaged.
Enter dC330, code 12-303 actuate the switch and check the display.
Refer to:
WD 12.8.

If necessary, install a new front door interlock switch, PL 12.115 Item 28. 12-316-00-171, 12-319-00-171 Inserter Interlocks RAP
12-316-00-171 The inserter top cover interlock was detected open in the run mode.
12-319-00-171 The inserter left hand door was detected open in the run mode.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check that the inserter top cover and left hand door can be fully closed and that the interlocks
are actuated. Remove any obstruction as necessary.
Procedure
Top cover interlock switch Go to the relevant procedure:
S12-197
12-316-00-171 Inserter Top Cover Interlock
12-319-00-171 Inserter Jam Cover Interlock
12-316-00-171 Inserter Top Cover Interlock
Check the inserter top cover interlock switch, S12-178, Figure 1.
Check the switch actuator mounted on the machine is correctly installed and un-broken.
Refer to:
WD 12.14 and WD 12.21.
If necessary, install a new inserter top cover interlock switch, PL 12.305 Item 8.
12-319-00-171 Inserter Jam Cover Interlock
Check the inserter jam cover interlock switch, S12-179, Figure 1.
Check the switch actuator is not damaged.
Enter dC330, code 12-179 actuate the switch and check the display.
Refer to:
WD 12.14 and WD 12.21.
If necessary, install a new inserter jam cover interlock switch, PL 12.300 Item 18.
Front door interlock switch,

Docking interlock switch, S12-303
S12-177

12-317-00-171, 12-318-00-171 Tri-folder Interlocks RAP
12-317-00-171 The tri-folder top cover interlock was detected open during a run.
12-318-00-171 The tri-folder front door interlock was detected open during a run.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check that the tri-folder top cover and front door can be fully closed and that the interlocks are
actuated. Remove any obstruction as necessary.
Procedure
Figure 1. The two yellow, +24V interlock LEDs on the BM PWB will extinguish if a tri-folder
interlock is open.
Check that the yellow, +24V interlock LED on the BM control PWB is lit. The LED is lit.
Y N
Go to WD 12.9, WD 12.17, WD 12.19, WD 12.20. Check the wiring and repair as neces-
sary, REP 1.1. Check the tri-folder top cover interlock switch and the tri-folder front door
interlock switch, S12-209. Refer to:
Inserter jam cover interlock 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.

Inserter top cover interlock
switch, S12-179 switch, S12-178 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Tri-folder top cover interlock switch, PL 12.215 Item 3.
Tri-folder front door interlock switch, PL 12.215 Item 2.
Figure 1 Component location Tri-folder PWB, PL 12.205 Item 16.
Enter dC330, code 12-209 tri-folder front door interlock switch, S12-209. Open the tri-folder
front door. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.19 and WD 12.20. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
Check the tri-folder front door interlock, S12-209. Refer to:
Tri-folder front door interlock switch, PL 12.215 Item 2.
Tri-folder PWB, PL 12.205 Item 16.
Enter dC330, code 12-210 tri-folder top cover interlock sensor, Q12-210. Open the tri-folder
top cover. The display changes.

Y N 12-367-00-171, 12-368-00-171, 12-380-00-171 HVF Punch
Go to WD 12.19 and WD 12.20. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
Check the tri-folder top cover interlock sensor, Q12-210. Refer to: Unit Paper Edge Detect RAP
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. 12-367-00-171 The punch unit failed to detect the edge of the A4 LE feed paper.
12-368-00-171 The punch unit failed to detect the edge of the 8.5x 11 SE feed paper.
Install new components as necessary: 12-380-00-171 The punch unit failed to detect the edge of the 8.5x11 LE feed paper.
Tri-folder top cover interlock sensor, PL 12.200 Item 10.
Tri-folder PWB, PL 12.205 Item 16. Initial Actions
BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10. WARNING
Tri-folder top cover Tri-folder top cover
interlock switch interlock sensor Check that the paper path through the punch is clear, Figure 1.
Q12-210 Check the punch module is seated at the rear or the machine.
Check that a ColorQube punch unit is installed. A ColorQube unit has 3 sensors on the
unit, Figure 1.
Procedure
Figure 1. Punch sensor 1, Q12-078 detects 8.5x11 LE feed paper. Punch sensor 2, Q12-075
detects 8.5x11 SE feed paper. Punch sensor 3, Q12-076 detects A4 LE feed paper.
Enter dC330, enter the relevant code then actuate and check each of the three punch sensors.
code 12-078 for punch sensor 1.
Y N
Go to WD 12.12 for punch sensor 1 and WD 12.24 for punch sensors 2 & 3. Check the
wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Refer to:
Tri-folder front door 01L 0V Distribution RAP
interlock switch, S12- Install new components as necessary:
209
Punch sensor 1, PL 12.125 Item 17.
Enter dC330, code 12-223 transport motor 1, to check that the motor runs. The motor runs.
Figure 1 Component location Y N
Go to WD 12.7. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check MOT12-223.
Refer to:

A
Check the transport motor 1 drive belt, PL 12.120 Item 7. The drive belt is good.
Y N
Enter dC330, code 12-245 punch unit motor, to check that the motor runs. The motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.24. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check MOT12-245. Transport motor 1
Refer to: drive belt
Punch sensor
1 (Q12-078)
Punch sensor
2 (Q12-075) Punch sensor Transport motor 1
3 (Q12-076) (MOT12-223)
REAR VIEW

A
12-369-00-171 to 12-377-00-171 HVF Stapler Position and 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Priming RAP
12-369-00-171 The stapler return end home failure.
Stapler assembly, PL 12.110 Item 14.
12-370-00-171 The stapler end home failure. HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
12-371-00-171 The stapler did not move from the home position within the required time. With the stapler unit still at the inboard end, enter dC330, code 12-135. Manually actuate the
stapler unit home sensor, Q12-135 Figure 2. The display changes.
12-372-00-171 The stapler did not return to the home position within the required time. Y N
12-373-00-171 The stapler did not enter the mid home position. Refer to:
12-374-00-171 The stapler did not leave the mid home position. 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
12-375-00-171 The stapler jaw did not enter the home position.
12-376-00-171 The stapler jaw did not leave the home position. Stapler unit home sensor, PL 12.110 Item 15.
12-377-00-171 A stapler priming failure was detected.
Enter dC330, code 12-045 to send the stapler unit to the outboard end of the machine. Enter
Initial Actions code 12-176, stapler unit mid home sensor. Manually actuate the stapler unit mid home sensor,
Q12-176, Figure 2. The display changes.
WARNING Y N
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Go to WD 12.11. Check Q12-176.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Refer to:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
CAUTION 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP
Do not run code 12-247 without 2 sheets of paper in the stapler jaws. Running this code with- 01L 0V Distribution RAP
out the paper in position can cause damage to the machine.
If stapling has failed, perform the following:
Stapler unit mid home sensor, PL 12.110 Item 15.
Check that the staple head unit is correctly installed. HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Check that the staple cartridge has staples in it and is correctly installed in the staple
head. Place two sheets of paper in the stapler jaws. Raise the finisher top cover. Figure 1, fully lower
the paper pusher, then lower the top cover. Enter dC330, code 12-247 to run the staple head 1
Check that the leading staples in the staple head have been primed.
motor, MOT12-247. The motor runs.
Check that the sheets of staples in the cartridge are feeding one at a time. If staple sheets Y N
overlap, they will jam in the cartridge. If necessary, install a new cartridge. Enter dC330, code 12-319, stapler gate safety switch. Manually actuate the stapler gate
safety switch. The display changes.
Procedure Y N
Go to WD 12.11. Check S12-319.
NOTE: Sensors Q12-133, Q12-134, Q12-317 and Q12-318 are integral to the staple head unit Refer to:
and although they can be checked they are not spared separately.
Figure 1 and Figure 2 show the locations of the components. 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Enter dC330, code 12-249 to run the stapler unit 1 motor, MOT12-249 and send it to the 01L 0V Distribution RAP
inboard end of the machine. The motor runs.
Y N
Stapler gate safety switch, PL 12.115 Item 17.
Refer to: HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
A B C

B C
Go to WD 12.14. Check MOT12-247. Y N
Refer to: Go to WD 12.10, check for a change in signal level at PJ301 pin 12, while code 12-247 is
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. running. The signal level changes.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Y N
Check the wiring between PJ301 pin 12 and the stapler unit. The wiring is good.
Y N
Install new components as necessary: Repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
Stapler assembly, PL 12.110 Item 14.
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. Install a new stapler assembly, PL 12.110 Item 14.
Remove the stapled paper and raise the paper pusher fully upwards. Go to WD 12.10. +5V is Install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
available at T502 between pins 1 and 4, also between pin 1 and 7 on the staple head.
Y N Enter dC330, code 12-133, actuate the low staples sensor, Q12-133, by removing and install-
Check the wiring between T502 and PJ301. The wiring is good. ing the staple cartridge. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Repair the wiring, REP 1.1. Go to WD 12.10, check for a change in signal level at PJ301 pin 13 when Q12-133 is
being actuated. The signal level changes.
Install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. Y N
Check the wiring between PJ391 pin 13 and the staple head unit. The wiring is
Enter dC330, code 12-134 actuate the stapler priming sensor, Q12-134, by removing and good.
installing the staple cartridge. The display changes. Y N
Y N Repair the wiring REP 1.1.
Go to WD 12.10. Check for a change in signal level at PJ301 pin 9 when Q12-134 is
being actuated. The signal level changes. Install a new stapler assembly, PL 12.110 Item 14.
Y N
Check the wiring between PJ301 pin 9 and the stapler unit. The wiring is good. Install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Y N
Repair the wiring, REP 1.1. The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or bad connectors, REP 1.1. If neces-
sary install new components.
Install a new stapler assembly, PL 12.110 Item 14.
Install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Enter dC330, code 12-317 actuate the stapler cartridge sensor, Q12-317, by removing and
installing the staple cartridge. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.10. Check for a change in signal level at PJ301 pin 10 when Q12-317 is
being actuated. The signal level changes.
Y N
Check the wiring between PJ301 pin 10 and the stapler unit. The wiring is good.
Y N
Install a new stapler assembly PL 12.110 Item 14.
With the 2 sheets of paper still in place enter dC330 code 12-318 to monitor the staple jaw
home sensor Q12-318, stack the code 12-247 to cycle the staple head. The display
changes.

Stapler unit mid home
sensor, Q12-176
Paper pusher
Stapler gate safety

switch, S12-319
Stapler unit home

sensor, Q12-135

A
12-392-00-171 to 12-395-00-171 HVF Front Tamper Fault Stack the dC330 code 12-182, tamper front away sensor, Q12-182. Move the tamper using the
control codes 12-226 and 12-228. The display changes.
RAP Y N
12-392-00-171 The front tamper did not move from the home position. Go to WD 12.15. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check Q12-182.
Refer to:
12-393-00-171 The front tamper did not return to the home position. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
12-394-00-171 The front tamper did not enter the away position.
12-395-00-171 The front tamper did not move from the away position.
Tamper front away sensor, PL 12.135 Item 1.
Initial Actions HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
WARNING Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Check for damage or obstructions that would prevent the front tamper from operating cor-
rectly.
Jams can be caused if the tray settings do not match the paper in the trays. Make sure the
tray settings are correct.
Procedure
Figure 1 shows the location of the components.
Enter dC330, code 12-228 to move the tamper inboard, then enter 12-226 to move the tamper
outboard. The tamper moves.
Y N
Go to WD 12.15. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the front
tamper motor home, MOT12-226. Refer to:
Front tamper motor, PL 12.125 Item 6.
Stack the dC330 code 12-180, front tamper home sensor, Q12-180. Move the tamper using the Tamper front away Tamper front home Front tamper
control codes 12-226 and 12-228. The display changes. sensor, Q12-182 sensor, Q12-180 motor, MOT12-226
Y N
Go to WD 12.15. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check Q12-180.
Refer to:
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Figure 1 Component location
Tamper front home sensor, PL 12.135 Item 1.
A
12-396-00-171 to 12-399-00-171 HVF Rear Tamper Fault Y N
RAP Refer to:
12-396-00-171 The rear tamper tray did not move from the home position. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
12-397-00-171 The rear tamper tray did not return to the home position. 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
12-398-00-171 The rear tamper tray did not move from the away position.
12-399-00-171 The rear tamper tray did not return to the away position. Rear tamper away sensor, PL 12.110 Item 15.
Initial Actions HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Check for damage or obstructions that would prevent the rear tamper from operating cor-
rectly.
Check that the drive belt is securely in position, Figure 1.
Jams can be caused if the tray settings do not match the paper in the trays. Make sure the
tray settings are correct.
Procedure
Enter the dC330 code, 12-229 to move the rear tamper inboard. (The code 12-227 can be
used to move the rear tamper outboard.) The tamper moves.
Y N
Go to WD 12.14. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the rear
tamper motor, MOT12-227. Refer to: Rear tamper motor, Rear tamper Rear tamper
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. MOT12-227 away sensor, home sensor,
Q12-183 Q12-181
Rear tamper motor, PL 12.110 Item 19.
Stack the dC330 code, 12-181, rear tamper home sensor, Q12-181. Move the rear tamper
motor using the code 12-229. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
Rear tamper home sensor, PL 12.110 Item 15.
Enter the dC330 code, 12-183, rear tamper away sensor. Use a piece of paper inserted from
the rear of the machine to actuate the rear tamper away sensor, Q12-183. The display
changes. Figure 1 Component location

A
12-403-00-171, 12-413-00-171, 12-414-00-171 HVF BM Install new components as necessary:
BM staple head 2, PL 12.185 Item 7.
Staple Head 2 and Stapler Module RAP
12-403-00-171 The booklet maker staple head 2 motor has failed to move.
Enter dC330, code 12-275 to run the BM SH2 motor. The staple head cycled.
12-413-00-171 The booklet maker staple head 2 is not detected in the home position.
Y N
Go to WD 12.16 and WD 12.19. Check the wiring and connectors.
12-414-00-171 The booklet maker stapler module is not detected in the home (staple head
The wiring and connectors are good.
closed) position during hard / soft initialize, or at set boundary.
Y N
Repair the wiring or connectors, REP 1.1.
Initial Actions
WARNING Install a new BM staple head 2, PL 12.185 Item 7.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. sary install new components:
Check that there is no damage or obstruction that would prevent the stapling unit from BM staple head carrier closed sensor, PL 12.185 Item 18.
cycling. BM staple head 2 assembly, PL 12.185 Item 7.
Check that the sheets of staples in the cartridge are feeding one at a time. If staple sheets BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
overlap, they will jam in the cartridge. If necessary, install a new staple cartridge, PL
12.185 Item 8.
Ensure that the customer job does not exceed the capacity of the booklet maker. Refer to
12D-171 Booklet Quality RAP for booklet maker quality specifications.
Procedure
Enter dC330, code 12-217 to check the BM staple head carrier closed sensor, Q12-217, Figure
1. Open and close the staple head carrier. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to:
BM staple head carrier closed sensor, PL 12.185 Item 18.
Remove the HVF front door, refer to REP 12.1-171 HVF Covers. Pull out the BM module.
Remove the staple head 2 cover, PL 12.185 Item 14. Enter dC330, code 12-220 to check the BM staple head carrier
BM SH2 home switch. Manually rotate the staple head to actuate the BM SH2 home switch. closed sensor, Q12-217
Y N
Go to WD 12.16. Check the BM SH 2 home switch, S12-220.
Refer to: BM staple head 2
assembly
01L 0V Distribution RAP Figure 1 Component location
A
12-415-00-171 HVF BM Crease Roll Gate Home RAP
12-415-00-171 The crease roll gate is not at the home position.
Initial Actions
WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. BM crease gate home sensor,
Q12-222
Check for a jam or other obstruction that can prevent the crease roll gate mechanism from
moving.
Check the following parts for damage:
Crease roll gate rack gears, PL 12.180 Item 8.
Crease roll gate racks, PL 12.180 Item 14.
BM crease roll gate
motor, MOT12-273
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 12-222. Actuate the BM crease roll gate home sensor, Q12-222, Figure 1.
Y N
Refer to:
BM crease roll gate home sensor, PL 12.175 Item 9.
NOTE: The BM crease roll gate motor has two component control codes:
12-273 cycles the crease roll gate.
12-276 opens the crease roll gate.
Enter dC330, code 12-273 to cycle the BM crease roll gate motor, MOT12-273. The motor
runs.
Y N
Refer to:
BM crease roll gate motor, PL 12.175 Item 8.
sary install a new BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.

12-417-00-171, 12-418-00-171 HVF BM Flapper RAP
12-417-00-171 The booklet maker flapper did not return to the home position.
12-418-00-171 The booklet maker flapper did not move from the home position.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check for damage or obstructions that would prevent the BM flapper from rotating.
Procedure
NOTE: All HVF BM interlocks must be made to supply +24V to the motors.
Enter dC330, code 12-271 to check the BM flapper motor, MOT12-271, Figure 1. The BM
flapper rotates.
Y N
Refer to:
12A-171, HVF Power Distribution RAP.
BM flapper motor, PL 12.175 Item 1.
BM flapper, PL 12.150 Item 23.
Flapper home
Enter dC330, code 12-207. Actuate the flapper home sensor, Q12-207. The display BM Flapper motor,
sensor, Q12-207
MOT12-271
changes.
Y N
Refer to:
Flapper home sensor, PL 12.150 Item 12. Figure 1 Component location

A
12-450-00-171, 12-456-00-171 to 12-459-00-171 HVF Ejector HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Module RAP Exit diagnostics mode, selecting the re-boot option. This returns the ejector module to the
12-450-00-171 The ejector module motor has stalled home position. Enter the dC330 code, 12-185, ejector out sensor, Q12-185. Stack the dC330
code, 12-249 to move the stapler unit inboard. The display changes.
12-456-00-171 The ejector module did not return to the home position. Y N
Go to WD 12.11. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the ejector
12-457-00-171 The ejector module did not move from the home position. out sensor, Q12-185. Refer to:
12-458-00-171 The ejector module did not return to the out position. 12A-171, HVF Power Distribution RAP.
12-459-00-171 The ejector module did not move from the out position.
Initial Actions Ejector assembly, PL 12.110 Item 2.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Exit the diagnostics mode, selecting the re-boot option. This returns the ejector module to the
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause home position. Enter the dC330 code 12-096, ejector motor encoder sensor, Q12-096. Stack
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. the dC330 code, 12-249 to move the stapler unit inboard. The display changes condition
Check for damage or obstructions that would prevent the ejector module from operating for a few seconds.
correctly. Y N
Check the ribbon cable on the ejector for kinks and potential breaks in the conductors. Go to WD 12.11. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check Q12-096.
Refer to:
Go to 12K-171 HVF Initialization Failure RAP to determine when the fault occurs.
Check the harness to the ejector unit and the connectors under the unit.
Procedure
Enter the dC330 code 12-184, ejector home sensor, Q12-184. Stack the dC330 code 12-249 to
move the stapler unit inboard. This action moves the stapler unit inboard, and moves the ejec- HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
tor module to the out position. The display changes.
The ejector module moved to the out position.
Y N
Go to WD 12.15. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the
ejector motor, MOT12-236. Refer to:
home sensor, Q12-184. Refer to:
A

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-147 12-450-00-171, 12-456-00-171 to 12-459-00-171
12-451-00-171 to 12-455-00-171 HVF Ejector Roll and
Lower Paddle Fault RAP
12-451-00-171 The ejector roll motor has stalled.
12-452-00-171 The ejector roll did not return to the home position.
12-453-00-171 The ejector roll did not move from the home position.
12-454-00-171 The lower paddle has failed to return to the home position.
12-455-00-171 The lower paddle has failed to move from the home position.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check for any damage or obstructions that would prevent the ejector roll and lower paddle
from operating correctly.
Procedure
Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 3 show the component locations.
Enter dC330 code, 12-242 to lower the bin 1 stacker tray. Enter dC330 code 12-249, staple unit
Ejector motor, 1 forward. This moves the ejector module to the out position. Enter dC330 code 12-098, ejec-
MOT12-236 tor plate home sensor, Q12-098. Manually turn the ejector belts a few centimeters. The dis-
play changes.
Y N
Refer to:
Enter the dC330 code 12-097, ejector roll motor encoder sensor, Q12-097. Enter the code, 12-
233 to rotate the ejector roll motor one cycle of the ejector plates in the forward direction. The
display changes.
Ejector motor encoder Y N
sensor, Q12-096 Ejector out sensor,
Ejector home sensor, Q12-185 The ejector roll motor turned.
Q12-184 Y N
Go to WD 12.15. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check
MOT12-233. Refer to:
A B
12-450-00-171, 12-456-00-171 to 12-459-00-171, 12- 2-148 ColorQube 9303 Family
A B
roll motor encoder sensor, Q12-097. Refer to:
Enter dC330 code 12-099, ejector lower paddle home sensor. Rotate the lower paddle
upwards and inwards for one full rotation, Figure 3. The voltage changes from a logic high
to a low, and then back to high.
Y N
lower paddle home sensor, S12-099. Refer to:
Install new components as necessary: Ejector roll motor
Ejector assembly, PL 12.110 Item 2. MOT12-233
Enter dC330 code 12-202, Ejector paper present sensor, Q12-202. Actuate the ejector paper
present sensor by placing a sheet of paper on the ejector module. The display changes.
Y N
paper present sensor, Q12-202. Refer to:
Ejector roll motor encoder Ejector plate home
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. sensor, Q12-097 sensor, Q12-098

Rotate paddle 1 Ejector paper
complete turn present sensor,
Q12-202
Ejector lower
paddle home
sensor, S12-
099
RIGHT UNDER-SIDE VIEW OF EJECTOR

A B
12-460-00-171 to 12-462-00-171 HVF Bin 1 Position RAP HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
12-460-00-171 Bin 1 motor has stalled.

If the tray is not at the lower limit, enter the dC330 code 12-191, bin 1 lower limit switch.
Manually actuate the switch, Figure 1. The display changes.
12-461-00-171 Bin 1 did not actuate the bin 1 upper level sensor during stacking. Y N
Go to WD 12.13. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check S12-
12-462-00-171 Bin 1 did not leave the bin 1 upper level sensor during stacking or the stacker
191. Refer to:
failed to initialize correctly. GP 13 How to Check a Switch.
Initial Actions
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Bin 1 lower limit switch, PL 12.105 Item 7.
Check that bin 1 is not damaged and there are no obstructions that would prevent bin 1
Go to WD 12.10. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the bin 1 ele-
from moving. vator motor, MOT12-241. Refer to:
Press the pause to unload button (PTU) to lower bin 1. Press again the pause to unload GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
button to raise bin 1.
Procedure Install new components as necessary:
NOTE: The bin 1 90% full sensor and the bin 1 lower limit switch are mounted on the same Bin 1 elevator motor, PL 12.105 Item 10.
bracket. This bracket can be in either of two positions. It is in the upper position, only when a HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
tri-folder module is installed.
Enter the dC330 code, 12-163, bin 1 motor encoder sensor. Turn the encoder wheel. The dis-
NOTE: The bin 1 upper level sensor controls the height of the tray during normal use. The sen-
play changes.
sor is in two parts: the receiver at the rear of the tray and the transmitter at the front of the tray.
Only the LED of the front sensor is used and only the light sensitive transistor of the rear sen- Y N
Go to WD 12.13. Check the wiring and repair as necessary. Check Q12-163. Refer to:
sor is used. Refer to WD 12.13.
Figure 1 shows the location of the components. 12A-171, HVF Power Distribution RAP.
NOTE: If required, the following component control codes can be used to move bin 1 tray: 01L 0V Distribution RAP
12-059, elevator motor up. Install new components as necessary:
12-060, elevator motor down. Bin 1 motor encoder sensor, PL 12.105 Item 3.
12-241, elevator home. HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
12-242, elevator cycle.
Enter the dC330 code 12-188, bin 1 upper level sensor. Remove the paper from the tray. Actu-
Place a 1 cm (0.4 inch) stack of paper on the bin 1 tray. Switch off the machine, then switch on ate the sensor by breaking the light beam from the front transmitter to the rear receiver. The
the machine. The bin 1 tray moves during initialization. display changes.
Y N Y N
If the tray is not at the upper limit, enter the dC330 code 12-190, bin 1 upper limit switch. Go to WD 12.13 and WD 12.15. Check the wiring and repair as necessary. Check the two
Manually actuate the switch, Figure 1. The display changes. parts of the bin 1 upper level sensor, Q12-188. Refer to:
Y N GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Go to WD 12.13. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check S12- 12A-171, HVF Power Distribution RAP.
190. Refer to: Install new components as necessary:
Bin 1 upper level sensor (transmitter), PL 12.110 Item 20.
Bin 1 upper level sensor (receiver), PL 12.110 Item 16.
Bin 1 upper limit switch, PL 12.105 Item 7.
A B C

C
Enter the dC330 code 12-187, bin 1 90% full sensor. Actuate the sensor using a piece of
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.13. Check the wiring and repair as necessary. Check Q12-187. Refer to:
Install new components as necessary: Bin 1 motor encoder
sensor, Q12-163 Bin 1 lift
Bin1 90% full sensor, PL 12.105 Item 3. motor,
Paper pressing sen- MOT12-451
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. sor Q12-322
Lower the bin 1 tray by pressing the PTU switch. Enter the dC330 code 12-322, paper pressing
sensor Q12-322. Actuate the paper pressing sensor using a sheet of paper. The display
changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.12. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the paper
pressing sensor, Q12-322. Refer to:
12A-171, HVF Power Distribution RAP. Bin 1 upper level sensor
01L 0V Distribution RAP (transmitter), Q12-188
Paper pressing sensor, PL 12.110 Item 17.
Bin 1 upper level sensor,
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. (receiver)

Bin 1 upper limit
switch, S12-190
Bin 1 90% full

sensor, Q12-187
Bin 1 lower limit

switch, S12-191

A B
12-463-00-171, 12-464-00-171 HVF BM +24V Failure RAP If a inserter is installed, go to PJ703. +24V is available between PJ703 pin 1 and PJ111
pin 1.
12-463-00-171 The booklet maker control PWB has failed to detect +24V at the input from the
Y N
HVF.
Go to 12-316-00-171, 12-319-00-171 HVF Inserter Interlock RAP
12-464-00-171 The booklet maker control PWB has detected an internal +24V failure, such as
Go to WD 12.6. +24V is available at PJ601 between pins 1 and pin 4.
over current, short circuit or under voltage.
Y N
Install a new BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
Initial Actions
WARNING Go to WD 12.6. +24V is available at PJ601 between pins 4 and 6.
Y N
Go to the 12-310-00-171, 12-312-00-171, 12-313-00-171 Docking and Interlocks
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. RAP.
WARNING The +24V supply is good. Go to SCP 5 Final actions.

Ensure the HVF BM is correctly docked to the machine and all interlocks are closed. The +24V supply is good. Go to SCP 5 Final actions.
Check the interlock actuator for damage.
Procedure
Refer to Figure 1. Close or cheat all the HVF BM interlocks. The HVF BM performs a
mechanical reset.
Y N
Go to WD 1.1. ACL is available at PJ3AC on the LVPS and base module between
pins 1 and 2.
Y N
Go to WD 12.6. +24V is available at PJ111 between pins 1 and 4.

Y N
Figure 1. +24V is available at T001 on the HVF power supply between pins 1
and 5.
Y N
Install a new HVF power supply module, PL 12.140 Item 1.
Check the connectors and harness between T001 and PJ111. Repair the harness as
necessary, REP 1.1.
Go to WD 12.6. +24V is available at PJ111 between pins 1 and 4 and between pins 3
and 6.
Y N
Go to the 12-310-00-171, 12-312-00-171, 12-313-00-171 Interlocks RAP.

Y N
+24V is available at PJ131 between pins 1 and 2.
Y N
Check the connectors and harness between PJ559 and PJ131. Repair the harness
as necessary, REP 1.1.
A B

12-465-00-171 to 12-468-00-171 Paddle Unit Position RAP
12-465-00-171 The paddle unit has failed to return to the upper position.
12-466-00-171 The paddle unit has failed to move from the upper position.
12-467-00-171 The paddle unit has failed to return to the lower position.
12-468-00-171 The paddle unit has failed to move from the lower position.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check for damage or obstructions that would prevent the paddle unit from operating correctly.
Procedure
NOTE: All HVF BM interlocks must be made to supply +24V to the motors.
Enter dC330, code 12-239 to run the paddle unit motor, MOT12-239, Figure 1. The motor
runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.10. Check the paddle unit motor, MOT12-239.
Refer to:
Paddle unit motor, PL 12.120 Item 6.
The paddle unit moves.

Y N
Check the drive gears on the paddle unit. Install new components as necessary, PL
12.115 Item 2.
Tri-folder unit Enter dC330, code 12-174 paddle unit upper sensor, Q12-174. Select code 12-240 to run the
paddle unit motor. The sensor status changes.
Y N
Refer to:
HVF power GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
supply module
HVF PWB 12A-171, HVF Power Distribution RAP.
BM PWB
Enter dC330, code 12-175 paddle unit lower sensor, Q12-175. Select code 12-239 to run the
paddle unit motor. The sensor status changes.

12-463-00-171, 12-464-00-171, 12-465-00-171 to 12- 2-154 ColorQube 9303 Family
Y N 12-473-00-171 to 12-478-00-171 Support Finger Position
Refer to: RAP
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. 12-473-00-171 The pressing and support motor does not return to initial position within the
required time.
12-474-00-171 The pressing and support motor does not move out to initial position within the
Install new components as necessary: required time.
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. 12-475-00-171 The pressing and support motor does not return to home position within the
required time.
12-476-00-171 The pressing and support motor does not move out of home position within the
required time.
12-477-00-171 The pressing and support motor does not return to out position within the
Paddle unit lower required time.
Paddle unit upper
sensor, Q12-174. sensor, Q12-175.
12-478-00-171 The pressing and support motor does not move out of out position within the
required time.
Procedure
WARNING
NOTE: When manually extending the fingers to check the sensors, the pressing and support A
sensor operates first, followed by the pressing and support B sensor. The pressing and support
C sensor operates when the fingers are fully extended. All three sensors are spared as part of
the rear tamper assembly.
Figure 2 shows the component locations.

Remove the HVF front door and front cover REP 12.1-171. Remove the upper right side cover
REP 12.5-171. Cheat the front door interlock. Enter dC330 code 12-249 SU1 Motor Forward,
to move staple head to the rear of the HVF. Disconnect then reconnect the pressing and sup-
port A sensor, Figure 2.
Enter dC330 code 12-172, pressing and support A sensor, Q12-172. Note the position of the
support fingers at rest. Turn the gear wheel shown in Figure 1, downwards. The support fingers
extend to the right as the gear is turned. Extend the support fingers approximately 6 mm (0.25
inch). The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.12. Check Q12-172. Refer to:
Paddle unit motor, 01L 0V Distribution RAP
MOT12-239 Install new components as necessary:
Rear tamper assembly, PL 12.110 Item 29.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-155 12-465-00-171 to 12-468-00-171, 12-473-00-171 to
A
Enter the dC330 code 12-171 pressing and support B sensor, Q12-171. Turn the gear wheel to
extend the support fingers approximately 25 mm (1 inch). The display changes.
Y N
Enter the dC330 code 12-173, pressing and support C sensor, Q12-173. Turn the gear wheel
to extend the support fingers approximately 105 mm (4.1 inch). The display changes.
Y N Pressing and
Go to WD 12.12. Check Q12-173. Refer to: support C sensor,
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Q12-173
12A-171, HVF Power Distribution RAP. Gear wheel
Make several small sets of prints. Check that the support fingers extend between each set.
The support fingers extended.
Y N
Remove the HVF top cover and rear cover, REP 12.1-171. Enter the dC330 code 12-093,
pressing and support encoder sensor, Q12-093. Manually turn the support motor encoder
disc. The display changes.
Y N
12A-171, HVF Power Distribution RAP. Pressing and
support encoder
01L 0V Distribution RAP Pressing and support sensor, Q12-093
Install new components as necessary: B sensor, Pressing and support A
Q12-171 Pressing and support
Pressing and support encoder sensor, PL 12.110 Item 15. sensor, Q12-172. motor, MOT12-323
Go to WD 12.15 and check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Install new com-
ponents as necessary:
Motor encoder assembly, PL 12.110 Item 18. Figure 1 Component location

12-479-00-171 Inserter Paper Length Fault RAP
12-479-00-171 A shorter than expected sheet has been fed from the inserter.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check that the inserter paper path is clear of obstructions and the sensors are clean.
Procedure
Figure 1 shows the component locations.
Enter the dC330 code 12-079, inserter paper length sensor 1, Q12-079. Actuate the sensor.
Y N
Go to WD 12.13, WD 12.21 and WD 12.22. Check the inserter paper length sensor 1,
Q12-079. Refer to:
Inserter paper length sensor 1, PL 12.300 Item 12.
Pressing and support
A sensor HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Figure 2 Component location Y N
Go to WD 12.13, WD 12.21 and WD 12.22. Check the inserter paper length sensor 2,
Q12-080. Refer to:
Inserter paper length sensor 2, PL 12.300 Item 12.
Y N
Go to WD 12.14 and WD 12.22. Check the inserter paper length sensor 3, Q12-090.
Refer to:

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-157 12-473-00-171 to 12-478-00-171, 12-479-00-171
A B
Inserter paper length sensor 3, PL 12.300 Item 12. Inserter unit motor, PL 12.315 Item 1.
Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9. Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Enter the dC330 code 12-084, inserter TE sensor, Q12-084. Actuate the sensor. The display Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
changes.
Y N Inserter paper length
Go to WD 12.13 and WD 12.21. Check the inserter TE sensor, Q12-084. Refer to: sensor 1, Q12-079
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Inserter paper length
12A-171, HVF Power Distribution RAP. sensor 2, Q12-080
01L 0V Distribution RAP Inserter paper length
sensor 3, Q12-090
Inserter TE sensor,
Inserter TE sensor, PL 12.310 Item 11. Q12-084
Enter the dC330 code 12-083, inserter LE sensor, Q12-083. Actuate the sensor. The display
changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.13 and WD 12.21. Check the inserter LE sensor, Q12-083. Refer to:
Inserter LE sensor, PL 12.310 Item 11.
Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9. Inserter clutch,
CL12-260
Inserter motor, Inserter LE sensor,
Enter the dC330 code 12-260, to energize the inserter clutch, CL12-260. The inserter clutch MOT12-261 Q12-083
energizes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.14, WD 12.21 and WD 12.22. Check the inserter clutch, CL12-260. Refer to:
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. Figure 1 Component location
Inserter clutch, PL 12.310 Item 3.
Enter the dC330 code 12-261, to run the inserter motor, MOT12-261. The motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 12.14 and WD 12.22. Check MOT12-261. Refer to:
B
12-492-00-171 to 12-494-00-171 IME To Finisher Failure 12-762-00-171, 12-764-00-171, 12-765-00-171 IME To
RAP Finisher Communication Failure RAP
12-492-00-171 CDI Communications failure with the finisher. 12-762-00-171 Communications failure between the IME and the finisher
12-493-00-171 The finisher failed to cycle up. 12-764-00-171 The IME cannot detect a finisher plugged in.
12-494-00-171 The finisher failed to return a prep time to the IME within 1 second. 12-765-00-171 The IME has detected an incompatible / unknown finisher.

WARNING WARNING
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check that the finisher is not incompatible for fault 12-762-00 and 12-765-00.
Check the finisher power cord is plugged into the IME. Check that the communication harness from the finisher is plugged in to the IME.
Check that the communication harness from the finisher is plugged in to the IME. Check that the actuator, PL 12.100 Item 17 is attached to the right hand machine frame
and is making the docking interlock.
Procedure Go to 12K-171 HVF Initialization Failure RAP to determine when the fault occurs.
Refer to in line connector PJ904 and to WD 8.5. Switch the machine off, GP 14 and disconnect
PJ904 on the back of the image processing module. Reconnect PJ904 and switch the machine Procedure
on, GP 14. If the fault is still present check for damaged pins on PJ904 and on the Media Path Refer to in line connector PJ904 and to WD 8.5. Switch the machine off, GP 14 and disconnect
Driver PWB. PJ904 on the back of the image processing module. Reconnect PJ904 and switch the machine
Install new components as necessary: on, GP 14. If the fault is still present check for damaged pins on PJ904 and on the Media Path
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Driver PWB.
Power communications cable, PL 12.140 Item 7. Install new components as necessary:
Power cord, PL 12.140 Item 4. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Power communications cable, PL 12.140 Item 7.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-159 12-492-00-171 to 12-494-00-171, 12-762-00-171, 12-
A B
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP Y N
The HVF has an integral power supply providing +24V and +5V supplies to the HVF PWB and
HVF BM PWB. The AC power for the HVF power supply comes from the LVPS and base mod-
Check the in-line fuse, F1 (10A), and as necessary install a new fuse, PL 12.140
ule of the machine. Refer to Figure 3 for component location. Item 5. Check the connectors and harness between T001 and PJ111. Repair the
harness as necessary, REP 1.1.
Initial Actions
WARNING Go to WD 12.6 and WD 12.8. Close the front door and top cover and ensure the HVF is
docked to the machine. +24V is available at PJ111 pin 1 and PJ112 pins 8.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Y N
Go to the 12-310-00-171, 12-312-00-171, 12-313-00-171 Docking and Interlocks
RAP.
WARNING
Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause death or injury. Go to WD 12.6. +5V is available at PJ559 between pins 4 and 5.
CAUTION Y N
Do not connect the HVF power cord directly to the AC wall outlet. The HVF cannot operate +5V is available at PJ132 between pins 1 and 2.
Y N
without the machine. The machine controls the distribution of electricity to the HVF/HVF BM for
Install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2
correct power on and power off sequencing.
Ensure the HVF/HVF BM is correctly docked to the machine and all interlocks are closed. Check the connectors and harness between PJ132 and PJ559. Repair the harness
Check the interlock actuator for damage. as necessary.
Refer to HVF PWB and BM PWB LEDs to identify the status of the PWBs.
Procedure Y N
Figure 1 shows the component locations. Y N
Close or cheat all the HVF BM interlocks. The HVF BM performs a mechanical reset.
Y N
Go to WD 12.6. +5V is available at PJ113 between pins 1 and 2. Check the connectors and harness between PJ559 and PJ131. Repair the harness
Y N
as necessary, REP 1.1.
+5V is available at T001 on the HVF power supply module between pins 4 and
8. If an inserter is installed, go to PJ703. +24V is available between PJ703 pin 1 and
Y N
PJ111 pin 1.
Go to WD 1.1. ACL is available at PJ3AC on the LVPS and base module
Y N
between pins 1 and 2. Go to 12-316-00-171, 12-319-00-171 HVF Inserter Interlock RAP
Y N
Y N
Y N
Go to WD 12.6. Disconnect PJ113. +5V is available at the harness end of PJ113 Install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
between pins 1 and 2.
Y N
Check the connectors and harness between PJ553 and PJ601. Repair the harness
Check the connectors and harness between T001 and PJ113. Repair the har- as necessary, REP 1.1.
ness as necessary, REP 1.1.
Install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. Y N
Y N
Y N Install a new BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
+24V is available at T001 between pins 5 and 3.
A B A C D
12A-171 2-160 ColorQube 9303 Family
A C D
Check the connectors and harness between PJ553 and PJ601. Repair the harness LED 8 - red, steady. This indicates that the HVF top cover, front door and docking inter-
as necessary, REP 1.1. locks are all closed and +24V is available at the HVF module.
LED 9 - red, steady. This indicates that the +5V supply is present in the HVF module.
The +24V and +5V supplies are good. Go to SCP 5 Final actions. Figure 2 shows the LEDs on the BM PWB.

Y N
Go to the 12-310-00-171, 12-312-00-171, 12-313-00-171 Docking and Interlocks RAP.
The +24V and +5V supplies are good. Go to SCP 5 Final actions.
HVF PWB and BM PWB LEDs
Figure 1 shows the LEDs on the HVF PWB.
Figure 2 LEDs on the BM control PWB
The LEDs are:

LED 1 - red, steady. This indicates a fault or other abnormal status.
LED 2 - yellow, flashing at about 1Hz. This indicates that the software is operating in nor-
mal mode. In other modes, e.g., software downloading, the flashing rate is higher.
LED 3 - orange, steady. This indicates either:
Figure 1 LEDs on the HVF PWB that the tri-folder front door and top cover interlocks are closed, and +24V is avail-
able to the BM module or, if the tri-folder in not installed;
The LEDs are: that the interlock cheater is present in PJ553 on the BM control PWB the logic
LED 1 - red. Not used. cheater is present in PL563 on the BM control PWB.
LED 2 - red. Not used. LED 4 - orange, steady. This indicates that the +24V supply is within voltage and current
LED 3 - red, flashing. This indicates the functioning of the CPU. When flashing at 2Hz, limits, and that the power limiting circuit has not been active for over a set time limit.
(every 1/2 second), the software is running normally. When flashing at about 1/4Hz, LED 5 - blue, steady. this indicates that the +5V supply is present in the BM module.
(every 4 seconds), this indicates that the software is encountering a code problem and a
possible software upgrade is needed. If this LED is OFF, the CPU does not function and a
new HVF PWB is needed.
LED 4 - red. Not used.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-161 12A-171
12B-171 HVF BM to Machine Communications Interface
and BM Present RAP
A communication fault exists between the HVF BM and the machine.
Procedure
WARNING
WD 12.9 and WD 12.19 show the communications between the booklet maker and the HVF
PWB. For communications between the HVF PWB and the machine go to WD 12.9.
The pulses on the connections between PJ133 and PJ562 cannot be measured, but may be
detected using a meter that can record maximum and minimum voltage levels, or by using an
AC voltage range. Check the wiring and repair as necessary, REP 1.1.

Booklet maker PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
If the machine indicates that the booklet maker is not present, check that PJ133, pin 6 is held
at 0V. If necessary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1 or install a new HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Tri-folder unit
In-line fuse,
(F1)
HVF power
supply module
HVF PWB
BM PWB

12A-171, 12B-171 2-162 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
12C-171 HVF BM Bin 2 Failure RAP BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
Bin 2 fails to remove the finished booklets from the exit area of the booklet maker.
sary install new conveyor belts, PL 12.190 Item 1.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check for a jam or any other obstruction that could prevent the conveyor belt mechanism from
moving.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 12-206. Actuate the BM bin 2 path transport full sensor, Q12-206, Figure 1.
Y N
If a tri-folder is installed, go to WD 12.18. Check the connection at PJ583 on the tri-folder.
The connection are good.
Y N
Check the connectors and harness at the tri-folder. Repair the harness as neces-
sary, REP 1.1.

Refer to:
BM bin 2 90% full
sensor Q12-206 BM conveyor drive
01L 0V Distribution RAP motor, MOT12-274
BM bin 2 90% full sensor PL 12.190 Item 5.
NOTE: The BM conveyor belts drive motor stops after 10 seconds. Figure 1 Component location
Enter dC330, code 12-274 to run the BM conveyor drive motor, MOT12-274. The motor runs.
Y N
If a tri-folder is installed, go to WD 12.17. Check the connection at PJ583 on the tri-folder.
The connection are good.
Y N
Check the connectors and harness at the tri-folder. Repair the harness as neces-
sary, REP 1.1.

Refer to:
BM conveyor belts drive motor, PL 12.190 Item 4.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-163 12C-171
12D-171 Booklet Quality RAP Examine the booklets for defects. Refer to the following:
Use this RAP to identify and correct the causes of poor booklet quality in the HVF BM. Top and Bottom Edge Alignment.
Open Side Edge Alignment.
The following booklet quality problems are covered in this RAP: Badly Formed Booklet Staples
The alignment of the top and bottom edges of the booklet are not within specification. Booklet Compiler is Not Correct
The alignment of the open side edges of the booklet are not within specification. Skewed Booklet Crease.
The booklet staples are badly formed. Booklet Crease is Off Centre.
The booklet compiling is not correct (page order is wrong). Booklet Staple Position is Not On The Fold.
The booklet crease is skewed greater than the specification. The Booklet is Not Sufficiently Creased.
The booklet crease is off-centre, greater than the specification. Top and Bottom Edge Alignment
The booklet staple position is not within the specification. Figure 1, open out the booklet at the centre page and press it onto a flat surface. Measure the
The booklet is not sufficiently creased. mis-alignment of the top and bottom edges of the booklet.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check that the paper loaded in the paper trays matches the paper size displayed on the
UI.
Ensure that the paper being fed to the BM conforms to the specification, GP 20 Paper and
Media Size Specification.
Ensure that the booklets being produced do not exceed the maximum contents given in
Table 1.
Table 1 Booklet contents

Maximum Maximum
Maximum number of number of
number of booklet unstapled
Media Paper weight sheets pages sheets
Plain paper 60 to 80gsm (16 to 21lb bond) 15 60 5
Heavyweight 90gsm (24lb bond) 13 52 -
Plain paper 60 to 80 gsm (16 to 21lb bond) 14 including 56 - Measure the total scatter
with heavy- with 160 gsm (43lb bond) cover 1 cover
weight cover
Check the machine and HVF BM paper paths for any obstruction that could cause mis-
Figure 1 Top and bottom alignment
alignment of the paper fed to the BM compiling area.
Procedure Table 2 Top and bottom edge alignment

Produce three 4 sheet / 16 page booklets, using 80gsm (20lb) paper. Paper size and weight Paper weight 95% of booklets 99.7% of booklets
must conform the specification in GP 20 Paper and Media Size Specification.
80gsm (20lb) 1mm 2mm
All other BM approved weights in GP 20 2mm 3mm

If the top and bottom edge alignment does not conform to the specification in Table 2, check If the open side edge alignment does not conform to the specification in Table 3, check the
the operation of the BM tampers, refer to the 12-066-00-171, 12-384-00-171, 12-419-00-171, operation of the BM stack hold solenoids, refer to the 12-065-00-171, 12-383-00-171 HVF
12-420-00-171 HVF BM Tamper Failure RAP. If the tampers are operating correctly, go to ADJ Booklet Back Stop Failure RAP. If the stack hold solenoids are operating correctly, check care-
12.5-171 Booklet Tamping and check the tampers are correctly adjusted. fully for any contamination or debris in the compiling area of the BM, that could cause the mis-
alignment.
If the booklet skew does not conform to the specification in Table 4. Perform the following:
Check the operation of the BM stack hold solenoids, refer to 12-065-00-171, 12-383-00- Badly Formed Booklet Staples
171 HVF Booklet Back Stop failure RAP. If the booklet staples are not formed correctly, perform ADJ 12.3-171 Staple Anvil Alignment.
If the stack hold solenoids are operating correctly, check for contamination or debris in the Booklet Compiler is Not Correct
compiling area of the BM that could cause the mis-alignment.
If the page order of the booklets is not correct, perform ADJ 12.6-171 Booklet Compiling Posi-
Open Side Edge Alignment tion.
Figure 2, open out the booklet at the centre page and press it onto a flat surface. Measure the
mis-alignment of the open side edges of the booklet. Skewed Booklet Crease
amount of booklet skew.
Measure the total scatter
Figure 2 Open side edge alignment
Table 3 Open side edge alignment

Paper weight 95% of booklets 99.7% of booklets
80gsm (20lb) 1mm 2mm
All other BM approved weights in GP 20 2mm 3mm

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-165 12D-171
2. ADJ 12.9-171 Booklet Marker Skew.
3. Check the BM back stop assembly for damage. If necessary, install a new BM back stop
assembly, PL 12.165 Item 18.
Booklet Crease is Off Centre
position of the booklet crease.
Measure from the booklet

edge to the crease
The amount of skew is the difference

between the two measurements
Figure 3 Booklet skew
Table 4 Skew tolerance

Paper size A4, Paper size A4,
8.5x11in, 8.5x11in,
8.5x13in or 8.5x13in or Paper size A3 Paper size A3 Figure 4 Booklet crease position
Paper weight 8.5x14in 8.5x14in or 11x17in or 11x17in
95% of 99.7% of 99.7% of
- booklets booklets 95% of booklets booklets
Table 5 Crease position and tolerance
80gsm (20lb) Less than Less than 2.5mm Less than Less than
1.0mm 1.4mm 3.1mm Paper size Edge to crease measurement
All other booklet Less than Less than 3.0mm Less than Less than A4 148.5 +/- 1.5mm
maker approved 1.5mm 2.1mm 3.6mm A3 210 +/- 1.5mm
weights in GP 20
8.5x11 inch 139.5 +/- 1.5mm
8.5x13 inch 165.1 +/- 1.5mm
If the booklet skew does not conform to the specification in Table 4, perform the following:
8.5x14 inch 178.0 +/- 1.5mm
1. Check the operation of the BM stack hold solenoids, refer to the 12-065-00-171, 12-383-
00-171 HVF Booklet Back Stop Failure RAP. If the stack hold solenoids are operating cor- 11x17 inch 216.0 +/- 1.5mm
rectly, check for any contamination or debris in the compiling area of the BM, that could
cause the mis-alignment.

If the booklet crease position does not conform to the specification in Table 5, perform ADJ
12.7-171 Booklet Crease Position.
Booklet Staple Position is Not On The Fold

position of the booklet staple from the crease line.
Staple position
must align with the
crease +/-1.5mm
Figure 6 Booklet creasing
Table 6 Creasing tolerance

Paper size A4,
8.5x11in, Paper size A4,
8.5x13in or 8.5x11in, 8.5x13in Paper size A3 or Paper size A3 or
Paper weight 8.5x14in or 8.5x14in 11x17in 11x17in
Figure 5 Booklet staple position
- 95% of booklets 99.7% of booklets 95% of booklets 99.7% of booklets
If the booklet staple position does not conform to the specification in Figure 5, perform ADJ 80gsm (20lb) Less than 30mm Less than 35mm Less than 22mm Less than 25mm
12.8-171 Booklet Staple Position.
If the open dimension of the booklets does not conform to the specification in Table 6, install
The Booklet is Not Sufficiently Creased new crease nip springs, PL 12.170 Item 12.
Figure 6, Measure the open dimension of the booklets.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-167 12D-171
12E-171 Copy Damage in the HVF BM RAP 12F-171 Mis-Registration in Stapled and Unstapled Sets
Use this RAP to identify and correct the causes of copy damage in the HVF BM. RAP
Use this RAP to identify and correct the causes of mis-registration in stapled sets, resulting in
Procedure staples missing some sheets in the set, or poorly registered non-stapled sets.
WARNING
Check the following: not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Check the alignment between the IME and the HVF BM, ADJ 12.1-171. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Look for paper fragments in the HVF BM paper path. Paper fragments can move through A probable cause of mis-stapled or mis-compiled sheets is a defective paddle unit or ejector
the IME and HVF BM paper path without causing a problem until they finally wedge them- assembly.
selves at some point. A likely place for a fragment of paper to be wedged is at the hole If output prints 2 to 100 in the compile area are not fully pulled back against the HVF back-
punch assembly, where the top and bottom guides form the narrowest part of the paper stops inspect the paddles of the paddle unit for physical signs of wear, PL 12.115 Item 25.
path.
If output print 1 in the compile area is not fully pulled back against the HVF backstops
Ensure that the exit diverter solenoid SOL12-225, PL 12.120 Item 4, energizes correctly inspect the ejector paddle assembly for physical signs of wear, PL 12.110 Item 22.
and has full movement.
A probable cause of mis-registration is the condition of the paper and/or damage such as, curl,
Ensure that the hole punches park at the fully open position. If they protrude, even wrinkle, creases, dog ears, etc.
slightly, a jam will occur in the narrow paper path of the hole punch. Refer to the 12-044- Curl, wrinkle and creases are probably caused in the IME, go to the IQ 1 Image Quality
00-171 to 12-047-00-171 Punch Head Position RAP.
Entry RAP.
Check that all the idler rolls in the HVF BM paper path are free to rotate, particularly those
For other copy / print damage and dog ears, go to the 12E-171 Copy Damage in the HVF
on the jam clearance guides. Refer to ADJ 4.1 Machine Lubrication.
BM RAP.
Make sure that the jam clearance guides 5a, 5b and 5c close and latch correctly.
Check that the paper path ribs of the BM paper guide 6e, PL 12.150 Item 7 and the upper
Check the alignment between the IME and the HVF BM, ADJ 12.1-171.
exit guide PL 12.125 Item 8 are free of scores and nicks. Check also for contamination
and glue from label stock. Turn over the paper stack in the tray in use.
Make sure that the compiler carriage tampers move to the correct paper size. Use a new ream of paper in the tray in use.
Check that the paper size reported on the user interface corresponds to the actual paper Paper type, especially recycled paper, can lead to registration problems. Try changing to
a different brand or type of paper.
size loaded in the trays, refer to the 71B Tray 1 and 2 Wrong Size Paper RAP.
Ensure that the guides in the paper trays are correctly set and reported on the UI for the
Make sure that the BM tampers move to the correct paper size, refer to the 12-066-00-
paper size loaded, refer to the 71B Tray 1 and 2 Wrong Size Paper RAP.
171, 12-384-00-171, 12-419-00-171, 12-420-00-171 HVF BM Tamper Failure RAP.
Check that paper type is set correctly. If heavyweight paper is used but not set in the UI,
Ensure that the BM paper guide, PL 12.150 Item 7, closes and latches correctly.
the compiler capacity can be exceeded.
If heavy-weight paper is used, the paper can stop in the vertical transport and cause a
fault. The fault is caused when the vertical transport motor is over loaded. Check the posi- Check for obstructions in the compiler.
tion of the jam clearance guides 5a, 5b and 5C. Check the vertical transport rolls and Ensure the paddle roll mechanism in the eject housing operating correctly, refer to the 12-
bearings for contamination. If necessary remove and clean the drive shaft and the bear- 024-00-171, 12-025-00-171 Paddle Roll Position RAP.
ings. If the problem continues then install a new transport motor,. Make sure that the compiler carriage tampers move to the correct paper size.
Make sure that the BM tampers move to the correct paper size, refer to 12-066-00-171,
12-384-00-171, 12-419-00-171, 12-420-00-171 HVF BM Tamper Failure RAP.

12E-171, 12F-171 2-168 ColorQube 9303 Family
12G-171 HVF BM Poor Stacking RAP 12H-171 Pause to Unload (PTU) RAP
Use this RAP to find the cause of poor stacking in the HVF BM. Use this RAP to diagnose pause to unload problems.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Check the following; Figure 1 shows the component locations. Go to WD 12.15. Check the wiring and the voltages.
Look for sets that are not dropping back fully in the bin 1 tray and therefore not being Refer to PJ903. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Install new components as neces-
detected by the kicker fingers and sensors: sary:
Large paper sizes should not be stacked on top of small paper sizes.
PTU PWB, PL 12.140 Item 3.
Ensure that the paper stack in each paper tray has been fanned.
Turn over the paper stack in each paper tray.
Ensure that all paper or other copy stock being used is within the size and weight
specifications. Refer to GP 20 Paper and Media Size Specifications.
Try using a fresh ream of paper.
Ensure that the edge guides of all paper trays are adjusted correctly for the paper
size and that the trays are fully closed.
Labels must not be fed to bin1, but to bin 0 only.
It is recommended that transparencies are fed to bin 0 whenever possible.
Check that the bin 1 upper limit switch, S12-190 and the bin 1 lower limit switch, S12-191
are working correctly. Refer to the 12-460-00-171 to 12-462-00-171 Bin 1 Position RAP.
Make sure that the compiler carriage tampers move to the correct paper size.
Check that the HVF BM is not positioned near an air conditioning or ventilation output
duct. Air flow across the output bins can cause poor stacking.
PTU PWB
PTU switch, PTU LED

S12-208

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-169 12G-171, 12H-171
12J-171 Inserter Paper Sensing and +5V Supply RAP Y N
Go to WD 12.13, WD 12.21 and WD 12.22 and check the inserter paper width sensor 2.
Use this RAP to find the cause of inserter empty, inserter paper width and +5v supply prob-
Refer to:
lems.
PJ8 and PJ4 on the Inserter PWB.
Procedure
WARNING 01L 0V Distribution RAP
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Inserter paper width sensor 2, PL 12.300 Item 13.
Figure 1 and Figure 2 show the component locations. Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
If a +5V supply problem is suspected, perform the following: HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Go to the 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. Check the 0V and +5V supply from the HVF
PWB to the inserter PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Go to WD 12.13 and WD 12.22. Measure the voltage from the inserter acceleration sensor
Install new components as necessary: (Q12-316), while actuating the sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Check the inserter acceleration sensor (Q12-316). Refer To:
GP 11 How to check a Sensor.
To diagnose inserter paper sensing and paper width problems, perform the following:
Enter the dC330 code 12-082 inserter unit empty sensor, Q12-082. Actuate the sensor. The
display changes. 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Go to WD 12.13 and WD 12.21. Check Q12-082. Refer to: Install new components as necessary:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Inserter acceleration sensor, PL 12.300 Item 10.
PJ8 and PJ4 on the Inserter PWB. Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Install new component as necessary: Go to WD 12.14 and WD 12.22. Measure the voltage from the inserter pickup sensor (Q12-
Inserter unit empty sensor, PL 12.300 Item 11. 315) while actuating the sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Check the inserter pickup sensor (Q12-315). Refer to:
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. GP 11 How to check a Sensor.
Enter dC330 code 12-081, inserter paper width sensor 1, Q12-081. Actuate the sensor. The
display changes. 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Go to WD 12.13 and WD 12.21. Check Q12-081. Refer to: Install new components as necessary:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Inserter pickup sensor PL 12.310 Item 10.
PJ8 and PJ4 on the Inserter PWB. Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
Install new components as necessary: Perform SCP 5 final actions.
Inserter paper width sensor 1, PL 12.300 Item 13.
Enter dC330 code 169, inserter paper width sensor 2, Q12-169. Actuate the sensor. The dis-
play changes.

12J-171 2-170 ColorQube 9303 Family
Inserter paper width sensor
Inserter unit empty sensor, 1, (Q12-081)
Q12-082
Inserter paper width

sensor 2, (Q12-169)
Inserter Pickup
sensor (Q12-315) Inserter acceleration
sensor (Q12-316)
Figure 1 Component location Figure 2 Component location

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-171 12J-171
12K-171 HVF Initialization Failure RAP Staple head not at home, refer to 12-369-00-171 to 12-377-00-171 HVF stapler Position
and Priming RAP.
When an initialization command is received from the machine, the HVF is initialized with the
Ejector not at home, refer to 12-450-00-171, 12-456-00-171 to 12-459-00-171 HVF Ejec-
following actions:
tor Module RAP.
1. The stacker tray moves down and then up.
The buffer motor fails to start, refer to 12-141-00-171, 12-142-00-171 HVF Buffer Path
2. The lower paddle rotates to home position.
RAP.
3. The paddle unit moves up.
Entry feed motor 1 fails to start, refer to 12-125-00-171, 12-126-00-171 HVF Entry Sensor
4. The paper pusher comes down RAP.
5. The ejector moves out. Transport motor 2 fails to start, refer to 12-171-00-171, 12-172-00-171 HVF Top Exit Sen-
6. The staple head moves to the rear. sor RAP.
7. The staple head moves back home, front. The booklet maker diverter solenoid fails to energizes, refer to 12-113-00-171, 12-114-00-
8. The pusher moves up to home position 171, 12-190-00-171, 12-192-00-171 HVF BM Entry RAP.
9. The ejector moves back into home position. The exit diverter solenoid fails to energies, refer to 12-171-00-171, 12-172-00-171 HVF
Top Exit Sensor RAP.
10. The pressing and support fingers come out and then move in.
Either of the BM staple heads are not at the home position, refer to 12-063-00-171, 12-
11. The paddle unit moves down.
411-00-171 HVF BM Stapler Unit 1 Failure RAP or 12-403-00-171, 12-413-00-171, 12-
12. The paddles in the paddle unit rotate twice.
414-00-171 HVF BM Stapler Head 2 and Stapler Module RAP.
13. The HVF should now be ready to run if all these checks completed successfully.
The BM tampers are not at the home position, refer to 12-066-00-171, 12-384-00-171, 12-
NOTE: The HVF initialization procedure can be triggered by opening and closing the HVF front 419-00-171, 12-420-00-171 HVF BM Tamper Failure RAP.
door, or by raising and lowering the top tray. When this is done the tray will not lower com- The BM backstop is not at the home position, refer to 12-065-00-171, 12-383-00-171 HVF
pletely, but will adjust its position. BM Backstop Failure RAP.
The BM crease roll gate is not at the home position, refer to 12-415-00-171 HVF BM
The booklet maker is initialized as follows:
Crease Roll Gate Home RAP.
1. The BM tampers are driven to their home position, unless already home.
The BM crease blade is not at the home position, refer to 12-061-00-171, 12-416-00-171
2. The BM backstop is driven to the home position, unless already home. HVF BM Creasing RAP.
3. The BM crease roll gate is driven to the home position, unless already home.
4. The BM crease blade is driven to the home position, unless already home.
5. The BM staple heads are driven to their home position, unless already home.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Open the HVF front door. Cheat the front door interlock switch. Fully pull out the BM module
Procedure
If the initialization sequence fails to place any unit at the home position, refer to the appropriate
RAPs:
Front tamper not at home, refer to 12-392-00-171 to 12-395-00-171 HVF Front tamper
Tray RAP
Rear tamper not at home, refer to 12-396-00-171 to 12-399-00-171 HVF Rear Tamper
Tray RAP.
Paddle not at home, refer to 12-024-00-171, 12-025-00-171 Paddle Roll Position RAP.
Bin 1 not at home, refer to 12-460-00-171 to 12-462-00-171 HVF Bin 1 Position RAP.
Punch not at home, refer to 12-044-00-171 to 12-047-00-171 Punch head Position RAP

12K-171 2-172 ColorQube 9303 Family
12L-171 Tri-Folder Not Detected RAP 12M-171 Buffer Path Clamp Problems RAP
Use this RAP when the machine fails to detect the tri-folder module. Use this RAP when having problems with the buffer path clamp on the HVF. Problems in this
area result in paper jams at the exit and poor compiling.
NOTE: The machine must be loaded with A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch SEF paper for the tri-folder to
function. Also, booklet mode will only be available if A4, 11, 14 or 17 inch paper is loaded in the Initial Actions
machine.
WARNING
Check that the solenoid and the clamp can move freely without obstruction.
Check for damage or obstructions that would prevent the tri-folder from operating correctly. Procedure
Procedure Enter the dC330 code 12-056, set clamp solenoid. The solenoid actuates.
Y N
Go to WD 12.19. Check the wiring of the tri-folder present link, and repair as necessary, REP Go to WD 12.8 and check the wiring. Repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check SOL12-056.
1.1. Check for 0V at PJ563, pin 7. Refer to:
Refer to:
12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP. GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. 12A-171 HVF Power Distribution RAP.
Set clamp solenoid, PL 12.120 Item 4.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-173 12L-171, 12M-171
12N-171 Chad Bin Present and Bin Full RAP
Use this RAP when there is a false indication of a missing or full chad bin.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check that the chad sensor hole in the side of the bin is clear of obstruction. Check that the bin
is fully inserted and is empty.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 12-118, chad bin present sensor, Q12-118. Remove the chad bin and actu-
ate the sensor manually. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.12 and check the wiring. Repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the chad bin
present sensor, Q12-118. Refer to:
As necessary, install new components:
Chad bin present sensor, PL 12.125 Item 18.
Set clamp solenoid,
SOL12-056 HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2.
REAR VIEW Enter the dC330 code, 12-193, chad bin level sensor, Q12-193. Remove the chad bin and
actuate the sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 12.12 and check the wiring. Repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Check Q12-193.
Refer to:

12M-171, 12N-171 2-174 ColorQube 9303 Family
Chad bin level sensor,
(Q12-193)
Chad bin present

sensor, (Q12-118)
UNDERSIDE VIEW

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-175 12N-171
12N-171 2-176 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-000-00 to 16-000-26 Cannot Create RPC With ENS RAP 16-001-09 to 16-001-90 Unable to Synchronize Startup RAP
16-000-00 Format services non shutdown ESS faults 16-001-09 Unable to do startup synchronization
16-000-01 ENS service non shutdown ESS faults 16-001-14 Unable to do startup synchronization
16-000-09 Cannot create RPC connection with ENS 16-001-19 Unable to do startup synchronization
16-000-14 Cannot create RPC connection with ENS 16-001-26 Unable to Start up and synchronize with SC
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, the network controller (ESS) will automatically re-boot. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 2. For multiple occurrences switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
3. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-002-09 to 16-002-19 Unable to Register as RPC RAP 16-003-09 to 16-003-90 Too Many IPC Handles RAP
16-002-09 Unable to Register as an RPC server 16-003-09 Too many IPC handles
16-002-14 Unable to Register as an RPC server 16-003-14 Too many IPC handles
16-002-19 Unable to Register as an RPC server 16-003-19 Too many IPC handlers
16-002-26 Unable to Register as an RPC server 16-003-90 Utility insert handler failure
16-002-46 Unable to Register as an RPC server Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
1. If a single occurrence, take no action.

16-002-09 to 16-002-19, 16-003-09 to 16-003-90 2-178 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-004-14 to 16-005-92 RPC Failure to Register RAP 16-006-09, 16-006-19 Cannot Register for Events RAP
16-004-14 RPC call failure to ESS registration service 16-006-09 Cannot register for events
16-004-19 RPC connect failure to ESS registration service 16-006-19 Cannot register for events
16-004-26 RPC connect failure to ESS registration service Procedure

16-004-46 RPC connect failure to ESS registration service (to register with)
WARNING
16-005-14 RPC call failure to ESS registration service not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
16-005-19 RPC call failure to ESS registration service 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
16-005-26 RPC call failure to ESS registration service
16-005-46 RPC call failure to ESS registration service (to register with)
16-005-90 RPC call failure to ESS registration failed
Procedure
WARNING

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-179 16-004-14 to 16-005-92, 16-006-09, 16-006-19
16-007-92 to 16-010-99 Invalid IPC / RPC Data RAP 16-013-14, 16-014-14 Copier Synchronization Error RAP
16-007-92 Invalid RPC data received 16-013-14 Digital copier ENS synchronization error
16-009-09 Invalid IPC data received 16-014-14 Digital copier ENS synchronization error
16-010-14 Unable to send IPC Procedure

16-010-99 IPC open, create, signal queue failed
WARNING
WARNING 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-007-92 to 16-010-99, 16-013-14, 16-014-14 2-180 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-015-14, 16-015-19 Data Store Variable Not Set RAP 16-016-14, 16-016-19 Data Store Initialization Failed RAP
16-015-14 SESS data store environmental variable not set 16-016-14 Data store initialization failed
16-015-19 SESS data store environmental variable not set 16-016-19 Data store initialization failed
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 1. If a single occurrence, the network controller (ESS) will automatically re-boot.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall the software, GP 4. 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall the software, GP 4.

16-017-19 to 16-021-26 Send Event Failure / Could Not Get 16-021-46 Unable to Get Host Name RAP
Host Name RAP 16-021-46 Unable to get Host Name
16-017-19 Send event failure. Unable to send event to ESS ENS
Procedure
16-021-19 ESS PM registration connect error WARNING
16-021-26 Service could not get Host name
Procedure 1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
WARNING 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall the software, GP 4.

16-023-09, 16-023-26 RPC Call Failure RAP 16-026-09 to 16-026-92 Memory Allocation Error RAP
16-023-09 RPC call failure to ENS 16-026-09 Memory allocation failure
16-023-26 RPC call failure to ENS 16-026-14 Malloc error
Procedure 16-026-46 Memory allocation failure

WARNING 16-026-90 Malloc error
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 16-026-92 Memory allocation failure
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. Procedure
2. For multiple occurrences switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. WARNING
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-183 16-023-09, 16-023-26, 16-026-09 to 16-026-92
16-027-90 Unable to Obtain Queue ID RAP 16-028-09, 16-028-90 Unable to Complete RPC Call / Invalid
16-027-90 Unable to obtain well known queue ID Range RAP
16-028-09 Unable to complete RPC call
Procedure
WARNING 16-028-90 Invalid range string
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Procedure
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall the software, GP 4. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause

16-030-19 Unable to Obtain Client RAP 16-031-09 Invalid Event Notification RAP
16-030-19 Unable to obtain client RPC handle to EJS 16-031-09 Invalid event notification received
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
2. For multiple occurrences switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
3. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. 3. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-032-19, 16-039-00 NVM Connection Failure / Pthread 16-040-92 Semaphore Fault RAP
Create Error RAP 16-040-92 Semaphore fault
16-032-19 NVM connection failure
Procedure
16-039-00 Pthread create error WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall the software, GP 4.

16-048-09 Unable to Set Binding RAP 16-048-14, 16-048-90 Cannot Set ESS Client Binding RAP
16-048-09 Unable to set binding 16-048-14 Cannot set ESS client binding
Procedure 16-048-90 Cannot set ESS client binding

WARNING
Procedure
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14

16-048-99 Unable to Set Client Binding RAP 16-150-09 Cannot Send Registration Event RAP
16-048-99 Unable to set client binding 16-150-09 Cannot send Registration Event
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. For multiple occurrences switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-150-14 Unable to Obtain RPC Transport RAP 16-150-19 Unable to Sync Peer RAP
16-150-14 Unable to obtain RPC transport 16-150-19 Unable to sync peer (within ESS) infrastructure services
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-150-26 Fault Service Failed to Write Log RAP 16-150-90 Invalid IPC Request Destination RAP
16-150-26 Fault Service Failed to write log 16-150-90 Invalid IPC request destination
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
2. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. 2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-150-92 Consumer Interface Fault RAP 16-151-09 to 16-151-19 Invalid IPC Command / SNMP Reg
16-150-92 Consumer interface fault Failure RAP
16-151-09 Invalid IPC command
Procedure
WARNING 16-151-14 SNMP event registration failed
16-151-19 Invalid IPC command
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14
Procedure
2. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. WARNING

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-191 16-150-92, 16-151-09 to 16-151-19
16-151-26 Fault Service Failed to Get a Log RAP 16-151-90 Environment Variable Failure RAP
16-151-26 Fault service failed to get a log handle 16-151-90 Put environment variable failure
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-152-09 Internal IPC Failure RAP 16-152-14 Empty Internal Event Failure RAP
16-152-09 Internal IPC failure 16-152-14 Empty internal event received by ENS
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-152-19 Unable to Send Request to SESS RAP 16-152-26 Unable to Send Request to SESS RAP
16-152-19 Unable to send request to SESS 16-152-26 Unable to send request to SESS
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. 1. If a single occurrence, reinstall software, GP 4.
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. For multiple occurrences, first check the harness connections then if problem persists
3. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. install a new HDD, PL 3.11 Item 2.

16-153-09 Unable to Obtain IPC Queue RAP 16-153-14 Unable to Initialize Event List RAP
16-153-09 Unable to obtain IPC queue 16-153-14 Can not initialize internal event list
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-153-19 NVM Save Failure RAP 16-154-09 ESS Registration Configuration Error RAP
16-153-19 NVM save failure 16-154-09 ESS Registration service configuration error
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 2. If problem persists there could be a bad software release. Install new software, GP 4.

16-154-14 Cannot Create Internal Event Queue RAP 16-154-19 NVM Read Failure RAP
16-154-14 Cannot create internal event 16-154-19 NVM read failure
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-155-19 ESS Failed to Boot from Alternate Disk RAP 16-156-19 Service Run Loop Failed RAP
16-155-19 ESS failed to boot from alternate disk partition 16-156-19 Service run loop failed
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. 1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-160-09 ESS Reg Service Process Death RAP 16-161-09, 16-164-09 Cannot Send Reg Event / List Access
16-160-09 ESS Registration Service Process Death Failure RAP
16-161-09 Cannot send registration event
Procedure
WARNING 16-164-09 List access failure (create, add, find, delete)
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
3. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.

16-162-09 to 16-163-09 Cannot Send Reg Event / ESS 16-429-00, 16-431-00 Unable to Write to Data Store / Get
Services Failure RAP System Time RAP
16-162-09 ESS platform manager services process death 16-429-00 Unable to write to data store
16-163-09 ESS DM agent services process death 16-431-00 Unable to get system time
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-432-00 Unknown Scheduler Received RAP 16-433-00 RPC Call Failed RAP
16-432-00 Unknown scheduler received 16-433-00 RPC call failed
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

16-434-00 Unable to Change Scheduler RAP 16-600-07 to 16-600-67 Cannot Create RPC Connection
16-434-00 Unable to change scheduler received RAP
16-600-07 Cannot create RPC connection to ENS
Procedure
WARNING 16-600-35 Cannot create RPC connection to ENS
16-600-46 Cannot create RPC connection to ENS
16-600-66 Unable to create RPC connection to ENS
2. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. 16-600-67 Unable to create RPC connection to ENS
Procedure
WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, the network controller (ESS) will automatically re-boot.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall the software, GP 4.

16-434-00, 16-600-07 to 16-600-67 2-202 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-601-26 to 16-601-46 Queue Setup / System Control 16-601-47 Diagnostics Service Failed IPC Queue Setup
Failed / Invalid UI Info RAP RAP
16-601-26 Fault Service Failed IPC Queue Setup 16-601-47 Diagnostics service failed IPC queue setup
16-601-35 System control initialization Failed Procedure

16-601-46 Invalid UI information (RPC data) returned
WARNING
WARNING 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-203 16-601-26 to 16-601-46, 16-601-47
16-601-66, 16-601-67 Unable to Do Start Up Sync RAP 16-601-68 Unable to Start Up and Sync RAP
16-601-66 Unable to do start up synchronization 16-601-68 Unable to start up & synchronize with SC
16-601-67 Unable to do start up synchronization Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
1. If a single occurrence switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-601-105 Unable Synchronize At Start Up RAP 16-602-07 to 16-602-105 RPC Service Registration Failure
16-601-105 Unable to do start up synchronization RAP
16-602-07 RPC service registration failure
Procedure
WARNING 16-602-09 Unable to unregistered as RPC service during shutdown
16-602-11 RPC server register failed
16-602-28 RPC server registration failed
1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 16-602-35 RPC server registration failed
16-602-38 RPC server registration failed
16-602-66 Unable to register as an RPC server
Procedure
WARNING

16-603-11, 16-603-28 Replace Handler Call Failed RAP 16-603-46 to 16-603-67 Too Many IPC Handlers RAP
16-603-11 Replace handler call failed 16-603-46 Too many IPC handlers
16-603-28 Replace handler call failed 16-603-66 Too many IPC handlers
Procedure 16-603-67 Too many IPC handlers

WARNING
Procedure
1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause

16-603-11, 16-603-28, 16-603-46 to 16-603-67 2-206 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-603-68, 16-604-105 Replace Handler Call Failed / Data 16-603-105, 16-604-14 RPC Call Failure to NC Reg Service
Store Variable Not Set RAP RAP
16-603-68 Replace handler call failed 16-603-105 RPC call failure to network controller registration service.
16-604-105 SESS data store environmental variable not set 16-604-14 Unable to unregister as RPC service during shutdown. Registration failed.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 1. If a single occurrence, take no action.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-604-38 to 16-605-07 Could Not Register With Reg 16-605-14, 16-605-105 Unable to Unregister As RPC
Service RAP Service / RPC Call Failure RAP
16-604-38 Could not register with registration service 16-605-14 RPC call failure to ESS registration service
16-604-99 Could not register with registration service 16-605-105 Unable to unregister as RPC service during shutdown
16-605-07 Unable to register with registration service Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 3. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-605-26 Fault Service Timed Out Registering RAP 16-605-35 to 16-605-67 RPC Call Failure to ESS RAP
16-605-26 Fault service timed out registering with registration service 16-605-35 RPC call failure to ESS registration service
Procedure 16-605-47 RPC call failure to ESS registration service (to register with)
WARNING 16-605-66 RPC call failure to ESS registration service
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 16-605-67 RPC call failure to ESS registration service
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Procedure
2. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. WARNING

16-606-07 Cannot Register For Events RAP 16-606-35 to 16-606-99 Cannot Register For Events RAP
16-606-07 Cannot register for events 16-606-35 Cannot register for events
Procedure 16-606-46 Cannot register for events

WARNING 16-606-99 Cannot register for events
WARNING

16-606-105 OS Problem RAP 16-607-19 to 16-608-14 Invalid RPC Data / Unable to Free
16-606-105 OS problem Resources RAP
16-607-19 Invalid RPC data received
Procedure
WARNING 16-607-46 Invalid RPC data received
16-607-47 Invalid RPC disk diagnostic data received
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 16-607-105 Service run loop failed
16-608-09 Unable to free IPC resources
16-608-11 IPC unregister failed
16-608-14 Unable to free IPC resources
Procedure
WARNING

16-608-26 Fault Service Failed to Unbind RAP 16-608-28 to 16-608-67 Unable to Free IPC Resources RAP
16-608-26 Fault service failed to unbind with SC 16-608-28 IPC unregister fail
Procedure 16-608-35 Unable to free IPC resources

WARNING 16-608-38 Unable to unregister as IPC server
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 16-608-46 Unable to free IPC resources
1. If a single occurrence, reinstall software, GP 4. 16-608-66 Unable to free IPC resources
2. For multiple occurrences, first check the harness connections then if problem persists
install a new HDD, PL 3.11 Item 2. 16-608-67 Unable to free IPC resources
Procedure
WARNING

16-608-105 Unable Build UI SVC Obtain Client Failed RAP 16-609-07 Unknown Message Received RAP
16-608-105 Unable build UI SVC obtain client failed 16-609-07 Unknown message received from DM agent
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. For multiple occurrences, first check the harness connections then if problem persists
3. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. install a new HDD, PL 3.11 Item 2.

16-609-19, 16-609-105 Too Many IPC Handlers / Invalid 16-609-26 Fault Service Encountered Error RAP
RPC Data RAP 16-609-26 Fault service encountered error trying to get IPC message
Procedure
16-609-105 Too many IPC handlers WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 1. If a single occurrence, reinstall software, GP 4.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 2. For multiple occurrences, first check the harness connections then if problem persists
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. install a new HDD, PL 3.11 Item 2.

16-609-46 to 16-609-92 Invalid IPC Data Received RAP 16-610-00, 16-610-07 IPC Send Failure RAP
16-609-46 Invalid IPC data received 16-610-00 IPC send failure to ESS triple A service for queue command authorization
16-609-47 Invalid IPC data received. Get SC diagnostics handle failed; 16-610-07 IPC send failure to DM agent
16-609-92 Invalid IPC data received Procedure

WARNING
Procedure

16-610-09 Cannot Send IPC Message RAP 16-610-11 to 16-610-90 Unable to Send IPC Message RAP
16-610-09 Cannot send IPC message to ESS platform manage 16-610-11 IPC communication failed
Procedure 16-610-19 Unable to send IPC message

WARNING 16-610-26 Unable to send IPC message
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 16-610-28 IPC communication failed
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 16-610-35 Unable to send IPC message
16-610-46 Unable to send IPC message
16-610-90 IPC send response error
Procedure
WARNING

16-610-92 Failure to Send Queue Status RAP 16-610-99 Unable to Send IPC Message RAP
16-610-92 Failure to send queue status 16-610-99 Unable to send IPC message
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

16-611-07, 16-611-38 Client Removal Failed RAP 16-611-19 to 16-611-47 Unable to Remove RPC Connection
16-611-07 Client removal failure RAP
16-611-09 Unable to remove RPC connection
16-611-38 Client removal failure
Procedure
WARNING 16-611-19 Unable to remove RPC connection
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 16-611-26 Unable to remove RPC connection
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 16-611-47 Unable to remove RPC connection
Procedure
WARNING

16-611-07, 16-611-38, 16-611-19 to 16-611-47 2-218 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-611-66 to 16-611-99 Unable to Remove RPC Connection 16-612-09 to 16-612-68 Unable to Do Shutdown Sync RAP
RAP 16-612-09 Unable to do shutdown synchronization
16-612-14 Unable to do shutdown synchronization
Procedure 16-612-47 Downgrade not permitted
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 16-612-68 Unable to do shutdown synchronization
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Procedure
1. If a single occurrence, take no action. WARNING
2. For multiple occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
3. If the fault remains, reinstall software, GP 4. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause

16-613-09 to 16-614-19 DC Sync / Comms Error RAP 16-614-47 Invalid Software Upgrade RAP
16-613-09 DC registration synchronization error 16-614-47 Invalid SW upgrade file
16-613-14 DC ENS synchronization error Procedure

16-613-19 DC sys mgr sync error
WARNING
16-614-09 DC registration communications error not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
16-614-14 Digital copier ENS registration error 1. Verify that the correct software file is being used, refer to GP 4.
16-614-19 DC sys mgr communications error
Procedure
WARNING

16-615-35, 16-615-46 Data Store Variable Not Set RAP 16-615-47 Multiple Software Upgrade File RAP
16-615-35 SESS data store environmental variable not set 16-615-47 Multiple SW upgrade files in directory
16-615-46 SESS data store environmental variable not set Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 1. Ensure that there is only one software upgrade file in the directory, refer to GP 4.

16-615-66 Data Store Variable Not Set RAP 16-615-67, 16-615-90, 16-616-38, 16-616-46 SESS Data
16-615-66 SESS data store environmental variable not set Store Environmental Variable RAP
16-615-67 SESS data store environmental variable not set.
Procedure
WARNING 16-615-90 Corrupt environment variable, configuration script error.
16-616-35 SESS Faults 206 or 207. Data store not created. Corrupt environment.
16-616-38 Shared memory fault when initializing with the data store.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 16-616-46 SESS Faults 206 or 207, data store not created, corrupt environment variable.
Procedure
WARNING
1. For a single occurrence, take no action.
2. For multiple occurrences switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
3. If the fault remains, reinstall the software, GP 4.

16-615-66, 16-615-67, 16-615-90, 16-616-38, 16-616-46 2-222 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-616-47 IPC Message Failure RAP 16-616-67 Submission Of E-mail OR IFax Job Failed RAP
16-616-47 IPC message failure. 16-616-67 Submission of e-mail or IFax job failed.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. For a single occurrence, take no action. 1. For a single occurrence, take no action.
2. For multiple occurrences switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. For multiple occurrences switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
3. If the fault remains, reinstall the software, GP 4. 3. If the fault remains, reinstall the software, GP 4.

16-617-19 RPC Information Corrupt RAP 16-617-47 TAR Extraction Failure RAP
16-617-19 Invalid event information or data. ENS failure, system RPC information corrupt. 16-617-47 TAR extraction failure
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-618-47 DLM SPI Extraction Failure RAP 16-619-14 to 16-619-93 Cannot Unregister From
16-618-47 DLM SPI Extraction failure Registration Service RAP
16-619-14 Registration service failed to respond in time.
Procedure
WARNING 16-619-19 Registration service failed to respond in time.
16-619-26 Could not register with Registration Service. Communication failure, software error.
16-619-46 Unable to unregister with Network Controller Registration Service. Registration Ser-
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. vice was too slow to respond.
2. For a multiple occurrence, reinstall software, GP 4.
16-619-47 DMPR Failure at web.
vice was too slow to respond.
vice was too slow to respond.
Procedure
WARNING
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-620-07 to 16-620-90 Registration Service Failed RAP 16-620-92, 16-620-93, 16-620-99 Unable to Register With
16-620-07 Registration Service failed. Network Controller Registration Service RAP
16-620-92 Unable to unregister with network controller registration service due to registration
16-620-14 Registration Service failed. service failure.
16-620-19 Registration Service failed.

16-620-93 Unable to unregister with network controller registration service due to registration
service failure.

Procedure
WARNING
16-620-47 Upgrade request rejected. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
16-620-90 Registration Service failed. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Procedure 2. For a multiple occurrence, reinstall software, GP 4.
WARNING

16-620-07 to 16-620-90, 16-620-92, 16-620-93, 16-620- 2-226 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-621-00, 16-621-07, 16-621-11, 16-621-28, 16-621-35, 16- 16-622-07, 16-622-09, 16-622-11, 16-622-14, 16-622-19, 16-
621-38, 16-621-47, 16-621-66, 16-621-67, 16-621-93, 16-621- 622-26, 16-622-28, 16-622-35, 16-622-38, 16-622-46, 16-622-
99 Unable to Obtain Host Name RAP 47 Corrupt RPC Table RAP
16-621-00 Unable to get host name. Configuration error. 16-622-07 Corrupt O/S RPC table.
16-621-07 Unable to get host name. Configuration error. 16-622-09 Corrupt O/S table.
16-621-11 Unable to get host name. Configuration error. 16-622-11 Corruptly O/S table.
16-621-28 Unable to get host name. Configuration error. 16-622-14 Corruptly O/S table.
16-621-35 Failed to get host name using GetHostName call. 16-622-19 Corruptly O/S table.
16-621-66 Unable to get host name. 16-622-35 Corruptly O/S table.
16-621-67 Unable to get host name. 16-622-38 Corruptly O/S table.
16-621-99 Failed to get host name using GetHostName call. 16-622-47 Software upgrade file failure.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. For single occurrence, switch on the machine, then switch off the machine, GP 14. 1. For single occurrence, switch on the machine, then off the machine, GP 14.
2. For multiple occurrence, reinstall software, GP 4. 2. For multiple occurrence, reinstall software, GP 4.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-227 16-621-00, 16-621-07, 16-621-11, 16-621-28, 16-621-
16-622-66, 16-622-67, 16-622-68 Unable to Register RPC 16-623-35, 16-623-47, 16-624-46 ENS Service Failed to
Service RAP Respond In Time RAP
16-622-66 Unable to unregister as RPC service during shutdown. 16-623-35 ENS Service failed to respond in time.
16-622-67 Unable to register as RPC service during shutdown. 16-623-47 ENS service failed to respond in time.
16-622-68 Unable to register as RPC service during shutdown. 16-624-46 RPC corrupted o/s failure.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 1. For a single occurrences, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-622-66, 16-622-67, 16-622-68, 16-623-35, 16-623-47, 2-228 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-625-35, 16-625-46, 16-625-66, 16-625-67, 16-625-90 16-626-00, 16-626-11, 16-626-38, 16-626-47, 16-626-67
Invalid IPC Type RAP Memory Leak RAP
16-625-35 Unknown message received. Software version mismatch. 16-626-00 Memory leak, software bug memory corrupt. Virtual memory exhausted. Process
size exceeding system limits.
16-625-46 Software version mismatch.
16-626-11 Memory leak, software bug memory corrupt. Virtual memory exhausted. Process
16-625-66 Invalid IPC message type. size exceeding system limits.
16-625-67 Invalid IPC message type. 16-626-38 Memory leak, software bug memory corrupt. Virtual memory exhausted. Process
size exceeding system limits.
16-625-90 Known service sends message that does not make sense.
16-626-47 Memory leak, software bug memory corrupt. Virtual memory exhausted. Process
Procedure size exceeding system limits.
WARNING 16-626-67 Memory allocation failed.
WARNING
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do

16-628-07, 16-628-35, 16-628-46, 16-628-66, 16-628-67 16-628-09, 16-629-11, 16-629-26, 16-629-46, 16-629-67, 16-
Range Environment Variable RAP 629-68, 16-629-92, 16-629-93 No Acknowledgment For RPC
16-628-07 Range environment variable not set. Set to invalid numeric string. Message RAP
16-628-09 Unable to complete RPC call.
16-628-35 Range environment variable not set. Set to invalid numeric string.
16-629-11 Fault service call to PSW callback failed.
16-629-26 Fault service call to PSW callback failed.
16-629-46 No acknowledgment for RPC message.
16-629-67 No acknowledgment for RPC message.
Procedure
WARNING 16-629-68 No acknowledgment for RPC message.
16-629-92 No acknowledgment for RPC message. RPC time out calling program received void
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. response due to corrupt RPC.
16-629-93 No acknowledgment for RPC message. RPC time out calling program received void
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. response due to corrupt RPC.
Procedure
WARNING

16-630-09, 16-630-26, 16-630-35, 16-630-38, 16-630-46, 16- 16-631-19, 16-631-46, 16-631-19, 16-633-19, 16-634-46, 16-
630-47, 16-630-66, 16-630-67, 16-630-68, 16-630-99 Corrupt 635-07, 16-635-35, 16-635-46, 16-635-99-16-636-35, 16-636-
RPC RAP 99 XDR Data Error RAP
16-630-09 Corrupt O/S RPC table. 16-631-19 Software error in the ENS service or in the service generating the fault.
16-630-26 Corrupt system configuration. 16-631-46 Software error in the ENS or in the service generating the fault.
16-630-35 Unable to get RPC client handle. Corrupt system configuration. 16-633-19 Invalid system configuration. NVM corrupted.
16-630-38 Null pointer returned when obtain client attempted. 16-634-46 Unable to specify shutdown routine during initialization.
16-630-46 Corrupt system configuration. 16-635-07 Cannot free XDR data.
16-630-47 Corrupt system configuration. 16-635-35 Cannot free XDR data.
16-630-66 Unable to get RPC client handle. 16-635-46 Unable to free XDR data.
16-630-67 Unable to get RPC client handle. 16-635-99 Unable to convert serialized data to internal data structure.
16-630-68 Unable to get RPC client handle. 16-636-35 Unable to convert serialized data to internal data structure. Unable to free XDR
data.
16-630-99 Corrupt system configuration.
16-636-99 Unable to convert serialized data to internal structure. Unable to free XDR data.
Procedure
WARNING Procedure
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-637-11, 16-637-26, 16-637-38, 16-637-47, 16-637-66, 16- 16-638-66, 16-638-67, 16-639-38, 16-639-46, 16-640-28, 16-
637-67, 16-637-93, 16-637-95 File Error RAP 640-35, 16-640-46, 16-641-00, 16-641-26, 16-641-46 O/S
16-637-11 Failed to open system jobs file. Failure RAP
16-638-66 Unable to initialize with queue library.
16-637-26 Failed to open system jobs file.
16-638-67 Unable to initialize with queue library.
16-637-38 Disk write error.
16-639-38 O/S failure memory.
16-637-47 Failed to open a file. Bad disk.
16-639-46 O/S failure memory.
16-637-66 File I/O error.
16-640-28 Calling program received void.
16-640-35 RPC send corrupt.
16-640-46 O/S failure.
16-641-00 Cannot log fault to network controller fault log. Either registration or network control-
Procedure ler fault service is not available.
WARNING
16-641-26 Unable to log a fault on the network controller.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 16-641-46 Cannot log fault to network controller fault service.
Procedure
WARNING

16-642-46, 16-642-47, 16-643-19, 16-643-26, 16-643-47, 16- 16-644-11, 16-644-26, 16-644-46, 16-644-47, 16-644-66, 16-
644-11 Unable To Close File RAP 644-67, 16-645-11, 16-645-26, 16-645-46, 16-645-47, 16-645-
16-642-46 Software error. 66, 16-645-67 Unable To Read From File RAP
16-644-11 Common logging utility failed to get log size.
16-642-47 Software error.
16-644-26 Common logging utility failed to get log size.
16-643-19 Disk write error.
16-644-47 Failed while trying to get data for next process to be verified.
16-643-26 Failed to close system jobs file.
16-643-47 Failed to close a file.
Procedure
WARNING 16-645-11 Failed write to system jobs file.
16-645-26 Failed write to system jobs file.
16-645-46 Failed to write to a file.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 16-645-47 Failed to write to a file.
Procedure
WARNING
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software GP 4.

16-646-26, 16-647-19, 16-647-26, 16-649-35, 16-650-35, 16- 16-651-19, 16-651-35, 16-651-99, 16-652-38, 16-652-99, 16-
650-99 Invalid Service Attribute RAP 653-38, 16-654-38, 16-654-99, 16-655-38, 16-656-38 Register
16-646-26 Failed to delete system jobs file. Failure RAP
16-651-19 IPC, OS, SESS or SC operation.
16-647-19 Lynx OS not responding
16-651-35 IPC and OS failure. SESS not responding.
16-647-26 Diagnostic failure, O/S failure.
16-651-99 IPC and OS failure. SESS not responding.
16-652-38 SPI enroll failed. Unable to enroll SPI callbacks.
16-650-35 Service making invalid attribute request.
16-650-99 Service making invalid attribute request.
Procedure
WARNING 16-653-38 When DM passes completed job logged an invalid job.
16-654-38 DM returned from SPI register function because of error.
16-654-99 DM returned from log function because of error.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 16-655-38 DM returned to SPI register function because of error.
16-656-38 RPC processing fault.
Procedure
WARNING

16-658-07, 16-659-11, 16-659-28, 16-659-93, 16-659-95, 16- 16-662-11, 16-662-28, 16-662-93, 16-662-95, 16-663-28, 16-
660-95, 16-660-99, 16-661-95 Parser Utility Open Failure 663-93, 16-663-95 Parser Utility Template Failed To Parse
RAP RAP
16-658-07 Unable to get host name. Configuration error. 16-662-11 Parser utility template failed to parse.
16-659-11 Parser utility open failure. 16-662-28 Parser utility template failed to parse.
16-660-95 Cannot read local directory entries. 16-663-28 Parser utility template failed to parse.
16-660-99 Service initialization failed. 16-663-93 Parser utility template failed to parse.
16-661-95 Cannot create spool directory. 16-663-95 Parser utility template failed to parse.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

16-664-11, 16-664-28, 16-664-93, 16-664-95, 16-665-95 16-666-11, 16-666-28, 16-666-93, 16-666-95 Parser Utility
Parser Utility Closing Failure RAP Invocation Failed RAP
16-664-11 Parser utility parser closing failed. 16-666-11 Parser utility invocation failed.
16-665-95 Unable to detach from child thread. Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-667-11, 16-667-28, 16-667-95, 16-668-47 Parser Utility 16-668-93, 16-668-95 Unable To Determine Local File
Set Status Failure RAP Statistics RAP
16-667-11 Parser utility set status failed. 16-668-93 Unable to determine local file statistics.
16-667-28 Parser utility set status failed. 16-668-95 Unable to determine local file statistics.
16-667-95 Parser utility set status failed. Procedure

16-668-47 Failed to write NVM.
WARNING
WARNING 1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-669-28, 16-669-93, 16-669-95, 16-670-00 Unable To Write 16-670-11, 16-670-28, 16-670-47, 16-670-93, 16-671-00, 16-
Job Template RAP 671-47 Unable To Decode Template File RAP
16-669-28 Unable to write job template to network controller disk. 16-670-11 Unable to decode template file.
16-669-93 Unable to write job template to network controller disk. 16-670-28 Unable to decode template file.
16-669-95 Unable to write job template to network controller disk. 16-670-47 Failed to save NVM.
16-670-00 Unable to lock/unlock data store. 16-670-93 Unable to decode template file.
Procedure 16-671-00 Sort jobs failed.

WARNING 16-671-47 Failed to initialize NVM.
WARNING
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine GP 14.

16-617-93, 16-671-95, 16-672-09, 16-672-95, 16-673-95, 16- 16-674-09, 16-675-00, 16-700-00, 16-701-00, 16-701-99, 16-
674-00, 16-674-09, 16-675-00, 16-6700-00, 16-700-35 File 702-00, 16-702-95, 16-707-00, 16-709-00 XSA Database
Error RAP Failure RAP
16-671-93 Unable to encode template file. 16-674-09 RPC server not responding.
16-671-95 Unable to encode template file. 16-675-00 Database server not responding.
16-672-09 Software error. File system corruption. 16-700-00 In a list job request, an unknown attribute was requested.
16-672-95 Software error. File system corruption. 16-700-35 Unknown attribute requested passes into a function.
16-673-95 Software error. File system corruption. 16-701-00 LOA failure. Unable to communicate with XSA database.
16-674-00 RPC server not responding. 16-701-99 LOA failure. Unable to communicate with XSA database.
Procedure 16-702-00 LOA failure. Unable to communicate with XSA database.

WARNING 16-702-95 LOA failure. Unable to communicate with XSA database.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 16-707-00 Unknown queue request received.
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 16-709-00 Unknown modify request received.
Procedure
WARNING

16-710-00, 16-710-35, 16-716-00, 16-728-00, 16-730-00, 16- 16-742-19 Hard Disk ODIO Failure RAP
730-28, 16-730-35, 16-730-66, 16-740-19, 16-750-07, 16-750- 16-742-19 Hard disk ODIO failure
09, 16-750-11 Unable To Create Client Handle RAP
Procedure
16-710-00 Service being communicated to is dead. System resource corrupted.
WARNING
16-710-35 Service trying to communicate to is dead. System resources corrupted. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
16-716-00 Data store not created. Corrupt environment variable. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
16-728-00 Range environment variable set to invalid numeric string.
16-730-00 Unable to create client handle.
16-740-19 Immediate image overwrite failed on network controller hard disk.
16-750-07 Message received from DM not processed correctly.
16-750-09 Service tried to register and service is already registered.
16-750-11 Template cache file is missing.
Procedure
WARNING

16-750-14, 16-750-19, 16-750-26, 16-750-35, 16-750-38, 16- 16-750-92, 16-750-93, 16-750-95, 16-751-00, 16-751-07, 16-
750-46, 16-750-47, 16-750-66, 16-750-67, 16-750-90 Invalid 751-09, 16-751-11, 16-751-14, 16-751-19, 16-751-26
Request RAP Database Error RAP
16-750-14 Too many messages sent to SESS system control. 16-750-92 Unable to open bit map captured to disk. bad or full disk.
16-750-19 Invalid request data from calling service. 16-750-93 IFS error when requesting memory.
16-750-26 Invalid number of faults requested. 16-750-95 Local spool area does not exist.
16-750-35 Data store failure. 16-751-00 Database err known by service registry or registry not available.
16-750-38 Initialization of SPI and job tracking table failed in SVC initialize service. 16-751-07 Message received from network controller AAA not processed correctly.
16-750-46 Client requested an unknown object or invalid object type. 16-751-09 Registration receives unrequested ENS notification.
16-750-47 Bad parameter returned. 16-751-11 Initialization procedure fails.
16-750-66 Failure to set service state. 16-751-14 SC not responding.
16-750-67 Failure to set service state. 16-751-19 Invalid permission to change date.
16-750-90 Unexpected service sends this message. 16-751-26 Unrecognized code. Service raises code that the fault service doesnt know how to
handle.
Procedure
WARNING Procedure

16-751-28, 16-751-35, 16-751-38, 16-751-46, 16-751-66, 16- 16-752-00, 16-753-00 File Cabinet Application Registration
751-67, 16-751-92, 16-751-93 Unknown Attribute RAP Error RAP
16-751-28 Templates attributes are invalid, or syntax error. 16-752-00 File cabinet application registration error
16-751-35 Invalid queue ID. 16-753-00 File cabinet application un-registration error
16-751-38 Unknown attribute returned for completed job list. Procedure

16-751-46 Client requested an unknown object or invalid object type.
WARNING
16-751-47 Failed to replace the current directory with directory from alt. partition. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
16-751-66 Unable to send event to network controller ENS. 1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
16-751-67 Unable to send event to network controller ENS.
16-751-92 Cannot set job to complete.
16-751-93 Invalid template attribute.
Procedure
WARNING

16-752-07, 16-752-09, 16-752-14, 16-752-19, 16-752-26, 16- 16-752-66, 16-752-67, 16-752-92, 16-752-93, 16-752-95, 16-
752-28, 16-752-35, 16-752-46, 16-752-47 Invalid File Details 753-09, 16-753-14, 16-753-19, 16-753-26, 16-753-28 Scan to
RAP FAX Registration Error RAP
16-752-07 Data store error. 16-752-66 Scan to FAX services registration error.
16-752-09 Configuration control problem. 16-752-67 Scan to FAX services registration error.
16-752-14 SC not responding. SC IPC queue does not exist. 16-752-92 Configuration problem.
16-752-19 RPC failure. 16-752-93 Error accessing jobs in job list.
16-752-26 Unrecognized SESS error code. 16-752-95 File transfer failure.
16-752-28 Template cache file is missing. 16-753-09 Software bug.
16-752-35 Invalid queue ID. 16-753-14 Calling service used an invalid event number.
16-752-46 Invalid row of table object. 16-753-19 Invalid event information or data. ENS failure. System RPC information corrupt.
16-752-47 Invalid test pattern source. 16-753-26 PSW failure. O/S failure. CCM failure.
Procedure 16-753-28 Cannot communicate with UI for template list request.

WARNING
Procedure
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause

16-753-35, 16-753-46, 16-753-47, 16-753-66, 16-753-67, 16- 16-754-14, 16-754-19, 16-754-26, 16-754-28, 16-754-35, 16-
753-90, 16-753-92, 16-753-93, 16-753-95, 16-753-09 Data 754-46, 16-754-47, 16-754-66, 16-754-67, 16-754-68 OS
Store Read Failure RAP Error RAP
16-753-35 Unable to change EJS status to offline. 16-754-14 Receipt is not there. Failure on ENS side.
16-753-46 Invalid table row. 16-754-19 Shutdown request reason unknown.
16-753-47 Failed to close a directory during verification check. Corrupt disk. 16-754-26 Fault service encountered error reading fault log. File system corrupted.
16-753-66 Data store read failure. 16-754-28 Initialization procedure fails.
16-753-67 Data store read failure. 16-754-35 OS corrupt.
16-753-90 Software error. 16-754-46 Attempted to write a read only object. Software configuration error.
16-753-92 Configuration problem. 16-754-47 Failed to replace a file that was missing with file from alt. partition.
16-753-93 Error adding jobs in job list. 16-754-66 OS problem.
16-753-95 Requested transfer protocol not supported. 16-754-67 OS problem.
16-754-09 Still registered services after time out. 16-754-68 Initialize procedure fails.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

16-754-90, 16-754-92, 16-754-92, 16-754-93, 16-754-95, 16- 16-755-35, 16-755-46, 16-755-47, 16-755-67, 16-755-90, 16-
755-00, 16-755-09, 16-755-14, 16-755-19, 16-755-26, 16-755- 755-93, 16-755-99, 16-756-09, 16-756-14 Request Error RAP
28 Fault Service Error RAP 16-755-35 OS corrupt. Software corrupt. Data store corrupt.
16-754-90 Software bug.
16-755-46 Mismatched data type during object write. Software configuration error or request
16-754-92 Data store failure. mishandled configuration index data.
16-755-47 Failed to repair the permission of the current file being checked.
16-754-93 Error deleting jobs from job list.
16-755-67 Cancel request failed.

16-754-95 Unable to remove advisory lock on network server.
16-755-00 Service registry cannot initialize database. 16-755-90 Software limit reached.
16-755-93 Unable to initialize with IFS.

16-755-09 Cannot register new service due to too many entries in SRV table.
16-755-99 Unable to abort job fault.

16-755-14 Message buffer full. Full queue.
16-755-19 SESS system control broken or too many IPC messages. 16-756-09 Service not registered.
16-756-14 Client provided wrong binding information. Client not required as RPC server.
16-755-26 Disk write error. Software error.
16-755-28 Cancel request failed.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

16-756-35, 16-756-46, 16-756-47, 16-756-66, 16-756-67, 16- 16-757-35, 16-757-46, 16-757-47, 16-757-66, 16-757-67, 16-
756-93, 16-757-09, 16-757-14, 16-757-19, 16-757-26 NVM 757-93, 16-758-09, 16-758-14, 16-758-19, 16-758-26 Unable
Corrupt RAP to Write NVM Value RAP
16-756-35 OS corrupt. Software error. NVM error. 16-757-35 OS corrupt. Software error. NVM corrupt.
16-756-46 Poll select failed. 16-757-46 O/S failure.
16-756-47 Executable missing or corrupt. Invalid test parameters. 16-757-47 Failed while trying to replace the file with a file from alt. partition. Configuration error.
16-756-66 Unable to read NVM value. 16-757-66 Unable to write NVM.
16-756-67 Unable to read NVM value. 16-757-67 Unable to write NVM.
16-756-93 IPA operation failed. 16-757-93 Unable to set ICS document state.
16-757-09 System RPC corrupt. 16-758-09 Invalid service failure reported.
16-757-14 Programming bug. Attempted to shorten time out. 16-758-14 RPC communications error to client.
16-757-19 System manager died or communications link failed. 16-758-19 Unable to unregister registration service.
16-757-26 Software error. Bad disk. 16-758-26 Fault service encountered error trying to access its own queue ID.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

16-758-35, 16-758-46, 16-758-47, 16-758-66, 16-758-67, 16- 16-759-46, 16-759-47, 16-759-66, 16-759-67, 16-759-93, 16-
758-93, 16-759-09, 16-759-14, 16-759-19, 16-759-26 Service 760-09, 16-760-14, 16-760-19, 16-760-26, 16-760-46 Fail to
Run Loop Failed RAP Enable Process RAP
16-758-35 Unable to change EJS state to offline. 16-759-46 Process no in correct state, O/S failure.
16-758-46 Failed setting up monitor routine with registration service. 16-759-47 Failed to abort the requested process.
16-758-47 Error searching for job ID during print job submission. Print submission tool failed. 16-759-66 OA event register failed.
16-758-66 Service run loop failed. 16-759-67 OA event register failed.
16-758-67 Service loop failed. 16-759-93 Unable to create.dat file.
16-758-93 Unable to obtain data store object handle. 16-760-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-759-09 Software error. 16-760-14 Software error. Calling service not registered.
16-759-14 Request for wildcard from non-NC 16-760-19 Any network controller start up.
16-759-19 Network controller failed cold reset 3 times in a row. 16-760-26 Software failure.
16-759-26 Service requesting information of fault service. Software error. 16-760-46 Software failure.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

16-760-47, 16-760-67, 16-760-68, 16-760-93, 16-760-99, 16- 16-761-47 to 16-769-95 Other Network Faults 1 RAP
761-09, 16-761-14, 16-761-19, 16-761-26, 16-761-46 File 16-761-47 Failed to initialize. Files needed for software verify.
Error RAP 16-761-67 Failed to retrieve public list.
16-760-47 Found incorrect checksum partition 1 during software verify check. Bad disk and 16-761-68 Login gets no response from SRS.
bad software.
16-761-93 Image conversion to TIFF failed.
16-760-67 Create list failed. 16-761-95 Unable to read template pool configuration information.
16-760-68 SRS returns to login service. Invalid fields, invalid data or missing data. 16-762-09 Netware process failed. Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-762-14 Invalid internal table type.
16-760-93 Job report failure from CCM.
16-762-19 DC platform mgr communication error.
16-760-99 RPC failure. CCM not responding. 16-762-26 Unable to become client of SCS diagnostic service.
16-761-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons. 16-762-46 Hardware failure.
16-762-47 Missing file found during software verify check. Disk access problem. Configuration
16-761-14 Invalid RPC data. problem.
16-762-67 Invalid index for recipient list.
16-761-19 Any network controller shut down.
16-762-68 Service registry bad data corrupted.
16-761-26 Unable to become client of UI. 16-762-93 IFS Image done call failed.
16-762-95 Unable to read document repository configuration information.
16-761-46 Hardware failure.
16-763-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
Procedure 16-763-14 Reached internal limit for events.
WARNING 16-763-19 System manager died, its platform crashed or RPC comm corrupt.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 16-763-26 No acknowledgment to RPC message. RPC time-out.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 16-763-46 Hardware failure.
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 16-763-47 Invalid permission found during software verify check.
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. 16-763-67 Failed to retrieve LDAP list.
16-763-93 Document image count not found.
16-763-95 Internal destination error.
16-764-09 Apple talk process failure. Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-764-14 Internal logic error.
16-764-19 System call to signal failed.
16-764-46 Hardware failure.
16-764-47 Found incorrect checksum during software verify check. Bad disk and bad software.
16-764-67 Create list failed.
16-765-19 Set status failed.
16-765-46 Software failure.
16-765-47 Novell daemon not running.

16-765-67 Failed to retrieve recipient list. 16-770-09 to 16-779-95 Other Network Faults 2 RAP
16-765-93 Unable to access data store. 16-770-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-766-09 Adobe process failure. Check faults log for more specific reasons.
16-770-19 SESS/DM job command not processed.
16-766-19 DM admin error.
16-766-47 No servers responded. 16-770-47 Network controller attached to both queue and server.
16-766-67 Failed to bind to LDAP server.
16-770-67 Required attribute missing.
16-766-93 TIFF handle has become null.
16-766-95 Cannot create image file name. 16-771-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-771-19 UI/PSW/RDT/ RPC corrupt.
16-767-19 Request to cancel spooling job error. Job map library unable to cancel job.
16-767-46 Software failure. 16-771-46 Software failure.
16-767-47 Server name in configuration list is not up.
16-771-47 Failed to configure novell network.
16-767-67 Error performing LDAP search.
16-767-93 Get document image count failed.
16-767-95 Cannot determine filing policy for transfer. 16-772-19 Software error.
16-772-46 TCPIP address already being used.
16-768-19 Job map library unable to hold or release jobs.
16-768-46 Software failure. 16-772-47 Failed doing registration or RPC call.
16-768-47 Network controller not attached to server.
16-772-95 Invalid transfer request.
16-768-67 Error performing public search.
16-768-93 Increment image count failed. 16-773-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-768-95 Cannot get network advisory lock file name. 16-773-19 Software error.
16-769-19 Novell network failed to respond to request. 16-773-46 Failed requesting platform reset.
16-769-46 Software failure. 16-774-09 Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-769-47 Network controller not attached to the print queue.
16-774-19 Client provided wrong binding info. Client not registered as RPC server. System
16-769-67 Failed to cancel search request.
RPC info is corrupt.
16-769-93 IFS de-register call failed.
16-774-46 BOOTP status file error.
16-769-95 Cannot determine appropriate lock name and address.
Procedure 16-775-19 Data store not configured. Software error.
WARNING
16-775-46 TCPIP missing configuration data.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 16-775-95 Cannot create temporary file name.
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 16-776-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.

16-776-46 TCPIP invalid interface. 16-780-00 to 16-789-47 Other Network Faults 3 RAP
16-780-00 Power save request time out.
16-776-95 Cannot clean up after job completion.
16-777-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons. 16-780-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-780-19 Power saver request time out.

16-777-19 Software error. Data store corrupt, missing configuration.
16-780-46 TCPIP enable interface.
16-777-46 TCPIP invalid addressing.
16-777-95 Cannot log requested network server. 16-780-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-780-95 Cannot determine the remote directory.

16-778-46 TCPIP socket failure. 16-781-19 Customer software upgrade file is corrupted on transfer.
16-781-46 TCPIP NVRAM failure.

16-778-95 Cannot generate confirmation sheet.
16-781-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-779-00 System manager power saver complete callback failed. System manager failed or
communications link failed.
16-782-09 Network controller configuration synchronization process failure. Software error.
check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-779-19 System manager callback SM power save completed failed. 16-782-19 Software upgrade manifest file does not match software upgrade files.
16-782-46 TCPIP gateway failure.

16-779-46 TCPIP interface attach.

16-779-95 Cannot create the template/job log name. 16-783-09 Software error. IPC failure. SC not processing IPC.
16-783-19 Network controller does not enter upgrade mode. Network controller does not
Procedure respond to upgrade prep command.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 16-783-46 TCPIP host file failure.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 16-783-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-784-09 Software error. Registration service out of date.
16-784-19 Software upgrade aborted, IOT failed to enter upgrade mode. IOT does not respond
to upgrade prep command.
16-784-46 TCPIP resolve file failure.
16-785-09 Network controller agent process failure. Software error. Check fault log for more
specific reasons.

16-785-19 UI does not respond to upgrade prep command. 16-790-09 to 16-799-47 Other Network Faults 4 RAP
16-785-46 TCPIP resolve file failure.
16-790-19 Option load failure software.
16-785-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 16-790-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-786-09 Software error. Check alt log for more specific reasons. 16-791-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-791-19 Scan to file DLM is not defined.
16-786-19 Network controller ntar of upgrade file fails.
16-791-46 DHCP V6 failure
16-786-46 TCPIP ELT file failure. 16-791-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-792-19 Lan fax DLM is not defined.
16-787-09 Software error. Check fault log more specific reasons. 16-792-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-787-19 Network controller times out. Cannot communicate with IOT.
16-793-19 Job based accounting DLM is not defined.
16-787-46 TCPIP IPC failure. 16-793-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-794-09 Cross platform synchronization error.
16-794-19 Install password mismatch.
16-788-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons. 16-794-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-788-19 Option load failure software. 16-795-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-788-46 Failed performing dynamic DNS update.
16-788-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 16-796-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-789-19 Option load failure software. 16-797-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-789-46 Failed performing autonet IP process.
16-789-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 16-798-09 Software error. Check fault log for more specific reasons.
16-798-19 Option already enabled.
Procedure
WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 16-799-19 Option already enabled.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 16-799-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
Procedure
WARNING

16-800-09 to 16-809-47 Other Network Faults 5 RAP 16-807-09 Job log service unavailable.
16-800-09 List access failure (create, add, find, delete.)

16-807-19 State change failed.
16-800-19 Option not supported. 16-807-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-800-46 Unable to connect to device when setting up IP over Ethernet.

16-808-00 Job tracker death error.
16-808-09 Job tracker service unavailable.
16-801-09 Invalid SESS event/IPC error. 16-808-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-801-19 Serial mismatch.

16-809-00 Kerberos death error.
16-801-46 Unable to connect to device when setting up IP over token ring.

16-809-09 Kerberos service unavailable.
16-801-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 16-809-47 SESS diagnostic failure.
16-802-09 Web service edge client process death.

Procedure
16-802-19 Counters do not match. WARNING
16-802-46 Error occurred when attempting to get the IP data from the DHCP server. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
16-803-09 Web service edge client process death. 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.
16-803-46 Unable to get the IP address from the RARP server.
16-805-19 Accounting install failed.
16-806-00 CPI death error.
16-806-09 CPI service unavailable.
16-806-19 Counters did not increment.
16-807-00 Job log service death error.

16-800-09 to 16-809-47 2-252 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-810-00 to 16-16-819-47 Other Network Faults 6 RAP 16-820-47 to 16-829-47 Other Network Faults 7 RAP
16-810-00 Scan to distribution death error. 16-820-47 SESS diagnostics failure.
16-810-09 Scan service available.

16-821-47 SESS diagnostics failure.
16-810-19 Failed to remove accounting.
16-811-00 SMB death error.
16-811-09 SMB service unavailable. 16-824-47 SESS diagnostics failure.

16-811-19 Failed to initiate operation.
16-812-00 TCP/IP death error.
16-812-09 TCPIP service unavailable. 16-827-47 SESS diagnostics failure.
16-812-19 Failed to change the enable upgrade flag. 16-828-47 SESS diagnostics failure.
16-812-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 16-829-47 SESS diagnostics failure.

16-813-00 WS scan temp death error.
Procedure
16-813-09 Scan service unavailable
WARNING
16-813-47 SESS diagnostic failure. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
16-814-00 Scan compressor death error. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
16-814-09 Scan compressor service unavailable.
16-814-47 SESS diagnostic failure. 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.
16-815-09 Service registry process death.
16-816-09 EIP service not responding.

Procedure
WARNING

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-253 16-810-00 to 16-16-819-47, 16-820-47 to 16-829-47
16-830-47 to 16-839-47 Other Network Faults 8 RAP 16-840-47 to 16-849-47 Other Network Faults 9 RAP
16-830-47 Unable to get the default router for the device. 16-840-47 Corrupt OS, software error.
16-831-47 Unable to get the subnet mask for the device. 16-841-47 Corrupt file system.
16-832-47 Failure while getting local IP devices on the network. 16-842-47 Machine out of configuration. Software error.
16-833-47 Failure while perfuming ARP command. 16-843-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error.
16-834-47 Failed to get a default file server from the config. utility. 16-844-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error.
16-835-47 Failed to the novell frame type from the config. utility. 16-845-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error.
16-836-47 Failed SESS call to initialize netware. 16-846-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error.
16-837-47 Diagnostic name returned from SESS not found in list. 16-847-47 Corrupt OS machine in bad running state. Software error.
16-838-47 Failed to setup catching alarm signals for repair time outs. 16-848-47 Error reading the fault file from fault service.
16-839-47 Failure to repair a file of file length 0. Corrupt disk. 16-849-47 Error creating command array from stream editor.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

16-850-47 Failed adding stream to stream editor array. 16-860-47 No machines responded to an ICMP echo request.
16-851-47 Failed on call to stream editor. 16-861-47 Failed setting up monitor routine with registration service.
16-852-47 Unable to read a fault for the error report. 16-862-47 Command not valid to cancel.
16-853-47 Failed getting the last reset time for the error report. 16-863-47 Illegal buffer length.
16-854-47 Failed calling fault service for the error report. 16-864-47 Illegal local session number.
16-855-47 Failed sending event for diagnostic test. 16-865-47 SESS NETBIOS test session closed.
16-856-47 Failed doing a unix c system call. 16-866-47 SESS NETBIOS test command cancelled.
16-857-47 Abort request, unable to find process. 16-867-47 SESS NETBIOS test name de-registered. Name de-registered, session active.
16-858-47 Failed to dump the fault logs. 16-868-47 SESS NETBIOS test local session table full. Local session table full.
16-859-47 Software verify test returned error. 16-869-47 SESS NETBIOS test no listen in remote computer.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

16-870-47 SESS NETBIOS test illegal name number. 16-880-47 SESS PCI test failed on put message call.
16-871-47 SESS NETBIOS test cannot find name or no answer. 16-881-47 SESS PCI test invalid argument.
16-872-47 SESS NETBIOS test name in use. 16-882-47 SESS PCI test failed on put message call.
16-873-47 SESS NETBIOS test name deleted. 16-883-47 SESS PCI test failed on ioctl call.
16-874-47 SESS NETBIOS test session abnormal end. 16-884-47 SESS PCI test control flag area too small.
16-875-47 SESS NETBIOS test name conflict. Name conflict on network. 16-885-47 SESS PCI test driver not initialized.
16-876-47 Software verify setup SIGTERM failed. 16-886-47 SESS PCI test info request failed.
16-877-47 SESS PCI test unknown error. 16-887-47 SESS PCI test driver failed to register.
16-878-47 SESS PCI test failed to open driver. 16-888-47 SESS PCI test driver failed to unregister.
16-879-47 SESS PCI test failed flushing stream buffer. 16-889-47 Software verify get data failed.
Procedure 16-890-47 Software verify get next proc failed.

WARNING
Procedure
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause

16-891-00, 16-892-00 Edge Server Auto Registration Failed 16-900-19 to 16-909-19 Other Network Faults 14 RAP
RAP 16-900-19 Failed to open SMC driver.
16-891-00 Edge server auto registration failed
16-901-19 Failed to make ioctl call using SMC driver.
16-892-00 Edge server communication failed
16-902-19 Address specified is invalid.
Procedure 16-903-19 Result from ioctl does not match FD.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 16-904-19 Invalid ioctl request.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 16-905-19 Unknown ioctl failure.
16-906-19 Malloc failed for net upgrade.
16-908-19 Error opening file.
16-909-19 Error transfer data to CCM.
Procedure
WARNING

16-910-19 Failed untar file. 16-920-19 ELT daemon start failed.
16-911-19 Error changing directory. 16-922-19 NVM store failed.
16-912-19 Install script did not execute. 16-923-19 Failed saving persistent data.
16-913-19 Write failure to file. 16-924-19 Failed in restoring persistent data.
16-914-19 Shared memory was corrupted. 16-925-19 Failed saving web config data.
16-915-19 Open failed. 16-926-19 Failed to save data store values.
16-916-19 CRC failed. 16-927-19 Failed to restore web config data.
16-917-19 Failed to close on checksum. 16-928-19 Failed to install files.
16-918-19 CRC comparison failed. 16-929-19 Failed to restore data store values.
16-919-19 Restart request failed. Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-930-19 Failed to remove jobs. 16-940-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Machine in diagnostics mode.
16-931-19 Failed to close on SMC driver. 16-941-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Network controller cannot communicate with main controller.
16-932-19 NVM write failure. 16-942-19 Auto-upgrade failed upgrade is invalid. Incompatible with main controller.
16-933-19 Failed to remove file. 16-943-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Upgrade file invalid. Installed software is more recent.
16-934-19 Job based accounting not enough dc memory. 16-944-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Upgrade file is invalid. File corruption detected.
16-935-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot read/write attributes to machine. 16-945-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Upgrade file is invalid. File not appropriate for current machine
software.
16-936-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot connect to remote server.
16-946-19 Failed install scan to email.
16-937-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot access directory on remote server.
16-947-19 Failed to install internet fax.
16-938-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Cannot access directory remote server.
16-948-19 Remove of scan to email option failed.
16-939-19 Auto-upgrade failed. Multiple upgrade files found on remote server.
16-949-19 Remove of internet fax option failed.
Procedure
WARNING Procedure
2. Verify that the correct software file is being used, refer to GP 4.

16-950-19 Scan to email image processing hardware not available. 16-960-19 Failed to install SMTP.
16-951-19 Internet fax image processing hardware not available. 16-961-19 Failed to remove kerberos.
16-952-19 Scan to email memory size error. 16-962-19 Failed to remove SMB.
16-953-19 Internet fax memory size error. 16-963-19 Failed to remove SMTP.
16-954-19 Set by internet fax service when it gets no response from service registry when try- 16-964-19 Failed to cancel operation.
ing to register.
16-965-19 Failed to send platform unavailable.
16-955-19 Internet Fax application un-registration error
16-966-19 Failed to install job tracker.
16-956-19 E-mail application registration error
16-967-19 Failed to remove job tracker.
16-957-19 E-mail application un-registration error
16-968-19 Failed to install POP3.
16-958-19 Failed to install kerberos.
16-969-19 Failed to remove POP3.
16-959-19 Failed to install SMB.
Procedure
Procedure WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
1. For a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4.

16-975-19 Failed to install immediate image overwrite. 16-980-00 DM request handle NULL. Null data received from DM.
16-980-19 Network controller PM failed to install G4. Option load failure software.
16-976-19 Failed to install immediate image overwrite.
16-980-35 DM request handle NULL. Null data received from DM.
16-977-00 Queue list jobs failure. Request to SESSs document manager failed for list jobs.
Corrupt data sent to DM communication problem Dm failed. 16-981-00 Object handler corrupted. Null handle returned. Data store corrupt.
16-981-35 Unable to obtain job handle which is used to fetch data store attributes.
16-977-19 Network controller PM failed to remove disk overwrite. Option load failure software.
16-982-00 Unknown finishing value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-977-35 Queue list jobs failure. Request to SESSs document manager failed for list jobs.
16-982-19 Failed to remove embedded fax.
Corrupt data sent to DM. Communication problem DM failed.
16-982-35 Unknown finishing value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-978-00 Unable to get copy jobs. Invalid data communication problem.
16-983-00 Unknown offset value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-978-19 Network controller PM failed to remove job overwrite. Option load failure software. 16-983-19 Failed to remove G4.
16-978-35 Unable to get copy jobs. Invalid data communication problem. 16-983-35 Unknown offset value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-979-00 Unknown attribute returned. Invalid data returned data store corrupt 16-984-00 Unknown job state reason value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-984-35 Unknown job state reason value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-979-19 Network controller PM failed to remove embedded fax. Option load failure software.
16-985-00 Unknown medium type value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-979-35 Unknown attribute returned. Invalid data returned data store corrupt.
16-985-35 Unknown medium type value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
Procedure 16-986-00 Unknown collection value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
WARNING 16-986-35 Unknown collection value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-987-00 Unknown tray value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 16-987-35 Unknown tray value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-988-00 Unknown signature value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-988-35 Unknown signature value returned. Unable to map attribute or invalid data.
16-989-00 Unknown plex value returned. Unable to map attribute. Invalid information received 2.
16-989-35 Unknown plex value returned. Unable to map attribute. Invalid information received 3.
Procedure
WARNING

16-985-19, 16-986-19 Network Scanning Application 16-987-19, 16-988-19 Server Fax Application Registration
Registration Error RAP Error RAP
16-985-19 Network scanning application registration error 16-987-19 Server Fax application registration error
16-986-19 Network scanning application un-registration error 16-988-19 Server Fax application un-registration error
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

16-985-19, 16-986-19, 16-987-19, 16-988-19 2-262 ColorQube 9303 Family
16-989-19 Disk Encryption Operation Failed RAP 16-990-00 to 16-999-35 Other Network Faults 23 RAP
16-989-19 Disk encryption operation failed 16-990-00 Promote response from DM received with errors. Software error.
16-990-35 Promote response from DM received with errors. Software error.
Procedure
16-991-00 Request to DM to promote job failed. Failure status returned on call to request
WARNING library to promote job. Data store problem.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 16-991-35 Request to DM to promote job failed. Failure status returned on call to request
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. library to promote job. Data store problem.
1. If a single occurrence, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 16-992-00 Unable to build SESS job identifier for promote routing that converts the job ID
2. For multiple occurrences, reinstall software, GP 4. returned. Null memory allocation error.
16-992-35 Unable to build SESS job identifier for promote routine that converts the job ID
returned. Null memory allocation error.
16-993-00 Unable to get admin name from data store for promote. Request library call failed.
16-993-35 Unable to get admin name from data store for promote. Request library call failed.
16-994-00 Cancel response from DM received with errors. Software error.
16-994-35 Cancel response with errors. A job could not be cancelled.
16-995-00 Request to DM to cancel job failed.
16-995-35 Request to DM to cancel job failed.
16-996-00 Routine that converts the job ID returned. Null memory allocation error.
16-996-35 Routine that converts the job ID returned. Null memory allocation error.
16-997-00 Request library call failed.
16-997-35 Request library call failed.
16-998-00 Job not found in held table.
16-998-35 Job not set to released state. Job not found in held table.
16-999-00 Could not obtain job PIN for authorization.
16-999-35 Could not obtain job PIN for authorization.
Procedure
WARNING

16A Network Error Entry RAP 16B FTP or SMB Unable to Connect to Remote Server RAP
Use this RAP when the customer reports network failures. e.g. Cannot connect to the scan Either the machine cannot connect, find or login to the scan server.
server when using the FPT or SMB protocols, or when a folder on the scan server cannot be
opened. Procedure
NOTE: The fault message will be printed on the confirmation report. The report may take sev- NOTE: The FTP/SMB protocol will be followed by a colon and port number, :21 is for FTP and
eral minutes to print after scanning the document. :139 is for SMB.
Initial Actions Scan the document using the default template and one other template. The fault is present
on both templates.
Consult your manager before troubleshooting the customers network, as the policy varies Y N
according to region.
The template that failed is incorrectly configured. Ask the customer or system administra-
tor to verify the settings of the web template that failed, including the login password.
Procedure
Ask the customer to open the machines CWIS page. The machines CWIS page can be
NOTE: If it is possible to log into the web UI by entering the IP address of the machine, then
opened.
the network controller on the single board controller PWB is good. Y N
Perform the following: Look at the front of the configuration report. Make sure that HTTP is enabled and set to
1. Check that the machines date and time are correctly set, refer to GP 38. port 80. The settings are correct.
Y N
2. Print a configuration report.
Enable HTTP, GP 39 and set the port to 80 on the UI. Restart this RAP from the
3. Check with customer that the printing of the confirmation report is enabled. If necessary, beginning. If this path has been followed previously, escalate the fault to the system
ask the customer to enable printing of the confirmation report. Administrator. If the customer does not have a System Administrator, they should
4. Ensure that the machine is configured for scan to file: contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their
a. Check the back of the configuration report under the heading Workflow Scanning. network which will be subject to a charge.
b. If a IP address or name is not listed next to Alt1 Repository Protocol, ask the cus-
Disconnect the network cable from the machine. Make sure the PWS network adaptor
tomer to configure the machine before continuing.
settings are set to Auto. Use a crossover cable, PL 26.10 Item 2 to connect the PWS to
5. Go to the relevant procedure: the machine. Either the two LEDs on the SBC PWB or the PWS are lit, indicating a
16B FTP or SMB Unable to Connect to Remote Server RAP. connection.
16C Remote Directory Lock Failed RAP. Y N
1. Change the network speed setting of the machine, GP 43.
2. If either the two LEDs on the SBC PWB or the PWS are not lit, repeat the steps
in GP 43.
3. If the LEDs light, use the new network speed setting. Inform the customer that
the network speed has been changed then follow the Yes path from this step.
4. If the LEDs do not light, install a new single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item
13.
Correctly configure the IP address of the PWS, GP 42. Make sure the firewall of the PWS
is disabled, GP 44. Ping the machine from the PWS, GP 41.
NOTE: Re-enable the PWS firewall after completion of this procedure.
The machine responds to the ping request.

Y N
Perform an Altboot, GP 4.
The machine software is up to date.

Y N
Upgrade the software, GP 4. The fault persists.
A B
A B C D E
Y N Retry the job. The job was successful.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Y N
Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a
Perform the Customers Settings Check. Changes were made to the customers System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or
settings. request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a
Y N charge.
Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a
System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a
charge. The customer can ping the default gateway IP address.
Y N
Retry the job. The job was successful. Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a Sys-
Y N tem Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a
Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or
request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a Perform the Customers Settings Check. Changes were made to the customers set-
charge. tings.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a Sys-
tem Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a
Perform the Customers Settings Check. Changes were made to the customers set- Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
tings.
Y N Retry the job. The job was successful.
Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a Sys- Y N
tem Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a Sys-
Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge. tem Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a
Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Retry the job. The job was successful.
Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a Sys-
tem Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Perform the Customers Settings Check. Changes were made to the customers settings.
Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge. Y N
Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a System
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox ana-
lyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Ask the customer to ping the scan servers IP address or name.
Retry the job. The job was successful.
NOTE: The scan server is the computer that the job is being sent. The scan servers IP address Y N
or name is displayed on the confirmation report.
Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a System
The customer can ping the scan server. Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox ana-
Y N lyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.
Check the configuration report for default gateway IP address listed under TCP/IPv6 Set-
tings. A default gateway IP address is listed. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Y N Customers Settings Check
Perform the Customers Settings Check. Changes were made to the customers
NOTE: Both the configuration and confirmation reports are required to check the customers
settings.
settings. Corrections must be made through the machines CWIS page.
Y N
Escalate the fault to the system Administrator. If the customer does not have a Check the following with the customer, ask the customer to correct any errors:
System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or
1. That the scan server is switched on and online.
request a Xerox analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a
charge. NOTE: The scan server is the computer that the job is being sent.
C D E

2. That the scan servers IP address or name is correct. 16C Remote Directory Lock Failed RAP
3. That the path and user name are correct. Use this RAP when the customer reports that the machine has logged onto the scan server,
4. (SMB protocol only) That the Share name is correct, referred too as the Volume on the but cannot create a folder inside of the scan directory. The creation of the scan folder is neces-
configuration report. sary for the machine to successfully complete the can to file job.
5. Check with System Administrator that the correct password has been entered on the
machines CWIS page. NOTE: The scan server is the computer that the job is being sent.
NOTE: The password is not printed on the configuration or confirmation reports. Procedure
The machines login name that it is using to log onto the scan server, for this file repository,
does not have sufficient rights. Ask the customer to verify the rights for this user at the scan
server, or escalate the problem to their System Administrator. If the customer does not have a
System Administrator, they should contact the Customer Support Centre or request a Xerox
analyst troubleshoot their network which will be subject to a charge.

16B, 16C 2-266 ColorQube 9303 Family
16D Wireless Connectivity RAP c. Check the network name listed next to SSID on the configuration report.
Use this RAP when the customer reports wireless network failures when using the Xerox wire- d. If the network name does not match the customers wireless network, ask the cus-
tomer to configure the wireless network setup before continuing.
less print kit.
e. Check the IP address under the heading Connectivity Protocols.
NOTE: The customer must use the Xerox wireless adapter kit, PL 31.11 Item 4. Other wireless f. Ask the customer to confirm that the correct IP address is listed under TCP/IPv4 or
network adapters are not supported. TCP/IPv6.
g. If the wireless IP address is incorrect or is not present, ask the customer to configure
Initial Actions the wireless network setup before continuing.
Consult your manager before troubleshooting the customers network, as the policy varies
7. Confirm that the customers wireless network can be detected at the machines location.
according to region.
a. Ask the customer to confirm that the wireless network is switched on and can be
received at the machines location. Or use your PWS or a smartphone to detect the
Procedure customers wireless network.
Perform the following: b. To use a PWS with Windows 7 to confirm the customers wireless network can be
1. Check that the USB wireless network adapter, PL 3.11 Item 25 is plugged into a USB port detected, perform relevant procedure below.
on the machine. Windows 7
2. If the USB wireless network adapter is connected using the USB extension cable, PL 3.11 i. Click on the Wireless Networking icon in the notification area of the task bar. If
Item 26 check that the extension cable is also plugged into a USB port on the machine. necessary, click on the Show hidden icons button to show the wireless network-
3. Print a configuration report. ing icon.
a. Check with the customer that printing of configuration reports is enabled. If neces- ii. Confirm that the customers network name (SSID) is displayed in the list that
sary, ask the customer to enable printing of the configuration report. pops up.
4. Ensure that the USB ports are enabled. Windows XP
a. Check the configuration report under the heading Connectivity Physical Connec- i. Right click on the Network Connection icon in the notification area of the task-
tions. bar.
b. If Software Tools is not listed next to USB Connection Mode, ask the customer to ii. Click on View Available Wireless Networks.
enable USB. Or enter Customer Administration Tools, GP 5. Enable USB. iii. Confirm that the customers network name (SSID) is displayed in the list that
i. Refer to GP 4 USB Port Security Setting Check. pops up.
ii. Refer to GP 49 USB Connection Mode.
NOTE: Do not attempt to connect the PWS or smartphone to the customers wire-
5. Confirm the USB port is functional. less network.
a. Check that the LED on the wireless network adapter flashes when the machine is in
8. If the wireless network signal strength is weak, ensure that the wireless network adapter
standby.
is connected via the USB extension lead. If possible change the mounting position of the
b. Connect the wireless network adapter to a different USB port if available. adapter to improve the reception. To view the signal strength, enter Customer Administra-
c. Perform dC361 NVM Save. If the NVM can be saved to a USB flash drive, the USB tion Tools, GP 5.
port is functional.
a. Select Network Settings.
NOTE: It is not necessary to perform the NVM restore procedure. b. Select Network Connectivity.
c. Select Wireless.
d. If the USB port checks fail, install a new SBC PWB.
d. The signal strength is displayed in the text frame.
6. Ensure that the machine is configured for wireless printing.
e. Move the wireless network adapter and extension lead until the strongest signal
a. Check the configuration report under the heading Connectivity Physical Connec-
tions. strength is found.
b. If wireless is disabled, ask the customer to enable wireless printing. Or enter Cus- 9. If necessary, install a new wireless network adapter kit, PL 31.11 Item 4.
tomer Administration Tools, GP 5. Enable wireless printing.
i. Select Network Settings.
ii. Select Network Connectivity.
iii. Select Wireless.
iv. Select OK.
v. Select Enable Wireless Network.

19-300-00 to 19-310-00 Image Disk (HDD) Failure RAP 19-401-00, 19-402-00 Stress Out of Memory RAP
19-300-00 Unable to read or write data from the image disk. 19-401-00 Out of memory caused by a stress document.
19-301-00 Unable to write data to the image disk. 19-402-00 Out of memory caused by a stress job.
19-302-00 Bad data received from the disk (i.e. disk returns data other than a read or write Procedure
operation in response to a read or write request from).
WARNING
19-303-00 Unable to format the image disk. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
19-310-00 Disk system does not return capacity information during power up. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
If this fault remains for more than five minutes, switch off the machine, then switch on the
Procedure machine, GP 14. The fault has cleared.
Y N
WARNING Perform a software upgrade, GP 4.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Go to SCP 5 Final Actions.
Refer to WD 3.3. Check that the SATA cable from PJ222 on the single board controller PWB to
PJ210 on the hard disk drive is correctly connected and not damaged. If necessary, install a
new cable, PL 3.11 Item 3.
Refer to WD 1.5 and WD 3.3. Check the power harness from PJDC4 on the power supply unit
to PJ211 on the hard disk drive. The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the harness, REP 1.1 or install a new harness, PL 3.11 Item 12, as necessary.
Refer to WD 3.3. Measure +5V between pins 3 and 2 on PJ211 at the hard disk drive. +5V
was measured.
Y N
Go to 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
If necessary, perform a software upgrade, GP 4.

Hard disk drive, PL 3.11 Item 2.

19-403-00 EPC Out of Memory RAP 19-409-00 Job Integrity Failure RAP
19-403-00 Out of memory with greater than one job in EPC. 19-409-00 Video determines that it cannot guarantee the integrity of the job being processed.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
No service action is required. Re-scan the job. Perform the following:
1. Switch the off machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. Re-run all the uncompleted jobs.

19-410-00 to 19-410-13 Image Structure Failure RAP 19-750-00 EPC Memory Change Detected RAP
19-410-00 The system has detected a mark output time-out. 19-750-00 The system detects that the EPC memory size configuration has changed during
the power on sequence.
19-410-01 The system has detected a mark output time-out.
Procedure
19-410-02 The system has detected a compress image time-out.
WARNING
19-410-03 The system has detected a decompress image time-out. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
19-410-04 The system has detected a merge image time-out. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
No service action required. Re-run the job.
19-410-05 The system has detected a rotate image time-out.
19-410-06 The system has detected a network Input failure.
19-410-07 The system has detected an e-fax send/receive failure.
19-410-08 The system has detected a scan input failure.
19-410-09 The system has detected a byte counter error.
19-410-10 The system has detected the image set up was too late.
19-410-11 The system has detected a DMA master abort.
19-410-12 The system has detected a Huffman error, (image encoding error).
19-410-13 The system has detected an EOR error.
Procedure
WARNING
If this fault remains for more than five minutes, switch off the machine, then switch on the
machine, GP 14. Re-run the job. The fault has cleared.
Y N
Perform a software re-load, GP 4.
Go to SCP 5 Final Actions.

19-752-00 Image Rotation Detected RAP 19-754-00 Image Disk Change RAP
19-752-00 The system detects that the image rotation configuration has changed during the 19-754-00 The system detects that the Image disk configuration (present vs. not present) has
Power On sequence. changed during the power on sequence.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Re-run the job. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Re-run the job. The fault has
cleared.
Y N
Go to 19-300-00 to 19-310-00 Image Disk (HDD) Failure RAP.

20-302-00, 20-303-00 Fax Reset Failure RAP 20-305-00 Fax System Low Memory Unrecoverable RAP
The fax card will automatically reset itself. The fax card will automatically reset itself.
20-302-00 Unexpected reset fault due to fax card hardware or software error. 20-305-00 Unrecoverable fax system low memory due to fax card hardware or software error
20-303-00 Unrecoverable fault due to fax card hardware or software error. Initial Actions
WARNING
Initial Actions
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Make a backup of the phone book and the customer settings, refer to dC361 NVM Save
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. and Restore.
Make a backup of the phone book and the customer settings, refer to dC361 Save and
Restore. Procedure
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault still occurs.
Procedure Y N
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault still occurs. Go to SCP 5 and complete the final actions.
Y N
Go to SCP 5 and complete the final actions. Clear the images from the fax card. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization. Select Embedded Fax
NVM Initialization. Perform the routine, All Data. The fault is cleared.
Clear the fax card NVM. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization, select Embedded Fax NVM initializa- Y N
tion and perform the routine, All Data. The fault is cleared. Reload the software, GP 4.
Y N
Reload the software, GP 4. The fault is cleared. Go to SCP 5 and complete the final actions.
Y N
Go to RAP 20G Fax Module Checkout.
Go to SCP 5 and complete the final actions.

20-320-00 Fax Fault Not Cleared by Reset RAP 20-322-00 Non-Volatile Device not Installed RAP
20-320-00 After five instances of an unrecoverable fax fault and has not been cleared by a 20-322-00 The non-volatile device has not been installed on the embedded fax card.
card reset.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Make a backup of the phone book and the customer settings, refer to dC361 NVM Save
Make a backup of the phone book and the customer settings, refer to dC361 NVM Save and Restore.
and Restore.
Procedure
Procedure Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault still occurs.
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault still occurs. Y N
Y N Go to SCP 5 and complete the final actions.
Clear the fax card NVM. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization. Select Embedded Fax NVM initializa-
Clear the fax card NVM. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization. Select Embedded Fax NVM initialization. Perform the routine, All data. The fault still occurs.
tion. Perform the routine, All data. The fault is cleared. Y N
Y N Go to SCP 5 and complete the final actions.
Reload the software, GP 4.
Install new parts as necessary:
Go to SCP 5 and complete the final actions. Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1.

20-323-00, 20-324-00 Fax System Memory Low RAP 20-331-00, 20-338-00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20-345-00 Fax
20-323-00 The fax system memory is low, less than 6Mb. Network Line 1 Fault RAP
20-331-00 No communication via the PSTN 1 port.
20-324-00 There is not enough memory to use the fax service.
20-338-00 Fax Communication Error at power up or reboot.
Initial Actions
WARNING 20-339-00 Internal fax card fault.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 20-341-00 Miscellaneous basic card problems.
20-345-00 Fax port 1 modem failure.
Make a backup of the phone book and the customer settings, refer to dC361 NVM Save
and Restore.
Initial Actions
Procedure WARNING
Clear the fax card NVM. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization. Select Embedded Fax NVM initializa- and Restore.
tion. Perform the routine, All data. The fault is cleared.
Y N Procedure
Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1.
Y N
Check the connection between the fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1 and the fax connector PWB,
PL 20.05 Item 2. The connections are good.
Y N
Install new parts as necessary:
Fax connector PWB, PL 20.05 Item 2.
Fax module, PPL 20.05 Item 1.
Check that the customer line is operational, plug a phone into the line and check for a dial tone.
If a phone is not available then use a line test tool, PL 26.11 Item 16. The phone line connec-
tion is good.
Y N
The telephone line has a fault, inform the customer to have the line checked by the tele-
phone company.
Install new parts in the following order:

Telephone cable, PL 20.05 Item 3.

20-332-00, 20-340-00 Fax Network Line 2 Fault RAP 20-342-00 Fax File Integrity Fault RAP
20-332-00 No communication via the PSTN 2 port. 20-342-00 An error has occur when accessing the file on a non-volatile device.
20-340-00 Fax port 2 modem failure. Initial Actions

WARNING
Initial Actions
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Make a backup of the phone book and the customer settings, refer to dC361 NVM Save
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. and Restore.
and Restore. Procedure
Procedure Y N
Y N Clear the fax card NVM. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization. Select Embedded Fax NVM initialisa-
Go to SCP 5 and complete the final actions. tion. Perform the routine, All data. The fault is cleared.
Y N
Check that the customer line is operational, plug a phone into the line and check for a dial tone. Reload the software, GP 4.
If a phone is not available then use a line test tool, PL 26.11 Item 16. The phone line connec-
tion is good. Go to SCP 5 and complete the final actions.
Y N
The telephone line has a fault, advise the customer to have the line checked by the tele-
phone company.
Install new parts in the following order:

Telephone cable, PL 20.05 Item 3.

20-701-00 Fax Phone Book Download Failed RAP 20-710-00, 20-711-00 Image Overwrite Error RAP
20-701-00 The fax phone book download failed. 20-710 Immediate image overwrite error has occurred on the fax card when overwriting the
job.
Initial Actions
20-711 On demand image overwrite error has occurred on the fax card when overwriting the
WARNING memory.
Check that the Fax module is correctly grounded.
WARNING
Procedure death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Reload the machine software, GP 4. Make a backup of the phone book and the customer settings, refer to dC361 NVM Save
2. Install a new single board controller, PL 3.11 Item 13. and Restore.
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
Clear the fax card NVM. Go to dC301 NVM Initialization. Select Embedded Fax NVM initializa-
tion. Perform the routine, All data. The fault is cleared.
Y N
Perform an Altboot, GP 4. The fault is cleared.
Y N
Install a new single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.

20A Fax Entry RAP 20B Unable To Send A Fax RAP
Use this RAP to isolate components which contribute to Fax communications failure. Use this RAP to isolate components which contribute to a send failure.

WARNING WARNING
Check that the telephone line cables are properly connected. Fax Line 1 from the tele- Refer to the 20A Fax Entry RAP and complete all of the initial actions.
phone line outlet connects to line 1 socket on the machine. Fax line 2 (if installed) from
the telephone line outlet connects to line 2 socket on the machine.
Procedure
Use a hand set to dial remote number and listen to dial type, (tone / pulse)
Verify with the customer that PSTN / PABX (Public Switched Telephone Network / Private
Check the ground connection on the fax module
Automatic Branch Exchange) line is operational. Connect a telephone handset into line outlet
Check the Fault History. If the fault codes are 20-331-00, 20-338-00, 20-339-00, 20-341- and listen for a dial tone. Use a known good telephone handset. The dial tone is present.
00, 20-345-00 or 20-332-00, 20-340-00, then go to the appropriate RAP. Y N
Check the Fax setup for any active feature that would inhibit the sending of a Fax, such Use the line test tool, PL 26.11 Item 16 to check the telephone line. The green normal
as: Delayed start time, Local name and ID are set, Dialing type or junk Fax prevention. indicator light is on.
Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting and check the following: Y N
Ask the customer to request a line check by the telephone company.
Fax Country setting
Line Setup Use a telephone handset to dial a known good number. The ring back is heard.
Y N
Options
Ask the customer to request a line check by the telephone company.
Dial type setting, tone / pulse.
Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Settings / Print Fax Reports. Print Enable audio line monitor (Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting
a Activity Report and check for error codes. / Transmission Defaults / Audio Line Monitor) and set to Enable and High volume.
Dial the Fax number and listen for a dial tone or dialing and answer tones. A Fax tone is
Procedure present.
The Fax tab is available Y N
Y N Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the value at the following location:
NVM ID 200-415 Line1CurrentDetect = 0
Go to 20F Fax Tab Not Available RAP.
NVM ID 200-416 Line2CurrentDetect = 0 A Fax tone is present.
The machine will send a Fax to all machines. Y N
Y N Go to the 20G Fax Module Checkout.
The machine will send a fax to some machines.
Y N
Go to 20B Unable To Send A Fax RAP. Telephone cable, PL 20.05 Item 3.
The Fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax
Go to 20C Unable To Send A Fax To Some Machines RAP. machine. Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax
Reports. Print a Protocol Report and check for errors.
The machine will receive a fax from the remote machine.
Y N The dial tone - dialling answer tones are present.
Go to 20D Unable To Receive A Fax RAP. Y N
The exchange is receiving the digits too quickly or is not processing the digits cor-
The Fax prints out. rectly. Ask the customer if the exchange is DTMF (Dual Tone Multiple Frequency) or
pulse dialing.
Y N
Go to 20E Fax Will Not Print RAP.
Ensure that the machine is set for the correct dialing tone.
The fault is cleared. Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the values at NVM ID 200-201
Y N FaxLine1DialTypeDef and at NVM ID 200-202 FaxLine2DialTypeDef set to 0 =
Tone or 1 = Pulse.
Go to 20G Fax module Checkout RAP.
Insert a pause ( , ) between the first and second digit of the dial string. In the
The Fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax machine. Print a Dialling Options select Dialling Characters / Pause / Add Character / Save.
Protocol Report and check for errors.
A B
A B
The Fax only dials once and hangs up or the busy tone has unusual timing, frequency or 20C Unable To Send A Fax To Some Machines RAP
level. The busy tones are recognized.
Y N Use this RAP to isolate components which contribute to a failure to send a Fax to some
Check the number for a voice or tone answer. machines.
The Fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax machine. Initial Actions
Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax Reports. Print a WARNING
Protocol Report and check for errors. Re-enter the details from the fax options Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Check that the customer is dialing the correct number. The number is correct. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Y N death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Ask the customer to dial the number using the appropriate access codes. Refer to the 20A Fax Entry RAP and complete all of the initial actions.
Enable audio line monitor (Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Procedure
Transmission Defaults / Audio Line Monitor) and set to Enable. Select High volume and max The correct number is being dialled to make the connection. The connection is made.
time. Y N
Dial the Fax number and listen for a dial tone or dialing and answer tones. A Fax tone is The exchange is not processing the digits correctly, the machine needs longer pause
present. between digits.
Y N Insert a pause ( , ) between the first and second digit of the dial string. In the Dialling
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the value at the following location: Options select Dialling Characters / Pause / Add Character / Save.
NVM ID 200-415 Line1CurrentDetect = 0 Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Change setting at NVM ID 200-410 FaxDTMFInter-
NVM ID 200-416 Line2CurrentDetect = 0 A Fax tone is present. digitTime to 100.
Y N Call the fax number from a known good telephone and listen for the answer fax tone. The Fax
Go to the 20G Fax Module Checkout. tone is heard.
Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1. Fax on remote end is not picking up or no Fax is connected. Advise customer to check the
Telephone cable, PL 20.05 Item 3. machine at the remote end.
The Fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax machine. Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax Reports. Print a Pro-
Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax Reports. Print a tocol Report. The Protocol Report shows RNR (Receive Not Ready) is received from the
Protocol Report and check for errors. remote Fax repeatedly until time out and DCN (Disconnect). Check communication failure after
V34-PH2 / V34-PH3 or DCS / TCF. The remote Fax receives and prints the Fax.
The dial tone - dialling answer tones are present.
Y N
Y N
Compatibility problem with remote Fax.
The exchange is receiving the digits too quickly or is not processing the digits correctly. Print a Protocol Report and check for communication errors.
Ask the customer if the exchange is DTMF (Dual Tone Multiple Frequency) or pulse dial-
Line quality too poor for Super G3 to function correctly. Possible mains interference
ing.
on line.
Perform the following: Disable V34 (Super G3). Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the value at the fol-
Ensure that the machine is set for the correct dialing tone. lowing locations:
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Reset the values at NVM ID 200-201 NVM ID 200-087 T30MaxSpeedL1Tx = 11 (14400).
FaxLine1DialTypeDef and at NVM ID 200-202 FaxLine2DialTypeDef set to 0 = Tone NVM ID 200-088 T30MaxSpeed2Tx = 11 (14400).
or 1 = Pulse. If mains noise, try installing and using line 2 instead of line 1.
Insert a pause ( , ) between the first and second digit of the dial string. In the Dialling When sending to a PC fax or fax server that has an ISDN card, there is a need to
Options select Dialling Characters / Pause / Add Character / Save. customize the CEQ values. Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Set the value at NVM ID
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Set NVM ID 200-397 FaxTimeBeforeDial to 13. 203-031 to 0.
The Fax only dials once and hangs up or the busy tone has unusual timing, frequency or level. The Protocol Report shows MCF (Message Confirmation) is not sent by the remote Fax (last
Are the busy tones recognized. page), only DCN (Disconnect). The failure report printed out, but the remote fax prints
Y N multiple copies of the job or failed page.
Check the number for a voice or tone answer. Y N
Check that the values at NVM ID 200-237 to 200-241 are set to the correct defaults The Fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax machine.
to match the appropriate country setting. Print a Protocol Report and check for errors.
The fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax machine. The machine will resend up to 10 times before printing the failure report.
Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax Reports. Print a Pro- Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings/ Embedded Fax Setting / Transmission Defaults / Auto-
tocol Report and check for errors. Re-enter the details from the fax options matic Resend. Set number of resend to 1 or 2.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-279 20B, 20C
A B
20D Unable To Receive A Fax RAP Install new components as necessary:
Use this RAP to isolate components which contribute to the fax not received from the machine. Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1.
The Fax is working correctly. Send a three page test Fax to a known good Fax machine.
Initial Actions Print a Protocol Report and check for errors.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Receive a three page test Fax from the original Fax machine. Print a Protocol Report and
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause check for errors. The Protocol Report shows communication failure after CSI / DIS
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. (Called Subscriber Identified / Digital Identification Signal) or DCS / TCF (Digital Com-
mand Signal / Training Check) or after V34-PH2 / V34-PH3 or EQM (Eye Quality Monitor)
WARNING value greater than 5000.
Do not touch the test pads on the embedded fax PWB while the fax cable is connected Y N
to the machine. Dangerous voltages may be present that could cause death or injury. The problem may be intermittent, inform the operator of the remote machine, they should
Refer to the 20A Fax Entry RAP and complete all of the initial actions. report the problem to the telephone company.
Procedure Perform the following:

Confirm line is standard PSTN / PBX analogue line
Verify with the customer that PSTN / PABX (public switched telephone network / private auto-
matic branch exchange) line is operational. Use a known good telephone handset or use the Line quality too poor for Super G3 or G3 to function correctly. Possible mains interference
line test tool, PL 26.11 Item 16 to check the telephone line. The dial tone is present. on line. Possible DSL line, not properly filtered.
Y N Ask customer to request Fax capable service from telephone company.
Ask the customer to request a line check by the telephone company. If mains noise, install a new fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1. Use line 1.
Ensure Fax service is enabled and supported on that line by a PBX administrator.
Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Set the value at the following locations:
Call the handset from another telephone. The phone rings. NVM ID 200-085 T30 Maximum resolution Line 1 Rx = 7
Y N NVM ID 200-086 T30 Maximum resolution Line 2 Rx = 7
Ask the customer to request a line check by the telephone company. This sets the receive resolution capabilities for line 1 and line 2 to 400 x 400 max, this will
Ensure Fax service is enabled and supported on that line by a PBX administrator. shorten the DIS.
The DIS field is too long to enable successful communication.
Enable audio line monitor (Enter Admin / Tools / Service Setting / Embedded Fax Setting / Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write. Change NVM ID 200-141 USSTOCKSUPPORTRAX to 0
Transmission Defaults / Audio Line Monitor) and set to Enable and High volume.
(disable).
Dial the Fax number and listen for a dial tone or dialing and answer tones. A Fax tone is
Disable V34 (Super G3). Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write and reset the value at the follow-
present.
Y N ing locations:
Go to 20G Embedded Fax Checkout NVM ID 200-089 T30MaxSpeedL1Rx = 11 (14400)
Install new components as necessary: NVM ID 200-090 T30MaxSpeedL2Rx = 11 (14400)
Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1. If the problem still exists try a lower line receive (Rx) speed: 12 = 12000, 13 = 9600, 14 =
Telephone cable, PL 20.05 Item 3. 7200, 15 = 4800, 16 = 2400
Send a three page test Fax from a known good fax machine.
Reconnect the fax and call the fax number from a independent telephone line and listen for a
Fax tone. The machine answers and a fax tone is heard.
Y N
Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax Reports. Print
Activity Report. Check for receive calls on the Activity Report. Machine probably does not
bleep to indicate incoming call.
Check that the NVM values at NVM ID 200-203, NVM ID 200-423 and 200-426 are set to
the correct defaults to match the appropriate country setting. The machine answers and
a Fax tone is heard.
Y N
Go to 20G Fax Module Checkout
A B
20E Fax Will Not Print RAP 20F Fax Tab Not Available RAP
Use this RAP to solve fax printing problems. Use this RAP to isolate the problem when the Fax tab is not available or greyed out.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
Check the condition of the paper in all trays.
Check for the correct installation of the fax option. Refer to the system administration
Check that the paper trays are loaded with the appropriate paper sizes for printing the
guide CD1, for the install instruction. Follow the screen prompts.
Fax. Refer to GP 20.
Procedure
Procedure The Fax tab is displayed on the user interface screen.
If the received fax has mixed size documents (example, the first prints are 8.5 x 11 and Y N
then followed by 8.5 x 14 prints). Check in the All Incomplete Jobs queue, the job will The fax installation was not completed.
print 8.5 x 11 pages without printing 8.5 x 14 pages and then the job will be deleted. Go to Admin / Tools / Service Setting / Embedded Fax Setting / Fax Setup. Select Enable
and Save. Switch off the machine and switch on the machine, GP 14. This will initiate the
Fax Install Wizard and follow the prompts on the screen to complete the install of the
In Tools menu, go to Fax setup and select: Fax.
Receive Defaults.
Receive Printing mode and change to Manual. The Fax tab is displayed after installation.
In paper sizes, select correct page for each size to match the paper in the tray. Y N
Check that the fax module is installed correctly, PL 20.05.
Save and then change back to Auto. Save and Exit.
If the User Interface is asking for a size paper that is not loaded in trays. 1. Switch off the machine, GP 14.
Perform the following: 2. Check the connection between the fax module and the fax connector PWB, PL
In Tools menu, go to Fax setup and select: 20.05.
Receive Defaults. Check the fax connector PWB ribbon cable, PL 3.11 Item 7 connection between the
Receive Printing mode. single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13 and the fax connector PWB, PL 20.05
Select manual, change small paper setting to None and Save. Item 2.
3. Switch on the machine, GP 14.
NOTE: For small, long and large paper sizes select NONE if the corresponding
paper is not loaded in the paper trays.
The super fine tab is displayed.
Change setting to Auto and Save. Y N
The Server Fax may be enabled.
Go to Admin / Tools / Service Setting / Embedded Fax Setting / Fax Setup and press Dis-
able and Save. This will disable the Server Fax.
After installing Fax Module. The Fax selection tab is greyed out and requesting a pass
code to enable the Fax (Scan to E-mail installed).
Y N
The fax is installed correctly. Send a three page test fax to a known good fax machine.
Enter Admin / Tools / Service Settings / Embedded Fax Setting / Print Fax Reports. Print a
Protocol Report and check for errors.
Perform an AltBoot, GP 4.
NOTE: Software should only be loaded on a working machine. Loading or reloading software
onto a machine (or fax card) that has a fault will not work.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-281 20E, 20F
20G Fax Module Checkout 20H Fax Problems on Digital Networks RAP
Use this RAP to check for problems with the fax module. Use this RAP to isolate the problem when using digital networks.
Initial Actions The Fax option was designed as an analogue Group 3 device. This will have the best perfor-
mance when connected to a dedicated analog phone PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Net-
WARNING work) line or POTS (Plain Old Telephone system).
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause The Fax option will function on the following technologies:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ADSL - Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. DSL - Digital Subscriber Line
Check that the embedded fax PWB, PL 20.05 Item 4 is located correctly. VOIP - Voice Over Internet Protocol
Check that the fax module is correctly grounded. FOIP - Fax Over Internet Protocol, (T.38 protocol).
For copy quality defects, go to IQ 27 Unacceptable Received Fax Image Quality RAP. T1 Trunk / E1 Trunk (Europe).
Procedure NOTE: Due to the compression used on the technologies. The level of performance
will be lower than on a PSTN or POTS.
Go to WD 3.2 and WD 3.1. Check the +3.3V, +5V and +12V voltages. The voltages are
good. The Fax option will not function on the following technology:
Y N ISDN - Integrated Services Digital Network
Refer to the following:
01C +3.3V Distribution RAP
Initial Actions
01D +5V Distribution RAP WARNING
01E +12V Distribution RAP Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Install a new components as required.
Switch off the machine GP 14. Disconnect the following: Check with the customer or IT person on what network the Fax service is being used and
The Fax module from the fax connector PWB, PL 20.05. what is the quality of service.
The Fax connector PWB ribbon cable from the single board controller PWB, PL 3.11. Check that an analogue adapter or a connection for analogue terminals are available.
Check that the connectors are clean and not damaged. If the connectors are damaged then Ask the customer to check with service provider that an analogue port for Fax service has
install new components as necessary: been provided and enabled.
Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1. Procedure
Fax connector PWB ribbon cable, PL 3.11 Item 7 Perform the steps that follow:
Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13. Go to 20A Fax Entry RAP.
Reconnect the following: Request the latest SPAR release.
The Fax connector PWB ribbon cable to the single board controller PWB. Disable V34.
The fax module to the fax connector PWB. Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write and reset the value at the following locations:
Switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault is cleared. NVM ID 200-087 T30MaxSpeedL1Tx = 11 (14400)
Y N
NVM ID 200-088 T30MaxSpeedL2Tx = 11 (14400)
Return to the original fault code RAP and perform the remaining actions in the procedure.
NVM ID 200-089 T30MaxSpeedL1Rx = 11 (14400)
Go to SCP 5 and perform the final actions. NVM ID 200-090 T30MaxSpeedL2Rx = 11 (14400)
NVM ID 203-105 V34toV21FallbackTime = 20
If problems are still not resolved after these actions, then escalate the problem using the
normal escalation process

20G, 20H 2-282 ColorQube 9303 Family
22-300-05 Image complete not received from video. 22-310-04 Pages received from extended job service out of sequence.
22-300-10 Failed to transfer image due to decoding error. 22-314-04 Module registration error.
22-300-16 When machine determines that it needs to do a reset in order to avoid an impending 22-316-04 Job requires paper tray that does not exist.
real time clock overflow.
22-317-04 Job requires finishing capability that does not exist.
22-301-05 Scan resources not available.
22-318-04 Job requires an IOT capability that does not exist.
22-309-04 Consecutive no accepts received from a module exceeds threshold value (currently
20). Five consecutive 22-309-04 will cause 22-319-04. Procedure
WARNING
Procedure

22-315-04 One or More Modules Did Not Respond RAP 22-319-04 IOT Integrity Problem While Printing a Job RAP
22-315-04 One or more modules did not respond with completion message. 22-319-04 Integrity problem while printing a job. The IOT cycles down and up 10 times without
printing a page within the same job causing the fault. The system automatically executes a
Procedure reset.
WARNING
Procedure
2. Delete the original job, then rerun the job.

22-321-00 SM Failed to Remove Scan to File RAP 22-321-04 Proposal Response Time Out Error RAP
22-321-00 SM failed to remove the scan to file. 22-321-04 Proposal response time out error - RS422 configuration mismatch.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Perform the following:
2. Check machine configuration.

22-325-01 Cleaning Unit Extended Life Mode Entered RAP 22-328-00 Incomplete System Information RAP
22-325-01 Cleaning unit extended life mode entered (CU snooze mode). 22-328-00 Incomplete system information. The accounting service data has been corrupted.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

22-330-00 Page Pack PIN Entry Locked RAP 22-330-01 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between UI and
22-330-00 An incorrect page pack PIN has been entered more than 3 times and entry is now Copy Controller RAP
locked for 24 hours. Only one retry is now possible every 24 hours.
22-330-01 List jobs request timed out between UI and copy controller.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
2. Obtain a new PIN and try again.

22-330-02 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between Copy 22-330-03 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between Copy
Controller and ESS Print Service RAP Controller and Scan to File Service RAP
22-330-02 List jobs request timed out between copy controller and ESS print service. 22-330-03 List jobs request timed out between copy controller and scan to file service.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

22-330-04 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between Copy 22-330-05 List Jobs Request Timed Out Between Queue
Controller and Scan to Fax Service RAP Utility and DC Job Service RAP
22-330-04 List jobs request timed out between copy controller and scan to Fax service. 22-330-05 List jobs request timed out between queue utility and DC job service.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

22-330-06 ESS Scan to Distribution Service not 22-350-01, 22-350-02 Software Detects Non-Valid Xerox
Responding to List Jobs RPC Call RAP SOK RAP
22-330-06 ESS scan to distribution service not responding to list RPC call. 22-350-01 Software detected non-valid Xerox SOK 1.
Procedure 22-350-02 Software detected non-valid Xerox SOK 2 or 3.

WARNING
Procedure
2. Ignore all requested options from the software option key (SOK).

22-351-01 to 22-351-03 SOK Write Failure RAP 22-352-00 Serial Number Missing RAP
22-351-01 SOK 1 write failure. 22-352-00 Serial number has been lost.
22-351-02 SOK 2 write failure. Initial Actions

22-351-03 SOK 3 write failure.
WARNING
WARNING Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Check the fault history file for 03-xxx fault codes. Go to the appropriate RAP.
Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. 1. Check that the machine serial number is correct on the UI or the option to install the cor-
rect value is available, refer to dC132.
2. Ignore all requested options from the software option key (SOK).
2. Check that the SIM card is present in the SIM slot in the image processing module, PL
3.11 Item 22.
NOTE: The SIM card is also referred to as the product enablement key.

4. Enter dC131. Select CCS NVM ID 616-003 Product Configuration. Perform the following:
a. Check that the values are set to 112 = 9301, 113 = 9302 or 114 = 9303 as appropri-
ate to what speed the machine should be. No further action should be required as
the machine has recovered its configuration from the SIM card.
b. If the value is 0 the machine has never been installed. A blank SIM card of the
appropriate speed, billing plan and service plan can be installed. This should have
been supplied with the machine so a replacement would need to be obtained
through normal process to complete a missing part not delivered at install.
c. If the value is 49, this is the default at manufacture. Any other number is likely
caused by a memory corruption. For all these instances a pre-serialized SIM card/
SW module will be required. Escalate the request through normal channels to obtain
one.

22-360-00 Service Plan Mismatch RAP 22-371-00, 22-372-00 Fax Application Registration Error
22-360-00 Three way sync of the service plan could not be resolved. The service plan informa- RAP
tion has been lost. 22-371-00 Set by the fax service when it gets no response from the service registry when try-
ing to register.
Procedure
22-372-00 Set by the fax service when it gets no response from the service registry when try-
WARNING ing to un-register.
WARNING
1. Set the service plan, dC136.
2. Check the fax connections.
3. Reload the software, GP 4.

22-701-04 Module Completion Message Received RAP 22-720-00 Service Registry Bad Data/Corrupted RAP
22-701-04 Module completion message received after IOT returned to standby. 22-720-00 Service bad data/corrupted.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING

22-721-00 No Response From The Service Registry RAP 22-750-04 to 22-755-17 Configuration Mismatch RAP
22-721-00 Triple A gets no response from the service registry service. 22-750-04 Output device configuration mismatch.
Procedure 22-750-17 When the system detects that the accessory card configuration mismatch has
changed during the power on sequence.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 22-751-04 Paper tray configuration mismatch.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 22-754-17 When the system detects the UI configuration has changed during the power on
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. sequence.
22-755-17 After the 2nd user confirmation of configuration mismatch if the system detects that
the RDT configuration has changed during the power on sequence.
Procedure
WARNING

42-504-00 Enclosure Fan Over Current RAP 42-505-00 Abatement Fan Over Current RAP
42-504-00 The enclosure fan current demand is inconsistent with expected value. 42-505-00 The abatement fan current demand is inconsistent with expected value.
Procedure Procedure
Go to OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP. Go to OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP.

62-277-00 Scanner to DADH Communication Fail Entry 62-310-00 Scanner to Single Board Controller
RAP Communication Fail RAP
62-277-00 A communication failure between scanner PWB and DADH PWB has been 62-310-00 A communication failure between the scanner PWB and the single board controller
detected. PWB has been detected.

WARNING WARNING
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Procedure Procedure
Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1. Remove the scanner PWB cover, refer to REP Remove the scanner PWB cover, refer to REP 62.12. Refer to WD 6.1 and WD 3.1. Check the
62.12. Refer to WD 5.2 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between PJ188 on the DADH PWB and wiring between PJ922 on the scanner PWB and PJ15 on the single board controller PWB.
PJ921 on the scanner PWB. The wiring is good. The wiring is good.
Y N Y N
Re-seat loose connectors or install new components as necessary: Re-seat loose connectors or install new components as necessary:
DADH Communication/power cable, PL 5.10 Item 6. IIT video/SBC PWB harness, PL 62.10 Item 13.
DADH PWB, PL 5.10 Item 5. Scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8.
Scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8. Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Refer to WD 3.2 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between PJ920 on the scanner PWB and PJ18
on the single board controller PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N
Re-seat loose connectors or install new components as necessary:
Refer to WD 1.7 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring and voltages between PJ920 on the scanner
PWB and PJ8 on the power distribution PWB. Wiring and voltages are good.
Y N
Refer to WD 1.5 and WD 1.6. Check the wiring between PJ1 on the power distribution PWB
and PJDC4 on the power supply unit. Check for the correct voltages from the power supply at
PJDC4 and at PJ1 on the power distribution PWB. Wiring and voltages are good.
Y N

62-450-00 to 62-472-00 Calibration Failure RAP Initial Actions
62-450-00 Calibration dark range not clear. WARNING
62-451-00 Calibration dark range not done. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
62-452-00 Calibration Pixel offset not clear.
62-453-00 Calibration Pixel offset not done.
Procedure
62-454-00 Calibration gain range not clear. Enter dC330 code 62-002 to activate the exposure lamps. Exposure lamps illuminate.
Y N
62-455-00 Calibration gain range not done. Go to 62B Exposure Lamp Failure RAP.
62-456-00 Calibration Pixel gain not clear. Remove the scanner PWB cover, refer to REP 62.12. Refer to WD 6.3. Check the wiring
between PJ928 on the scanner PWB and the scan carriage assembly. The wiring is good.
62-457-00 Calibration Pixel gain not done. Y N
62-458-00 Calibration dark range errors. Scan carriage assembly, PL 62.15 Item 1.
62-459-00 Calibration pixel offset hi errors.
Scan carriage ribbon cable, PL 62.15 Item 4.
62-460-00 Calibration pixel offset lo errors.
Refer to WD 3.1, WD 3.2 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between:
62-461-00 Calibration gain range errors. PJ922 on the scanner PWB and PJ15 on the single board controller PWB.
PJ920 on the scanner PWB and PJ18 on the single board controller PWB.
62-462-00 Calibration pixel gain hi errors. The wiring is good.
Y N
62-463-00 Calibration pixel gain lo errors. Re-seat loose connectors or install new components as necessary:
IIT video/SBC PWB harness, PL 62.10 Item 13.
62-464-00 Scan controller busy error.
62-465-00 Dark loop settle error. Scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8.
62-466-00 Dark range rail error.
Go to IQ 29, refer to the CVT and Document Glass Checkout. Check the white calibration strip
62-467-00 Gain range rail error. on the front undersides of the document and CVT glass. Calibration strip is clean.
Y N
62-468-00 Colour state error. Clean with film remover, PL 26.11 Item 14.
62-469-00 FPGA Comms error. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
62-470-00 FPGA Read error.
62-471-00 FPGA write wrap error.
62-472-00 FPGA Bus time out error.

62-473-00 UART RX Wrap Error RAP 62-474-00, 62-475-00 Stepper Speed/Reset Error RAP
62-473-00 UART RX wrap error. 62-474-00 Stepper speed error.
Initial Actions 62-475-00 Move before reset error.

WARNING
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Procedure Go to 62-473-00 UART RX Wrap Error RAP.
Refer to WD 3.2 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between PJ18 on the single board controller
PWB and PJ920 on the scanner PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N
Re-seat loose connectors or install a new DADH/IIT power comms harness, PL 62.16
Item 7.


A
62-476-00 Scan Carriage Home Sensor RAP Enter dC330 code 62-018 carriage home sensor, Q62-018. Stack codes 62-023 and 62-024 to
move the carriage home, then away from home. The display changes.
62-476-00 Carriage home sensor is not cleared or made in time.
Y N
Refer to WD 6.2. Check Q62-018:
Initial Actions GP 11, How to Check a Sensor.
WARNING PJ923, Scanner PWB.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
Carriage home sensor PL 62.15 Item 7.
Procedure
Visually check the scanner carriage alignment through the document glass. Carriage align-
ment is good.
Y N
Perform ADJ 62.2 Scan Carriage Assembly.
Refer to WD 1.7, WD 3.1, WD 3.2 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between:
PJ8 on the power distribution PWB and PJ920 on the scanner PWB.
PJ15 on the single board controller PWB and PJ922 on the scanner PWB.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Re-seat loose connectors, repair the wiring or install new components as necessary:
IIT video SBC PWB harness, PL 62.10 Item 13.
Enter dC330 code 62-023 carriage motor, MOT62-063. The scan carriage returns to the
home position.
Y N
Check the condition and adjustment of the scan drive belt, refer to ADJ 62.3 Carriage
Motor and Scanner Drive Belt. The scan drive belt is good.
Y N
Install a new scan drive belt, PL 62.16 Item 12.

PJ929, Scanner PWB.
Carriage motor and bracket assembly PL 62.16 Item 15.
A
62-477-00 to 62-481-00 Timing Errors RAP 62-484-00 Apps Code Not Present RAP
62-477-00 Stepper busy error. 62-484-00 Apps code not present.
62-478-00 Real time error. Procedure

62-479-00 Page synchronization error.
WARNING
62-480-00 Initialize time error. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
62-481-00 DADH client time out. Go to 62-473-00 UART RX Wrap Error RAP.
Procedure
WARNING
Go to 62-473-00 UART RX Wrap Error RAP.

62-485-00 +12V Supply Error RAP 62-486-00 +24V Supply Error RAP
62-485-00 +12V supply error. 62-486-00 +24V supply error.

WARNING WARNING
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 code 62-021 12V Detect. The 12V supply is detected. Enter dC330 code 62-020 24V Detect. The +24V supply is detected.
Y N Y N
Check the +12V power supply, refer to: Check the +24V power supply, refer to:
01E +12V distribution RAP. 01H +24V distribution RAP.
01L 0V distribution RAP. 01L 0V distribution RAP.
Refer to WD 1.7 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between PJ8 on the power distribution PWB Refer to WD 1.7 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between PJ8 on the power distribution PWB
and PJ920 on the scanner PWB. The wiring is good. and PJ920 on the scanner PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N Y N
DADH/IIT power comms harness, PL 62.16 Item 7. DADH/IIT power comms harness, PL 62.16 Item 7.
Scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8. Scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8.
Power distribution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1. Power distribution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1.
Refer to WD 1.5 and WD 1.6. Check the wiring between PJ1 on the power distribution PWB Refer to WD 1.5 and WD 1.6. Check the wiring between PJ1 on the power distribution PWB
and PJDC4 on the power supply unit. The wiring is good. and PJDC4 on the power supply unit. The wiring is good.
Y N Y N
Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Power distribution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1. Power distribution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1.
Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13. Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.

62-487-00 System Phase Lock Loop (PLL) Error RAP 62A Scanning Document Size RAP
62-487-00 System phase lock loop (PLL) error. The scanner has encountered a document that is larger than expected.
Procedure The scanner has encountered a document of unknown size. The document size sensors have
incorrectly determined the size of the original.
WARNING
Go to 62-473-00 UART RX Wrap Error RAP. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
NOTE: If necessary, temporarily install the document glass when checking the document size
sensors to ensure that the document is the correct distance from the sensor.
Check that the input module angle sensor actuator is not damaged. If necessary install a new
input module angle sensor actuator PL 62.15 Item 10. Enter dC330 code 62-301 angle sensor,
Q62-301. Actuate Q62-301. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 6.2. Check Q62-301, PL 62.15 Item 7.
PJ923, Scanner PWB.
Angle sensor, PL 62.15 Item 7.
Raise the DADH. Enter dC330 code 62-251 document size sensor 1, Q62-251. Actuate Q62-
25 by placing a piece of paper on the document glass above the sensor. Repeat the test for
Q62-252 document size sensor 2, Q62-252. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 6.2. Check Q62-251 and Q62-252.
PJ923, Scanner PWB.
Document size sensor 1 or 2, PL 62.16 Item 10.
Refer to WD 1.7, WD 3.1, WD 3.2 and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between:

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-303 62-487-00, 62A
The wiring is good. 62B LED Exposure Lamp Failure RAP
Y N
The LED lamp(s) do not illuminate.
Procedure
WARNING
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Enter dC330, input code 62-002 to activate the exposure lamps. The exposure lamps illumi-
nate.
Y N
Remove the scanner PWB cover, refer to REP 62.12. Refer to WD 1.7, WD 3.1, WD 3.2
and WD 6.1. Check the wiring between:
The wiring is good.
Y N
Refer to WD 6.2. Check the wiring between PJ926 on the scanner PWB and the LED
Exposure lamps, PL 62.15 Item 2. The wiring is good.
Y N
LED exposure lamps, PL 62.15 Item 2.
Refer to WD 6.2. Check the in line ribbon harness PL 62.15 Item 3 between CN1 and
CN2. The harness is good.
Y N
LED exposure lamps, PL 62.15 Item 2.
In line ribbon harness, PL 62.15 Item 3.

70-312-00 Tray 1 to Tray 3 Communication Failure RAP 70-305-00, 70-325-00 Lower Left Door Open RAP
70-312-00 IME to tray 1, tray 2 and tray 3 communications failure. 70-305-00 Lower left door open.
Procedure 70-325-00 Lower left door open during run.

WARNING
Initial Actions
Ensure the lower left door assembly, PL 70.25 Item 5 is closed.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Check the door hinge and latch for damage, PL 70.25.
Refer to WD 7.3 and WD 8.2. Perform the following:
Procedure
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. WARNING
2. Check the harness between PJ950 on the 3 tray module PWB and PJ 401 on the media
path driver PWB. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
3. Check the PJ connections and wiring. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
If necessary, install new components: Enter dC330 code 01-302 lower door interlock, Q01-301, PL 70.10 Item 18. Press Start. Manu-
3 Tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. ally actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Y N
Refer to WD 7.4. Check the lower door interlock. Refer to:
Media path driver PWB to 3 tray module PWB harness (PJ950 to PJ401), PL 1.15 Item
21. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
PJ953, 3 tray module PWB.
Lower door interlock sensor, PL 70.10 Item 18.

Check that the sensor is correctly located.
Check that the actuator on the lower left door assembly is not damaged or missing.
If necessary, install a new lower left door assembly, PL 70.25 Item 5.

A
71-101-00 to 71-161-00 Tray 1 Mis-Feed Jam RAP Install new components as necessary:
71-101-00 Tray 1 misfeed jam Tray 1 feed sensor, PL 81.25 Item 19.
71-106-00 LE late to TAR1 sensor from tray 1. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
71-130-00 TTM1 TE late at TAR. Enter dC330 code 71-395 TAR 1 sensor, Q71-395, PL 73.16 Item 11. Press Start. Open the left
door and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
71-132-00 TTM1 LE too early at TAR. Y N
Refer to WD 7.4. Check takeaway roll sensor 1, Q71-395. Refer to:
71-150-00 TTM1 too long at TAR. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
71-151-00 TTM1 too short at TAR.
71-152-00 TTM1 too long at TAR no auto purge. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
71-153-00 TTM1 too short at TAR no auto purge. TAR 1 Sensor, PL 73.16 Item 11.
71-154-00 TTM1 mismatch long at TAR.
71-155-00 TTM1 mismatch short at TAR.
Check that the nudger spring is installed correctly, PL 81.25 Item 10. Check that the spring is
not damaged. The spring is good.
71-160-00 Extra pick retry O.K.
Y N
Install a new spring, PL 81.25 Item 10.
71-161-00 Extra pick retry fail.
Enter dC330 code 70-025 3 tray transport motor, MOT70-025, PL 73.16 Item 3. Press Start.
Initial Actions The motor runs.
WARNING Y N
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Refer to WD 7.5. Check MOT70-025. Refer to:
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. PJ956, 3 tray module PWB.
Check the condition of the paper in tray 1. Refer to IQ 1 and GP 20. 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
Check that the paper guides are set correctly. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Check that the lower left door, PL 70.25 Item 5 is latched correctly. Install new components as necessary:
Check the condition of the tray 1 feed, nudger and retard rolls. Use a cloth dampened with 3 tray transport motor, PL 73.16 Item 3
water to clean the rolls, GP 27. If necessary, install a new tray 1 feed roll kit, PL 81.25
3 Tray Module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
Item 28.
Go to dC135 CRU/HFSI Status. Check the count of the tray 1 feed roll set. If the count is
near end of life, install a new tray 1 feed roll kit, PL 81.25 Item 28.
Observe the takeaway rolls, PL 73.16. The takeaway rolls rotate.
Y N
Procedure Check the drive belt and gears, PL 73.16 Item 7.
Enter dC330 code 71-101 tray 1 feed sensor, Q71-101, PL 81.25 Item 19. Press Start. Remove
tray 1 and tray 2. Manually actuate the sensor. The display changes. Check the condition of the takeaway rolls, PL 73.16. The takeaway rolls are good.
Y N Y N
Refer to WD 7.3. Check tray 1 feed sensor, Q71-101. Refer to: Clean or install new takeaway rolls, PL 73.16 Item 9.
A B
B
CAUTION 71-215-00 Tray 1 Elevate Up Failure RAP
To prevent damage to the feed mechanism, the paper tray must be pulled out before MOT 71- 71-215-00 Tray 1 stack height sensor did not actuate within the correct time after the feed / ele-
002 is run in diagnostics. vator motor turned on.
Enter dC330 code 71-002 tray 1 feed / elevate motor, MOT71-002, PL 81.25 Item 22. Press
start. The feed rolls rotate. Initial Actions
Y N WARNING
Remove the tray feed assembly, REP 81.1. Manually rotate the feed roll shaft. The drive Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
gears rotate. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Check the gears for damage. If necessary, install new components, PL 81.25. Check for paper or obstructions behind the tray.
Check that the tray 1 stack height sensor, PL 81.25 Item 17 is clean and located correctly.
Install the tray 1 feed assembly.
Ensure that the tray is pushed fully home.
Check the stack height mechanism actuator in the feeder, PL 81.25.
Check the drive gears and coupling on the tray, PL 70.10.
Check the elevator drive coupling on the feeder assembly, PL 81.25.
01H +24V Distribution RAP. Check for the lift plate is not bowed under the elevate plate assembly.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Procedure
Instal new Components as necessary:
Enter dC330 code 71-336 tray 1 stack height sensor, Q71-336, PL 81.25 Item 17. Press Start.
Tray 1 feed / elevate motor, PL 81.25 Item 22. Pull out tray 1. Manually actuate the sensor. The display changes
3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. Y N
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Refer to WD 7.3. Check tray 1 stack height sensor, Q71-336. Refer to:
The nudger roll rotates. PJ951, 3 tray module PWB.
Y N 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
Check the nudger roll drive belt and drive coupling for damage. If necessary, install new 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
components, PL 81.25. Install new components as necessary:
Tray 1 stack height sensor, PL 81.25 Item 17.
With the paper tray removed. Manually move the retard nip split mechanism. The retard roll
moves against the feed roll.
Y N
CAUTION
Check the retard roll drive coupling and mechanism for damage.
If necessary, install new components, PL 81.25. To prevent damage to the elevator and paper feed mechanism, the paper tray must be pulled
out before MOT71-002 is run in diagnostics.
Perform the following: Enter dC330 code 71-002 tray 1 feed / elevator motor, MOT71-002, PL 81.25 Item 22. Pull out
Check the feed roll assembly, PL 81.25 Item 11. tray 1. Press Start. The motor runs
Y N
Check the feed assembly, PL 81.25 Item 1.
Refer to WD 7.3. Check tray 1 feed / elevator motor, MOT71-002. Refer to:
Tray 1 feed / elevator motor, PL 81.25 Item 22.
Check the feeder / elevator motor drive gears, PL 81.25.
Check the tray 1 stack height mechanism on the feeder assembly,
If the fault still occurs, go to 71A Tray 1 Empty RAP.

71-320-00 Tray 1 Open In Run RAP 71A Tray 1 Empty RAP
71-320-00 Tray 1 was opened during run when the paper is fed from tray 1. Use this RAP when the copier display instructs the operator to add paper to the tray that is not
empty.
Initial Actions
WARNING Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
Check for obstructions behind the tray. can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Ensure the tray is pushed fully home. Enter dC330 code 71-201. Press Start. Manually actuate the tray empty sensor Q71-201, PL
81.25 Item 19. The display changes.
Check the tray 1 location catch for damage, PL 70.10 Item 17.
Y N
Refer to WD 7.3. Check tray 1 empty sensor, Q71-201.
Procedure Refer to:
Tray 1 and tray 2 do not have a dedicated home sensor. The 5 size sensing switches on the 3 GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4, are used. When at least one switch is actuated the tray is
PJ951, 3 tray module PWB
closed. When no switches are actuated, the tray is open.
Enter dC330 codes 71-311, 71-312, 71-313, 71-314 and 71-315. Press Start. Remove the tray
and manually actuate each switch. The display changes for each switch. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Y N Install new components as necessary.
Refer to WD 7.5. Check tray 1 size switches. Refer to: Tray 1 empty sensor, PL 81.25 Item 19.
GP 13 How to Check a Switch. 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Install new components as necessary: Perform the following:
3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. Check that the sensor is free of paper dust and is located correctly.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Check the paper feed mechanism and feedhead, PL 81.25 Item 1.

Check the length and width sensing bracket on the paper tray, PL 70.10 Item 12, PL 70.10
Item 13.
If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:

71B Tray 1 Wrong Size Paper RAP
Use this RAP when the paper fed from the tray does not match the paper size indicated by the
Table 1 Tray 1 paper size table
tray paper size switch. Tray 1 and tray 2 feed mechanisms are identical.
Size Size Size Size Size
Initial Actions switch 1 switch 2 switch 3 switch 4 switch 5
Paper (S71-311) (S71-312) (S71-313) (S71-314) (S71-315)
WARNING
A5 SEF 0V +3.3V 0V 0V +3.3V
5.5 x 8.5 inch SEF
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. A4 LEF +3.3V 0V 0V 0V +3.3V
Check that the tray paper guides are set up to the edges of the paper.
A4 SEF 0V +3.3V +3.3V 0V 0V
Check for paper down the back of the tray.
Make sure the guides are located in the tray base slots if a standard paper size is used.
A3 SEF +3.3V 0V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V
Check the length and width bracket on the rear of the tray, PL 70.10 Item 12 and PL 70.10
Item 13.
A5 SEF 0V +3.3V 0V +3.3V +3.3V
B5 SEF and JIS B5
Procedure 5.5 x 8.5 inch SEF
Refer to Table 1. Compare the paper size in the tray to the size switches actuated. EXEC 184 x 267 mm 0V +3.3V 0V +3.3V 0V
Enter dC330 and relevant component control code as shown in the table. Press Start. Manually B5 SEF and JIS B5
actuate the paper size switch on the 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. The display 8.5 x 11 LEF (Letter) 0V 0V 0V +3.3V +3.3V
changes.
Y N 8.5 x 11 SEF (Letter) 0V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V 0V
Refer to WD 7.5. Check the tray 1 size switch 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 at the switch on the 3 tray
module PWB. Check the voltage on the centre pin of the relevant switch on the rear of the
8.5 x 13 SEF (Folio) 0V +3.3V +3.3V 0V +3.3V
PWB. Refer to:
216 x 330 mm
01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP 8.5 x 14 SEF (Legal) 0V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V
01L 0V Distribution RAP B4 SEF and JIS B4
3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. 11 x 17 SEF (Tabloid) 0V 0V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V
Set the paper tray paper guides to a standard size of paper. Push in the tray. Refer to Table 1 to
identify the switches that should be actuated.
Enter dC330 and relevant component control code to operate the size switch as shown in the
table. Press Start. Open and close the tray and observe the change of state of the size switch.
Set the paper guides to various other paper sizes, to actuate all 5 size switches The size
switches change to the correct state for the paper size selected.
Y N
Item 13. Install new parts as required.
If the problem is random, check the paper tray for worn or damaged parts. If necessary install a
new tray assembly, PL 70.10 Item 1.

72-101-00 to 72-161-00 Tray 2 Mis-Feed Jam RAP Y N
Refer to WD 7.3. Check tray 2 feed sensor, Q72-102. Refer to:
72-101-00 Tray 2 misfeed jam.
72-106-00 LE late to TAR 2 sensor. PJ952, 3 tray module PWB.
72-110-00 LE late to TAR 1 sensor from tray 2. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
72-130-00 TTM2 TE late at TAR.
72-131-00 TTM2 LE late at TAR. 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
72-132-00 TTM2 LE too early at TAR.
Enter dC330 code 72-396 TAR 2 sensor, Q72-396, PL 73.16 Item 11. Press Start. Open the left
72-133-00 TTM2 LE too early at TAR1. hand door and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N
72-150-00 TTM2 too long at TAR. Refer to WD 7.4. Check TAR 2 sensor, Q72-396. Refer to:
72-151-00 TTM2 too short at TAR.
72-152-00 TTM2 too long at TAR no auto purge. 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
72-153-00 TTM2 too short at TAR no auto purge. Install new components as necessary:
TAR sensor 2, PL 73.16 Item 11.
72-155-00 TTM2 mismatch short at TAR. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Check that the nudger spring is installed correctly, PL 81.26 Item 10. Check that the spring is
not damaged. The spring is good.
Y N
Initial Actions Enter dC330 code 71-395 TAR 1 sensor, Q71-395, PL 73.16 Item 11. Press Start. Open the left
WARNING hand door and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Refer to WD 7.4. Check TAR 1 sensor, Q71-395. Refer to:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Check the condition of the paper in tray 2. Refer to IQ 1 and GP 20. PJ955, 3 tray module PWB.
Check that the paper guides are set correctly. 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
Check that the left hand door is latched correctly. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Check the condition of the tray 2 feed, nudger and retard rolls. Use a cloth dampened with Install new components as necessary:
water to clean the rolls, GP 27. If necessary, install a new tray 2 feed roll kit, PL 81.26 TAR 1 sensor, PL 73.16 Item 11.
Item 28. 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
Go to dC135 CRU / HFSI Status. Check the count of the tray 2 feed roll set. If the count is Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Enter dC330 code 70-025 3 tray module transport motor, MOT70-025, PL 73.16 Item 3. Press
Procedure Start. The motor runs.
Enter dC330 code 72-102 tray 2 feed sensor, Q72-102, PL 81.26 Item 19. Press Start. Remove Y N
tray 1 and tray 2 then manually actuate the sensor. The display changes. Refer to WD 7.5. Check 3 tray module transport motor, MOT81-025. Refer to:
A
A
PJ956 on 3 tray module PWB. 72-215-00 Tray 2 Elevate Up Failure RAP
01H +24V Distribution RAP. 72-215-00 Tray 2 hoist failure
3 tray module transport motor, PL 73.16 Item 3. WARNING
3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Observe the takeaway rolls. The transport rolls rotate. Check that the tray 2 stack height sensor, PL 81.26 Item 17 is clean and located correctly.
Y N Check for obstructions behind the tray.
Check the drive belt and gears, PL 73.16 Item 7. Ensure that the tray is pushed fully home.
Check the stack height mechanism actuator on the back of the tray, PL 81.26.
Check the condition of the takeaway rolls, PL 73.16. The takeaway rolls are good. Check the drive gears and coupling on the tray, PL 70.10.
Y N
Check the elevator drive coupling on the feeder assembly, PL 81.26.
Clean or Install new takeaway rolls, PL 73.16 Item 9.
Check for the lift plate is not bowed under the elevate plate assembly.
CAUTION Procedure
To prevent damage to the feed mechanism, the paper tray must be pulled out before MOT 72- Enter dC330 code 72-337 tray 2 stack height sensor, Q72-337, PL 81.26 Item 17. Press Start.
001 is run in diagnostics. Pull out tray 1. Manually actuate the sensor. The display changes
Y N
Enter dC330 code 72-001 tray 2 feed / elevator motor, MOT72-001, PL 81.26 Item 22. Press
Refer to WD 7.3. Check tray 2 stack height sensor, Q72-337. Refer to:
Start. The motor runs.
Y N GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Refer to WD 7.3. Check tray 2 feed / elevator motor, MOT72-001. Refer to: PJ952, 3 tray module PWB.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
Tray 2 feed / elevator motor, PL 81.26 Item 22. CAUTION
3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. To prevent damage to the elevator and paper feed mechanism, the paper tray must be pulled
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. out before MOT72-001 is run in diagnostics.
Enter dC330 code 72-001 tray 2 feed / elevate motor, MOT72-001, PL 81.26 Item 22. Pull out
The nudger roll rotates. tray 2. Press Start. The motor runs
Y N Y N
Check the nudger roll drive belt and drive coupling for damage. If necessary, install a new Refer to WD 7.3. Check tray 2 feed / elevate motor, MOT72-001. Refer to:
components, PL 81.26 Item 12.
With the paper tray removed. Manually move the retard nip split mechanism, PL 81.26. The
retard roll moves against the feed roll. 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
Y N 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Check the retard roll drive coupling and mechanism for damage. Install new components as necessary:
If necessary, install new components, PL 81.26. Tray 2 feed / elevator motor, PL 81.26 Item 22.
Perform the following: Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Check the feed roll assembly, PL 81.26 Item 11. Perform the following:
Check the feed assembly, PL 81.26 Item 1. Check the feeder / elevator motor drive gears, PL 81.26.
Check the tray 2 stack height mechanism on the feeder assembly,
If the fault still occurs then go to 72A Tray 2 Empty RAP.

72-320-00 Tray 2 Open in Run RAP 72A Tray 2 Empty RAP
72-320-00 Tray 2 was opened during run. Use this RAP when the copier display instructs the operator to add paper to the tray that is not
empty.
Initial Actions
WARNING Procedure
Check for obstructions behind the tray. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Ensure that the tray is pushed fully home. Tray 2 empty sensor, Q72-201. Enter dC330 code 72-201, PL 81.26 Item 19. Press Start.
Manually actuate the tray empty sensor. The display changes.
Check the tray 2 location catch for damage, PL 70.10 Item 17.
Y N
Refer to WD 7.3. Check tray 2 empty sensor, Q72-201.
Procedure Refer to:
Tray 1 and tray 2 do not have a dedicated home sensor. The 5 size switches on the 3 tray mod- GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
ule PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4, are used. When at least one switch is actuated, the tray is closed.
When all switches are not actuated, the tray is open.
Enter dC330 and enter code 72-321, 72-322, 72-323, 72-324 and 72-325 one at a time. Press
Start. Remove the tray and manually actuate each switch. The display changes for each 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
switch. Install new components as necessary.
Y N Tray 2 empty sensor, PL 81.26 Item 19.
Refer to WD 7.5. Check tray 2 size switches. Refer to:
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Perform the following:
Install new components as necessary: Check that the sensor is free of paper dust.
3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. Check the paper feed mechanism, PL 81.26 Item 1.

Check the size switches on the 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
Item 13

72B Tray 2 Wrong Size Paper RAP NOTE: Standard sizes will be offered as indicated, as well a custom sizes limited to the range
supported.
Use this RAP when the paper fed from the tray does not match the paper size indicated by the
tray paper size switch. Tray 1 and tray 2 feed mechanisms are identical.
Table 1 Tray 2 paper size table
Initial Actions Size Size Size Size Size

switch 1 switch 2 switch 3 switch 4 switch 5
WARNING Paper (S72-321) (S72-322) (S72-323) (S72-324) (S72-325)
A5 SEF 0V +3.3V 0V 0V +3.3V
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 5.5 x 8.5 inch SEF
A4 LEF +3.3V 0V 0V 0V +3.3V
Check that the tray paper guides are set up to the edges of the paper.
Check for paper down the back of the tray.
A4 SEF 0V +3.3V +3.3V 0V 0V
Make sure the guides are located in the tray base slots if a standard paper size is used.
Check the length sensing bracket, PL 70.10 Item 12 and width sensing bracket, PL 70.10 A3 SEF +3.3V 0V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V
Item 13 on the rear of the tray.
A5 SEF 0V +3.3V 0V +3.3V +3.3V
Procedure B5 SEF and JIS B5
Refer to Table 1. Compare the paper size in the tray to the size switches actuated. 5.5 x 8.5 inch SEF
Enter dC330 and relevant component control code as shown in the table. Press Start. Manually EXEC 184 x 267 mm 0V +3.3V 0V +3.3V 0V
actuate the paper size switch on the 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. The display B5 SEF and JIS B5
changes. 8.5 x 11 LEF (Letter) 0V 0V 0V +3.3V +3.3V
Y N
Refer to WD 7.5. Check tray 2 size switch 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 at the switch on the 3 tray mod-
8.5 x 11 SEF (Letter) 0V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V 0V
ule PWB. Check the voltage on the centre pin of the relevant switch on the rear of the
PWB. Refer to:
8.5 x 13 SEF (Folio) 0V +3.3V +3.3V 0V +3.3V
GP 13 How to Check a Switch. 216 x 330 mm
01L 0V Distribution RAP. 8.5 x 14 SEF (Legal) 0V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V
Install new components as necessary: B4 SEF and JIS B4
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. 11 x 17 SEF (Tabloid) 0V 0V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V
Set the paper tray paper guides to a standard size of paper. Push in the tray. Refer to Table 1 to
identify the switches that should be actuated.
Enter dC330 and relevant component control code to operate the size switch as shown in the
table. Press Start. Open and close the tray and observe the change of state of the size switch.
Set the paper guides to other paper sizes, to actuate all 5 size switches The size switches
change to the correct state for the paper size selected.
Y N
Item 13. Install new parts as necessary.
If the problem is random, check the paper tray for worn or damaged parts. If necessary install a
new tray assembly, PL 70.10 Item 1.

73-101-00 to 73-161-00 Tray 3 Mis-Feed Jam RAP Y N
Refer to WD 7.4. Check tray 3 feed sensor, Q73-103. Refer to:
73-101-00 Tray 3 misfeed jam.
73-106-00 LE late to TAR 3 sensor. PJ953, 3 tray module PWB.
73-110-00 LE late to TAR 2 sensor. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
73-130-00 TTM3 TE late at TAR. Install new components as necessary:
73-132-00 TTM3 LE too early at TAR. 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
73-140-00 TTM3 TE late at HZ XP Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
73-141-00 TTM3 LE too early HZ XP Enter dC330 code 73-397 TAR 3 sensor, Q73-397, PL 81.35 Item 18. Press Start. Pull out the
horizontal transport assembly, PL 81.35 Item 1. Manually actuate the sensor by placing a piece
73-150-00 TTM3 too long at TAR. of paper over the sensor but not in the nip rolls. Push in the horizontal transport. The display
changes.
73-151-00 TTM3 too short at TAR. Y N
Refer to WD 7.4. Check TAR 3 sensor, Q73-397. Refer to:
73-152-00 TTM3 too long at TAR no auto purge.
73-153-00 TTM3 too short at TAR no auto purge. PJ954, 3 tray module PWB.
73-155-00 TTM3 mismatch short at TAR. Install new components as necessary:
TAR 3 sensor, PL 81.35 Item 18.
73-161-00 Extra pick retry fail. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Initial Actions Remove the right side cover, PL 70.25 Item 4. Check that the nudger spring is installed cor-
WARNING rectly, PL 81.30 Item 10. Check that the spring is not damaged. The spring is good.
Enter dC330 code 70-398 tray 3 transport sensor (2), Q70-398, PL 81.35 Item 18. Press Start.
Check the condition of the paper in tray 3. Refer to GP 20. Pull out the horizontal transport assembly, PL 81.35 Item 1. Manually actuate the sensor by
Ensure that the tray is pushed fully home. placing a piece of paper over the sensor but not in the nip rolls. Push in the horizontal trans-
Ensure that the tray 3 paper tray guides are set correctly, ADJ 73.1. port. The display changes.
Check that the EPC memory PWB is installed and seated correctly, PL 3.11 Item 21. Y N
Refer to WD 7.4. Check tray 3 transport sensor (2), Q70-398. Refer to:
Check the condition of the tray 3 feed, nudger and retard rolls. Use a cloth dampened with
water to clean the rolls, GP 27. If necessary, install a new tray 3 feed roll kit, PL 81.30 GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Item 26. PJ954, 3 tray module PWB.
Go to dC135 CRU/HFSI Status. Check the count of the tray 3 feed roll set. If the count is 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
near end of life, install a new tray 3 feed roll kit, PL 81.30 Item 26. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Procedure Tray 3 transport sensor (2), PL 81.35 Item 18.
Enter dC330 code 73-103 tray 3 feed sensor, Q73-103, PL 81.30 Item 19. Open tray 3. Press 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
Start. Manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
A
A
Enter dC330 code 70-025 3 tray transport motor, MOT70-025, PL 73.16 Item 3. Press Start. 73-212-00 Tray 3 Elevate Encoder Failure RAP
The motor runs.
73-212-00 Tray 3 encoder failure on hoist.
Y N
Refer to WD 7.5. Check 3 tray transport motor, MOT70-025. Refer to:
Initial Actions
PJ953, 3 tray module PWB WARNING
01H +24V Distribution RAP Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Check that the encoder is located correctly, PL 73.16 Item 2.
3 tray module transport motor, PL 73.16 Item 3.
Check that the encoder sensor and wheel are clean.
Procedure
The transport rolls rotate. Pull out the relevant tray and allow it to move fully down. Close the tray. The tray moves up.
Y N Y N
Check the gears and drive belt, PL 73.16. Go to 73-215-00 Tray 3 Hoist Failure RAP.
CAUTION Enter dC140 Analog Monitor select code 073-003 3TM elevator encoder. Perform the routine
for the encoder. The encoder routine is good.
To prevent damage to the feed mechanism, the paper tray must be pulled out before MOT 73-
001 is run in diagnostics. Y N
Refer to WD 7.5. Check the 3TM elevator encoder sensor, Q73-003. Refer to:
Enter dC330 code 73-001 tray 3 feed motor, MOT73-001, PL 81.30 Item 22. Press Start. The
motor runs.
Y N NOTE: In this check place a piece of paper in the sensor. The check is difficult due
Refer to WD 7.4. Check tray 3 feed motor, MOT73-001. Refer to: to the problem in moving the timing disc.
Tray 3 elevator motor, PL 73.16 Item 2.
Tray 3 feed motor, PL 81.30 Item 22.
Check the encoder wheel for damage and that it is located on the motor correctly. If necessary
Perform the following: install new components, PL 73.16.
Check the feed roll assembly, PL 81.30 Item 11.
Check the tray 3 feed assembly, PL 81.30 Item 1. Refer to REP 81.2 and check the feed
head housing location.
Check the tray is level. Perform the following:
1. Remove the tray front cover.
2. Elevate the tray to the stack height position.
3. Hold the elevator drive gear and pull out the tray. Check that the tray is level.
4. If the tray is not level then install new elevator cables, PL 73.15 Item 18.
If the fault still occurs, check the following:
The takeaway roll 3, PL 81.35 Item 16.
The transport roll 2, PL 81.35 Item 15.
The transport roll 1, PL 81.35 Item 14.

73-215-00 Tray 3 Hoist Failure RAP Y N
Refer to WD 7.5. Check that the tray 3 limit switch, PL 81.30 Item 25, is not actuated.
73-215-00 Tray 3 hoist failure.
While not actuated, check for +24V at both contacts on the switch. Refer to:
Initial Actions
WARNING 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
Tray 3 limit switch, PL 81.30 Item 25.
Check for obstructions behind the tray.
Ensure that the tray is pushed fully home.
Refer to WD 7.5. Check tray 3 elevator motor, MOT73-002. Refer to:
Check that the tray elevator cables and mechanisms are located correctly. Refer to REP
73.3. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
If the tray only elevates up by 25 mm (1 inch) and stops. Go to 73A RAP and check the PJ957, 3 tray module PWB.
tray empty actuator. 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
Enter dC330 code 73-303 tray 3 home sensor, Q73-303, PL 73.16 Item 8. Press Start. Pull out Tray 3 elevator motor, PL 73.16 Item 2.
the tray. The display changes. 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
Y N
Refer to WD 7.4. Check tray 3 home sensor, Q73-303. Refer to:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Perform the following:
PJ954, 3 tray module PWB. Check elevator cables, PL 73.15.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. Check elevator motor drive coupling, PL 73.16 Item 2.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Check tray elevator drive gears and drive coupling, PL 73.15 Item 11.
Install new components as necessary: If the fault still occurs, then go to 73A Tray 3 Out of Paper RAP.
Tray 3 home sensor, PL 73.16 Item 8.
Pull out tray 3. Manually actuate the stack height sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Enter dC330 code 73-002 tray 3 elevator motor, MOT73-002, PL 73.16 Item 2. Pull out tray 3.
Press Start. The motor runs.

73-320-00 Tray 3 Open in Run RAP 73-325-00 Feeder HT Drawer Open in Run RAP
73-320-00 Tray 3 open during run when the paper is fed from tray 3. 73-325-00 Tray 3 horizontal transport drawer open in run.

WARNING WARNING
Check for obstructions behind the tray. Check for obstructions behind the transport.
Ensure that the tray is pushed fully home. Ensure that the transport is pushed fully home.
Check the tray 3 home sensor, PL 73.16 Item 8 actuator on the tray. Check the switch actuator on the back of the drawer, part of the horizontal transport, PL
Check the tray 3 latch parts (on the tray and on the machine base), PL 73.16 Item 1. 73.16 Item 18.
Check the latch on the rear of the horizontal transport, PL 81.35 above the connector for
Procedure damage
Enter dC330 code 73-303 tray 3 home sensor, Q73-303, PL 73.16 Item 8. Press Start. Open
and fully close the tray. The display changes. Procedure
Y N Enter dC330 code 70-100 horizontal transport home switch, Q70-100, on the 3 tray module
Refer to WD 7.4. Check tray 3 home sensor, Q73-303. Refer to: PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. Press Start. Open and fully close the horizontal transport. The dis-
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. play changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 7.5. Check horizontal transport home switch, Q70-100. The home switch is
01D +5V Distribution RAP. located on the 3 tray module PWB. Check the voltage on the centre pin of the switch on
01L 0V Distribution RAP. the rear of the PWB. Refer to:
Install new components as necessary: GP 13 How to Check a Switch.
Tray 3 home sensor, PL 73.16 Item 8. 01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP
3 tray module control PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Install new components as necessary:
Check the tray 3 home sensor is secure and correctly positioned.
If the problem continues, install new components as necessary:
Tray 3 home sensor, PL 73.16 Item 8. Check the alignment of the actuator to the sensor on the horizontal transport., PL 81.35 Item 1.
3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. If the problem continues, install new components as necessary:
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. HT and main harness latch, PL 73.16 Item 18.
Horizontal transport assembly, PL 81.35 Item 1.

73A Tray 3 Out of Paper RAP 74-101-00, 74-160-00 to 74-161-00 Bypass Tray 4 Mis-Feed RAP
Use this RAP when the copier display instructs the operator to add paper to tray 3 when the 74-101-00 Tray 4 misfeed jam. The feed sensor did not actuate in the correct time after paper
tray is not empty. feed from the bypass tray
Initial Actions
WARNING
Initial Actions
Check the position of the tray empty sensor, PL 81.30 Item 19. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Clean the tray empty sensor. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Check the condition of the paper in tray. Refer to GP 20.
Procedure Check the paper guides are set correctly.
Enter dC330 code 73-201 tray 3 empty sensor, PL 81.30 Item 19. Press Start. Check the condition of the bypass tray 4 feed, nudger and retard rolls. Use a cloth dampened
with water to clean the rolls, GP 27. If necessary, install a new tray 4 feed roll kit, PL 31.11
Use a piece of paper to manually actuate the tray empty sensor with a piece of paper. The
Item 26.
display changes.
Y N Go to dC135 CRU/HFSI Status. Check the count of the tray 4 bypass feed roll set. If the
Refer to WD 7.4. Check tray 3 empty sensor, Q73-201. Refer to: count is near end of life, install a new tray 4 feed roll kit, PL 31.11 Item 26.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Procedure
PJ953, 3 tray module PWB. Enter dC330 code 74-406 bypass feed sensor, Q74-406, PL 74.10 Item 19. Press Start. Manu-
01D +5V Distribution RAP. ally actuate the bypass feed sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.3. Check bypass feed sensor, Q74-406. Refer to:
Tray 3 empty sensor, PL 81.30 Item 19.
Enter dC330 code 73-383 tray 3 stack height sensor, Q73-383, PL 81.30 Item 17. Press Start. Install new components as necessary:
Pull out tray 3. Manually actuate the stack height sensor. The display changes Bypass feed sensor, PL 74.10 Item 19.
Y N Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Enter dC330 code 74-420 bypass feed motor (M7), MOT74-420, PL 74.10 Item 2. Support the
PJ953, 3 tray module PWB. nudger assembly. Press Start. The motor runs.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.3. Check bypass feed motor (M7), MOT74-420. Refer to:
The fault may be intermittent. Perform the following: Bypass module, PL 74.10 Item 1.
Check that the base plate in tray 3 is located correctly. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Check that PJ958 harness is connected correctly and not damaged. Refer to REP 81.2 Perform the following:
Tray 3 Paper Feed Assembly. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Check the feed roll assembly, PL 74.10 Item 14.
Check the takeaway nip rolls, PL 70.30 Item 12.

73A, 74-101-00, 74-160-00 to 74-161-00 2-318 ColorQube 9303 Family
74-120-00 Bypass Tray 4 Guides Move in Run RAP 74-214-00 Bypass Tray 4 Nudger Failure RAP
74-120-00 Bypass tray 4 paper guides moved during run. 74-214-00 Bypass tray 4 nudger failed to operate.

WARNING WARNING
Perform the following: Check the feeder assembly, PL 74.10 for damage.
1. Check that the paper guides are in the correct position. Check that the nudger home sensor, PL 74.10 Item 18 is positioned correctly.
2. Check the paper guides for damage.
3. Check the operation of the paper guides and the function of the width sensor, Q74-415. Procedure
Refer to dC140 Analog Monitor and check the voltage on the potentiometer, refer to WD Enter dC330 code 74-413 bypass nudger home sensor, Q74-413, PL 74.10 Item 18. Press
8.3. Start. Manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
If necessary, install new components: Y N
Bypass module, PL 74.10 Item 1. Refer to WD 8.3. Check Q74-413. Refer to:
Bypass nudger home sensor, PL 74.10 Item 18.
Enter dC330 code 74-420 Bypass feed motor, MOT74-420, PL 74.10 Item 2. Press Start. The
motor runs.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.3. Check bypass feed motor, MOT74-420. Refer to:
Bypass module, PL 74.10 Item 1.
Check the cam mechanism for the nudger home sensor. Manually rotate the cam and check for
damage. Install new parts as required, PL 74.10.
If necessary, install a new bypass module, PL 74.10 Item 1.

74A Bypass Tray 4 Size Sensing Problems RAP Y N
Use this RAP to troubleshoot problems when the bypass tray 4 fails to indicate the correct NOTE: The width sensor is a potentiometer. The arm on the potentiometer is attached to
paper size. the bypass tray side guide. This gives a variable voltage to indicate the paper width set-
ting.
Initial Actions Refer to WD 8.3. Check bypass width potentiometer, Q74-415. Refer to:
WARNING PJ405, Media path driver PWB.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 01C +3.3V Distribution RAP.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Check the condition of the media used in the bypass tray. Refer to IQ 1 and GP 20.
Bypass module, PL 74.10 Item 1.
Check that the width sensor guide is up to the edge of the paper.
If there is a width sensing problem, then check that the bypass tray width sensing potenti-
ometer, PL 74.11 Item 10 is not damaged. Perform the following:
Ensure that the customer is not filling the tray above the max fill line.
Procedure Clean the feed, retard and nudger roll with a cloth dampened with water, GP 27.
Enter dC330 code 74-335 bypass empty sensor, Q74-335, PL 74.10 Item 18. Press Start. Man- If necessary, install new components as required, PL 74.10.
ually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.3. Check the bypass empty sensor, Q74-335. Refer to:
Bypass empty sensor, PL 74.10 Item 18.
Enter dC330 code 74-350 bypass width sensor Q74-350, PL 74.11 Item 6. Press Start. Move
the width guides to actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.3.Check bypass width sensor, Q74-350. Refer to:
Bypass width sensor, PL 74.11 Item 6.
Enter dC140 code 74-415 Bypass width potentiometer, Q74-415, PL 74.11 Item 10. Press
Start. Move the width guides to actuate the sensor. The display changes.

A
75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Mis-Feed RAP The feed shaft rotates.
Y N
75-101-00 Tray 5 feed sensor did not actuate in the correct time after paper feed from tray 5.
Check the drive gears between the motor and the feed shaft. Install new components as
necessary:
75-160-00 Extra pick retry O.K. Motor drive gear, PL 81.40 Item 5.
Gear 30T bearing, PL 81.40 Item 18.
Gear 29T, PL 81.45 Item 11.
Initial Actions
The feed roll rotates.
WARNING Y N
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Check the one way coupling between the feed roller and the clutch. Install new compo-
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause nents as necessary:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. One way coupling, PL 81.45 Item 4.
Check the condition of the paper in tray 5. Refer to GP 20. Clutch, PL 81.45 Item 10.
Check that the middle left side door, PL 70.30 Item 16 is correctly latched. Feed roller, PL 81.45 Item 2.
Check that the paper tray is set to the correct paper size.
Check the condition of the tray 5 feed, nudger and retard rolls. Use a cloth dampened with The nudger roll rotates.
Y N
water to clean the rolls, GP 27. If necessary, install a new tray 5 feed roll kit, PL 81.45
Check the nudger pulley and nudger roller. Check the roller belt between the feed roller
Item 20.
and the nudger roller. Install new components as necessary:
Go to dC135 CRU/HFSI Status. Check the count of the tray 5 feed roll set. If the count is Nudger pulley, PL 81.45 Item 3.
Roller belt, PL 81.45 Item 15.
Nudger roller, PL 81.45 Item 8.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 75-105 tray 5 feed sensor, Q75-105 PL 81.45 Item 6. Press Start. Manually The retard roll rotates.
actuate the sensor. The display changes. Y N
Y N Check the coupling between the retard roller, retard clutch and clutch. Install new compo-
Refer to WD 7.1. Check tray 5 feed sensor, Q75-105. Refer to: nents as necessary:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Retard clutch, PL 81.46 Item 3.
PJ504, tray 5 control PWB. Clutch, PL 81.46 Item 7.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. Retard roller, PL 81.46 Item 2.
Install new components as necessary: Enter dC330 code 75-011 tray 5 transport motor, MOT75-018 PL 81.40 Item 2. Press Start.
The motor runs.
Y N
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8. Refer to WD 7.1. Check tray 5 transport motor, MOT75-018. Refer to:
Enter dC330 code 75-117 tray 5 feed motor, MOT75-117, PL 81.40 Item 3. Open the door.
Press Start. The motor runs. PJ503, tray 5 control PWB.
Y N 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
Refer to WD 7.2. Check tray 5 feed motor, MOT75-117. Refer to: 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
GP 10 How to Check a motor. Install new components as necessary:
PJ511, tray 5 control PWB. Tray 5 transport motor, PL 81.40 Item 2.
01H +24V Distribution RAP. Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8.
The take away roller rotates.
Y N
Tray 5 feed motor, PL 81.40 Item 3. Check the drive belt and the one way pulley clutch for damage, GP 7. Check the belt ten-
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8. sioner. Install new components as necessary:
Drive belt, PL 81.40 Item 7.
A B

B
One way pulley clutch, PL 81.46 Item 4. 75-212-00, 75-215-00 Tray 5 Elevate Up Failure RAP
Take away roller, PL 81.46 Item 5. 75-212-00 A signal was not detected by the encoder when the elevator motor was driving up.
Enter dC330 code 82-125 confirm sensor (16), Q82-125, PL 82.10 Item 7. Press Start.
75-215-00 The tray 5 stack height sensor did not actuate in expected time during hoist.
Open the left hand door and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.1. Check confirm sensor (16), Q82-125. Refer to:
Initial Actions
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. WARNING
PJ104, Media path driver PWB. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Check for obstructions in the tray.
Check that the door latches correctly.
Confirm sensor (16), PL 82.10 Item 7.
Open and close the tray 5 door. If the tray moves up check for intermittent failures. Refer
Media path control PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
to WD 7.1 and WD 7.2.

Procedure
Enter dC330 code 75-010 tray 5 door switch, S75-010, PL 75.60 Item 6. Press Start. Manually
toggle the door interlock switch. The display changes.
Y N
Check the wiring to the switch, REP 1.1.
Refer to WD 7.2. Check tray 5 switch, S75-010. Refer to:
PJ507, tray 5 control PWB.
Tray 5 door interlock switch, PL 75.60 Item 6.
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8
Manually actuate the stack height sensor on the paper feed assembly. The display changes.
Y N
Check the voltage on PJ504 pin 4 on the tray 5 control PWB. Manually actuate the tray upper
limit switch (S75-412), PL 75.68 Item 12, on the paper feed assembly. The voltage changes.
Y N
Refer to WD 7.1. Check tray 5 upper limit switch, S75-412. Refer to:
A
75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00, 75-212-00, 75-215- 2-322 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
PJ504, tray 5 control PWB. 75-213-00, 75-216-00 Tray 5 Elevate Down Failure RAP
01H +24V Distribution RAP. 75-213-00 Tray 5 encoder failure on lower. A signal was not detected by the encoder when the
01L 0V Distribution RAP. elevator motor was driving down.
Tray 5 stack upper limit switch, PL 75.68 Item 12. 75-216-00 Tray 5 lower failure. The tray 5 stack down sensor did not actuate in expected time
during lower.
Enter dC140 code 75-015 tray 5 elevator encoder sensor, Q75-015, PL 75.68 Item 5. Press Initial Actions
Start. Manually lift the motor to actuate the sensor. The display changes. WARNING
Y N
Refer to WD 7.2. Check tray 5 elevator encoder, Q75-015. Refer to:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
PJ506, tray 5 control PWB. Check for obstructions in the tray.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. Check that the door latches correctly.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Open and close the tray 5 door. If the tray moves down, check for intermittent failures.
Install new components as necessary: Refer to WD 7.1 and WD 7.2.
Elevator encoder sensor, PL 75.68 Item 5.
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8. Procedure
Enter dC330 code 75-010 tray 5 door switch, S75-010, PL 75.60 Item 6. Press Start. Manually
Enter dC330 code 75-019 tray 5 elevator motor (up), MOT75-019, PL 75.68 Item 4. Press toggle the door interlock switch. The display changes.
Start. The motor runs. Y N
Y N Refer to WD 7.2. Check tray 5 door interlock switch, S75-010. Refer to:
Refer to WD 7.1. Check tray 5 elevator motor, MOT75-019. Refer to:
Tray 5 door interlock switch, PL 75.60 Item 6.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Enter dC330 code 75-012 tray 5 down sensor, Q75-012, PL 75.68 Item 9. Press Start. Manu-
ally actuate the stack down sensor actuator. The display changes.
The tray 5 elevator motor is operating correctly. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Y N
Refer to WD 7.2. Check tray 5 down sensor, Q75-012. Refer to:
Tray 5 down sensor, PL 75.68 Item 9.
Check the voltage on PJ504 pin 6 on the tray 5 control PWB, WD 7.1. Manually actuate the
tray 5 down limit switch (S75-415), PL 75.70 Item 2, on the paper tray. The voltage changes.

Y N 75-312-00 IME to Tray 5 Communication Failure RAP
Refer to WD 7.1. Check tray 5 down limit switch, S75-415. Refer to:
75-312-00 Image marking engine to tray 5 communications failure.
NOTE: Tray down limit switch S75-415 is located in the paper tray. Press the plate under
the paper tray to actuate the switch. Procedure
GP 13 How to Check a Switch. WARNING
PJ504, tray 5 control PWB. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
01H +24V Distribution RAP. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
01L 0V Distribution RAP. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Install new components as necessary: Refer to WD 7.1 and WD 8.4. Perform the following:
Tray 5 down limit switch, PL 75.70 Item 2. 1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8. 2. Check the communications link between the tray 5 control PWB and PJ704 on the media
path driver PWB.
Enter dC140 code 75-015 tray 5 elevator motor encoder sensor, Q75-015, PL 75.68 Item 5. If necessary, install new components:
Press Start. Manually lift the motor to actuate the sensor. The display changes. Communication harness, PL 75.68 Item 26.
Y N Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8.
Refer to WD 7.2. Check tray 5 elevator motor encoder, Q75-015. Refer to: Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Elevator motor encoder sensor, PL 75.68 Item 5.
Enter dC330 code 75-373 tray 5 elevator motor (down), MOT75-019, PL 75.68 Item 4. Press
Start. The motor runs.
Y N
Refer to WD 7.1. Check tray 5 elevator motor (down), MOT75-019. Refer to:
The tray 5 elevator motor is operating correctly. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.

75-320-00 Tray 5 Opened In Run RAP 75-325-00 Tray 5 Undocked In Run RAP
75-320-00 Tray 5 was opened during run when the paper is fed from tray 5. 75-325-00 Tray 5 was undocked during run when the paper is fed from tray 5.

WARNING WARNING
Ensure that the door is pushed fully home. Ensure the tray base is located correctly.
Check the switch actuator on the door. Check for obstructions between the tray 5 module and the machine.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 code 75-010 tray 5 door switch, S75-010, PL 75.60 Item 6. Press Start. Open and Enter dC330 code 75-017 tray 5 docking switch, S75-017, PL 75.64 Item 1. Press Start.
fully close the door The display changes. Undock and dock tray 5, refer to REP 75.7. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Refer to WD 7.2. Check tray 5 door switch, S75-010. Refer to: Refer to WD 7.2. Check tray 5 docking switch, S75-017. Refer to:
GP 13 How to Check a Switch. GP 13 How to Check a Switch.
PJ507, tray 5 control PWB. PJ507, tray 5 control PWB.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Tray 5 door switch, PL 75.60 Item 6. Tray 5 docking switch, PL 75.64 Item 1.
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8. Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8.
Check that the door opens and closes and latches correctly. If necessary install new front door Perform the following:
assembly, PL 75.60 Item 1. Check the docking latch, PL 75.62 Item 6 on tray 5 is latched onto the machine.
Check the slide assembly, PL 75.62 Item 12.

75A Tray 5 Door Open During Run RAP 75B Tray 5 Empty RAP
Use this RAP when the tray 5 door is open during run when the paper is fed from tray 5. Use this RAP to solve problems associated with the tray 5 empty sensor.

WARNING WARNING
Ensure that the door is pushed fully home. Check that the hole in the tray, directly under the sensor is clear and not obstructed.
Check the switch actuator on the door. Check the sensor for contamination.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 code 75-010 tray 5 door switch, S75-010, PL 75.60 Item 6. Press Start. Open and Enter dC330 code 75-016 tray 5 empty sensor, Q75-016, PL 81.45 Item 6. Press Start.
fully close the door The display changes. Manually actuate the tray empty sensor. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Refer to WD 7.2. Check tray 5 door switch, S75-010. Refer to: Refer to WD 7.1. Check tray 5 empty sensor, Q75-016. Refer to:
GP 13 How to Check a Switch. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
PJ507, tray 5 control PWB. PJ505, tray 5 control PWB.
Tray 5 door switch, PL 75.60 Item 6. Tray 5 empty sensor, PL 81.45 Item 6.
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8. Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8.
If the problem continues, install new components as necessary: The fault may be intermittent. Perform the steps that follow:
Tray 5 door switch, PL 75.60 Item 6. Check the wiring harness for damaged wire. If necessary repair the harness, REP 1.1.
Tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8. Check that tray 5 empty sensor is located correctly.

A
82-110-00 to 82-114-00, 82-152-00, 82-157-00 to 82-159-00, 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
82-164-00 to 82-166-00 Media Path Sensor (5) RAP
Vertical transport sensor (5), PL 82.10 Item 7.
82-110-00 The sheet has arrived at the media path sensor (5) too early.
82-111-00 The media path sensor (5) has detected a sheet mismatch, the sheet was too long.
Enter dC330 code 82-001 vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Press Start. The motor
82-112-00 The media path sensor (5) has detected a sheet mismatch, the sheet was too short.
runs.
82-113-00 Media path sensor (5) lead edge timeout. Y N
Go to WD 8.1. Check the vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Refer to:
82-114-00 Media path sensor (5) trail edge timeout.
82-152-00 The sheet has arrived at the media path sensor (5) too early. PJ104, Media path driver PWB.
82-157-00 The media path sensor (5) has detected the sheet was too long. The machine will
auto purge the media path. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
82-158-00 The media path sensor (5) has detected the sheet was too short. The machine will
auto purge the media path.
Vertical transport motor (M2), PL 82.10 Item 12.
82-159-00 MP MP2 stall bridged sheet zone 1A.
82-164-00 The media path sensor (5) has detected the sheet was too long. The machine will
not auto purge the media path. The vertical transport rolls, PL 82.10 rotate.
Y N
82-165-00 The media path sensor (5) has detected the sheet was too short. The machine will Check the drive belt and gears on the vertical transport, PL 82.10.
not auto purge the media path. If necessary, install new components:
82-166-00 TTM horizontal transport bridge sheet in zone 1A. Transport rolls, PL 82.10.
Drive belts, PL 82.10.
Initial Actions Drive gears, PL 82.10.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Enter dC140 Analog Monitor. Select 82-100 vertical transport motor encoder (M2). Press Start.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause The number of ticks (i.e. 36 ticks) will flash on the display and then return to show 0 ticks.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Repeat by selecting stop and then start on the popup menu, the number only remains for a few
Check the paper stack in the tray. seconds. The number of ticks is displayed.
Y N
Check that the tray guides are against the edges of the paper.
Go to WD 8.1. Check the vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001 and the encoder wire
Check for paper down the back of the tray. harness. Refer to:
Check that the tray is pushed fully home. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
Check for obstructions in the paper path. PJ104, Media path driver PWB.
Check that the upper and mid left side doors are latched. 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
If glossy media is used then instruct the customer to feed the media from the bypass tray 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
and select glossy for the media type.
Procedure Vertical transport motor (M2), PL 82.10 Item 12.
Enter dC330 code 82-110 vertical transport sensor (5), Q82-110. Press Start. Open the mid left
door then manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 8.1. Check the vertical transport sensor (5), Q82-110. Refer to:
The bearing, shaft and rolls on the transport roll assembly, PL 82.10.
The idler rolls in the middle left door assembly, PL 70.30 Item 16.
PJ104, Media Path Driver PWB.
The transport rolls for wear, PL 82.10.
A

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-327 82-110-00 to 82-114-00, 82-152-00, 82-157-00 to 82-
A
82-125-00 to 82-133-00, 82-153-00, 82-160-00, 82-162-00, Install new components as necessary:
82-163-00 Confirm Sensor (16) RAP
82-125-00 The sheet has arrived at the confirm sensor (16) too early.
82-126-00 The confirm sensor (16) has detected the sheet was too long. The machine will auto Enter dC330 code 82-001 vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Press Start. The motor
purge the media path. runs.
Y N
82-127-00 The confirm sensor (16) has detected the sheet was too short. The machine will Go to WD 8.1. Check the vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Refer to:
auto purge the media path. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
82-128-00 The confirm sensor (16) has detected a sheet mismatch, the sheet was too long. PJ104, Media path driver PWB.
82-129-00 The confirm sensor (16) has detected a sheet mismatch, the sheet was too short.
82-130-00 Lead edge late to the confirm sensor (16) from the tree tray module. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
82-131-00 Trail edge late at the confirm sensor (16).
82-153-00 The sheet has arrived at the confirm sensor (16) too early. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
82-160-00 MP MP2 stall bridged sheet zone 2 The vertical transport rolls rotate.
82-162-00 The confirm sensor (16) has detected the sheet was too long. The machine will not Y N
auto purge the media path. Check the drive belt and drive gears on the vertical transport, PL 82.10.
82-163-00 The confirm sensor (16) has detected the sheet was too short. The machine will not Transport rolls, PL 82.10.
auto purge the media path. Drive belts, PL 82.10.
Initial Actions Drive gears, PL 82.10.
WARNING Enter dC140 Analog Monitor. Select 82-100 vertical transport motor encoder (M2). Press Start.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do The number of ticks (i.e. 36 ticks) will flash on the display and then return to show 0 ticks.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Repeat by selecting stop and then start on the popup menu, the number only remains for a few
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. seconds. The number of ticks is displayed.
Check the paper stack in the tray. Y N
Check that the tray guides are against the edges of the paper. Go to WD 8.1. Check the vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Refer to:
Check that the tray is pushed fully home. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
Check for obstructions in the paper path. PJ104, Media path driver PWB.
Check that the upper and mid left doors are fully latched. 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
If a 82-130-00 fault occurs when feeding from the bypass tray. Check the bypass feed roll 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
assembly, PL 74.10 Item 14. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Enter dC330 code 82-125 confirm sensor (16), Q82-125. Press Start. Open the upper left door Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
then manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N Check the following:
Go to WD 8.1. Check the confirm sensor (16), Q82-125. Refer to: Check the wiring for damage and correct harness routing to the vertical paper path.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. The bearing, shaft and rolls on the transport roll assembly, PL 82.10,
PJ104, Media path driver PWB. The idler rolls in the upper left side door, PL 70.30 Item 4.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. The transport rolls for wear, PL 82.10 Item 1, PL 82.10 Item 2.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Install new components as necessary.
A
82-125-00 to 82-133-00, 82-153-00, 82-160-00, 82-162- 2-328 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
82-132-00, 82-155-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Duplex Mode If necessary, install new components:
Transport rolls, PL 82.10.
RAP
82-132-00 Lead edge timed out, sheet late at the media path sensor 16 in duplex mode.
Drive gears, PL 82.10.
82-155-00 Lead edge too early at the media path sensor 16 in duplex mode.
Enter dC140 Analog Monitor. Select 82-100 vertical transport motor encoder (M2). Press Start.
The number of ticks (i.e. 36 ticks) will flash on the display and then return to show 0 ticks.
Initial Actions Repeat by selecting stop and then start on the popup menu, the number only remains for a few
WARNING seconds. The number of ticks is displayed.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Go to WD 8.1. Check vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001and the encoder wire har-
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. ness. Refer to:
Check for obstructions in the paper path. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
Check the vertical and horizontal transport rolls for contamination or wear. PJ104, Media path driver PWB.
Check that the upper and middle left side doors are fully latched. 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
Procedure 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Enter dC330 code 82-125 confirm sensor (16), Q82-125. Press Start. Open the left hand door Install new components as necessary:
and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes. Vertical transport motor (M2), PL 82.10 Item 12.
Y N Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Go to WD 8.1. Check confirm sensor (16), Q82-125. Refer to:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Enter dC330 code 82-004 Horizontal transport motor (M6) (reverse), MOT82-003. Press Start.
PJ104, Media path driver PWB. The motor runs.
Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Refer to:
Confirm sensor 16, PL 82.10 Item 7.
Enter dC330 code 82-002 vertical transport motor (M2) (reverse), MOT82-001. Press Start. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
The motor runs. Install new components as necessary:
Y N Horizontal transport motor (M6), PL 82.15 Item 9.
Go to WD 8.1. Check vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Refer to: Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
PJ104, Media path driver PWB. The horizontal transport rolls rotate.
Check the drive belt and drive gears on the horizontal transport, PL 82.10 / PL 82.15.
Vertical Transport motor 2, PL 82.10 Item 12.
Enter dC140 Analog Monitor. Select 82-102 horizontal transport motor encoder (M6). Press
The vertical transport rolls rotate.
Start. The number of ticks (i.e. 36 ticks) will flash on the display and then return to show 0 ticks.
Y N Repeat by selecting stop and then start on the popup menu, the number only remains for a few
Check the drive belt and drive gears on the vertical transport, PL 82.10.
seconds. The number of ticks is displayed.

Y N 82-133-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Time out from Tray 5 RAP
Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003 and the encoder wire
82-133-00 Lead edge late to the media path sensor 16 when feeding from tray 5.
harness. Refer to:
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check the paper in tray 5.
Horizontal transport motor (M6), PL 82.15 Item 9.
Check that the paper guides are set the correct paper size.
Check tray 5 feed assembly, PL 81.45 Item 2.
Check the following: Check for obstructions in the paper path.

The bearing, shaft and rolls on the horizontal and vertical transport assembly. Check that the upper and middle left side doors are fully latched, PL 70.30 Item 14, PL
70.30 Item 16.
The idler rolls in the upper left side door, PL 70.30 Item 4.
The transport rolls for wear, PL 82.10 Item 1, PL 82.10 Item 2.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 82-125 confirm sensor (16), Q82-125. Press Start. Open the left hand door
NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625, is only required when: and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced. Y N
The horizontal transport assembly is removed or replaced. Go to WD 8.1. Check confirm sensor (16), Q82-125. Refer to:
Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly is NOT required when: GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
A printhead is replaced. PJ104, Media path driver PWB.
The IOD assembly is removed or replaced. 01D, +5V Distribution RAP.
runs.
Y N
Go to WD 8.1. Check vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Refer to:
The vertical transport rolls rotate.

Y N
A
A
If necessary, install new components: 82-140-00, 82-142-00 Media Path Sheet Too Wide or Narrow
RAP
82-140-00 Media path sheet too wide.
82-142-00 Media path sheet too narrow.
Repeat by selecting stop and then start on the popup menu, the number only remains for a few
Initial Actions
seconds. The number of ticks is displayed. WARNING
Y N Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Go to WD 8.1. Check vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001and the encoder wire har- not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
ness. Refer to: death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Check the paper guides are set correctly in the paper tray.
PJ104, Media path driver PWB. Check for the correct size of paper in the tray.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. The paper size shown on the UI screen indicates the same paper size that is in the paper
01J +50V Distribution RAP. tray. If different, then reset the paper guides in the tray so that the two match.
Install new components as necessary: Procedure
Vertical transport motor (M2), PL 82.10 Item 12. This dimension is measured by the registration scan bar (10) Q89-005 on the registration / pre-
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. heat assembly.
Check the following: Refer to WD 8.6. Check the connection of the ribbon cable between the registration scan
The bearing, shaft and rolls on the transport roll assembly, PL 82.10. bar and PJ1 on the registration / preheat interface PWB.
The idler rolls in the upper left side door, PL 70.30 Item 4. Remove the registration / preheat assembly, REP 89.1.
The transport rolls for wear, PL 82.10 Item 1, PL 82.10 Item 2. Perform the following:
Check tray 5 feed assembly, PL 81.45 Item 2. Check and clean the registration scan bar sensor, PL 88.10 Item 2.
Install new components as necessary. Remove and clean the scan bar baffle and the scan bar with lint free cloth, PL 26.10
Item 6.
If the fault is still present then install new components as necessary:
1. Registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1.
2. Media Path Driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.

A
82-141-00, 82-147-00, 82-148-00, 82-154-00 Media Path If necessary, install new components:
Sensor 14 RAP
82-141-00 or 82-154-00 The sheet has arrived too early at media path sensor 14.
82-147-00 Lead edge time out, sheet late at the media path sensor 14 at pre-registration.
82-148-00 Trail edge time out, sheet late clearing at the media path sensor 14 at pre-registra-
tion. The number of ticks (i.e. 36 ticks) will flash on the display and then return to show 0 ticks.
Initial Actions seconds. The number of ticks is displayed.
Y N
WARNING
Go to WD 8.1. Check vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001 and check the encoder
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do wire harness. Refer to:
Check the vertical and horizontal transport rolls for contamination or wear.
Check that the upper left side door is latched correctly.
Enter dC330 code 83-125 duplex end sensor (14), Q83-125, PL 82.15 Item 3. Press Start. Vertical transport motor (M2), PL 82.10 Item 12.
Open the front door and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 8.5. Check duplex end sensor (14), Q83-125. Refer to: Enter dC330 code 82-003 Horizontal transport motor (M6) (forward), MOT82-003. Press Start.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. The motor runs.
Y N
Duplex end sensor (14), PL 82.15 Item 3.
Enter dC330 code 82-001 vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Press Start. The motor Horizontal transport motor (M6), PL 82.15 Item 9.
runs. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Y N
The horizontal transport rolls rotate.
Go to WD 8.1. Check vertical transport motor, MOT82-001. Refer to:
Y N
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Check the drive belt and drive gears on the horizontal transport, PL 82.15.
PJ104, Media path driver PWB. If necessary, install new components:
01D +5V Distribution RAP. Transport rolls, PL 82.15 Item 10.
01J +50V Distribution RAP. Drive belts, PL 82.15 Item 7.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Drive gears, PL 82.15.
NOTE: Under powered stepper motors can still operate in component control. Check dC123
Vertical Transport motor (M2), PL 82.10 Item 12.
PEST fault history and check for under powered motors.
The vertical transport rolls rotate. Start. The number of ticks (i.e. 36 ticks) will flash on the display and then return to show 0 ticks.
Y N Repeat by selecting stop and then start on the popup menu, the number only remains for a few
Check the drive belt and drive gears on the vertical transport, PL 82.10 seconds. The number of ticks is displayed.
A
Y N Y N
Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003 and the encoder wire Go to WD 8.1. Check SOL82-007. Refer to:
harness. Refer to: GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. PJ303, Media path driver PWB.
PJ905, Media path driver PWB. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
01J +50V Distribution RAP. Install new components as necessary:
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Nip C release solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 4.
Install new components as necessary: Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Enter dC330 code 82-008 Nip D release solenoid, SOL82-008, PL 70.30 Item 13. Press Start.
SOL82-008 energizes.
Enter dC330 code 89-007 registration motor A1 (M3), MOT89-007. Press Start. The motor Y N
runs. Go to WD 8.3. Check SOL82-008. Refer to:
Y N GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
Go to WD 8.1. Check registration motor A1 (M3), MOT89-007. Refer to: PJ405, Media path driver PWB.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
PJ202, Media path driver PWB. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Nip D release solenoid, PL 70.30 Item 13.
Install new components as necessary: Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5 Enter dC330 code 83-004 HPP diverter solenoid, SOL83-004. Press Start. Check that the
diverter gate moves correctly when activating the solenoid The solenoid energizes.
Enter dC330 code 89-008 registration motor A2 (M3), MOT89-008. Press Start. The motor Y N
runs. Go to WD 8.1. Check SOL83-004. Refer to:
Y N GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
Go to WD 8.1. Check registration motor A2 (M3), MOT89-008. Refer to: PJ303, Media path driver PWB.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
PJ202, Media path driver PWB. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
HPP diverter solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 5.
Registration / preheat IF PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10 The bearing, shaft and rolls on the horizontal and vertical transport assembly, PL 82.10 /
Registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1 PL 82.15.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5 The idler rolls in the upper left side door, PL 74.10 Item 4.
The transport rolls for wear, PL 82.10 Item 1, PL 82.10 Item 2.
Enter dC330 code 89-016 Registration / preheat hatch open. Press Start. The hatch opens. Check the grounding of the horizontal paper path, GP 7.
Y N Install new components as necessary.
Check the hatch lift mechanism for damage.
Install new components as necessary: NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625, is only required when:
Registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1 The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5 The horizontal transport assembly is removed or replaced.
Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly is NOT required when:
Enter dC330 code 82-007 Nip C release solenoid, SOL82-007. Press Start. The solenoid A printhead is replaced.
energizes. The IOD assembly is removed or replaced.

A
82-145-00, 82-146-00, 82-150-00, 82-151-00, 82-156-00 The vertical transport rolls rotate.
Y N
Media Path Sensor 14 Time Out in Duplex Mode RAP Check the drive belt and drive gears on the vertical transport, PL 82.10.
82-145-00 The sheet was too long to clear sensor 14 in duplex mode. If necessary, install new components:
Transport rolls, PL 82.10 Item 1, PL 82.10 Item 2.
82-146-00 The sheet was too short to clear the media path sensor 14 in duplex mode.
82-150-00 Lead edge late too the media path sensor 14 in duplex mode. Drive gears, PL 82.10.
82-151-00 Trail edge late too clear the media path sensor 14 in duplex mode.
82-156-00 Lead edge of sheet too early at the media path sensor 14 in duplex mode.
Y N
Initial Actions Go to WD 8.1. Check vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001 and the encoder wire
WARNING harness. Refer to:
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause PJ104, Media path driver PWB.
Check the vertical and horizontal transport rolls for contamination or wear.
Enter dC330 code 83-125 duplex end sensor (14), Q83-125. Press Start. Open the front door
and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N Enter dC330 code 82-008 nip D release solenoid, SOL82-008. Press Start. The solenoid
Go to WD 8.5. Check duplex end sensor (14), Q83-125. Refer to:
energize.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Y N
PJ905, Media path driver PWB. Go to WD 8.3. Check nip D release solenoid, SOL82-008. Refer to:
01D +5V Distribution RAP. GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. PJ405, Media path driver PWB.
Install new components as necessary: 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Duplex end sensor 14, PL 82.15 Item 3. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Install new components as necessary:
Enter dC330 code 82-001 vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Press Start. The motor Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
runs.
Y N
Enter dC330 code 82-007 Nip C release solenoid, SOL82-007. Press Start. The solenoid
Go to WD 8.1. Check vertical transport motor (M2), MOT82-001. Refer to: energizes.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Y N
PJ104, Media path driver PWB. Go to WD 8.1. Check SOL82-007. Refer to:
01D +5V Distribution RAP. GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
01J +50V Distribution RAP. PJ303, Media path driver PWB.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Install new components as necessary: 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Vertical Transport motor (M2), PL 82.10 Item 12. Install new components as necessary:
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Nip C release solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 4.
A B
B C
Enter dC330 code 83-004 HPP diverter solenoid, SOL83-004. Press Start. Check that the Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
diverter gate moves correctly when activating the solenoid The solenoid energizes.
Y N Enter dC330 code 89-007 registration motor A1 (M3), MOT89-007. Press Start. The motor
Go to WD 8.1. Check SOL83-004. Refer to: runs.
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. Y N
Go to WD 8.1. Check registration motor A1 (M3), MOT89-007. Refer to:
HPP diverter solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 5.
Enter dC330 code 82-003 Horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Press Start. The Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5
motor runs.
Y N Enter dC330 code 89-008 registration motor A2 (M3), MOT89-008. Press Start. The motor
Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Refer to: runs.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Y N
Registration / preheat IF PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10
The horizontal transport rolls rotate. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5
Y N
Check the drive belt and drive gears on the horizontal transport, PL 82.15. Check the following:
If necessary, install new components: The bearing, shaft and rolls on the horizontal and vertical transport assembly,
Transport rolls, PL 82.15 Item 10. The idler rolls in the upper left side door, PL 70.30 Item 4.
Drive belts, PL 82.15 Item 7. The transport rolls for wear, PL 82.10 Item 1, PL 82.10 Item 2.
Drive gears, PL 82.15 Check the grounding of the horizontal paper path, GP 7.
Y N
Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003and encoder wire har-
ness. Refer to:
C

A
82-161-00 Early Confirm Timeout RAP Enter dC330 code 70-025 3 tray transport motor, MOT70-025. Press Start. The motor runs.
Y N
82-161-00 Early confirm timeout.
Go to WD 7.5. Check 3 tray transport motor, MOT70-025. Refer to:
Initial Actions
WARNING 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
3 tray module transport motor, PL 73.16 Item 3.
Check for obstructions in the tray 3 horizontal transport paper path.
Check the tray 3 horizontal transport rolls.
The transport rolls rotate.
Procedure Y N
Enter dC330 code 73-397 TAR 3 Sensor, Q73-397, PL 81.35 Item 18. Press Start. Pull out the Check the gears and drive belt, PL 73.16.
horizontal transport. Manually actuate the sensor by placing a piece of paper over the sensor
but not in the nip rolls. Push in the horizontal transport. Perform the following:
If the fault still occurs, check the grounding of the following, GP 7:
NOTE: Sensors Q73-397 and Q70-398 in the horizontal transport, have the same item num-
ber. Ensure you check the correct sensor. The takeaway roll assembly, PL 81.35 Item 16.
The transport roll 2 assembly, PL 81.35 Item 15.
The transport roll 1 assembly, PL 81.35 Item 14.
Y N
Go to WD 7.4. Check TAR 3 Sensor, Q73-397. Refer to:
PJ954, 3 tray module PWB
TAR 3 sensor, PL 81.35 Item 18.
Enter dC330 code 70-398 tray 3 transport sensor, Q70-398, PL 81.35 Item 18. Press Start. Pull
out the horizontal transport. Manually actuate the sensor by placing a piece of paper over the
sensor but not in the nip rolls. Push in the horizontal transport.
NOTE: Sensors Q73-397 and Q70-398 in the horizontal transport, have the same item num-
ber. Ensure you check the correct sensor.

Y N
Go to WD 7.4. Check tray 3 transport sensor, Q70-398. Refer to:
Tray 3 transport sensor, PL 81.35 Item 18.
A
82-500-00, 82-501-00 Vertical Transport Motor M2 Failure The bearing, shaft and rolls on the transport roll assembly,
RAP
82-500-00 Transport motor M2 over current fault.
Transport rolls, PL 82.10 Item 1, PL 82.10 Item 2.
82-501-00 Transport motor M2 stalled. Drive belts, PL 82.10.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check the vertical transport rolls, gears and drive belts for contamination or wear.
Procedure
runs.
Y N
Y N

Check the wiring for damage and correct harness routing to the vertical paper path.

A
82-502-00, 82-503-00 Horizontal Transport Motor M6 Enter dC140 Analog Monitor. Select 82-102 horizontal transport motor encoder (M6). Press
Failure RAP Repeat by selecting stop and then start on the popup menu, the number only remains for a few
82-502-00 Transport motor M6 over current fault. seconds. The number of ticks is displayed.
Y N
82-503-00 Transport motor M6 stalled. Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003 and the encoder wire
harness. Refer to:
Initial Actions GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
WARNING PJ905, Media path driver PWB.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Check for obstructions in the horizontal paper path. Install new components as necessary:
Check the nip rolls on the horizontal paper path, PL 82.15 Item 10. Horizontal transport motor (M6), PL 82.15 Item 9.
Procedure
Clean the pre transfix sensor 20, PL 88.10 Item 12 and refer to GP 27. The fault remains. Check the following:
Y N Check the wiring for damage, REP 1.1.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. The bearing, shaft and rolls on the horizontal paper path, PL 82.15 Item 14.
Check the drive belt and drive gears on the horizontal paper path, PL 82.15.
Enter dC330 code 89-006 pre transfix sensor (20), Q89-006. Press Start. Manually actuate the
sensor. The display changes.
Y N Transport rolls, PL 82.15 Item 10.
Go to WD 8.6. Check pre transfix sensor 20, Q89-006. Refer to: Transport drive belts, PL 82.15 Item 7.
REP 89.1 Registration / preheat Assembly and Lower Platelet Assembly Drive belt, PL 82.15 Item 8.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Drive gears, PL 82.15.
PJ5, Registration / preheat IF PWB.
Pre transfix sensor (20), PL 88.10 Item 12.
Registration / preheat IF PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10.
Media path PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Enter dC330 code 82-003 horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Press Start. The
motor runs.
Y N
A
82-507-00, 82-508-00 Nip C and Nip D Release Solenoid 82-510-00 Trailer Slowdown Calculation Fail RAP
Over Current RAP 82-510-00 System timing error.
82-507-00 An over current condition was detected with nip C release solenoid.
Procedure
82-508-00 An over current condition was detected with nip D release solenoid. WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Refer to WD 8.1, WD 8.2, WD 8.3, WD 8.4 and WD 8.5. Perform the following:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Refer to WD 8.1 and WD 8.3. Perform the following: Check the PJ connections on the media path driver PWB.
Check the wiring for damage. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Check the nip C release solenoid mechanism, PL 82.15 Item 4.
Check the nip D release solenoid mechanism, PL 70.30 Item 13.
Check the nip C release solenoid, refer to WD 8.1, and GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid
or Clutch.
Check the nip D release solenoid, refer to WD 8.3, and GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid
or Clutch.
Go to WD 1.5 and WD 8.5. Check the harness and voltages between PJ 803 on the
media path driver PWB and PJDC3 on the power supply unit. Install new components or
repair harness as necessary, REP 1.1.
Media Path Driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Power Supply Unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.

A
83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 Media The diverter gate moves freely.
Y N
Path Sensor 13 Duplex Mode RAP Check the operation and condition of the diverter gate. If necessary install a new exit
83-110-00 The sheet too long over media path sensor 13 at duplex start. paper path assembly, PL 10.15 Item 19.
83-111-00 The sheet too short over media path sensor 13 at duplex start. Enter dC330 code 83-001 exit motor (M5), MOT83-001. Press Start. The motor runs.
Y N
83-113-00 Media path invert sensor 13 too short at duplex start. Go to WD 8.2. Check exit motor (M5), MOT83-001. Refer to:
83-114-00 Duplex start sensor 13 LE timeout PJ303, Media path driver PWB.
83-118-00 Sheet arrived too early at the media path sensor 13.
WARNING Exit motor (M5), PL 10.15 Item 11.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. The exit paper path rolls rotate.
Y N
Check the drive belt and drive gears on the exit paper path, PL 10.15.
Check the exit paper path and transport rolls for contamination or wear, PL 10.15. If necessary, install new components:
If the fault was caused while running glossy media. Instruct the customer to feed the N and P nip rolls, PL 10.15 Item 1.
media from the bypass tray and select glossy for the media type on the UI.
Drive belts, PL 10.15 Item 9.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 83-110 duplex start sensor (13), Q83-110. Press Start. Open the front door Enter dC330 code 82-003 Horizontal transport motor (M6) (forward), MOT82-003. Press Start.
and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes. The motor runs.
Y N Y N
Go to WD 8.5. Check duplex start sensor (13), Q83-110. Refer to: Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Refer to:
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
PJ905, Media path driver PWB. PJ905, Media path driver PWB.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Install new components as necessary: 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Duplex start sensor (13), PL 10.15 Item 3. Install new components as necessary:
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Horizontal transport motor (M6), PL 82.15 Item 9.
Enter dC330 code 83-006 exit duplex diverter solenoid, SOL83-006. Press Start. The sole-
noid energize. The horizontal paper path rolls rotate.
Y N Y N
Go to WD 8.1. Check exit duplex diverter, SOL83-006. Refer to: Check the drive belt and drive gears on the exit paper path, PL 82.15.
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. If necessary, install new components:
PJ303, Media path driver PWB. Nip and takeaway rolls, PL 82.15 Item 10.
01J +50V Distribution RAP. Drive belts, PL 82.15 Item 7.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Drive gears, PL 82.15.
A B
B C
Enter dC140 Analog Monitor. Select 82-102 horizontal transport motor encoder (M6). Press 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Start. The number of ticks (i.e. 36 ticks) will flash on the display and then return to show 0 ticks. 01L 0V DIstribution RAP.
Y N HPP diverter solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 5
Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003 and the encoder wire Horizontal paper path assembly, PL 82.15 Item 1.
harness. Refer to: Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Check the bearings, drive shafts and nip rolls on the exit paper path, PL 10.15.
Enter dC330 code 82-007 nip C release solenoid, SOL 82-007, press start. The solenoid
energizes.
Y N
Go to WD 8.1, check SOL 82-007, refer to:
PJ405 Media Path Driver PWB.
01L 0V DIstribution RAP.
Enter dC330 code 82-008 nip D release solenoid, SOL 82-008, press start. The solenoid
energizes.
Y N
01L 0V DIstribution RAP.
Enter dC330 code 83-004 HPP diverter solenoid, SOL 83-004, press start. Ensure that the
HPP diverter gate moves fully when the solenoid is energized and returns fully when the sole-
noid is generalized. The solenoid energizes and the diverter gate moves correctly.
Y N
Go to WD 8.1, check SOL 83004. Refer to:
C

A
83-112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00, 83-119-00 Media Install new components as necessary:
Path Sensor 13 Invert Mode RAP
83-112-00 The sheet too long over media path sensor 13 at invert.
The diverter gate moves freely.
83-115-00 The trailing edge times out over media path sensor 13 at invert
Y N
Check the operation and condition of the diverter gate. If necessary install a new diverter
83-116-00 The leading edge was late too media path sensor 13at invert
gate, PL 10.15 Item 17.
83-117-00 The trailing edge was late over media path sensor 13 at invert. Enter dC330 code 83-001 exit motor (M5), MOT83-001. Press Start. The motor runs.
Y N
83-119-00 Lead edge of sheet arrive too early at media path sensor 13 when inverting to out-
Go to WD 8.2. Check exit motor (M5), MOT83-001. Refer to:
put
Initial Actions PJ303, Media path driver PWB.
WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Exit motor (M5), PL 10.15 Item 11.
Check for obstructions in the paper path. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Check the exit paper path rolls.
The Exit paper path rolls rotate.
If tabbed sheets are used, inform the customer to ensure that the sheets are fed with tab
Y N
trailing. Check the drive belt and drive gears on the exit paper path, PL 10.15.
If pre-drilled paper is used, check that the pre-drilled pages are fed with the holes trailing. If necessary, install new components:
N and P nip rolls, PL 10.15.
Procedure Drive belts, PL 10.15.
Enter dC330 code 83-110 duplex start sensor (13), Q83-110. Press Start. Open the front door Drive gears, PL 10.15.
and manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N Enter dC330 code 82-003 Horizontal transport motor (M6) (forward), MOT82-003. Press Start.
Go to WD 8.5. Check duplex start sensor (13), Q83-110. Refer to: The motor runs.
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. Y N
PJ905, Media path driver PWB. Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Refer to:
01D +5V Distribution RAP. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. PJ905, Media path driver PWB.
Install new components as necessary: 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
Duplex start sensor (13), PL 10.15 Item 3. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Enter dC330 code 83-006 exit / duplex diverter solenoid, SOL83-006. Press Start. The sole- Horizontal transport motor (M6), PL 82.15 Item 9.
noid energize. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Y N
Go to WD 8.1. Check exit / duplex diverter solenoid, SOL83-006. Refer to:
The horizontal paper path rolls rotate.
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. Y N
PJ303, Media path driver PWB. Check the drive belt and drive gears on the exit paper path, PL 82.15.
01J +50V Distribution RAP. If necessary, install new components:
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Nip and takeaway rolls, PL 82.15 Item 10.
Drive belts, PL 82.15 Item 7.
A B
B
Drive gears, PL 82.15. Y N
Enter dC140 Analog Monitor. Select 82-102 horizontal transport motor encoder (M6). Press GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch
Start. The number of ticks (i.e. 36 ticks) will flash on the display and then return to show 0 ticks. PJ303 Media Path Driver PWB.
Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003 and the encoder wire Install new components as necessary:
harness. Refer to: HPP diverter solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 5.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Horizontal paper path assembly, PL 82.15 Item 1.
PJ905, Media path driver PWB. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
01J +50V Distribution RAP. Check the bearings, drive shafts and nip rolls on the exit paper path, PL 10.15.
energizes.
Y N
Enter dC330 code 82-008 nip D release solenoid, SOL 82-008, press start. The solenoid
energizes.
Y N
PJ405 Media Path Driver PWB
Enter dC330 code 83-004 HPP diverter solenoid, SOL 83-004, press start. Ensure that the
HPP diverter gate moves fully when the solenoid is energized and returns fully when the sole-
noid is generalized. The solenoid energizes and the diverter gate moves correctly.

A
83-120-00 to 83-125-00 Media Path Sensor 17 RAP 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
83-120-00 Detected a sheet length too long over media path sensor 17. Install new components as necessary:
83-121-00 Detected a sheet length too short over media path sensor 17. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
83-122-00 Lead edge of sheet to late at media path sensor 17. The horizontal transport rolls rotate.
Y N
83-123-00 The trailing edge was late to clear media path sensor 17. Check the drive belts and drive gears on the horizontal transport, PL 82.15.
83-124-00 Trail edge of sheet failed to clear media path sensor 17 in time when inverting to Transport rolls, PL 82.15 Item 10.
output
Drive belts, PL 82.15 Item 7 and PL 82.15 Item 8.
Drive gears, PL 82.15 Item 6, PL 82.15 Item 13 and PL 82.15 Item 16.
83-125-00 Lead edge of sheet arrives too early at media path sensor 17.
Initial Actions Start. The number of ticks (i.e. 36 ticks) will flash on the display and then return to show 0 ticks.
WARNING Repeat by selecting stop and then start on the popup menu, the number only remains for a few
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do seconds. The number of ticks is displayed.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Y N
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Refer to:
Check for obstructions in the paper path. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
Check the vertical and horizontal transport rolls. PJ905, Media path driver PWB.
If tabbed sheets are used, inform the customer to ensure that the sheets are fed with tab 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
trailing. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
If pre-drilled paper is used, check that the pre-drilled pages are fed with the holes trailing. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Procedure Horizontal transport motor (M6), PL 82.15 Item 9.
Enter dC330 code 83-010 duplex sensor (17), Q83-010. Press Start. Open the front door and Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
manually actuate the sensor. The display changes.
Y N Enter dC330 code 83-004 HPP diverter solenoid, SOL 83-004, press start. Ensure that the
Go to WD 8.5. Check duplex sensor (17), Q83-010. Refer to: HPP diverter gate moves fully when the solenoid is energized and returns fully when the sole-
GP 11 How to Check a Sensor. noid is generalized. The solenoid energizes and the diverter gate moves correctly.
Y N
Duplex sensor 17, PL 82.15 Item 3.
Enter dC330 code 82-003 Horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Press Start. Then HPP diverter solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 5.
enter the code 82-004 to run the motor in reverse. The motor runs in both forward and Horizontal paper path assembly, PL 82.15 Item 1.
reverse directions. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Y N
Go to WD 8.5. Check Horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Refer to: Enter dC330 code 82-008 nip D release solenoid, SOL 82-008, press start. The solenoid
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. energizes.
PJ905, Media path driver PWB. Y N
A B
B
PJ405 Media Path Driver PWB. 83-500-00 Output Transport Motor M5 Failure RAP
01J +50V Distribution RAP. 83-500-00 Transport motor M5 over current fault.
Nip D release solenoid, PL 70.30 Item 13. WARNING
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
energizes.
Y N Check for obstructions in the exit paper path.
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch Procedure
PJ405 Media Path Driver PWB Enter dC330 code 83-001 exit motor (M5), MOT83-001. Press Start. The motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 8.2. Check exit motor (M5), MOT82-003. Refer to:
The components are all working correctly, check the paper path for any foreign object that Install new components as necessary:
would hinder paper transport. Exit motor (M5), PL 10.15 Item 11.
Check the items that follow, if necessary install new components: Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
The bearing, shaft and rolls on the horizontal transport assembly, PL 82.15.
The idler rolls in the middle left door assembly, PL 70.30 Item 16. Check the following:
The transport rolls for wear, PL 82.10 Item 1 and PL 82.10 Item 2. The bearing, shaft and nip rolls on the nip roller N, PL 10.15 Item 1.
Check the drive belt and drive gears on the exit paper path, PL 10.15.
Check the wiring for damage.
Nip rolls, PL 10.15 Item 1 and PL 10.15 Item 6.
Drive belts, PL 10.15 Item 8 and PL 10.15 Item 9.
Drive gears, PL 10.15 Item 12.

83-504-00 HPP Diverter Solenoid Failure RAP 83-506-00 Nip D Release Solenoid Failure RAP
83-504-00 HPP diverter solenoid over current fault. 83-506-00 Nip D release solenoid over current fault.

WARNING WARNING
Check for obstructions in the paper path. Check for obstructions in the paper path.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 code 83-004 HPP diverter solenoid, SOL83-004. Press Start. The solenoid Enter dC330 code 82-008 Nip D release solenoid, SOL82-008, PL 70.30 Item 13. Press Start.
energizes. SOL82-008 energizes.
Y N Y N
Go to WD 8.1. Check SOL83-004. Refer to: Go to WD 8.3. Check SOL82-008. Refer to:
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
PJ303, Media path driver PWB. PJ405, Media path driver PWB.
01J +50V Distribution RAP. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
HPP diverter solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 5. Nip D release solenoid, PL 70.30 Item 13.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Check the operation and condition of the diverter gate. Ensure that the energized solenoid Check the operation of the nip release link arm, PL 70.30 Item 10. If necessary, install a new
moves the diverter gate fully. If necessary install a new horizontal paper path assembly, PL upper left door, PL 70.30 Item 18.
82.15 Item 1.

88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error Check that pin 9 to the chassis is open circuit.
The resistance of both pre-heaters is within specification.
RAP Y N
88-500-00 The registration / preheat assembly is too hot. Check the wiring between PJ5AC, WD 1.2 on the power supply unit and PJ140 on the
Registration / preheat assembly. Repair damaged wiring or install a new registration / pre-
88-501-00 The registration / preheat assembly is too slow to warm up. heat assembly PL 88.10 Item 1.
88-502-00 The registration / preheat assembly thermistor has failed. Install a new power supply, PL 1.15 Item 2.
88-512-00 The preheat heater went unstable while printing.
Initial Actions Registration / preheat

interface PWB
WARNING
If the fault code is 88-500-00 then install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Check the 2 wiring harnesses leading to the registration / preheat assembly interface
PWB, Figure 1.
Check the 2 wiring harnesses leading to the chassis bulkhead from the registration / pre-
heat assembly.
Procedure
Enter dC335 and test the registration / preheat thermistor. Select RaLPH in the component list.
NOTE: The registration / preheat thermistor is mounted on the underside of the heater plate.
The temperature read out changes as the RaLPH warms up, cools down and is approxi-
mately correct. Thermal cut out on the
Y N heater located under
Install a new registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1. Calibrate the new assem- the lower plate.
bly, dC625. Thermal cut out on the
heater located under
the upper plate.
Check the resistance at media path driver PWB, WD 8.1 from PJ104 pin 16 to 17. Resistance
should measure approximately 240K ohms cold or 42K ohms hot. The resistance is within
specification.
Y N
Check connections at media path driver PWB, WD 8.1 PJ104 pin 16 to registration / pre- Figure 1 Component location
heat interface PWB, WD 8.6 PJ4 pin 3 and media path driver PWB, WD 8.1 from PJ104
pin 17 to registration / preheat interface PWB, WD 8.6 PJ4 pin 2. Repair or install new NOTE: Calibration of the registration/preheat assembly, dC625 is only required when:
components as necessary. The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced,
The horizontal transport assembly is removed or replaced.
Refer to WD 1.2. Disconnect PJ5AC from the power supply unit. Check the electrical resis- Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly is NOT required when:
tance of the registration/pre-heaters by measuring the resistance across the pins of the PJ5AC
A printhead is replaced.
harness as follows:
Registration pre-heater 1, pin 3 to pin 9. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 50-60 The IOD assembly is removed or replaced.
ohms.
Registration pre-heater 2, pin 2 to pin 8. Expect a cold resistance of approximately 50-60
ohms.

88-508-00 Registration / Preheat Air Pump Incorrect
Current RAP
88-508-00 The registration / preheat air pumps are drawing incorrect current.
Procedure
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Registration / preheat
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause air pumps
NOTE: Air pump motors vibrate slightly when running, feeling the motor as it starts, stops and
runs is the best way to determine if the motor is operating. Use dc330 to test.
NOTE: W/TAG 018 machines do not have air pumps install as standard. However, the preheat
air pumps in a replacement registration/preheat assembly will function when the unit is
installed, refer to service bulletin T8009-12-06.
Enter dC330 and test the registration / preheat air pumps MOT88-008, Figure 1. Refer to GP
10, How to Check a Motor. The pumps run.
Y N
Refer to WD 8.6. Check connections at PJ5 of the registration / preheat interface PWB
and at each pump. The connections are secure.
Y N
Reseat all connections to the pump motors and registration / preheat interface PWB.
Refer to WD 8.1. Check for +12V at PJ104 pin 21 on the media path driver PWB. +12V
is present.
Y N
Check the +12V distribution, go to the 01E +12V Distribution RAP. If necessary,
install a new media driver path PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Figure 1 Component location
Refer to WD 8.1. Check the wiring between PJ104 on the media path driver PWB and PJ4 NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625 is only required when:
on the registration / preheat interface PWB. If the wiring is good, install new air pumps PL The registration/preheat assembly is removed or replaced,
88.10 Item 3, PL 88.10 Item 5. If the error persists, install a new registration / preheat
assembly PL 88.10 Item 1.
The fault may be intermittent, if the error persists, install new air pumps PL 88.10 Item 3, PL A printhead is replaced.
88.10 Item 5. The IOD assembly is removed or replaced.

89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 Media Path Sensor 10 Y N
Failure RAP GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
89-110-00 The sheet is too long at registration. PJ202, Media path driver PWB.
89-111-00 The sheet is too short over media path sensor 10 at registration.
89-112-00 The leading edge was late to the media path sensor 10 at registration. Install new components as necessary:
Registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1.
89-113-00 The trailing edge was late over media path sensor 10 at registration. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
89-129-00 The sheet arrives late at nip rolls A.

energizes.
Initial Actions Y N
WARNING Go to WD 8.1. Check SOL82-007. Refer to:
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause PJ303, Media path driver PWB.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
If the registration / preheat assembly was recently removed and reinstalled or installed a new 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
prior to this fault occurring. Check that the ribbon cable to the registration / preheat interface
PWB is seated correctly. Go to REP 89.1 and refer to figure 2 location of ribbon cable.
Procedure
Open the registration / preheat assembly cover assembly and heat shield. Refer to REP 10.7 Enter dC330 code 82-008 Nip D release solenoid, SOL82-008. Press Start. The solenoid
to release the cover assembly. Insert a sheet of paper into the registration / preheat assembly energizes.
and cover the registration scan bar, PL 88.10 Item 2, Q89-005. Close the front door assembly. Y N
The UI reports a paper jam in area 3a. Go to WD 8.3. Check SOL82-008. Refer to:
Y N
Check the connection of the ribbon cable at the scan bar (sensor 10) and at the registra-
tion / preheat interface PWB, WD 8.6.
Reseat all connections to the registration / preheat interface PWB. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Install a new registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Enter dC330 code 89-007 registration motor A1 (M3), MOT89-007. Press Start. The motor
runs.
Y N
Enter dC330 code 83-004 HPP diverter solenoid, SOL83-004. Press Start. Check that the
diverter gate moves correctly when activating the solenoid. The solenoid energizes.
PJ202, Media path driver PWB. Y N
01J +50V Distribution RAP. Go to WD 8.1. Check SOL83-004. Refer to:
01L 0V Distribution RAP. GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
Install new components as necessary: PJ303, Media path driver PWB.
Registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1. 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Enter dC330 code 89-008 registration motor A2 (M3), MOT89-008. Press Start. The motor HPP diverter solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 5.
runs.

A
Enter dC330 code 82-003 Horizontal transport motor (M6) (forward), MOT82-003. Press Start. 89-125-00 to 89-128-00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 Media Path
The motor runs.
Y N Sensor 20 Failure RAP
Go to WD 8.5. Check horizontal transport motor (M6), MOT82-003. Refer to: 89-125-00 The sheet is too long over media path sensor 20 at pre-transfix.
89-126-00 The sheet is too short over media path sensor 20 at pre-transfix.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. 89-127-00 The leading edge was late at media path sensor 20 at pre-transfix.
01L 0V Distribution RAP. 89-128-00 The trailing edge was late at media path sensor 20 at pre-transfix.
89-130-00 The lead edge of the sheet was too early at media path sensor 20.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. 89-131-00 The media path sensor 20 static jam, sensor may be dusty.
The horizontal transport rolls rotate.

Y N
Initial Actions
Check the drive belt and drive gears on the horizontal transport, PL 82.10 / PL 82.15. WARNING
If necessary, install new components: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Transport rolls, PL 82.15. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Drive belts, PL 82.15. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury
Drive gears, PL 82.15. Check the registration transport for contamination or paper debris.
Check for shingled or multi-feed sheets. Go to OF 8 Multi-feed RAP and check the appro-
Enter dC140 Analog Monitor. Select 82-102 horizontal transport motor encoder (M6). Press priate tray.
Start. Manually rotate the drive gears forward and backward. The display changes.
Y N Procedure
Clean the pre transfix sensor 20, PL 88.10 Item 12 and refer to GP 27. The fault remains.
Y N
PJ905, Media path driver PWB. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
01J +50V Distribution RAP. Enter dC330 code 89-006 pre transfix sensor (20), Q89-006. Press Start. Manually actuate the
01L 0V Distribution RAP sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 8.6. Check pre transfix sensor 20, Q89-006. Refer to:
REP 89.1 Registration / preheat Assembly and Lower Platelet Assembly
PJ5, Registration / preheat IF PWB.
Check the horizontal transport rolls and nip rolls. PL 82.15 Item 10.
NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625, is only required when:
The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced.
Pre transfix sensor (20), PL 88.10 Item 12.
Media path PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
The IOD assembly is removed or replaced.
A
89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00, 89-125-00 to 89- 2-350 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
NOTE: W/TAG 018 machines do not have air pumps install as standard. However, the preheat 89-500-00, 89-502-00 Registration Motor Over Current RAP
89-500-00 Motor M3_A1 current demand is inconsistent with expected value.
installed, refer to service bulletin T8009-12-06
Enter dC330 code 88-008 registration / preheat air pumps, MOT88-008. Press Start. The air 89-502-00 Motor M3_A2 current demand is inconsistent with expected value.
pumps run.
Y N Initial Actions
Go to WD 8.6. Check registration / preheat air pumps, MOT88-008. Refer to:
WARNING
PJ5, Registration / preheat IF PWB. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
01E +12V Distribution RAP. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Check and clear the media path.
Registration / preheat air pumps, PL 88.10 Item 5. Procedure
Registration / preheat IF PWB, PL 88.10 Item 10. Refer to Figure 1. Enter dC330 and test the registration motors (MOT89-007 and MOT89-008).
Refer to GP 10 How to check a motor. The motors run.
Check the registration transport for obstructions. Y N
Refer to WD 8.1. Check connections at PJ202 on the media path driver PWB. The con-
nections are good.
Y N
Reseat connections to the registration motors and registration / preheat interface
PWB. Check the bulkhead connector. Reseat the in-line connector to the chassis
bulkhead.
Check operation of the registration rollers when the motors are run. The rollers rotate.
Y N
Check registration roller drive belts and drive gears for damage or debris.
If the fault persists, install a new registration / preheat assembly PL 88.10 Item 1.
The fault may be intermittent, if the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
Registration / preheat assembly PL 88.10 Item 1.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-351 89-125-00 to 89-128-00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00, 89-
89-504-00 Registration Sensor Over Current RAP
89-504-00 The registration sensor 10 current demand is inconsistent with expected value.
Procedure
WARNING
Registration motor A1 Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
(M3), MOT89-007 not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury
Perform dC969 Clean Ink Smears. The pages exit the registration.
Y N
Open the registration / preheat assembly cover assembly and heat shield. Refer to REP
10.7 to release the cover assembly. Insert a sheet of paper into the registration / preheat
assembly and cover the registration scan bar, Q89-005, Figure 1. Close the front door
assembly. The UI reports a paper jam in area 3a.
Y N
PJ 1, Registration / preheat Interface PWB.
01C +3.3V Power Distribution RAP.
Registration motor A2
(M3), MOT89-008 The fault may be intermittent, if the error persists, install a new registration / preheat
assembly PL 88.10 Item 1.
The fault may be intermittent, if the error persists, install a new registration / preheat assembly
PL 88.10 Item 1.
NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625 is only required when:
The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced,

89-520-00 Home Sensor Timeout RAP
89-520-00 Stance sensor timeout.
The home sensor, mounted on the registration / preheat interface PWB, reports a value incon-
sistent with expected value.
Registration
scan bar, Procedure
Q89-005
WARNING
Enter dC330 code 89-004 to check the registration / preheat home sensor Q89-004, Figure 1.
Manually rotate the drive shaft to actuate the sensor, Figure 2. The display changes.
Y N
Check that the flag on the drive gear for damage, Figure 1.
Go to WD 8.6. Check the registration / preheat home sensor, Q89-004.
Refer to:
PJ4, Registration / preheat interface PWB.
01D +5V Power Distribution RAP.
Cover assembly Enter dC330 code 89-007 registration motor A1 (M3), MOT89-007. Press Start. The motor
runs.
Y N
Figure 1 Registration/preheat assembly. Go to WD 8.1. Check registration motor A1 (M3), MOT89-007. Refer to:
NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625 is only required when: PJ202, Media path driver PWB.
The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced, 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
The horizontal transport assembly is removed or replaced. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly is NOT required when: Install new components as necessary:
A printhead is replaced. Registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1.
The IOD assembly is removed or replaced. Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Enter dC330 code 89-008 registration motor A2 (M3), MOT89-008. Press Start. The motor
runs.
Y N

A
Perform the following actions:

Check for wiring damage or obstructions preventing jam clearance hatch movement.
Refer to REP 89.1.
If the error persists, install a new registration / preheat assembly PL 88.10 Item 1.
Sensor flag on
Reg / preheat home sensor Q89-004 the drive gear
(mounted on the PWB)
Rotate the drive shaft


89-531-00 to 89-545-00 Registration Process Error RAP 89-550-00, 89-551-00 Media Registration Error RAP
89-531-00 The registration sensor (10) failed to detect the leading edge. 89-550-00 The registration sensor detected excessive skew on the incoming media.
89-551-00 The registration sensor detected excessive offset on the incoming media.
89-532-00 The registration sensor (10) timed out or failed to complete normally.
Initial Actions
89-533-00 The registration sensor (10) generated a floating point exception.
Ensure that the tray 3 paper tray guides are set correctly, ADJ 73.1.
89-534-00 The registration sensor (10) scan failed. Check and clean the vertical and horizontal transport nip rolls up to the registration / pre-
heat assembly.
89-540-00 Sensor 10 post registration processing failure. Perform dC625 Registration / preheat Calibration routine.
Procedure
89-541-00 Sensor 10 post processing leading edge not detected.
Run the job from a different tray. The fault still occurs.
89-542-00 Sensor 10 post processing lateral edge not detected. Y N
Check the tray from which the fault occurs and install new components as necessary.
89-543-00 Sensor 10 post processing leading edge error.
89-544-00 Sensor 10 post processing lateral edge error. energizes.
Y N
89-545-00 Sensor 10 post processing leading edge crossing too small. Go to WD 8.1. Check SOL83-007. Refer to:
Initial Actions PJ303, Media path driver PWB.
WARNING
Check for damage or debris that restricts movement of the assembly.
Enter dC330 code 82-008 Nip D release solenoid, SOL83-008. Press Start. The solenoid
Check for dust or media debris around the registration scan bar. energizes.
Y N
Procedure Go to WD 8.3. Check SOL83-008. Refer to:
Enter dC715 Active registration control and disable registration control. Enter dC969 Clean Ink GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch.
Smears and run the routine. The pages exit the registration / preheat assembly. PJ405, Media path driver PWB.
Y N 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Go to the 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 Media Path Sensor 10 Failure RAP. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
Install a new registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1
NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625, is only required when: Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced. Check the vertical and horizontal transport rolls and drive belts.Install new parts as necessary.
The horizontal transport assembly is removed or replaced. Refer to PL 82.10 for the vertical transport and PL 82.15 for the horizontal transport.
The IOD assembly is removed or replaced. NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625 is only required when:

89-555-00 Media Registration Out of Range RAP 89-561-00 Media Registration Parameters Reset RAP
89-555-00 The stored registration correction values are out of range. 89-561-00 Registration / preheat assembly calibration failed.

WARNING WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury
Calibrate the assembly using dC625 registration calibration routine. Check for debris or obstructions in the media path.
If the fault 89-555-00 occurs and the media has severe skew or offset, go to 89-550-00,
89-551-00 Media Registration Error RAP. Procedure
Enter dC625 and run the registration calibration routine. Calibration is successful.
Procedure Y N
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Perform dC969 to print chase sheets to deter- Go to WD 8.6. Check all connections.
mine if NVM is restored. Chase sheets print without error. Refer to:
Y N PJ 1 Registration / preheat interface PWB.
Open the registration / preheat assembly cover assembly and heat shield. Refer to REP PJ 2 to PJ 701 on the Drum driver PWB.
10.7 to release the cover assembly. Insert a sheet of paper into the registration / preheat PJ 4 to PJ 104 on the Media path driver PWB.
assembly and cover the registration scan bar, PL 88.10 Item 2, Q89-005. Close the front Reseat any loose connections.
door assembly. The UI reports a paper jam in area 3a.
Y N
Check system grounding, go to GP 7. The system grounding is good.
Go to WD 8.6. Check Q89-005. Refer to: Y N
PJ 1, Registration / preheat Interface PWB.
Correct any system grounding issues, then retest.
01C +3.3V Power Distribution RAP. Install new components as necessary
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Registration / preheat assembly PL 88.10 Item 1.
Registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1 Install a new registration / preheat assembly PL 88.10 Item 1.
Check system grounding, go to GP 7. The system grounding is good.
Y N
Correct any system grounding issues, then retest. The horizontal transport assembly is removed or replaced.
Check and clear the registration / preheat assembly. A printhead is replaced.

89-562-00 Incorrect Media RAP 89-564-00 Calibration Image Error RAP
89-562-00 No media of the specified size is available. 89-564-00 The machine failed to create a calibration image or sheet.

WARNING WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury
Check that the machines settings match the media loaded in all trays. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
If the fault occurs when dC625 Registration / preheat Calibration is run. Then ensure that
there is a minimum of 30 sheets loaded in the tray of A4 or 8.5 x 11inch media in long Procedure
edge feed orientation.
This fault is caused by a hardware memory failure within the IME.
Remove and reseat the NVRAM, PL 92.10 Item 11 on the IME Controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item
Procedure 1. The fault is cleared.
Check that the correct media in the appropriate paper tray. If necessary load the correct media Y N
and / or adjust the paper guides. Install the RAM from a new IME Controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
If the correct media is loaded, trouble shoot the relevant tray:
71B Tray 1 Wrong Size Paper RAP. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
72B Tray 2 Wrong Size Paper RAP.
74A Bypass Tray Size Sensing Problems RAP.
For tray 3, check the settings in the UI match what is loaded.
Tray 5 is fixed so this fault will not be seen.

89-565-00, 89-566-00 Scan Measurement Was Out Of 89-567-00 Calibration Scan Detected Floating Point
Range RAP Exception RAP
89-565-00 The intermediate registration value is not valid. 89-567-00 Calibration scan detected floating point exception. This occurs because the scan
did not detect the registration calibration image correctly.
89-566-00 The computed calibration parameter is out of range.
Initial Actions
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury Calibrate the assembly using dC625 registration calibration routine.
Calibrate the assembly using dC625 registration calibration routine. If the media has severe skew or offset, go to 89-550-00, 89-551-00 Media Registration
If the media has severe skew or offset, go to 89-550-00, 89-551-00 Media Registration Error RAP.
Error RAP. Check for a Service code to indicate the machine is running in degraded mode, refer to
Check for a Service code to indicate the machine is running in degraded mode, refer to OF 12 Service Code RAP.
OF 12 Service Code RAP.
Procedure
Procedure WARNING
An error with either IOD alignment or Y runout needs to be resolved before running the dC625 Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Registration / preheat Calibration. Refer to 91-637-00 Drum Runout Calibration Needed RAP.
Check connections between the registration / preheat interface PWB at PJ2 and drum driver
PWB at PJ701. Refer to WD 8.6 and WD 9.2. Repair harness as necessary, REP 1.1.
If the fault continues install new components in order:

1. Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
2. Registration / preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1.

91-500-00, 91-600-00 Initial Position Error RAP 91-501-00 to 91-502-00 Image Timing Error RAP
91-500-00 The staggered full width array (SFWA) was not left at the correct position to start the 91-501-00 Printhead image timing error.
imaging process.
91-502-00 Marking sequence timing error.
91-600-00 The staggered full width array (SFWA) stitch or roll motor un-initialized failure.
Initial Actions
Procedure WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. CAUTION
The SWFA was not in the correct position to start the imaging process. The mechanisms were Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir
or may have been moved manually instead of under the software control. This fault will not located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination
occur under normal operation. could also occur.
Perform the following: CAUTION
1. Switch off the machine, GP 14. Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can
2. Manually move the upper and lower carriages to the parked position, refer to GP 6. destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle.
NOTE: The LED on the upper (master) printhead circuit board indicates the presence of +3.3
4. If the fault is still present then re-load the software, GP 4. V.
Retry the affected job. Print samples may help to identify the cause of the fault.
Check the error history for similar or related events.
Check the service loop for abrasions, PL 92.10 Item 9.
Procedure
Check system grounding, refer to GP 7. The system grounding is good.
Y N
Correct any system grounding faults, refer to GP 7. Pay particular attention to the exit,
transfix roller, and drum ground connections.
Make a copy from the DADH. The fault remains.

Y N
Install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.

91-503-00 Print Image Data Did Not Arrive From the 91-504-00, 91-505-00 Printhead Stitch Motor Over Current
Controller in Time RAP RAP
91-503-00 The image did not reach the IME controller PWB. 91-504-00 The printhead stitch adjust motor 1 current demand exceeds expected value.
Procedure 91-505-00 The printhead stitch adjust motor 2 current demand exceeds expected value.
WARNING
Initial Actions
Go to 92-581-00 Image Transfer Error RAP. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
CAUTION
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir
located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination
could also occur.
CAUTION
Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can
destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle.
NOTE: Override the front door interlock to provide voltage to the motor under test.
Ensure that the harnesses leading to the motors and surrounding components are routed
correctly and secured by the harness clamps, refer to GP 28. Focus on areas above and
behind the umbilicals.
Check for damage or debris that restricts printhead movement.
Procedure
Open the marking unit drawer, GP 6 to observe the motors, Figure 1. Enter dC330 code 91-
029 or 91-030 to run the relevant printhead stitch adjust motor, MOT91-029 (1) or MOT91-030
(2).
NOTE: Movement of the motors is small. If necessary, mark the lead screw of the motor to see
the movement.
The motor runs.

Y N
Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.10. Check MOT91-029 or MOT91-030.
Refer to:
NOTE: The motor will not turn freely due to the gear reduction.
PJ303 (motor 1) or PJ102 (motor 2), Marking Unit Driver PWB.
01H +24V Power Distribution RAP.
Printhead stitch adjust motor 1, PL 91.25 Item 4.
A
A
Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment, then check the image quality, refer 91-506-00 to 91-509-00 Roll Motor Over Current RAP
to IQ 1.
91-506-00 The printhead roll adjust motor 1 current demand exceeds expected value.
Check for obstructions or debris blocking motor or printhead movement. The printhead area
is free of obstructions. 91-507-00 The printhead roll adjust motor 2 current demand exceeds expected value.
Y N
Clean the area and retest.
Check the wire routing along the carriage for abrasions. Install a new wire harness or repair the
harness, REP 1.1 as necessary. If the error persists, install a new printhead stitch adjust motor,
PL 91.20 Item 4. Initial Actions
Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment, then check the image quality, refer to IQ WARNING
1. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
CAUTION
could also occur.
CAUTION
Ensure that the harnesses leading to the printhead and surrounding component are
routed correctly and secured by the harness clamps, refer to GP 28. Focus on areas
above and behind the umbilicals.
Check for damage or debris that restricts printhead movement.
Procedure
Open the marking unit drawer, GP 6 to observe the motors. Enter dC330 code to run the rele-
vant printhead roll adjust motor, MOT91-024 (1), MOT91-026 (2), MOT91-027 (3), MOT91-028
Printhead stitch Printhead stitch (4), Figure 1.
adjust motor 1, adjust motor 2,
MOT91-029 NOTE: Movement of the motors is small. If necessary, mark the lead screw of the motor to see
MOT91-030
the movement.
The motor runs.

Y N
Go to WD 9.9 or WD 9.10. Check the relevant motor.
Refer to:
Figure 1 Component location GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
NOTE: The motor will not turn freely due to the gear reduction.
PJ303 (motor 1 and 3) PJ102 (motor 2 and 4), Marking Unit Driver PWB.
Printhead roll adjust motor, PL 91.20 Item 4 or PL 91.25 Item 4.

A
Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. 91-510-00, 91-511-00 X Axis Motor Over Current RAP
Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment, then check the image quality, refer 91-510-00 The upper X axis motor current demands exceed expected value.
to IQ 1.
91-511-00 The lower X axis motor current demands exceed expected value.
Check for obstructions or debris blocking motor or printhead movement. The printhead is
free of obstructions.
Y N
Initial Actions
Clean the area and retest. WARNING
Check the wire routing along the carriage for abrasions. Install a new wire harness or repair the not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
harness, REP 1.1 as necessary. If the error persists, install a new printhead roll adjust motor, death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
PL 91.20 Item 4.
CAUTION
Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment, then check the image quality, refer to IQ
1.
could also occur.
CAUTION
Check the harness leading to the carriage and surrounding components, refer to GP 28.
Focus on areas above and behind the umbilicals.
Check for damage to the harness and possible shorts.
Procedure
Open the marking unit drawer, GP 6 to observe the motors. Enter dC330 codes 91-033 and 91-
034 to run the upper X axis drive motor, MOT91-033 and the lower X axis drive motor, MOT91-
034, Figure 1. MOT91-033 and MOT91-034 run.
Y N
Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.11. Check MOT91-033 or MOT91-034.
Refer to:
Printhead roll GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
Printhead roll
adjust motor 4, PJ303 (lower) PJ102 (upper), Marking Unit Driver PWB.
adjust motor 2,
MOT91-028 01H +24V Power Distribution RAP.
MOT91-026
Printhead roll Printhead roll Install new components as necessary:
adjust motor 1, adjust motor 3, Upper axis drive motor, PL 91.20 Item 5.
MOT91-024 MOT91-027
Lower axis drive motor, PL 91.25 Item 5.
Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Figure 1 Component location Check for obstructions or debris blocking motor or printhead movement. The printhead is
free of obstructions.
Y N
Clean the area and retest.
Check the wire routing along the carriage for abrasions. Install a new wire harness or repair the
harness, REP 1.1 as necessary. If the error persists, install new components as necessary:
Upper axis drive motor, PL 91.20 Item 5.

Lower axis drive motor, PL 91.25 Item 5. 91-512-00, 91-605-00 Marking Unit Motor Short RAP
Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. 91-512-00 The carriage docking motor current demand exceeds expected value.
91-605-00 One of several marking unit motors, driven by the marking unit driver PWB, is draw-
ing more current than expected.
Initial Actions
WARNING
CAUTION
could also occur.
CAUTION
X axis drive motor lower, X axis drive motor upper, Ensure that the harnesses leading to the marking unit motors are secured by the harness
MOT91-034 MOT91-033
clamps, refer to GP 28.
Check for damage or debris restricting motor movement.
Procedure
Enter dC330. Run the following motors:
Code 91-021 Carriage drive select motor, MOT91-021, part of the carriage drive train, PL
91.10 Item 1. Refer to WD 9.11.
Code 91-023 HM vertical motion motor, MOT91-023, PL 91.15 Item 12. Refer to WD 9.11.
Code 91-024 Printhead roll adjust motor 1, MOT91-024, PL 91.25 Item 4. Refer to WD
9.10.
Code 91-025 HM horizontal motion motor, MOT91-025, part of the HM horizontal drive
gearbox, PL 91.15 Item 15. Refer to WD 9.11.
9.9.
9.10.
9.9.
Code 91-029 Printhead stitch adjust motor 1, MOT91-029, PL 91.25 Item 4. Refer to WD
9.10.
Code 91-030 Printhead stitch adjust motor 2, MOT91-030, PL 91.20 Item 4. Refer to WD
9.9.
Code 91-031 Carriage drive motor, MOT91-031, PL 91.10 Item 16. Refer to WD 9.11.
Code 91-033 X axis drive motor upper, MOT91-033, PL 91.20 Item 5. Refer to WD 9.9.
Code 91-034 X axis drive motor lower, MOT91-034, PL 91.25 Item 5. Refer to WD 9.11.
The motors run.

Y N 91-513-00, 91-514-00, 91-581-00, 91-583-00 IOD Drive Error
Go to the relevant wiring diagram. Check the relevant motor.
Refer to: RAP
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. 91-513-00 The IOD shuttle motor current is inconsistent with the expected value.
PJ102, PJ303, PJ304, PJ401, PJ605, PJ607, Marking Unit Driver PWB. 91-514-00 IOD drive stall.
91-581-00 IOD Home time-out.
01J +50V Power Distribution RAP.
01L 0V Distribution RAP 91-583-00 IOD stall recovery failed.
WARNING
Check the wiring harnesses connecting motors to the marking unit driver PWB. Pay particular Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
attention to wiring routed near the carriages. The wiring is good. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Install new wiring or repair as necessary, REP 1.1. WARNING
Take care during this procedure. The drum will become hot during normal operation.
CAUTION
Do not disconnect and reconnect the flex cables at the IOD PWB. the flex cables are easily
damaged. The cable must only be handled in the area of the blue backer.
CAUTION
Check the IOD to drum driver PWB cable, PL 94.15 Item 5.

Check for damage or debris that restricts IOD movement.
Procedure
Go to dC914 Head to Head Alignment Test. Select test option 1 Move IOD Scan Bar. Follow
instructions on the screen and observe the IOD movement. Select Position and run in the
order:
1. Select Home (moves slowly to the front until a stall is encountered) and return to park
position.
2. Select Rear (moves to the rear) and return to park position.
If the initial fault was 91-581-00 and a ticking noise is heard during the test then install a new
IOD assembly, PL 94.15 Item 1.
NOTE: Always end in the Park position (centre) to protect the IOD sensor from debris.
The IOD sensor runs to all positions without unusual noises.

Y N
1. Check for obstructions or debris blocking motor movement.
2. Go to WD 9.22. Check the IOD shuttle motor, MOT91-043, Figure 1.
Refer to:
PJ660, IOD pre amplifier PWB.
01H +24V Power Distribution RAP
A
A
01L 0V Distribution RAP 91-515-00 Vertical Wiper Motor Over Current RAP
If necessary, install a new IOD assembly, PL 94.15 Item 1. 91-515-00 The HM vertical motion motor current demand exceeds expected value.
Enter diagnostics select Diagnostic Routines and select dC914 Head to Head Alignment Test.
Select test option 10 to dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment then follow Measure Head
Initial Actions
Alignment. Follow the instructions on the screen. The procedure ran without declaring a WARNING
fault. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Refer to the appropriate RAP for the new fault code. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
If the fault is intermittent. Check the wire routing to the IOD for abrasions. Repair the harness, NOTE: Override the front door interlock to provide voltage to the device under test.
REP 1.1 as necessary. If the error persists, install a new Drum Driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Check belts, gears, pulleys and wiper alignment, PL 91.15.
NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly is only required when: Check for damage or debris that restricts wiper movement.
The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced, Check the harness leading to the motor and surrounding components. Refer to GP 28.
Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly is NOT required when: Procedure
A printhead is replaced. Enter dC330 code 91-023 to run the HM vertical motion motor, MOT91-023, PL 91.15 Item 12.
The IOD assembly is removed or replaced. MOT91-023 runs.
Y N
Refer to:
PJ401, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
HM vertical motion motor, PL 91.15 Item 12.
Check for obstructions or debris blocking motor, gearbox, or belt movement. The wiper
moves up and down smoothly.
Y N
Clean the wiper drive components and retest.
Check the wiring harness. Repair the harness, REP 1.1 as necessary. If the error persists,
install a new HM vertical motion motor, PL 91.15 Item 12.
IOD shuttle motor,

MOT91-043

91-516-00 Low Pressure Assist Over Current RAP 91-517-00 Marking Unit Air Pump Over Current RAP
91-516-00 The low pressure assist solenoid valve current demand exceeds expected value. 91-517-00 The marking unit ink load air pump current demand exceeds expected value.

WARNING WARNING
Check the harnesses leading to the ink reservoir and sensing components. Check the harness leading to the pump and surrounding components.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the following: Perform the following:
1. Go to WD 9.14. Check the low pressure assist (LPA) valve solenoid, SOL91-045, PL 1. Go to WD 9.14. Check the reservoir pump, MOT93-050, PL 93.10 Item 11.
93.10 Item 15. Refer to:
Refer to: GP 11 How to Check a Motor.
GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch. PJ130, Solenoid Patch PWB.
PJ130, Solenoid Patch PWB. 01E +12V Power Distribution RAP
01E +12V Power Distribution RAP 01D +5V Distribution RAP
01D +5V Distribution RAP 01L 0V Distribution RAP
01L 0V Distribution RAP 2. Check the reservoir pump harness. Repair the harness, REP 1.1 as necessary.
2. Check the solenoid valve harness. Repair the harness, REP 1.1 as necessary. If the error persists, install a new components as necessary:
If the error persists, install new components as necessary: Ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
Ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10. Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.

91-519-00 to 91-522-00, 91-655-00 to 91-658-00, 91-683-00 Y N
Install new ribbon cables as necessary, PL 92.10.
to 91-690-00, 91-807 to 91-811-00 Printhead NVM Read or
Write Error RAP Go to GP 7 to check the system grounding. The system grounding is good.
Y N
91-519-00 Printhead 1 NVM error detected. HCD read failure. Repair any grounding issues found, GP 7.
91-520-00 Printhead 2 NVM error detected. HCD read failure.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault is still present.
91-521-00 Printhead 3 NVM error detected. HCD read failure. Y N
91-522-00 Printhead 4 NVM error detected. HCD read failure. The fault is an NVM write error generated when dC972 is performed. Re-try the relevant
routine:
91-655-00 Printhead 1 field corrections corrupt. HFC read or write failure.
Faults 91-655-00 to 91-658-00, 91-949-00 to 91-952-00, dC972 option 3 Head to
91-656-00 Printhead 2 field corrections corrupt. HFC read or write failure. Head Uniformity.
91-657-00 Printhead 3 field corrections corrupt. HFC read or write failure. Faults 91-687-00 to 91-690-00, dC972 option 4 TRC Generation.
91-658-00 Printhead 4 field corrections corrupt. HFC read or write failure. Faults 91-807-00 to 91-810-00, dC972 option 3, Head to Head Uniformity, then
option 5, Y Dot Position Correction.
91-683-00 Printhead 1 TRC read failed. The fault is still present.
91-684-00 Printhead 2 TRC read failed. Y N
Complete the remaining routines in dC972, up to and including option 5.
91-685-00 Printhead 3 TRC read failed.
91-686-00 Printhead 4 TRC read failed. Perform Final Actions.
91-687-00 Printhead 1 TRC write failed. The fault is a NVM read error generated during machine initialization. The fault is generated
91-688-00 Printhead 2 TRC write failed. by a newly installed printhead.
Y N
91-689-00 Printhead 3 TRC write failed. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault is still present.
91-690-00 Printhead 4 TRC write failed. Y N
91-807-00 Attempt to read or write printhead 1 NVM HAY or HAU sections failed.
91-808-00 Attempt to read or write printhead 2 NVM HAY or HAU sections failed. Perform Final Actions.
91-809-00 Attempt to read or write printhead 3 NVM HAY or HAU sections failed. Perform dC972 option 1. Select manual and all 4 printheads. Switch off, then switch on the
91-810-00 Attempt to read or write printhead 4 NVM HAY or HAU sections failed. machine, GP 14. The fault remains.
Y N
91-811-00 Machine has timed out waiting for the adjustment load task to complete reading Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
printhead NVM.
Procedure Perform Final Actions.
Final Actions
WARNING
1. Go to WD 9.5, WD 9.6, WD 9.7, WD 9.20 and WD 9.21. Check all connections:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. PJ101, Printhead PWB.
CAUTION PJ201, PJ301, PJ902, PJ904, IME Controller PWB.
located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination Printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2.
could also occur. IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
CAUTION NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625 is only required when:
Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced,
destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle. The horizontal transport assembly is removed or replaced.
Check that the ribbon cables connecting the relevant printhead to the IME controller PWB are Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly is NOT required when:
correctly and securely connected, and not damaged. Re-seat the ribbon cable as necessary. A printhead is replaced.
The wiring is good.

91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00 91-555-00 Printhead 1 Reservoir Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value.
to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal 91-556-00 Printhead 2 Reservoir Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value.
Error RAP 91-557-00 Printhead 3 Reservoir Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value.
91-523-00 Printhead 1 Left Jet Heater is Too Hot 91-558-00 Printhead 4 Reservoir Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value.
91-524-00 Printhead 2 Left Jet Heater is Too Hot 91-664-00 Printhead 1 thermal failure.
91-527-00 Printhead 1 Left Jet Heater is Too Slow 91-667-00 Printhead 4 thermal failure.
91-528-00 Printhead 2 Left Jet Heater is Too Slow 91-800-00 Head 1 thermal glitch.
91-531-00 Printhead 1 Left Jet Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value. 91-803-00 Head 4 thermal glitch.
91-532-00 Printhead 2 Left Jet Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value. 91-856-00 Head 1 thermal persistent glitch.
91-535-00 Printhead 1 Right Jet Heater is Too Hot 91-859-00 Head 4 thermal persistent glitch.
91-536-00 Printhead 2 Right Jet Heater is Too Hot Initial Actions
91-537-00 Printhead 3 Right Jet Heater is Too Hot WARNING
91-538-00 Printhead 4 Right Jet Heater is Too Hot Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
91-539-00 Printhead 1 Right Jet Heater is Too Slow
91-540-00 Printhead 2 Right Jet Heater is Too Slow CAUTION
91-541-00 Printhead 3 Right Jet Heater is Too Slow Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can
91-542-00 Printhead 4 Right Jet Heater is Too Slow
CAUTION
91-543-00 Printhead 1 Right Jet Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value. Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir
91-544-00 Printhead 2 Right Jet Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value. located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination
could also occur.
91-545-00 Printhead 3 Right Jet Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value.
CAUTION
91-546-00 Printhead 4 Right Jet Thermistor value inconsistent with expected value. The video cable (striped and labeled A, PL 92.10 Item 7) and the wave amp cable (white and
labeled B, PL 92.10 Item 8) should not be interchanged at the printhead connectors. Damage
91-547-00 Printhead 1 Reservoir Heater Too Hot
to the printhead and IME controller PWB will occur if the cables are installed incorrectly
91-548-00 Printhead 2 Reservoir Heater Too Hot Check all 3 wiring harness leading to the indicated printhead. Focus on areas above and
91-549-00 Printhead 3 Reservoir Heater Too Hot behind the umbilicals. Ensure each harness is securely and correctly seated, refer to GP
28.
91-550-00 Printhead 4 Reservoir Heater Too Hot
91-551-00 Printhead 1 Reservoir Heater Too Slow Procedure
91-552-00 Printhead 2 Reservoir Heater Too Slow Check for damage to the cables connecting each printhead. The wiring is good.
Y N
91-553-00 Printhead 3 Reservoir Heater Too Slow
Install new cables as necessary, PL 92.10.
91-554-00 Printhead 4 Reservoir Heater Too Slow
A
A
Perform the printhead thermal tests, dC335. The tests complete successfully. 91-559-00 Marking Unit Components Out of Position RAP
Y N
The home position sensors are monitored as wiper or carriage motion is performed. This fault
Check the PEST fault history, dC123 for marking unit heater faults (umbilicals, printheads
occurs when carriage or wiper motion is requested and the sensors are not in the expected
and ink melt reservoir). All marking unit heaters have failed.
Y N state.
Go to WD 9.8, WD 9.13 and WD 9.20, WD 9.21. Check the connections and wiring:
91-559-00 The carriage or wiper components are out of position for a requested action.
PJ101 and PJ301, Printhead PWB.
Disconnect the 8 pin AC printhead connector. Inspect the pins at both ends for
damage.
Initial Actions
PJ401, PJ701, Marking Unit Heater PWB. WARNING
Install new components as necessary: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2.
CAUTION
Do not handle or attempt to clean the wiper blade. Wiper blade contamination can damage the
Refer to WD 1.1 and WD 9.8, check the wiring between PJ4AC on the Power Supply Unit printheads.
and PJ101 on the Marking Unit Heater PWB. The wiring is good. CAUTION
Y N Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can
Repair the wiring, REP 1.1. destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle.
CAUTION
Check the +3.3V ESTAR distribution to the marking unit heater PWB, refer to the 01B
+3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP. If the fault is still present, install new components as nec- Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir
essary:
could also occur.
Marking unit heater PWB cable, PL 92.10 Item 12.
Check for damage or debris that restricts movement of the wiper.
Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5.
Check the harness leading to the vertical and horizontal wiper drives and home sensor.
Refer to GP 28.
The error is intermittent. Refer to GP 7 and check system grounding. Repair any ground issues Procedure
found. Check the position of the carriages. The carriages are docked to the drum.
Y N
Perform dC967 Head to Drum Spacing Check. dC967 runs successfully.
The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced, Y N
The horizontal transport assembly is removed or replaced. Perform ADJ 91.1 Printhead Attachment Check.
A printhead is replaced. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.

Enter dC330. Run the following motors:
Code 91-023 HM vertical motion motor, MOT91-023, PL 91.15 Item 12.
Code 91-033 X axis drive motor upper, MOT91-033, PL 91.20 Item 5.
Code 91-034 X axis drive motor lower, MOT91-034, PL 91.25 Item 5.
Code 91-031 carriage docking motor, MOT91-031, PL 91.10 Item 16.
The motors run.
Y N
Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.11. Check MOT91-023, MOT91-033 and MOT91-034.
Refer to:
PJ303 (lower), PJ102 (upper) and PJ401, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
01J +50V Distribution RAP
A

A
Upper carriage
X axis drive motor upper, PL 91.20 Item 5. home sensor,
X axis drive motor lower, PL 91.25 Item 5. Q91-012
Carriage drive train, PL 91.10 Item 1.
Lower carriage home
Enter dC330 codes 91-011 and 91-012 to check the lower carriage home sensor, Q91-011 and sensor, Q91-011
the upper carriage home sensor, Q91-012, Figure 1. Actuate each sensor. The display
changes.
Y N
Go to WD 9.11. Check Q91-011 and Q91-012.
Refer to:
01B +3.3V ESTAR Power Distribution RAP.
Lower carriage home sensor, PL 91.10 Item 8. Figure 1 Component location
Upper carriage home sensor, PL 91.10 Item 8.
Check the condition of the wiper assembly including wiper motors, gearbox, and belts:
Ensure that the wiper, PL 91.15 Item 13 is aligned horizontally.
Check the HM belt, PL 91.15 Item 2 and the horizontal drive cable, PL 91.15 Item 16.
Check that they are positioned and tensioned correctly. Install new components as neces-
sary, PL 91.15.
Enter dC965. Run the printhead maintenance cycle test. Observe the wiper assembly motion.
Check that the wiper moves up and down smoothly. Check also that the paddle correctly posi-
tions the wiper. The wiper operation is good.
Y N
Clean the wiper drive components and retest. Check the wiring harness. Repair the har-
ness, REP 1.1 as necessary. Install new components as necessary:
Vertical belts, PL 91.15 Item 2.
Horizontal drive cable, PL 91.15 Item 16.
Check the area surrounding the carriage, wiper assembly, and umbilicals for wiring damage or
obstructions that prevent carriage or wiper movement. The wiring is good.
Y N
Go to WD 9.11. Install new wiring or repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.11. Check all connections:

PJ303 (lower), PJ102 (upper) and PJ401, Marking Unit Driver PWB.

91-560-00 Carriage Selection Time Out RAP
91-560-00 The carriage drive select motor timed out moving to stop. Upper carriage home
sensor, Q91-012
Initial Actions
WARNING Selector
CAUTION
CAUTION
Lower carriage home
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir sensor, Q91-011
could also occur.
NOTE: Override the front door interlock to provide voltage to the device under test. Carriage drive train Carriage drive select
motor, MOT91-021
NOTE: The carriage drive select motor (MOT91-021) is not spared individually, it is only sup-
plied as part of the carriage drive train assembly.
Check the wire harness leading to the carriage drive select motor and carriage home sen-
sors, Figure 1.
Procedure
Enter dC330 code 91-021 carriage drive select motor, MOT91-021. Figure 1. MOT91-021
runs.
Y N
Refer to:
Install new components as necessary;
Check for obstructions or damage inside the carriage drive train. Observe the gearbox opera-
tion and that the selector moves up and down. The drives are good.
Y N
Install new components as necessary;
Upper or lower carriage drive gear, PL 91.10 Item 9 and PL 91.10 Item 10.
If the error persists, install a new carriage drive train, PL 91.10 Item 1.

A
91-562-00, 91-563-00 Upper Carriage Error RAP GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
91-562-00 Print Head Carriage no edge found. PJ607, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
91-563-00 Upper Print Head Carriage unexpected event. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Initial Actions Carriage drive train, PL 91.10 Item 1.
WARNING Upper or lower carriage drive gear, PL 91.10 Item 9 and PL 91.10 Item 10.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Enter dC330 code 91-012 to test the upper carriage home sensor, Q91-012. Actuate Q91-012.
CAUTION
Y N
destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle. Refer to:
CAUTION GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir PJ304, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
could also occur.
Check for obstructions, damage or debris that restricts carriage movement.
Upper carriage home sensor, PL 91.10 Item 8.
Check the harness leading to the carriage drive and their related sensors. Refer to GP 28.
Procedure
Move the marking unit into the service position, GP 6. Enter dC330 code 91-011 to test the lower carriage home sensor, Q91-011. Actuate Q91-011.
Check the area surrounding the carriage and umbilicals for wiring damage or obstructions that The display changes.
prevent carriage movement. The wiring is good. Y N
Y N Go to WD 9.11. Check Q91-011.
Install new wiring or repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Refer to:
Enter dC330 code 91-031 to run the carriage docking motor, MOT91-031, part of the carriage PJ304, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
drive train, Figure 1. MOT91-031 runs. 01B +3.3V ESTAR Power Distribution RAP.
Y N
Refer to: Install new components as necessary:
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Lower carriage home sensor, PL 91.10 Item 8.
PJ605, Marking Unit Driver PWB. Carriage drive train, PL 91.10 Item 1.
01H +24V Power Distribution RAP. Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Check for obstructions or damage inside carriage drive train. The drives are good.
Y N
Carriage drive train, PL 91.10 Item 1. Install a new carriage drives train, PL 91.10 Item 1.
Observe the motor and gearbox operation, the selector moves up and down. Enter dC330 Y N
code 91-021 carriage drive select motor, MOT91-021, part of the carriage drive train, Figure 1. Perform ADJ 91.1 Printhead Attachment Check.
MOT91-021 runs.
Y N Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.11. Check all connections:
Go to WD 9.11. Check MOT91-021. PJ605, PJ 607, PJ304, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
Refer to:
A
91-565-00, 91-566-00 Upper Printhead Restraint Error RAP
Upper carriage docking 91-565-00 Upper printhead carriage time-out moving restraint
motor, MOT91-031
91-566-00 Upper printhead carriage restraint stalled.
Upper carriage
home sensor, Procedure
Q91-012 These fault codes are shown for information only. The machine does not have carriage
restraint motors.
Lower carriage home
sensor, Q91-011
Carriage drive select

motor, MOT91-021

A
91-567-00 to 91-568-00 Lower Carriage Error RAP Refer to:
91-567-00 Lower Print Head Carriage no edge found.
91-568-00 Lower Print Head Carriage unexpected event. 01H +24V Power Distribution RAP
WARNING Carriage drive train, PL 91.10 Item 1.
Upper or lower carriage drive gear, PL 91.10 Item 9 and PL 91.10 Item 10.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Enter dC330 code 91-011 to test the lower carriage home sensor, Q91-011. Actuate Q91-011.
CAUTION
Y N
destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle. Go to WD 9.11. Check Q91-011.
CAUTION Refer to:
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination PJ304, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
could also occur.
Check the harness leading to carriage drive and related sensors. Refer to GP 28.
Check for damage or debris that restricts carriage movement.
Lower carriage home sensor, PL 91.10 Item 8.
Procedure
Move the marking unit into the service position, GP 6. Enter dC330 code 91-012 to test the upper carriage home sensor, Q91-012. Actuate Q91-012.
Check the area surrounding the carriage and umbilicals for wiring damage or obstructions that The display changes.
prevent carriage movement. The wiring is good and correctly secured in the cable Y N
clamps. Go to WD 9.11. Check Q91-012.
Y N Refer to:
Correctly secure the wiring. Install new wiring or repair as necessary, REP 1.1. GP 11 How to Check a Sensor.
Enter dC330 code 91-032 to run the carriage docking motor, MOT91-031, part of the carriage
drive train, Figure 1. MOT91-031 runs. 01B +3.3V ESTAR Power Distribution RAP.
Go to WD 9.11. Check MOT91-031. Install new components as necessary:
Refer to: Upper carriage home sensor, PL 91.10 Item 11.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor
PJ605, Marking Unit Driver PWB
01H +24V Power Distribution RAP Check for obstructions or damage inside carriage drive train. The drives are good.
01L 0V Distribution RAP Y N
Install a new carriage drives train, PL 91.10 Item 1.
Carriage drives train, PL 91.10 Item 1.
Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. Y N
Perform ADJ 91.1 Printhead Attachment Check.
Observe the motor and gearbox operation, the selector moves up and down. Enter dC330
code 91-021 carriage drive select motor, MOT91-021, part of the carriage drive train, Figure 1. Go to WD 9.11. Check all connections:
MOT91-021 runs. PJ607, PJ304, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
Y N
A
91-570-00, 91-571-00 Lower Printhead Restraint Error RAP
Carriage drive select 91-570-00 Lower printhead carriage timeout moving restraint.
motor, MOT91-021
91-571-00 Lower printhead carriage restraint stalled.
Procedure
These fault codes are shown for information only. The machine does not have carriage
Lower carriage home restraint motors.
sensor, Q91-011
carriage docking
motor, MOT91-031

A
91-572-00, 91-573-00, 91-575-00 Wiper Vertical Error RAP Enter dC330 code 91-014 to test the HM position sensor, Q91-014. Actuate Q91-014. The
display changes.
91-572-00 Printhead wiper vertical motion edge not found.
Y N
91-573-00 The wiper encountered an unexpected event while in vertical motion. Go to WD 9.11. Check S91-014.
Refer to:
91-575-00 The vertical wiper could not complete the requested motion.
NOTE: Invalid move errors are typically the result of mechanisms being moved manually PJ304, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
instead of under machine control. 01B +3.3V ESTAR Power Distribution RAP.
WARNING HM position sensor, PL 91.15 Item 17.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Check the area surrounding the carriage, wiper assembly, and umbilicals for wiring damage or
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. obstructions that prevent carriage or wiper movement. The wiring is good.
CAUTION Y N
Do not handle or attempt to clean the wiper blade. Wiper blade contamination can damage the Install new wiring or repair, REP 1.1 as necessary.
printheads.
Go to WD 9.11. Check all connections:
CAUTION
PJ401, PJ304, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle. If necessary, install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
CAUTION
could also occur.
Check the HM tension spring is connected, Figure 1. If necessary install a new spring, PL HM vertical motion
91.15 Item 14. motor, MOT91-023
Check that the wiper is level. Refer to the Replacement procedure in REP 91.3.
Check HM wiper, PL 91.15 Item 13 for full travel.
Check for damage or debris that restricts wiper movement.
Procedure
Cheat the front door interlock. Open the marking unit drawer, GP 6 to observe wiper motion.
Enter dC330 code 91-023 to run the HM vertical motion motor, MOT91-023, Figure 1.
NOTE: The HM vertical motion motor will run a complete cycle.
MOT91-023 runs. HM position sensor,

Y N Q91-014
Refer to:
01L 0V Distribution RAP. Check the springs are connected and
the belts are tensioned.(Front and
Install new components as necessary: rear.)

A
A
91-574-00, 91-576-00, 91-598-00 Wiper Horizontal Error Check the alignment of the HM wiper PL 91.15 Item 13. Refer to REP 91.3. HM wiper align-
ment is good
RAP Y N
91-574-00 The head maintenance (HM) wiper did not reach position on time. Install a new HM wiper, PL 91.15 Item 13.
91-576-00 The head maintenance (HM) wiper was not in the expected vertical position. Check the position and tension of the horizontal drive cable, PL 91.15 Item 16 and HM belt, PL
91.15 Item 2. Position and tension are good.
91-598-00 The head maintenance (HM) horizontal motion motor stalled. Y N
NOTE: Invalid move errors are typically the result of mechanisms being moved manually Horizontal drive cable, PL 91.15 Item 16
instead of under machine control.
HM belt, PL 91.15 Item 2
Initial Actions
Check the HM drive pulley, PL 91.15 Item 18 and HM idler pulley, PL 91.15 Item 19. Drive
WARNING and idler pulleys are good.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. HM drive pulley, PL 91.15 Item 18
CAUTION HM idler pulley, PL 91.15 Item 19
Do not handle or attempt to clean the wiper blade. Wiper blade contamination can damage the
printheads. Check the horizontal drive paddle, PL 91.15 Item 5, for proper travel. Paddle travel is good.
CAUTION Y N
Install new horizontal drive paddle, PL 91.15 Item 5.
Enter dC965 Printhead Maintenance Cycle Test. Test horizontal motion. Observe HM Wiper
CAUTION
motion. The HM Wiper moves smoothly.
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir Y N
located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination Clean the wiper drive components and retest.
could also occur. Install new components as necessary:
Check the harness leading to the horizontal wiper motor. HM wiper, PL 91.15 Item 13.
Check for damage or debris that restricts horizontal motion. HM horizontal motion motor, PL 91.15 Item 15.
Switch off, then switch on the machine. Horizontal drive cable, PL 91.15 Item 16.
Procedure Check the area surrounding the wiper assembly and umbilicals for wiring damage or obstruc-
tions that prevent HM Wiper movement. The wiring is good.
Cheat the front door interlock. Move the marking unit into the maintenance position, GP 6 to Y N
observe wiper motion. Enter dC330 code 91-025 to run the HM horizontal motion motor,
Install new wiring or repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
MOT91-025, Figure 1. MOT91-025 runs.
Y N Go to WD 9.11. Check all connections:
Refer to:
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. If necessary, install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
HM horizontal motion motor, PL 91.15 Item 15.
Horizontal drive cable, PL 91.15 Item 16.

91-586-00 Quad Wave Amplifier Short RAP
91-586-00 the quad wave amplifier current demand is inconsistent with the expected value.
Procedure
WARNING
CAUTION
could also occur.
CAUTION
Check the ribbon cables connecting the quad wave amp PWB and printheads for abrasions or
possible electrical arc points, PL 92.10. The cables and connectors are good.
Y N
HM horizontal motion Install new components as necessary, PL 92.10.
motor, MOT91-025
Check that the marking unit cooling fan, PL 1.15 Item 23 runs. The fan runs.
Y N
Go to WD 9.4. Check the marking unit cooling fan.
Refer to:
PJ901, Drum Driver PWB.
01E +12V Power Distribution RAP.
Marking unit cooling fan, PL 1.15 Item 23.
Quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3.
Install a new quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3.

91-587-00, 91-588-00 Quad Wave Amplifier Thermal Error 91-607-00, 91-608-00 Printhead to Drum Error RAP
RAP 91-607-00 Head to drum contact. Following printhead replacement, thermal data indicates the
printhead is in contact with the drum. System should reboot into diagnostics mode when this
91-587-00 The quad wave amp PWB is too hot.
fault is detected.
91-588-00 The quad wave amp PWB thermistor reading is invalid. 91-608-00 Head to drum measurement is outside tolerance.
NOTE: The machine runs a proximity check when a new printhead is detected.
Initial Actions
WARNING Procedure
CAUTION death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir CAUTION
located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir
could also occur. located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination
could also occur.
CAUTION
CAUTION
destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle. Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can
NOTE: The eight thermistors are located on the quad wave amp PWB, one for each amplifier. Check installation of the printhead. Check the following:
If any one amplifier overheats, this fault is generated. The AC wiring to the printhead.
Check the wiring harness leading to the marking unit fan and the quad wave amp PWB. The interface ribbon harness to the printhead, refer to REP 91.21.
The two securing screws for the printhead are tight and seated correctly, refer to REP 91.21.
The printhead is installed correctly.
Procedure
Y N
Check that the marking unit cooling fan, PL 1.15 Item 23 runs. The fan runs. Remove the printhead. Check for debris or damage that would prevent the correct print-
Y N head installation.
Go to WD 9.4. Check the marking unit cooling fan. Check the following:.
Refer to: The umbilical is seated in the ball plate, refer to REP 91.31.
The nozzles on the umbilicals are clean.
PJ901, Drum Driver PWB. Ink or debris on the ball plate, refer to REP 91.31.
01E +12V Power Distribution RAP. Ink or debris on the back of the printhead.
01L 0V Distribution RAP The cables are correctly routed on the umbilical, refer to REP 91.31.
Install new components as necessary: Re-install the printhead. Starting with the left screw, alternately tighten each screw 2 or 3
Marking unit cooling fan, PL 1.15 Item 23. turns until each screw is completely tight. Do not overtighten. Switch on the machine
Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. directly into service mode, GP 1. Run dC967 Head to Drum Spacing Check.
NOTE: When a printhead is re-installed into the same location from where it was
Go to WD 9.13. Check the ribbon cable connecting PJ590 on the quad wave amp PWB to
removed, the head to drum spacing check will not run automatically.
PJ101 on the IME controller PWB. Check the ribbon cable for damage, and that it is connected
correctly. Check for continuity through the ribbon cable. The cable and connector are good. Check all connections leading to the printhead. If the error persists, install a new printhead PL
91.20 Item 2.
Y N
Correctly connect the ribbon cable. If necessary, install a new Quad wave amp / IME con- NOTE: Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly, dC625 is only required when:
troller PWB cable, PL 92.10 Item 13. The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced,

A B
91-610-00 to 91-613-00 Printhead Wave Amp Calibration Perform the following check:
Disconnect the video cable and the wave amp cable from the suspect printhead.
Error RAP Refer to Figure 1.
91-610-00 Printhead 1 wave amp calibration error. The resistance between GND and VPP should be 5K ohms or greater
91-611-00 Printhead 2 wave amp calibration error. Perform the same check between GND and VSS.
If the resistance is 4 ohms or less, then the printhead is shorted.
91-612-00 Printhead 3 wave amp calibration error.
The printhead resistances are good.
91-613-00 Printhead 4 wave amp calibration error. Y N
Install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2.
Procedure
WARNING Check the cable between the IME controller PWB and quad wave amp PWB for damage.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Install new cable as necessary, PL 92.10 Item 13.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3.
CAUTION IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can Printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2.
CAUTION Install new components as necessary:
could also occur.
CAUTION
The video cable (striped and labeled A, PL 92.10 Item 7) and the wave amp cable (white and
to the printhead and IME controller PWB will occur if the cables are installed incorrectly.
All 4 fault codes are recorded in the fault history, dC122.

Y N
Go to WD 9.13, WD 9.20, WD 9.21.
Check for damage to the video cable (striped and labeled A) and the wave amp cable
(white and labeled B) connecting each printhead to the quad wave amp PWB.
Reseat the video cable and the wave amp cable on the printhead connectors PJ101 and
PJ301. The wiring is good.
Y N
Install new cables as necessary:
Video cable, PL 92.10 Item 7.
Wave amp cable, PL 92.10 Item 8.
Go to WD 9.13, WD 9.20 and WD 9.21.

Check and reseat all connections on the IME controller PWB and quad wave amp PWB
PJ201 and PJ301, PJ902 and PJ904, IME Controller PWB.
PJ110, PJ150, PJ930 and PJ970, Quad wave amp PWB.
The cables are good.
Y N
Install new cables as necessary:
Video cable, PL 92.10 Item 7.
Wave amp cable, PL 92.10 Item 8.
Figure 1 Printhead PWB
A B
91-614-00 to 91-617-00 Printhead Data Error RAP 91-630-00 IOD Scan Process Failure RAP
91-614-00 Printhead 1 field data corrupt. 91-630-00 The IOD scan process has failed.
91-615-00 Printhead 2 field data corrupt.
The IOD scans a target on the drum to optimize print quality and to check for missing jets. Dur-
91-616-00 Printhead 3 field data corrupt. ing this scanning process, the drum with the target on it moves over the stationary scan bar of
the IOD. The image is scanned multiple times. Each scan is initiated by a signal from the drum
91-617-00 Printhead 4 field data corrupt.
encoder. If a lower than expected number of scans is encountered, this fault is raised.
Initial Actions
CAUTION death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir WARNING
could also occur.
Check the harness and the plug connections to the drum drive motor and the drum position
CAUTION
encoder.
Check the harness leading to the indicated printhead.
Procedure
Check for damage to surrounding harnesses. Go to dC122 Fault History and dC123 PEST Fault History. Check for drum drive faults occur-
ring at the same time as the current 91-630 fault. A drum drive related fault was declared.
Procedure Y N
All 4 fault codes are recorded in the fault history, dC122. Refer to WD 1.1 and WD 9.1. Check the drum drive motor and the drum position encoder.
Y N Install the following components in the listed order. After the installation of each compo-
Enter dC972 and run the Printhead Uniformity test. The test completes successfully. nent perform the dC971 routine, then check for the 91-630-00 fault. Continue with compo-
Y N nent installation until the 91-630-00 fault is cleared, then go to SCP 5 Final actions.
Go to WD 9.5, WD 9.6, WD 9.7, WD 9.20 and WD 9.21. Check all connections: 1. Install a new drum position encoder assembly, PL 94.20 Item 8.
PJ101, Printhead PWB.
2. Install a new drum belt, PL 94.20 Item 2. Clean the drum drive pulley with IPA.
PJ201, PJ301, PJ902, PJ904, IME Controller PWB.
3. Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
4. Install a new drum drive motor, PL 94.20 Item 6.
Printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2.
If the fault is still present then install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or loose connectors. Repair the
wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
Check the system grounding, refer to GP 7. The system grounding is good.
When all faults are cleared, go to SCP 5 Final actions.
Y N
Correct any system grounding issues, GP 7, then retest.
Refer to the appropriate RAP and follow the procedure to rectify any other fault. After complet-
Check the ribbon cables from the IME controller PWB for abrasions. Install a new ribbon ing the RAP perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment adjust. Follow the on screen instructions
and run the routine. If a 91-630-00 fault occurs then return to the start of this procedure. If the
cable, PL 92.10 as necessary. If the error persists, install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item
fault is cleared then go to SCP 5 Final actions.
2.

91-631-00 IOD Dark Adjust Failure RAP
91-631-00 The IOD dark adjust failed.
Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not connect the harness to the IOD PWB with the machine powered on. Damage to the IOD
sensor may result.
Check for damage or debris that restricts IOD movement.
Procedure
CAUTION 12 pin flex cable.
CAUTION
Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment. Go to dC122 Fault History. Check for
another occurrence of fault 91-631. The fault reoccurred.
Y N
The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or loose connectors. Repair the
wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Install new components as necessary: Figure 1 Component location
Go to WD 9.1 and WD 9.22. Check the cable between PJ101 on the Drum Driver PWB and
PJ1 on the IOD Pre Amplifier PWB. The connections and cable are good.
Y N
Correct the cable and connections. Install new components as necessary:
IOD to drum driver PWB cable, PL 94.15 Item 5.
Remove the IOD assembly, PL 94.15 Item 1. Check that the 12 pin flex cable is connected at
the sensor, Figure 1. Handle the flex cable only in the area of the blue backer and hold the fold
closed. If the connections are good then install a new IOD assembly, PL 94.15 Item 1. The
fault is cleared.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final actions

91-636-00 IOD in Degraded Mode RAP 3. If the routine is found to be in degraded mode. Refer to Table 2 and perform the actions
as required.
91-636-00 The machines print quality maintenance software periodically runs corrective proce-
4. Check and clear all related faults listed in dC122 by using the appropriate RAP to return
dures to maintain output quality. This error indicates that these procedures are suspended due
the status to optimal.
to unrecoverable errors.
NOTE: The optimal value for all settings is 0.
This procedure describes how to return a machine to normal operation from fault tolerant
mode, also known as IOD degraded mode. Fault tolerant mode is indicated by the fault code 5. When the routine is returned to optimal, recheck the current status values of the other
91-636-00 or by the service code displayed on the UI, refer to the OF 12 Service Code RAP. routines.
6. Repeat this procedure (1 through to 5) until all the routines report a NVM status value of
Initial Actions 0.
Check the PEST error log (dC123) for component failures.
Table 1 Print Quality Management Status Check
Check service code displayed on the machine information UI, refer to OF 12.
NVM NVM NVM Manual
Check the fault history (dC122) to verify fault tolerant mode.
Adjustment Routine Chain Link Settings Procedure Comment
Check that the EPC memory PWB is installed and seated correctly, PL 3.11 Item 21.
Head to Head Align- 490 019 0-4 dC971 Manual and Automatic
ment Adjustment Refer to dC131 for NVM set-
Procedure tings
WARNING Drum Runout Calibra- 492 069 0 or 1 dC977 Refer to dC131 for NVM set-
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do tion tings
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Printhead Uniformity 490 008 0-4 dC972 Manual and Automatic
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Option 3 Refer to dC131 for NVM set-
If the IOD sensor detects an imaging problem, one or more attempts are made to correct the tings
error. If the machine is unable to self-correct specific imaging errors, it suspends operation of TRC Generation 490 011 0-4 dC972 Refer to dC131 for NVM set-
one or more of these normal print-quality adjustment routines. Refer to Table 1. Option 4 tings
Y-dot position 490 005 0-4 dC972 Manual and Automatic
1. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write and check the status of each routine by entering the NVM
Option 5 Refer to dC131 for NVM set-
chain-link listed in Table 1.
tings
2. Check if the routine is in degraded state by checking the status value in dC131 NVM
Read/Write with the value in Table 2.
Table 2 Routine Status Value and Description

NVM
Status IOD Do not manually write
Adjustment Routines Value NVM Description Degraded Actions status value to NVM
dC971 Head to Head 0 Optimal No No Do not write
Alignment
dC971 Head to Head 1 Non-Optimal no Run the routine Do not write
Alignment
dC971 Head to Head 2 Auto Disabled Yes Run the routine Do not write
Alignment
dC971 Head to Head 3 Manually Disabled Yes Set status to 4 to Manually Enabled and run the routine -
Alignment
dC971 Head to Head 4 Manually Enabled No Run the routine -
Alignment
dC977 Drum Runout 0 Optimal No No Do not write
dC977 Drum Runout 1 Non-Optimal Yes Run the routine Do not write

Table 2 Routine Status Value and Description
NVM
Status IOD Do not manually write
Adjustment Routines Value NVM Description Degraded Actions status value to NVM
dC972 Printhead Unifor- 0 Optimal No No Do not write
mity
dC972 Printhead Unifor- 1 Non-Optimal No No Do not write
mity
dC972 Printhead Unifor- 2 Auto Disabled Yes Run the dC972 in automatic mode to calibrate the printer unifor- Do not write
mity mity. Fix issues that prevent successful completion. If the print
quality is unacceptable, then run the following:
1. Run option 3 in Manual
3. Run option 5 for high quality calibration.
dC972 Printhead Unifor- 3 Manually Disabled Yes Set status to 4 to Manually Enabled -
mity Run the dC972 in automatic mode to calibrate the printer unifor-
mity. Fix issues that prevent successful completion. If the print
3. Run option 5 for high quality calibration.
dC972 Printhead Unifor- 4 Manually Enabled Yes Run the dC972 in automatic mode to calibrate the printer unifor- -
mity mity. Fix issues that prevent successful completion. If the print
3. Run option 5 for high quality calibrate.
TRC Generation 0 Optimal No No Do not write
TRC Generation 1 Non-Optimal Yes Run dC972 option 4. Do not write
TRC Generation 2 Auto Disabled Yes Run dC972 option 4. Do not write
TRC Generation 3 Manually Disabled Yes Set status to 4 to Manually Enable and run dC972 option 4. -
TRC Generation 4 Manually Enabled Yes Run dC972 option 4. -
Y-dot Position Correction 0 Optmal No No Do not write
Y-dot Position Correction 1 Non-Optimal Yes Run dC972 option 5. Do not write
Y-dot Position Correction 2 Auto Disabled Yes Run dC972 option 5. Do not write
Y-dot Position Correction 3 Manually Disabled Yes Set status to 4 to Manually Enabled and run dC972 option 5. -
Y-dot Position Correction 4 Manually Enabled Yes Run dC972 option 5. -
The NVM descriptions are explained below. Auto Disabled state refers to when the routine was executed and failed more than a spec-
Optimal means that the calibration firmware has successfully optimized the Print Quality ified number of retries. See Table 3 for maximum number of retries for each routine before
related to the routine executed. it is automatically disabled.
Non-Optimal state indicates that the calibration firmware has not yet had a chance to exe- If manually disabled, both automatic and manual executions are blocked. To clear manu-
cute the related Print Quality routine. Non-Optimal state also indicates that the routine ally disabled, set the manually enabled flag by using the NVM value of 4 (use the speci-
could have run with failures, but not reached Auto disabled state. Execute the routine fied tools NVM chain and link). When manually enabled, the tool will transition to non-
manually and check dC122 for associated fault reports. optimal state and the memories of all failure counters associated with the tool are cleared.

Only Manually Enabled and Manually Disabled NVM Status values (3 and 4) are to be 91-637-00 Drum Runout Calibration Needed RAP
written to NVM. DO NOT write any other Status value (0, 1 or 2) to NVM.
91-637-00 The drum runout table in NVM dC301 was reset. This fault clears when the drum
runout (also known as Y runout) diagnostic routine is manually run, and the values are properly
set in NVM. This fault can be caused by corruption of the NVM, a calibration error during the
Table 3 Consecutive Failures drum runout routine or encoder problems.
Maximum number
NVM NVM of retries before Initial Actions
Adjustment Routine Chain Link disabling Comment
Check the fault history and service codes (refer to OF 12) for fault codes 94-534-00, 94-547-00
Head to Head Align- - - 2 Maximum of 2 retries before and 94-555-00. If the fault codes are present then go to the appropriate RAP before proceed-
ment Adjust disable. ing with this RAP.
Not in NVM. Reset at reboot
Drum Runout - - 0 Not in the NVM. Routine can Procedure
only be executed manually.
WARNING
Head to Head Unifor- 490 004 3 Maximum number of 3 retries
mity before disable. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
TRC Generation 0 Routine can only be executed
manually.
CAUTION
Y-dot position Correc- 490 010 3 Maximum of 3 retries before
tion disable.
Run dC971 to perform a complete alignment of all the printheads.
From dC612, run the TP 16 Stitch Identification Test Pages. Examine the horizontal lines print,
also used to evaluate Y stitch, to determine if runout correction is incorrect. Drum runout cali-
bration is needed.
Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final actions.
Enter dC977 to re-calibrate the drum runout values. The drum runout completes without
error.
Y N
1. Perform the RAP associated with the error code received during the drum runout
calibration.
2. Go to WD 9.1 and WD 9.22. Check the IOD sensor, part of the IOD assembly, PL
94.15 Item 1. Refer to:
PJ1, IOD Pre Amplifier PWB.
01D +5V Power Distribution RAP
Enter dC612 and make Y runout prints and examine. The prints are good (no runout).
Y N
Drum position encoder assembly, PL 94.20 Item 8.
CAUTION
Do not connect the harness to the IOD PWB J1 with the machine powered on. Damage to the
IOD Sensor may result.

CAUTION 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP
Do not disconnect and reconnect the flex cables at the IOD PWB. The flex cables are easily 91-638-00 The IOD has detected chronic jets.
Observe the IOD sensor, wait for the IOD sensor to be initialized. The IOD sensor runs to all Also use this RAP to recover weak, sputtering or missing jets not detected by the IOD.
positions without unusual noise. Initial Actions
Y N
Perform the actions that follow: WARNING
Switch off the machine, GP 14. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Inspect the harness connection PJ101 on the drum driver PWB. Ensure the harness not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
is correctly connected and there are no broken wires. Repair the wiring as neces-
sary, REP 1.1. Install new components as necessary. Enter the customer administration tools, GP 5. On the Tools tab select Troubleshooting then
Automatic Light Lines Fix. Set Quick Fix to On. Set Full Fix to Eco Fix.
Inspect the harness connection to PJ1 IOD Pre-Amplifier PWB. Ensure the harness
is correctly connected and there are no broken wires. Repair the wiring as neces-
NOTE: Ensure that the customers Automatic Light Lines and Full Fix settings are restored to
sary, REP 1.1. Install new components as necessary:
the original settings when the fault has been corrected.
Go to WD 9.22. Check MOT91-043, refer to:
GP 10 How to Check A Motor NOTE: By setting Quick Fix to On, except for service jet test pages (executed via dC968) all
images will use jet substitution.
01L 0V Distribution RAP Procedure
Remove the IOD assembly, REP 91.22. Inspect the IOD assembly for debris.
NOTE: Before printing TP 20 or TP 21, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded
Remove any debris that may be in the gear train, then re-install the IOD assembly. If
no obvious problems are found by inspection, install a new IOD assembly, PL 94.15 long edge feed into tray 4. Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched
paper.
Item 1.
Switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault still exists. Fault code 91-638 is displayed in the fault history, dC122.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final actions. Print the service Jet Test Pages, TP 21. There are more than 21 chronic or masked
jets.
Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. Y N
A chronic jet is less than 10 jets from another chronic or masked jet.
Perform SCP 5 Final actions. Y N
Mask the chronic jet, GP 30 How to Mask Jets / Jet Substitution.
Go to Procedure A.
Go to Procedure A.
Go to Procedure A.
Procedure A
Procedure
Print five copies of TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages. The missing jet is visible
on both solids and dithers.
Y N
Go to IQ 9 Line Deletions in the Process Direction RAP. Perform the Missing Jet Check-
out.
Empty the waste tray. Perform dC968 Head Purge and dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjust-
ment on the faulty heads up to three times. After each purge / alignment cycle, print five copies
of TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test pages. The test pages are good.
Y N
Remove the waste tray and check that ink is present. Ink is present.
A
A
Y N 91-660-00 to 91-663-00, 91-820-00 to 91-823-00 Printhead
An empty waste tray can indicate a problem with the purge system. Refer to 93-549-
00 to 93-552-00 and 93-557-00 to 93-560-00 Printheads 1 and 3 Printhead Reser- Link Error RAP
voir Fill Error RAP or 93-553-00 to 93-556-00 and 93-561-00 to 93-564-00 Print- 91-660-00 Printhead 1 link broken.
heads 2 and 4 Printhead Reservoir Fill Error RAP.
91-661-00 Printhead 2 link broken.
Print print five copies at A3 (11x17) or 10 copies at A4 (8.5x11) of TP 10 Solid Fill Test
Pages (refer to TP 2 to TP 10). Print five copies of TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test 91-662-00 Printhead 3 link broken.
Pages. Perform dC968 Head Purge. Print TP 21 Service Jet Test Pages. There are
more than 21 chronic or masked jets. 91-663-00 Printhead 4 link broken.
Y N
A chronic jet is less than 10 jets from another chronic or masked jet. 91-820-00 Printhead 1 link error.
Y N
Mask the chronic jet, GP 30 How to Mask Jets / Jet Substitution. 91-821-00 Printhead 2 link error.
Perform Procedure B. 91-822-00 Printhead 3 link error.
Perform Procedure B. 91-823-00 Printhead 4 link error.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Procedure

Procedure B WARNING
Procedure Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Perform dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser Self Test. The self test was successful. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Go to the 91-519-00 to 91-522-00, 91-655-00 to 91-658-00, 91-683-00 to 91-690-00, 91-807 to
91-811-00 Printhead NVM Read or Write Error RAP.
Print TP 20 Oil Bar Chase and Metering Blade Timing Test Pages. Evaluate the oil bar chase
page only. Test page is good.
Y N
Go to the IQ 21 Oil on Output RAP.
Perform dC965 Printhead Maintenance Cycle test. Observe wiper motion during the test. Look
for erratic wiper motion that may indicate wiper chatter or a motor failure. The wiper moves
smoothly across the printhead.
Y N
Check the printhead maintenance wiper assembly. Refer to:
91-572-00, 91-573-00, 91-575-00 Wiper Vertical Error RAP.
91-574-00, 91-576-00, 91-598-00 Wiper Horizontal Error RAP.
Print five copies of TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages. The test pages are good.
Y N
Perform dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 6 Reset Head Uniformity Data. Select the
faulty printheads. Print five copies of TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages. The
test pages are good.
Y N
Install new printheads as necessary, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2.
Perform dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 1 Printhead Uniformity. Select all printheads.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-387 91-638-00, 91-660-00 to 91-663-00, 91-820-00 to 91-
91-669-00 Excessive Skew RAP 91-670-00 Scanned Image Out of Sequence RAP
91-669-00 The scanned image has too much skew to process. 91-670-00 The expected image did not match the scanned image.

WARNING WARNING
Check the CVT glass for contamination, if necessary clean the glass. Refer to ADJ 62.1 Load the test patterns correctly in the DADH, refer to dC972 Print Head Uniformity. Refer to the
Optics Cleaning Procedure. illustrations in Option 3 Manual and Option 4 Manual.
Check the DADH operation.
Check the media path for debris or wear.
Check the media and the media settings.
Procedure
Remove the documents from the DADH. Perform dC608 DADH Registration and dC609 Docu-
ment Glass Registration.
Check the document guides on the DADH. Make sure that they are correctly adjusted to the
document size. Re-scan the test patterns. The fault remains.
Y N
Perform dC972 Print Head Uniformity.
Go to IQ 10 Margin, Mis-registration or Skew RAP.

91-671-00 Fiducials Not Found RAP 91-672-00 Missing Jets RAP
91-671-00 The test pattern fiducials (on/off line pattern) for jet alignment could not be found. 91-672-00 Too many missing jets were detected to perform the operation.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Perform the following: This fault is only raised when running a head calibration service diagnostics routine. The fault
1. Check the CVT glass for contamination, if necessary clean the glass. Refer to ADJ 62.1 indicates that there are too many missing jets Go to 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error
Optics Cleaning Procedure. RAP.
2. Remove the documents from the DADH. Perform dC608 DADH Registration and dC609
Document Glass Registration
3. Load the test patterns correctly in the DADH, refer to dC972 Print Head Uniformity. Refer
to the illustrations in Option 3 Manual and Option 4 Manual.
4. Check the contrast and print quality of the fiducials and the horizontal line above the fidu-
cials, Figure 1. If the print quality is poor, go to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP. Perform the
procedure for Deletions in the process direction.
Horizontal line
Fiducials
Figure 1 Fiducials

91-673-00 Floating Point Error RAP 91-674-00 to 91-677-00, 91-812-00 to 91-815-00 Printhead
91-673-00 The machine has detected a floating point calculation error. Adjustment Error RAP
91-674-00 The required voltage or normal adjustment exceeds the maximum on printhead 1.
Procedure
WARNING 91-675-00 The required voltage or normal adjustment exceeds the maximum on printhead 2.
1. Clean the DADH, ADJ 5.4.
2. Clean the optics ADJ 62.1. NOTE: Faults 91-674-00 to 91-677-00 are raised when a manual dC972 option 3 Head to
3. Perform dC608 Document Feeder Registration. Head Uniformity is performed and an unusually large adjustment is calculated. The routine will
4. Perform the 91-669-00 Excessive Skew RAP. abort without saving changes.
5. Perform the 91-671-00 Fiducials Not Found RAP. 91-812-00 The required voltage adjustment exceeds the maximum on printhead 1.
91-813-00 The required voltage adjustment exceeds the maximum on printhead 2.
NOTE: Faults 91-812-00 to 91-815-00 are raised when an automatic dC972 option 3 Head to
Head Uniformity is performed and errors are detected. The routine will abort without saving
changes.
Procedure
WARNING
Check the test pattern (TP 1) that was printed for evidence of colour mixing or wrong colours. If
necessary, the test pattern can be printed from dC972, option 3 Head to Head Uniformity.
Colour mixing or wrong colours are evident.
Y N
The best quality, bright white plain paper available must be used for the manual uniformity
calibration, go to dC972 Printhead Uniformity and refer to Media Requirements.
NOTE: Automatic uniformity has no specific media requirements.
The correct media is used.

Y N
Load the correct media, then perform the following dC972 routines:
1. Option 3 Head to Head Uniformity - manual.
2. Option 4 TRC Generation - manual.
3. Option 5 Y Dot Position Correction, select all heads.
Perform the following dC972 routines:

1. Option 6 Reset Head Uniformity Data.
A
91-673-00, 91-674-00 to 91-677-00, 91-812-00 to 91- 2-390 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
The fault remains. 91-678-00 to 91-681-00, 91-816-00 to 91-819-00, 91-961-00
Y N
Perform the following dC972 routines: to 91-964-00, Printhead Convergence Adjustment Error
1. Option 4 TRC Generation - manual. RAP
2. Option 5 Y Dot Position Correction, select all heads. 91-678-00 Voltage and/or norm adjustment can not bring printhead 1 into tolerance.
Install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2. 91-679-00 Voltage and/or norm adjustment can not bring printhead 2 into tolerance.
Perform the relevant procedure: 91-680-00 Voltage and/or norm adjustment can not bring printhead 3 into tolerance.
IQ 14 Some Colours Uneven RAP.
91-681-00 Voltage and/or norm adjustment can not bring printhead 4 into tolerance.
IQ 15 Wrong Colour RAP.
When the image quality fault is corrected, perform the following dC972 routines: NOTE: Faults 91-678-00 to 91-681-00 are raised when a manual dC972 option 3 Head to
1. Option 3 Head to Head Uniformity - manual. Head Uniformity is performed and errors are detected. The machine will complete the routine
2. Option 4 TRC Generation - manual. but may have an image quality defect.
3. Option 5 Y Dot Position Correction, select all heads. 91-816-00 Voltage adjustment can not bring printhead 1 into tolerance.
91-817-00 Voltage adjustment can not bring printhead 2 into tolerance.
91-961-00 IOD CLD Adjust measurement did not converge for head 1.
NOTE: Faults 91-816-00 to 91-819-00 and 91-961-00 to 91-964-00 are raised when an auto-
matic dC972 option 3 Head to Head Uniformity is performed and errors are detected. The rou-
tine will abort without saving changes.
Procedure
WARNING
Image quality is good.
Y N
Y N
The best quality, bright white plain paper available must be used for the manual uni-
formity calibration, go to dC972 Printhead Uniformity and refer to Media Require-
ments.
A B

A B
NOTE: Automatic uniformity has no specific media requirements. 91-682-00 Ambient Thermistor Error RAP
The correct media is used. 91-682-00 The ambient thermistor reading is invalid.
Y N
Load the correct media, then perform the following dC972 routines: This fault is raised if the ADC reading for the ambient thermistor is not within the range of a
1. Option 3 Head to Head Uniformity - manual. valid temperature reading. The fault is not a fatal error and the operation of the printer will con-
tinue if this fault is reported.
3. Option 5 Y Dot Position Correction, select all heads. The ambient thermistor is used to determine the marking unit fan speed that is needed to effec-
tively cool the wave amps. If the ambient thermistor is not operational the wave amp will still be
cooled by the fan but possibly not as efficiently.
2. Option 3 Head to Head Uniformity - manual. Procedure
The fault remains. WARNING
Y N
Perform the following dC972 routines: Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
The ambient thermistor is mounted on the Marking Unit Driver PWB and if this thermistor goes
open or short circuit it would be necessary to replace the PWB.
Perform the Final Checkout. If this fault occurs, install a new Marking Unit Driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Perform the relevant procedure:

When the image quality fault is corrected, perform the following dC972 routines:
If the fault remains, perform the Final Checkout.

If the fault remains, perform the Final Checkout.
Final Checkout
Go to WD 6.2. Check the wiring between the LED exposure lamps and PJ926 on the Scanner
PWB. Install new components as necessary:
LED exposure lamp, PL 62.15 Item 2.
Printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2.

91-698-00, 91-699-00, 91-706-00, 91-712-00, 91-718-00, 91- Procedure
720-00, 91-729-00, 91-730-00, 91-732-00 IOD Excessive NOTE: The LED on upper (master) printhead PWB indicates the presence of +3.3V.
Head Misalignment RAP Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment. The adjustment completed success-
91-698-00 IOD excessive stitch or roll misalignment. fully.
Y N
91-699-00 IOD stitch / roll motors not zeroed. Check the fault history, dC122. A new fault code is listed.
Y N
91-706-00 The IOD detects printhead 1 Y axis is at the limit of travel. Perform dC914 Head to Head Alignment Test. Follow the instructions to run the fol-
lowing motors:
91-712-00 The IOD detects printhead 2 Y-axis is at the limit of travel. Printhead stitch adjust motor 2 (upper stitch motor), PL 91.20 Item 4, (MOT91-
030)
91-718-00 The IOD detects printhead 4 X-axis is at the limit of travel. Printhead stitch adjust motor 1 (lower stitch motor), PL 91.25 Item 4, (MOT91-
029)
91-720-00 The IOD detects printhead 4 Y axis is at the limit of travel. CAUTION
Do not repeatedly operate a roll motor. Repeated operation of a roll motor can over-
91-729-00 The IOD target Y-position out of range.
heat and damage the motor.
91-730-00 The IOD target Y-position out of far range. Printhead roll adjust motor 2, PL 91.20 Item 4, (MOT91-026)
Printhead roll adjust motor 4, PL 91.20 Item 4, (MOT91-028)
91-732-00 The IOD detects printhead 3 Y axis is at the limit of travel. Printhead roll adjust motor 1, PL 91.25 Item 4, (MOT91-024)
Printhead roll adjust motor 3, PL 91.25 Item 4, (MOT91-027)
Initial Actions X-axis drive motor upper (upper carriage motor), PL 91.20 Item 5, (MOT91-
WARNING 033)
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do X-axis drive motor lower (lower carriage motor), PL 91.25 Item 5, (MOT91-034)
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause MOT91-030 runs and printhead 2 moves left or right.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Y N
CAUTION Perform the following:
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir 1. Refer to WD 9.9, check MOT91-030.
located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination Check the wiring between PJ102 on the marking unit driver PWB and
could also occur. MOT91-030.
CAUTION Refer to:
Do not tilt the printhead excessively while warm. If possible, allow adequate time for the ink to GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
solidify before removing the printhead. Once removed, rest the printhead on the screws that
secure the lower (slave) circuit board.
CAUTION
labeled B, PL 92.10 Item 8) should not be interchanged at the printhead connectors. Damage Install new components as necessary.
to the printhead and IME controller PWB will occur if the cables are installed incorrectly. Printhead stitch adjust motor 2, PL 91.20 Item 4.
CAUTION Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can 2. Check the MOT91-030 lead screw, PL 91.20 Item 21 for cracks. If neces-
destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle. sary, install a new lead screw.
Check the wiring harnesses leading to carriage drive and sensing components. Focus on
areas above and behind the umbilicals. MOT91-029 runs and printhead 1 moves left or right.
Y N
Check for damage or debris that restricts carriage movement. Perform the following:
1. Refer to WD 9.10, check MOT91-029.
Check the wiring between PJ303 on the marking unit driver PWB and
MOT91-029.
A B C

A B C A B
Refer to: Y N
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Perform the following:
01H +24V Power Distribution RAP. 1. Refer to WD 9.10, check MOT91-024.
01J +50V Power Distribution RAP. Check the wiring between PJ303 on the marking unit driver PWB and
MOT91-024.
Refer to:
2. Check the MOT91-029 lead screw, PL 91.25 Item 21 for cracks. If neces-
sary, install a new lead screw. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
MOT91-026 runs and printhead 2 moves up or down. Printhead roll adjust motor 1, PL 91.25 Item 4.
Y N
1. Refer to WD 9.9 check MOT91-026.
sary, install a new lead screw.
MOT91-026. MOT91-027 runs and printhead 3 moves up or down.
Refer to: Y N
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Perform the following:
01H +24V Power Distribution RAP. 1. Refer to WD 9.10, check MOT91-027.
01J +50V Power Distribution RAP. Check the wiring between PJ303 on the marking unit driver PWB and
MOT91-027.
Refer to:
Printhead roll adjust motor 2, PL 91.20 Item 4.
sary, install a new lead screw. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
MOT91-028 runs and printhead 4 moves up or down. Printhead roll adjust motor 3, PL 91.25 Item 4.
Y N
1. Refer to WD 9.9, check MOT91-028.
MOT91-028. MOT91-033 runs and the upper carriage moves left or right.
Refer to: Y N
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Refer to WD 9.9, check MOT91-033.
Check the wiring between PJ102 on the marking unit driver PWB and MOT91-
033.
01J +50V Power Distribution RAP. Refer to:
01L 0V Distribution RAP. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
Install new components as necessary. 01H +24V Power Distribution RAP.
Printhead roll adjust motor 4, PL 91.20 Item 4. 01J +50V Power Distribution RAP.
Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. 01L 0V Distribution RAP.
2. Check the MOT91-028 lead screw, PL 91.20 Item 21 for cracks. If neces- Install new components as necessary.
X-axis drive motor upper, PL 91.20 Item 5.
MOT91-024 runs and printhead 1 moves up or down. Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
A B A B D
A B D
MOT91-034 runs and the lower carriage moves left or right. 91-721-00, 91-722-00, 91-735-00, 91-736-00 IOD
Y N
Refer to WD 9.11, check MOT91-034. Contamination Error RAP
Check the wiring between PJ303 on the marking unit driver PWB and MOT91- 91-721-00 IOD calibration.
034.
Refer to: 91-722-00 IOD calibration 2D.
01H +24V Power Distribution RAP. 91-735-00 IOD non-static scanbar artifact.
91-736-00 IOD static scanbar artifact.
Install new components as necessary. Procedure
X-axis drive motor lower, PL 91.25 Item 5.
WARNING
1. Inspect the docking pins and docking surfaces for debris that could prevent the
carriage from fully docking. Clean the docking pins and surfaces as necessary, WARNING
GP 27. Take care during this procedure. The drum will become hot during normal operation.
2. Move the marking unit back into the operational position, refer to GP 6. CAUTION
3. Observe the carriage as it moves into the docked position. Do not connect the harness to the IOD PWB with the machine powered on. This may damage
To do this enter the Diagnostic tab and select dC612 Print Test Patterns. Select the IOD sensor.
TP 16, Stitch Identification Test Pages. The carriage will move into the docked CAUTION
position to enable printing. Use care when working near the drum. The drum can be damaged easily, which will cause
The carriage docks correctly against the drum. print quality defects.
Y N CAUTION
Inspect the marking unit drive system for broken or bound linkages. Install new
components necessary. PL 91.10. damaged. The cable must only be handled in the area of the blue backer.
Perform dC969 Cleaning Ink Smears. Check the prints. The prints are clean.
Check the fault history, dC122.
Y N
If fault codes 91-712-00 and 91-720-00 are listed install a new upper carriage
assembly, PL 91.20 Item 1. Repeat dC969 until the prints are clean.
If fault codes 91-706-00 and 91-732-00 are listed install a new lower carriage assem-
Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment. The routine completes successfully.
bly, PL 91.25 Item 1.
If the fault is intermittent. Check the area surrounding the carriage and umbilicals for Y N
Enter dC330 and select 94-009 Drum Drive Slew Speed. Select start and inspect the
wiring damage or obstructions. Repair the harness, REP 1.1 as necessary.
drum for contamination as it rotates. The drum is clean.
Go to the appropriate RAP. Y N
Clean the drum, GP 27.
Enter dC612 and print TP 16, Stitch Identification Test Pages and check that the print quality is
good. Clean the IOD, GP 27.
Check the wire routing under the IOD for abrasions. Repair the harness, REP 1.1 as neces-
sary. If the fault remains, install new components as necessary:

A
91-725-00 to 91-728-00, 91-945-00 to 91-948-00, IOD Bad If the head purge does not correct the missing jets, go to 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic
Jet Error RAP.
Target Scan RAP
91-725-00 IOD target. Perform dC969 Clean Ink Smears. Check the prints. The prints are clean.
Y N
91-726-00 IOD target missing. Repeat dC969 until the prints are clean.
91-727-00 IOD target corrupted. Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment. The routine completes successfully.
Y N
91-728-00 IOD target missing or corrupted. Clean the IOD, GP 27.
Open the stripper blade, GP 31 and check for contamination. If the blade is contami-
91-945-00 IOD Invalid CLD row measurement avg on head 1. nated, install a new stripper blade, PL 10.12 Item 3
Check for components that could be rubbing on the drum. Correct as required.
91-946-00 IOD Invalid CLD row measurement avg on head 2.
Enter dC330 code 94-009 Drum Drive Slew speed. Select start and inspect the drum for con-
91-947-00 IOD Invalid CLD row measurement avg on head 3. tamination as it rotates. The drum is clean.
Y N
91-948-00 IOD Invalid CLD row measurement avg on head 4.
Clean the drum, GP 27.
Initial Actions Perform SCP 5 Final Actions

WARNING If the fault is intermittent. Check the harness under the IOD for abrasions. Repair the harness,
REP 1.1 as necessary.
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not connect the harness to the IOD PWB with the machine powered on. This may damage
the IOD sensor.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Procedure
NOTE: Before printing the jet test page, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x11 inch plain paper is loaded
LEF into tray 4. Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched paper.
Select dC968 Head Purge. Select Print Jet Test Pages. Check the prints for missing jets, refer
to IQ 1. The prints are good.
Y N
Perform dC968 Head Purge.
A
91-725-00 to 91-728-00, 91-945-00 to 91-948-00, 2-396 ColorQube 9303 Family
91-824-00 PQM Insufficient Ink RAP 91-825-00 PQM Insufficient Paper RAP
91-824-00 The machine has insufficient ink to perform the print quality maintenance routine. 91-825-00 The machine has insufficient paper to perform the print quality maintenance routine.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Load additional ink. 1. Load additional media into the relevant tray.
2. If the fault remains, go to the 93-871-00 to 93-874-00 Ink Level Sense Error RAP. 2. If the fault remains, go to the 73A Tray 3 Out of Paper RAP.

91-826-00 PQM Insufficient Jets RAP 91-827-00 PQM Align Needed RAP
91-826-00 Insufficient jets are available to perform the print quality maintenance routine. 91-827-00 A head to head alignment is required before the print quality maintenance routine
can be performed.
Procedure
WARNING Procedure
Go to the 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
The dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment is a prerequisite for the calibration that was
manually requested. The previous attempt may have aborted.

1. Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment - manual.
2. Check the stitch adjust and roll adjust motor lead screws, PL 91.20 Item 21 and PL 91.25
Item 21 for cracks. Install new components as necessary.
3. Enter dC122 Fault History. Check for device faults that prevent completion of the routine.
Go to the appropriate RAP.

91-828-00 PQM Y-Dot Position Needed RAP 91-829-00 PQM Drum Runout Needed RAP
91-828-00 A Y dot position correction is required before the print quality maintenance routine 91-829-00 A drum runout calibration is required before the print quality maintenance routine
can be performed. can be performed.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
The dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 5 Y Dot Position Correction is a prerequisite for the Go to the 91-637-00 Drum Runout Calibration Needed RAP.
calibration that was manually requested. The previous attempt may have aborted.

1. dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 5 Y Dot Position Correction. Select all printheads.

91-830-00 PQM Uniformity Needed RAP 91-831-00 PQM Uniformity Reset Needed RAP
91-830-00 Printhead uniformity is required before the print quality maintenance routine can be 91-831-00 A printhead uniformity reset is required before the print quality maintenance routine
performed. can be performed.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
The dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 3 Head to Head Uniformity is a prerequisite for the cal- The dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 6 Reset Head Uniformity Data is a prerequisite for the
ibration that was manually requested. The previous attempt may have aborted. calibration that was manually requested. The previous attempt may have aborted.

1. Perform dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 3 Head to Head Uniformity. 1. dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 6 Reset Head Uniformity Data. Select all printheads.
2. Enter dC122 Fault History. Check for device faults that prevent completion of the routine. 2. dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 1 Printhead Uniformity - manual and select all print-
Go to the appropriate RAP. heads.

91-832-00 PQM Empty Waste Tray RAP 91-833-00 PQM Cleaning Pages Needed RAP
91-832-00 The waste tray must be emptied before the print quality maintenance routine can be 91-833-00 The cleaning pages requested by the print quality maintenance routine can not be
performed. printed.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
1. Empty the ink waste tray and reset the waste counter. 1. Check that the machine has sufficient ink and A4 or letter size paper loaded.
2. Check that the machine has sufficient ink and A4 or letter size paper loaded. 2. Empty the ink waste tray and reset the waste counter.
3. Check that the machine is in a ready to copy state. If necessary, go to the OF 5 Boot Up
If the message to empty the waste tray or the message Waste Tray not detected (missing). Failure RAP.
Insert the Waste Tray, will not clear. Perform the following steps: 4. If the cleaning pages still fail to print, go to dC968 Head Purge and reprint the cleaning
1. Enter Service mode, GP 1. Select Call Closeout and select Reset Waste Counter. pages.
2. Check that the magnet is still located on the bottom of the waste tray. If necessary install
a new waste tray, PL 91.10 Item 15.
3. Refer to WD 9.4 and check the waste tray sensor and the wiring harness. Install new
Waste tray sensor, PL 91.05 Item 4.

91-834-00 PQM Tool Not Usable RAP 91-835-00 PQM Tool Manually Disabled RAP
91-834-00 The requested print quality maintenance routine is not usable. 91-835-00 A print quality maintenance routine has been manually disabled.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Perform the following: Go to the 91-636-00 IOD in Degraded Mode RAP.
1. Check that the machine has sufficient ink and A4 or letter size paper loaded.
2. Empty the ink waste tray.
3. Check that the machine is in a ready to copy state. If necessary, go to the OF 5 Boot Up
Failure RAP.
4. Enter dC122 Fault History. Check for a new fault code. Go to the appropriate RAP.
5. Re-run the diagnostic routine that failed.

91-836-00 PQM System Busy RAP 91-837-00 PQM Align Calibration Needed RAP
91-836-00 The print quality maintenance system is busy. 91-837-00 PQM align stitch offset out of calibration. A head to head alignment is required
before the print quality maintenance routine can be performed.
Procedure
WARNING Procedure
The system is currently performing a previously requested dC971 Head to Head Alignment or death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
dC968 Head Purge. Wait for the system busy message (on the status lines) to clear and retry The dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment is a prerequisite after heads are changed or if
the aborted calibration. NVRAM reset (Reset All).

1. Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment - manual.
2. Check the stitch adjust and roll adjust motor lead screws, PL 91.20 Item 21 and PL 91.25
Item 21 for cracks. Install new components as necessary.

91-838-00 PQM: CLD Baseline Needed RAP 91-842-00 to 91-845-00 Printhead Nvram Read or Decode
91-838-00 PQM: CLD Baseline Needed. The Closed Loop Drift (CLD) baseline has not been Error RAP
run after installation of new printheads.
91-842-00 Printhead 1 Nvram jet mask section read or decode error.
Procedure 91-843-00 Printhead 2 Nvram jet mask section read or decode error.
WARNING
91-844-00 Printhead 3 Nvram jet mask section read or decode error.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 91-845-00 Printhead 4 Nvram jet mask section read or decode error.
CAUTION
Procedure
located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination WARNING
could also occur. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
CAUTION not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle. This RAP is for information only, no service action is necessary. These fault codes will be auto-
Check that the ribbon cables connecting the relevant printhead to the IME controller PWB are matically cleared by the machine.
correctly and securely connected, and not damaged. Re-seat the ribbon cable as necessary.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Install new ribbon cables as necessary, PL 92.10.
Go to GP 7 to check the system grounding. The system grounding is good.

Y N
Repair any grounding faults found, GP 7.
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault is still present.
Y N
Perform dC972 Head to Head Uniformity - manual. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP
14. The fault remains.
Y N
Go to WD 9.5, WD 9.6, WD 9.7, WD 9.20 and WD 9.21. Check all connections:

PJ101, Printhead PWB.
PJ902, PJ904, PJ201, PJ301, IME Controller PWB.
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1
NOTE: CLD Baseline is automatically and transparently run as part of the Head to Head Uni-
formity routine. This will only occur once after the installation of a printhead.

91-848-00 to 91-851-00 IOD Align Calibration Error RAP 91-852-00 to 91-854-00 Y Dot Position SVD Calculation
91-848-00 IOD align calibration: X stitch measurement limit excessive X stitch was measured RAP
and the align calibration process cannot complete.
91-852-00 PQM: TRC Wait for Ypos SVD Complete.
91-849-00 IOD align calibration: Y stitch measurement limit excessive Y stitch was measured
91-853-00 PQM: Unif Wait for Ypos SVD Complete.
and the align calibration process cannot complete.
91-854-00 PQM: Ydp Wait for Ypos SVD Complete.
91-850-00 IOD align calibration: X offset correction limit align calibration resulted in an X stitch
correction value that is too large.
NOTE: The above codes were designed for tracking background software calibrations that run
during the boot-up of the machine. No service action is required.
91-851-00 IOD align calibration: Y offset correction limit align calibration resulted in an Y stitch
correction value that is too large. Procedure
WARNING
Procedure
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do The above fault codes may initiate if machine activities are requested manually or automati-
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause cally during the calculation process. If the faults are persistent perform the following:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Enter dC122 Fault History. If necessary perform the relevant RAP.
Enter dC612 and print TP 16. Check the stitch identification test pages. A stitch defect is 2. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
present 3. If the fault is still present then re-load the software, GP 4.
Y N
Manually disable the IOD align calibration:

1. Enter dC131 NVM read/write NVM ID 490-41 and change value to 3.
2. Enter dC971 and start the routine.
3. Enter dC612 and print TP 16 and check the identification test pages.
A stitch defect is present
Y N
Manually re-enable the IOD align calibration:

A stitch defect is present
Y N
Go to 91-698-00, 91-699-00, 91-706-00, 91-712-00, 91-718-00, 91-720-00, 91-729-00, 91-

730-00, 91-732-00 IOD Excessive Head Misalignment RAP.
Enter dC612 and print TP 16 Stitch Identification and check that the print quality is good.
If the stitch defect is still present, swap the print heads around to move the artifact to the out-
side of the page.

91-855-00 Thermal Safety Circuit Failure Undetected RAP 91-929-00 to 91-940-00 IOD Jet Position Noise RAP
91-855-00 Thermal Safety Circuit Fail. 91-929-00 IOD excessive Head 1 X position noise.
91-930-00 IOD excessive Head 2 X position noise.
Procedure
91-931-00 IOD excessive Head 3 X position noise.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 91-932-00 IOD excessive Head 4 X position noise.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 91-933-00 IOD excessive Head 1 Y position noise.
91-934-00 IOD excessive Head 2 Y position noise.
CAUTION
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir 91-935-00 IOD excessive Head 3 Y position noise.
located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination 91-936-00 IOD excessive Head 4 Y position noise.
could also occur.
91-937-00 IOD excessive Head 1 roll position noise.
CAUTION
Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can 91-938-00 IOD excessive Head 2 roll position noise.
destroy the printhead. Printheads must only be cleaned by a purge cycle. 91-939-00 IOD excessive Head 3 roll position noise.
The above code will initiate if there was a individual printhead thermal safety circuit failure that
was unidentifiable by the IME controller PWB. 91-940-00 IOD excessive Head 4 roll position noise.
Go to the 91A Printhead Communications RAP. Position measurement errors (position noise) are caused by one or more pixels landing on the
drum surface at a distance that is far from the expected position. This position noise causes
the head to exceed the limits set for the jet position noise.
Initial Actions
WARNING
CAUTION
could also occur.
CAUTION
Do not tilt the printhead excessively while warm. If possible, allow adequate time for the ink to
solidify before removing the printhead. Once removed, rest the printhead on the screws that
secure the lower (slave) circuit board.
CAUTION
to the printhead and IME controller PWB will occur if the cables are installed incorrectly
CAUTION
NOTE: The LED on upper (master) printhead circuit board indicates the presence of +3.3V.
Check in dC122 Fault History and note the last fault code.

Procedure 91-941-00 to 91-944-00 PQM Too Many Purges RAP
Enter dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment. 91-941-00 PQM too many purges head1.
Enter dC122 Fault History and observe the last fault shown. The fault is cleared.
Y N 91-942-00 PQM too many purges head2.
Perform dC968 Head Purge on all 4 Heads.
Enter dC122 Fault History and observe the last fault shown. The fault is cleared. 91-943-00 PQM too many purges head3.
Y N
Perform dC972 Print Head uniformity and run option 5, Y-Dot Position Correction. 91-944-00 PQM too many purges head4.
Enter dC122 Fault History and observe the last fault shown. The fault is cleared.
Y N Initial Actions
Install a new printhead as required:
If the customer has complained that the printing speed of the machine is slow, refer to
Printhead upper carriage, PL 91.20 Item 2.
service bulletin T7536 Troubleshooting Productivity Issues.
Printhead lower carriage, PL 91.25 Item 2.
If the Fault History dC122 shows the fault code 91-638-00 perform the IOD Detects
Chronic Jet Error RAP.
Enter dC612 Print Test Patterns. Select and print TP 16 Stitch Identification and
check that print quality is good. Go to SCP 5 Final Actions.
Procedure
Enter dC612 Print Test Patterns. Select and print TP 16 Stitch Identification and check WARNING
that the print quality is good. Go to SCP 5 Final Actions.
Enter dC612 Print Test Patterns. Select and print TP 16 Stitch Identification and check that
print quality is good. Go to SCP 5 Final Actions.
Go to the eCenterware page for the machine, then download the service log file from the Main-
tenance Assistant tab. This file will list the last 5 power on dates and print counts. The last
five power on dates occurred in the previous two weeks.
Y N
Print the jet test pages from dC968. All jets are present.
Y N
Keep the jet test pages. Go to IQ 9 Deletion in the process Direction RAP.
On each of the jet test pages there is a listing of the jet fix status. Refer to Table 1 for
details of the jet conditions that will result in automatic purges. There are more than 2
jets of 3 or more colours (a total of at least 6 jets) on the same printhead, listed as
either missing or chronic.
Y N
Replace all printheads with listed bad jets, REP 91.29. If no jets are marked as bad,
the machine has recovered, perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Install a new printhead as required:
Upper printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2.
Lower printhead, PL 91.25 Item 2.
Remove the inner cover, PL 81.11 Item 2. Enter dC968, then purge the printhead with
multiple missing jets. Observe the purge routine. Print the jet test pages. The purge
sequence cleaned the printheads.
Y N
Perform 93-933-00 to 93-936-00 Head Purge Failure RAP.
There are more than 2 jets of 3 or more colours (a total of at least 6 jets) on the
same head listed as either missing or chronic.
Y N
The machine has recovered, perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
A B

A B
Remove the IOD assembly, REP 91.22. Inspect the IOD for contamination or malfunction. 91-949-00 to 91-952-00 Closed Loop Drift Baseline RAP
If necessary install a new IOD assembly PL 94.15 Item 1.
91-949-00 IOD CLD Baseline measurement out of range on head 1.
Each power cycle can result in a cold purge, which will cause the waste tray to fill up at a faster
rate than is customary. Confirm if the customer is turning the machine off on a regular basis. 91-950-00 IOD CLD Baseline measurement out of range on head 2.
Instruct the customer that it is not necessary to turn the machine off frequently, discuss the
power save option intelligent ready with the customer, refer to GP 5 & GP 14.

Table 1 Automatic purges based on printer model
Number of missing jets that trigger a proactive purge (includes chronic or masked jets NOTE: The above faults are raised when the routine dC 972 option 3 Head to Head Uniformity
for total count). - manual is performed and a unusually large or small measurement is obtained for the CLD
baseline. The Head to Head Uniformity may be actable but the CLD baseline may abort.
Model Colour Mono/Colour Logic
Mono Total
Number Total Consecutive Operand Procedure
9301 Never 3 2 OR WARNING
9302 6 3 2 OR Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
9303 2 3 2 OR
Y N
Perform in listed order the following procedures;
1. Enter dC612 then print TP 12 chase pages to clean ink from the drum.
2. Enter dC968 then perform the Jet test pages routine. Check for a large number of
missing jets, refer to TP 21.
3. dC 972 option 3 Head to Head Uniformity - manual.
The fault remains.
Y N
Perform in listed order the following dC972 procedures;
1. Option 4 TRC Generation.
Check the fault history for chain 91 faults in the link code range 500-999 that have IOD in
the fault name, refer to GP 2 Fault Codes and History Files. As necessary perform any
associated RAPs, and then clean the drum GP 27.
Perform the relevant procedures;


A B C
91-953-00 to 91-960-00, 91-965-00 to 91-968-00 Closed Print new test patterns from dC972, option 3. The print quality is good.
Y N
Loop Drift Measurement RAP Install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2, PL 91.25 Item 2.
91-953-00 IOD CLD Adjust measurement out of range on head 1.
Go to SCP 5 Final Actions
Go to SCP 5 Final Actions
Enter dC968 then perform the Jet test pages routine. Check for a large number of missing
91-956-00 IOD CLD Adjust measurement out of range on head 4. jets, refer to TP 21.
Check the fault history for chain 91 faults in the link code range 500-999 that have IOD in
91-957-00 IOD CLD Fiducial search error for head 1. the fault name, refer to GP 2 Fault Codes and History Files. As necessary perform any
associated RAPs, and then clean the drum GP 27.
91-958-00 IOD CLD Fiducial search error for head 2.
Perform the relevant procedures;
91-959-00 IOD CLD Fiducial search error for head 3. IQ 14 Some Colours Uneven RAP
IQ 15 Wrong Colour RAP
91-960-00 IOD CLD Fiducial search error for head 4.
91-965-00 IOD CLD Sensitivity error for head 1.
NOTE: The above faults are raised when the routine dC 972 option 3 Head to Head Uniformity
manual or automatic is performed, and a unusually large or small measurement is obtained or
the image on the drum is partially missing. The routine will abort without saving changes.
Procedure
WARNING
Y N
Enter dC612 then print TP 12 chase pages to clean ink from the drum, then run dC972
option 3 Head to Head Uniformity - automatic. The fault remains.
Y N
Print new test patterns from dC972, option 3. The quality of the prints is good.
Y N
Perform in listed order the following dC972 routines;
2. Option 3 Head to Head Uniformity - Manual.
3. Option 4 TRC Generation.
4. Option 5 Y Dot Position Correction - select all heads.
A B C

A B
91-970-00 to 91-981-00 Printhead Reservoir and Jet Stack 01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP.
Heater Unstable RAP
91-970-00 Head 1 right jet stack heater went unstable while printing.
Lower carriage harness, PL 91.25 Item 12 or upper carriage harness, PL 91.20
91-971-00 Head 2 right jet stack heater went unstable while printing. Item 12.
91-972-00 Head 3 right jet stack heater went unstable while printing. Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5.
91-973-00 Head 4right jet stack heater went unstable while printing. Refer to WD 1.1 and WD 9.8, check the wiring between PJ4AC on the Power Supply Unit
91-974-00 Head 1 left jet stack heater went unstable while printing. and PJ101 on the Marking Unit Heater PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N
91-975-00 Head 2 left jet stack heater went unstable while printing. Repair the wiring, REP 1.1.
91-976-00 Head 3 left jet stack heater went unstable while printing.
91-977-00 Head 4 left jet stack heater went unstable while printing. +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP. If the fault is still present, install new components as nec-
91-978-00 Head 1 reservoir heater went unstable while printing. essary:
91-979-00 Head 2 reservoir heater went unstable while printing.
91-980-00 Head 3 reservoir heater went unstable while printing. Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
91-981-00 Head 4 reservoir heater went unstable while printing.
The fault may be intermittent. Go to WD 9.8. Check for loose connections between:
Procedure The marker unit driver PWB and the relevant printhead.
WARNING Refer to:
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do PJ701, Marking unit heater PWB
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Lower carriage harness, PL 91.25 Item 12 or Upper carriage harness, PL 91.20 Item 12.
Printhead upper, PL 91.20 Item 2 or Printhead lower, PL 91.25 Item 2.
Go to WD 9.4. Check that the marking unit cooling fan is running, Figure 1. The fan is run-
Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5
ning.
Y N
Refer to:
OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP
Marking unit fan, PL 1.15 Item 23.
Enter dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser, then run the relevant Test. The test is good.
Marking Unit Fan
Y N
Y N
Refer to:
01A AC Power Distribution RAP, Head 1 to 4 Reservoir and Jet stack Heater
Checks. Figure 1 Component Location
A B
91A Printhead Communications RAP Y N
Repair any grounding issues found, GP 7.
This RAP gives additional information on printhead communication problems. Perform the
RAP for all current fault codes before this RAP is performed.
Initial Actions IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
WARNING Quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. The registration / preheat assembly is removed or replaced,
CAUTION The horizontal transport assembly is removed or replaced.
Use care when opening the marking unit drawer when hot. Ink can spill from the ink reservoir Calibration of the registration / preheat assembly is NOT required when:
located at the back of the drawer if opened with too much force. Ink cross-color contamination A printhead is replaced.
could also occur. The IOD assembly is removed or replaced.
CAUTION
Check the harness leading to the indicated printhead.
Check for damage to surrounding harnesses.
Procedure
Check that the ribbon cables connecting the printheads to the wave amp PWB and IME con-
troller PWB are securely connected and not damaged. Re-seat the ribbon cables as neces-
sary. The wiring is securely connected and undamaged.
Y N
Repair or replace the damaged cables as necessary, REP 1.1.
Check and note the voltages at the test points on the IME controller PWB, Figure 1. All 4 test
points read +3.2V.
Y N
If any test point reads +2.1V install a new video cable, PL 92.10 Item 7, for the indi-
cated printhead.
If any test point reads 0V check the PEST error log for error 99-395-00. If error 99-
395-00 is found switch off the machine, GP 14, then disconnect the heater harness
to the affected printhead, Figure 2. Switch on the machine and check the test point
for the affected printhead. If the voltage is still 0V then install a new printhead, PL
91.20 Item 2, PL 91.25 Item 2.
NOTE: Ignore any error messages associated with the disconnected heater har-
ness.
If any test point reads +0.3V go to dC335 and check all set point mode temperatures
for the suspect printhead. Look for non responsive heaters, irregular temperature
fluctuations or other symptoms that would indicate a thermistor error on the print-
head. If necessary compare the results of the suspect printhead with temperatures Figure 1 IME controller PWB test points
reported from a known good printhead. If thermistor errors are detected install a new
printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2, PL 91.25 Item 2.
Check the system grounding, GP 7. The grounding is good.

Heater harnesses connections
Figure 2 Heater harness connections to printheads

92-501-00 to 92-504-00, 92-519-00 Serial Link Safety 92-505-00, 92-506-00 Marking Unit Communications Error
Transient RAP RAP
92-501-00 MpSerialLinkSafetyTransient. 92-505-00 Marker unit communications failure
92-502-00 MuSerialLinkSafetyTransient. 92-506-00 Marker unit communications failure
92-503-00 MuidSerialLinkSafetyTransient. Initial Actions

92-504-00 DDSerialLinkSafetyTransient.
WARNING
92-519-00 PsSerialLinkDownTransient. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Procedure If the fault 92-505-00 is accompanied by 92-510-00 and 92-575-00. Check for a loss of
connection on the cable between the IME controller and the marking unit driver PWB.
WARNING
Procedure
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Go to WD 9.7 and WD 9.10. Check for loose connections between:
Perform the following: The IME controller PWB and the marking unit driver PWB.
1. Switch off then switch on the machine, GP 14. Refer to:
PJ903, IME controller PWB.
PJ203, Marking unit driver PWB.
Marking unit driver PWB cable (PJ203), PL 92.10 Item 14.

92-510-00, 92-511-00 Marking Unit Ink Delivery 92-515-00, 92-516-00 Drum Driver Communications Error
Communications Error RAP RAP
92-510-00 Ink delivery communications failure on marking unit driver PWB. 92-515-00 Drum driver communications failure
92-511-00 Ink delivery communications failure on marking unit driver PWB. 92-516-00 Drum driver communications error

WARNING WARNING
If the fault 92-510-00 is accompanied by 92-505-00 and 92-575-00. Check for a loss of Go to WD 9.2 and WD 9.6. Check for loose connections between the drum driver PWB and the
connection on the cable between the IME controller and the marking unit driver PWB. Go IME controller PWB, refer to:
to 92-505-00, 92-506-00 Marking Unit Communications Error RAP. PJ403, IME controller PWB.
Procedure If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
Check for loose connections on the marking unit driver PWB. If the fault persists, install new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.

92-520-00 Power Supply Communications Error RAP 92-525-00, 92-526-00 Media Path Communications Error
92-520-00 Power supply communications error RAP
92-525-00 Media path communications failure
Procedure
WARNING 92-526-00 Media path communications error
Go to WD 9.4 and WD 1.4. Check the connections between the PJ902 on the drum driver PWB Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
and PJDC2 on the power supply Unit. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
If the fault persists, install new components as necessary: Check the MU Drawer service loop harness for damage, PL 92.10 Item 9.
Drum driver power supply interface cable, PL 1.15 Item 10.

Procedure
Go to WD 8.4 and WD 9.5. Check for bad wiring between PJ402, on the IME controller PWB
and PJ408 on the Media path driver PWB.


92-530-00 3TM Serial Link Error RAP 92-531-00 Paper Tray Module Communications Error RAP
92-530-00 Three trays module serial link error. 92-531-00 Paper tray module (3TM) communication error.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Go to WD 8.2 and WD 7.3. Check the wiring between: Go to 92-530-00 3TM Serial Link Error RAP.
The media path driver PWB and the 3 tray module (3TM) PWB.
Refer to:
PJ950, 3TM PWB.
3 Tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.

92-535-00, 92-536-00 Tray 5 Communications Error RAP 92-541-00 ADC Interrupt Storm Fault RAP
92-535-00 Tray 5 control PWB serial communications error. 92-541-00 ADC interrupt storm.
92-536-00 Tray 5 communications error. Initial Actions

WARNING
Procedure
Go to WD 7.1. and WD 8.4. Check for loose connections between: Procedure
The tray 5 control PWB and the media path driver PWB.
Perform the steps that follow before installing a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
Refer to:
PJ502, PJ513, Media path driver PWB. Remove and reinsert the following communication connectors. There should be a click when
PJ704, Marking unit driver PWB. the connector is correctly seated.
Move the marking unit to the maintenance position, GP 6. Four connectors on the IME
controller PWB PJ201, PJ301, PJ401, PJ402, WD 9.5.
If the problem continues then reseat the print head video cables (marked with letter A). If this is
a hard failure then try reseating or install new print head video cables, one at a time. Look for
faults 91-519-00 to 91-522-00, 91-660-00 to 91-667 and 91-523-00 to 91-546-00 may help to
isolate which head cable has a problem. Install new components as necessary, PL 92.10.

92-542-00 PS Interrupt Storm Fault RAP 92-543-00, 92-544-00 MU Interrupt Storm Faults RAP
92-542-00 PS interrupt storm. 92-543-00 MU interrupt storm.
Initial Actions 92-544-00 MUID interrupt storm.

WARNING
Initial Actions
Procedure Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.

1. Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Procedure
Install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
2. If the fault persists, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.

92-545-00 DD Interrupt Storm Fault RAP 92-546-00, 92-547-00 MP Interrupt Storm Faults RAP
92-545-00 DD interrupt storm. 92-546-00 MP interrupt storm.
Initial Actions 92-547-00 IMD interrupt storm.

WARNING
Initial Actions

Procedure
Install a new media path PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.

92-548-00 TTM Interrupt Storm Fault RAP 92-549-00 PFP Interrupt Storm Fault RAP
92-548-00 TTM interrupt storm. 92-549-00 PFP (Tray 5) interrupt storm.

WARNING WARNING
Procedure Procedure
1. Refer to WD 7.3 and WD 8.2. Check the wiring between PJ401 on media path driver PWB 1. Refer to WD 7.1 and WD 8.4. Check the wiring between PJ704 on media path driver PWB
and PJ950 on 3 tray module PWB. Ensure the connectors are seated correctly. Repair the and PJ502 on the tray 5 control PWB. Ensure the connectors are seated correctly. Repair
wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1.
2. Install new components as necessary: 2. If necessary, install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Media path driver PWB to tray 3 module harness, PL 1.15 Item 21.

92-551-00 CIS Interrupt Storm Fault RAP 92-550-00, 92-555-00 System Timer Error RAP
92-551-00 CIS interrupt storm. 92-550-00 Safety timer time out.
Initial Actions 92-555-00 System timer skipped.

WARNING
Initial Actions

1. Check the following wiring. Ensure the connectors are seated correctly. Repair the wiring
Procedure
as necessary, REP 1.1. Re-install the machine software, GP 4. The fault remains.
a. Refer to WD 8.6 and WD 9.2. Between PJ2 on the registration / preheat Interface Y N
PWB and PJ701 on the drum driver PWB. Between PJ1 on the registration / preheat
interface PWB and the registration scan bar, PL 88.10 Item 2. If necessary, install a
new drum driver MR sensor harness, PL 1.15 Item 9. Install a new IME control PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
b. Refer to WD 9.1 and WD 9.22. Between PJ101 on the drum driver PWB and PJ1 on
the IOD pre amp PWB. Between PJ2 on the IOD pre amp PWB and the IOD scan
bar, PL 94.15. If necessary, install a new IOD to drum driver PWB cable, PL 94.15
Item 5.
2. If necessary, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.

92-552-00 SBC Interrupt Storm Fault RAP 92-554-00 AC Line Failed RAP
92-552-00 SBC interrupt storm. 92-554-00 The AC power cord has been disconnected or the AC supply has failed.

WARNING WARNING
Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check that the AC power cord is correctly connected.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the following: Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP.
1. Refer to WD 3.3 and WD 8.2. Check the ribbon cable between PJ402 on the media path
driver PWB and PJ20 on the single board controller PWB. Ensure the connectors are
seated correctly.
2. If necessary, install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.

92-556-00, 92-557-00, 92-558-00, 92-559-00 ECM Failure 92-560-00, 92-561-00 Marking Unit Firmware Version
RAP Mismatch RAP
92-556-00 ECM PCI access failure. 92-560-00 Marking unit firmware version mismatch.
92-557-00 ECM ADC failed. 92-561-00 Marking unit firmware version mismatch.
92-558-00 ECM PS line cross failed. Procedure

92-559-00 ECM FPGA access error.
WARNING
Switch Off the machine then switch On the Machine, GP 14.
Install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Procedure
WARNING
Check the wiring and connectors to the IME control PWB. The wiring and connectors are
good.
Y N
Repair the wiring, Go to REP 1.1.
Install a new IME control PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.

92-562-00 Drum Driver Firmware Version Mismatch RAP 92-563-00 Power Supply Firmware Version Mismatch RAP
92-562-00 Drum driver firmware version mismatch. 92-563-00 IME power supply firmware version mismatch.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.

92-564-00 Media Path Firmware Version Mismatch RAP 92-565-00 3TM Firmware Version Mismatch RAP
92-564-00 Media path firmware version mismatch. 92-565-00 3 trays module firmware version mismatch.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Install a new 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.

92-566-00 Tray 5 Firmware Version Mismatch RAP 92-567-00 ECM FPGA Version Mismatch RAP
92-566-00 Paper feeder platform firmware version mismatch. 92-567-00 ECM FPGA Version Mismatch. The IME and CCS software is incompatible.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Install a new tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8. A software upgrade must be performed, GP 4 Machine Software.

92-568-00 ECM Initialization Error RAP 92-569-00 Image FPGA Version Mismatch RAP
92-568-00 IME controls did not initialize correctly. 92-569-00 Image FPGA version mismatch.

WARNING WARNING
The fault will occur if the IME controller PWB was replaced with an incompatible version
Procedure of software on it.
Procedure
Re-install the machine software, GP 4. The fault remains.
Y N

92-570-00 Interrupt Storm Fault RAP 92-571-00 Software Error RAP
92-570-00 Interrupt storm fault. 92-571-00 Software error.

WARNING WARNING
Procedure Procedure
Perform the steps that follow before installing a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. If the fault is still present, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
Remove and reinsert the following communication connectors. There should be a click when
the connector is correctly seated.
PJ16 on the single board controller PWB, WD 3.2.

The RJ45 type in line connector (part of the service loop), WD 9.5 located behind the
lower rear cover to the right of the power supply unit.
If the problem continues then install a new service loop, PL 92.10 Item 9.

92-575-00 ADC Out of Range RAP 92-579-00 CDI Submit Sheet Error RAP
92-575-00 Analog to digital conversion of thermistor readings inconsistent with expected value. 92-579-00 A CDI submit sheet error has been detected.

WARNING WARNING
Check the PEST log history dC123 to determine which thermistor is at fault. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
If the fault 92-575-00 is accompanied by 92-505-00 and 92-510-00. Check for a loss of
connection on the cable between the IME controller and the marking unit driver PWB. Go Procedure
to 92-505-00, 92-506-00 Marking Unit Communications Error RAP.
Re-install the machine software, GP 4.
Procedure
If a PEST code is available then go the appropriate RAP. Install new components as required.

92-581-00 Image Transfer Error RAP 92-583-00 Cold Temperature Boot Time-out RAP
92-581-00 Image transfer failure from Single board controller PWB to IME controller PWB. 92-583-00 Cold temperature boot time-out.

WARNING WARNING
1. Go to WD 9.5 and WD 3.1. Check for loose connections between the IME controller PWB Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
and the single board controller PWB. Refer to:
PJ401, IME controller PWB. Procedure
PJ5, Single board controller PWB. Ensure the ambient temperature in the room is above 6 degrees C.
2. Check the following components for damage:
Service loop, PL 92.10 Item 9. If the machine temperature is above 5 degrees C and the 92-583 fault occurs, it would indicate
Check the RJ45 type in-line connector between PJ401 on IME controller PWB and that the reservoir thermistor is at fault. Refer to WD 9.16. Install new components as required:
PJ5 on single board controller PWB. The connector is behind the rear cover PL
Solenoid Patch PWB, PL 93.10 Item 9.
70.25 Item 8 on the 3 tray module to the right of the marking unit cooling fan, PL 1.15
Item 23. Reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
Check all ground connections in this area, refer to GP 7.
3. Re-install the machine software, GP 4.
4. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:
Service loop, PL 92.10 Item 9.

92-585-00 LVDS Contone Terminal Error During Image 92-586-00 Print Engine Speed Fault RAP
Transfer RAP 92-586-00 The print engine is running at default speed.
92-585-00 LVDS contone terminal error during image transfer.
Procedure
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14.
Check the MU Drawer service loop, PL 92.10 Item 9 for damage.
Check all ground connections in this area, refer to GP 7.
Procedure
1. Go to WD 9.5 and WD 3.1. Check for loose connections between the IME controller PWB
and the single board controller PWB. Refer to:
PJ401, IME controller PWB.
PJ5, Single board controller PWB.
2. Reseat the printhead ribbon cables, refer to REP 91.29.
3. If the fault persists, install new components as necessary:

92-598-00, 92-599-00, 92-600-00, 92-610-000 to 92-614-00, 92-803-00, 92-804-00 DSP2 Overlay Error RAP
IME NVRAM Error RAP 92-803-00 DSP2 overlay setup time-out.
Critical system settings have been reset to their default values. The system can continue oper-
ating, but requires manual configuration to custom settings. 92-804-00 DSP2 overlay cleanup time-out.
These faults are raised when a DSP2 motor is enabled during IOD calibration.
92-598-00 NVM dynamic data corrupted.
NOTE: The DSP2 motors are:
92-599-00 NVM system constants corrupted.
Tray 1 feed/elevator motor.
92-600-00 NVM critical settings corrupted. Tray 2 feed/elevator motor.
Tray 3 feed motor.
92-598-00 to 92-600-00 faults are raised during initialization if the CRC values for the Tray 5 feed motor.
described section of the IME NVRAM are invalid. When this occurs, the IME sets defaults val-
Tray 5 transport motor.
ues.
Cleaning unit motor.
92-610-00 EngNvNewMagic Invalid - NVM magic number detected by IME. Front transfix motor.
Rear transfix motor.
92-611-00 EngNvNewFormat - Invalid NVM format number detected by IME
Procedure
92-610-00 and 92-611-00 faults are raised during initialization if the data ID for the magic num- WARNING
ber or format number is not the expected value. When this occurs, the IME sets defaults val-
ues. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
92-612-00 EngNvCDIFactoryReset - IOT CDI NVM factory init has been performed.
92-613-00 EngNvCDISystemReset - IOT CDI NVM system init has been performed.
92-614-00 EngNvCDIUserReset - IOT CDI NVM user init has been performed.
92-612-00 to 92-614-00 faults are raised when a dC301 is sent to the IME for a factory, system
or user initialization. When this occurs, the IME sets defaults values.
Procedure
WARNING
These faults are for information only. If a service action is required, a separate fault code will be
raised.

92-598-00, 92-599-00, 92-600-00, 92-610-000 to 92-614- 2-432 ColorQube 9303 Family
92-805-00 Fuse A Blown RAP Y N
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
92-805-00 Fuse A on the drum driver PWB has blown.
Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. The fault remains.
Procedure Y N
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. The fault remains.
Y N
Check fuse A for continuity.
NOTE: The fuse is located below PJ601 on the drum driver PWB and is marked F602. The Install a new IOD assembly, PL 94.15 Item 1. Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
fuse is non-reparable.
Fuse A is blown.
Y N
Go to WD 9.2. +24V is available PJ602, pin 12.
Y N
Go to WD 1.5. +24V is available at PJDC3, pin 15.
Y N
Go to 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and Overload RAP and check
for a short circuit.
Check the wiring between the power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2, and the drum driver
PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4, for an open circuit. The wiring is good.
Y N
Go to WD 9.2 and WD 9.6. Check the wiring between PJ603 on the drum driver PWB and
PJ403 on the IME controller PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N

Go to WD 9.2. Check the wiring between the cleaning unit connector, PL 94.10 Item 6 and
PJ601 on the drum driver PWB.
NOTE: If necessary, remove the drum drive motor to gain access to the cleaning unit connec-
tor, refer to REP 91.33.
The wiring is good.

Y N
Go to WD 9.1 and WD 9.22. Check the wiring between the IOD shuttle motor and PJ101 on the
drum driver PWB. The wiring is good.

92-806-00 Fuse B Blown RAP 92-807-00 Diagnostic Routine Not Implemented RAP
92-806-00 Fuse B on the drum driver PWB has blown. 92-807-00 In dC972 automatic TRC generation is not implemented.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
NOTE: Fuse B is non-reparable. Go to dC972 Printhead Uniformity. Perform a manual TRC generation.
Go to WD 9.2. +24V is available PJ602, pin 12.

Y N
Go to WD 1.5. +24V is available at PJDC3, pin 15.
Y N
Go to 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and Overload RAP and check for a
short circuit.
Check the wiring between the power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2, and the drum driver
PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4, for an open circuit. The wiring is good.
Y N
Go to WD 9.2. Check the wiring between the cleaning unit connector, PL 94.10 Item 6 and
PJ601 on the drum driver PWB.
NOTE: If necessary, remove the drum drive motor to gain access to the cleaning unit connec-
tor, refer to REP 91.33.
The wiring is good.

Y N
Go to WD 9.4. Check the wiring between the abatement fan and PJ901 on the drum driver
PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N
Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. The fault remains.
Y N
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. The fault remains.
Y N
Install a new abatement fan assembly, PL 94.20 Item 11. Install a new drum driver PWB, PL
1.15 Item 4.

93-501-00 to 93-516-00 Ink Loader Is Jammed RAP 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Thermal
93-501-00 Black ink loader is jammed. Error RAP
93-520-00 Ink melt reservoir heater is too hot
93-506-00 Magenta ink loader is jammed.
93-521-00 Ink melt reservoir is heating too slowly
93-511-00 Cyan ink loader is jammed.
93-522-00 Ink melt reservoir thermistor fault
93-516-00 Yellow ink loader is jammed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Do not touch the ink loader melt plates while the machine is switched on. Dangerous
WARNING voltages may be present that could cause death or injury.
Do not touch the ink loader melt plates while the machine is switched on. Dangerous Check that the machine is installed to allow adequate airflow. Refer to GP 21 Installation
Space Requirements.
Check for jammed ink sticks.
Procedure
Check that the marking unit cooling fan is running, Figure 1. The fan is running.
Check for non Xerox ink sticks and report as appropriate.
Y N
Check for wrong colour ink sticks loaded.
Procedure Refer to:
Go to 93-891-00 Ink Transport Over Current RAP. OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP
Check the PEST fault history, dC123 for marking unit heater faults (umbilicals, printheads and
ink melt reservoir). All marking unit heaters have failed.
Y N
Go to WD 9.8. Check the resistance and continuity of the reservoir heaters and wiring.
The resistance should be approximately 45-55 ohms between pins 1 and 3 and between
pins 2 and 4 on PJ201 on the Marking Unit Heater PWB. The resistance is correct.
Y N
Install a new ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
Check the wiring between the marking unit driver PWB, the solenoid patch PWB and the
ink melt reservoir thermistor. Check that the ink reservoir thermistor is not open or
shorted. Refer to:
WD 9.9, WD 9.12 and WD 9.16.

A
PJ101, PJ801, Marking Unit Driver PWB. 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-00,
PJ760, PJ910, PJ630 Solenoid patch PWB.
93-533-00, 93-957-00 Ink Melt Error RAP
The wiring and thermistor is good.
Y N 93-523-00 Cyan ink melter is too hot
Install a new ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
93-524-00 Cyan ink melter is heating too slowly
Install new components as necessary. 93-526-00 Magenta ink melter is too hot
Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. 93-527-00 Magenta ink melter is heating too slowly
93-529-00 Yellow ink melter is too hot

Refer to WD 1.1 and WD 9.8, check the wiring between PJ4AC on the Power Supply Unit and
PJ101 on the Marking Unit Heater PWB. The wiring is good. 93-530-00 Yellow ink melter is heating too slowly
Y N
Repair the wiring, REP 1.1. 93-532-00 Black ink melter is too hot
Check the +3.3V ESTAR distribution to the marking unit heater PWB, refer to the 01B +3.3V 93-533-00 Black ink melter is heating too slowly
ESTAR Distribution RAP. If the fault is still present, install new components as necessary:
Marking unit heater PWB cable, PL 92.10 Item 12. 93-957-00 Melt reservoir heater went unstable while printing
Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5. Initial Actions
WARNING
WARNING
Do not touch the ink loader melt plates while the machine is switched on. Dangerous
Check that the machine is installed to allow adequate airflow. Refer to GP 21 Installation
Space Requirements.
Check that the ink sticks are not jammed in the ink stick transport and at the melt plate
assembly, below the ink low sensors.
Check that the ink sticks are in contact with the melt plate.
Procedure
Marking Unit Fan Check that the marking unit fan is running, Figure 1. The fan is running.
Y N
Refer to:
OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP
Figure 1 Component Location P/J901, Drum driver PWB.
A
93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00, 93-523-00 to 93-526- 2-436 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
Go to WD 1.2, WD 8.4 and WD 9.17. Check the wiring between: 93-525-00, 93-528-00, 93-531-00, 93-534-00 Ink Melt
The power supply unit and the ink melt heaters. Ensure that the ink melt heaters are cor-
rectly connected to PJ5AC on the Power supply unit.
Thermistor Error RAP
93-525-00 Cyan ink melter thermistor fault
NOTE: The 4 heater harnesses are colour coded to the corresponding letter on the ink
melt plate assembly. Refer to REP 91.16. 93-528-00 Magenta ink melter thermistor fault
The media path driver PWB, the ink load entry PWB and the ink thermistors.
93-531-00 Yellow ink melter thermistor fault
Refer to:
P/J5AC Power supply unit 93-534-00 Black ink melter thermistor fault
P/J406 Media path driver PWB
P/J301 Ink load entry PWB Initial Actions
01A AC Power Distribution RAP. WARNING
01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
The wiring is good. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Y N WARNING
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. Do not touch the ink loader melt plates while the machine is switched on. Dangerous
Remove the ink loader melt plate assembly, PL 93.10 Item 3. Remove any debris on the ink
Check that the ink melt thermistors are connected.
side of the ink melt heaters.
Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. Procedure
Ink loader melt plate assembly, PL 93.10 Item 3 Go to WD 9.17 and WD 8.4. Check the following wiring:
Ink load sensor assembly, PL 93.10 Item 7. Between the ink melt thermistors and PJ301 on the Ink Load Entry PWB.
Media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Between PJ901 on the Ink Load Entry PWB and PJ406 on the Media Path Driver PWB.
The wiring is good.
Y N

Ink loader melt plate assembly, PL 93.10 Item 3.
Ink load sensor assembly, PL 93.10 Item 7.
Marking Unit Fan
Figure 1 Component Location

A B
93-535-00 to 93-537-00, 93-958-00 Upper Umbilical Thermal Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4
Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5
Error RAP Refer to WD 1.1 and WD 9.8, check the wiring between PJ4AC on the Power Supply Unit
93-535-00 Upper umbilical heater is too hot and PJ101 on the Marking Unit Heater PWB. The wiring is good.
93-536-00 Upper umbilical is heating too slowly Y N
93-537-00 Upper umbilical thermistor fault
93-958-00 Upper Umbilical heater went unstable while printing Check the +3.3V ESTAR distribution to the marking unit heater PWB, refer to the 01B
+3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP. If the fault is still present, install new components as nec-
Initial Actions essary:
WARNING Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Marking unit heater PWB cable, PL 92.10 Item 12.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Check that the machine is installed to allow adequate airflow. Refer to GP 21 Installation Space The fault may be intermittent. Go to WD 9.8 and WD 9.9. Check for loose connections
Requirements. between:
Procedure The marker unit driver PWB and the upper umbilical thermistor.
Check that the marking unit fan is running, Figure 1. The fan is running. The marking unit heater PWB and the upper umbilical heater.
Y N Refer to:
Go to WD 9.4. Check the marking unit fan. P/J401, Marking Unit Heater PWB.
Refer to: P/J102, Marking Unit Driver PWB.
OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP If the fault persists, install new components as necessary.
GP 10, How to Check a Motor. Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
PJ901, Drum Driver PWB. Upper umbilical, PL 91.20 Item 10.
01E +12V Distribution RAP. Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
01L 0V Distribution RAP Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5.
Marking unit fan, PL 1.15 Item 23.
Enter dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Select Graph to run the Upper Umbilical Test.
The test is good (the heater reaches and remains at the set point).
Y N
Y N
Go to WD 9.8 and WD 9.9. Check the following wiring:
Between PJ102 on the Marking Unit Driver PWB and the upper umbilical ther-
mistor. Measure the resistance between PJ102 pins B9 and B10. The resis-
tance is widely variable, but must not be an open circuit.
Between PJ401 on the Marking Unit Heater PWB and the upper umbilical
heater. Measure the resistance between PJ401 pins 1 and 7. The resistance Marking Unit Fan
should be approximately 80-100 ohms.
Refer to:
01A AC Power Distribution RAP.
Install new components as necessary. Figure 1 Component Location
Upper umbilical, PL 91.20 Item 10.
A B
A
93-538-00 to 93-540-00, 93-959-00 Lower Umbilical Thermal Check that the marking unit fan is running, Figure 1. The fan is running.
Y N
Error RAP Go to WD 9.4. Check the marking unit fan.
93-538-00 Lower umbilical heater is too hot Refer to:
93-539-00 Lower umbilical is heating too slowly OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP
93-540-00 Lower umbilical thermistor is faulty
93-959-00 Lower Umbilical heater went unstable while printing 01E +12V Distribution RAP.
Procedure 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Marking unit fan, PL 1.15 Item 23.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
The fault may be intermittent. Go to WD 9.8 and WD 9.10. Check for loose connections
Enter dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Select Graph to run the Lower Umbilical Test.
The test is good. between:
Y N The marker unit driver PWB and the lower umbilical thermistor.
Check the PEST fault history, dC123 for marking unit heater faults (umbilicals, printheads The marking unit heater PWB and the lower umbilical heater.
and ink melt reservoir). All marking unit heaters have failed. Refer to:
Y N
PJ303, Marking unit driver PWB
Go to WD 9.8 and WD 9.10. Check the following wiring:
PJ701, Marking unit heater PWB
Between PJ303 on the Marking Unit Driver PWB and the lower umbilical ther-
mistor. Measure the resistance between PJ303 pins B4 and B5. The resistance If the fault persists, install new components as necessary.
is widely variable, but must not be an open circuit. Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Between PJ701 on the Marking Unit Heater PWB and the lower umbilical Lower umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 10.
heater. Measure the resistance between PJ701 pins 1 and 8. The resistance Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4
should be approximately 80-100 ohms. Marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5
Refer to:
01A AC Power Distribution RAP.
Lower umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 10.
Refer to WD 1.1 and WD 9.8, check the wiring between PJ4AC on the Power Supply Unit
and PJ101 on the Marking Unit Heater PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N
Marking Unit Fan
+3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP. If the fault is still present, install new components as nec-
essary:
Figure 1 Component Location
A

93-545-00 to 93-548-00 Ink Melt Conductivity Error RAP 93-549-00 to 93-552-00 and 93-557-00 to 93-560-00
93-545-00 The black melt reservoir ink conductivity is out of usable range. Printheads 1 and 3 Printhead Reservoir Fill Error RAP
93-549-00 Head 1 black reservoir did not fill within the correct time.
93-546-00 The magenta melt reservoir ink conductivity is out of usable range.
93-550-00 Head 1 magenta reservoir did not fill within the correct time.
93-547-00 The cyan melt reservoir ink conductivity is out of usable range.
93-551-00 Head 1 cyan reservoir did not fill within the correct time.
93-548-00 The yellow melt reservoir conductivity is out of usable range.
93-552-00 Head 1 yellow reservoir did not fill within the correct time.
Initial Actions
Check for ink stick jams. 93-557-00 Head 3 black reservoir did not fill within the correct time.
Check for non Xerox ink sticks and report as appropriate.
93-558-00 Head 3 magenta reservoir did not fill within the correct time.
Check for wrong colour ink sticks loaded.
Check that the ink sticks are in contact with the melt plate.
Check that the tips of the melt plates are the correct colour.
Check for reservoir contamination from ink shards getting into the incorrect colour reser- 93-560-00 Head 3 yellow reservoir did not fill within the correct time.
voir.
Check the ink melt plate for damage may cause melt ink to enter the incorrect colour res- Procedure
ervoir. WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do CAUTION
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Do not remove the solenoid patch PWB, PL 93.10 Item 9.
NOTE: If the printhead reservoirs do not fill, it can cause massive jet loss. If necessary, refer to
Check that the ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10 is in good condition with no ink overflow. Check
the IQ 9 Deletions in the Process Direction RAP.
for damage that may cause the reservoir to leak. The reservoir is good.
Y N Move the marking unit into the service position, GP 6. Check that the air channels from ink res-
Check that the umbilical clamp fasteners are tight, refer to REP 91.31. If the fasteners are ervoir solenoids 5, 7, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17, and 19 is free of ink, Figure 1.
loose, clean the area, then firmly tighten the fasteners. If necessary, install a new ink res- If the ink has blocked the air channels then install a new umbilical and ink reservoir at the same
ervoir, PL 93.10 Item 10. time. Failure to replace both units will cause another ink reservoir failure.
NOTE: Some ink discolouration of the air channels is normal.

Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.16. Check the wiring between the ink level sensors, the solenoid
patch PWB and the marking unit driver PWB. The channels are free of ink.
Refer to: Y N
P/J101, Marking Unit Driver PWB. Install a new lower umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 10 and new ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
PJ380, PJ 760, PJ780 Solenoid Patch PWB.
Check that the print heads, drum and waste tray are clean, without excessive ink contamina-
tion.
Install new components as necessary. NOTE: Excessive ink contamination will be obvious.
Ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10. The print heads, drum and waste tray are clean.
Ink level sensor cable (Ribbon cable), PL 93.10 Item 18. Y N
Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. The print area is contaminated with excessive ink. The purge line is blocked. Perform the
steps that follow:
GP 27 Cleaning Procedure.
Install a new purge line filter, PL 91.25 Item 9.
A
93-545-00 to 93-548-00, 93-549-00 to 93-552-00 and 93- 2-440 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
Install a new purge line, PL 91.25 Item 11. Cyan ink solenoid valve 15, SOL93-073.
If the ink contamination has reached the ink reservoir through the purge line, install a Cyan ink solenoid valve 16, SOL93-074.
new ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10. Magenta ink solenoid valve 17, SOL93-075.
Magenta ink solenoid valve 19, SOL93-077.
Go to WD 9.6, WD 9.7, WD 9.20, WD 9.21. Check the ribbon cables between the printheads
and the IME Controller PWB. Refer to: All solenoids energize
Y N
P/J101, P/J301, Printhead PWB
Go to WD 9.14, WD 9.15 and WD 9.12. Check the ink reservoir solenoids.
P/J902, P/J904 IME controller PWB Refer to:
The ribbon cables are good. GP 12, How to Check a Solenoid.
Y N
P/J430, P/J110, P/J410, P/J610, P/J810 Solenoid patch PWB.
Re-seat the ribbon cables or install new cables, PL 92.10.
P/J801, Marking unit driver PWB
Check that the level sense connection at PJ601 on the Printhead PWB is in good condition and 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
is properly and securely connected. The connection is good. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Y N Install new components as necessary:
Ink Reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
Print head, PL 91.20 Item 2, PL 91.25 Item 2.
Disconnect the air hose between the lower and upper purge hoses on the ink reservoir, Figure
Switch off the machine then switch on the machine GP 14. Allow the printheads to try and
2.
Enter dC330 and stack the code 93-050 to run the reservoir pump MOT93-050, PL 93.10 Item recover. The fault is cleared
Y N
11 and code 91-045 low pressure assist valve SOL 91.045, PL 93.10 Item 15. The pump will
Install a new ink reservoir PL 93.10 Item 10.
run for approximately 10 seconds. If the pump runs, then the air pressure from the discon-
nected air hose is sufficient to feel on the skin, or partially inflate a rubber glove. The pump Before installing a new ink reservoir. Check that the 4 screws securing the solenoid patch
PWB are not loose. If necessary tighten but do not overtighten the screws. Check that the
runs
check valves on the umbilicals are securely fixed to the umbilicals, PL 91.25 Item 19. If
Y N
Go to WD 9.14. Check the connection from the solenoid patch PWB to the reservoir pump the clips are damaged, install a new umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 20. The fault is still
present.
motor (MOT93-050) at PJ130.
Y N
Go to WD 9.14 and WD 9.12. Check the ink reservoir pump motor.
Refer to: Perform dC972 Printhead Uniformity.

Install new components;
P/J130, Solenoid patch PWB.
1. Install the relevant new printhead PL 91.25 Item 2.
2. Install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
01L 0V Distribution RAP Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Reconnect the air hose from the pump to the ink reservoir, Figure 2.
Enter the correct dC330 output code to check the ink reservoir solenoids associated with the
fault code:
Purge solenoid valve 3, SOL93-061.
Black ink solenoid valve 5, SOL93-063.
Yellow ink solenoid valve 11, SOL93-069.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-441 93-549-00 to 93-552-00 and 93-557-00 to 93-560-00
Black ink reservoir
Solenoid patch
PWB
Lower purge hose pair

for the lower umbilical
Upper purge hose pair Disconnect the air hose
for the upper umbilical from the ink reservoir
Ink reservoir solenoids and the relevant channels
Figure 1 Component location Figure 2 Reservoir pump air hose

93-549-00 to 93-552-00 and 93-557-00 to 93-560-00 2-442 ColorQube 9303 Family
A
93-553-00 to 93-556-00 and 93-561-00 to 93-564-00 If the ink contamination has reached the melt reservoir through the purge line, install
a new ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
Printheads 2 and 4 Printhead Reservoir Fill Error RAP
93-553-00 Head 2 black reservoir did not fill within the correct time. Move the marking unit to the service position, GP 6. Go to WD 9.5, WD 9.20, WD 9.21. Check
the ribbon cables between the printheads and the IME Controller PWB. Refer to:
93-554-00 Head 2 magenta reservoir did not fill within the correct time. P/J101, P/J301, Printhead PWB
P/J201, P/J301 IME controller PWB
The ribbon cables are good.
Y N
Re-seat the ribbon cables or install new cables, PL 92.10.
93-561-00 Head 4 black reservoir did not fill within the correct time.
Check that the level sense connection at PJ601 on the Printhead PWB is in good condition and
93-562-00 Head 4 magenta reservoir did not fill within the correct time. is properly and securely connected. The connection is good.
Y N
Print head, PL 91.20 Item 2, PL 91.25 Item 2.
2.
Procedure Enter dC330 and stack the code 93-050 to run the reservoir pump MOT93-050, PL 93.10 Item
WARNING 11 and code 91-045 low pressure assist valve SOL 91.045, PL 93.10 Item 15. The pump will
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do run for approximately 10 seconds. If the pump runs, then the air pressure from the discon-
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause nected air hose is sufficient to feel on the skin, or partially inflate a rubber glove. The pump
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. runs
CAUTION Y N
Go to WD 9.14. Check the connection from the solenoid patch PWB to the reservoir pump
Do not remove the solenoid patch PWB, PL 93.10 Item 9.
motor MOT93-050 at PJ130.
NOTE: If the printhead reservoirs do not fill, it can cause massive jet loss. If necessary, refer to Go to WD 9.14 and WD 9.12. Check the ink reservoir pump motor.
the IQ 9 Deletions in the Process Direction RAP. Refer to:
Move the marking unit into the service position, GP 6. Check that the air channels from ink res-
ervoir solenoids 6, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 18 and 20 is free of ink, Figure 1.
If the ink has blocked the air channels then install a new umbilical and ink reservoir at the same P/J801, Marking unit driver PWB
time. Failure to replace both units will cause another ink reservoir failure. 01E +12V Distribution RAP.
NOTE: Some ink discolouration of the air channels is normal.
The channels are free of ink. Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Y N
ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
Install a new upper umbilical, PL 91.20 Item 10 and a new ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
Check that the print area is clean, without excessive ink contamination. Reconnect the air hose from the pump to the ink reservoir, Figure 2.
Enter the correct dC330 output code to check the ink reservoir solenoids associated with the
NOTE: Excessive ink contamination will be obvious. fault code:
The print area is clean.
Y N Purge solenoid valve 2, SOL93-060.
The print area is contaminated with excessive ink. The purge line may be blocked. Per- Black ink solenoid valve 6, SOL93-064.
form the steps that follow: Black ink solenoid valve 8, SOL93-066.
GP 27 Cleaning Procedure. Yellow ink solenoid valve 9, SOL93-067.
Install a new purge line filter PL 91.20 Item 9. Yellow ink solenoid valve 10, SOL93-068.
Cyan ink solenoid valve 13, SOL93-071.
A

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-443 93-553-00 to 93-556-00 and 93-561-00 to 93-564-00
All solenoids energise Black ink reservoir
Y N
Go to WD 9.12, WD 9.14 and WD 9.15. Check the ink reservoir solenoids.
Refer to: Solenoid patch
PWB
Switch off, then switch on the machine GP 14, to try and allow the printheads to recover. The
fault is cleared
Y N
Install a new ink reservoir PL 93.10 Item 10.
Before installing a new ink reservoir. Check that the 4 screws securing the solenoid patch
PWB are not loose. If necessary tighten but do not overtighten the screws. Check that the
check valves on the umbilicals are securely fixed to the umbilicals, PL 91.25 Item 19. If Ink reservoir solenoids and the relevant channels
the clips are damaged, install a new umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 20. The fault is still
present.
Y N
Perform dC972 Printhead Uniformity.
Install the relevant printhead PL 91.20 Item 2.

93-553-00 to 93-556-00 and 93-561-00 to 93-564-00 2-444 ColorQube 9303 Family
93-565-00 to 93-599-00 and 93-800-00 to 93-812-00
Printheads 1, 2, 3 & 4 Ink Level Sense Error RAP
93-565-00 Head 1 black reservoir level sense failure
93-566-00 Head 1 magenta reservoir level sense failure
93-567-00 Head 1 cyan reservoir level sense failure
93-568-00 Head 1 yellow reservoir level sense failure
Lower purge hose pair 93-575-00 Head 3 cyan reservoir level sense failure
Upper purge hose pair Disconnect the air hose 93-576-00 Head 3 yellow reservoir level sense failure
for the upper umbilical from the reservoir

Figure 2 Reservoir pump air hose
93-581-00 Head 1 black reservoir level sense open circuit
93-582-00 Head 1 magenta reservoir level sense open circuit
93-583-00 Head 1 cyan reservoir level sense open circuit
93-584-00 Head 1 yellow reservoir level sense open circuit
93-588-00 Head 2 yellow reservoir level sense open circuit

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-445 93-553-00 to 93-556-00 and 93-561-00 to 93-564-00,
93-592-00 Head 3 yellow reservoir level sense open circuit 93-813-00 to 93-820-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Level Sense
93-593-00 Head 4 black reservoir level sense open circuit Failure RAP
93-813-00 Black melt reservoir level sense open circuit
93-814-00 Magenta melt reservoir level sense open circuit
93-596-00 Head 4 yellow reservoir level sense open circuit 93-815-00 Cyan melt reservoir level sense open circuit
93-597-00 Head 1 black reservoir level sense short circuit 93-816-00 Yellow melt reservoir level sense open circuit
93-598-00 Head 1 magenta reservoir level sense short circuit 93-817-00 Black melt reservoir level sense short circuit
93-599-00 Head 1 cyan reservoir level sense short circuit 93-818-00 Magenta melt reservoir level sense short circuit
93-800-00 Head 1 yellow reservoir level sense short circuit
93-819-00 Cyan melt reservoir level sense short circuit
93-801-00 Head 2 black reservoir level sense short circuit
93-820-00 Yellow melt reservoir level sense short circuit
93-802-00 Head 2 magenta reservoir level sense short circuit
Procedure
93-803-00 Head 2 cyan reservoir level sense short circuit
WARNING
93-804-00 Head 2 yellow reservoir level sense short circuit Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
93-805-00 Head 3 black reservoir level sense short circuit death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
93-806-00 Head 3 magenta reservoir level sense short circuit 1. If the ink sticks are not in contact with the melt plate correct the ink stick jam. Install new
components as necessary PL 93.10.
93-807-00 Head 3 cyan reservoir level sense short circuit 2. Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.16. Check the wiring between the ink level sensors, the solenoid
patch PWB and the marking unit driver PWB.
Refer to:
93-809-00 Head 4 black reservoir level sense short circuit P/J101, Marking unit driver PWB
P/J380, P/J760, P/J780 Solenoid patch PWB.
93-810-00 Head 4 magenta reservoir level sense short circuit
93-811-00 Head 4 cyan reservoir level sense short circuit 01L 0V Distribution RAP
3. If the sensor continues to report a fault, install a new ink melt reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
Procedure Ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
WARNING Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Verify the fault code. Go to the relevant RAP:
Head 1 and head 3 faults.
93-549-00 to 93-552-00 and 93-557-00 to 93-560-00 Printheads 1 and 3 Printhead
Reservoir Fill Error RAP
Head 2 and head 4 faults.
93-553-00 to 93-556-00 and 93-561-00 to 93-564-00 Printheads 2 and 4 Printhead
Reservoir Fill Error RAP

93-565-00 to 93-599-00 and 93-800-00 to 93-812-00, 93- 2-446 ColorQube 9303 Family
93-825-00, 93-892-00 Ink Key Plate Motor Over Current 93-871-00 to 93-874-00 Ink Level Sense Error RAP
RAP 93-871-00 Black melt reservoir level sense failure.
93-825-00 The ink key plate motor is over current.
93-872-00 Magenta melt reservoir level sense failure
93-892-00 Indicates an over current interrupt from the motor driver chip.
93-873-00 Cyan melt reservoir level sense failure
Initial Actions 93-874-00 Yellow melt reservoir level sense failure
WARNING
Clean the ink loading area to ensure that the ink key plate moves smoothly.
Procedure Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.16. Check the wiring between the ink level sensors, the solenoid
CAUTION patch PWB and the marking unit driver PWB.
The ink key motor can overheat if run repeatedly. Allow 2 minutes between each run of the ink
key motor. Refer to:
Enter dC330 code 93-051 or 052 or 053, to run the ink key plate motor, MOT93-051, PL 93.10 P/J101, Marking Unit Driver PWB
Item 14. MOT93-051 runs. P/J380, P/J760, P/J780 Solenoid Patch PWB.
Y N 01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP.
Refer to:
Ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
P/J406, Media path driver PWB.
01L 0V Distribution RAP NOTE: Ink level sense errors can be caused by ink cross contamination. If the machine was
recently moved, cross contamination may have occurred. If the cross contamination is severe,
it may be necessary to install a new ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
Ink key plate motor, PL 93.10 Item 14.
Ink loader upper assembly, PL 93.10 Item 1.
The key plate moves when the motor runs.

Y N
Clean the ink loading area to ensure that the ink key plate moves smoothly. If necessary,
install a new ink loader upper assembly, PL 93.10 Item 1.
The fault may be intermittent, check the wiring to the ink key plate motor. If necessary, install a
new ink loader upper assembly, PL 93.10 Item 1.

93-890-00 Marking Unit Air Solenoid Over Current RAP 93-891-00 Ink Transport Over Current RAP
93-890-00 The marking unit air solenoid is taking too much current. 93-891-00 The ink transport motor is taking too much current.

WARNING WARNING
Go to the 91-516-00 Low Pressure Assist Over Current RAP. Check the ink loader assembly for debris blocking the transport belts.
Check the ink loader for damage close to the transport motor.
Procedure
Enter dC330 codes 93-048 and 93-049 to run the ink transport motor PL 93.10 Item 5, forward
and in reverse. The motor runs.
Y N
Go to WD 8.4. Check the ink transport motor.
Refer to:
01H +24V Distribution RAP
Ink transport motor, PL 93.10 Item 5.
The ink stick transport belts move.

Y N
Ink transport drive gear, PL 93.10 Item 6.
Ink loader upper assembly, PL 93.10 Item 1.
Check for obstructions and debris that may cause the transport belts to jam intermittently.
Check for damage to the ink loader upper assembly, PL 93.10 Item 1.

93-901-00 to 93-904-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Fill Failure RAP 93-909-00 to 93-924-00 Printhead Reservoir Level Failure
93-901-00 Black melt reservoir over fill failure RAP
93-902-00 Magenta melt reservoir over fill failure
93-903-00 Cyan melt reservoir over fill failure
93-904-00 Yellow melt reservoir over fill failure
Procedure
WARNING 93-913-00 Head 2 black reservoir level sense failure
WARNING
Do not touch the ink loader melt plates while the machine is switched on. Dangerous 93-916-00 Head 2 yellow reservoir level sense failure
Ensure that the melt plates on the ink loader are operating correctly. Check the last 40 faults for 93-917-00 Head 3 black reservoir level sense failure
the following codes:
93-523 to 534 93-918-00 Head 3 magenta reservoir level sense failure
The last 40 faults is clear of ink melt plate faults
Y N
Perform the relevant RAP: 93-920-00 Head 3 yellow reservoir level sense failure
93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-00, 93-533-00, 93-957-00
Ink Melt Error RAP 93-921-00 Head 4 black reservoir level sense failure
93-525-00, 93-528-00, 93-531-00, 93-534-00 Ink Melt Thermistor Error RAP
Perform dC612 Print Test Pattern. Run 100 solid fills of the affected colour. Check the ink 93-922-00 Head 4 magenta reservoir level sense failure
melt reservoir for overfill. The ink reservoir is good.
Y N 93-923-00 Head 4 cyan reservoir level sense failure
Go back to the beginning of this RAP.
Procedure
Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.16. Check the wiring between the ink level sensors, the solenoid WARNING
patch PWB and the marking unit driver PWB. Refer to:
P/J101, Marking unit driver PWB not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
P/J380, P/J760, P/J780 Solenoid patch PWB. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP. Clear the fault code by:
01L 0V Distribution RAP Switch the machine off and then switch the machine on, GP 14.
The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the wiring REP 1.1.


93-933-00 to 93-936-00 Head Purge Failure RAP 93-937-00 to 93-940-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Leak Error RAP
93-933-00 Head 1 purge failure 93-937-00 A leak has been detected in the black melt reservoir
93-934-00 Head 2 purge failure 93-938-00 A leak has been detected in the magenta melt reservoir
93-935-00 Head 3 purge failure 93-939-00 A leak has been detected in the cyan melt reservoir
93-936-00 Head 4 purge failure 93-940-00 A leak has been detected in the yellow melt reservoir

WARNING WARNING
Check that all purge lines are connected. Re-install all purge lines as necessary. WARNING
Procedure voltages may be present that could cause death or injury.
Clean ink leakages as necessary, refer to GP 27.
Check the purge line components for damage. Ensure that the purge lines are clean and not
contaminated. Ensure that the purge line is connected to the ink melt reservoir The purge Procedure
line are clean and undamaged
Y N Check the following:
Install new components as necessary: That the ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10 is installed correctly and not damaged.
Purge line, PL 91.20 Item 11. That the upper umbilical, PL 91.20 Item 10 is installed correctly and not damaged. Also
check the connection between the upper umbilical to ink melt reservoir. Ensure the gasket
Purge line filter, PL 91.20 Item 9.
is installed correctly. Refer to REP 91.31.
Ink reservoir assembly, PL 93.10 Item 26.
That the lower umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 10 is installed correctly and not damaged. Also
Printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2
check the connection between the lower umbilical to ink melt reservoir. Ensure the gasket
is installed correctly. Refer to REP 91.31.
Perform 93A Ink melt reservoir check.
The components are good
Y N
Ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10
Lower umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 10.
Go to WD 9.9 and WD 9.16. Check the wiring and connectors between PJ101 on the Marking
Unit Driver PWB and PJ760 on the Solenoid patch PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP
1.1. If necessary install new components:

A
93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP Reconnect the air hose from the pump to the ink reservoir, Figure 1.
Enter the correct dC330 code to check the ink reservoir solenoids:
Procedure Purge solenoid valve 1, SOL93-059.
WARNING Purge solenoid valve 2, SOL93-060.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Purge solenoid valve 3, SOL93-061.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Purge solenoid valve 4, SOL93-062.
WARNING Black ink solenoid valve 6, SOL93-064.
Do not touch the ink loader melt plates while the machine is switched on. Dangerous Black ink solenoid valve 7, SOL93-065.
That the ink melt reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10 is installed correctly and not damaged.
That the upper umbilical, PL 91.20 Item 10 is installed correctly and not damaged. Also
check for leaks at the connection between the upper umbilical to ink melt reservoir. Refer
to REP 91.31.
That the lower umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 10 is installed correctly and not damaged. Also
check for leaks at the connection between the lower umbilical to ink melt reservoir. Refer Cyan ink solenoid valve 14, SOL93-072.
to REP 91.31. Cyan ink solenoid valve 15, SOL93-073.
That the air tubes, part of the ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10 are installed correctly and Cyan ink solenoid valve 16, SOL93-074.
not damaged. Magenta ink solenoid valve 17, SOL93-075.
The components are good Magenta ink solenoid valve 18, SOL93-076.
Y N
Ink reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10
All solenoids energise
Y N
Lower umbilical, PL 91.25 Item 10. Go to WD 9.14, WD 9.15 and WD 9.12. Check the ink reservoir solenoids.
Refer to:
Move the marking unit to the service position, GP 6.
1.
Enter dC330 and stack the code 93-050 to run the ink reservoir pump MOT93-050, PL 93.10 P/J801, Marking unit driver PWB
Item 11 and code 91-045 low pressure assist valve SOL 91.045, PL 93.10 Item 15. The pump 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
will run for approximately 10 seconds. If the pump runs, then the air pressure from the discon- 01L 0V Distribution RAP
nected air hose is sufficient to feel on the skin, or partially inflate a rubber glove. The pump
runs
Y N
Go to WD 9.14 and WD 9.12. Check the ink reservoir pump. Marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Refer to:
Turn the machine off, then on, GP 14. Check the PEST log for the following codes:
For 99-150-00, go to the 99-143-00 to 99-150-00 PEST Error 4 RAP.
For 99-292-00 to 99-312-00, go to the 99-293-00 to 99-312-00 PEST Error 9 RAP.
For 99-460-00, go to the 99-444-00 to 99-457-00 PEST Error 16 RAP.
For 99-461-00 to 99-467-00 or 99-470-00 to 99-477-00, go to the 99-460-00 to 99-477-00
PEST Error 17 RAP.

For 99-564-00, 99-565-00 or 99-568-00 to 99-580-00, go to the 99-564-00 to 99-565-00 93B Ink Leak Checkout RAP
PEST Error 23 RAP.
This RAP is to be used when an ink leak is present in the machine.
For 99-682-00, 99-684-00, 99-685-00, go to the 99-671-00 to 99-685-00 PEST Error 30
RAP.
Procedure
WARNING
CAUTION
Wait for the ink and other components to cool before attempting the removal procedures.
Check the following areas for leaking ink:
Umbilical / Ink reservoir connection. If present perform the following:
1. Remove the umbilicals, refer to REP 91.31.
2. Check the upper check valve unit, PL 91.20 Item 19 and reservoir gasket PL 91.20
Item 18. Clean as necessary, refer to GP 27.
3. Check the lower check valve unit, PL 91.25 Item 19 and reservoir gasket PL 91.25
Item 18. Clean as necessary, refer to GP 27.
4. Reassemble the components.
Umbilical / printhead connection, If present perform the following:
1. Check the purge line filter assemblies, install a new assembly if necessary:
Upper purge line filter assembly, PL 91.20 Item 17.
Lower purge line filter assembly, PL 91.25 Item 17.
2. Remove the printhead, refer to REP 91.29.
3. Check the connection and gasket. Clean as necessary, refer to GP 27.
Lower purge hose pair 4. Reassemble the components.
Upper purge hose pair Disconnect the air hose Ink reservoir or umbilical leaking elsewhere, If present perform the following:
for the upper umbilical from the ink reservoir 1. Install new components as necessary:
Upper umbilical kit, PL 91.20 Item 20.
Lower umbilical kit, PL 91.25 Item 20.
Ink reservoir assembly, PL 93.10 Item 26.
2. Clean ink leakages as necessary, refer to GP 27.
Figure 1 Reservoir pump air hose
Printheads leaking elsewhere, if present perform the following:
Upper printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2.
Lower printhead, PL 91.25 Item 2.
2. Clean ink leakages as necessary, refer to GP 27.
Check melt plates and melt plate housing for debris that can cause incorrect delivery of
ink from loader to ink reservoir.
Check for correct ink loader installation.

94-504-00 Cleaning Unit Reservoir Pressure Low RAP 94-505-00 Cleaning Unit Reservoir Pressure High RAP
94-504-00 Cleaning unit reservoir pressure is too low. 94-505-00 Cleaning unit reservoir pressure is too high.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
CAUTION CAUTION
Use care when working near the drum. The drum can be damaged easily, which will cause Use care when working near the drum. The drum can be damaged easily, which will cause
print quality defects. print quality defects.
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21 and continue with the procedure. Cheat the front door interlock. Listen at the front of the cleaning unit. The cleaning unit can
be heard running.
NOTE: Ensure the new cleaning unit is above 6 degrees Celsius or 43 degrees Fahrenheit. Do
Y N
not install a very cold cleaning unit. Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault is still present.
Check the fault history, GP 2. Multiple occurrences of fault 94-504-00 are listed. Y N
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. The fault is still present.
Go to WD 9.2, WD 9.4 and WD 9.19. Check the wiring between the cleaning unit and the drum Y N
driver PWB. The wiring is good. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Y N
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 or install a new cleaning unit interface harness, Remove the new cleaning unit. Remove the drum drive motor and belt, refer to REP
PL 1.15 Item 17. 91.24. Check that the 12 pin connector on the rear of the machine is connected correctly
and not damaged. The 12 pin connector is good.
Check for grounding faults, GP 7 System Grounding Verification. If the fault remains, install a Y N
new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. Install a new 12 pin connector, PL 94.10 Item 6.
Go to WD 9.2, WD 9.4 and WD 9.19. Check the wiring between the cleaning unit and the
drum driver PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 or install a new harness, PL
1.15 Item 17. Reinstall the original cleaning unit. The fault is still present.
Y N
Remove the cleaning unit. Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. Reinstall the
original cleaning unit. The fault is still present.
Y N
Check for grounding faults, GP 7 System Grounding Verification.
Remove the front door interlock cheat. Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Cheat the
front door interlock. Listen at the front of the cleaning unit. The cleaning unit can be heard
running.
Y N
Remove the cleaning unit. Remove the drum drive motor and belt, refer to REP 91.24. Check
that the 12 pin connector on the rear of the machine is connected correctly and not damaged.
The 12 pin connector is good.

Y N 94-510-00, 94-512-00 Drum Image Initial Position Error RAP
Install a new 12 pin connector, PL 94.10 Item 6.
94-510-00 The imaging software detected the drum at the wrong position.
Go to WD 9.2, WD 9.4 and WD 9.19. Check the wiring between the cleaning unit and the drum
driver PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 or install a new harness, PL 1.15 Item 94-512-00 The drum has stalled during imaging.
17. Reinstall the cleaning unit. Cheat the front door interlock. Listen at the front of the cleaning
unit. The cleaning unit can be heard running. Procedure
Y N WARNING
Remove the cleaning unit. Install a new drum drive motor PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. unit. Cheat the
front door interlock. Listen at the front of the cleaning unit. The cleaning unit can be heard
1. Perform the 94-534-00 Drum Drive Belt Slip RAP.
running.
Y N 2. If the fault remains, reload the software, GP 4 Machine Software.

94-514-00, 94-518-00 Drum Imaging Error RAP 94-519-00 Drum Imaging Error RAP
94-514-00 Image data not ready when needed during drum revolution 94-519-00 Drum Imaging Failure
94-518-00 Software timing error during imaging Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 1. Perform the dC977 Drum Runout Calibration.
2. Perform the dC914 Head to Head Alignment Test.
1. Reload the software, GP 4 Machine Software.
If the fault remains, install new components as necessary:
2. If the fault remains, install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.

94-520-00 Cleaning Unit Drive Error RAP 94-522-00 Cleaning Unit Motor Stall RAP
94-520-00 Cleaning unit motor is taking too much current. 94-522-00 Cleaning unit motor stall.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
Go to dC123 Pest Fault History and check for faults related to the drum, drum drive or drum Go to dC123 Pest Fault History and check for faults related to the drum, drum drive or drum
control components. control components.
Go to dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. Perform a full speed exercise. The fault remains. Go to dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. Perform a full speed exercise. The fault remains.
Y N Y N
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Go to dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. Perform a slow speed exercise. The fault remains. Print TP 20 Oil Bar Chase and Metering Blade Timing Test Pages. Evaluate the metering blade
Y N timing test page only. The metering blade engages and disengages with the drum cor-
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. rectly.
Y N
Remove the drum drive motor and belt, refer to REP 91.24. Check the 12 pin connector, PL Remove the cleaning unit, refer to REP 94.1. Ensure the cleaning unit camshaft is
94.10 Item 12. Check the cleaning unit motor, PL 94.10 Item 24 for damage. Go to WD 9.2. unlocked, refer to REP 91.32, Figure 4. If necessary, use a screwdriver to manually rotate
Check the wiring between the cleaning unit and the drum driver PWB. Repair the wiring as the cam shaft, Figure 1. Go to dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. Perform a full speed exer-
necessary, REP 1.1 or install a new harness, PL 1.15 Item 17. ciser. The fault remains.
12 pin connector, PL 94.10 Item 12. Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Go to dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser.
Perform a full speed exercise. The fault remains.
Cleaning unit motor assembly, PL 94.10 Item 19.
Y N
Reinstall the original cleaning unit.
Enter dC140 code 94-103 to monitor the cleaning unit motor encoder, PL 94.10 Item 20.
Use a screwdriver to manually rotate the cam shaft. The display changes.
Y N
Go to WD 9.2 and WD 9.3. Check the cleaning unit motor and encoder.
Refer to:
P/J601, P/J802 Drum driver PWB.
01D+5V Distribution RAP.

Reinstall the original cleaning unit. Install new components as necessary:
Enter dC330 code 94-105 to monitor the cleaning unit home sensor, PL 94.10 Item 17.
Use a screwdriver to manually rotate the camshaft. Ensure that cam rotates through the
whole of allowable travel. The display changes.
A
A
Y N
Go to WD 9.3. Check the cleaning unit motor and encoder.
Refer to:
P/J802 Drum driver PWB.
Cleaning unit home sensor, PL 94.10 Item 17.
Check that the camshaft rotates freely. The camshaft rotates freely.
Y N
1. Inspect the camshaft for obstructions that would prevent it from moving freely.
2. Remove the camshaft assembly, PL 94.10 Item 4, REP 91.32. Check the bush-
ings, PL 94.10 Item 8 and PL 94.10 Item 14 for wear or damage. Install new
Camshaft assembly, PL 94.10 Item 4.
Remove the drum drive motor and belt, refer to REP 91.24. Check the 12 pin connector,
PL 94.10 Item 12. Go to WD 9.2. Check the wiring between the cleaning unit and the
drum driver PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 or install a new harness, PL
1.15 Item 17.
12 pin connector, PL 94.10 Item 12.
Cam shaft

94-524-00 Drum Drive Motor Over Current RAP 94-526-00 Drum Drive Stall RAP
94-524-00 Drum drive motor is taking too much current. 94-526-00 Drum has stalled.

WARNING WARNING
CAUTION CAUTION
Use care when working near the drum. The drum can be damaged easily, which will cause Use care when working near the drum. The drum can be damaged easily, which will cause
print quality defects. print quality defects.
Check that the print media loaded into all of the trays matches the UI display for each tray. Check that the print media loaded into all of the trays matches the UI display for each tray.
If necessary correct the settings or load the correct media. Media that is too thick for the If necessary correct the settings or load the correct media. Media that is too thick for the
machine settings will cause drive errors. machine settings will cause drive errors.
Check the trays for mixed media weights and correct if necessary. Check the trays for mixed media weights and correct if necessary.
Check for evidence of multi-feeds. Multiple sheets of media may cause drum drive errors. Check for evidence of multi-feeds. Multiple sheets of media may cause drum drive errors.
If multi-feeds are indicated go to OF 8 Multi-feed RAP. If multi-feeds are indicated go to OF 8 Multi-feed RAP.
Check the fault history for Mis-Feed Jam fault codes 71-101-00 to 71-155-00, 72-101-00
Procedure to 72-155-00, 73-101-00 to 73-155-00, 74-101-00 and 75-101-00. If the fault codes are
Go to dC123 Pest Fault History and check for faults related to the drum, drum drive or drum present, perform the appropriate RAP before proceeding with this RAP.
control components. Check the fault history, dC122 for 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 or 10-550 fault codes. If the
fault codes are present, perform the appropriate RAP before proceeding with this RAP.
1. Check the wiring between PJ6AC on the power supply unit and CN1 on the drum drive Enter dC978 Transfix Calibration Values. Check the calibration values against the label
motor. on the front of the drum frame. If necessary, enter the correct transfix load values.
Refer to WD 1.1. Repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
NOTE: The calibration values are found on a label on the drum frame behind the inner
2. Go to WD 1.1, WD 9.1 and WD 9.3. Check the wiring between the drum drive motor cover, PL 81.11 Item 2.
encoder and the Drum driver PWB, PJ802. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. If
necessary install a new harness: Procedure
Drum driver to front components harness (PJ501), PL 1.15 Item 14. Go to dC123 Pest Fault History and check for faults related to the drum, drum drive or drum
Cleaning unit interface harness (PJ601, PJ802), PL 1.15 Item 17. control components.
3. Remove the drum drive motor, REP 91.24. Perform the following:
Refer to Figure 1. Perform the following:
Check that the motor shaft rotates freely.
1. While the transfix roller is not loaded, spin the roller. Check that the roller spins freely
Check for a resistance of 510 to 1800 ohms across pins 1 and 6 of the drum drive
without binding or generating unusual noise. Check the surface of the transfix roller for
motor encoder.
contamination or damage. Install new components as necessary, PL 10.20.
Check the resistance of the winding on the drum drive motor. The resistance should
2. Remove the drum and abatement fan assembly, refer to REP 91.24. Release the drum
be in the range 9 to 12 ohms. Check across pin 1 and pin 2, pin 2 and pin 3 and pin belt tension. With the drum drive and transfix roller disengaged from the drum, manually
1 and pin 3, all three values should be the same. If the resistance is outside of this
rotate the drum. If the drum does not rotate freely, install new components as necessary,
range, install a new drum drive motor.
PL 94.20 and PL 31.11.
4. Check system grounds, refer to GP 7. Pay particular attention to the media path baffles,
3. Remove the drum drive motor, refer to REP 91.24. Check that the motor shaft rotates
transfix roller, and drum ground connections. freely. If necessary, install a new drum drive motor, PL 94.20 Item 6.
5. Install new components as necessary: 4. If 10-536 is in the fault history, dC122, check the transfix calibration values, dC978. If the
Drum drive motor, PL 94.20 Item 6. transfix values have been reset, re-enter the correct transfix values.
Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. cover, PL 81.11 Item 2.

5. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check for, power supply,
drum motor thermal protection circuit and drum motor current feedback PEST faults then
perform the relevant RAP.
6. Check the fault history, dC122 for 94-550 or 94-551 faults. If either fault is present, per- encoder
form the relevant RAP.
7. Check system grounds, refer to GP 7. Pay particular attention to the media path baffles,
transfix roller, and drum ground connections.
Rear transfix flexure
8. Install new components as necessary: encoder
Drum drive belt, PL 94.20 Item 2.
Drum drive motor, PL 94.20 Item 6.
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. Front transfix motor and
encoder

rear) encoder
Transfix value label (on

front of drum frame)

94-527-00, 94-531-00 Cleaning Unit Early Life Over Current 94-528-00, 94-532-00, 94-533-00 Cleaning Unit Over
RAP Current RAP
94-527-00 Oil delivery pump (early life) is taking too much current. 94-528-00 Drum driver oil pump 1 is taking too much current.
94-531-00 Oil delivery pump (early life) is taking too much current. 94-532-00 Drum driver oil pump 2 is taking too much current.
Procedure 94-533-00 Drum driver oil valve is taking too much current.
WARNING
Procedure
These faults are shown for information only. No corrective actions are necessary. If the fault not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
becomes more serious, faults 94-528-00, 94-532-00 or 94-533-00 will be raised. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
CAUTION
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Make 20 copies. Wait 1 minute. The fault is still
present with the new cleaning unit.
Y N
Remove the new cleaning unit, refer to REP 94.1. Remove the drum drive motor and belt, refer
to REP 91.24. Check the 12 pin connector, PL 94.10 Item 6. Go to WD 9.2. Check the wiring
between the cleaning unit and the drum driver PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
or install a new harness, PL 1.15 Item 17. Reinstall the original cleaning unit.

94-534-00 Drum Drive Belt Slip RAP 5. Remove the drum and abatement fan assembly, refer to REP 91.24. Manually rotate the
drum and observe the drum motor. Abrupt rotations of the drum motor about its tensioning
94-534-00 Excessive slipping of the drum belt.
pivot indicates problems with the drum belt, such as voids or contamination in the
grooves.
Initial Actions 6. Check the drum belt tensioner mechanism. Make sure that the tensioner is latched cor-
WARNING rectly and applying tension to the motor bracket. Inspect the motor bracket for free rota-
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do tion around its pivot, allowing tension to be transmitted to the drum belt.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 7. Release the drum belt tension. Make sure that the drum drive motor pivots freely.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 8. With the drum drive and transfix roller disengaged from the drum, manually rotate the
CAUTION drum. If the drum does not rotate freely, install new components as necessary:
Use care when working near the drum. The drum can be damaged easily, which will cause Drum, PL 94.20 Item 1.
print quality defects. Drum pulley, PL 94.20 Item 3.
Check that the print media loaded into all of the trays matches the UI display for each tray. 9. Remove the drum drive motor and drum belt, REP 91.24. Perform the following:
If necessary correct the settings or load the correct media. Media that is too thick for the
Perform the necessary actions:
machine settings will cause drive errors.
Clean the drum pulley, GP 27.
Check the trays for mixed media weights and correct if necessary.
Clean the drum belt, GP 27.
Check for evidence of multi-feeds. Multiple sheets of media may cause drum drive errors.
If multi-feeds are indicated go to OF 8 Multi-feed RAP. Clean the drum drive motor pulley, GP 27.
Check the fault history for Mis-Feed Jam fault codes 71-101-00 to 71-155-00, 72-101-00 If necessary install a new belt, PL 94.20 Item 2.
to 72-155-00, 73-101-00 to 73-155-00, 74-101-00 and 75-101-00. If the fault codes are 10. Check system grounds, refer to GP 7. Pay particular attention to the media path baffles,
present then perform the appropriate RAP before proceeding with this RAP. transfix roller, and drum ground connections.
Check the fault history, dC122 for 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 or 10-550 fault codes. If the 11. Refer to WD 1.1 and WD 9.3. Perform the following:
fault codes are present, perform the appropriate RAP before proceeding with this RAP. a. Check the wiring between PJ6AC and the drum drive motor. Repair as necessary,
Enter dC978 Transfix Calibration Values. Check the calibration values against the label REP 1.1.
on the front of the drum frame. If necessary, enter the correct transfix load values. b. Check the drum driver power supply interface cable, PL 1.15 Item 10. If necessary,
install a new drum driver power supply interface cable, PL 1.15 Item 10.
cover, PL 81.11 Item 2. c. Check the wiring between the drum drive motor encoder and the Drum driver PWB,
PJ802. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1. If necessary install a new cleaning
Procedure unit interface harness (PJ601, PJ802), PL 1.15 Item 17.
Go to dC123 Pest Fault History and check for faults related to the drum, drum drive or drum 12. Install new components as necessary:
control components. Drum drive belt, PL 94.20 Item 2.
Refer to Figure 1. Perform the following:
1. While the transfix roller is not loaded, spin the roller. Check that the roller spins freely
without binding or generating unusual noise. Check the surface of the transfix roller for
contamination or damage. Install new components as necessary, PL 10.20.
2. If 10-536 is in the fault history, dC122, check the transfix calibration values, dC978. If the
transfix values have been reset, re-enter the correct transfix values.
cover, PL 81.11 Item 2.
3. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check for, power supply,
drum motor thermal protection circuit and drum motor current feedback PEST faults then
perform the relevant RAP.
4. Check the fault history, dC122 for 94-550 or 94-551 faults. If either fault is present, per-
form the relevant RAP.

94-535-00 Drum Driver Command Current Error RAP
94-535-00 The drum driver PWB fails to monitor the drum drive current.
encoder Procedure
WARNING
Rear transfix flexure
encoder not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Refer to:
P/JDC2, Power supply unit.
1. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check for PEST faults then
Front transfix motor and perform the relevant RAP.
encoder
2. Go to WD 9.2. Check the ribbon cable, PL 1.15 Item 10 between the power supply unit
and the drum driver PWB.
rear) Drum driver power supply interface cable, PL 1.15 Item 10.
encoder
Transfix value label (on

front of drum frame)

94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, 94- NOTE: If the drum heater test fails to work correctly. Switch the machine off and then on, GP
14. Enter dC335 and rerun the drum heater test.
546-00, 94-632-00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP
The tests were good.
94-536-00 Drum front heater is too hot
Y N
Go to WD 1.2, WD 9.1 and WD 9.3. Check the wiring between:
94-538-00 Drum front heater is heating too slowly
The power supply unit and the drum heaters.
94-540-00 Drum front thermistor is faulty The power supply unit and the thermal cutout PWB.
The drum driver PWB and the front and rear thermistors.
94-542-00 Drum rear heater is too hot Refer to:
P/J5AC, Power supply unit.
94-544-00 Drum rear heater is heating too slowly
P/J501, P/J801 Drum Driver PWB
94-546-00 Drum rear thermistor is faulty 01A AC Power Distribution RAP.
NOTE: Field engineering have observed that the following two fault codes 94-632-00 and 94- 01L 0V Distribution RAP
633-00 have appeared during the normal printing process, with 99 % of their occuranceies
having no consequences. Therefore, it is advised that either code can be treated as a soft fault
code and generally ignored unless either fault code reoccurs persistantly. Front drum thermistor PL 94.20 Item 9
Rear drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 10.
94-632-00 Drum front heater went unstable while printing
Drum, PL 94.20 Item 1.
94-633-00 Drum rear heater went unstable while printing Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Initial Actions Thermal cutout PWB, PL 88.10 Item 11.
Check that the machine is installed to allow adequate airflow. Refer to GP 21 Installation Space
Requirements. The fault may be intermittent. Go to WD 1.2, WD 9.1 and WD 9.3. Check for loose connections
between:
Procedure The power supply unit and the drum heaters.
The power supply unit and the thermal cutout PWB.
WARNING
The drum driver PWB and the front and rear thermistors.
Refer to:
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. P/J5AC Power supply unit.
Enter dC330 code 42-064 to run the drum fan, PL 94.20 Item 4. The fan runs. P/J501, P/J801 Drum driver PWB
Y N 01A, AC Power Distribution RAP.
Go to WD 9.1. Check the drum fan. 01B, +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP.
Refer to: 01L 0V Distribution RAP
OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP If the fault persists, install new components as necessary.
GP 10, How to Check a Motor. Front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9.
P/J501 Drum driver PWB. Rear drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 10.
01H +24V Distribution RAP. Drum, PL 94.20 Item 1.
01L 0V Distribution RAP Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Install new components as necessary: Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.
Drum fan, PL 94.20 Item 4. Thermal cutout PWB, PL 88.10 Item 11.
Enter dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Select the front drum heater. Set the Setpoint
Mode to Ready. Select Graph to run the test. Check that the temperature is correct and stable.
Repeat the test for the rear drum heater.

94-545-00 Drum Runout Calibration Error RAP 94-547-00, 94-555-00 Y-Axis Belt Ratio Error RAP
94-545-00 Drum runout calibration error - drum motor encoder. 94-547-00 Y-axis belt ratio error.
Procedure 94-555-00 Y-axis belt ratio hard error.

WARNING
Procedure
Go to dC123 Pest Fault History and check for faults related to the drum, drum drive or drum not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
control components. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Enter dC140 code 94-101 to monitor the drum drive motor encoder. Manually rotate the drum. 1. Check the drum belt tensioner. Make sure that the tensioner is latched correctly and
The display changes applying tension to the drum belt. Release the drum belt tension. Make sure that the drum
Y N drive motor pivots freely.
Go to WD 1.1 and WD 9.3. Check the wiring between the drum drive motor encoder and 2. Remove the drum belt, PL 94.20 Item 2. Check the drum belt for contamination or dam-
the drum driver PWB. age. Clean the drum belt as necessary, GP 27.
Refer to:
3. For fault 94-547-00. Check the drum drive motor pulley for contamination, clean as nec-
P/J802, Drum driver PWB. essary, GP 27.
01D +5V Distribution RAP. 4. Install a new drum belt, PL 94.20 Item 2.
The wiring is good.
Y N

Install a new drum drive motor, PL 94.20 Item 6.

94-548-00 Y-Axis Position Error RAP 94-549-00 Drum Runout Calibration Error RAP
94-548-00 The drum position was incorrect after repositioning. 94-549-00 Drum runout calibration - drum encoder.
Procedure
Procedure
WARNING
WARNING
Go to dC123 Pest Fault History and check for faults related to the drum, drum drive or drum
control components.
2. If the fault remains, reload the software, GP 4 Machine Software. Enter dC140 code 94-102 to monitor the drum position encoder. Manually rotate the drum.
The display changes
Y N
Go to WD 9.1. Check the wiring between the drum position encoder and the drum driver
PWB.
Refer to:
The wiring is good.
Y N

Remove the drum drive motor, PL 94.20 Item 6. Check that the motor shaft rotates freely. The
motor shaft rotates freely.
Y N
With the drum drive motor removed, check rotation of the drum. The drum rotates freely.
Y N
Go to WD 9.1. Check the wiring between the drum position encoder and the drum driver PWB.
Refer to:
The wiring is good.
Y N


94-551-00, 94-552-00, 94-553-00 Drum Y-Axis Error RAP 94-558-00, 94-560-00, 94-562-00, 94-564-00, 94-566-00
94-551-00 Drum Y-axis home calculation error. Cleaning Unit Position Error RAP
94-558-00 Cleaning unit timing error
94-552-00 Drum Y-axis Initialization error.
94-560-00 Cleaning unit position error
94-553-00 Drum Y-axis home data error.
94-562-00 Cleaning unit fast forward home time-out
Procedure
WARNING 94-564-00 Cleaning unit slow forward home time-out
94-566-00 Cleaning unit reverse home time-out
Procedure
2. If the fault remains, reload the software, GP 4 Machine Software. WARNING
Go to the 94-522-00 Cleaning Unit Motor Stall RAP.

94-568-00, 94-570-00, 94-572-00, 94-573-00 Cleaning Unit 94-574-00 Cleaning Unit Sync Error RAP
Data Error RAP 94-574-00 Cleaning unit NVM sync access error
94-568-00 Cleaning unit usage data read error
Procedure
94-570-00 Cleaning unit usage data write error WARNING
94-572-00 Cleaning unit usage data detect error
94-573-00 Cleaning unit usage data version error
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. The fault remains.
Y N
Procedure Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
CAUTION
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. The fault is still present.
Y N
Reinstall the original cleaning unit. Remove the drum drive motor and belt, refer to REP 91.24.
Check the 12 pin connector, PL 94.10 Item 6. Go to WD 9.2 and WD 9.4. Check the wiring
between the cleaning unit and the drum driver PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1
or install a new harness, PL 1.15 Item 17.

94-610-00, 94-612-00 Cleaning Unit Error RAP 94-611-00 Cleaning Unit Removal Pump Test Fail RAP
94-610-00 Cleaning unit delivery pump test fail 94-611-00 Cleaning unit removal pump test fail
94-612-00 Cleaning unit valve test fail Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Go to the 94-504-00 Cleaning Unit Reservoir Pressure Low RAP.
Check the fault history, GP 2. Multiple occurrences of fault 94-610-00 are listed.
Y N
Go to dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. Perform a cleaning unit self test. The fault
remains.
Y N
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14 to clear the fault. Perform SCP 5 Final
Actions.
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
driver PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 or install a new cleaning unit interface harness,
PL 1.15 Item 17.
Check for grounding faults, GP 7 System Grounding Verification. If the fault remains, install a
new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.

94-615-00 Non Xerox Cleaning Unit Detected RAP 94-616-00 Cleaning Unit Low Oil Detected RAP
94-615-00 A non Xerox cleaning unit has been detected. 94-616-00 Low oil is detected in the cleaning unit, before the scheduled end of life.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
NOTE: This procedure is only to be performed when the machine does not reorganize a genu- CAUTION
ine Xerox cleaning unit. Use care when working near the drum. The drum can be damaged easily, which will cause
Perform the following: Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Switch off, then switch on the machine GP 14.
1. Verify that the cleaning unit is a Xerox item. Remove, then reinstall the cleaning unit. Cheat the front door interlock. Listen at the front of the cleaning unit. The cleaning unit can
2. If the fault remains, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. be heard running.
Y N
The fault is still present.
Y N
Go to WD 9.2, WD 9.4 and WD 9.19. Check the wiring between the cleaning unit and the
drum driver PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N
Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.1 or install a new harness, PL 1.15 Item 17.
Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. The fault is still present.
Y N
Remove the front door interlock cheat. Remove the new cleaning unit. Go to WD 9.2, WD 9.4
and WD 9.19. Check the wiring between the cleaning unit and the drum driver PWB. The wir-
ing is good.
Y N
Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. Reinstall the new cleaning unit. Cheat the front
door interlock. Listen at the front of the cleaning unit. The cleaning unit can be heard run-
ning.
Y N
Check for grounding faults, go to GP 7 System Grounding Verification.

94-617-00, 94-618-00 Oil Pump Error RAP 94-619 Cleaning Unit Delivery Line Blocked RAP
94-617-00 Oil delivery pump stalled 94-619-00 Oil delivery line blocked.
94-618-00 Oil removal pump stalled Procedure

WARNING
Procedure
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
Check the fault history, GP 2. Multiple occurrences of faults 94-617-00 or 94-618-00 are
listed.
Y N
driver PWB. The wiring is good.
Y N
Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. Reinstall the new cleaning unit. Cheat the front
door interlock. Listen at the front of the cleaning unit. The cleaning unit can be heard run-
ning.
Y N
Check for grounding faults, go to GP 7 System Grounding Verification.

94-617-00, 94-618-00, 94-619 2-470 ColorQube 9303 Family
94-620-00 Drum Fan Stall RAP 94-621-00 Abatement Fan Stall RAP
94-620-00 The drum fan has stalled. 94-621-00 The abatement fan has stalled.

WARNING WARNING
Check the harness leading to the fan. Check the harness leading to the fan.
Check for damage or debris that restricts movement of the fan. Check for damage or debris that restricts movement of the fan.
Procedure Procedure
Enter dC330 code 42-064 to run the drum fan, PL 94.20 Item 4. The drum fan runs. Enter dC330 code 42-062 to run the abatement fan, Figure 1. The abatement fan runs.
Y N Y N
Go to WD 9.1. Check the drum fan. Go to WD 9.4. Check the abatement fan.
Refer to: Refer to:
OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. GP 10 How to Check a Motor.
PJ501, Drum Driver PWB. PJ901, Drum Driver PWB.
01H +24V Power Distribution RAP. 01E +12V Power Distribution RAP.
01L 0V Distribution RAP 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Install new components as necessary Install new components as necessary
Drum fan, PL 94.20 Item 4. Abatement fan assembly, PL 94.20 Item 11.
Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Check for obstructions or debris blocking fan rotation. The fan is clean. Check for obstructions or debris blocking fan rotation. The fan is clean.
Y N Y N
Clean ducts and filters as necessary, GP 27. Clean ducts and filters as necessary, GP 27.
The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or loose connectors. Repair the wiring The fault may be intermittent, check for damaged wiring or loose connectors. Repair the wiring
as necessary, REP 1.1. If necessary install a new drum fan PL 94.20 Item 4. as necessary, REP 1.1. If necessary install a new abatement fan, PL 94.20 Item 11.

94-622-00 Cleaning Unit Unusable RAP
94-622-00 Cleaning unit previously marked unusable.
Procedure
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not reuse a cleaning unit that has oil contamination.
Abatement fan

94-629-00 Extreme Customer Usage RAP 94-631-00 Cleaning Unit Connectivity Failure RAP
94-629-00 DM Gel countdown enabled. 94-631-00 Persistent cleaning unit connectivity failure.
Procedure Procedure
WARNING WARNING
This fault is shown for information only. No corrective actions are necessary. Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.

94-634-00, 94-635-00 DMU Thermistor Failure RAP 94A Enclosure Fan Error RAP
94-634-00 DMU Thermistor Fail. The IME timed out waiting for the cleaning unit to warm-up. Use this RAP to troubleshoot problems with the drum driver enclosure fan, MOT 42-063.
The IME has assumed that the cleaning unit thermistor has failed, although the cleaning unit is
at operational temperature. Procedure
94-635-00 DMU thermistor sensor fail. Anomalous data received when using pressure sensor
WARNING
to determine CU oil level. The IME will revert to open loop oil consumption algorithm. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
These faults are shown for information only. No corrective actions are necessary. Referring to WD 9.4 and PL 1.15, check the enclosure fan is running. Check the wiring to the
drum driver PWB. Install new components as necessary:
Enclosure fan, MOT42-063, PL 1.15 Item 6.


94-634-00, 94-635-00, 94A 2-474 ColorQube 9303 Family
94B Drum Drive Control Test Actions RAP Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Use this RAP to resolve problems identified by dC708 Drum Drive Control Test. 6 Drum calibrate failed on encoder signal
Go to WD 9.1. Check the wiring between the drum encoder and the drum driver PWB
Procedure Refer to:
NOTE: On issue of the service manual (March 2011), dC708 was considered to be unreliable.
Therefore, it is advisable to go to dC122 Fault History and dC123 PEST Fault History then 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
check for drum drive related faults. 01L 0V Distribution RAP
Run dC708 Drum Drive Control Test. Observe the results of the test and perform the relevant
actions. On completion repeat the dC708 Drum Drive Control Test, and check for additional Drum encoder, PL 94.20 Item 8.
actions, then return to the originating RAP. Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
0 Drum drive test normal Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Passed test successfully 7 Drum following error higher than normal
1. Remove the drum fan shroud, PL 94.20 Item 5 and manually rotate the drum.
1 Low power slew test failed
If the drum rotates freely install a new drum drive motor, PL 94.20 Item 6.
Check the following for damage:
If the drum does not rotate freely remove the drum drive belt, PL 94.20 Item 2.
1. The wiring between PJ6AC on the power supply unit and the drum drive motor.
Manually rotate the drum. If the drum spins freely install a new drum drive
Refer to WD 1.1. Repair as necessary, REP 1.1. motor.
2. The drum driver power supply interface cable, PL 1.15 Item 10, install a new cable if nec- If the drum does not spin freely inspect the drum for obstructions and correct as
essary.
necessary.
3. The cleaning unit interface harness, PL 1.15 Item 17. Check between the drum drive
8 Belt slip test failed
motor and the drum driver PWB. Repair the harness if necessary, REP 1.1. Refer to WD
Inspect, clean or replace the drum belt as required, PL 94.20 Item 2.
1.1 and WD 9.3, PJ 802.
4. If the no obvious damage is found replace the drum drive motor then the drum drive PWB. 9 Slew under load test failed: excessive motor torque with transfix loaded
2 Hall analog signal out of range Check the transfix roller, PL 10.20 Item 1, for free rotation.
Referring to WD 9.3 check for +0.8V between PJ802 pin 12 and ground. If the transfix roller does not rotate freely check for obstructions and repair as necessary
If +0.7V to +0.9V is found install a new drum drive motor, PL 94.20 Item 6. or install a new transfix roller.
If no voltage is found install a new drum drive PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
3 Analog sine or cosine drum encode signals out of range
1. Install a new drum encoder, PL 94.20 Item 8.
2. If the fault persists install a new drum drive PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
4 Drum home failed on index calibration
Clean the drum encoder or replace if necessary, PL 94.20 Item 8.
5 Drum calibrate failed on hall signal

Go to WD 1.1 and WD 9.1. Check the wiring between the drum motor and the drum driver
PWB
Refer to:
Drum encoder, PL 94.20 Item 8.

94B 2-476 ColorQube 9303 Family
99-000-00 to 99-067-00 PEST Error 1 RAP Table 1 PEST Hard and Soft Fault Codes
99-000-00 PEST test started. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-057 Hard Go to the 91A Printhead Communications RAP. Check pins 7 to 11 on
99-052-00 Board link, MUD link broken. the video cable from the IME controller PWB to the printhead 3 PWB.
99-053-00 Board link, PS link broken.
the video cable from the IME controller to the printhead 4 PWB.
99-055-00 Cable video, printhead 1. 99-059 Hard Go to the 91A Printhead Communications RAP. Check pins 14 to 27
on the video cable from the IME controller PWB to the printhead 1
PWB.
99-056-00 Cable video, printhead 2.
99-060 Hard Go to the 91A Printhead Communications RAP. Check pins 14 to 27
99-057-00 Cable video, printhead 3. on the video cable from the IME controller to the printhead 2 PWB.
99-061 Hard Go to the 91A Printhead Communications RAP. Check pins 14 to 27
99-058-00 Cable video, printhead 4. on the video cable from the IME controller PWB to the printhead 3
PWB.
99-059-00 Cable video, printhead 1. 99-062 Hard Go to the 91A Printhead Communications RAP. Check pins 14 to 27
on the video cable from the IME controller to the printhead 4 PWB.
99-066 Hard Go to the 92-530-00 RAP. Check the 3 tray module harness for dam-
age.
99-067 Hard Go to the 92-535-00, 92-536-00 RAP. Check for loose connections.
99-066-00 Board link, 3TM link broken.
99-067-00 Board link, PFP ink broken.
Procedure
WARNING
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
dC123.
Table 1 PEST Hard and Soft Fault Codes

Code Hard/Soft Action
99-000 Soft For information only. Indicates the start of the PEST procedure.
99-052 Hard Refer to WD 9.7 and WD 9.10. Check the wiring between the marking
unit driver PWB and the IME controller PWB. If the wiring harness is
good, then install new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4 or
99-053 Hard Go to the 92-520-00 RAP. Check for loose or damaged connections.
the video cable from the IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1 to the
printhead 1 PWB, PL 91.25 Item 2.
the video cable from the IME controller PWB to the printhead 2 PWB.

99-081-00 Wave amp cable, VPP or VSS head 1 open. Code Hard/Soft Action
99-083 Hard Go to 91-610-00 to 91-613-00. Check the video and wave amp
99-082-00 Wave amp cable, VPP or VSS head 2 open. cables to printhead 3.
The fault indicates a failure of the wave amp power signals
99-083-00 Wave amp cable, VPP or VSS head 3 open. between the quad wave amp PWB and the IME controller PWB.
99-084-00 Wave amp cable, VPP or VSS head 4 open.
cables to printhead 4.
99-085-00 Wave amp cable, VPP or VSS head 1 short. between the quad wave amp PWB and the IME controller PWB.
99-086-00 Wave amp cable, VPP or VSS head 2 short.
99-087-00 Wave amp cable, VPP or VSS head 3 short. The fault indicates a failure of the wave amp power signals
between the quad wave amp PWB and the IME controller PWB.
99-088-00 Wave amp cable, VPP or VSS head 4 short. 99-086 Hard Go to 91-610-00 to 91-613-00. Check the video and wave amp
99-100-00 Board link, DDB safe mode. The fault indicates a failure of the wave amp power signals
between the wave amp PWB and the IME controller PWB.
99-110-00 Solenoid, DMU valve over current. 99-087 Hard Go to 91-610-00 to 91-613-00. Check the video and wave amp
99-111-00 Stripper solenoid over current. The fault indicates a failure of the wave amp power signals
99-112-00 Pump, DMU delivery over current. 99-088 Hard Go to 91-610-00 to 91-613-00. Check the video and wave amp
Initial Actions The fault indicates a failure of the wave amp power signals
WARNING between the wave amp PWB and the IME controller PWB.
99-100 Hard Safe mode indicates a firm ware mismatch. Check code version
and upgrade or revert as appropriate. If problem continues install a
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
99-110 Hard Go to 94-505-00 RAP.
Procedure 99-111 Hard Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to 99-112 Hard Go to 94-505-00 RAP. Check the wiring between the cleaning unit
and the drum driver PWB.
dC123.


99-120-00 to 99-140-00 PEST Error 3 RAP 99-143-00 to 99-150-00 PEST Error 4 RAP
99-120-00 Media path driver PWB safe mode. 99-143-00 Thermistor, MU ambient open.
99-121-00 Motor, H bridge enable MPD open. 99-144-00 Thermistor, MU ambient short.
99-130-00 Solenoid, nip C over current. 99-150-00 Solenoid, ink delivery valves over current.
99-131-00 Solenoid, nip D over current. Initial Actions

99-133-00 Solenoid, duplex over current.
WARNING
99-134-00 Solenoid, CAR diverter over current. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
99-140-00 Board link, MUD safe mode.
Procedure
Initial Actions Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
WARNING dC123.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Code Hard/Soft Action
99-143 Soft Go to the 91-682-00 RAP. Check that the temperature reading is
Procedure within range.
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to 99-144 Soft Go to the 91-682-00 RAP. Check that the temperature reading is
dC123. within range.
99-150 Hard Install a new marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
99-120 Hard Safe mode indicates a firm ware mismatch. Check code version and
upgrade or revert as appropriate. If problem continues install a new
media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
99-121 Hard Go to 82-132-00, 82-155-00 RAP. Check the horizontal transport
motor.
99-130 Hard Install a new media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
99-140 Hard Safe mode indicates a firm ware mismatch. Check code version and
upgrade or revert as appropriate. If problem continues install a new
marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.

99-180-00 Board link 3TM safe mode. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-212 Soft Switch off the machine, GP 14. Check all 24V devices for heat or
99-185-00 Board link PFP safe mode. noise and the harnesses for damage or short circuits (i.e. chaff-
ing). If a 24V component has been replaced then check that har-
99-210-00 Power, drum driver board ADC ref to 3.3V / out of range. ness first.
To isolate 5 major areas:
99-211-00 Power DDB ADC ref to 24V out of range. 1. Unplug all drum driver PWB connectors except PJ602,
PJ603 and PJ 902.
99-212-00 Power 24V base above max. If the fault 99-212 is removed but other 99-xxx errors occur,
Then check all 24V components and harnesses to the drum
99-213-00 Power 24V base below min.
driver PWB.
99-214-00 Power 24V base not stable. 2. Unplug all media path driver PWB connectors except PJ803,
PJ408 and PJ 402.
99-215-00 Power DDB ADC 50V APG out of range. If the fault 99-212 is removed but other 99-xxx errors occur,
Then check all 24V components and harnesses to the media
99-216-00 Power 50V base above max. path driver PWB.
3. Unplug all marking unit driver PWB connectors except
99-217-00 Power 50V base below min. PJ203.
If the fault 99-212 is removed but other 99-xxx errors occur,
Initial Actions Then check all 24V components and harnesses to the mark-
WARNING ing unit driver PWB.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 4. Remove power to the quad wave amp PWB, by disconnect-
ing PJ101 on the IME controller PWB.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. If the fault 99-212 is removed and no 99 errors occur, but a
91-610 error occurrs.Then check all 24V components and
harnesses to the quad wave amp PWB.
Procedure
5. Remove power to the CBC tray by disconnecting PJ1 on the
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to power distribution PWB.
dC123.
If the fault 99-212 is removed and replaced by a soft error 99-
213. Then check all 24V components and harnesses.
If none of those solve the problem, then try disconnecting the
printhead connectors from the IME controller PWB. This will also
99-180 Hard Safe mode indicates a firm ware mismatch. Check IME code ver- raise head link errors so check for both.
sion vs. 3TM PLD version and upgrade or revert as appropriate. If The error could be internal to one of the PWBs, refer to the 01H
problem continues install a new 3 Trays module PWB, PL 73.16 RAP.
Item 4. 99-213 Soft Go to the 01H RAP.
99-185 Hard Safe mode indicates a firm ware mismatch. Check IME code ver- 99-214 Soft Go to the 01H RAP.
sion vs. tray 5 PLD version and upgrade or revert as appropriate.
99-215 Soft Go to the 01J RAP and the 01K RAP.
If problem continues install a new tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68
Item 8.
99-210 Soft Go to the 01B RAP.
99-211 Soft Go to the 01H RAP.

Table 1 PEST Hard and Soft Fault Codes 99-221-00 to 99-244-00 PEST Error 6 RAP
Code Hard/Soft Action 99-221-00 Main board 1.225V out of range.
99-216 Soft Switch off the machine, GP 14. Check all 50V devices for heat or
noise and the harnesses for damage or short circuits (i.e. chaff- 99-230-00 Power AC voltage below min.
ing). If a 50V component has been replaced then check that har-
ness first. 99-231-00 Power AC voltage middle error.
To isolate 4 major areas:
1. Unplug all drum driver PWB connectors except PJ602, 99-232-00 Power AC voltage above max.
PJ603 and PJ 902.
If the fault 99-216 is removed but other 99-xxx errors occur, 99-235-00 Power AC base below min.
Then check all 50V components and harnesses to the drum
99-236-00 Power AC base above max.
driver PWB.
2. Unplug all media path driver PWB connectors except PJ803, 99-237-00 AC power gauge is not stable.
PJ408 and PJ 402.
If the fault 99-216 is removed but other 99-xxx errors occur, 99-240-00 Power DDB ADC 5V off missing.
Then check all 50V components and harnesses to the media
path driver PWB. 99-241-00 Power DDB ADC +12V off missing.
3. Unplug all marking unit driver PWB connectors except
PJ203. 99-242-00 Power DDB ADC -12V off missing.
If the fault 99-216 is removed but other 99-xxx errors occur,
Then check all 50V components and harnesses to the mark- 99-243-00 Power DDB ADC +50V off missing.
ing unit driver PWB.
99-244-00 Power IMEC ADC -50V off missing.
4. Remove power to the quad wave amp PWB, by disconnect-
ing PJ101 on the IME controller PWB.
If the fault 99-216 is removed and no 99 errors occur, but a
Initial Actions
91-610 error occurrs.Then check all 50V components and WARNING
harnesses to the quad wave amp PWB. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
The error could be internal to one of the PWBs, refer to the 01J not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
RAP and the 01K RAP. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
99-217 Soft Go to the 01J RAP and the 01K RAP.
Procedure
dC123.

99-230 Soft Go to the 01A RAP.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-250-00 Power IMEC ADC 1.1V out of range.
99-240 Hard The power supply is good and believes the voltage is OK. But check 99-251-00 Power 1.2V out of range.
for a wiring harness failure between the power supply and the drum
driver PWB or an internal failure of the drum driver PWB. Check and 99-252-00 Power IMEC ADC 1.8V out of range.
repair the drum driver / media path power harness, PL 1.15 Item 15. 99-253-00 Power IMEC ADC 2.5V out of range.
Install a new Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Refer to the 01D +5V Distribution RAP. 99-254-00 Power IMEC ADC 3.3V out of range.
99-241 Hard The power supply is good and believes the voltage is OK. But check 99-255-00 Power IMEC ADC -50V out of range.
for a wiring harness failure between the power supply and the drum
99-256-00 Power DDB ADC 5.0V out of range.
driver PWB or an internal failure of the drum driver PWB. Check and
repair the drum driver / media path power harness, PL 1.15 Item 15. 99-257-00 Power DDB ADC +12V out of range.
99-258-00 Power DDB ADC -12V out of range.
Refer to the 01E +12V Distribution RAP.
99-242 Hard The power supply is good and believes the voltage is OK. But check 99-259-00 Power DDB ADC +24V out of range.
for a wiring harness failure between the power supply and the drum 99-260-00 Power DDB ADC +50V out of range.
driver PWB or an internal failure of the drum driver PWB. Check and
repair the drum driver / media path power harness, PL 1.15 Item 15. 99-270-00 Fuse DDB 5V open.
Install a new Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. 99-271-00 Fuse DDB 12V open.
Refer to the 01F -12V Distribution RAP.
99-243 Hard The power supply is good and believes the voltage is OK. But check Initial Actions
for a wiring harness failure between the power supply and the drum WARNING
driver PWB or an internal failure of the drum driver PWB. Check and Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
repair the drum driver / media path power harness, PL 1.15 Item 15.
Refer to the 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
99-244 Hard The power supply is good and believes the voltage is OK. But check Procedure
for a wiring harness failure between the power supply at PJDC1 and Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
the IME controller PWB at PJ701 or an internal failure of the IME con- dC123.
troller PWB. Check and repair the harness, REP 1.1. Install a new IME
controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
Refer to the 01K -50V Distribution RAP. Code Hard/Soft Action
99-255 Soft Go to the 01K RAP.
99-256 Soft Go to the 01D RAP.
99-257 Soft Go to the 01E RAP.
99-258 Soft Go to the 01F RAP.
99-259 Soft Go to the 01H RAP.
99-260 Soft Go to the 01J RAP.
99-270 Soft Go to the 01D RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits
and bad wiring harnesses.
99-271 Soft Go to the 01E RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits
and bad wiring harnesses.

99-272-00 Drum driver PWB, 24V fuse A (F602) open. Code Hard/Soft Action
99-274 Hard Go to the 01J RAP. Refer to WD 9.1 and WD 9.2 Check down stream of
99-273-00 Drum driver PWB, 24V fuse B (F603) open. the drum driver PWB for short circuits and bad wiring harnesses. Refer
to the 01-530-00 +/- 50V Short Circuit and Overload RAP. If no direct
99-274-00 Drum driver PWB, 50V fuse open. short is found, first replace the stripper solenoid assembly (PL 10.10
Item 3) before any other suspect 50V components. After the short has
99-280-00 Media path driver PWB, 3.3V over current detected. been repaired install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
99-280 Hard Go to the 01B RAP. Check downstream for short circuits and bad wiring
99-281-00 Media path driver PWB, 5V fuse (F803) open. harnesses.
99-281 Hard Go to the 01D RAP. Check down stream for short circuits and bad wiring
99-282-00 Media path driver PWB, 12V fuse (F802) open.
harnesses. Refer the 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and
99-283-00 Media path driver PWB, 24V fuse A (F702) open. Overload RAP.
99-282 Hard Go to the 01E RAP. Check downstream for short circuits and bad wiring
99-284-00 Media path driver PWB, 24V fuse B (F701) open. harnesses. Refer to the 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short Circuit and
Overload RAP.
99-285-00 Media path driver PWB, 24V fuse C (F801) open. 99-283 Hard Go to the 01H RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits and
bad wiring harnesses. Refer to the 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short
99-286-00 Media path driver PWB, 50V fuse A (F902) open. Circuit and Overload RAP.
99-284 Hard Go to the 01H RAP. Check down stream devices for short circuits and
99-287-00 Media path driver PWB, 50V fuse B (F904) open. bad wiring harnesses. Refer to the 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short
99-290-00 Marking unit driver PWB, 12V fuse 3.3V open.
99-285 Hard Go to the 01H RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits and
99-291-00 Marking unit driver PWB, 12V fuse open.
Check for +12V at the media path driver PWB, PJ803, WD 8.5.
99-292-00 Marking unit driver PWB, 24V fuse open. If the voltage is good go to the 01H RAP.
If the voltage is not good, go to the 01E +12v Distribution RAP.
Initial Actions 99-286 Hard Go to the 01D RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits and
WARNING bad wiring harnesses. Refer to the 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Circuit and Overload RAP.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 99-287 Hard Go to the 01D RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits and
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. bad wiring harnesses. Refer to the 01-525-00 +24V, +/-12V, +5V Short
Procedure 99-290 Hard Go to the 01B RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits and
bad wiring harnesses.
dC123. 99-291 Hard Go to the 01E RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits and
Table 1 PEST Hard and Soft Fault Codes Circuit and Overload RAP.
Code Hard/Soft Action 99-292 Hard Go to the 01H RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits and
99-272 Soft Go to the 01H RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits and Circuit and Overload RAP.
99-273 Soft Go to the 01H RAP. Check downstream devices for short circuits and

99-293-00 Fuse MUD 50V open. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-304 Hard Check that PJ801 on the marking unit driver PWB is securely con-
99-301-00 Connector, marking unit driver PWB. nected. Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP
1.1. Refer to WD 9.12.
99-302-00 Connector, marking unit driver PWB.
nected. Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP
1.1. Refer to WD 9.9 and WD 9.16.
99-306 Hard Check that PJ901 on the marking unit heater PWB is securely con-
1.1. Refer to WD 9.8 and WD 9.12.
99-307-00 Connector, marking unit driver PWB. 99-308 Hard Check that PJ401 on the marking unit heater PWB is securely con-
99-308-00 Connector, marking unit driver PWB. 1.1. Refer to WD 9.8.
99-310-00 Connector, MU solenoid patch PWB. 99-310 Hard Check that PJ430 on the solenoid patch PWB is securely connected.
Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
99-311-00 Connector, MU solenoid patch PWB.
Refer to WD 9.14.
99-312-00 Connector, MU solenoid patch PWB. 99-311 Hard Check that PJ110 on the solenoid patch PWB is securely connected.
Refer to WD 9.14.
Initial Actions
99-312 Hard Check that PJ410 on the solenoid patch PWB is securely connected.
WARNING Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Refer to WD 9.15.
Procedure
dC123.

99-293 Hard Go to the 01D RAP.
99-301 Hard Check PJ303 on the marking unit driver PWB and its wiring. Refer to
WD 9.10.
99-302 Hard Check PJ102 on the marking unit driver PWB and its wiring. Refer to
WD 9.9.

99-313-00 Connector, MU solenoid patch PWB. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-314-00 Connector, MU solenoid patch PWB. Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
Refer to WD 9.15.
Refer to WD 9.14.
Refer to WD 9.16.
99-320-00 Connector IME other open.
99-321-00 Connector, drum driver PWB. Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
Refer to WD 9.16.
99-322-00 Connector, drum driver PWB. 99-320 Hard This fault code is for future use and is included for reference only.
99-321 Hard Check that PJ902 on the drum driver PWB is securely connected.
Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4.
99-324-00 Connector, drum driver PWB.
99-325-00 Connector, drum driver PWB. Refer to WD 9.4 and WD 9.19.
99-326-00 Connector, drum driver PWB.
99-327-00 Connector, drum driver PWB. Refer to WD 9.2, WD 9.3 and WD 9.19.
Refer to WD 9.2, and WD 8.6.
99-329-00 Connector, drum driver PWB. 99-325 Hard Check that PJ401 on the drum driver PWB is securely connected.
Initial Actions Refer to WD 9.1.
WARNING 99-326 Hard Check that PJ801 on the drum driver PWB is securely connected.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 99-327 Hard Check that PJ901 on the drum driver PWB is securely connected.
Refer to WD 9.4.
Procedure 99-328 Hard Check that PJ501 on the drum driver PWB is securely connected.
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
dC123. Refer to WD 9.1 and WD 1.1.
Code Hard/Soft Action Refer to WD 9.1 and WD 9.22.
Refer to WD 9.15.

99-330-00 Connector, IOD pre-amplifier PWB. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-332 Hard Check that PJ4 on the registration / preheat interface is securely con-
99-331-00 Connector DMU hot plug open. nected. Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary,
REP 1.1. Refer to WD 8.6.
99-332-00 Connector, registration / preheat interface PWB.
nected. Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary,
99-340-00 Connector, media path driver PWB.
99-340 Hard Check that PJ202 on the media path driver PWB is securely con-
99-341-00 Connector, media path driver PWB. nected. Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary,
99-342-00 Connector, media path driver PWB. 99-341 Hard Check that PJ104 on the media path driver PWB is securely con-
99-343-00 Connector, media path driver PWB. REP 1.1. Refer to WD 8.1 and WD 8.6.
99-344-00 Connector, media path driver PWB. nected. Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary,
REP 1.1. Refer to WD 8.1 and WD 8.5.
99-345-00 Connector, media path driver PWB. 99-343 Hard Check that PJ905 on the media path driver PWB is securely con-
99-346-00 Connector, MPD harness M3
99-347-00 Connector, MPD harness M2 99-344 Hard Check that PJ406 on the media path driver PWB is securely con-
REP 1.1. Refer to WD 8.4, WD 9.17 and WD 9.18.
99-348-00 Connector, MPD harness M5
99-349-00 Connector, MPD harness M6 nected. Check the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary,
Initial Actions 99-346 Hard Check that PJ202 on the media path driver PWB harness to registra-
tion motor (M3) is securely connected. Check the wiring for an open
WARNING circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Refer to WD 8.1.
99-347 Hard Check that PJ104 on the media path driver PWB harness to vertical
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause transport motor (M2) is securely connected. Check the wiring for an
open circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Refer to WD 8.1.
99-348 Hard Check that PJ303 on the media path driver PWB harness to exit
Procedure motor (M5) is securely connected. Check the wiring for an open cir-
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to cuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Refer to WD 8.2.
dC123. 99-349 Hard Check that PJ905 on the media path driver PWB harness to horizon-
tal transport motor (M6) is securely connected. Check the wiring for
Table 1 PEST Hard and Soft Fault Codes an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Refer to WD 8.5.
99-330 Hard Check that PJ2 to the IOD pre-amp PWB, refer to WD 9.22 and WD
9.1 and PJ1 on the registration / pre-heat interface PWB, refer to WD
8.6 are securely connected. Check the wiring for an open circuit,
repair as necessary, REP 1.1.
99-331 Hard This fault code is for future use and is included for reference only.

99-360-00 Connectors TTM 1 open. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-366 Hard LCSS: Go to the 12-199-00-110 Unexpected Sheet at Finisher Entry
99-361-00 Connector TTM 2 open. RAP.
OCT: Go to the 12-701-00-65 Offset Catch Tray Failure RAP.
99-362-00 Connector TTM 3 open. HVF: Go to the 12-762-00-171, 12-764-00-171, 12-765-00-171 IME to
Finisher Communication Failure RAP.
99-365-00 Power supply unit. Check the communication harness between the finisher and PJ904 on
the media path driver PWB.
99-366-00 Connector, media path driver PWB. 99-370 Hard Check that PJ4AC on the power supply is securely connected. Check
the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Refer to
99-370-00 Connector, PS J4AC marking unit.
WD 1.1.
99-371-00 Connector, PS J5AC. 99-371 Hard Check that PJ5AC on the power supply is securely connected. Check
the wiring for an open circuit, repair as necessary, REP 1.1. Refer to
WD 1.2.
99-372-00 Connector AC PS heater 3 open.
99-373-00 Connector AC PS fuse 1 open. 99-373 Hard This fault code is for future use and is included for reference only.
99-374-00 Connector AC PS fuse 2 open.
99-380 Hard Install a new power supply, PL 1.15 Item 2.
99-375-00 Connector AC PS fuse 3 open.
99-381 Hard Install a new power supply, PL 1.15 Item 2.
99-380-00 Fan power supply short. 99-382 Soft Install a new power supply, PL 1.15 Item 2.
99-381-00 Fan power supply open.
99-382-00 Fan power supply stalled.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Procedure
dC123.

99-365 Hard Go to the 01A RAP. Check that the finisher power cord is securely
connected to the IME.

99-394-00 Power triacs PS short triac. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-405 Hard Refer to IME Controller test points TP703-706 (Lower Left corner of
99-395-00 Power, triacs MUH short triac. the board, with labels HD1-HD4 to indicate which head)
Check at each test point.
99-405-00 Power, head thermistors safety circuit error.
If the voltage is ~3.2V, then that head is good.
99-410-00 Heater, head reservoir 1 open. If the voltage is ~2.1V then the video cable has an open con-
tact. Install a new video cable, PL 92.10 Item 7, for the indi-
cated printhead.
99-411-00 Heater, head reservoir 2 open.
If the voltage is ~0.02V, then it has a thermistor / temperature
99-412-00 Heater, head reservoir 3 open. error, check the PEST fault history, dC123 for shorted triac.
Unplug AC heaters to that head, if still bad, install a new print-
99-413-00 Heater, head reservoir 4 open. head.
If the voltage is ~0.3V then check the cable on that head and
Initial Actions look for a thermistor error on another head.
WARNING If all 4 voltages are OK, it may be intermittent, try POPO to catch the
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do fault again and measure immediately.
Refer to the 91A Printhead Communications RAP.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 99-410 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-
00 to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error
RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 1. If it is open or
Procedure short, install a new a cable. If necessary, install a new printhead.
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to 99-411 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-
dC123.
00 to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error
RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 2. If it is open or
Table 1 PEST Hard and Soft Fault Codes short, install a new a cable. If necessary, install a new printhead.
Code Hard/Soft Action 99-412 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-
99-394 Hard Check the PEST fault history, dC123 for power supply heater faults 00 to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error
(ink melt plates, pre heater, drum heater). RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 3. If it is open or
Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. short, install a new a cable. If necessary, install a new printhead.
99-395 Hard Check the PEST fault history, dC123 for marking unit heater faults 99-413 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-
(umbilicals, printheads and ink melt reservoir). Identify which heater 00 to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error
is open and install new components as necessary. RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 4. If it is open or
Then install a new marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item 5. short, install a new a cable. If necessary, install a new printhead.

99-414-00 Heater, head reservoir 1 short. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-415 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
99-415-00 Heater, head reservoir 2 short. to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 2. If it is open or short, install
99-416-00 Heater, head reservoir 3 short. a new a cable. If necessary, install a new printhead.
99-417-00 Heater, head reservoir 4 short.
to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
99-418-00 Heater, head reservoir 1 below min. a new a cable. If necessary, install a new printhead.
99-419-00 Heater, head reservoir 2 below min.
99-420-00 Heater, head reservoir 3 below min. Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 4. If it is open or short, install
a new a cable. If necessary, install a new printhead.
99-421-00 Heater, head reservoir 4 below min. 99-418 Soft Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
99-422-00 Heater, head reservoir 1 above max. Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 1. If it is open or short, install
99-423-00 Heater, head reservoir 2 above max. 99-419 Soft Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
99-424-00 Heater, head reservoir 3 above max. Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 2. If it is open or short, install
99-425-00 Heater, head reservoir 4 above max. 99-420 Soft Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
99-426-00 Heater, jet stack H1 left open. Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 3. If it is open or short, install
99-427-00 Heater, jet stack H1 right open. 99-421 Soft Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
99-428-00 Heater, jet stack H2 left open.
Initial Actions 99-422 Soft Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
WARNING to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 1. If it is open or short, install
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause a new a cable. If necessary, install a new printhead.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 99-423 Soft Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
Procedure Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 2. If it is open or short, install
99-424 Soft Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
dC123.
Table 1 PEST Hard and Soft Fault Codes Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 3. If it is open or short, install
Code Hard/Soft Action 99-425 Soft Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
99-414 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00 to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 4. If it is open or short, install
Check the AC / heater cabling to printhead 1. If it is open or short, install a new a cable. If necessary, install a new printhead.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-429-00 Heater, jet stack H2 right open.
99-426 Hard Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Check the AC / heater
cabling to printhead 1. If it is open or short, install a new a cable. If nec- 99-430-00 Heater, jet stack H3 left open.
essary, install a new printhead.
99-431-00 Heater, jet stack H3 right open.
cabling to printhead 1. If it is open or short, install a new a cable. If nec-
99-432-00 Heater, jet stack H4 left open.
99-433-00 Heater, jet stack H4 right open.
cabling to printhead 2. If it is open or short, install a new a cable. If nec-
99-434-00 Heater, jet stack H1 left short.
99-435-00 Heater, jet stack H1 right short.
99-442-00 Heater, jet stack H1 left below min.
99-443-00 Heater, jet stack H1 right below min.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Procedure
dC123.

99-429 Hard Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 2 Reser-
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as
required.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-444-00 Heater, jet stack H2 left below min.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as 99-445-00 Heater, jet stack H2 right below min.
required.
required.
required.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as 99-450-00 Heater, jet stack H1 left above max.
required.
99-434 Hard Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 1 Reser- 99-451-00 Heater, jet stack H1 right above max.
required. 99-452-00 Heater, jet stack H2 left above max.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as 99-453-00 Heater, jet stack H2 right above max.
required.
99-436 Hard Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 2 Reser- 99-454-00 Heater, jet stack H3 left above max.
99-455-00 Heater, jet stack H3 right above max.
required.
99-437 Hard Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 2 Reser- 99-456-00 Heater, jet stack H4 left above max.
required.
99-457-00 Heater, jet stack H4 right above max.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as Initial Actions
required.
WARNING
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
required. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
required. Procedure
99-441 Hard Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 4 Reser- Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as dC123.
required.
99-442 Soft Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 1 Reser- Table 1 PEST Hard and Soft Fault Codes
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as Code Hard/Soft Action
required.
99-444 Soft Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 2 Reser-
99-443 Soft Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 1 Reser- voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as required.
required.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as required.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-460-00 Heater, umbilical upper open.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as required. 99-461-00 Heater, umbilical lower open.
99-462-00 Heater, umbilical upper short.
99-449 Soft Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 4 Reser- 99-463-00 Heater, umbilical lower short.
99-450 Soft Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 1 Reser- 99-464-00 Heater, umbilical upper below min.
99-451 Soft Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 1 Reser- 99-465-00 Heater, umbilical lower below min.
99-452 Soft Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 2 Reser- 99-466-00 Heater, umbilical upper above max.
99-453 Soft Go to the 01A AC Power Distribution RAP. Select the Head 2 Reser- 99-467-00 Heater, umbilical lower above max.
99-470-00 Heater, melt reservoir 1 open.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as required. 99-471-00 Heater, melt reservoir 2 open.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as required. 99-472-00 Heater, melt reservoir 1 short.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as required. 99-473-00 Heater, melt reservoir 2 short.
voir and Jetstack Heaters Check. Install new components as required. 99-474-00 Heater, melt reservoir 1 below min.
99-475-00 Heater, melt reservoir 2 below min.
99-476-00 Heater, melt reservoir 1 above max.
99-477-00 Heater, melt reservoir 2 above max.
Initial Actions
WARNING
PEST fault 99-471 can be raised as a hard or a soft fault. Enter dC123 PEST Fault His-
tory. A hard fault will appear before the 99-999 separator and a soft fault will appear after
the 99-999 separator.

Procedure Table 1 PEST Hard and Soft Fault Codes
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to Code Hard/Soft Action
dC123. 99-466 Soft Go to 93-535-00 to 93-537-00, 93-958-00 Upper Umbilical Thermal
Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is open or
short replace cable, otherwise replace the umbilical.
Code Hard/Soft Action 99-467 Soft Go to the 93-538-00 to 93-540-00, 93-959-00 Lower Umbilical Ther-
99-460 Hard Check the dC123 PEST log for addition heater faults. mal Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is open
If there are multiple heater open faults for the marking unit (12 head or short install a new cable. If necessary, install a new umbilical.
heaters, 2 umbilical heaters and 2 melt reservoir heaters). 99-470 Soft Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Ther-
Check the cable between marking unit driver PWB at PJ701 mal Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is open
and marking unit heater PWB at PJ901. or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new reservoir.
Enter dC330 component control to attempt to activate one 99-471 Soft Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Ther-
heater (this will enable the AC relays) check that AC voltage is mal Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is open
at the marking Unit heater PWB at PJ101. or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new reservoir. This
If voltages are not present, check the AC cable between the soft fault is raised only if reservoir 2 heater is open.
marking unit PWB at PJ101 and the power supply at PJ4AC. 99-471 Hard Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Ther-
If the cable is OK. Check the power supply unit fuses. These mal Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is open
fuses are inside the power supply unit and not replaceable. or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new reservoir. This
hard fault is raised if both reservoir 1 and 2 heaters are open.
If a fuse is blown, isolate and repair the cause of the blown fuse
and then install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. 99-472 Hard Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Ther-
mal Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is open
If voltages are present at the marking unit heater PWB.
or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new reservoir.
Check the fuses on the PWB.
99-473 Hard Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Ther-
If a fuse is blown, isolate and repair the cause of the blown fuse mal Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is open
and then install a new marking unit heater PWB, PL 92.10 Item
5.
99-474 Soft Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Ther-
If there is only this one heater fault, check the AC / heater
cabling to the umbilical. If it is open or short replace the cable, or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new reservoir.
otherwise install a new umbilical.
Refer to the 93-535-00 to 93-537-00, 93-958-00 Upper Umbilical
Thermal Error RAP. Run the upper umbilical test.
99-461 Hard Go to the 93-538-00 to 93-540-00, 93-959-00 Lower Umbilical Ther-
mal Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is open mal Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is open
or short install a new cable. If necessary, install a new umbilical.
99-462 Hard Go to 93-535-00 to 93-537-00, 93-958-00 Upper Umbilical Thermal
short replace cable, otherwise replace the umbilical. or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new reservoir.
99-464 Soft Go to 93-535-00 to 93-537-00, 93-958-00 Upper Umbilical Thermal
short replace cable, otherwise replace the umbilical.
99-465 Soft Go to the 93-538-00 to 93-540-00, 93-959-00 Lower Umbilical Ther-

99-480-00 to 99-497-00 PEST Error 18 RAP Table 1 PEST codes and action
99-480-00 Heater, ink melter cyan open. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-481 Hard Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-
99-481-00 Heater, ink melter magenta open. 00, 93-533-00, 93-957-00 Ink Melt Error RAP. Check the AC / heater
cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces-
99-482-00 Heater, ink melter yellow open. sary, install a new ink melt plate assembly.
99-483-00 Heater, ink melter black open.
00, 93-533-00, 93-957-00 Ink Melt Error RAP. Check the AC / heater
99-484-00 Heater, ink melter cyan short. sary, install a new ink melt plate assembly.
99-485-00 Heater, ink melter magenta short.
99-486-00 Heater, ink melter yellow short. cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces-
sary, install a new ink melt plate assembly.
99-487-00 Heater, ink melter black short. 99-484 Hard Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-
99-490-00 Heater, ink melter cyan below min. cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces-
99-491-00 Heater, ink melter magenta below min. 99-485 Hard Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-
99-492-00 Heater, ink melter yellow below min. cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces-
99-493-00 Heater, ink melter black below min. 99-486 Hard Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-
99-494-00 Heater, ink melter cyan above max. cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces-
99-495-00 Heater, ink melter magenta above max. 99-487 Hard Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-
99-496-00 Heater, ink melter yellow above max.
99-497-00 Heater, ink melter black above max.
99-490 Soft Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-
Initial Actions cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces-
WARNING sary, install a new ink melt plate assembly.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 99-491 Soft Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 00, 93-533-00, 93-957-00 Ink Melt Error RAP. Check the AC / heater
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces-
Procedure 99-492 Soft Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-
dC123. cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces-
Table 1 PEST codes and action 99-493 Soft Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532-
99-480 Hard Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532- sary, install a new ink melt plate assembly.

Table 1 PEST codes and action 99-500-00 to 99-515-00 PEST Error 19 RAP
Code Hard/Soft Action 99-500-00 Thermistor, ink melter cyan open.
99-501-00 Thermistor, ink melter magenta open.
cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces- 99-502-00 Thermistor, ink melter yellow open.
99-495 Soft Go to the 93-523-00 to 93-526-00, 93-527-00 to 93-530-00, 93-532- 99-503-00 Thermistor, ink melter black open.
cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces- 99-504-00 Thermistor, ink melter cyan short.
99-505-00 Thermistor, ink melter magenta short.
00, 93-533-00, 93-957-00 Ink Melt Error RAP. Check the AC / heater 99-506-00 Thermistor, ink melter yellow short.
sary, install a new ink melt plate assembly. 99-507-00 Thermistor, ink melter black short.
99-510-00 Heater, drum front open.
cabling umbilical. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If neces- 99-511-00 Heater, drum rear open.
99-512-00 Heater, drum front short.
99-513-00 Heater, drum rear short.
99-514-00 Heater, drum front below min temp.
99-515-00 Heater, drum rear below min temp.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Procedure
dC123.
Table 1 PEST codes and action

99-500 Hard Go to the 93-525-00, 93-528-00, 93-531-00, 93-534-00 Ink Melt
Thermistor Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is
open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new ink melt
plate assembly.
plate assembly.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-516-00 Heater, drum front above max.
99-517-00 Heater, drum rear above max.
open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new ink melt 99-520-00 Heater, media preheat 1 open.
plate assembly.
99-503 Hard Go to the 93-525-00, 93-528-00, 93-531-00, 93-534-00 Ink Melt 99-521-00 Heater, media preheat 2 open.
open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new ink melt 99-522-00 Heater, media preheat 1 and 2 open.
plate assembly.
99-523-00 Heater, media preheat 1 short.
Thermistor Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is 99-524-00 Heater, media preheat 2 short.
plate assembly. 99-525-00 Heater, media preheat 1 below min.
99-526-00 Heater, media preheat 2 below min.
open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new ink melt 99-527-00 Heater, media preheat 1 above max.
plate assembly.
99-506 Hard Go to the 93-525-00, 93-528-00, 93-531-00, 93-534-00 Ink Melt 99-528-00 Heater, media preheat 2 above max.
open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new ink melt 99-530-00 Thermistor, umbilical upper open.
plate assembly.
99-531-00 Thermistor, umbilical lower open.
Thermistor Error RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling umbilical. If it is 99-532-00 Thermistor, umbilical upper short.
plate assembly. 99-533-00 Thermistor, umbilical lower short.
99-510 Hard Go to 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, 94-
546-00, 94-632-00, 94-633-00 RAP. Initial Actions
99-511 Hard Go to the 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, WARNING
94-546-00, 94-632-00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
99-512 Hard Go to the 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
94-546-00, 94-632-00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP. Check the death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
AC / heater cabling to the drum heater. If it is open, check the drum
thermal cutout PWB, PL 88.10 Item 11. Procedure
99-513 Hard Go to the 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
94-546-00, 94-632-00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP. Check the
dC123.
thermal cutout PWB, PL 88.10 Item 11. Table 1 PEST codes and action
99-514 Soft Go to the 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00,
94-546-00, 94-632-00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP. Check the Code Hard/Soft Action
AC / heater cabling to the drum heater. If it is open, check the drum 99-516 Soft Go to the 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00,
thermal cutout PWB, PL 88.10 Item 11. 94-546-00, 94-632-00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP. Check the
99-515 Soft Go to the 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, AC / heater cabling to the drum heater. If it is open, check the drum
94-546-00, 94-632-00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP. Check the thermal cutout PWB, PL 88.10 Item 11.
AC / heater cabling to the drum heater. If it is open, check the drum 99-517 Soft Go to the 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00,
thermal cutout PWB, PL 88.10 Item 11. 94-546-00, 94-632-00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP. Check the
thermal cutout PWB, PL 88.10 Item 11.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-534-00 Front drum thermistor, open circuit.
99-520 Soft Go to the 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error
RAP. Check the registration / preheat thermistor. 99-535-00 Front drum thermistor, short circuit.
99-521 Soft Go to the 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 RAP. Check the regis-
99-536-00 Rear drum thermistor, short circuit.
tration / preheat sensor.
99-522 Soft Go to the 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error 99-537-00 Rear drum thermistor, open circuit.
RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling to registration / preheat sensor.
If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new
99-538-00 Wave amp thermistor, open circuit.
registration / preheat sensor.
99-523 Hard Go to the 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error 99-539-00 Wave amp thermistor, short circuit.
If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new 99-540-00 Thermistor, jet stack H1 right open circuit.
99-524 Hard Go to the 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error 99-541-00 Thermistor, jet stack H1 left open circuit.
99-525 Soft Go to the 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error 99-543-00 Thermistor, jet stack H2 left open circuit.
99-545-00 Thermistor, jet stack H3 left open circuit.
99-546-00 Thermistor, jet stack H4 right open circuit.
99-547-00 Thermistor, jet stack H4 left open circuit.
99-548-00 Thermistor, jet stack H1 right short circuit.
Initial Actions
RAP. Check the AC / heater cabling to registration / preheat sensor. WARNING
If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
registration / preheat sensor. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
99-530 Hard Go to the 93-535-00 to 93-537-00, 93-958-00 Upper Umbilical Ther- death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
mal Error RAP. Check the DC cabling to the umbilical. If it is open or
short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new umbilical. Procedure
99-531 Hard Go to the 93-538-00 to 93-540-00, 93-959-00 Lower Umbilical Ther- Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
mal Error RAP. Check the DC cabling to the umbilical. If it is open or dC123.
short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new umbilical.
99-532 Hard Go to the 93-535-00 to 93-537-00, 93-958-00 Upper Umbilical Ther- Table 1 PEST codes and action
mal Error RAP. Check the DC cabling to the umbilical. If it is open or
99-534 Hard Refer to WD 9.1. Check the DC cabling to the front drum thermistor. If it
mal Error RAP. Check the DC cabling to the umbilical. If it is open or is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new front
drum thermistor PL 94.20 Item 9.

Table 1 PEST codes and action Table 1 PEST codes and action
Code Hard/Soft Action Code Hard/Soft Action
99-535 Hard Refer to WD 9.1. Check the DC cabling to the front drum thermistor. If it 99-545 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new front to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
drum thermistor PL 94.20 Item 9. Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 3 is
99-536 Hard Refer to WD 9.3. Check the DC cabling to the rear drum thermistor. If it securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.
is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new rear 99-546 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
drum thermistor PL 94.20 Item 10. to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
99-537 Hard Refer to WD 9.3. Check the DC cabling to the rear drum thermistor. If it Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 4 is
is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new rear securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.
drum thermistor PL 94.20 Item 10. 99-547 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
99-538 Hard Go to the 91-587-00, 91-588-00 Quad Wave Amplifier Thermal Error to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
RAP. Check the quad wave amp / IME controller PWB cable, PL 92.10 Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 4 is
Item 13. Go to 01E +12V Distribution RAP. Go to 01F -12V Distribution securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.
RAP. 99-548 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
If an open circuit or a short circuit is found, install a new quad wave amp to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
/ IME controller PWB cable. Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 1 is
If the circuit is good, install a new quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.
3.
99-539 Hard Go to the 91-587-00, 91-588-00 Quad Wave Amplifier Thermal Error
RAP. Check the quad wave amp / IME controller PWB cable, PL 92.10
Item 13. Go to 01E +12V Distribution RAP.
Go to 01F -12V Distribution RAP.
If an open circuit or a short circuit is found install a new quad wave amp
/ IME controller PWB cable.
If the circuit is good install a new quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item
3.
Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 1 is
securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.

99-549-00 Thermistor, jet stack H1 left short. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-550-00 Thermistor, jet stack H2 right short.
99-551-00 Thermistor, jet stack H2 left short. Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 3 is
99-553-00 Thermistor, jet stack H3 left short. to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
99-555-00 Thermistor, jet stack H4 left short. 99-554 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
99-556-00 Thermistor, head reservoir H1 open. to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
99-557-00 Thermistor, head reservoir H2 open. securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.
99-558-00 Thermistor, head reservoir H3 open. 99-555 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
99-559-00 Thermistor, head reservoir H4 open. Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 4 is
99-560-00 Thermistor, head reservoir H1 short. securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.
99-561-00 Thermistor, head reservoir H2 short. to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
99-562-00 Thermistor, head reservoir H3 short. Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 1 is
99-563-00 Thermistor, head reservoir H4 short. 99-557 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
Initial Actions to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
WARNING securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 99-558 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 3 is
Procedure securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to 99-559 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
dC123. to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP.
Code Hard/Soft Action 99-560 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00
to 91-803-00, 91-856-00 to 91-859-00 Printhead Thermal Error RAP. Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 1 is
Make sure the small ribbon cable on the right side of the printhead 1 is securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead.
securely seated. If necessary, install a new printhead. 99-561 Hard Go to the 91-523-00 to 91-558-00, 91-664-00 to 91-667-00, 91-800-00

99-564-00 Thermistor, melt reservoir open. 99-600-00 Purge solenoid valve head 1.
99-565-00 Thermistor, melt reservoir short. 99-601-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H2 open.
Initial Actions 99-602-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H3 open.

WARNING 99-603-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H4 open.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 99-604-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 yellow open.
99-605-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 cyan open.
Procedure
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to Initial Actions
dC123. WARNING
Code Hard/Soft Action death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
99-564 Hard Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Ther-
mal Error RAP. Check the DC cabling to the reservoir. If it is open or Procedure
short, install a new cable. Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
99-565 Hard Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Ther- dC123.
mal Error RAP. Check the DC cabling to the reservoir. If it is open or
short, install a new cable. Table 1 PEST codes and action
99-600 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to
the reservoir. If it is open or short replace, install a new cable. If neces-
sary, install a new ink reservoir.

99-606-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 magenta open. 99-611-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 black open.
99-607-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 black open. 99-612-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 yellow open.
99-608-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 cyan yellow open. 99-613-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 cyan open.
99-609-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 cyan open. 99-614-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 magenta open.
99-610-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 magenta open. 99-615-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 black open.
Initial Actions 99-616-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 yellow open.

WARNING 99-617-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 cyan open.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 99-618-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 magenta open.
99-619-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 black open.
Procedure
99-620-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H1 short.
dC123.
99-606 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-623-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H4 short.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary,
install a new ink reservoir. 99-624-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 cyan short.
99-625-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 magenta short.
install a new ink reservoir.
Initial Actions
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, WARNING
install a new ink reservoir. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
99-609 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
99-610 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to Procedure
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
dC123.


Code Hard/Soft Action 99-626-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 yellow short.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-627-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 black short.
99-628-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 cyan short.
99-630-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 yellow short.
99-631-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 black short.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-632-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 cyan short.
99-616 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-633-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 magenta short.
install a new ink reservoir. 99-634-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 yellow short.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-635-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 black short.
99-618 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-636-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 cyan short.
99-619 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-638-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 yellow short.
99-639-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 black short.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-640-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H1 below min.
99-621 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to Initial Actions
WARNING
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, Procedure
install a new ink reservoir. Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
99-624 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to dC123.
install a new ink reservoir. Table 1 PEST codes and action
99-625 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to Code Hard/Soft Action

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-641-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H2 below min.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-642-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H3 below min.
99-643-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H4 below min.
99-644-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1cyan below min.
99-645-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 magenta below min.
99-646-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 yellow below min.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-647-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 black below min.
99-631 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-648-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 cyan below min.
install a new ink reservoir. 99-649-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 magenta below min.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-650-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 yellow below min.
99-633 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-651-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 black below min.
99-652-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 cyan below min.
99-634 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-653-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 magenta below min.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-655-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 black below min.
99-636 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to Initial Actions
WARNING
99-639 Hard Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to dC123.
99-640 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to Code Hard/Soft Action
99-641 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-656-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 cyan below min.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-657-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 magenta below min.
99-659-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 black below min.
99-660-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H1 above max.
99-661-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H2 above max.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-662-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H3 above max.
99-646 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-663-00 Solenoid, ink purge valve H4 above max.
install a new ink reservoir. 99-664-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1cyan above max.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-665-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 magenta above max.
99-648 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-666-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 yellow above max.
99-667-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H1 black above max.
99-649 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-668-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 cyan above max.
99-669-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 magenta above max.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, 99-670-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 yellow above max.
99-651 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to Initial Actions
WARNING
99-654 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to dC123.
99-655 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to Code Hard/Soft Action
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install
a new ink reservoir.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-671-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H2 black above max.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install 99-672-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 cyan above max.
99-673-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 magenta above max.
99-674-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 yellow above max.
99-675-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H3 black above max.
99-676-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 cyan above max.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install 99-677-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 magenta above max.
99-661 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-678-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 yellow above max.
a new ink reservoir. 99-679-00 Solenoid, ink dose valve H4 black above max.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install 99-682-00 Solenoid, LPA valve below min.
99-663 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-684-00 Sensor, ADC ink level MeltResRef cyan open.
99-685-00 Sensor, ADC ink level MeltResRef magenta open.
Initial Actions
a new ink reservoir. WARNING
99-665 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
a new ink reservoir. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install Procedure
a new ink reservoir. Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to
99-667 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to dC123.
a new ink reservoir. Table 1 PEST codes and action
a new ink reservoir. 99-671 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to
99-669 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install a new ink reservoir.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-686-00 Sensor, ADC ink level MeltResRef yellow open.
99-687-00 Sensor, ADC ink level MeltResRef black open.
a new ink reservoir. 99-688-00 Sensor, ADC ink level MeltResFull cyan open.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install 99-689-00 Sensor, ADC ink level MeltResFull magenta open.
99-690-00 Sensor, ADC ink level MeltResFull yellow open.
the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If necessary, install 99-691-00 Sensor, ADC ink level MeltResFull black open.
99-677 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to 99-700-00 Pump, ink delivery air open.
a new ink reservoir. Initial Actions
99-678 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to WARNING
99-679 Soft Go to the 93A Ink Melt Reservoir Check RAP. Check the DC cabling to death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Procedure
99-682 Soft Go to the 91-516-00 Low Pressure Assist Over Current RAP. Check the
low pressure assist solenoid valve.
dC123.
99-684 Hard Go to the 93-545-00 to 93-548-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Level Sense Error
RAP. Check the DC cabling to the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a Table 1 PEST codes and action
new cable. If necessary, install a new ink reservoir.
99-685 Hard Go to the 93-545-00 to 93-548-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Level Sense Error Code Hard/Soft Action
RAP. Check the DC cabling to the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a 99-686 Hard Check the DC cabling to the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new
new cable. If necessary, install a new ink reservoir. cable. If necessary, install a new ink reservoir. Go to the 93-545-00 to 93-
548-00 RAP for related wiring diagrams.
99-687 Hard Check the DC cabling to the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new
cable. If necessary, install a new ink reservoir. Go to the 93-545-00 to 93-
cable. If necessary, install a new ink reservoir. Go to the 91-517-00 Mark-
ing Unit Air Pump Over Current RAP for related wiring diagrams.

99-701-00 Pump, ink delivery air short. 99-730-00 Pump, ralph air pumps open.
99-702-00 Pump, ink delivery air stall.
99-731-00 Pump, ralph air pumps short.
99-710-00 Fan, rear closure open.
99-732-00 Pump, ralph air pumps stall.
99-711-00 Fan, rear closure short.
99-712-00 Fan, rear closure stall. 99-735-00 Thermistor, media preheat short.
99-715-00 Fan, marking drawer open.
99-736-00 Thermistor, media preheat open.
99-716-00 Fan, marking drawer short.
99-740-00 Solenoid, CAR diverter open.
99-717-00 Fan, marking drawer stall.
99-721-00 Fan, drum cooling short. 99-741-00 Solenoid, CAR diverter short.
Initial Actions 99-742-00 Solenoid, CAR diverter below min.

WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Initial Actions
dC123. Procedure
dC123.
99-701 Hard Go to the 91-517-00 Marking Unit Air Pump Over Current RAP. Check Table 1 PEST codes and action
the DC cabling to the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If Code Hard/Soft Action
necessary, install a new ink reservoir.
99-730 Soft Go to the 89-125-00 to 89-128-00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 Media Path
99-702 Soft Go to the 91-517-00 Marking Unit Air Pump Over Current RAP. Check Sensor 20 Failure RAP. Check the cable to the pumps. If shorted, install
the DC cabling to the reservoir. If it is open or short, install a new cable. If a new registration / preheat assembly. If the problem persists, check the
necessary, install a new ink reservoir. DC cabling to registration / preheat transport.
99-710 Hard Go to the 94A Enclosure Fan Error RAP. Check the cabling to the fan. If 99-731 Hard Go to the 89-125-00 to 89-128-00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 Media Path
necessary, install a new enclosure fan. Sensor 20 Failure RAP. Check the cable to the pumps. If shorted, install
99-711 Hard Go to the 94A Enclosure Fan Error RAP. Check the cabling to the fan. If a new registration / preheat assembly. If the problem persists, check the
necessary, install a new enclosure fan. DC cabling to registration / preheat transport.
99-712 Soft Go to the 94A Enclosure Fan Error RAP. Check the cabling to the fan. If 99-732 Soft Go to the 89-125-00 to 89-128-00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 Media Path
necessary, install a new enclosure fan. Sensor 20 Failure RAP. Check the cable to the pumps. If shorted, install
99-715 Soft Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 RAP. Check the cabling to a new registration / preheat assembly. If the problem persists, check the
the fan. If it is open or short replace the cable, otherwise replace the fan. DC cabling to registration / preheat transport.
99-716 Hard Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Thermal 99-735 Hard Go to the 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error
Error RAP. Check the marking unit cooling fan. RAP. Check the DC cabling to the registration / preheat transport. If
99-717 Soft Go to the 93-520-00, 93-521-00, 93-522-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Thermal necessary, install a new registration / preheat assembly.
Error RAP. Check the marking unit cooling fan. 99-736 Hard Go to the 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error
99-721 Hard Go to the OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP. Check the cabling to the RAP. Check the DC cabling to the registration / preheat transport. If
drum cooling fan. If necessary, install a new drum cooling fan. necessary, install a new registration / preheat assembly.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-743-00 Solenoid, CAR diverter above max.
99-740 Hard Go to the 83-504-00 HPP Diverter Solenoid Failure RAP. Check the DC
cabling to the solenoid. If necessary, install a new HPP diverter sole- 99-745-00 Solenoid, duplex open.
noid.
99-746-00 Solenoid, duplex short.
99-741 Hard Go to the 83-504-00 HPP Diverter Solenoid Failure RAP. Check the DC
cabling to the solenoid. If necessary, install a new HPP diverter sole-
99-747-00 Solenoid, duplex below min.
noid.
99-742 Soft Go to the 83-504-00 HPP Diverter Solenoid Failure RAP. Check the DC
99-748-00 Solenoid, duplex above max.
noid.
99-750-00 Solenoid, nip C open.
99-751-00 Solenoid, nip C short.
99-752-00 Solenoid, nip C below min.
99-753-00 Solenoid, nip C above max.
99-755-00 Solenoid, nip D open.
99-756-00 Solenoid, nip D short.
99-757-00 Solenoid, nip D below min.
99-758-00 Solenoid, nip D above max.
99-765-00 Solenoid, stripper open.
99-766-00 Solenoid, stripper short.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Procedure
dC123.

99-743 Soft Go to the 83-504-00 HPP Diverter Solenoid Failure RAP. Check the DC
noid.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-767-00 Solenoid, stripper below min.
99-745 Hard Go to the 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00
Media Path Sensor 13 Duplex Mode RAP. Check the DC cabling to the 99-768-00 Solenoid, stripper above max.
exit duplex diverter solenoid. If necessary, install a new exit duplex
diverter solenoid. 99-780-00 Pump, DMU delivery open.
99-746 Hard Go to the 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00
99-781-00 Pump, DMU delivery short.
Media Path Sensor 13 Duplex Mode RAP. Check the DC cabling to the
diverter solenoid. 99-782-00 Pump, DMU delivery stall.
99-747 Soft Go to the 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00
Media Path Sensor 13 Duplex Mode RAP. Check the DC cabling to the
Initial Actions
exit duplex diverter solenoid. If necessary, install a new exit duplex WARNING
diverter solenoid. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
99-748 Soft Go to the 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Media Path Sensor 13 Duplex Mode RAP. Check the DC cabling to the death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
diverter solenoid. Procedure
99-750 Hard Go to the 89-550-00, 89-551-00 Media Registration Error RAP. Check
the DC cabling to the nip C release solenoid. If necessary, install a new
dC123.
nip C release solenoid.
99-751 Hard Go to the 89-550-00, 89-551-00 Media Registration Error RAP. Check Table 1 PEST codes and action
the DC cabling to the nip C release solenoid. If necessary, install a new
nip C release solenoid.
99-752 Soft Go to the 89-550-00, 89-551-00 Media Registration Error RAP. Check 99-767 Soft Go to the 10-570-00 Stripper Solenoid Over Current RAP. Check the
the DC cabling to the nip C release solenoid. If necessary, install a new DC cabling to the stripper solenoid. If necessary, install a new stripper
nip C release solenoid. solenoid.
99-753 Soft Go to the 89-550-00, 89-551-00 Media Registration Error RAP. Check 99-768 Soft Go to the 10-570-00 Stripper Solenoid Over Current RAP. Check the
the DC cabling to the nip C release solenoid. If necessary, install a new DC cabling to the stripper solenoid. If necessary, install a new stripper
nip C release solenoid. solenoid.
99-755 Hard Go to the 83-506-00 Nip D Release Solenoid Failure RAP. Check the 99-780 Hard Go to the 94-528-00, 94-532-00, 94-533-00 Cleaning Unit Over Current
DC cabling to the nip D release solenoid. If necessary, install a new nip RAP. Check the DC cabling to the cleaning unit. If necessary, install a
D release solenoid. new cleaning unit.
99-756 Hard Go to the 83-506-00 Nip D Release Solenoid Failure RAP. Check the 99-781 Soft Go to the 94-528-00, 94-532-00, 94-533-00 Cleaning Unit Over Current
99-757 Soft Go to the 83-506-00 Nip D Release Solenoid Failure RAP. Check the 99-782 Soft Go to the 94-528-00, 94-532-00, 94-533-00 Cleaning Unit Over Current
99-758 Soft Go to the 83-506-00 Nip D Release Solenoid Failure RAP. Check the
DC cabling to the nip D release solenoid. If necessary, install a new nip
D release solenoid.
99-765 Hard Go to the 10-570-00 Stripper Solenoid Over Current RAP. Check the DC
cabling to the stripper solenoid. If necessary, install a new stripper sole-
noid.
99-766 Hard Go to the 10-570-00 Stripper Solenoid Over Current RAP. Check the DC
cabling to the stripper solenoid. If necessary, install a new stripper sole-
noid.

99-785-00 Pump, DMU return open. 99-805-00 Motor, drum maint above max.
99-786-00 Pump, DMU return short. 99-810-00 Motor, head roll 1 open.
99-801-00 Motor, drum maint open. 99-811-00 Motor, head roll 1 short.
99-802-00 Motor, drum maint short. 99-812-00 Motor, head roll 2 open.
Initial Actions 99-813-00 Motor, head roll 2 short.

WARNING 99-814-00 Motor, head roll 3 open.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 99-815-00 Motor, head roll 3 short.
99-816-00 Motor, head roll 4 open.
Procedure
99-817-00 Motor, head roll 4 short.
dC123.
99-818-00 Motor, head roll 1-4 power fault.
99-819-00 Motor, head roll 1-4 power fault.
99-785 Hard Go to the 94-528-00, 94-532-00, 94-533-00 Cleaning Unit Over Current 99-820-00 Motor, head stitch 1 open.
RAP. Check the DC cabling to the cleaning unit. If necessary, install a
new cleaning unit. 99-821-00 Motor, head stitch 1 short.
99-786 Soft Go to the 94-528-00, 94-532-00, 94-533-00 Cleaning Unit Over Current
RAP. Check the DC cabling to the cleaning unit. If necessary, install a 99-822-00 Motor, head stitch 2 open.
new cleaning unit.
99-823-00 Motor, head stitch 2 short.
99-801 Hard Refer to WD 9.2 and WD 9.3. Check the DC cabling to the cleaning unit
motor. Measure the resistance between PJ601 pins 5 and 10 on the
drum driver PWB for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a
Initial Actions
short circuit. WARNING
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the cleaning unit motor. If Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
a short is measured, the drum driver PWB may be damaged and be not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
reported as an open error. If short error is reported, the cleaning unit death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
motor is drawing excessive power. Install new components as neces-
sary, cleaning unit motor assembly, PL 94.10 Item 19, Drum driver
Procedure
99-802 Hard Refer to WD 9.2 and WD 9.3. Check the DC cabling to the cleaning unit
dC123.
motor. Measure the resistance between PJ601 pins 5 and 10 on the
drum driver PWB for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a
short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the cleaning unit motor. If Code Hard/Soft Action
a short is measured, the drum driver PWB may be damaged and be
99-805 Soft Go to the 94-520-00 Cleaning Unit Drive Error RAP. Check the cleaning
reported as an open error. If short error is reported, the cleaning unit
unit motor.
motor is drawing excessive power. Install new components as neces-
sary, cleaning unit motor assembly, PL 94.10 Item 19, Drum driver 99-810 Soft Go to the 91-506-00 to 91-509-00 Roll Motor Over Current RAP. Check
printhead 1 roll adjust motor.

99-811 Hard Refer to WD 9.10. Check the DC cabling to the printhead roll adjust 99-818 Soft Go to the 91-506-00 to 91-509-00 Roll Motor Over Current RAP. Check
motor 1. Measure the resistance at PJ303 on the marking unit driver printhead roll adjust motors.
PWB for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. 99-819 Soft Go to the 91-506-00 to 91-509-00 Roll Motor Over Current RAP. Check
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the printhead roll adjust printhead roll adjust motors.
motor 1. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be
99-820 Soft Go to the 91-504-00, 91-505-00 Printhead Stitch Motor Over Current
damaged and be reported as an open error. If short error is reported, RAP. Check printhead 1 stitch adjust motor.
the printhead roll adjust motor 1. is drawing excessive power.
99-821 Hard Refer to WD 9.10. Check the DC cabling to the printhead stitch adjust
Install new components as necessary, printhead roll adjust motor 1, PL
motor 1. Measure the resistance at PJ303 on the marking unit driver
91.25 Item 4, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Refer to the 91-506-00 to 91-509-00 Roll Motor Over Current RAP. PWB for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the printhead stitch adjust
99-812 Soft Go to the 91-506-00 to 91-509-00 Roll Motor Over Current RAP. Check
damaged and be reported as an open error. If short error is reported,
99-813 Hard Refer to WD 9.9. Check the DC cabling to the printhead roll adjust motor the printhead stitch adjust motor 1. is drawing excessive power.
2. Measure the resistance at PJ102 on the marking unit driver PWB for Install new components as necessary, printhead stitch adjust motor 1,
an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. PL 91.25 Item 4, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the printhead roll adjust Refer to the 91-504-00, 91-505-00 Printhead Stitch Motor Over Current
motor 2. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be RAP. Check printhead 1 stitch adjust motor.
the printhead roll adjust motor 2 is drawing excessive power.
RAP. Check printhead 2 stitch adjust motor.
91.20 Item 4, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. 99-823 Hard Refer to WD 9.9. Check the DC cabling to the printhead stitch adjust
motor 2. Measure the resistance at PJ102 on the marking unit driver
Refer to the 91-506-00 to 91-509-00 Roll Motor Over Current RAP.
PWB for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the printhead stitch adjust
printhead 3 roll adjust motor. motor 2. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be
99-815 Hard Refer to WD 9.10. Check the DC cabling to the printhead roll adjust damaged and be reported as an open error. If short error is reported,
motor 3. Measure the resistance at PJ303 on the marking unit driver the printhead roll adjust motor 2 is drawing excessive power.
PWB for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. Install new components as necessary, printhead stitch adjust motor 2,
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the printhead roll adjust PL 91.20 Item 4, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
motor 3. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be Refer to the 91-504-00, 91-505-00 Printhead Stitch Motor Over Current
damaged and be reported as an open error. If short error is reported, RAP. Check printhead 2 stitch adjust motor.
the printhead roll adjust motor 3. is drawing excessive power.
99-817 Hard Refer to WD 9.9. Check the DC cabling to the printhead roll adjust motor
4. Measure the resistance at PJ102 on the marking unit driver PWB for
an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the printhead roll adjust
the printhead roll adjust motor 4 is drawing excessive power.
Check printhead 4 roll adjust motor.

99-824-00 Motor, head stitch 1-2 power fault. Code Hard/Soft Action
99-830 Hard Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the carriage drive select
99-829-00 Motor, carriage restraint upper/lower fault. motor. Measure the resistance at PJ607 on the marking unit driver PWB
for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
99-830-00 Motor, carriage select open. If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the carriage drive select
motor. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be dam-
99-831-00 Motor, carriage select short. aged and be reported as an open error.
If a short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power.
99-832-00 Motor, carriage drive open. Install new components as necessary, carriage drive chain, PL 91.10
Item 1, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
99-833-00 Motor, carriage drive short. Refer to the 91-560-00 Carriage Selection Time Out RAP. Check the
carriage drive select motor.
99-834-00 Motor, carriage drive power fault.
99-831 Hard Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the carriage drive select
motor. Measure the resistance at PJ607 on the marking unit driver PWB
99-835-00 Motor, head maint vertical open. for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the carriage drive select
99-836-00 Motor, head maint vertical short.
aged and be reported as an open error.
99-837-00 Motor, head maint horizontal open.
Install new components as necessary, carriage drive chain, PL 91.10
99-838-00 Motor, head maint horizontal short. Item 1, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Refer to the 91-560-00 Carriage Selection Time Out RAP. Check the
Initial Actions carriage drive select motor.
WARNING 99-832 Hard Refer to WD 9.2 and WD 9.6 Check the cable between PJ603 on the
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do drum driver PWB and PJ403 on the IME controller PWB. Ensure the
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause connectors are fully seated.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the carriage docking motor.
Measure the resistance at PJ605 on the marking unit driver PWB for an
open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
Procedure If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the carriage docking
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to motor. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be dam-
dC123. aged and be reported as an open error.
Table 1 PEST codes and action Install new components as necessary, carriage docking motor, PL 91.10
Code Hard/Soft Action Item 16, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Refer to the 91-567-00 to 91-568-00 Lower Carriage Error RAP.
RAP. Check printhead 1 and 2 stitch adjust motor. 99-833 Hard Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the carriage docking motor.
99-829 Soft This fault code is shown for information only. The machine does not
have carriage restraint motors.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the carriage docking
Install new components as necessary, carriage docking motor, PL 91.10
Item 16, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4.
Refer to the 91-567-00 to 91-568-00 Lower Carriage Error RAP.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-839-00 Motor, head maint vertical short.
99-834 Soft Go to the 91-567-00 to 91-568-00 Lower Carriage Error RAP. Check the
carriage drive select motor. If the motor is good, check the harness 99-840-00 Motor, X axis upper open.
between PJ603 on the drum driver PWB and PJ403 on the IME control-
ler PWB. 99-841-00 Motor, X axis upper short.
99-835 Hard Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the HM vertical motion
99-842-00 Motor, X axis upper power low.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the HM vertical motion 99-843-00 Motor, X axis upper power high.
99-845-00 Motor, X axis lower open.
If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power.
99-846-00 Motor, X axis lower short.
Install new components as necessary, HM vertical motion motor, PL
Refer to the 91-559-00 Marking Unit Components Out of Position RAP. 99-847-00 Motor, X axis lower power low.
Check the HM vertical motion motor.
99-848-00 Motor, X axis lower power high.
99-836 Hard Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the HM vertical motion
motor. Measure the resistance at PJ401 on the marking unit driver PWB 99-860-00 Motor, IOD shuttle open.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the HM vertical motion
99-861-00 Motor, IOD shuttle short.
99-863-00 Motor, IOD shuttle power low.
Install new components as necessary, HM vertical motion motor, PL 99-864-00 Motor, IOD shuttle power high.
Refer to the 91-559-00 Marking Unit Components Out of Position RAP.
99-870-00 Motor, ink keyplate open.
Check the HM vertical motion motor.
99-837 Hard Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the HM horizontal motion 99-871-00 Motor, ink keyplate short.
for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. Initial Actions
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the HM horizontal motion
motor. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be dam- WARNING
aged and be reported as an open error. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Install new components as necessary, HM horizontal motion motor, PL death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Refer to the 91-512-00, 91-605-00 Marking Unit Motor Short RAP. Procedure
Check the HM horizontal motion motor.
99-838 Hard Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the HM horizontal motion
dC123.
for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. Table 1 PEST codes and action
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the HM horizontal motion
motor. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be dam- Code Hard/Soft Action
aged and be reported as an open error. 99-839 Soft Go to the 91-559-00 Marking Unit Components Out of Position RAP.
If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power. Check the HM vertical motion motor.
Install new components as necessary, HM horizontal motion motor, PL
Refer to the 91-512-00, 91-605-00 Marking Unit Motor Short RAP.
Check the HM horizontal motion motor.

99-840 Hard Refer to WD 9.9. Check the DC cabling to the X axis drive motor upper. 99-847 Soft Go to the 91-510-00, 91-511-00 X Axis Motor Over Current RAP. Check
Measure the resistance at PJ102 on the marking unit driver PWB for an the lower X axis drive motor.
open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. 99-848 Soft Go to the 91-510-00, 91-511-00 X Axis Motor Over Current RAP. Check
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the X axis drive motor the lower X axis drive motor.
upper. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be dam-
99-860 Hard Refer to WD 9.22. Check the DC cabling to the IOD shuttle motor. Mea-
aged and be reported as an open error. sure the resistance at PJ660 on the IOD pre-amplifier PWB for an open
or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
Install new components as necessary, X axis drive motor upper, PL
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the IOD shuttle motor. If a
91.20 Item 5, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. short is measured, the IOD pre-amplifier PWB may be damaged and be
Refer to the 91-510-00, 91-511-00 X Axis Motor Over Current RAP.
reported as an open error.
Check the upper X axis drive motor.
99-841 Hard Refer to WD 9.9. Check the DC cabling to the X axis drive motor upper. Install new components as necessary, IOD assembly, PL 94.15 Item 1.
Measure the resistance at PJ102 on the marking unit driver PWB for an Refer to the 91-513-00, 91-514-00, 91-581-00, 91-583-00 IOD Drive
open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. Error RAP. Check the IOD shuttle motor.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the X axis drive motor
99-861 Hard Refer to WD 9.22. Check the DC cabling to the IOD shuttle motor. Mea-
upper. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be dam- sure the resistance at PJ660 on the IOD pre-amplifier PWB for an open
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the IOD shuttle motor. If a
Install new components as necessary, X axis drive motor upper, PL short is measured, the IOD pre-amplifier PWB may be damaged and be
Check the upper X axis drive motor. Install new components as necessary, IOD assembly, PL 94.15 Item 1.
99-842 Soft Go to the 91-510-00, 91-511-00 X Axis Motor Over Current RAP. Check Refer to the 91-513-00, 91-514-00, 91-581-00, 91-583-00 IOD Drive
the upper X axis drive motor. Error RAP. Check the IOD shuttle motor.
99-843 Soft Go to the 91-510-00, 91-511-00 X Axis Motor Over Current RAP. Check 99-863 Soft Go to the 91-513-00, 91-514-00, 91-581-00, 91-583-00 IOD Drive Error
the upper X axis drive motor. RAP. Check the IOD shuttle motor.
99-845 Hard Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the X axis drive motor lower. 99-864 Soft Go to the 91-513-00, 91-514-00, 91-581-00, 91-583-00 IOD Drive Error
Measure the resistance at PJ303 on the marking unit driver PWB for an RAP. Check the IOD shuttle motor.
99-870 Soft Go to the 93-825-00, 93-892-00 Ink Key Plate Motor Over Current RAP.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the X axis drive motor
Check the ink key plate motor.
lower. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be dam-
aged and be reported as an open error. 99-871 Hard Refer to WD 8.4. Check the DC cabling to the ink key plate motor. Mea-
sure the resistance at PJ406 on the media path driver PWB for an open
Install new components as necessary, X axis drive motor lower, PL
91.25 Item 5, marking unit driver PWB, PL 92.10 Item 4. If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the ink key plate motor. If a
short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be damaged and be
Check the lower X axis drive motor.
99-846 Hard Refer to WD 9.11. Check the DC cabling to the X axis drive motor lower. Install new components as necessary, ink key plate motor, PL 93.10
Item 14, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Refer to the 93-825-00, 93-892-00 Ink Key Plate Motor Over Current
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the X axis drive motor RAP. Check the ink key plate motor.
lower. If a short is measured, the marking unit driver PWB may be dam-
Install new components as necessary, X axis drive motor lower, PL
Check the lower X axis drive motor.

99-872-00 Motor, ink SKU power low. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-876 Hard Refer to WD 8.4. Check the DC cabling to the ink transport motor. Mea-
99-873-00 Motor, ink SKU power high. sure the resistance at PJ406 on the media path driver PWB for an open
99-875-00 Motor, ink load belt drive open. If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the ink transport motor. If
a short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be damaged and
99-876-00 Motor, ink load belt drive short. be reported as an open error.
99-877-00 Motor, ink load belt drive power low. Install new components as necessary, ink transport motor, PL 93.10
Item 5, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
99-878-00 Motor, ink load belt drive power high. Refer to the 93-891-00 Ink Transport Over Current RAP. Check the ink
transport motor.
99-880-00 Motor, drum drive open.
99-877 Soft Go to the 93-891-00 Ink Transport Over Current RAP. Check the ink
transport motor.
99-881-00 Motor, drum drive short.
99-878 Soft Go to the 93-891-00 Ink Transport Over Current RAP. Check the ink
transport motor.
99-882-00 Motor, drum drive power low.
99-880 Hard Enter dC123 Pest fault history and check for PEST error 99-886 or 99-
99-883-00 Motor, drum drive power high. 887, if present then follow those RAPs first.
Refer to WD 1.1. Then check the resistance at the drum motor leads
99-886-00 Motor, drum drive current feedback. (should be 10.5 ohms typical, valid range 9.0 to 12.0 ohms, between
any 2 of the 3 leads, 3 measurements). Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4.
99-887-00 Motor, drum drive thermal fuse. Check the Interface harness and connectors for damage between the
drum driver PWB at PJ902 and the power supply at PJDC2 (pins 11,
Initial Actions 13, 15, 17). If above are OK, install a new power supply, PL 1.15 Item 2.
If fault still present, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
WARNING Note: This motor is disabled by front door interlock; soft error 99-992
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do will be given instead, the drum motor test will be skipped. This error will
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause only be activated if door interlock is OK.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Refer to the 94-524-00 RAP. Check the drum drive motor.
99-881 Hard Refer to WD 1.1. Then check the resistance at the drum motor leads
Procedure (should be 10.5 ohms typical, valid range 9.0 to 12.0 ohms, between
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to any 2 of the 3 leads, 3 measurements). Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4.
Check the Interface harness and connectors for damage between the
dC123.
drum driver PWB at PJ902 and the power supply at PJDC2 (pins 11,
Table 1 PEST codes and action 13, 15, 17). If above are OK, install a new power supply, PL 1.15 Item 2.
If fault is still present, install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Code Hard/Soft Action Note: This motor is disabled by front door interlock; soft error 99-992
99-872 Soft Go to the 93-825-00, 93-892-00 Ink Key Plate Motor Over Current RAP. will be given instead, the drum motor test will be skipped. This error will
Check the ink key plate motor. only be activated if door interlock is OK.
Refer to the 94-524-00 RAP. Check the drum drive motor.
99-873 Soft Go to the 93-825-00, 93-892-00 Ink Key Plate Motor Over Current RAP.
Check the ink key plate motor. 99-882 Soft Go to the 94-524-00 RAP. Check the drum drive motor.
99-875 Soft Go to the 93-891-00 Ink Transport Over Current RAP. Check the ink 99-883 Soft Go to the 94-524-00 RAP. Check the drum drive motor.
transport motor. 99-886 Soft Go to the 94-524-00 RAP. Check the drum drive motor.
99-887 Soft If persistent, install a new drum motor, PL 94.20 Item 6.

99-890-00 to 99-904-00 PEST Error 41 RAP Initial Actions
99-890-00 Motor, transfix front open. WARNING
99-891-00 Motor, transfix front short. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
99-892-00 Motor, transfix front motor encoder.
99-893-00 Motor, transfix front below min.

Procedure
99-894-00 Motor, transfix front above max. dC123.
99-895-00 Motor, transfix rear open. Table 1 PEST codes and action
99-896-00 Motor, transfix rear short.
99-890 Hard Refer to WD 9.1. Check the DC cabling to the front transfix motor. Mea-
sure the resistance at PJ401 on the drum driver PWB for an open or
99-897-00 Motor, transfix rear motor encoder.
short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the front transfix motor. If a
99-898-00 Motor, transfix rear below min.
short is measured, the drum driver PWB may be damaged and be
99-899-00 Motor, transfix rear above max. reported as an open error.
Install new components as necessary, front transfix motor, PL 10.20
99-901-00 Motor, MP2 open.
Item 11, Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.
Refer to the 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the front
99-902-00 Motor, MP2 short.
transfix motor.
99-904-00 Motor, MP2 power fault. 99-891 Hard Refer to WD 9.1. Check the DC cabling to the front transfix motor. Mea-
sure the resistance at PJ401 on the drum driver PWB for an open or
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the front transfix motor. If a
short is measured, the drum driver PWB may be damaged and be
Install new components as necessary, front transfix motor, PL 10.20
Refer to the 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the front
transfix motor.
99-892 Hard Refer to WD 9.1 and WD 9.3. Check the DC cabling to the front transfix
flexure encoder. Measure the resistance at PJ801 on the drum driver
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the front transfix flexure
encoder. If a short is measured, the drum driver PWB may be damaged
and be reported as an open error.
If short error is reported, the encoder is drawing excessive power.
Install new components as necessary, front transfix encoder, PL 10.20
Refer to 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the front
transfix motor encoder. If the fault remains, install a new front transfix
motor, PL 10.20 Item 11.
99-983 Soft Go to the 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the front
transfix motor.

99-894 Soft Go to the 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the front 99-901 Hard Refer to WD 8.1. Check the DC cabling to the vertical transport motor.
transfix motor. Measure the resistance at PJ202 on the media path driver PWB for an
99-895 Hard Refer to WD 9.1. Check the DC cabling to the rear transfix motor. Mea- open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
sure the resistance at PJ401 on the drum driver PWB for an open or If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the vertical transport
short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. motor. If a short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be dam-
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the rear transfix motor. If a aged and be reported as an open error.
short is measured, the drum driver PWB may be damaged and be If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power.
reported as an open error. Install new components as necessary, vertical transport motor, PL 82.10
If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power. Item 12, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Install new components as necessary, rear transfix motor, PL 10.20 Item Refer to the 82-132-00, 82-155-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Duplex Mode
11, Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. RAP. Check the vertical transport motor.
Go to the 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the rear 99-902 Hard Refer to WD 8.1. Check the DC cabling to the vertical transport motor.
transfix motor. Measure the resistance at PJ202 on the media path driver PWB for an
99-896 Hard Refer to WD 9.1. Check the DC cabling to the rear transfix motor. Mea- open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
sure the resistance at PJ401 on the drum driver PWB for an open or If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the vertical transport
short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. motor. If a short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be dam-
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the rear transfix motor. If a aged and be reported as an open error.
short is measured, the drum driver PWB may be damaged and be If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power.
reported as an open error. Install new components as necessary, vertical transport motor, PL 82.10
If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power. Item 12, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Install new components as necessary, rear transfix motor, PL 10.20 Item Refer to the 82-132-00, 82-155-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Duplex Mode
11, Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. RAP. Check the vertical transport motor.
Refer to the 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the rear 99-904 Soft Go to the 82-132-00, 82-155-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Duplex Mode
transfix motor. RAP. Check the vertical transport motor.
99-897 Hard Refer to WD 9.1 and WD 9.3. Check the DC cabling to the rear transfix
flexure encoder. Measure the resistance at PJ801 on the drum driver
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the rear transfix flexure
encoder. If a short is measured, the drum driver PWB may be damaged
If short error is reported, the encoder is drawing excessive power.
Install new components as necessary, rear transfix encoder, PL 10.20
Go to 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the rear trans-
fix motor. If the fault remains, install a new rear transfix motor, PL 10.20
Item 11.
99-898 Soft Go to the 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the rear
transfix motor.
99-899 Soft Go to the 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP. Check the rear
transfix motor.

99-905-00 to 99-921-00 PEST Error 42 RAP Initial Actions
99-905-00 Motor, MP6 open WARNING
99-906-00 Motor, MP6 short not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
99-909-00 Motor, MP6 power high
99-910-00 Motor, M3A1 open

Procedure
99-911-00 Motor, M3A1 short dC123.
99-912-00 Motor, M3A1 power low Table 1 PEST codes and action
99-913-00 Motor, M3A1 power high
99-905 Hard Refer to WD 8.1 and WD 8.5. Check the DC cabling to the horizontal
transport motor. Measure the resistance at PJ303 on the media path
99-915-00 Motor, M3A2 open
driver PWB for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short
circuit.
99-916-00 Motor, M3A2 short
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the horizontal transport
99-917-00 Motor, M3A2 power low motor. If a short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be dam-
99-918-00 Motor, M3A2 power high
Install new components as necessary, horizontal transport motor, PL
82.15 Item 9, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
99-920-00 Motor, MP4 open
Refer to the 82-132-00, 82-155-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Duplex
99-921-00 Motor, MP4 short Mode RAP. Check the horizontal transport motor.
99-906 Hard Refer to WD 8.1 and WD 8.5. Check the DC cabling to the horizontal
transport motor. Measure the resistance at PJ303 on the media path
driver PWB for an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short
circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the horizontal transport
motor. If a short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be dam-
Install new components as necessary, horizontal transport motor, PL
Go to the 82-132-00, 82-155-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Duplex Mode
RAP. Check the horizontal transport motor.
99-909 Soft Go to the 82-132-00, 82-155-00 Media Path Sensor 16 Duplex Mode
RAP. Check the horizontal transport motor.
99-910 Hard Refer to WD 8.1. Check the DC cabling to the registration motor A1.
Measure the resistance at PJ202 on the media path driver PWB for an
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the registration motor A1.
If a short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be damaged
Install new components as necessary, registration / preheat assem-
bly, PL 88.10 Item 1, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Refer to the 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 Media Path Sensor 10
Failure RAP. Check the registration motor A1.

99-911 Hard Refer to WD 8.1. Check the DC cabling to the registration motor A1. 99-920 Hard Refer to WD 8.2. Check the DC cabling to the post transfix motor (M4).
Measure the resistance at PJ202 on the media path driver PWB for an Measure the resistance at PJ303 on the media path driver PWB for an
open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the registration motor A1. If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the post transfix motor
If a short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be damaged (M4). If a short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be dam-
and be reported as an open error. aged and be reported as an open error.
If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power. If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power.
Install new components as necessary, registration / preheat assembly, Install new components as necessary, post transfix motor (M4), PL
PL 88.10 Item 1, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. 10.10 Item 5, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Refer to the 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 Media Path Sensor 10 Refer to the 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-
Failure RAP. Check the registration motor A1. 00, 10-148-00 Post Transfix Jam RAP. Check the post transfix motor.
99-912 Soft Go to the 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 Media Path Sensor 10 99-921 Hard Refer to WD 8.2. Check the DC cabling to the post transfix motor (M4).
Failure RAP. Check the registration motor A1. Measure the resistance at PJ303 on the media path driver PWB for an
99-913 Soft Go to the 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 Media Path Sensor 10 open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
Failure RAP. Check the registration motor A1. If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the post transfix motor
99-915 Hard Refer to WD 8.1. Check the DC cabling to the registration motor A2. (M4). If a short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be dam-
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the registration motor A2. Install new components as necessary, post transfix motor (M4), PL
Refer to the 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-
If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power. 00, 10-148-00 Post Transfix Jam RAP. Check the post transfix motor.
Install new components as necessary, registration / preheat assembly,
PL 88.10 Item 1, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
99-916 Hard Refer to WD 8.1. Check the DC cabling to the registration motor A2.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the registration motor A2.
Install new components as necessary, registration / preheat assembly,
PL 88.10 Item 1, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
99-917 Soft Go to the 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 Media Path Sensor 10
99-918 Soft Go to the 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 Media Path Sensor 10

99-922-00 Motor, MP4 power low. Code Hard/Soft Action

99-925 Hard Refer to WD 8.2. Check the DC cabling to the exit motor (M5). Measure
99-923-00 Motor, MP4 power high. the resistance at PJ303 on the media path driver PWB for an open or
99-925-00 Motor, MP5 open. If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the exit motor (M5). If a
99-926-00 Motor, MP5 short. reported as an open error.
99-927-00 Motor, MP5 power low. Install new components as necessary, exit motor (M5), PL 10.15 Item
11, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
99-928-00 Motor, MP5 power high. Refer to the 83-500-00 Output Transport Motor M5 Failure RAP. Check
the exit motor.
99-930-00 Motor (M7), MSI tray 4 feed open.
99-926 Hard Refer to WD 8.2. Check the DC cabling to the exit motor (M5). Measure
the resistance at PJ303 on the media path driver PWB for an open or
99-931-00 Motor (M7), MSI tray 4 feed short. short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the exit motor (M5). If a
99-932-00 Motor (M7), MSI tray 4 feed power low.
99-933-00 Motor (M7), MSI tray 4 feed power high.
Install new components as necessary, exit motor (M5), PL 10.15 Item
99-934-00 Motor, 3TM horizontal transport power low. 11, media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Refer to the 83-500-00 Output Transport Motor M5 Failure RAP. Check
99-935-00 Motor, 3TM horizontal transport open.
the exit motor.
99-936-00 Motor, 3TM horizontal transport short. 99-927 Soft Go to the 83-500-00 Output Transport Motor M5 Failure RAP. Check the
exit motor.
99-937-00 Motor, 3TM tray 3 elevator open. 99-928 Soft Go to the 83-500-00 Output Transport Motor M5 Failure RAP. Check the
exit motor.
99-938-00 Motor, 3TM tray 3 elevator short. 99-930 Soft Go to the 74-101-00, 74-160-00 to 74-161-00 Bypass Tray 4 Mis-Feed
RAP. Check the bypass feed motor.
Initial Actions 99-931 Hard Refer to WD 8.3. Check the DC cabling to the bypass feed motor. Mea-
WARNING sure the resistance at PJ405 on the media path driver PWB for an open
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the bypass feed motor. If a
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause short is measured, the media path driver PWB may be damaged and be
Check connections of the indicated component If short error is reported, the motor is drawing excessive power.
Install new components as necessary, bypass module, PL 74.10 Item 1,
Procedure media path driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5.
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to Refer to the 74-101-00, 74-160-00 to 74-161-00 Bypass Tray 4 Mis-
Feed RAP. Check the bypass feed motor.
dC123.
99-932 Soft Go to the 74-101-00, 74-160-00 to 74-161-00 Bypass Tray 4 Mis-Feed
Table 1 PEST codes and action RAP. Check the bypass feed motor.
99-933 Soft Go to the 74-101-00, 74-160-00 to 74-161-00 Bypass Tray 4 Mis-Feed
RAP. Check the bypass feed motor.
99-922 Soft Go to the 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00,
99-934 Soft Go to the 71-101-00 to 71-161-00 RAP. Check the 3 tray transport
10-148-00 Post Transfix Jam RAP. Check the post transfix motor. motor.
99-923 Soft Go to the 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 99-935 Soft Go to the 71-101-00 to 71-161-00 RAP. Check the 3 tray transport
10-148-00 Post Transfix Jam RAP. Check the post transfix motor.
motor.

Code Hard/Soft Action 99-939-00 Motor, 3TM tray 3 elevator power fault.
99-936 Hard Refer to WD 7.5. Check the DC cabling to the 3 tray transport motor.
Measure the resistance at PJ956 on the 3 tray module PWB for an open 99-940-00 Motor, 3TM tray 1 feed open.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the 3 tray transport motor. 99-941-00 Motor, 3TM tray 1 feed short.
If a short is measured, the 3 tray module PWB may be damaged and be
reported as an open error. 99-942-00 Motor, 3TM tray 1 feed power low.
Install new components as necessary, 3 tray transport motor, PL 73.16 99-943-00 Motor, 3TM tray 2 feed open.
Item 3, 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
Refer to the 71-101-00 to 71-161-00 RAP. Check the 3 tray transport 99-944-00 Motor, 3TM tray 2 feed short.
motor.
99-945-00 Motor, 3TM tray 2 feed power low.
99-937 Soft Go to the 73-215-00 Tray 3 Hoist Failure RAP. Check the tray 3 elevator
motor.
99-946-00 Motor, 3TM tray 3 feed open.
99-938 Hard Refer to WD 7.5. Check the DC cabling to the tray 3 elevator motor.
Measure the resistance at PJ957 on the 3 tray module PWB for an open
99-947-00 Motor, 3TM tray 3 feed short.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the tray 3 elevator motor. 99-948-00 Motor, 3TM tray 3 feed power low.
If a short is measured, the 3 tray module PWB may be damaged and be
99-950-00 Motor, PFP tray 5 transport open.
Install new components as necessary, tray 3 elevator motor, PL 73.16
99-951-00 Motor, PFP tray 5 transport short.
Item 2, 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
Refer to the 73-215-00 Tray 3 Hoist Failure RAP. Check the tray 3 ele- 99-952-00 Motor, PFP tray 5 transport power fault.
vator motor.
99-953-00 Motor, PFP tray 5 elevate open.
99-954-00 Motor, PFP tray 5 elevate short.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Procedure
dC123.

99-939 Soft Go to the 73-215-00 Tray 3 Hoist Failure RAP. Check the tray 3 elevator
motor.
99-940 Soft Go to the 71-101-00 to 71-161-00 Tray 1 Mis-Feed Jam RAP. Check the
tray 1 feed / elevate motor.

99-941 Hard Refer to WD 7.3. Check the DC cabling to the tray 1 feed / elevate 99-951 Hard Refer to WD 7.1. Check the DC cabling to the tray 5 transport motor.
motor. Measure the resistance at PJ951 on the 3 tray module PWB for Measure the resistance at PJ503 on the tray 5 control PWB for an open
an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the tray 1 feed / elevate If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the tray 5 transport motor.
motor. If a short is measured, the 3 tray module PWB may be damaged If a short is measured, the tray 5 control PWB may be damaged and be
and be reported as an open error. reported as an open error.
Install new components as necessary, tray 1 feed / elevate motor, PL Install new components as necessary, tray 5 transport motor, PL 81.40
81.25 Item 22, 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. Item 2, tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8.
Refer to the 71-101-00 to 71-161-00 Tray 1 Mis-Feed Jam RAP. Check Go to the 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Mis-Feed RAP.
the tray 1 feed / elevate motor. Check the tray 5 transport motor.
99-942 Soft Go to the 71-101-00 to 71-161-00 Tray 1 Mis-Feed Jam RAP. Check the 99-952 Soft Go to the 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Mis-Feed RAP.
tray 1 feed / elevate motor. Check the tray 5 transport motor.
99-943 Soft Go to the 72-215-00 Tray 2 Elevate Up Failure RAP. Check the tray 2 99-953 Soft Go to the 75-212-00, 75-215-00 Tray 5 Elevate Up Failure RAP. Check
feed / elevate motor. the tray 5 elevator motor.
99-944 Hard Refer to WD 7.3. Check the DC cabling to the tray 2 feed / elevate 99-954 Hard Refer to WD 7.1. Check the DC cabling to the tray 5 elevator motor.
motor. Measure the resistance at PJ952 on the 3 tray module PWB for Measure the resistance at PJ504 on the tray 5 control PWB for an open
an open or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit. or short circuit and to the chassis for a short circuit.
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the tray 2 feed / elevate If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the elevator motor. If a
motor. If a short is measured, the 3 tray module PWB may be damaged short is measured, the tray 5 control PWB may be damaged and be
and be reported as an open error. reported as an open error.
Install new components as necessary, tray 2 feed / elevate motor, PL Install new components as necessary, elevator motor, PL 75.68 Item 4,
81.26 Item 22, 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4. tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8.
Refer to the 72-215-00 Tray 2 Elevate Up Failure RAP. Check the tray 2 Refer to the 75-212-00, 75-215-00 Tray 5 Elevate Up Failure RAP.
feed / elevate motor. Check the tray 5 elevator motor.
99-945 Soft Go to the 72-215-00 Tray 2 Elevate Up Failure RAP. Check the tray 2
feed / elevate motor.
tray 3 feed motor.
99-947 Hard Refer to WD 7.4. Check the DC cabling to the tray 3 feed motor. Mea-
sure the resistance at PJ953 on the 3 tray module PWB for an open or
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the tray 3 feed motor. If a
short is measured, the 3 tray module PWB may be damaged and be
Install new components as necessary, tray 3 feed motor, PL 81.30 Item
22, 3 tray module PWB, PL 73.16 Item 4.
Refer to the 73-101-00 to 73-161-00 Tray 3 Mis-Feed Jam RAP. Check
the tray 3 feed motor.
tray 3 feed motor.
99-950 Soft Go to the 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Mis-Feed RAP.
Check the tray 5 transport motor.

99-955-00 Motor, PFP tray 5 elevate power fault. Code Hard/Soft Action
99-961 Hard Refer to WD 12.23. Check the DC cabling to the OCT offset motor.
99-956-00 Motor, PFP tray 5 feed open. Measure the resistance at PJ495 on the OCT PWB for an open or
99-957-00 Motor, PFP tray 5 feed short. If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the OCT offset motor.
If a short is measured, the OCT PWB may be damaged and be
99-958-00 Motor, PFP tray 5 feed power low. reported as an open error.
99-960-00 Motor, OCT offset open. Install new components as necessary, OCT module, PL 12.00 Item
1.
99-961-00 Motor, OCT offset short. Refer to the 12-701-00-65 Offset Catch Tray Failure RAP. Check
the OCT feed offset motor.
99-962-00 Motor, OCT offset power low.
99-962 Soft Go to the 12-701-00-65 Offset Catch Tray Failure RAP. Check the
OCT feed offset motor.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Procedure
dC123.

99-955 Soft Go to the 75-212-00, 75-215-00 Tray 5 Elevate Up Failure RAP.
Check the tray 5 elevator motor.
99-956 Soft Go to the 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Mis-Feed
RAP. Check the tray 5 feed motor.
99-957 Hard Refer to WD 7.2. Check the DC cabling to the tray 5 feed motor.
Measure the resistance at PJ511 on the tray 5 control PWB for an
If a fault is found, repeat the measurement at the tray 5 feed motor.
If a short is measured, the tray 5 control PWB may be damaged
Install new components as necessary, tray 5 feed motor, PL 81.40
Item 3, tray 5 control PWB, PL 75.68 Item 8.
Refer to the 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Mis-Feed
99-958 Soft Go to the 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Mis-Feed
99-960 Soft Go to the 12-701-00-65 Offset Catch Tray Failure RAP. Check the
OCT feed offset motor.

99-992-00 PEST Error 46 RAP 99-996-00 to 99-999-00 PEST Error 47 RAP
99-992-00 Front door interlock open. 99-996-00 PEST failed to complete.
Initial Actions 99-997-00 Misc.

WARNING 99-999-00 Hard / soft fault separator.
WARNING
Procedure Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Refer to Table 1. Perform the relevant action. For an explanation of PEST codes refer to death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
dC123.
Table 1 PEST codes and action Procedure

dC123.
99-992 Soft Go to the 01-510-00 Front Door Open RAP. Check the front door inter-
lock switch. Table 1 PEST codes and action
Code Description Hard/Soft Action
99-996 PEST failed to Hard View the last indicated PEST faults, dC123, to find the
complete failure area.
99-997 Misc Hard This fault code is for future use and is included for ref-
erence only.
99-999 Hard / soft fault Soft Information only: indicates change from a hard fault to
separator a soft fault and vice versa in the PEST fault list,
dC123.

OF 1 Unusual Noise RAP Possible causes and potential solutions are:
Use this RAP to isolate unusual noises in the machine. Grinding noise.
Possible causes are:
NOTE: Due to the intermittent nature of unusual noises, this RAP can only give guidance on The intermediate feed bearing, PL 5.15 Item 22 can stick, preventing the feed roll
how to isolate noises. This RAP will not find all possible causes. When machines become old from free wheeling as the document is transported by takeaway roll.
and worn, unusual noises may arise that are not covered in this RAP. Large flat spots, confined to one or two areas on the retard roll, which causes feed
noise and an increase in 05-330, 05-331and 05-335 jams.
Procedure
Solution:
WARNING Install a new the feed assembly, PL 5.15 Item 18.
Noise from the DADH input tray.
Document guides.
1. Ask the customer if there are any specific machine functions that are noisy.
Solution:
2. Ask the customer to demonstrate the function of the machine that generates the unusual
noise. Clean the DADH input tray in the area below the input guides with antistatic fluid, PL
3. Check the Fault and Error logs. 26.10 Item 11.
4. Switch off the machine, GP 14. Wait for two minutes, switch on the machine and allow the Squeaks from the DADH.
machine to perform a normal initialization and warm-up. Possible causes are:
5. Run the machine in all modes. Also use the diagnostics to run individual components. Go DADH exit roll assembly or takeaway roll assembly, PL 5.35 Item 6.
to the relevant subsection: Solution:
DADH Remove and clean the shafts and plastic bushes with antistatic fluid, PL 26.10 Item
Scanner 11.
Tray 1 and 2 Assembly Knocking noise.
Tray 3 Assembly Possible causes are:
Bypass Tray 4 Assembly The feed motor and CVT motor are not tensioned correctly, causing the drive belts to
slip.
Tray 5 Assembly
Solution:
Vertical Paper Path
Adjust the DADH drive belts, ADJ 5.1.
Horizontal Paper Path
Gear rattle.
Exit Paper Path
Registration / pre-heat Assembly
A loose meshing of the clutch and motor gears PL 5.15 Item 9 and PL 5.15 Item 16.
Nips / Diverters
Solution:
Drum Drive motor / transfix motor / stripper assembly
Adjust the DADH drive belts, ADJ 5.1.
Fans
Stripper Blade Scanner
LCSS Possible causes and potential solutions are:
HVF / HVF BM Grinding.
DADH Possible causes are:
The scan carriage is moving erratically and the scan motor is generating a grinding
Run the following components:
sound. The teeth of the scanner drive belt are not engaging with the capstan on the
Enter dC330 code 05-099 DADH CVT motor to rotate the DADH CVT roll, PL 5.25 Item 5.
scan motor. PL 62.16 Item 12.
Enter dC330 code 05-074 feed motor, to run the DADH takeaway rolls, PL 5.35 Item 6.
Solution:
Enter dC330 code 05-074 and add code 05-062 feed clutch, to energize the feed clutch
Perform ADJ 62.3 Scan Motor and Scanner Drive Belt adjustment.
and run the drive shaft, PL 5.15 Item 9.
Enter dC330 code 05-074 and add code 05-098 nudger motor, to energize the nudger

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-525 OF 1
Tray 1 and 2 Assembly Possible causes and potential solutions are:
Remove tray 1 and tray 2 and run the following components: No drive or a knocking noise from the bypass feed motor.
Enter code dC330 code 71-002 T1 Feed / Elevate Motor, to run the tray 1 feed motor, PL Possible causes are:
81.25 Item 22. The paper tray must be open when the motor is running. Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts.
Enter code dC330 code 72-001 T2 Feed / Elevate Motor, to run the tray 2 feed motor, PL Contamination of the drive shafts and the bearings.
81.26 Item 22. The paper tray must be open when the motor is running. Solution:
Open left hand door. Check the bypass feed motor, rolls and bearings, PL 73.16.
Enter dC330 code 70-025 3 tray transport motor, to run tray 1 and tray 2 transport rolls, Adjust or install new components as necessary.
PL 73.16 Item 3.
Tray 5 Assembly
Possible causes and potential solutions are:
Run the components as follows:
Squeaks.
Open the tray 5 door to lower the elevator.
Close the door or actuate the interlock.
Contamination of the drive shafts and bearings.
Enter dC330 code 75-019 Tray 5 Elevator Motor Up to drive the tray up, PL 75.68 Item 4.
Incorrectly adjusted or worn drive belts.
Enter dC330 code 75-020 Tray 5 Elevator Motor Down to drive the tray down.
Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts.
Enter dC330 code 75-018 Tray 5 Transport Motor to operate the tray 5 transport motor,
Solution:
PL 81.40 Item 2.
Remove and clean the drive shafts, bearings, GP 27.
Enter dC330 code 75-117 Tray 5 Feed Motor to operate the tray 5 feed motor, PL 81.40
Check 3 tray transport drive belt. Install new parts as necessary, PL 73.16 Item 7. Item 3.
Check for parts that are damaged or out of position. Possible causes are:
Adjust or install new components as necessary. Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts.
Tray 3 Assembly Contamination of the drive shafts and the bearings.
Run the following components: Solution:
Enter dC330 code 73-001 T3 Feed Motor, to operate the tray 3 feed motor, PL 81.30 Item Check the motor, rolls, bearings, PL 73.16. Clean as necessary, GP 27.
22. The paper tray must be open when motor is running. Adjust or install new components as necessary.
Pull out tray 3 and let the tray drop, then push the tray back in. Vertical Paper Path
Enter dC330 code 73-002 T3 Elevate Motor, to elevate tray 3, PL 73.16 Item 2. The paper
tray must be open when the motor is running. NOTE: A door cheat for the main door is not required.
Enter dC330 code 70-025 3 Tray Transport motor to run the 3 tray transport motor, PL Run the components as follows:
73.16 Item 3.
Enter dC330 code 82-001 Vertical Trans Motor Fwd (M2) to run the vertical transport
Possible causes and potential solutions are: motor forward, PL 82.10 Item 12. To diagnose the source of the noise, run the motor with
No drive or a knocking noise from the 3 tray transport motor. the upper left door and mid left door closed, then opened.
Possible causes are: Enter dC330 code 82-002 Vertical Trans Motor Rev (M2) to run the vertical transport
The 3 tray transport motor, PL 73.16 Item 3. motor in reverse.
Worn or stretched elevator cables, PL 73.15 Item 17, PL 73.15 Item 18, PL 73.15 Possible causes are:
Item 19. Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts.
Solution: Contamination of the drive shafts, idler rolls or bearings.
Check the drive belt and gears, PL 73.16. Solution:
Check that the paper trays are correctly positioned and that the tray moves freely Check the motor, rolls, bearings, and drive belts, PL 82.10. Clean as necessary, GP 27.
inside the tray assembly. Check the idler rolls in the upper left door assembly, PL 70.30. Clean as necessary, GP
Adjust or install new components as necessary. 27.
Bypass Tray 4 Assembly Check the bearings on the end of the transport roller drive 2, PL 82.10 Item 1 and the
transport roller TAR vertical, PL 82.10 Item 2. Clean as necessary, GP 27.
Adjust or install new components as necessary.
Enter dC330 code 74-420 Bypass Feed Motor, to run the bypass feed motor, PL 74.10
Item 2.

OF 1 2-526 ColorQube 9303 Family
Horizontal Paper Path If the noise does not repeat, the source is the exit paper path, PL 10.15 Item 19. Adjust or
install new components as necessary.
Enter dC330 code 82-003 Horizontal Trans Motor Fwd (M6), to run the horizontal trans- Registration / pre-heat Assembly
port motor forward, PL 82.15 Item 9. To diagnose the source of the noise, run the motor NOTE: A door cheat for the main door is not required.
with the horizontal paper path (handle 4b) closed, then opened.
Enter dC330 code 82-004 Horizontal Trans Motor Rev (M6), to run the horizontal trans- Run the following components:
port motor in reverse. Enter dC330 code 89-007 Registration Motor A1 to run registration motor A1, PL 88.11
Possible causes are: Item 8.
Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts. Enter dC330 code 89-008 Registration Motor A2 to run registration motor A2, PL 88.11
Item 8.
Contamination of the drive shafts, idler rolls or bearings.
Possible causes:
Solution:
Registration motor A1 and A2, PL 88.11 Item 8.
Check the motor, takeaway rolls, bearings, and drive belts, PL 82.15. Clean as necessary,
GP 27. Incorrectly adjusted of worn drive belts, PL 88.11 Item 4.
Check the idler rolls in the horizontal paper path assembly, PL 82.15. Clean as necessary, Solution:
GP 27. Clean contamination on the drive shafts and the bearings
Adjust or install new components as necessary. Adjust or install new components as necessary.
Exit Paper Path If the noise repeats perform the following:
Enter dC330 code 89-011 Nip A: Open to disengage all of the registration/ pre-heat
Enter dC330 code 10-018 Post Transfix Motor (M4) to run the post-transfix motor forward, Assembly idlers, PL 88.10 Item 20.
PL 10.10 Item 5.
Enter dC330 code 89-012 Nip A: Narrow to engage idlers 3 and 4, PL 88.10 Item 20.
Enter dC330 code 83-001 Exit Motor Fwd (M5) to run the exit motor forward, PL 10.15
Enter dC330 code 89-013 Nip A: Medium to engage idlers 2 and 5, PL 88.10 Item 20.
Item 11.
Enter dC330 code 89-014 Nip A: Wide to engage idlers 1 and 6, PL 88.10 Item 20.
Enter dC330 code 83-002 Exit Motor Rev (M5) to run the exit motor in reverse. Used for
duplex and paper invert. Possible causes:
Possible causes: Incorrectly aligned or damaged registration/ pre-heat Assembly idlers, PL 88.10 Item 20.
Post-transfix motor (M4), PL 10.10 Item 5. Solution:
Exit motor (M5), PL 10.15 Item 11. Adjust or install new components as necessary.
Gear drive, PL 10.10 Item 13. If the noise repeats perform the following:
Idlers in stripper gate and baffle assembly, PL 10.12 Item 1.
Solution: air pumps in a replacement registration/preheat assembly will function when the unit is
Enter dC330 code 10-025 Strip Gate Unlatch and open the stripper gate and baffle installed, refer to service bulletin T8009-12-06.
Stack the code 10-018 Post Transfix Motor (M4) to run the post-transfix motor forward, PL Enter dC330 code 88-008 Reg/Preheat Air Pumps to switch on the registration/pre-heat
air pump, PL 88.10 Item 5.
10.10 Item 5.
Possible causes:
If the noise repeats, the source is the M4 motor or gear assembly. Install new parts as
necessary. Registration/pre-heat air pump.
If the noise does not repeat, the source is one of the idlers in the stripper gate and baffle Solution:
assembly, PL 10.12. Adjust or install new components as necessary.
Close stripper gate and baffle assembly. Nips / Diverters
Enter dC330 code 10-023 Strip Gate Latch.
NOTE: A door cheat for the main door is not required.
If the noise repeats perform the following:
Open horizontal paper path assembly, PL 82.15 Item 1. Enter dC330 code 82-008 Nip D Solenoid to open the nip 'D' release solenoid, PL 70.30
If the noise repeats, the source is the M5 motor, idlers or gear assembly, PL 10.15. Adjust Item 13. Used for short-edge feed and fast color mode.
or install new components as necessary.

Enter dC330 code 82-007 Nip C Release Solenoid to open the nip 'C' release solenoid, Fans
PL 82.15 Item 4. Used for short-edge feed and fast color mode.
Enter dC330 code 83-004 HPP Diverter Solenoid to run the HPP diverter solenoid, PL NOTE: A door cheat for the main door is not required.
82.15 Item 5. Used for duplex only. Run the following components:
Enter dC330 code 83-006 Exit Duplex Diverter Solenoid to run the exit/duplex diverter
solenoid, PL 10.15 Item 14. Used for duplex and paper invert. Enter dC330 code 42-062 Abatement Fan to run the abatement fan, PL 94.20 Item 11.
Possible causes: Enter dC330 code 42-063 Enclosure Fan to run the enclosure fan, PL 1.15 Item 6.
Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts. Enter dC330 code 42-064 Drum Fan to run the drum fan, PL 94.20 Item 4.
Solution: Possible causes:
Adjust or install new components as necessary. Bearings in the cooling fans have worn or failed.
Drum Drive motor / transfix motor / stripper assembly Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts.
Solution:
NOTE: A door cheat for the main door is required.
Check for parts that are damaged or out of position.
Run the following components: Adjust or install new components as necessary.
Enter dC330 code 94-009 Drum Drive Motor Slew Speed to run the drum drive motor at Stripper Blade
slew speed, PL 94.20 Item 6.
Scraping noise.
Enter dC330 code 94-017 Drum Drive Motor Transfix Speed to run the drum drive motor
at transfix speed, PL 94.20 Item 6.
The noise is caused by the stripper blade PL 10.12 Item 3 pressing to heavily on the
Enter dC330 code 94-018 Drum Drive Motor Imaging Speed to run the Drum drive motor
at print speed, PL 94.20 Item 6. drum PL 94.20 Item 1.
Possible causes: Solution:

Large vibrations that can shake the printer are only caused by contamination on the drum Ensure the stripper blade is correctly latched, refer to GP 31.
drive motor pulley. These vibrations are intermittent as the print cycle can temporarily Adjust or install new components as necessary.
clear the contamination. LCSS
Watch the drum spin. If the noise is cyclic and repeats once per drum revolution, the noise Run the following components:
is associated with the drum, PL 94.20 Item 1 or drum heater, PL 94.20 Item 28.
Enter dC330 code 12-223 Transport Motor 1, to run the entry transport rolls, PL 12.40
If the noise repeats ~10x per drum revolution, the noise is associated with the drum Item 2.
Enter dC330 code 12-224 Transport Motor 2, to run the entry rolls, PL 12.60 Item 5.
Solution:
Enter dC330 code 12-238 Paddle Roll Motor run, rotates the paddle wheel, PL 12.25 Item
Remove the drum belt, PL 94.20 Item 2 and repeat the noise evaluation to further isolate 10.
the noise source. Enter dC330 code 12-232 Tamp Mot Cycle, cycles the front and rear tampers, PL 12.45
Clean contamination on the drive shafts and the bearings Item 1.
Adjust or install new components as necessary. Enter dC330 code 12-236 Eject Mot Cycle, cycles the eject assembly, PL 12.50 Item 1.
If the noise repeats perform the following: Enter dC330 code 12-242 Bin 1 Elevator Motor Cycle, to move bin 1 up and down, PL
12.30 Item 8.
Enter dC330 code 10-024 Transfix Front and Back to operate the front and rear transfix
motors, PL 10.20 Item 11 and run a transfix cycle. NOTE: The bin will move down and then move up to the home position.
Enter dC330 code 10-021 Stripper Solenoid to engage the stripper system, PL 10.10 Item Enter dC330 code 12-244 Punch Head run, rotates the punch head, PL 12.20 Item 2.
3.
Enter dC330 code 12-250 SU1 Mot Cycle, cycles the stapler from the front to the rear, PL
Possible causes: 12.55 Item 5.
Front and rear transfix motors, PL 10.20 Item 11. Possible causes and potential solutions are:
Incorrectly aligned or damaged parts. 2 knocks for each stapled set.
Solution: Solution:
Adjust or install new components as necessary. Go to the 12-340-00-110, 12-341-00-110, 12-342-00-110 Ejector Movement Failure
RAP.
Noise from the right hand side of the machine.

Possible causes are: Enter dC330 code 12-250 SU1 Motor Cycle, to run the stapler unit cycle routine, PL
The LCSS is not aligned correctly. 12.110 Item 12.
Solution: Enter dC330 code 12-251 BM Compiler Motor, runs the compiler BM entry roll, PL 12.175
Item 1.
Check the machine to LCSS alignment, ADJ 12.2-110.
Adjust or install new components as necessary. NOTE: The tray moves down for 15 seconds and then stops.
Clicking Noise from the LCSS Enter dC330 code 12-252 BM Crease Blade Motor, to move crease blade assembly, PL
Possible causes are: 12.175 Item 8.
The staple head continually operating for approximately 15 seconds. This occurs Enter dC330 code 12-273 BM Crease Roll Gate Motor, to move the crease blade assem-
every time the LCSS top cover or front door is opened then closed, because the sta- bly, PL 12.175 Item 8 and the crease roll gate, PL 12.180 Item 19.
pler is attempting to prime the staple head, by indexing the staple stick forward and
Enter dC330 code 12-253 BM Crease Roll Motor, to rotate the two crease rolls, PL 12.175
pre-forming two staples. Item 12.
Solution: Enter dC330 code 12-255 BM Back Stop Motor, to move the back stop assembly, PL
Check the staple cartridge for jammed staples and remove any that are found. 12.160, PL 12.165.
Ensure the staple cartridge is fully seated. Enter dC330 code 12-256 BM Tamper 1 Motor, to move the tamper rack and fingers, PL
Ensure that the correct staple cartridge is installed. 12.155 Item 3.
Perform 12L-110 Stapling Failure RAP. Enter dC330 code 12-274 BM Conveyor Drive motor, to run the output tray conveyor
HVF / HVF BM belts, PL 12.190 Item 4.
Enter dC330 code 12-271 BM flapper Motor, to run the BM flapper, PL 12.175 Item 1.
Enter dC330 code 12-273 BM Crease Roll Gate Motor, to move the crease roll gate up
CAUTION
and down, PL 12.180 Item 19.
Ensure that the first tamper in the compiler carriage is returned to the home position before the
Enter dC330 code 12-261 Inserter Motor, to run inserter main drives, PL 12.315 Item 1.
second tamper is checked in diagnostics.
Enter dC330 code 12-253 BM Crease Roll Motor, to run the tri-roller drives, PL 12.175
Enter dC330 code 12-223 Transport Motor 1, to run the input transport roll, PL 12.120
Item 2. Item 12.
Enter dC330 code 12-224 Transport Motor 2, to run the exit drive shafts to feed paper to Enter dC330 code 12-269 Clutch Drive, to engage the HVF clutch drive to drive tri-folding
rolls, PL 12.175 Item 12.
the top tray or to the stacker tray, PL 12.120 Item 1.
Possible causes and potential solutions are:
Enter dC330 code 12-226 Front Tamper Motor Home, to move the front tamper to the
home position PL 12.125 Item 6. Noise from the right hand side of the machine.
Enter dC330 code 12-227 Rear Tamper Motor Home, to move the rear tamper to the Possible causes are:
home position, PL 12.125 Item 6. The HVF BM is not aligned correctly.
Enter dC330 code 12-228 Front Tamper Motor Move, to move the front tamper to the cen- Bin 1 not aligned correctly on the main drive belts, PL 12.105 Item 6.
tre of the compiler, PL 12.125 Item 6 Solution:
Enter dC330 code 12-229 Rear Tamper Motor Move, to move the rear tamper to the cen- Check the machine to HVF BM alignment, ADJ 12.1-171.
tre of the compiler tray, PL 12.125 Item 6. Check that the Bin 1 is level, refer to REP 12.38-171 HVF Stacker Drive Belts.
Enter dC330 code 12-238 Paddle Roll Motor Run, to lift the paddle unit and rotate the Adjust the components if appropriate.
paddle rolls, PL 12.115 Item 2.
Install new parts as necessary.
Enter dC330 code 12-237 Paddle Motor Home, to lift the paddle unit to the up position, PL
Knocking.
12.115 Item 2.
Enter dC330 code 12-241 Bin 1 Elevator Motor Home, to move Bin 1 up to the home posi-
tion, PL 12.105 Item 10. Mis-adjusted or worn drive belts. PL 12.120.
Enter dC330 code 12-242 Bin 1 Elevator Motor Cycle, to move Bin 1 up / down until time The support fingers on the ejector hit bin1 each time they are moved out.
out or stop, PL 12.105 Item 10. Solution:
Enter dC330 code 12-249 SU1 Motor Fwd, to move the stapler unit to the front, PL 12.110 Adjust the belt tension as required.
Item 12. Pre-load bin 1 with 30 sheets of paper this acts a a damper and will stop the noise.
Enter dC330 code 12-248 SU1 Motor Rev Home, to move the stapler unit to the rear, PL Install new parts as necessary.
12.110 Item 12. Squeak.

Possible causes are: OF 2 UI Touch Screen Failure RAP
The transport drive shaft or bearings. PL 12.130. Use this RAP to solve user interface touch screen problems when the machine has power but
Check that the paper guides are closed and located correctly. either the display is missing, is too dark or the user interface touch screen responds incorrectly
Solution: or does not refresh.
Install new parts as necessary.
Initial Actions
Clicking Noise from the HVF BM.
WARNING
The noise is caused by the transport motor 2, dC330 code 12-224, continually oper-
ating for approximately 15 seconds. This occurs every time the top tray, PL 12.100
Item 9, or the front door, PL 12.100 Item 3, is opened then closed.
If the UI is blank. Check that the NVM module PWB, PL 3.11 Item 17 is seated correctly.
Solution:
Refer to GP 1 to access the user interface diagnostics.
Ensure the staple cartridge is fully seated and that the correct cartridge is installed.
Press the Machine Status key. Select the Tools tab. Select Device Settings, then Display
NOTE: When a new staple cartridge is installed the stapler makes a repeating noise. Brightness. Adjust the brightness level.
This is normal it is the stapler performing a priming cycle. Refer to REP 2.1 to access the user interface assembly.
Perform 12-369-00-171 to 12-377-00-171 HVF Stapler Position and Priming RAP. Check and re-seat the PJs on the user interface control PWB.
If the UI fails to boot, observe the progress icon on the screen to determine the failure.
Yellow progress block = XUI code booting up.
Non moving green block = Code loaded but not communicating.
Moving green block = ESS is operational and XUI is trying to communicate with IME
and CCS.
If the problem occurs while entering or exiting sleep mode, go to the OF 7 Sleep Mode
RAP.
Procedure
Refer to WD 3.2. Check the +3.3V from PJ223 on the single board controller PWB to PJ900 on
the user interface control PWB. +3.3V is measured.
Y N
Check the wiring and harness between the single board controller PWB and the user
interface control PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.2, or install a new harness,
PL 2.10 Item 7. If the wiring is good, go to 01C +3.3V Distribution RAP.
Refer to WD 3.2. Check the +12V from PJ223, pin 19 on the single board controller PWB to
PJ901, pin 5 on the user interface control PWB. +12V is measured.
Y N
Check the wiring and harness between the single board controller PWB and the user
interface control PWB. Repair the wiring as necessary, REP 1.2, or install a new user
interface harness, PL 2.10 Item 7. If the wiring is good, go to 01E +12V Distribution RAP.
Reload the machine software, GP 4. The fault remains.

Y N
Check that the ribbon cables between the user interface control PWB and the touch screen are
in good condition and are securely and correctly connected. Check the wiring and ribbon
cables on the touch screen assembly. As necessary, install new components:
LCD to PWB harness, (40-way ribbon cable), PL 2.10 Item 11.
User interface touch screen assembly, PL 2.10 Item 3.

OF 1, OF 2 2-530 ColorQube 9303 Family
A B C D
OF 3 Unresponsive Machine RAP Y N
Go to 01A AC Power Distribution RAP and perform the Main Power
Use the following procedure if the machine fails to reach an operational state when switched
Rocker Switch check. The switch is good
on. The UI screen displays: blank, energy saver, splash only, progress and Xerox, or repeat-
Y N
edly cycles back to the install wizard screen each time the machine is switched on. Install a new main power rocker switch, PL 1.15 Item 3.
Initial Actions Install a new power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2.

WARNING
The +3.3V ESTAR has a short circuit. Check for short circuits to chassis at
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause PJDC1 pins 14,15 and 16 refer to WD 1.4. Go to 01B +3.3V ESTAR Distri-
bution RAP. Check the supply to the IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
Check the SBC PWB 7-Segment LED display unit, Figure 3 and the IME POST LEDs for
There is a short or an over load in the marking unit on 3.3V ESTAR. Disconnect
a POST error code, OF 16. all PJs from the Media Path Driver PWB and the Drum Driver PWB until the
If the problem occurs while entering or exiting sleep mode, go to OF 7 Sleep Mode RAP. short is found. If necessary refer to the following RAPs:
Open the image processing module, PL 3.11. 01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP, refer to Drum driver PWB and Media
Reseat the system memory PWB, PL 3.11 Item 4. path driver PWB checkouts.
Reseat the EPC memory PWB, PL 3.11 Item 21.
There is a short or an overload on the +17V or +3.3V supplies from the Power Distri-
Check the battery on the NVM module PWB is located correctly and in good condi-
tion, GP 45. bution PWB or the power distribution PWB is faulty. Disconnect all PJs until the fault
is found. If necessary refer to the following RAPs:
Reseat the NVM module PWB, PL 3.11 Item 17.
01G +17V Distribution RAP.
Reseat the connectors on the single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
Check with the customer that their power supply is good. If necessary, connect the
machine to a known good AC supply. If the machine operates correctly at the new supply,
Go to the 01B 3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP.
inform the customer that the original supply must be at fault.
Check that the SIM card is inserted correctly in the back of the machine. Refer to GP 19. Remove the rear cover, PL 81.10 Item 1. Check the LEDs on the power supply unit, Figure 1.
Disconnect the output device then temporarily install a finisher bypass connector, PL Orange LED indicates +24V, +/-12V and +5V are good.
26.10 Item 7.
Green LED indicates +3.3V ESTAR and +17V are good.
If the UI screen displays the energy star green screen and the SBC PWB 7-Segment LED
Red LED indicates +/-50V are good.
display unit, Figure 3 cycles through a sequence of 0 then alternating between 6 and U,
All LEDs are lit
there is a hard drive fault. Ensure that the connectors on the hard drive are securely con-
nected. Ensure that PJ222 on the single board controller is securely connected. Y N
Go to the relevant voltage distribution RAP:
Procedure
Switch on the machine, GP 14. Observe the power light button on the UI. The power button
flashes.
Y N 01F -12V Distribution RAP.
Remove the rear cover, PL 81.10 Item 1. Observe the green LED on the power supply 01G +17V Distribution RAP
unit, Figure 1. The green LED on the power supply unit is lit. 01H +24V Distribution RAP.
Y N 01J +50V Distribution RAP.
Disconnect PJDC4 on the Power Supply Unit. Toggle the power switch. The green
01K -50V Distribution RAP.
LED is lit.
Connect PJDC4. Disconnect PJDC3 on the Power Supply Unit. Toggle the Refer to 01-540-00, 01-544-00 RAP and 01-542-00, 01-546-00 RAP.
power switch. The green LED is lit.
Y N The green Xerox screen is displayed.
Connect PJDC3 and disconnect PJDC1. Toggle the power switch. The Y N
green LED is lit. Go to OF 2 UI Touch Screen Failure RAP. The UI is good
A B C D E
E
Y N
Check the seven segment display on the single board controller PWB. The seven seg-
ment display the decimal point is flashing heart beat.
Y N
Go to the 01C +3.3V Distribution RAP and check the +3.3V supply to the single
board controller PWB. If the +3.3V supply to the PWB is good install a new single
board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
Check the connections to the hard disk drive, PL 3.11 Item 2. If the connections are good
perform the actions that follow:
Install a new hard disk drive, PL 3.11 Item 2.
NOTE: If a new hard drive is installed then the software will need to be reloaded.
The green progress screen is displayed.

Y N
The display stays at the green Xerox screen. Observe the LEDs on the IME controller,
Figure 2. Perform the relevant action:
If the green LED is blinking, reload the software, GP 4. Green Orange Red
The single board controller is not booting or there is a communication problem
between the single board controller PWB and the IME controller PWB.
Reboot in diagnostics state, GP 1 and refer to How to enter directly into service
mode. Enter dC123 PEST Fault History and dC122 Fault History. Review the Figure 1 Power LEDs
fault history then go to the indicated RAP.
Check the power supplies to the power distribution PWB, single board control-
ler PWB, HDD, scanner, DADH PWB, finisher, tray 5 and 3 tray module.
Go to the relevant voltage distribution RAP:
01G +17V Distribution RAP
Check the connections to the single board controller, hard disk drive and harness PJ 5,
PL 3.11 Item 2. If the connections are good perform the actions that follow:
Harness hard disk drive / Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 3.
Install a new hard disk drive, PL 3.11 Item 2.

7-Segment LED display unit
Green LED
Figure 3 7-Segment LED display unit
Red LED blink code.
Figure 2 IME Controller LEDs

OF 4 Status Codes and Messages RAP OF 4a Status Codes in Numerical Order
Use this RAP for faults and messages without fault codes. Status Code Tables
Table 1 Chain 01 Status codes
The status code format is HCC-LLL-EE where HCC is the chain, LLL is the link and EE is the
extension number. The hundreds digit H is not used and can be ignored. This digit is not shown Table 2 Chain 02 Status codes
on any status codes in this manual. Table 3 Chain 03 Status codes
Example: Status code 01-510-00 Front door is open. Video displayed requesting the front door Table 5 Chain 05 Status codes
to be closed.
The fault code format is HCC-LLL-EE where HCC is the chain, LLL is the link and EE is the Table 7 Chain 12 Status codes
extension number. All faults are displayed with hundred digit 3 which can be ignored. This digit Table 8 Chain 14 Status codes
is not shown on any fault codes in this manual. Table 9 Chain 16 Status codes
Example: Fault code 301-510-00 Front door is open when machine running.
Refer to GP 2 Fault Codes and History Files. Table 12 Chain 20 Status codes
Most recent fault and messages can be displayed on the UI without entering diagnostics, by Table 14 Chain 70 to 78 Status codes
pressing the Machine Status button on the keypad, touching the Fault tab on the UI, then select Table 15 Chain 82 to 89 Status codes
as appropriate:
Table 16 Chain 91 to 94 Status codes
Current Faults.
Current Messages. Table 1 Chain 01 Status codes
Fault History. Status
The tables in this procedure bring together the status codes, the relevant RAP or procedure Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
references, and some of the UI messages. 01-101-00 Paper jam in area IME jam at zone 4b Clear the paper jam in area 4b. Print
4b (horizontal), open the and copy services are disabled.
NOTE: Not all status codes are shown in the active message window. Some status codes have
front door Refer to 82-145-00, 82-146-00, 82-
no messages. 150-00, 82-151-00, 82-156-00 RAP,
Procedure 82-141-00, 82-147-00, 82-148-00,
82-154-00 RAP, 89-110-00 to 89-
WARNING 113-00, 89-129-00 RAP
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 01-102-00 Paper jam in area IME jam at zone 4a Clear the paper jam in area 4a. Print
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause 4a (exit), open the front and copy services are disabled.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00,
Enter the Fault Codes and History Files, GP 2 and identify and clear any active faults. Go to 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00,
the following RAPs to identify a status code or message: 10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-
OF 4a Status Codes in Numerical Order 146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00
RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-
OF 4b Status Messages in Alphabetical Order
00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-
112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-
117-00, 83-119-00 RAP

OF 4, OF 4a 2-534 ColorQube 9303 Family
Table 1 Chain 01 Status codes Table 1 Chain 01 Status codes
Status Status
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
01-103-00 Paper jam in areas IME jam at zone 4a Clear the paper jam in area 4a and 01-109-00 Paper jam in areas IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a and
4a and 4b (exit) and 4b (horizon- 4b. Print and copy services are dis- 3a and 4b (registration) and 4b 4b. Print and copy services are dis-
tal), open the front door abled. (horizontal), open the abled.
Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, front door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00,
10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00,
10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10- 10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-
146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00
RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113- RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-
00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83- 00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-
112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83- 112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-
117-00, 83-119-00RAP 117-00, 83-119-00 RAP
01-104-00 Paper jam in area IME jam at zone 3b Clear the paper jam in area 3b. Print 01-110-00 Paper jam in area IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a and
3b (post transfix), open the and copy services are disabled 3a and 4a (registration) and 4a 4a. Print and copy services are dis-
front door (exit), open the front abled.
01-105-00 Paper jam in area IME jam at zone 3b Clear the paper jam in area 3b and door Refer to 89-110-00 to 89-113-00,
3b and 4b (post transfix) and 4b 4b. Print and copy services are dis- 89-129-00 RAP, 89-125-00 to 89-
(horizontal), open the abled 128-00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 RAP,
front door 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00
RAP
01-106-00 Paper jam in areas IME jam at zone 3b Clear the paper jam in area 3b and
3b and 4a (post transfix) and 4a 4a. Print and copy services are dis- 01-111-00 Paper jam in areas IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a, 4a
(exit), open the front abled. 3a, 4a and 4b (registration), 4a (exit) and 4b. Print and copy services are
door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, and 4b (horizontal), disabled.
10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, open the front door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00,
10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10- 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00,
146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-
RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113- 146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00
00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83- RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-
112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83- 00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-
117-00, 83-119-00 RAP 112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-
117-00, 83-119-00 RAP
01-107-00 Paper jam in areas IME jam at zone 3b Clear the paper jam in area 3b, 4a
3b, 4a and 4b (post transfix), 4a (exit) and 4b. Print and copy services are 01-112-00 Paper jam in areas IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a and
and 4b (horizontal), disabled. 3a and 3b (registration) and 3b 3b. Print and copy services are dis-
open the front door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, (post transfix), open the abled.
10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, front door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00,
10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10- 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00,
146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-
RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113- 146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00
00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83- RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-
112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83- 00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-
117-00, 83-119-00 RAP 112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-
01-108-00 Paper jam in area IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a. Print 117-00, 83-119-00 RAP
3a (registration / preheat), and copy services are disabled.
open the front door Refer to 89-110-00 to 89-113-00,
89-129-00 RAP, 89-125-00 to 89-
128-00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 RAP

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-535 OF 4a
Status Status
01-113-00 Paper jam in areas IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a, 3b 01-510-00 Front door is open The front door is open. Copying and printing are not avail-
3a, 3b and 4b (registration), 3b (post and 4b. Print and copy services are able. Perform the 01-510-00 Front
transfix) and 4b (hori- disabled. Door Open RAP
zontal), open the front Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 01-540-01 Check the set- Paper removed or Confirm the tray 1 settings
door 10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, tings for tray 1 added to tray 1
10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-
01-540-02 Check the set- Paper removed or Confirm the tray 2 settings
146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00
tings for tray 2 added to tray 2
RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-
00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83- 01-540-03 Check the set- Paper removed or Confirm the tray 3 settings
112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-
117-00, 83-119-00 RAP 01-540-04 Check the set- Paper removed or Confirm the tray 4 settings
01-114-00 Paper jam in areas IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a, 3b
3a, 3b and 4a (registration), 3b (post and 4a. Print and copy services are 01-540-05 Check the set- Paper removed or Confirm the tray 5 settings
transfix) and 4a (exit), disabled. tings for tray 5 added to tray 5
open the front door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 01-540-06 Check the set- Paper removed or Confirm the tray 6 settings
10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, tings for tray 6 added to tray 6
10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10- 01-545-01 Tray 1 guides are Dedicated tray 1 closed Reload the required paper and cor-
146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 not set properly with media size other rectly adjust the paper guides
RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113- than what was set
00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-
01-545-02 Tray 2 guides are Dedicated tray 2 closed Reload the required paper and cor-
112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83- not set properly with media size other rectly adjust the paper guides
117-00, 83-119-00 RAP
than what was set
01-115-00 Paper jam in areas IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a, 4a
01-550-00 - NC status code - sys- Printing will start when a job is
3a, 3b, 4a and 4b (registration), 4a (exit) and 4b. Print and copy services are
tem is in power save received or a user initiates a job at
and 4b (horizontal), disabled. mode the machine
open the front door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00,
01-551-00 - ESS status code - sys- Printing will start when a job is
10-125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00,
tem is in sleep mode received or a user initiates a job at
10-148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-
146-00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 the machine
RAP, 83-110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-
00, 83-114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-
112-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-
117-00, 83-119-00 RAP Table 2 Chain 02 Status codes
01-500-00 Do not switch the The IME power switch Print jobs sent to the device will not Status
power on again is moved to the off posi- print and may be lost Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
while powering tion
02-517-00 - PagePack grace period -
down is in progress
active
01-505-00 Middle left side The IME middle left Copying and printing are not avail-
02-518-00 - PagePack grace period -
door is open door (below bypass able. Perform the 01-505-00 Middle expired
tray) is open Left Door Open RAP
02-520-00 The machine is not avail- A software error has Switch the machine off
(without tray 5 installed)
able occurred. then on, GP 14
01-506-00 Top left side door is The IME upper left door Copying and printing are not avail-
02-521-00 - The XEIP browser is dead or Perform the 02-321-00
open (bypass tray) is open able. Perform the 01-506-00 Upper
Left Door Open RAP not responding XEIP Browser Dead
RAP

OF 4a 2-536 ColorQube 9303 Family
Status Status
02-590-00 Machine power on failed. Configurable services are Switch the machine off 03-547-00 A Fax service error Basic Fax not detected Switch the machine off then on,
Power off then on and not stable at power on then on, GP 14. If the has occurred. Power or confirmed GP 14. If the problem persists,
notify system administra- problem persists, per- off then on perform the 20-331-00, 20-338-
tor form the 02-390-00 00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20-
Configurable Services 345-00 Fax Network Line 1 Fault
RAP RAP
03-548-00 Fax line 2 is unavail- Extended Fax not Check the Fax line connection
able. Notify your sys- detected or confirmed
tem administrator.
Table 3 Chain 03 Status codes 03-549-00 Fax memory error. Fax POST failure status Switch the machine off, then on
Status Power off then on GP 14
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action and notify system
administrator
03-504-00 The machine is NC status code Switch the machine off then on,
offline GP 14 03-550-00 A Fax service error Fax card is unavailable Switch the machine off then on,
has occurred. Power GP 14. If the problem persists,
03-504-01 The machine is NC status code Switch the machine off then on,
off then on perform the 20-331-00, 20-338-
offline GP 14
00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20-
03-505-00 System error. Power The digital copier is not Perform 03-325-00 RAP and 03- 345-00 Fax Network Line 1 Fault
off then on and notify available 355-00 RAP RAP
system administrator
03-551-00 A Fax service error The Fax service is Switch the machine off then on,
03-518-00 Network controller The network controller Switch the machine off then on, has occurred. Power unavailable GP 14. If the problem persists,
not available. Power is not available. GP 14. If the fault remains, rein- off then on perform the 20-331-00, 20-338-
off then on and notify stall software, GP 4. If the prob- 00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20-
system administrator lem persists, perform the 03-331- 345-00 Fax Network Line 1 Fault
00, 03-332-00 Main Controller RAP
and Network Controller on the 03-555-00 Please wait... Main- The machine has Go to dC301. Perform a copier
SBC PWB Cannot Communicate
tenance in progress. entered intrusive cus- NVM initialization and NVM data
RAP
Scan, copy and print tomer tools mode. select all. After initialization per-
03-521-00 No message CCM to UI communica- Switch the machine off then on, services not avail- form the routines dC977 and
tion are lost GP 14 able dC978
03-535-00 No message The machine is in non - 03-556-00 Please wait The Power on while the IIT -
intrusive diagnostic scanner is initializ- is being initialized
mode ing.
03-536-00 No message The machine has - 03-558-00 Please complete all Not defined -
entered intrusive diag- steps required by the
nostic mode external accounting
03-538-00 Machine active reg- The machine active reg- Re-enable the active registration device to access this
istration disabled. istration has been dis- mode in dC715 service
Turn power off then abled via the dC715 03-558-01 Please insert card Not defined -
on to enable Active Registration into the external
Control Routine accounting device to
03-546-00 Incompatible Fax Incompatible Fax soft- The embedded Fax software ver- access this service
software detected ware detected at power sion is incompatible with the sys- 03-558-02 Please enter access Not defined -
(upgrade required) on tem. A software upgrade should code into external
be performed. accounting device to
Refer to 03-417-00 RAP access this service

Status Status
03-558-03 Please insert money Not defined - 03-559-06 Provide payment or Walk up coin entered The Job cannot be completed
into the external the current job may FDI. Not defined - FDI due to insufficient funds. Com-
accounting device to be deleted. inactivity timer disabled plete all steps required by the
access this service external accounting device to
03-558-04 Please insert key Not defined - continue the job. To immediately
counter into the delete this job, select the Close
external accounting button, then the Job Status button
device to access this located on the control panel and
service then your job. If no action is
taken, the job will be deleted
03-559-00 Provide payment or Generic FDI. Unable to The Job cannot be completed
the current job may complete the current due to insufficient funds. Com- 03-561-00 Please wait... the The system is recover- Wait until the system recovers
be deleted. job. plete all steps required by the system is attempting ing
external accounting device to to recover
continue the job 03-562-00 Some jobs may have When some jobs may Removed upon user intervention
03-559-01 Provide payment. Walk Up FDI. Unable to The Job cannot be completed been deleted have been deleted
complete the current due to insufficient funds. Com- 03-563-00 The network control- Network service are Please wait, the Network Control-
job. plete all steps required by the ler is initializing. being established ler is initializing. No user interven-
external accounting device to Copy and print jobs tion is required. Printing is
continue the job may be delayed currently unavailable. If the prob-
03-559-02 Enter your access Walk up code entered The Job cannot be completed lem persists, perform the 03-331-
code or the current FDI. Not defined due to insufficient funds. Com- 00, 03-332-00 Main Controller
job may be deleted. plete all steps required by the and Network Controller on the
external accounting device to SBC PWB Cannot Communicate
continue the job RAP
03-559-03 Provide payment. Walk up coin entered The Job cannot be completed 03-564-00 Image rotation is not Image rotation is not Switch the machine off then on,
FDI. Not defined due to insufficient funds. Com- available. Power off available GP 14
plete all steps required by the then on and notify
external accounting device to system administrator
continue the job. To cancel this 03-565-00 System error. Power System fault Switch the machine off then on,
job, press the hard-panel Job Sta- off them on and GP 14
tus button, select the job and then notify system admin-
the Delete button istrator
03-559-04 Provide payment or Walk up key entered The Job cannot be completed 03-597-00 Communication The document feeder is Perform 05-250-00, 05-251-00
the current job may FDI. Not defined due to insufficient funds. Com- error. Power off then not available. Use the RAP
be deleted. plete all steps required by the on and notify sys- document glass
external accounting device to tem administrator
continue the job 03-598-00 System error. Power Unable to set ready Perform the 03-788-00 CCS
03-559-05 Provide payment or Walk up FDI. Unable to The Job cannot be completed off then on and notify mode. Printing and Runtime Could Not Enter Power
the current job may complete the current job due to insufficient funds. Com- system administrator copying services are Saver Mode S3 RAP
be deleted. - FDI inactivity timer plete all steps required by the not available
enabled external accounting device to
continue the job, select the Close
button, then the Job Status button
located on the control panel and
then your job.If no action is taken,
the job will be deleted

Status
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
Status
05-526-00 Paper jam in the docu- A sheet is left over the DADH The fault is reset when
ment feeder document present sensor DADH top cover
04-565-00 System error. Power IME controller commu- System fault. Switch the machine after a jam. The 05-330 fault closed after jam
off then on and notify nication failure off then on, GP 14 is raised cleared. If the problem
system administrator persists, perform the
04-568-00 The output tray is The OCT is full. Empty the tray. 05-330-00, 05-331-00
full. Empty the output RAP
tray 05-527-00 Reload sheets in docu- Documents are in the DADH Remove the sheets
04-569-00 The output tray is The OCT detects that it The tray is almost full. The tray ment feeder at power on or exit from from the original input
almost full is 90% full may be emptied now or when it is power save tray
full. Printing and other machine 05-535-00 No message Document feeder tray loaded -
services are unaffected 05-538-00 Communication error. The DADH is not available. A document feeder
Power off then on and fault has occurred,
notify system administra- copy jobs can only be
tor made from the docu-
Table 5 Chain 05 Status codes ment glass. Printing
can continue.
Status
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action 05-539-00 Document feeder - feed DADH feed head CRU None
roller has been replaced replaced. Message automati-
05-501-00 No message The DADH is raised. Close the DADH. If the cally cleared half a second
fault remains, perform after setting
the 05-300-00 DADH
05-542-00 Communication error. DADH document transport Perform 05A RAP
Open RAP. Power off then on and needs service
05-502-00 The document feeder top The DADH top cover is open. Close the DADH top notify system administra-
cover is open cover. If the fault tor
remains, perform the
05-546-00 The document size was On pre-feed the DADH fails to Reload the originals or
05-258-00, 05-307-00 different than expected. recognize the size of the doc- select the document
DADH Cover Interlock
The job has been deleted ument size. If the problem
Open RAP.
persists, perform the
05-520-00 Paper jam in the docu- Post feed and takeaway roll Remove the sheet. If 05-257-00 RAP
ment feeder jam the problem persists, 05-547-00 Re-order document DADH feed roll assembly Re-order a feed roll
perform the 05-330-00,
feeder - feed roller but near end of life assembly PL 5.15 Item
05-331-00 Feed Sen-
DO NOT replace until 1.
sor Failure RAP prompted
05-522-00 Paper jam in the docu- A sheet is left over the DADH Remove sheet. If the 05-560-00 Remove the document. It Upon fault 05-310 being Remove the short doc-
ment feeder CVT sensor, the DADH post problem persists, per-
is too short to be fed by raised ument from DADH dur-
feed sensor or the TAR sen- form the 05-350-00,
Document Feeder. ing jam clearance, If
sor after a jam. 05-352-00 RAP the problem persists,
05-525-00 No message The Document feeder tray is Perform the 05B perform the 05-310-00
empty DADH Document Sen- RAP
sor Failure RAP
05-570-00 Scan and copy services DADH jam Remove, then re-load
not available. Print ser- all document in the
vice is available DADH

Status Status
05-578-00 Re-order document DADH roller feeds reaches Order new DADH feed 12-579-00 Hole punching not avail- Hole punching is not available Check that the hole
feeder - feed roller but near end of life limit. roll assembly, PL 5.15 able. Power off then on punch unit is cor-
DO NOT replace until Item 1 and notify system admin- rectly installed. Switch
prompted istrator the machine off then
05-579-00 Replace the document DADH roller feeds reaches Install new DADH feed on, GP 14. If the prob-
feed roller end of life roll assembly, PL 5.15 lem persists, perform
Item 1. the 12-043-00-110,
05-585-00 Select confirm if the doc- When status 05-579 is active Select confirm if the 12-046-00-110 RAP
for LCSS, 12-044-00-
ument feeder - feed roller and the DADH top cover is document feeder - feed
171 to 12-047-00-171
was replaced. opened (status 05-502) roller was replaced
RAP for HVF
12-600-00 Finisher is not docked. The finisher unit (LCSS) is not Dock the output mod-
Re-dock finisher now correctly docked. Printing has ule. If the problem
stopped persists, perform the
12-310-00-110, 12-
Status 312-00-110, 12-313-
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action 00-110 RAP
10-536-00 No message Transfix calibration Refer to OF 12 Service Code 12-600-01 Finisher is not docked. The finisher unit (HVF without Dock the output mod-
NVRAM parameters are RAP Re-dock finisher now tri-folder) is not correctly ule. If the problem
reset. docked. Printing has stopped persists, perform the
12-310-00-171, 12-
312-00-171, 12-313-
00-171 RAP
Table 7 Chain 12 Status codes 12-600-02 Finisher is not docked. The finisher unit (HVF with tri- Dock the output mod-
Re-dock finisher now folder) is not correctly docked. ule. If the problem
Status
Printing has stopped persists, perform the
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action 12-310-00-171, 12-
12-410-00 No message PTU selected whilst marking Pressing the Pause to 312-00-171, 12-313-
job is running Unload button will 00-171 RAP
cancel this request 12-601-00 Close the finisher top tray LCSS finisher top cover is Close the top cover
12-411-00 The current job exceeds Copy Job will exceed the out- Empty the tray open (cover over output tray)
the tray capacity, you will put destinations capacity 12-602-00 Close finisher top cover The finisher top cover is open Close the finisher top
be prompted to empty the cover.
tray
12-606-00 Close finisher top cover The inserter top cover is open Close the inserter top
12-564-00 The finisher front door is The finisher front door is open Close the finisher cover
open (LCSS) front door
12-607-00 Close the finisher folder The tri-folder top cover is Close the tri-folder top
12-564-01 The finisher front door is The finisher front door is open Close the finisher top cover open (HVF with tri-folder) cover
open (HVF - all variants) front door 12-608-00 Close the finisher folder The tri-folder unit front door is Close the tri-folder
12-564-02 The finisher front door is The finisher front door is open Close the finisher front door open (HVF with trifolder) front door
open (HVF with tri-folder) front door
12-609-00 Close finisher inserter left The inserter left cover is open Close the inserter left
side door (HVF without Tri-folder) cover
12-610-00 Paper jam in the finisher Paper is detected over the Clear the paper jam. If
entry sensor (LCSS) the problem persists,
perform the 12-199-
00-110 RAP

Status Status
12-610-01 Paper jam in the finisher Paper is detected over the Clear the paper jam. If 12-620-00 Paper jam in the finisher Paper is detected over the Clear the paper jam.
entry sensor (HVF without tri- the problem persists, stacker exit sensor at power- If the problem per-
folder) perform the 12-125- up, interlock status change or sists, perform the 12-
00-171, 12-126-00- after shutdown. (LCSS) 151-00-110, 12-152-
171 RAP 00-110 RAP
12-611-00 Paper jam in the finisher After receiving the paper at Clear the paper jam. If 12-620-01 Paper jam in the finisher Paper jam near the output to Clear the paper jam.
IOT exit sensor the entry sen- the problem persists, the stacker tray. Sheet over If the problem per-
sor is not made within 1000 perform the 12-199- 2nd top exit sensor sists, perform the 12-
ms. (LCSS). Paper jam near 00-110 RAP 151-171, 12-152-171
the entry to the finisher unit. RAP
12-611-01 Paper jam in the finisher Paper jam near the entry to Clear the paper jam. If 12-621-00 Paper jam in the finisher If entry sensor made to the Clear the paper jam.
the finisher unit (HVF without the problem persists, stacker bin exit sensor made If the problem per-
tri-folder) perform the 12-125- exceeds 1600 ms (A4 LEF 1st sists, perform the 12-
00-171, 12-126-00- page/A3 SEF all pages) or 171-00-110, 12-172-
171 RAP 1100 ms (A4 LEF mid set 00-110 RAP
12-612-00 Paper jam in the finisher Paper is detected over the Clear the paper jam. page) or 900 ms (A4 LEF last
hole punch position sensor at If the problem per- page of set). (LCSS)
power-up, interlock status sists, perform the 12- 12-621-01 Paper jam in the finisher Paper jam near the output to Clear the paper jam.
change or after shutdown. 043-00-110, 12-046- the stacker tray. Sheet over If the problem per-
(LCSS) 00-110 RAP 2nd top exit sensor sists, perform the 12-
12-617-00 Tray 6 (Inserter) is empty. Tray 6 (Inserter) detects no Add paper to tray 6. 151-171, 12-152-171
Add paper paper present If the problem per- RAP
sists, perform the 12J- 12-624-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the inserter pickup Clear the area or If
171 RAP. sensor the problem persists,
12-618-00 Paper jam in the finisher Paper is detected over the top Clear the paper jam. perform the 12-479-
tray exit sensor at power-up, If the problem per- 00-171 RAP
interlock status change or sists, perform the 12- 12-625-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the inserter tab Clear the area. If the
after shutdown (LCSS) 171-00-110, 12-172- standby sensor problem persists, per-
00-110 RAP form the 12-191-00-
12-618-01 Paper jam in the finisher Paper is detected over the top Clear the paper jam. 171, 12-193-00-171,
tray exit sensor If the problem per- 12-194-00-171, 12-
sists, perform the 12- 196-00-171 RAP
125-00-171, 12-126- 12-626-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the buffer position Clear the area. If the
00-171 RAP sensor problem persists, per-
12-619-00 Paper jam in the finisher Paper jam near the output to Clear the paper jam. form the 12-198-00-
the top tray. (LCSS) If the problem per- 171, 12-199-00-171
sists, perform the 12- RAP
171-00-110, 12-172- 12-627-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the HVF exit into Clear the area. If the
00-110 RAP BM sensor problem persists, per-
12-619-01 Paper jam in the finisher Paper jam near the output to Clear the paper jam. form the 12-198-00-
the top tray. (HVF) If the problem per- 171, 12-199-00-171
sists, perform the 12- RAP
171-00-171, 12-172- 12-627-01 Paper jam in the finisher Page over the exit HVF into Clear the paper jam
00-171 RAP BM sensor (sensor in area
6a) cleared via area 6a

Status Status
12-627-02 Paper jam in the finisher Page over the exit HVF into Clear the paper jam 12-642-00 Booklet maker staples The booklet maker staples The booklet maker
BM sensor (sensor in area low. Re-order booklet sta- are low staple cartridge sup-
6a) cleared via area 6a ple cartridge plies are low. Re-
12-628-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the stacker bin Clear the area. If the order staple car-
exit sensor problem persists, per- tridge, PL 12.185 Item
form the 12-151-171, 8
12-152-171 12-643-00 Booklet maker staple car- The booklet maker staple car- The booklet maker
12-629-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the tri-folder entry Clear the area. If the tridge is empty tridge is empty staple cartridge is
sensor problem persists, per- empty. Follow the
form the 12-183-00- instructions at the
171, 12-184-00-171 printer to load a new
RAP staple cartridge, PL
12.185 Item 8. Print-
12-630-01 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the booklet maker Clear the area. If the
ing can continue, but
entry sensor (without tri- problem persists, per-
folder) form the 12-183-00- stapled booklet mak-
ing is unavailable
171, 12-184-00-171
RAP 12-643-01 Booklet maker staple car- The booklet maker staple car- Install a new booklet
tridge is empty tridge is empty maker staple cartridge
12-630-02 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the booklet maker Clear the area. If the
entry sensor (with tri-folder) problem persists, per- 12-644-00 Booklet maker staple car- The booklet maker staple car- The booklet maker
form the 12-183-00- tridge is empty. Replace tridge is empty and HVF fin- staple cartridge is
171, 12-184-00-171 now isher front door open empty. User interven-
RAP tion is required to
12-636-01 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the booklet maker Clear the jam from the install a new booklet
maker staple car-
exit sensor (without tri-folder) output bin. If the prob-
tridge, PL 12.185 Item
lem persists, perform
the 12-181-00-171, 8. Printing and copy-
ing can continue with-
12-182-00-171 RAP
out stapled booklet
12-636-02 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the booklet maker Clear the jam from the
making
exit sensor (with tri-folder) output bin. If the prob-
lem persists, perform 12-649-00 The hole punch waste The hole punch chad bin is Hole punch waste
container is full. Empty full and needs emptying. container is full, jobs
the 12-181-00-171,
hole punch waste con- (LCSS) requesting hole
12-182-00-171 RAP
tainer punching will be held.
12-640-00 Hole punch not detected The finisher punch unit is Make sure that the Empty the chad bin
(missing). Please insert missing or incorrectly punch unit is cor-
12-649-01 The hole punch waste The hole punch chad bin is Hole punch waste
the hole punch. installed. rectly installed.
container is full. Empty full and needs emptying. container is full, jobs
If the problem per-
sists, perform the 12- Hole Punch Waste Con- (HVF) requesting hole
tainer punching will be held.
043-00-110, 12-046-
Empty the chad bin
00-110 RAP
12-653-00 Stapling fault. Power off Stapling disabled, out of ser- Perform the 12-371-
12-641-00 The hole punch waste The chad bin has been Reinstall the chad bin.
container is not detected. removed from the finisher If the problem per- then on and notify system vice. (LCSS) 00-110, 12-372-00-
administrator 110, 12-378-00-110
Please re-insert. sists, perform the 12-
RAP
043-00-110, 12-046-
00-110 RAP

Status Status
12-665-00 Finisher main tray is out Bin 1 out of service status Perform the 12-151- 12-718-00 Paper jam in finisher Sheet over the tri- folder Clear the paper jam.
of service. Power off then (LCSS) 00-110, 12-152-00- folder unit assist sensor If the problem per-
on and notify system 110 RAP sists, perform the 12-
administrator 185-00-171 to 12-
12-692-00 Finisher top tray is full. The finisher top tray is full Empty the top tray 187-00-171 RAP
Empty top tray. 12-719-00 Paper jam in finisher Sheet over the tri- folder exit Clear the paper jam.
12-701-00 Output tray offsetting is OCT offset failure occurred Perform the 12-701- folder unit sensor If the problem per-
not available. Power off 00-65 RAP sists, perform the 12-
then on and notify system 185-00-171 to 12-
administrator 187-00-171 RAP
12-715-00 Staple cartridge is empty. The finisher's main staple car- Install new staple car- 12-720-00 Booklet stapler not avail- Failure of any BM or TF func- Check for obstruc-
Replace now tridge is empty. Follow the tridge, PL 12.55 Item able. Power off then on tion. The booklet maker and tions in the HVF BM
instructions at the printer to 7. and notify system admin- tri-folder are currently unavail- and the tri-folder.
load a new staple cartridge. istrator able Check that the HVF
Non staple printing can con- BM and tri-folder
tinue. (LCSS) interlocks are made.
Switch the machine
12-715-01 Staple cartridge is empty. HVF staple cartridge is empty Install a new staple
off then on, GP 14.
Replace now. cartridge. If the prob-
lem persists, perform Check the current
fault codes list for
the 12-369-00-171 to
HVF BM or tri-folder
12-377-00-171 RAP
faults and perform the
12-716-00 Staple cartridge supplies LCSS and HVF staples are The finisher's main appropriate RAP
are low. low staple cartridge sup-
12-721-00 Stapling fault. Power off Stapler is not in position The stapler module is
plies are low. Re-
then on and notify system open, close the sta-
order staple car-
tridge. Printing can administrator pler module
continue. LCSS PL 12-726-00 Booklet stapler not avail- Failure of the booklet maker Perform 12-063-00-
12.55 Item 7, HVF PL able. Power off then on stapling functions 171, 12-411-00-171
12.110 Item 31. and notify system admin- RAP for staple unit 1,
HVFBM PL 12.185 istrator and 12-403-00-171,
Item 8. 12-413-00-171, 12-
414-00-171 RAP for
12-717-01 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the HVF BM com- Clear the HFV BM
piler paper present sensor paper present sensor staple unit 2
(without tri-folder) area 6e. If the prob- 12-727-00 The booklet maker tray in The booklet maker output tray The booklet maker
lem persists, perform the finisher is nearly full. is nearly full tray is near full. User
the 12-166-00-171 intervention will be
RAP required soon to
empty the tray to
12-717-02 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet over the HVF BM com- Clear the HFV BM
allow continued book-
piler paper present sensor paper present sensor
(with tri-folder) area 6e. If the prob- let making. Print and
copy services can
lem persists, perform
continue; other
the 12-166-00-171
RAP machine services are
unaffected.

Status Status
12-728-00 The booklet maker tray in The booklet maker output tray Empty the tray. If nec- 12-735-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet detected near the Clear the sheet. If the
the finisher is full. Empty is full essary, If the problem buffer sensor problem persists, per-
the tray persists, perform the form the 12-157-00-
12C-171 RAP 171, 12-158-00-171
12-729-00 Finisher top tray is nearly The finisher top output bin is The top output bin is RAP and 12-141-00-
full nearly full nearly full. This output 171, 12-142-00-171
bin may need to be RAP
unloaded soon. Print- 12-736-01 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet detected near the exit Clear the sheet. If the
ing can continue. HVF to BM entry sensor. problem persists, per-
12-730-00 Finisher main tray is full The stacker tray is full The middle output bin (without tri-folder) form the 12-113-00-
(LCSS and HVF) is full. This output bin 171, 12-114-00-171,
needs to be unloaded. 12-190-00-171, 12-
Printing to this output 192-00-171 RAP
bin is disabled. 12-736-02 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet detected near exit HVF Clear the sheet. If the
If the problem per- to BM entry sensor. problem persists, per-
sists, perform the 12- (with tri-folder) form the 12-113-00-
462-00-110 RAP or 171, 12-114-00-171,
12-460-00-171 to 12- 12-190-00-171, 12-
462-00-171 RAP 192-00-171 RAP
12-730-01 Finisher main tray is full The stacker tray is full The middle output bin 12-740-00 Tray is ready for unload- Finisher tray is ready for Follow the instruc-
(HVF) is full. This output bin ing. Press the button on unloading tions to unload the
needs to be unloaded. finisher to return tray to tray.
Printing to this output ready position
bin is disabled. 12-741-00 Please wait... The output The machine is paused for Follow the instruc-
If the problem per- tray is lowering unloading. Need to press the tions. If the problem
sists, perform the 12- button on the pop up screen persists, perform the
460-00-171 to 12- 12H-171
462-00-171 RAP
12-742-00 Output tray on-line Pause to unload time-out Finisher has gone
12-731-00 Tray 6 (inserter) is empty. Post process inserter tray Load more media. If warning back on-line
Load more media for (tray 6) is empty. Jobs will be the problem persists,
insertion held if inserts are required perform the 12J-171
12-743-00 Booklet stapler not avail- Booklet making & tri-folding Booklet making and
RAP
able. Power off then on unavailable. tri-folding is unavail-
12-732-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet detected near the PPI Clear the jam. If the and notify system admin- able. Switch the
pickup sensor problem persists, per- istrator machine off then on,
form the 12-191-00- GP 14. Check the cur-
171, 12-193-00-171, rent fault code list for
12-194-00-171, 12- HVF BM or tri-fold
196-00-171 RAP faults and go to
12-733-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet detected near the PPI Clear the jam. If the appropriate RAP.
tab standby sensor problem persists, per- Printing can continue
form the12-191-00- to all available output
171, 12-193-00-171, trays
12-194-00-171, 12-
196-00-171 RAP
12-734-00 Finisher main tray is Stacker tray bin is nearly full No action necessary
nearly full

Status Status
12-744-00 Tray 6 (Inserter) is The inserter is unavailable The post process 12-750-00 Unexpected paper size or A shorter than expected sheet Follow the message
unavailable. Check for inserter is not avail- type detected from tray 6 has been fed from the inserter text. Check the size of
obstructions. Power off able. Switch the (Inserter) the paper in the
then on machine off then on, inserter. Refer to 12J-
GP 14. Check the cur- 171 RAP
rent fault code list for 12-752-00 Paper jam in the finisher A page is over the buffer path Clear the area. If the
inserter faults and go sensor problem persists, per-
to appropriate RAP form the 12-198-00-
12-745-00 Finisher top tray and main Top tray and stacker are Check for obstruc- 171, 12-199-00-171
tray are not available unavailable (only the booklet tions in the HVF BM RAP
maker tray is available) and the tri-folder. 12-753-00 Paper jam in the finisher A page is near the buffer path Clear the area. If the
Check that the HVF sensor problem persists, per-
BM and tri-folder form the 12-198-00-
interlocks are made. 171, 12-199-00-171
Switch the machine RAP
off then on, GP 14.
12-755-00 No message The finisher has detected a Install a 100 sheet
Check the current
50 sheet staple cartridge. A staple cartridge
fault codes list for 100 sheet staple cartridge
HVF BM or tri-folder
should be used
12-762-00 Finisher communication Communication failure Switch the machine
appropriate RAP.
error. Check cabling. between IME and finisher off then on, GP 14.
12-746-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet detected near the tri- Clear the sheet. If the power off then on Check the finisher
fold entry sensor problem persists, per-
communication har-
form the 12-183-00-
ness. If the problem
171, 12-184-00-171 persists, perform 12-
RAP
762-00-110, 12-764-
12-747-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet detected near the tri- Clear the sheet. If the 00-110, 12-765-00-
fold exit sensor problem persists, per- 110 RAP for LCSS.
form the 12-185-00- 12-762-00-171, 12-
171 to 12-187-00-171 764-00-171, 12-765-
12-748-00 Paper jam in the finisher Sheet detected near the tri- Clear the sheet. If the 00-171 RAP for HVF.
fold assist sensor problem persists, per- 12-764-00 Finisher communication The IME cannot detect a fin- Switch the machine
form the 12-185-00- error. Check cabling. isher plugged in (including off then on, GP 14.
171 to 12-187-00-171 power off then on catch tray) Check the finisher
RAP communication har-
12-749-00 Insert sheet sent to a dif- An insert sheet has not See the message ness. If the problem
ferent tray to the rest of arrived at its intended output text. If the problem persists, perform 12-
the job destination persists, perform the 762-00-110, 12-764-
12-191-00-171, 12- 00-110, 12-765-00-
193-00-171, 12-194- 110 RAP for LCSS.
00-171, 12-196-00- 12-762-00-171, 12-
171 RAP and 12-125- 764-00-171, 12-765-
00-171, 12-126-00- 00-171 RAP for HVF.
171 RAP

Status Status
12-765-00 Incompatible or unknown The IME interface indicates Switch the machine 12-921-00 Stapling not available. The stapler position sensor Close the BM stapler
finisher detected. Check that the finisher is incompati- off then on, GP 14. Call for assistance. indicates the stapler module module. If the prob-
finisher compatibility ble / unknown. Check the finisher is not closed in initialization lem persists, perform
communication lead. the12-063-00-171,
If the problem per- 12-411-00-171 RAP
sists, perform the 12- for staple unit 1, and
762-00-110, 12-764- 12-403-00-171, 12-
00-110, 12-765-00- 413-00-171, 12-414-
110 RAP for LCSS. 00-171 RAP for staple
12-762-00-171, 12- unit 2
764-00-171, 12-765- 12-943-00 Booklet making and tri- Booklet making or tri-folding Check for obstruc-
00-171 RAP for HVF folding are unavailable. capability degraded tions in the HVF BM
12-901-00 Unable to staple. Check The finisher is in degraded Switch the machine Check for obstructions and the tri-folder.
for obstructions in the out- mode, unable to staple off then on, GP 14. If Check that the HVF
put trays the problem persists, BM and tri-folder
perform 12F-171 RAP interlocks are made.
12-902-00 Finisher main tray out of The finisher is in degraded Switch the machine Switch the machine
service. Check for mode, stacker tray is out of off then on, GP 14. off then on, GP 14.
obstructions in the main service. Check for obstruc- Check the current
tray tions in the tray fault codes list for
12-906-00 Finisher main tray out of The finisher main tray is out of Switch the machine HVF BM or tri-folder
service. Check for service, tray home fault off then on, GP 14.
appropriate RAP
obstructions in the main Check for obstruc-
tray tions in the tray 12-944-00 Tray 6 (Inserter) is Inserter capability degraded Check for obstruc-
12-908-00 Hole punching is unavail- The finisher hole punch head Clear the paper jam. unavailable. Check for tions in the inserter. If
obstructions in the the problem persists,
able. Check for obstruc- motor has failed Switch the machine
Inserter perform the 12-191-
tions in the hole puncher off then on, GP 14. If
the problem persists, 00-171, 12-193-00-
171, 12-194-00-171,
perform the 12-043-
12-196-00-171 RAP
00-110, 12-046-00-
110 RAP for LCSS and 12J-171 RAP
12-909-00 All output trays are Status raised based upon the Clear any obstruc- 12-945-00 All main stacker trays All trays have degraded capa- Check for obstruc-
unavailable. Power off bility, except booklet maker tions in the buffer,
unavailable. Check for report capabilities from the tions or paper jam.
then on and notify system stacker and top tray
obstructions in the finisher finisher Switch the machine
off then on, GP 14. If administrator areas. Switch the
machine off then on,
the problem persists,
GP 14. Check the cur-
perform the 12-462-
00-110 RAP for LCSS rent fault codes list for
faults in the buffer,
12-913-00 Booklet making is unavail- Back stop motor fails to move Clear the paper jam.
stacker and top tray
able. Check for obstruc- or not home Switch the machine
areas and perform the
tions in the BM off then on, GP 14. If appropriate RAP
perform the 12-065-
00-171, 12-383-00-
171 HVF BM Back-
stop Motor Fault RAP

Status
Status
16-507-00 Some network services SLP process stopped. Switch the machine off then
involving SLP are not Some network control- on, GP 14.
14-517-00 Scanner fault. Power Scanner fault. Switch the machine off then on, available. Notify your sys- ler services are not
off then on and notify GP 14. Check the current fault tem administrator available
system administrator codes list for faults in the scan- 16-508-00 Autonet functions are not Autonet is not available Switch the machine off then
ner and perform the appropri- available. Notify your sys- on, GP 14. Printing can con-
ate RAP. tem administrator tinue if other network proto-
cols are used
16-509-00 Some network services Insufficient memory for Switch the machine off then
involving Internet Fax are internet Fax on, GP 14. Printing can con-
Table 9 Chain 16 Status codes not available. Notify sys- tinue if other network proto-
tem administrator cols are used
Status
Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action 16-510-00 Network services involving Scan to E-mail process Switch the machine off then
scan to E-mail are not failed on, GP 14. If the problem
16-501-00 Network services with job Job based accounting Not enough CCM memory to available. Notify system persists check network con-
based accounting not not enough DC mem- run the network accounting
administrator nections
available. Notify your sys- ory. Some Network feature. Switch the machine
16-511-00 Network services related Internet Fax process Switch the machine off then
tem administrator Controller services are off then on, GP 14. If the
not available problem persists, perform to Internet Fax are not failed on, GP 14. If the problem
available. Notify system persists check network con-
the 16-930-19 to 16-939-19
administrator nections
Other Network Faults 17
RAP 16-513-00 Some network services Simple service discov- Switch the machine off then
16-502-00 The network controller is Status active when Cleared when the network involving SSDP are not ery protocol (SSDP) on, GP 14.
available. Notify your sys- failed
about to be reset ever the network con- controller reset is initiated
tem administrator
troller detects that a
platform reset is about 16-514-00 Network services involving Post office protocol Switch the machine off then
to occur scan to E-mail are not (POP3) (for inbound on, GP 14.
available. Notify system IFAX messages) pro-
16-503-00 System error. Power off Incomplete system Switch the machine off then
administrator cess failed
then on and notify system information on, GP 14. All machine ser-
administrator vices are disabled 16-517-00 Network services involving SMTP process failed Switch the machine off then
16-504-00 Some network services DDNS error. Some net- The DDNS address resolu- scan to E-mail are not on, GP 14.
available. Notify system
involving DDNS are not work controller ser- tion process has failed.
administrator
available. Notify your sys- vices are not available Switch the machine off then
tem administrator on, GP 14. If the problem 16-518-00 Network services using Web services edge cli- Switch the machine off then
persists check the DDNS WS edge client are not ent interface does not on, GP 14. If the problem
servers network connec- available. Notify your sys- work persists check network con-
tions tem administrator nections
16-505-00 Some network services Insufficient memory for Switch the machine off then 16-519-00 Network services using Web services client Switch the machine off then
involving scan to E-mail E-mail on, GP 14. If the problem WS edge client are not controller does not on, GP 14. If the problem
are not available. Notify persists check the network available. Notify your sys- work persists check network con-
system administrator connections tem administrator nections
16-506-00 Your administrator is Your administrator is The system administrator is 16-520-00 Network services using Web services server Switch the machine off then
reconfiguring the system. reconfiguring the sys- saving the machine configu- WS edge client are not controller interface on, GP 14. If the problem
Services will not be avail- tem ration to a remote station. available. Please notify does not work. persists check network con-
able the system administrator nections

Status Status
16-521-00 Some network services The network control- Machine services are tempo- 16-536-00 Network controller error. The XSA service is Switch the machine off then
involving CPI are not avail- lers CPI service pro- rarily disabled. The network Some network services unavailable. Network on, GP 14.
able. Notify your system cess has stopped controller connection is not available. Notify sys- controller error
administrator about to be reset tem administrator.
16-522-00 Some network services The network control- Some network services are 16-544-00 Network cable unplugged An Ethernet cable is Ensure cables are properly
involving job log are not lers job log service not available. The network unplugged connected
available. Notify system process has stopped controller connection is 16-550-00 Machine entering SW Machine entering SW The machine entered a soft-
administrator about to be reset upgrade mode. ALL jobs upgrade mode - all ware upgrade mode (all jobs
16-523-00 Some network services The network control- Some network services are will be cancelled. jobs will be canceled. will be deleted). No user
with job tracker are not lers job tracker service not available. The network intervention is required.
available. Notify your sys- process has stopped controller connection is Machine services are
tem administrator about to be reset unavailable until the software
16-524-00 Some network services The network control- Some network services are upgrade process has com-
with Kerberos are not lers Kerberos service not available. The Network pleted.
available. Notify your sys- process has stopped Controller connection is 16-551-00 Accounting out of memory. Network controller - Accounting administrator
tem administrator about to be reset Notify your system admin- accounting log is full or needs to retrieve accounting
16-525-00 Scan to distribution ser- The network control- Some network services are istrator a hard disk full state data log from the system
vices are not available. lers scan to distribu- not available. The network exists
Notify your system admin- tion service process controller connection is 16-553-00 Additional memory is Network controller - not Switch the machine off then
istrator has stopped about to be reset required to support scan to enough physical mem- on, GP 14. Hardware must
16-526-00 Some network services The network control- Some network service are file. Notify your system ory is configured on the be added or replaced.
involving SMB are not lers SMB service pro- not available. The network administrator platform to support
available. Notify your sys- cess has stopped. controller connection is scan to file
tem administrator about to be reset 16-554-00 Workflow scanning hard- Network controller - Hardware must be added or
16-527-00 Some network services The network control- Some network service are ware must be added or hardware must be replaced.
involving TCP/IP are not lers TCP/IP service not available. The network replaced. Notify your sys- added or replaced
available. Notify your sys- process has stopped. controller connection is tem administrator
tem administrator about to be reset 16-555-00 Insufficient memory for Network controller - not Additional memory required
16-528-00 Network services using The network control- Some network service are Fax job. Notify your sys- enough physical mem- to support Fax. The Fax ser-
WS scan temp are not lers WS scan temp not available. The network tem administrator. ory is configured on the vice is not available
available. Notify your sys- service process has controller connection is platform to support
tem administrator stopped. about to be reset LAN Fax
16-529-00 Network services with The network control- Some network service are 16-556-00 No message There is an authentica- User intervention is required
Scan compressor are not lers Scan compressor not available. The network tion problem between to check the settings on the
available. Notify your sys- service process has controller connection is the 802.1x device and 802.1x device to ensure they
tem administrator stopped. about to be reset the 802.1x server match the 802.1x server,
then switch the machine off
16-533-00 Service limit exceeded. Controller software Remove some existing ser-
then on, GP 14.
New services will not be service limit exceeded vices to enable new services
available until some ser- to be added. Machine ser- 16-557-00 Network services using Network controller DC Switch the machine off then
vices are removed vices are available but may DC platform recovery not platform recovery on, GP 14
be degraded available. Notify system failed
administrator
16-535-00 Immediate job overwrite Immediate job over- Immediate job overwrite
failed. Perform an on write failed failed. Administrator inter- 16-558-00 Network services using Network controller DC Switch the machine off then
demand overwrite immedi- vention is required to per- DC platform recovery not communications failed on, GP 14
ately form an on demand available. Notify system
overwrite immediately administrator

Status Status
16-559-00 Network services using Network controller Check the BOOTP Server 16-570-00 Some network services Network controller - an Switch the machine off then
BOOTP initialization not BOOTP initialization and its network connection. involving HTTP are not HTTP interpreter error on, GP 14. Printing can con-
available. Notify system failure Switch the machine off then available. Notify your sys- has occurred, causing tinue if other submission
administrator on GP 14 tem administrator the process to fail methods are used. If the
16-560-00 Some network services Some processes on Switch the machine off then problem persists, perform
are not available due to a the network controller on, GP 14 the 16-761-47 to 16-769-95
process error. Notify sys- have failed Other Network Faults 1 RAP
tem administrator. 16-571-00 Network printing disabled. Network controller - Switch the machine off then
16-561-00 Scan to file not available. Network controller - Switch the machine off then Notify your system admin- print service has failed on, GP 14. Printing cannot
Power off then on and scan to file processes on, GP 14 istrator continue. If the problem per-
notify system administra- have failed sists, perform the 16-770-09
tor to 16-779-95 Other Network
Faults 2 RAP
16-562-00 Some network services Network controller - the Switch the machine off then
involving LPD are not line printer daemon on, GP 14. Printing can con- 16-572-00 Network printing disabled. Network controller - Switch the machine off then
available. Notify your sys- (LPD) process has tinue if other submission Notify your system admin- print service has failed on, GP 14. Printing cannot
tem administrator failed methods are used istrator continue. If the problem per-
sists, perform the 16-770-09
to 16-779-95 Other Network
involving Novell are not Novell netware con- on, GP 14. Printing can con-
available. Notify your sys- nectivity process has tinue if other submission Faults 2 RAP
tem administrator failed methods are used 16-573-00 Network printing disabled. Network controller - Switch the machine off then
Notify your system admin- ESS print service has on, GP 14. Printing cannot
istrator. failed continue. If the problem per-
involving NetBios are not NetBIOS connectivity on, GP 14. Printing can con-
available. Notify system process has failed tinue if other submission sists, perform the 16-770-09
administrator methods are used
Faults 2 RAP
16-565-00 Network services involving Apple Talk printing Switch the machine off then
16-574-00 Job queue error. Power off ESS queue utility has Switch the machine off then
Apple Talk are not avail- error. Printing can con- on, GP 14. Printing can con-
able. Notify your system tinue using other sub- tinue if other submission then on and notify system failed. Only a partial list on, GP 14. If the problem
administrator is available for display persists, perform the 16-770-
administrator mission methods methods are used
at this time 09 to 16-779-95 Other Net-
16-567-00 Some network services Network controller - a Switch the machine off then
work Faults 2 RAP
involving PostScript are PostScript interpreter on, GP 14. Printing can con-
not available. Notify your error has occur, caus- tinue if other submission 16-575-00 The network controller The network controller Automatic network controller
connection is about to be ESS registration ser- reset. If the problem persists,
system administrator ing the process to fail methods are used
reset vice process has perform the 16-160-09 ESS
16-568-00 Some network services Network controller - a Switch the machine off then
stopped Reg Service Process Death
involving PCL are not PCL interpreter error on, GP 14, to enable PCL RAP
available. Notify your sys- has occurred, causing printing. Printing can con-
16-576-00 Network controller con- The network controller Automatic network controller
tem administrator the process to fail tinue if other job format
nection is about to be ESS event notification reset. Switch the machine off
methods are used
reset service process has then on, GP 14. If the prob-
16-569-00 Network services involving Network controller - Switch the machine off then stopped lem persists, perform the 16-
a parallel port are not parallel ports are not on, GP 14. If the problem
161-09, 16-164-09 Cannot
available. Notify system available persists, perform the 16-761-
Send Reg Event / List
administrator 47 to 16-769-95 Other Net- Access Failure RAP
work Faults 1 RAP

Status Status
16-577-00 Network controller con- The network controller Automatic network controller 16-584-00 Network controller con- The network controller Automatic network controller
nection is about to be ESS platform manager reset. Machine is unavail- nection is about to be document manager reset. Machine is unavailable
reset service process has able. If the problem persists, reset agent process has
stopped perform the 16-162-09 to 16- stopped
163-09 Cannot Send Reg 16-585-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Switch the machine off then
Event / ESS Services Failure mation. Power off then on ESS configuration syn- on, GP 14. Printing and
RAP and notify system adminis- chronization process scanning can continue. If the
16-578-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Switch the machine off then trator has stopped problem persists, perform
mation. Power off then on ESS fault log service on, GP 14. Printing and the 16-780-00 to 16-789-47
and notify system adminis- process has stopped scanning can continue. If the Other Network Faults 3 RAP
trator problem persists, perform 16-586-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Switch the machine off then
the 16-770-09 to 16-779-95 mation. Power off then on agent process has on, GP 14. Print and other
Other Network Faults 2 RAP and notify system adminis- stopped machine services are unaf-
16-579-00 Job status not available. The network controller Switch the machine off then trator fected. If the problem per-
Power off then on and ESS completed job log on, GP 14. Printing and sists, perform the 16-780-00
notify system administra- service has stopped scanning can continue. If the to 16-789-47 Other Network
tor problem persists, perform Faults 3 RAP
the 16-770-09 to 16-779-95 16-589-00 Network services involving The network controller Switch the machine off then
Other Network Faults 2 RAP a serial port are not avail- serial port connectivity on, GP 14. Print and other
16-580-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Switch the machine off then able. Notify system admin- has failed machine services are unaf-
mation. Power off then on ESS configuration util- on, GP 14. Printing and istrator. fected. If the problem per-
and notify system adminis- ity process has scanning can continue. If the sists, perform the 16-780-00
trator stopped problem persists, perform to 16-789-47 Other Network
the 16-780-00 to 16-789-47 Faults 3 RAP
Other Network Faults 3 RAP 16-590-00 Network connectivity con- The network controller Switch the machine off then
16-581-00 Some network diagnostic The network controller Switch the machine off then figuration server not avail- CCS process has on, GP 14. Printing and
services are not available. ESS diagnostic ser- on, GP 14. Printing and able. Notify your system failed scanning can continue. If the
Notify your system admin- vice process has scanning can continue. If the administrator problem persists, perform
istrator stopped problem persists, perform the 16-800-09 to 16-809-47
the 16-770-09 to 16-779-95 Other Network Faults 5 RAP
Other Network Faults 2 RAP 16-591-00 Some network services Network controller Check Ethernet connection.
and the 16-780-00 to 16- involving Ethernet are not Ethernet process has Switch the machine off, then
789-47 Other Network Faults available. Notify system failed switch the machine on GP
3 RAP administrator. 14. Local printing can con-
16-582-00 Some network authentica- The network controller Switch the machine off then tinue. If the problem persists,
tion services unavailable. ESS authentication on, GP 14. Print and other perform the 16-800-09 to 16-
Notify your system admin- SPI process has machine services are unaf- 809-47 Other Network Faults
istrator stopped fected. If the problem per- 5 RAP
Faults 3 RAP
16-583-00 Incomplete system infor- The network controller Switch the machine off then
mation. Power off then on ESS counters utility on, GP 14. Printing and
and notify system adminis- process has stopped scanning can continue
trator

Status Status
16-593-00 Some network services Network controller - Check DHCP server network 16-598-00 Some network services Network controller - Another IP address needs to
involving DHCP are not DHCP address resolu- connection. Switch the involving TCP/IP are not TCP/IP address is be used. Switch the machine
available. Notify your sys- tion has failed machine off then on GP 14. available. Notify your sys- already in use on the off then on, GP 14. Copy and
tem administrator. Copying and printing with tem administrator. network Fax services (if installed) can
local connections can con- continue. If the problem per-
tinue. If the problem persists, sists, perform the 16-790-09
perform the 16-800-09 to 16- to 16-799-47 Other Network
809-47 Other Network Faults Faults 4 RAP
5 RAP 16-599-00 Network services with Port Raw TCP/IP printing Switch the machine off then
16-594-00 Some network services Network controller - Check RARP server net- 9100 process are not (port 9100) process on, GP 14. Printing can con-
involving RARP are not RARP address resolu- work connection. Switch the available. Notify system has failed tinue with other submission
available. Notify your sys- tion has failed machine off then on GP 14. administrator methods. If the problem per-
tem administrator. Printing can continue with sists, perform the 16-790-09
other submission methods. If to 16-799-47 Other Network
the problem persists, per- Faults 4 RAP
form the 16-800-09 to 16-
809-47 Other Network Faults
5 RAP
16-595-00 LAN Fax service error. The network controller Switch the machine off then Table 10 Chain 17 Status codes
Power off then on and LAN Fax service has on, GP 14. Print and other
Status
notify system administra- failed machine services are unaf-
tor fected. If the problem per-
sists, perform the 16-790-09 17-510-00 Duplicate IPv6 address Duplicate IPv6 address Reconfigure with a
to 16-799-47 Other Network detected. Reconfigure detected unique address.
Faults 4 RAP with a unique address Switch the machine off
then on, GP 14. Copy
16-596-00 Some network accounting Some network control- Network accounting error.
services are not available. ler services are not User intervention is required and Fax services (if
installed) can continue
Notify your system admin- available to switch the machine off
istrator. then on, GP 14. Print and 17-512-00 DHCPv6 services are not DHCPv6 Failure status Switch the machine off
other machine services are available. Notify your then on, GP 14. Print-
unaffected. If the problem system administrator. ing can continue with
persists, perform the 16-790- other submission
09 to 16-799-47 Other Net- methods.
work Faults 4 RAP 17-513-00 Duplicate IPv4 address Duplicate IPv4 address Reconfigure with a
16-597-00 Some network services The network controller Switch the machine off then detected. Reconfigure detected. unique address.
involving TIFF are not TIFF interpreter has on, GP 14. Printing can con- with a unique address Switch the machine off
available. Notify your sys- failed tinue with other job formats. then on, GP 14.
tem administrator. If the problem persists, per- 17-514-00 The machine is not avail- External accounting device Administrator interven-
form the 16-790-09 to 16- able. Accounting com- communication failure tion required to check
799-47 Other Network Faults munication failure the connection to the
4 RAP external accounting
device

Status Status
17-551-00 Server Fax service can- Server Fax service cannot Switch the machine off 17-557-00 The internet Fax service Internet Fax service cannot Switch the machine off
not register. Power off register then on, GP 14. Server cannot un-register. Notify un-register then on, GP 14. Inter-
then on and notify sys- Fax is disabled, print your system administra- net Fax is disabled,
tem administrator and other machine ser- tor print and other
vices are unaffected. If machine services are
the problem persists, unaffected. If the prob-
perform the 16-987-19, lem persists, perform
16-988-19 Server Fax the 16-950-19 to 16-
Application Registra- 959-19 Other Network
tion Error RAP Faults 19 RAP
17-553-00 Internet Fax service can- Internet Fax service cannot Switch the machine off 17-558-00 The E-mail service can- E-mail service cannot un-reg- Switch the machine off
not register. Power off register then on, GP 14. Inter- not un-register. Notify ister then on, GP 14. Scan
then on and notify sys- net Fax is disabled, your system administra- to E-mail is disabled,
tem administrator print and other tor print and other
machine services are machine services are
unaffected. If the prob- unaffected. If the prob-
lem persists, perform lem persists, perform
the 16-950-19 to 16- the 16-950-19 to 16-
959-19 Other Network 959-19 E-mail Applica-
Faults 19 RAP tion Registration Error
17-554-00 E-mail service cannot Scan to E-mail service cannot Switch the machine off RAP
register. Power off then register. then on, GP 14. Scan 17-559-00 Workflow scanning ser- Network scanning service Switch the machine off
on and notify system to E-mail is disabled, vice cannot register. cannot register. then on, GP 14. Scan
administrator print and other Power off then on and service is disabled,
machine services are notify system administra- print and other
unaffected. If the prob- tor machine services are
lem persists, perform unaffected. If the prob-
the 16-950-19 to 16- lem persists, perform
959-19 E-mail Applica- the 16-985-19, 16-986-
tion Registration Error 19 Network Scanning
RAP Application Registra-
17-556-00 The server Fax service Server Fax service cannot un- Switch the machine off tion Error RAP
cannot un-register. Notify register then on, GP 14. Server 17-560-00 The workflow scanning Network scanning service Switch the machine off
your system administra- Fax is disabled, print service cannot un-regis- cannot un-register. then on, GP 14. Scan
tor and other machine ser- ter. Notify your system service is disabled,
vices are unaffected. If administrator print and other
the problem persists, machine services are
perform the 16-987-19, unaffected. If the prob-
16-988-19 Server Fax lem persists, perform
Application Registra- the 16-985-19, 16-986-
tion Error RAP 19 Network Scanning
Application Registra-
tion Error RAP

Status Status
17-561-00 The reprint saved jobs Reprint saved jobs service Switch the machine off 17-590-00 Image overwrite is in Image overwrite (ODIO) is in No service action
service cannot un-regis- cannot un-register. then on, GP 14. Re- progress the machine progress required, please wait
ter. Notify your system printing of saved jobs is offline. for the overwrite to fin-
administrator in disabled. If the prob- ish
lem persists, perform 17-507-00 On Demand Overwrite HDD or FAX On Demand On Demand Overwrite
the 16-752-00, 16-753- Failed. Perform an On Overwrite Failed. error. Administrator
00 File Cabinet Appli- Demand Overwrite intervention is required
cation Registration immediately. to perform an On
Error RAP Demand Image Over-
17-562-00 No communications with Registration with edge server User intervention is write immediately.
Xerox SMart eSolutions fails required to review Printing can continue;
server. Contact system SMart eSolutions set- other machine services
administrator tings. Machine ser- are unaffected.
vices are unaffected. If
16-892-00 Edge Table 11 Chain 19 Status codes
Server Auto Registra-
tion Failed RAP Status
17-563-00 No communications with Communication with edge User intervention is
Xerox SMart eSolutions server fails required to review 19-502-00 Please wait, freeing Out of memory No user intervention required,
server. Contact system SMart eSolutions set- memory resources. The machine please wait, printing will resume
administrator tings. Machine ser- has run out of image after memory is freed. Other
vices are unaffected. If processing memory for machine services are unaf-
the problem persists, the current job fected. If the problem persists,
perform the 16-891-00, perform the 19-401-00, 19-402-
16-892-00 Edge 00 Stress Out of Memory RAP
Server Auto Registra- 19-505-00 Some jobs may have Compressor DVMA Confirm that UI message has
tion Failed RAP been deleted time-out. Current job been seen. Re-scan the job. If
17-565-00 Extensible services are EIP service not responding Switch the machine off has been deleted the problem persists, perform
not responding. Power then on, GP 14. the 19-403-00 EPC Out of
machine off then on Machine services are Memory RAP
unaffected 19-506-00 Immediate job over- Immediate job over- Administrator intervention is
17-570-00 No message Communication with NNTP User intervention is write failed. Perform write failed required to perform an on
server failed required to verify net- an on demand over- demand image overwrite imme-
work time protocol write immediately diately. Printing can continue.
server settings, opera- Other machine services are
bility and machine unaffected
time. Machine ser- 19-507-00 On Demand Overwrite HDD or FAX On On Demand Overwrite error.
vices are unaffected Failed. Perform an On Demand Overwrite Administrator intervention is
17-580-00 Please wait disk Disk encryption is in progress No service action Demand Overwrite Failed. required to perform an On
encryption operation in required, please wait immediately. Demand Image Overwrite
progress. for encryption to finish immediately. Printing can con-
tinue; other machine services
are unaffected.

Status
Status
19-510-00 Please wait.... the System is attempting to No service action required.
Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
system is attempting to recover. Image disk Printing and other machine ser-
recover error vices are unaffected 20-544-00 Please wait... The Fax ser- The Fax service is initializing The Fax service is re-
19-511-00 Image disk is offline. Image disk unavailable. The system is unable to read vice is initializing starting. No user inter-
Job(s) may take longer Performance is from the image disk. Jobs may vention is required.
than normal. Notify degraded. Service is take longer than normal. Per- Printing and other
system administrator required form the 19-300-00 to 19-310- machine services are
00 Image Disk (HDD) Failure available
RAP 20-545-00 Fax job could not be sent A Fax job could not be sent Fax job could not be
19-512-00 Image disk offline. The image disk cannot The system is unable to read at this time, please try sent, re-try. Printing
Power off then on and read or write and must from the image disk. Printing again and other machine
notify system adminis- be serviced. Power off/ has stopped. Perform the 19- services are available
trator power on will tempo- 300-00 to 19-310-00 Image 20-546-00 Fax memory is low. Con- Not enough memory to use Switch the machine
rarily alleviate the prob- Disk (HDD) Failure RAP tact your system adminis- Fax service off then on, GP 14.
lem. trator Fax and LAN Fax are
19-513-00 Please wait... The The image disk is full Print jobs may be delayed. No disabled. Printing and
image disk is full service action required. The other machine ser-
system is attempting to recover. vices are unaffected.
Printing and other machine ser- If the problem per-
vices are available sists, perform the 20-
323-00, 20-324-00
19-514-00 All incomplete jobs Video job integrity fault Video job integrity error; one or
have been deleted detected more jobs were deleted. No Fax System Memory
Low RAP
user intervention is required;
the system has recovered. 20-547-00 Fax memory is low. Con- Fax memory is low User intervention is
Printing and other machine ser- tact your system adminis- required to delete
vices can continue. If the prob- trator unnecessary mailbox
lem persists, perform the 19- files or Fax jobs
409-00 Job Integrity Failure stored for polling. FAX
RAP and LAN Fax ser-
vices are disabled.
19-550-00 Configuration mis- The single board con- Switch the machine off then on,
Printing and other
match troller cannot access the GP 14.
EPC memory or the Install a new EPC memory machine services are
unaffected. If the
image disk module, PL 3.11 Item 21. Install
problem persists, per-
a new hard disk drive, PL 3.11
Item 2. Install a new single form the 20-323-00,
20-324-00 Fax Sys-
board control PWB, PL 3.11
tem Memory Low
Item 13
RAP
20-550-00 Fax line 2 is unavailable. Extended Fax card failure Switch the machine
Notify your system admin- detected off then on, GP 14.
istrator Fax service can con-
tinue from line 1.
Printing and other
machine services are
available

Status Status
Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
20-556-00 Fax memory error. Power Fax service error. Reset Fax Fax and LAN Fax are 20-562-00 Fax line 1 is unavailable. No communication on Fax User intervention is
off then on and notify sys- service disabled. Switch the Check line connection or line 1 required to check the
tem administrator machine off then on, notify your system admin- external phone line
GP 14. Printing and istrator connection. Fax and
other machine ser- LAN Fax are disabled.
vices are unaffected. Printing and other
If the problem per- machine services are
sists, perform the 20- unaffected. If the
331-00, 20-338-00, problem persists, per-
20-339-00, 20-341- form the 20-331-00,
00, 20-345-00 Fax 20-338-00, 20-339-
Network Line 1 Fault 00, 20-341-00, 20-
RAP 345-00 Fax Network
20-558-00 Fax memory error. Power Fax memory error Fax and LAN Fax are Line 1 Fault RAP
off then on and notify sys- disabled. Switch the 20-563-00 Fax line 2 is unavailable. No communication on Fax User intervention is
tem administrator machine off then on, Check line connection or line 2 required to check the
GP 14. Printing and notify your system admin- external phone line
other machine ser- istrator connection. Fax and
vices are unaffected. LAN Fax are disabled.
If the problem per- Printing and other
sists, perform the 20- machine services are
322-00 Non-Volatile unaffected. If the
Device not Installed problem persists, per-
RAP form the 20-332-00,
20-559-00 Fax memory error. Power Fax service error Fax and LAN Fax are 20-340-00 Fax Net-
off then on and notify sys- disabled. Switch the work Line 2 Fault RAP
tem administrator machine off then on, 20-565-00 Fax job limit has been All jobs IDs allocated cannot Switch the machine
GP 14. Printing and reached. Power off then create any more off then on, GP 14.
other machine ser- on and notify system Fax and LAN Fax are
vices are unaffected. administrator disabled
If the problem per- 20-570-00 Fax memory error. Power Fax service error Switch the machine
sists, perform the 20- off then on and notify sys- off then on, GP 14.
320-00 Fax Fault Not tem administrator Fax and LAN Fax are
Cleared by Reset disabled. Printing and
RAP other machine ser-
vices are unaffected

Status
Status
20-571-00 Fax memory error. Power Fax service error Fax line 1 is unavail-
off then on and notify sys- able. Switch the
tem administrator machine off then on, 22-502-04 Select the current mes- An active message has been Go to the Status
GP 14. Fax and LAN sages button in the produced. screen and select the
Fax are disabled. machine status for more Faults tab. Press the
Printing and other information Active Messages
machine services are button and perform
unaffected. If the the action appropriate
problem persists, per- to the message
form the 20-331-00, 22-503-04 All incomplete jobs have System error. Jobs have No user intervention is
20-338-00, 20-339- been deleted. been lost and must be resub- required. Machine is
00, 20-341-00, 20- mitted temporarily unavail-
345-00 Fax Network able
Line 1 Fault RAP 22-503-05 The number of originals Insufficient originals detected Re-sort and reload all
20-572-00 Fax line 2 is unavailable. Fax service error. Fax line 2 Switch the machine was less than the number in the DADH. originals
Call for assistance is unavailable off then on, GP 14. originally scanned
Fax and LAN Fax are
22-504-04 No tray is configured with No paper tray is configured to Print and copy ser-
degraded. Printing the required paper size run the stock size required for vices are disabled,
and other machine
this job other machine ser-
services are unaf-
fected. If the problem Job must be deleted.
Paper tray must be
20-332-00, 20-340-00
configured to match
Fax Network Line 2 the job. If the problem
Fault RAP
20-580-00 Fax service is unavail- NVM values supplied by the No service action 22-310-04 to 22-318-
able. Turn machine off Fax are invalid. Fax NVM required. Fax and 04 Other Network
then on data error LAN Fax are disabled. Faults 25 RAP
Printing and other
22-504-05 Invalid original size Invalid mixed size original Make sure the origi-
detected. It will be treated pair detected nals are not creased
unaffected as the next largest stan- or folded
20-595-00 Fax line 1 is unavailable. Fax service Error. Fax line 1 Fax line 1 is unavail- dard size If the problem per-
Call for assistance. is unavailable able. Switch the sists, perform the 05-
machine off then on, 257-00 RAP
GP 14. Fax and LAN 22-504-16 Machine is in a non cus- Non customer mode. Auto Enter customer mode.
Fax are disabled.
tomer mode. configuration is disabled. Enter dC131 Read/
Printing and other
Wait for machine to exit Diag- Write and check that
machine services are nostics mode. The machine NVM ID 425-001 = 0,
unaffected. If the
is unavailable 425-003 = 0 and 616-
14 = 4
form the 20-331-00,
20-338-00, 20-339-
00, 20-341-00, 20-
345-00 Fax Network
Line 1 Fault RAP

Status Status
Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action Codes UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
22-505-00 Remove documents from Documents sensed in the To scan from the doc- 22-508-04 Scanning will be delayed Scan start up delayed whilst No user intervention is
the document feeder input DADH tray during IIT standby ument glass, remove awaiting resources required. Job will
tray or close the document and document handler cover documents in the doc- begin when system is
feeder. is open. ument feeder input ready. If the problem
tray. To use the docu- persists, perform the
ment feeder to scan 22-330-06 ESS Scan
your documents, to Distribution Ser-
lower the document vice not Responding
feeder. to List Jobs RPC Call
22-505-02 Remove documents from Documents sensed in the To scan from the doc- RAP
the document feeder input DADH tray during IIT standby ument glass, remove 22-511-04 Paper required for current Media required for current Load the correct
tray or close the document and document handler cover documents in the doc- job is not available marking job is not loaded paper to complete the
feeder is open ument feeder input held job or cancel the
tray. To use the docu- held job. Other
ment feeder to scan machine services are
your documents, unaffected
lower the document 22-512-04 Auto paper select is not All trays direct select only System administrator
feeder available intervention is
22-505-17 Machine is in a non-cus- Machine is in a non-customer Enter customer mode required to enable at
tomer mode mode Enter dC131 Read/ least one tray for auto
Write and check that select. Printing and
NVM ID 425-001 = 0, copying can continue
425-003 = 0 and 616- without auto select,
14 = 4 other machine ser-
22-506-17 Auto configuration is dis- Machine is in a non-customer Enter customer mode vices are unaffected
abled mode Enter dC131 Read/ 22-513-04 One or more queued jobs One or more queued jobs in Add paper to the tray
Write and check that need resources the system are being held being used to clear
NVM ID 425-001 = 0, due to lack of resources queued job. Jobs will
425-003 = 0 and 616- be held until
14 = 4 resources become
22-507-05 The document size was Document is larger than Try one of the follow- available. Other
different than expected. expected ing: Select mixed size machine services are
The job has been deleted originals and reload unaffected
into the document 22-557-00 Configuration parameter Serial number sync failure, Switch the machine
feeder or make sure error. power on failed off then on, GP 14. Go
the originals are not to dC132, check the
creased or folded and serial number is cor-
retry from the docu- rect. Enter dC131
ment glass. If the NVM ID 616-003,
problem persists, per- check machine config-
form the 05-257-00 uration.
RAP If the problem per-
sists, perform the 22-
350-01, 22-350-02
RAP, 22-351-01 to 22-
351-03 RAP, 22-352-
00 RAP

Status
Status
22-558-00 - An HFSI item has reached or Reset Actual count to
exceeded its threshold zero or reset the
threshold 70-111-00 Ready to scan. Copy- Jam in lower feeder vertical Clear the media jam.
22-563-00 System error. Power off Incomplete system informa- Switch the machine ing and printing not transport (tray 5 not installed) Copying and printing
then on and notify system tion off then on, GP 14. All available. Jam in area are not available. If the
administrator machine services are 1b problem persists, per-
disabled form the 71-101-00 to
22-566-00 The Fax service cannot Fax service cannot register Switch the machine 71-161-00 RAP, 72-
101-00 to 72-161-00
register. Notify your sys- off then on, GP 14.
RAP
tem administrator Fax and LAN Fax are
disabled. Other 70-111-01 Ready to scan. Copy- Jam in lower feeder vertical Clear the media jam.
machine services are ing and printing not transport (A4 tray 5 installed) Copying and printing
unaffected. If the available. Jam in area are not available. If the
problem persists, per- 1b problem persists, per-
form the 22-371-00, form the 71-101-00 to
22-372-00 RAP 71-161-00 RAP, 72-
101-00 to 72-161-00
22-567-00 The Fax service cannot Fax service cannot un-regis- Switch the machine
un-register. Notify your ter off then on, GP 14. All RAP
system administrator machine services are 70-111-02 Ready to scan. Copy- Jam in lower feeder vertical Clear the media jam.
disabled. If the prob- ing and printing not transport (A3 tray 5 installed) Copying and printing
lem persists, perform available. Jam in area are not available. If the
the 22-371-00, 22- 1b problem persists, per-
372-00 RAP form the 71-101-00 to
71-161-00 RAP, 72-
22-568-00 - Status requiring POPO The system will try to
detected & auto-reset count power off then on 101-00 to 72-161-00
RAP
less than 2. twice before asking
for assistance 70-305-00 Ready to scan. Copy- Feeder vertical transport lower Copying and printing
ing and printing not left door is open are not available. Close
22-570-00 Cleaning unit needs to be DC1001 command to IME Cleaning unit life
replaced. Replace the reports successful entry into extended. No user available. Bottom left the door. If the problem
side door is open persists, perform the
cleaning unit now snooze mode intervention is
70-305-00, 70-325-00
required. Print and
copy services are RAP
available, but Image 70-312-00 Trays 1 to 3 are not Communications failure for Switch the machine off
quality may be available. Notify your trays 1 to 3 then on, GP 14. If the
affected. system administrator problem persists, per-
form the 70-312-00
RAP
70-314-00 Tray 1 is not available. Trays 1 - 3 out of service (com- Copying and printing
Notify the system munications failure) are not available. Per-
administrator form the 70-312-00
Tray 1 to Tray 3 Com-
munication Failure
RAP.

Table 14 Chain 70 to 78 Status codes Table 14 Chain 70 to 78 Status codes
Status Status
71-102-00 Ready to scan. Copy- Misfeed in tray 1 Clear the media jam. 71-536-00 Tray 1 lifting Tray 1 lifting No service action
ing and printing not Copying and printing required. Print and copy
available. Misfeed in are not available. services can continue
tray 1 If the problem persists, from other rays if the
perform the 71-101-00 correct media is avail-
to 71-161-00 RAP able
71-103-00 Unexpected paper size Media size mismatch in tray 1 Open tray 1.Check 72-102-00 Ready to scan. Copy- Misfeed in tray 2 Clear the media jam.
or type detected from (alternate method) paper size, orientation ing and printing not Copying and printing
tray 1 and type. If the problem available. Misfeed in are not available.
persists, perform the tray 2 Refer to 72-101-00 to
71B RAP. 72-161-00 RAP
71-300-00 - Tray 1 is open Close tray. Printing can 72-103-00 Unexpected paper size Media size mismatch in tray 2 Open tray 2.Check
continue from other or type detected from (alternate method) paper size, orientation
trays tray 2 and type. Print and
71-301-00 Tray 1 is open Dedicated tray 1 is open Check the paper and copy services can con-
close the tray. Printing tinue from other rays if
can continue from other the correct media is
trays. available
Refer to WD 7.5 72-300-00 - Tray 2 is open Close tray. Printing can
71-302-00 Tray 1 is open Adjustable tray 1 is open Check the paper and continue from other
close the tray. Printing trays
can continue from other 72-301-00 Tray 2 is open. Check Dedicated tray 2 is open Close tray. Print and
trays. paper and close the copy services can con-
Refer to WD 7.5 tray tinue from other rays if
71-313-00 Tray 1 is not available. Tray 1 mechanical failure Copying and printing the correct media is
Notify your system are not available. available. Refer to 72-
administrator Switch the machine off 320-00 RAP and WD
then on, GP 14. If the 7.5.
problem persists, per- 72-302-00 Tray 2 is open. Check Adjustable tray 2 is open Close tray. Print and
form the 71-215-00 paper and close the copy services can con-
Tray 1 Elevate Up Fail- tray tinue from other rays if
ure RAP the correct media is
71-530-00 Tray 1 is empty. Add Tray 1 is out of media Add media. Copying available. Refer to 72-
paper and printing can con- 320-00 RAP and WD
tinue from other trays. 7.5.
Refer to 71A RAP and 72-313-00 Tray 2 is not available. T2 out of service (mechanical Switch the machine off
WD 7.5 Notify your system failure) then on, GP 14. Print
71-535-00 Tray 1 is nearly empty. Tray 1 media low Add media. Copying administrator and copy services can
Add paper and printing can con- continue from other
tinue from other trays. trays if the correct
Refer to 71A RAP and media is available. If
WD 7.5 the problem persists,
perform the 72-215-00
Tray 2 Elevate Up Fail-
ure RAP.

Status Status
72-530-00 Tray 2 is empty. Add Tray 2 is out of media Add media. Print and 73-302-00 Tray 3 is open. Check Adjustable tray 3 is open Close Tray. Print and
paper copy services can con- paper and close the copy services can con-
tinue from other trays if tray tinue from other trays if
the correct media is the correct media is
available. Refer to 72A available. If the problem
RAP persists, perform the
72-535-00 Tray 2 is nearly empty. Tray 2 media low Add media. Print and 73-320-00 RAP
Add paper copy services can con- 73-305-00 Ready to scan. Copy- Feeder horizontal transport Close the feeder hori-
tinue from other trays if ing and printing not drawer is open zontal transport. Copy-
the correct media is available. Paper trans- ing and printing are not
available port is open. available. If the problem
72-536-00 Tray 2 lifting Tray 2 lifting No service action persists, perform the
required. Print and copy 73-325-00 Feeder HT
services can continue Drawer Open in Run
from other trays if the RAP
correct media is avail- 73-313-00 Tray 3 is not available. T3 out of service (mechanical Switch the machine off
able Notify your system failure) then on, GP 14. Print
73-102-00 Ready to scan. Copy- Misfeed in tray 3 Clear the media jam. administrator and copy services can
ing and printing not Copying and printing continue from other
available. Misfeed in are not available. trays if the correct
tray 3 Refer to 73-101-00 to media is available. If
73-161-00 RAP the problem persists,
perform the 73-212-00
73-103-00 Unexpected paper size Media size mismatch in tray 3 Open tray 3.Check
RAP, 73-215-00 RAP
or type detected from (alternate method) paper size, orientation
Tray 3. and type. Print and 73-530-00 Tray 3 is empty. Add Tray 3 is out of media Add media. Print and
copy services can con- paper copy services can con-
tinue from other trays if tinue from other trays if
the correct media is the correct media is
available available.
If the problem persists,
73-111-00 Ready to scan. Copy- Jam in tray 3 horizontal trans- Clear the media jam.
perform the 73A RAP
ing and printing not port Copying and printing
available. Jam in Paper are not available. If the 73-535-00 Tray 3 is nearly empty. Tray 3 media low Add media. Print and
Transport. problem persists, per- Add paper copy services can con-
form the 73-101-00 to tinue from other trays if
73-161-00 Tray 3 Mis- the correct media is
Feed Jam RAP available
73-300-00 Tray 3 is open. Check Tray 3 is open Close Tray. Print and 73-536-00 Tray 3 lifting Tray 3 lifting Print and copy services
paper and close the copy services can con- can continue from other
tray tinue from other trays if trays if the correct
the correct media is media is available
available 74-102-00 Misfeed in tray 4 Misfeed in tray 4 Clear the media jam.
73-301-00 Tray 3 is open Tray 3 is open Close Tray. Printing can (bypass). Copying and printing
continue from other are not available.
trays. If the problem Refer to 74-101-00, 74-
persists, perform the 160-00 to 74-161-00
73-320-00 RAP RAP

Status Status
74-103-00 Unexpected paper size Media size mismatch in tray 4 Open tray 4, check 75-102-01 Misfeed in Tray 5. Misfeed in Tray 5: A3 PFP Clear the media jam.
or type detected from (alternate method) paper size, orientation Copying and printing
tray 4 (bypass). and type. Print and are not available. If the
copy services can con- problem persists, per-
tinue from other trays if form the 75-101-00, 75-
the correct media is 160-00 to 75-161-00
available. Refer to WD RAP
8.3 75-103-00 Unexpected paper size Media size mismatch in tray 5 Lower Tray 5 using the
74-120-00 - Tray 4 guides move in run Adjust the paper tray or type detected from (alternate method) button indicated. Check
guides and confirm the tray 5 paper size, orientation
paper tray settings. and type. Print and
Print and copy services copy services can con-
can continue from other tinue from other trays if
trays if the correct the correct media is
media is available. If available
the problem persists, 75-103-01 Unexpected paper size Media size mismatch in tray 5 Lower Tray 5 using the
perform the 74-120-00 or type detected from (alternate method) button indicated.Check
Bypass Tray Guides tray 5 paper size, orientation
Move in Run RAP and type.
74-313-00 Tray 4 (bypass) is not Tray 4 mechanical failure Switch the machine off 75-110-00 Jam in tray 5 docking Jam in tray 5 docking area Clear the misfeed.
available. Notify your then on, GP 14. Print area Copying and printing
system administrator and copy services can are not available. Refer
continue from other to 75-101-00, 75-160-
trays if the correct 00 to 75-161-00 RAP.
media is available. 75-110-01 Jam in tray 5 docking Jam in tray 5 docking area A3 Clear the misfeed.
Refer to the following,
area PFP Copying and printing
74-101-00, 74-160-00
are not available. Refer
to 74-161-00 Bypass to 75-101-00, 75-160-
Tray Mis-Feed RAP, 74-
00 to 75-161-00 RAP.
120-00 Bypass Tray
75-300-00 - Tray 5 is open Close Tray. Print and
Guides Move in Run
RAP and 74-214-00 copy services can con-
tinue from other trays if
Bypass Tray Nudger
the correct media is
Failure RAP.
available. Refer to 75A
RAP.
74-530-00 - Tray 4 is out of media Add media. Print and
75-301-00 Tray 5 is open Tray 5 is open Close tray. Print and
copy services can con-
copy services can con-
tinue from other trays if
the correct media is tinue from other trays if
the correct media is
available
available. Refer to 75A
75-102-00 Misfeed in tray 5 Misfeed in tray 5: A4 PFP Clear the media jam.
RAP.
Copying and printing
are not available.
If the problem persists,
75-160-00 to 75-161-00
RAP

Status Status
75-305-00 Tray 5 is undocked Tray 5 is undocked Re-dock tray 5 to the 75-530-00 Tray 5 is empty. Add Tray 5 is out of media Add media. Print and
machine. Print and paper copy services can con-
copy services can continue from other trays if
tinue from other trays if the correct media is
the correct media is available. If the problem
available. Refer to 75- persists, perform the
325-00 RAP. 75B RAP
75-305-01 Tray 5 is undocked Tray 5 is undocked Re-dock tray 5 to the 75-535-00 Tray 5 is nearly empty. Tray 5 media low Add media. Print and
machine. Print and Add paper copy services can con-
copy services can continue from other trays if
tinue from other trays if the correct media is
the correct media is available. If the problem
available. Refer to 75- persists, perform the
325-00 RAP. 75B RAP.
75-312-00 Tray 5 is not available. Tray 5 communications failure Switch the machine off, 75-536-00 Tray 5 lifting Tray 5 lifting No action required.
Notify your system GP 14. Check cabling Print and copy services
administrator connections. Switch the can continue from other
machine on, GP 14. trays if the correct
Print and copy services media is available
can continue from other 75-537-00 Tray 5 lowering Tray 5 lowering No action required.
trays if the correct Print and copy services
media is available. can continue from other
Refer to 75-312-00 trays if the correct
RAP. media is available
75-313-00 Tray 5 is not available. Tray 5 mechanical failure Tray 5 is not available. 78-103-00 Unexpected paper size Media size mismatch in tray 6 Open tray 6.Check and
Notify the system Print and copy services or type detected from confirm paper size, ori-
administrator can continue from other tray 6 (inserter) entation and type.
trays if the correct
media is available. If
75-215-00 Tray 5 Ele-
vate Up Failure RAP Status
75-525-00 Tray 5 is overloaded. Tray 5 is overloaded Remove some media. Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
Remove some paper Print and copy services 82-100-00 Ready to scan. Copy- IME jam at zone 1A (middle Open middle left door,
can continue from other ing and printing not vertical) (tray 5 not installed) clear the paper jam. If
trays if the correct available. Paper jam in the problem persists,
media is available. If area 1A perform the 82-110-00
the problem persists, to 82-114-00, 82-152-
perform the 75-212-00, 00, 82-157-00 to 82-
75-215-00 RAP. 159-00, 82-164-00 to
82-166-00 RAP and
82-133-00 RAP. Copy-
ing and printing are not
available

Status Status
82-100-01 Paper jam in area 1A IME jam at zone 1A (middle Slide tray 5 away from 88-510-00 Please wait... Pre- IME preheater cleaning Please wait until clean-
vertical) (A4 PFP installed) the machine, open the heater cleaning in ing is completed. The
middle left door, clear progress printer is temporarily
the paper jam. If the unavailable.
problem persists, per- 88-511-00 Please wait Print Media is exhausted during the No service action
form the 82-110-00 to engine cooling in cooling phase of clean for ink required. Please wait,
82-114-00, 82-152-00, progress smears cooling in progress...
82-157-00 to 82-159- 89-525-00 - IME clam shell open -
00, 82-164-00 to 82-
89-560-00 Registration in progress IME registration calibration Please wait. The
166-00 RAP. Copying
printer is temporarily
and printing are not
available unavailable
82-100-02 Paper jam in area 1a. Jam at zone 1A (middle verti- Slide tray 5 away from 89-561-00 - NVM entries for RALPH media Refer to OF 12 Service
registration calibration got cor- Code RAP
cal) (A3 PFP installed) the machine, open the
rupted or reset.
middle left door, clear
the paper jam. If the
form the 82-110-00 to
82-114-00, 82-152-00, Table 16 Chain 91 to 94 Status codes
82-157-00 to 82-159- Status
00, 82-164-00 to 82- Code UI Message Reason for Message Reference / Action
166-00 RAP
91-584-00 Waste tray not detected Waste ink tray is missing (not Install a waste ink tray,
82-101-00 Paper jam in area 2 IME jam at zone 2 (upper verti- Open upper left door,
(missing). Insert the full and not present). PL 91.10 Item 15. Print
cal) clear the paper jam.
waste tray and copy services are
Refer to 82-125-00 to disabled. If the prob-
82-133-00, 82-153-00,
lem persists, refer to
82-160-00, 82-162-00,
WD 9.4. and 91-832-
82-163-00 RAP, 82- 00 RAP
132-00, 82-155-00.
91-589-00 Waste tray locked while IME waste ink tray is locked in -
Copying and printing
in use. Do not attempt place to allow it to cool
are not available
to remove
82-103-00 The machine is not Sensor 16 LE time out that Slide tray 5 away from
available. Paper jam in originated from the A4 PFP the machine. Open the 91-590-00 Waste tray is almost full IME waste tray is almost full The tray will need to be
and will need emptying emptied soon. Printing
areas 2 and 1a top and middle left
soon and copying can con-
side door to clear jam.
If the problem persists, tinue
perform the 82-133-00 91-591-00 Waste tray is full. IME waste tray is full Empty the tray. Copy-
RAP. Please empty the waste ing and printing are not
tray available. If necessary
82-103-01 The machine is not Sensor 16 LE time out that Copying and printing
available originated from the A3 PFP not available. Slide refer to WD 9.4.
tray 5 away from the 91-606-00 The machine is not Head to drum measurement is Head to drum spacing
machine. Open the top available started. check in progress.
and middle left side Please wait, this may
door to clear jam. If the take up to ten minutes
problem persists, per- to complete.
form the 82-133-00
RAP.

Status Status
91-609-00 The machine is not Waste tray removal detected, The waste tray is cur- 91-641-00 - A freeze off means that 1, or No service action
available when the waste tray is locked. rently in use, please more, print heads are allowed required
re-insert the waste to cool down so that the ink is
tray. Copying and in a solid state. This would then
printing are not avail- be followed by a cold purge.
able The freeze off would be com-
91-632-00 - Print head 1 has changed - municated by the freeze off DC
since last boot status updates, and the cold
purges that would follow would
91-633-00 - Print head 2 has changed -
be communicated by the cold
since last boot
purge DC status updates
since last boot 91-642-00 - Sent when a cold purge for No service action
head 1 has completed required
91-643-00 - Sent when a cold purge for No service action
since last boot
head 2 has completed required
91-636-00 - The IOD automatic image If the problem per-
91-644-00 - Sent when a cold purge for No service action
maintenance tool has tried sists, perform the 91-
repeatedly to run and has 636-00 RAP head 3 has completed required
failed enough to exceed the 91-645-00 - Sent when a cold purge for No service action
disabled limitation, or has been head 4 has completed required
manually disabled via diagnos- 91-646-00 - Sent when a warm purge for No service action
tics head 1 has completed required
91-637-00 - IOD Y run out NVRAM param- If the problem per- 91-647-00 - Sent when a warm purge for No service action
eters are reset. sists, perform the 91- head 2 has completed required
637-00 RAP 91-648-00 - Sent when a warm purge for No service action
91-638-00 - IOD chronic jets detected. Perform 91-638-00 head 3 has completed required
RAP 91-649-00 - Sent when a warm purge for No service action
91-639-00 - Sent once per cold purge. Sent No service action head 4 has completed required
when the overall purge, which required 91-650-00 - Head 1 freeze off - has com- No service action
might request multiple heads to pleted required
be purged, is requested. A cold
91-651-00 - Head 2 freeze off - has com- No service action
purge is performed at power pleted required
up. That is, the ink in the sys-
tem is cold, it is warmed up,
pleted required
then a purge is performed
91-640-00 - Sent once per warm purge. No service action
Sent when the overall purge, required pleted required
which might request multiple 91-654-00 Please wait... print Head purge in progress No service action
heads to be purged, is engine maintenance - required.
requested. A warm purge is head purge in progress
performed during the lifetime of 91-659-00 Please wait... auto- Auto maintenance routines in No service action
a power on session. The ink is mated print engine progress required.
already up to temp, then the maintenance in
print heads are purged progress
91-668-00 Please wait... print IME print quality maintenance No service action
quality maintenance in in progress required.
progress

Status Status
91-840-00 - IME in jet substitution and sin- No service action 92-572-00 System fault. Call for IME. An unrecoverable fault Switch the machine off
gle sided print mode. Incre- required. assistance has occurred then on, GP 14. Copy-
ments the AIF counter by 1 ing and printing are not
91-841-00 - IME in jet substitution and sin- No service action available.
gle sided print mode. Incre- required. 92-573-00 Please wait... Printer is Warming Up Print and copy ser-
ments the AIF counter by 2 warming up vices will resume
91-847-00 Waste tray is full. The waste tray is almost full Empty the waste tray, shortly. Other machine
Please empty the waste and has also been removed then replace it in the services are unaf-
tray machine fected
92-530-00 Paper tray communica- IME communications problem Switch the machine off 92-574-00 Please wait... adjust- IME mechanical initialization -
tion fault. Please call for with paper tray. Paper trays 1 then on, GP 14. Check ments are in progress
assistance to 3 not available connection on 3 trays 92-576-00 Please wait... adjust- IME frame buffer borrow busy Print engine adjust-
module. If problem ments are in progress ments in progress.
persists, perform the Copying and printing
70-312-00 Tray 1 to are temporarily
Tray 3 Communication unavailable
Failure RAP. Copying 92-577-00 Please wait... adjust- Recovery in progress -
and printing are not ments are in progress
available.
92-578-00 Print engine in non- IME in non-thermal mode. Print Enter diagnostics
92-531-00 Paper tray communica- 3TM Communications prob- Switch the machine off thermal mode. engine is operating in non-ther- dC335 and select a
tion fault. Please call for lems (TtmSerialLinkSafety) then on, GP 14. Check mal manufacturing mode. Print heater routine. Run the
assistance connection on 3 trays and copy service disabled. routine and then exit
module. If problem diagnostics. The
persists, perform the machine warms up.
70-312-00 Tray 1 to Enter dC131 Read/
Tray 3 Communication Write and check that
Failure RAP. Copying NVM ID 425-003 = 0
and printing are not Select exit and reboot.
available.
92-582-00 Please wait... Warming IME cold boot timeout Please wait. Printing
92-535-00 Paper feeder communi- IME communications problem Switch the machine off up from extremely low and copying are not
cation fault. Call for with paper feeder platform. then on, GP 14. Check ambient temperature. available until the
assistance High capacity paper tray not connection to printer. If machine temperature
available problem persists, per- is within specification
form the 75-312-00 92-587-00 Please wait... Printer is IME long term warming up The printer is warming
IME to Tray 5 Commu-
warming up up. Print and copy ser-
nication Failure RAP.
vices will resume
Copying and printing shortly. Other machine
are not available.
services are unaf-
92-536-00 Tray 5 is unavailable. Tray 5 communications prob- Switch the machine off fected
Please call for assis- lems (tray 5 SerialLinkSafety) then on, GP 14. Check
92-802-00 - PEST soft faults are raised Review dC123 PEST
tance connection to printer. If fault history log
form the 92-535-00,
92-536-00 RAP. Copy-
ing and printing are not
available.

Status Status
93-500-00 Black Ink is empty. IME black ink is empty Load more black solid 93-822-00 Re-order Xerox Col- Magenta ink reorder threshold Load more magenta
Load Xerox ColorQube ink. Copying and print- orQube Ink has been reached solid ink. Copying and
Black Ink. ing are not available. printing can continue.
Check the ink low sen- If the ink stick cannot
sor and harness. Refer be loaded, go to OF 11
to WD 9.18. 93-823-00 Re-order Xerox Col- Cyan ink reorder threshold has Load more cyan solid
93-501-00 Black ink stick is Ink stick loaded sensor actu- Clear the ink loader orQube Ink been reached ink. Copying and print-
jammed. Call for assis- ated. Ink stick transport motor jam. Copying and ing can continue. If the
tance operated. Ink stick not detected printing are not avail- ink stick cannot be
by ink out sensor able loaded, go to OF 11.
93-505-00 Magenta ink is empty. IME magenta ink is empty Load more magenta 93-824-00 Re-order Xerox Col- Yellow ink reorder threshold Load more yellow solid
Load Xerox ColorQube solid ink. Copying and orQube Ink has been reached ink. Copying and print-
Magenta Ink. printing are not avail- ing can continue. If the
able. Check the ink low ink stick cannot be
sensor and harness. loaded, go to OF 11.
Refer to WD 9.18 93-825-00 Ink levels are low. Load Black ink low threshold has Load more black solid
93-506-00 Magenta ink stick is Ink stick loaded sensor actu- Clear the ink loader Xerox ColorQube Ink been reached ink sticks. Print and
jammed. Call for assis- ated. Ink stick transport motor jam. Copying and now other machine ser-
tance operated. Ink stick not detected printing are not avail- vices are unaffected. If
by ink out sensor. able the ink stick cannot be
93-510-00 Cyan ink is empty. Load IME cyan ink is empty Load more cyan solid loaded, go to OF 11.
Xerox ColorQube Cyan ink. Copying and print- 93-826-00 Ink levels are low. Load Magenta ink low threshold has Load more magenta
Ink. ing are not available. Xerox ColorQube Ink been reached solid ink sticks. Print
Check the ink low sen- now and other machine ser-
sor and harness. Refer vices are unaffected. If
to WD 9.18 the ink stick cannot be
93-511-00 Cyan ink stick is Ink stick loaded sensor actu- Clear the ink loader loaded, go to OF 11.
jammed. Call for assis- ated. Ink stick transport motor jam. Copying and 93-827-00 Ink levels are low. Load Cyan ink low threshold has Load more cyan solid
tance operated. Ink stick not detected printing are not avail- Xerox ColorQube Ink been reached ink sticks. Print and
by ink out sensor. able now other machine ser-
93-515-00 Yellow Ink is empty. IME yellow ink is empty Load more yellow solid vices are unaffected. If
Load Xerox ColorQube ink. Copying and print- the ink stick cannot be
Yellow Ink. ing are not available. loaded, go to OF 11.
Check the ink low sen- 93-828-00 Ink levels are low. Load Yellow ink low threshold has Load more yellow solid
sor and harness. Refer Xerox ColorQube Ink been reached ink sticks. Print and
to WD 9.18 now other machine ser-
93-516-00 Yellow ink stick is Ink stick loaded sensor actu- Clear the ink loader vices are unaffected. If
jammed. Call for assis- ated. Ink stick transport motor jam. Copying and the ink stick cannot be
tance operated. Ink stick not detected printing are not avail- loaded, go to OF 11.
by ink out sensor. able 93-876-00 Ink loader main cover Ink loader door is open. Close Close the ink loader
93-821-00 Re-order Xerox Col- Black ink reorder threshold has Load more black solid open the door. All machine services door. Refer to WD 8.2.
orQube Ink been reached ink. Copying and print- are available Check the ink loader
ing can continue. If the switch (S93-025), PL
ink stick cannot be 93.10 Item 19.
loaded, go to OF 11.

Status Status
93-877-00 - This status is raised when the Incompatible black ink 93-883-00 Incompatible cyan ink Cyan sold ink stick expected, Check that the
detected ink stick is different detected. Refer to GP stick detected, please metered was detected machine is on the cor-
from the expected one (as per 34. Notify the system contact the system rect contract - Print a
the billing type) administrator. All administrator. configuration page,
machine services are General set up, service
available. plan. Check the ink
93-878-00 - This status is raised when the Incompatible magenta loaded is as per the
detected ink stick is different ink detected. Refer to customers contract GP
from the expected one (as per GP 34. Notify the sys- 34. Check the ink load
the billing type) tem administrator. All sensors dC330 - 93-
machine services are 026 to 93-041
available. 93-884-00 Incompatible yellow ink Yellow sold ink stick expected, Check that the
93-879-00 - This status is raised when the Incompatible cyan ink stick detected, please metered was detected machine is on the cor-
detected ink stick is different detected. Refer to GP contact the system rect contract - Print a
from the expected one (as per 34. Notify the system administrator. configuration page,
the billing type) administrator. All General set up, service
machine services are plan. Check the ink
available. loaded is as per the
customers contract GP
93-880-00 - This status is raised when the Incompatible yellow ink
34. Check the ink load
detected ink stick is different detected. Refer to GP
from the expected one (as per 34. Notify the system sensors dC330 - 93-
026 to 93-041
the billing type) administrator. All
machine services are 93-885-00 Incompatible Black ink Black sold ink stick expected, Check that the
available. stick detected. Notify DMO was detected machine is on the cor-
93-881-00 - This status is raised when the Incompatible black ink your system administra- rect contract - Print a
tor. configuration page,
detected ink stick is different detected. Refer to GP
General set up, service
from the expected one (as per 34. Notify the system
the billing type) administrator. All plan. Check the ink
loaded is as per the
customers contract GP
available.
93-882-00 Incompatible magenta Magenta sold ink stick Check that the sensors dC330 - 93-
ink stick detected, expected, metered was machine is on the cor-
026 to 93-041
please contact the sys- detected rect contract - Print a
93-886-00 Incompatible black ink Black DMO ink stick expected, Check that the
tem administrator. configuration page,
General set up, service stick detected. Notify sold was detected machine is on the cor-
your system administra- rect contract - Print a
plan. Check the ink
tor. configuration page,
customers contract GP General set up, service
plan. Check the ink
sensors dC330 - 93-
026 to 93-041 customers contract GP
sensors dC330 - 93-
026 to 93-041

Status Status
93-887-00 Incompatible black ink Black metered ink stick Check that the 93-905-00 - It is raised when the IME rec- No service action
stick detected. Notify expected, DMO was detected machine is on the cor- ognizes that the cyan ink stick required. All services
your system administra- rect contract - Print a is consumed. This means it are available
tor. configuration page, went past the ink low flag (it's
General set up, service past the point it can be
plan. Check the ink removed from the system and
loaded is as per the will be consumed). This is criti-
customers contract GP cal for supplies replenishment
34. Check the ink load and is used to estimate the rate
sensors dC330 - 93- at which ink sticks are being
026 to 93-041 used
93-888-00 Incompatible black ink Black DMO ink stick expected, Check that the 93-906-00 - It is raised when the IME rec- No service action
stick detected. Notify metered was detected machine is on the cor- ognizes that the magenta ink required. All services
your system administra- rect contract - Print a stick is consumed. This means are available
tor. configuration page, it went past the ink low flag (it's
General set up, service past the point it can be
plan. Check the ink removed from the system and
loaded is as per the will be consumed). This is criti-
customers contract GP cal for supplies replenishment
34. Check the ink load and is used to estimate the rate
sensors dC330 - 93- at which ink sticks are being
026 to 93-041 used
93-889-00 Close the ink loader In a recovery sequence or cold Close the ink loader 93-907-00 - It is raised when the IME rec- No service action
main cover power start, when ink stick main cover. Copying ognizes that the yellow ink stick required. All services
door is open and printing are not is consumed. This means it are available
available. Other went past the ink low flag (it's
machine services are past the point it can be
unaffected removed from the system and
93-893-00 Please wait... Auto- This is raised while the IME is No service action will be consumed). This is criti-
mated print engine attempting to clear a potentially required. Print and cal for supplies replenishment
maintenance in jammed black ink stick copy services are tem- and is used to estimate the rate
progress porarily disabled at which ink sticks are being
used
93-894-00 Please wait... Auto- This is raised while the IME is No service action
mated print engine attempting to clear a potentially required. Print and 93-908-00 - It is raised when the IME rec- No service action
maintenance in jammed magenta ink stick copy services are tem- ognizes that the black ink stick required. All services
progress porarily disabled is consumed. This means it are available
went past the ink low flag (it's
93-895-00 Please wait... Auto- This is raised while the IME is No service action
mated print engine attempting to clear a potentially required. Print and past the point it can be
removed from the system and
maintenance in jammed cyan ink stick copy services are tem-
will be consumed). This is criti-
progress porarily disabled
cal for supplies replenishment
93-896-00 Please wait... Auto- This is raised while the IME is No service action and is used to estimate the rate
mated print engine attempting to clear a potentially required. Print and
at which ink sticks are being
maintenance in jammed yellow ink stick copy services are tem-
used
progress porarily disabled

Status Status
93-925-00 Black ink stick jam. Add Black ink stick jam Black ink stick jam 93-945-00 - Cyan DMO ink stick expected, Incompatible cyan ink
black ink to aid jam detected.Load a black sold was detected detected. Refer to GP
recovery. ink stick to aid jam 34. Notify the system
recovery. Copying and administrator. All
printing not available. machine services are
93-926-00 Magenta ink stick jam. Magenta ink stick jam Magenta ink stick jam available.
Add magenta ink to aid detected.Load a 93-946-00 - Yellow DMO ink stick expected, Incompatible yellow ink
jam recovery. magenta ink stick to sold was detected detected. Refer to GP
aid jam recovery. 34. Notify the system
Copying and printing administrator. All
not available. machine services are
93-927-00 Cyan ink stick jam. Add Cyan ink stick jam Cyan ink stick jam available.
cyan ink to aid jam detected.Load a cyan 93-947-00 - Magenta DMO ink stick Incompatible magenta
recovery. ink stick to aid jam expected, metered was ink detected. Refer to
recovery. Copying and detected GP 34. Notify the sys-
printing not available. tem administrator. All
93-928-00 Yellow ink stick jam. Yellow ink stick jam Yellow ink stick jam machine services are
Add yellow ink to aid detected.Load a Yel- available.
jam recovery. low ink stick to aid jam 93-948-00 - Cyan DMO ink stick expected, Incompatible cyan ink
recovery. Copying and metered was detected detected. Refer to GP
printing not available. 34. Notify the system
93-941-00 - Magenta sold ink stick Incompatible magenta administrator. All
expected, DMO was detected ink detected. Refer to machine services are
GP 34. Notify the sys- available.
tem administrator. All 93-949-00 - Yellow DMO ink stick expected, Incompatible yellow ink
machine services are metered was detected detected. Refer to GP
available. 34. Notify the system
93-942-00 - Cyan sold ink stick expected, Incompatible cyan ink administrator. All
DMO was detected detected. Refer to GP machine services are
34. Notify the system available.
administrator. All 93-950-00 - This status is raised when the Incompatible black ink
machine services are detected ink stick is not a sup- detected. Refer to GP
available. ported type 34. Notify the system
93-943-00 - Yellow sold ink stick expected, Incompatible yellow ink administrator. All
DMO was detected detected. Refer to GP machine services are
34. Notify the system available.
administrator. All 93-951-00 - This status is raised when the Incompatible magenta
machine services are detected ink stick is not a sup- ink detected. Refer to
available. ported type GP 34. Notify the sys-
93-944-00 - Magenta DMO ink stick Incompatible magenta tem administrator. All
expected, sold was detected ink detected. Refer to machine services are
GP 34. Notify the sys- available.
tem administrator. All
available.

Status Status
93-952-00 - This status is raised when the Incompatible cyan ink 94-502-00 Cleaning unit is not Cleaning unit not present or not Install cleaning unit PL
detected ink stick is not a sup- detected. Refer to GP detected. Please insert detected 94.10 Item 21. Refer to
ported type 34. Notify the system cleaning unit the 94-568-00, 94-570-
administrator. All 00, 94-572-00, 94-573-
machine services are 00 Cleaning Unit Data
available. Error RAP. Copying
93-953-00 - This status is raised when the Incompatible yellow ink and printing are not
detected ink stick is not a sup- detected. Refer to GP available
ported type 34. Notify the system 94-503-00 Cleaning Unit will need This status is raised when the Re-order cleaning unit,
administrator. All replacing soon. DO machine is in the last 3000 PL 94.10 Item 21, but
machine services are NOT replace until impressions do not install unit until
available. requested requested. Copying
93-954-00 - Magenta metered ink stick Incompatible magenta and printing can con-
expected, DMO was detected ink detected. Refer to tinue
GP 34. Notify the sys- 94-504-00 - Cleaning unit predicted reor- No service action
tem administrator. All der message has been trig- required. Machine ser-
machine services are gered, acknowledged and vices are unaffected
available. temporarily suppressed
93-955-00 - Cyan metered ink stick Incompatible cyan ink 94-505-00 Cleaning unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure. Replacing Install a new cleaning
expected, DMO was detected detected. Refer to GP for assistance quoting the cleaning unit may correct unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
34. Notify the system error code 94-505 the fault Copying and printing
administrator. All are not available.
machine services are Other machine ser-
available. vices are unaffected
93-956-00 - Yellow metered ink stick Incompatible yellow ink 94-528-00 Cleaning unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure. Replacing Install a new cleaning
expected, DMO was detected detected. Refer to GP for assistance quoting the cleaning unit may correct unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
34. Notify the system error code 94-528 the fault Copying and printing
administrator. All are not available.
machine services are Other machine ser-
available. vices are unaffected
94-500-00 Cleaning unit will need Drum maintenance unit - pre- Re-order cleaning unit, 94-532-00 Cleaning unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure. Replacing Install a new cleaning
replacing soon. Reor- dicted re-order message PL 94.10 Item 21, but for assistance quoting the cleaning unit may correct unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
der now, DO NOT do not install unit until error code 94-532 the fault Copying and printing
replace until requested requested. Copying are not available.
and printing can con- Other machine ser-
tinue vices are unaffected
94-501-00 Cleaning unit needs to Cleaning unit is empty of oil Install a new cleaning 94-533-00 Cleaning unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure. Replacing Install a new cleaning
be replaced. Replace and needs replacing unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. for assistance quoting the cleaning unit may correct unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
cleaning unit now Copying and printing error code 94-533 the fault Copying and printing
are not available are not available.
Other machine ser-
94-547-00 - Y - axis belt ratio error. Imaging Install new drum belt,
drum belt is worn PL 94.20 Item 2.
Refer to OF 12 Service
Code RAP

Status Status
94-568-00 Cleaning unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure. Replacing Install a new cleaning 94-610-00 Cleaning Unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in
for assistance quoting the cleaning unit may correct unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. for assistance quoting the cleaning unit.
error code 94-568 the fault Copying and printing error code 94-610 Install a new cleaning
are not available. unit PL 94.10 Item 21.
Other machine ser- 94-611-00 Cleaning Unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in
vices are unaffected for assistance quoting the cleaning unit.
94-570-00 Cleaning unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure. Replacing Install a new cleaning error code 94-611 Install a new cleaning
for assistance quoting the cleaning unit may correct unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. unit PL 94.10 Item 21.
error code 94-570 the fault Copying and printing 94-612-00 Cleaning Unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in
are not available. for assistance quoting the cleaning unit.
Other machine ser- error code 94-612 Install a new cleaning
vices are unaffected unit PL 94.10 Item 21.
94-572-00 Cleaning unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure. Replacing Install a new cleaning 94-613-00 Cleaning Unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in
for assistance quoting the cleaning unit may correct unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. for assistance quoting the cleaning unit.
error code 94-572 the fault Copying and printing error code 94-613 Install a new cleaning
are not available. unit PL 94.10 Item 21.
Other machine ser-
94-614-00 - It is raised when the IME rec- No service action
ognizes that the DMU has required
94-573-00 Cleaning unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure. Replacing Install a new cleaning changed
for assistance quoting the cleaning unit may correct unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. 94-619-00 Cleaning Unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in
error code 94-573 the fault Copying and printing
for assistance quoting the cleaning unit.
are not available.
error code 94-619 Install a new cleaning
Other machine ser- unit PL 94.10 Item 21.
94-622-00 Cleaning Unit fault. Call Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in
94-600-00 Load 8.5 x 11" paper in Letter/A4 chase media needed Load the required
for assistance quoting the cleaning unit.
any tray to enable auto- to clean drum media. Refer to GP 20.
error code 94-622 Install a new cleaning
drum cleaning Copying and printing unit PL 94.10 Item 21.
are not available
94-628-00 The installed cleaning IME has detected an incompat- Install a new cleaning
94-601-00 Load SRA3 (320 x 450 SRA3 paper needed to clean Load the required
unit is not compatible ible cleaning unit fitted to the unit PL 94.10 Item 21.
mm) paper in any tray drum media. Refer to GP 20.
with this machine machine Copying and printing
to enable auto-drum Copying and printing are not available.
cleaning are not available
94-630-00 Cleaning unit communi- IME is unable to communicate Remove and install the
94-602-00 Load 12 x 18" paper in 12x18 chase media needed Load the required
cation error. Remove with the cleaning unit cleaning unit. Copying
any tray to enable auto- to clean drum media. Refer to GP 20.
and re-insert the clean- and printing are not
drum cleaning Copying and printing ing unit available.
are not available
94-603-00 Please wait... Printer Chase sheet being Fed Ready to scan. Copy-
cleaning in progress ing and printing not
available.
94-604-00 Load A4 paper into any A4 chase media needed to Load any tray with A4
tray to enable auto- clean drum paper to enable auto-
cleaning to proceed cleaning. Refer to GP
20.

OF 4b Status Messages in Alphabetical Order Table 1 Status messages - to F
Status Message Tables Status

UI Message Code Reason for Message Reference / Action
The status message tables contain all the messages to which a status code can be attributed.
- 16-556-00 There is an authentica- User intervention is required to
Table 1 Status Messages - to F
tion problem between the check the settings on the
Table 2 Status Messages G to N. 802.1x device and the 802.1x device to ensure they
Table 3 Status Messages O to R. 802.1x server match the 802.1x server, then
Table 4 Status Messages S to Y. switch the machine off then on,
GP 14.
Table 1 Status messages - to F - 17-570-00 Communication with User intervention is required to
Status NNTP server has failed verify network time protocol
UI Message Code Reason for Message Reference / Action server settings, operability and
machine time. Machine ser-
- 01-550-00 NC status code - system Printing will start when a job is
is in power save mode received or a user initiates a
- 22-502-00 An active message has Go to the Status screen and
job at the machine
been produced select the Faults tab. Press the
- 01-551-00 ESS status code - Sys- Printing will start when a job is Active Messages button and
tem is in sleep mode received or a user initiates a
perform the action appropriate
job at the machine
to the message
- 02-517-00 PagePack grace period No service action required
- 22-558-00 An HFSI item has Reset Actual count to zero or
active reached or exceeded its reset the threshold
- 02-518-00 PagePack grace period No service action required threshold
expired
- 22-568-00 A status requiring POPO The system will try to power off
- 02-521-00 XEIP Browser is dead or Perform the 02-321-00 XEIP has been detected & then on twice before asking for
not responding Browser Dead RAP. auto-reset count less assistance
- 03-521-00 The CCM to UI communi- Switch the machine off then on, than 2
cation is lost GP 14. - 71-300-00 Tray 1 is open Close tray. Printing can con-
- 03-535-00 The machine has entered - tinue from other trays
non-intrusive diagnostic - 72-300-00 Tray 2 is open Close tray. Printing can con-
mode tinue from other trays
- 03-536-00 The machine has entered - - 74-120-00 Tray 4 guides have Adjust the paper tray guides
intrusive diagnostic mode moved in run and confirm the paper tray set-
- 05-501-00 DADH is raised Close the DADH. If the problem tings. Print and copy services
persists, perform the 05-300-00 can continue from other trays if
DADH Open RAP. the correct media is available.
- 05-525-00 Document feeder tray Perform the 05B DADH Docu- If the problem persists, perform
empty ment Sensor Failure RAP. the 74-120-00 Bypass Tray
Guides Move in Run RAP
- 05-535-00 The document feeder tray No service action required
is loaded - 74-530-00 Tray 4 is out of media Add media. Print and copy ser-
- 10-536-00 The transfix calibration Refer to OF 12 Service Code vices can continue from other
trays if the correct media is
NVRAM parameters are RAP
available
reset.
- 75-300-00 Tray 5 is open Close Tray. Print and copy ser-
- 12-410-00 PTU selected whilst Pressing the Pause to Unload
marking job is running button will cancel this request. vices can continue from other
- 12-755-00 The finisher has detected Install 100 sheet staple car-
available. Refer to 75A RAP.
a 50 sheet staple. A 100 tridge
- 89-525-00 IME clam shell is open -
sheet staple cartridge
should be used

OF 4b 2-572 ColorQube 9303 Family
Table 1 Status messages - to F Table 1 Status messages - to F
Status Status
UI Message Code Reason for Message Reference / Action UI Message Code Reason for Message Reference / Action
- 89-561-00 NVM entries for RALPH Refer to OF 12 Service Code - 91-641-00 A freeze off means that No service action required
media registration cali- RAP one or more, print heads
bration got corrupted or are allowed to cool down
reset so that the ink is in a solid
- 91-632-00 Print head 1 has changed - state. This would then be
since last boot followed by a cold purge.
The freeze off would be
- 91-633-00 Print head 2 has changed -
since last boot communicated by the
freeze off DC status
- 91-634-00 Print head 3 has changed -
updates, and the cold
since last boot
purges that would follow
- 91-635-00 Print head 4 has changed - would be communicated
since last boot by the cold purge DC sta-
- 91-636-00 The IOD automatic image If the problem persists, perform tus updates
maintenance tool has the 91-636-00 RAP - 91-642-00 Sent when a cold purge No service action required
tried repeatedly to run for head 1 has completed
and has failed enough to - 91-643-00 Sent when a cold purge No service action required
exceed the disabled limi-
for head 2 has completed
tation, or has been manu-
- 91-644-00 Sent when a cold purge No service action required
ally disabled via
diagnostics for head 3 has completed
- 91-637-00 IOD Y run out NVRAM If the problem persists, perform - 91-645-00 Sent when a cold purge No service action required
parameters are reset the 91-637-00 RAP
- 91-646-00 Sent when a warm purge No service action required
- 91-638-00 IOD chronic jets are Perform the 91-638-00 RAP
detected
- 91-647-00 Sent when a warm purge No service action required
- 91-639-00 Sent once per cold purge. No service action required
Sent when the overall for head 2 has completed
purge, which might - 91-648-00 Sent when a warm purge No service action required
request multiple heads to for head 3 has completed
be purged, is requested. - 91-649-00 Sent when a warm purge No service action required
A cold purge is performed for head 4 has completed
at power up. That is, the - 91-650-00 Head 1 freeze off has No service action required
ink in the system is cold, completed
it is warmed up, then a
- 91-651-00 Head 2 freeze off has No service action required
purge is performed completed
- 91-640-00 Sent once per warm No service action required - 91-652-00 Head 3 freeze off has No service action required
purge. Sent when the
completed
overall purge, which
- 91-653-00 Head 4 freeze off has No service action required
might request multiple
heads to be purge, is completed
requested. A warm purge - 91-840-00 IME in jet substitution and No service action required.
is performed during the single sided print mode.
lifetime of a power on Increments the AIF
session. The ink is counter by 1
already up to temp, then
the print heads are
purged

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-573 OF 4b
Status Status
- 91-841-00 IME in jet substitution and No service action required. - 93-906-00 It is raised when the IME No service action required. All
single sided print mode. recognizes that the services are available
Increments the AIF magenta ink stick is con-
counter by 2 sumed. This means it
- 92-802-00 PEST soft faults are Review dC123 PEST fault his- went past the ink low flag
raised tory log (it's past the point it can
be removed from the sys-
- 92-820-00 PEST warnings exist -
tem and will be con-
- 93-877-00 Magenta sold ink stick Incompatible black ink sumed). This is critical for
expected, DMO was detected. Refer to GP 34.
supplies replenishment
detected Notify the system administrator.
and is used to estimate
All machine services are avail- the rate at which ink
able
sticks are being used
- 93-878-00 This status is raised when Incompatible magenta ink
- 93-907-00 It is raised when the IME No service action required. All
the detected ink stick is detected. Refer to GP 34.
recognizes that the yel- services are available
different from the Notify the system administrator. low ink stick is consumed.
expected one (as per the All machine services are avail-
This means it went past
billing type) able
the ink low flag (it's past
- 93-879-00 This status is raised when Incompatible cyan ink the point it can be
the detected ink stick is detected. Refer to GP 34. removed from the sys-
different from the Notify the system administrator. tem and will be con-
expected one (as per the All machine services are avail- sumed). This is critical for
billing type) able supplies replenishment
- 93-880-00 This status is raised when Incompatible yellow ink and is used to estimate
the detected ink stick is detected. Refer to GP 34. the rate at which ink
different from the Notify the system administrator. sticks are being used
expected one (as per the All machine services are avail- - 93-908-00 It is raised when the IME No service action required. All
billing type) able recognizes that the black services are available
- 93-881-00 This status is raised when Incompatible black ink ink stick is consumed.
the detected ink stick is detected. Refer to GP 34. This means it went past
different from the Notify the system administrator. the ink low flag (it's past
expected one (as per the All machine services are avail- the point it can be
billing type) able. removed from the sys-
- 93-905-00 It is raised when the IME No service action required. All tem and will be con-
recognizes that the cyan services are available sumed). This is critical for
ink stick is consumed. supplies replenishment
This means it went past and is used to estimate
the ink low flag (it's past the rate at which ink
the point it can be sticks are being used
removed from the sys- - 93-941-00 Magenta sold ink stick Incompatible magenta ink
tem and will be con- expected, DMO was detected. Refer to GP 34.
sumed). This is critical for detected Notify the system administrator.
supplies replenishment All machine services are avail-
and is used to estimate able
the rate at which ink
sticks are being used

Status Status
- 93-942-00 Cyan sold ink stick Incompatible cyan ink - 93-951-00 This status is raised when Incompatible magenta ink
expected, DMO was detected. Refer to GP 34. the detected ink stick is detected. Refer to GP 34.
detected Notify the system administrator. not a supported type Notify the system administrator.
All machine services are avail- All machine services are avail-
able able
- 93-943-00 Yellow sold ink stick Incompatible yellow ink - 93-952-00 This status is raised when Incompatible cyan ink
expected, DMO was detected. Refer to GP 34. the detected ink stick is detected. Refer to GP 34.
able able
- 93-944-00 Magenta DMO ink stick Incompatible magenta ink - 93-953-00 This status is raised when Incompatible yellow ink
expected, sold was detected. Refer to GP 34. the detected ink stick is detected. Refer to GP 34.
able able
- 93-945-00 Cyan DMO ink stick Incompatible cyan ink - 93-954-00 Magenta metered ink Incompatible magenta ink
expected, sold was detected. Refer to GP 34. stick expected, DMO was detected. Refer to GP 34.
detected Notify the system administrator. detected Notify the system administrator.
able able
- 93-946-00 Yellow DMO ink stick Incompatible yellow ink - 93-955-00 Cyan metered ink stick Incompatible cyan ink
expected, sold was detected. Refer to GP 34. expected, DMO was detected. Refer to GP 34.
able able
- 93-947-00 Magenta DMO ink stick Incompatible magenta ink - 93-956-00 Yellow metered ink stick Incompatible yellow ink
expected, metered was detected. Refer to GP 34. expected, DMO was detected. Refer to GP 34.
able able
- 93-948-00 This status is raised when Incompatible Cyan Ink - 94-504-00 Cleaning unit predicted No service action required.
the detected ink stick is detected. Refer to GP 34. reorder message has Machine services are unaf-
different from the Notify the System Administra- been triggered, acknowl- fected
expected one (as per the tor. All machine services are edged and temporarily
billing type) available suppressed
- 93-949-00 Yellow DMO ink stick Incompatible yellow ink - 94-547-00 Y - axis belt ratio error. Install new drum belt, PL 94.20
expected, metered was detected. Refer to GP 34. Imaging drum belt is worn Item 2.
detected Notify the system administrator. Refer to OF 12 Service Code
All machine services are avail- RAP
able - 94-614-00 It is raised when the IME No service action required
- 93-950-00 This status is raised when Incompatible black ink recognizes that the DMU
the detected ink stick is detected. Refer to GP 34. has changed
not a supported type Notify the system administrator.
All machine services are avail-
able

Status Status
A Fax service error 03-550-00 Fax card is unavailable Switch the machine off then on, All output trays are 12-909-00 This status is raised Clear any obstructions or paper
has occurred. Power GP 14. If the problem persists, unavailable. Check for based upon the report jam. Switch the machine off
off then on perform the 20-331-00, 20-338- obstructions in the fin- capabilities from the fin- then on, GP 14. If the problem
00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20- isher isher persists, perform the 12-462-
345-00 Fax Network Line 1 00-110 RAP for LCSS
Fault RAP Auto configuration is 22-506-17 The machine is in a non Enter customer mode
A Fax service error 03-551-00 Fax service is unavailable Switch the machine off then on, disabled customer mode. Enter dC131 Read/Write and
has occurred. Power GP 14. If the problem persists, check that NVM ID 425-001 =
off then on perform the 20-331-00, 20-338- 0, 425-003 = 0 and 616-14 = 4
00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20- Auto paper select is 22-512-04 All trays are direct select System administrator interven-
345-00 Fax Network Line 1 not available only tion is required to enable at
Fault RAP least one tray for auto select.
A Fax service error 03-547-00 Basic Fax card is not Switch the machine off then on, Printing and copying can con-
has occurred. Power detected or confirmed GP 14. If the problem persists, tinue without auto select, other
off then on perform the 20-331-00, 20-338- machine services are unaf-
00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20- fected
345-00 Fax Network Line 1 Autonet functions are 16-508-00 Autonet is not available. Switch the machine off then on,
Fault RAP not available. Notify GP 14. If the problem persists,
Accounting out of 16-551-00 Network controller - Accounting administrator your System Adminis- perform the 16-780-00 to 16-
memory. Notify your accounting log is full or a needs to retrieve accounting trator 789-47 Other Network Faults 3
system administrator hard disk full state exists data log from the system RAP. Printing can continue if
Additional memory is 16-553-00 Network controller - not Switch the machine off then on, other network protocols are
required to support enough physical memory GP 14. Hardware must be used
scan to file. Notify is configured on the plat- added or replaced Black Ink is empty. 93-500-00 IME black ink is empty Load more black solid ink.
your system adminis- form to support scan to Load Xerox Col- Copying and printing are not
trator file orQube Black Ink available. Check the ink low
All incomplete jobs 19-514-00 A video job integrity fault Video job integrity error; one or sensor and harness. Refer to
have been deleted has been detected more jobs were deleted. No WD 9.18
user intervention is required; Black ink stick is 93-501-00 The ink stick loaded sen- Clear the ink loader jam. Copy-
the system has recovered. jammed. Call for sor is actuated. The ink ing and printing are not avail-
Printing and other machine ser- assistance stick transport motor has able
vices can continue. If the prob- operated. The ink stick is
lem persists, perform the 19- not detected by the ink
409-00 Job Integrity Failure out sensor.
RAP Black ink stick jam. 93-925-00 Black ink stick jam Black ink stick jam detected.
All incomplete jobs 22-503-04 System error. Jobs have No user intervention is Add black ink to aid Load a black ink stick to aid
have been deleted been lost and must be re- required. Machine is tempo- jam recovery jam recovery. Copying and
submitted rarily unavailable printing are not available
All main stacker trays 12-945-00 All stacker trays have Check for obstructions in the Booklet maker staple 12-643-00 Booklet maker staples The booklet maker staple car-
unavailable. Power off degraded capability, buffer, stacker and top tray cartridge is empty are empty tridge is empty. Follow the
then on and notify except the booklet maker areas. Switch the machine off instructions at the printer to
system administrator tray then on, GP 14. Check the cur- load a new staple cartridge, PL
rent fault codes list for faults in 12.185 Item 8. Printing can
the buffer, stacker and top tray continue, but stapled booklet
areas and perform the appro- making is unavailable
priate RAP.

Status Status
Booklet maker staple 12-643-01 Booklet maker staples Install a new booklet maker Booklet Stapler not 12-743-00 Booklet making & tri-fold- Booklet Making and Tri-folding
cartridge is empty are empty staple cartridge available. Power off ing are unavailable. is unavailable. Switch the
Booklet Maker Staple 12-644-00 Booklet maker staples The booklet maker staple car- then on and notify machine off then on, GP 14.
Cartridge is empty are empty and the HVF tridge is empty. User interven- system administrator Check the current fault code list
finisher front door is open tion is required to install a new for HVF BM or tri-fold faults and
booklet maker staple cartridge, go to appropriate RAP. Printing
PL 12.185 Item 8. Printing and can continue to all available
copying can continue without output trays
stapled booklet making. Check the settings for 01-540-01 Paper removed or added Confirm tray 1 settings.
Booklet Maker sta- 12-642-00 Booklet maker staples The booklet maker staple car- tray 1 to tray 1
ples low. Re-order are low tridge supplies are low. Re- Check the settings for 01-540-02 Paper removed or added Confirm tray 2 settings.
Booklet Staple Car- order staple cartridge, PL tray 2 to tray 2
tridge 12.185 Item 8. Check the settings for 01-540-03 Paper removed or added Confirm tray 3 settings.
Booklet Making and 12-943-00 Booklet making or tri-fold- Check for obstructions in the tray 3 to tray 3
Tri-folding are unavail- ing capability is degraded HVF BM and the tri-folder. Check the settings for 01-540-04 Paper removed or added Confirm tray 4 settings.
able. Check for Check that the HVF BM and tri- tray 4 to tray 4
obstructions folder interlocks are made. Check the settings for 01-540-05 Paper removed or added Confirm tray 5 settings.
Switch the machine off then on,
tray 5 to tray 5
GP 14. Check the current fault
Check the settings for 01-540-06 Paper removed or added Confirm tray 6 settings.
codes list for HVF BM or tri-
folder faults and perform the tray 6 to tray 6
appropriate RAP. Cleaning unit commu- 94-630-00 IME is unable to commu- Remove and install the clean-
nication error. nicate with the cleaning ing unit. Copying and printing
Booklet making is 12-913-00 The back stop motor fails Clear the paper jam. Switch the
Remove and re-insert unit are not available.
unavailable. Check for to move or is not at the machine off then on, GP 14. If
obstructions in the BM home position the problem persists, perform the cleaning unit
the 12-065-00-171, 12-383-00- Cleaning unit fault. 94-505-00 Cleaning unit failure. Install a new cleaning unit, PL
171 HVF BM Backstop Motor Call for assistance Replacing the cleaning 94.10 Item 21. Copying and
Fault RAP quoting error code 94- unit may correct the fault printing are not available. Other
Booklet stapler not 12-720-00 Failure of any BM or TF Check for obstructions in the 505 machine services are unaf-
fected
available. Power off function. The booklet HVF BM and the tri-folder.
then on and notify maker and tri-folder are Check that the HVF BM and tri- Cleaning unit fault. 94-528-00 Cleaning unit failure. Install a new cleaning unit, PL
system administrator currently unavailable folder interlocks are made. Call for assistance Replacing the cleaning 94.10 Item 21. Copying and
Switch the machine off then on, quoting error code 94- unit may correct the fault printing are not available. Other
GP 14. Check the current fault 528 machine services are unaf-
codes list for HVF BM or tri- fected
folder faults and perform the Cleaning unit fault. 94-532-00 Cleaning unit failure. Install a new cleaning unit, PL
appropriate RAP. Call for assistance Replacing the cleaning 94.10 Item 21. Copying and
Booklet Stapler not 12-726-00 Failure of the booklet Perform 12-063-00-171, 12- quoting error code 94- unit may correct the fault printing are not available. Other
available. Power off maker stapling functions. 411-00-171 RAP for staple unit 532 machine services are unaf-
then on and notify 1, and 12-403-00-171, 12-413- fected
system administrator 00-171, 12-414-00-171 RAP Cleaning unit fault. 94-533-00 Cleaning unit failure. Install a new cleaning unit, PL
for staple unit 2 Call for assistance Replacing the cleaning 94.10 Item 21. Copying and
quoting error code 94- unit may correct the fault printing are not available. Other
533 machine services are unaf-
fected

Status Status
Cleaning unit fault. 94-568-00 Cleaning unit failure. Install a new cleaning unit, PL Cleaning unit is not 94-502-00 Cleaning unit not present Install cleaning unit PL 94.10
Call for assistance Replacing the cleaning 94.10 Item 21. Copying and detected. Please or not detected. Item 21. Refer to the 94-568-
quoting error code 94- unit may correct the fault printing are not available. Other insert cleaning unit 00, 94-570-00, 94-572-00, 94-
568 machine services are unaf- 573-00 Cleaning Unit Data
fected Error RAP. Copying and print-
Cleaning unit fault. 94-570-00 Cleaning unit failure. Install a new cleaning unit, PL ing are not available
Call for assistance Replacing the cleaning 94.10 Item 21. Copying and Cleaning unit needs to 94-501-00 Cleaning unit is empty of Install a new cleaning unit, PL
quoting error code 94- unit may correct the fault printing are not available. Other be replaced. Replace oil and needs replacing. 94.10 Item 21. Copying and
570 machine services are unaf- cleaning unit now printing are not available
fected Cleaning unit needs to 22-570-00 DC1001 command to Cleaning Unit life extended. No
Cleaning unit fault. 94-572-00 Cleaning unit failure. Install a new cleaning unit, PL be replaced. Replace IME reports successful user intervention is required.
Call for assistance Replacing the cleaning 94.10 Item 21. Copying and the cleaning unit now entry into snooze mode Print and Copy services are
quoting error code 94- unit may correct the fault printing are not available. Other available, but Image quality
572 machine services are unaf- may be affected
fected Cleaning unit will 94-500-00 Drum maintenance unit - Re-order cleaning unit, PL
Cleaning unit fault. 94-573-00 Cleaning unit failure. Install a new cleaning unit, PL need replacing soon. predicted re-order mes- 94.10 Item 21, but do not install
Call for assistance Replacing the cleaning 94.10 Item 21. Copying and Reorder now, DO sage unit until requested. Copying
quoting error code 94- unit may correct the fault printing are not available. Other NOT replace until and printing can continue
573 machine services are unaf- requested
fected Cleaning Unit will 94-503-00 This status is raised when Re-order cleaning unit, PL
Cleaning Unit fault. 94-610-00 Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in the need replacing soon. the machine is in the last 94.10 Item 21, but do not install
Call for assistance cleaning unit. Install a new Re-order now. DO 3000 impressions. unit until requested. Copying
quoting error code 94- cleaning unit PL 94.10 Item 21 NOT replace until and printing can continue
610. requested
Cleaning Unit fault. 94-611-00 Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in the Close Finisher 12-609-00 Inserter left cover open Close inserter left cover
Call for assistance cleaning unit. Install a new Inserter Left Side (HVF without tri-folder)
quoting error code 94- cleaning unit PL 94.10 Item 21 Door
611 Close Finisher Top 12-602-00 LCSS finisher top cover Close the finisher top cover.
Cleaning Unit fault. 94-612-00 Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in the Cover open
Call for assistance cleaning unit, install new clean- Close Finisher Top 12-606-00 Inserter top cover open Close the inserter top cover
quoting error code 94- ing unit PL 94.10 Item 21 Cover.
612 Close the Finisher 12-608-00 The tri-folder unit front Close the tri-folder front door
Cleaning Unit fault. 94-613-00 Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in the Folder Front Door door is open (HVF with
Call for assistance cleaning unit, install new clean- tri-folder)
quoting error code 94- ing unit PL 94.10 Item 21
Close the Finisher 12-607-00 Tri-folder top cover open Close the tri-folder top cover
613 Folder Top Cover (HVF with tri-folder)
Cleaning Unit fault. 94-619-00 Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in the Close the Finisher Top 12-601-00 Finisher top cover open Close the top cover
Call for assistance cleaning unit, install new clean-
Tray. (cover over output tray)
Close the ink loader 93-889-00 In a recovery sequence Close the ink loader main
619
main cover or cold power start, when cover. Copying and printing are
Cleaning Unit fault. 94-622-00 Cleaning unit failure A fault has occurred in the ink stick door is open. not available. Other machine
Call for assistance cleaning unit, install new clean-
services are unaffected
622

Status Status
Communication error. 03-597-00 The document feeder is Perform the 05-250-00, 05- DHCPv6 services are 17-512-00 DHCPv6 Failure status Switch the machine off then on,
Power off then on and not available. Use the 251-00 RAP not available. Notify GP 14. Printing can continue
notify system adminis- document glass your system adminis- with other submission methods
trator trator.
Communication error. 05-538-00 DADH not available. A document feeder fault has Do not switch the 01-500-00 IME power switch is Print jobs sent to the device will
Power off then on and occurred, copy jobs can only power on again while moved to the off position not print and may be lost
notify system adminis- be made from the document powering down is in
trator glass. Printing can continue. progress
Communication error. 05-542-00 DADH document trans- Perform the 05A RAP Document feeder - 05-539-00 DADH feed head CRU None
Power off then on and port needs service feed roller has been replaced. Message auto-
notify system adminis- replaced. matically cleared half a
trator second after setting
Configuration mis- 19-550-00 The single board control- Switch the machine off then on, Duplicate IPv4 17-513-00 Duplicate IPv4 address Reconfigure with a unique
match ler cannot access the GP 14. address detected. detected address. Switch the machine
EPC memory or the Install a new EPC memory Reconfigure with a off then on, GP 14.
image disk. module, PL 3.11 Item 21. Install unique address
a new hard disk drive, PL 3.11 Duplicate IPv6 17-510-00 Duplicate IPv6 address Reconfigure with a unique
Item 2. Install a new single address detected. detected address. Switch the machine
board control PWB, PL 3.11 Reconfigure with a off then on, GP 14. Copy and
Item 13 unique address Fax services (if installed) can
Configuration parame- 22-557-00 Serial number sync fail- Switch the machine off then on, continue
ter error ure, power on failed GP 14. Go to dC132, check the E-mail service cannot 17-554-00 Scan to E-mail service Switch the machine off then on,
serial number is correct. Enter register. Power off cannot register. GP 14. Scan to E-mail is dis-
dC131 NVM ID 616-003, check then on and notify abled, print and other machine
machine configuration. system administrator services are unaffected. If the
If the problem persists, perform problem persists, perform the
the 22-350-01, 22-350-02 RAP, 16-950-19 to 16-959-19 E-mail
22-351-01 to 22-351-03 RAP, Application Registration Error
22-352-00 RAP RAP
Cyan Ink is empty. 93-510-00 IME cyan ink is empty Load more cyan solid ink. Empty chad bin 12-549-00 Hole punch chad bin is Empty chad bin
Load Xerox Col- Copying and printing are not full and needs emptying
orQube Cyan Ink available. Check the ink low
Enter your access 03-559-02 Walk up code entered The job cannot be completed
sensor and harness. Refer to
code or the current job FDI. Not defined due to insufficient funds. Enter
WD 9.18 may be deleted. the access code on the exter-
Cyan ink stick is 93-511-00 Ink stick loaded sensor Clear the ink loader jam. Copy- nal accounting device to con-
jammed. Call for actuated. Ink stick trans- ing and printing are not avail- tinue the job
assistance port motor operated. Ink able
Extensible services 17-565-00 EIP service not respond- Switch the machine off then on,
stick not detected by ink are not responding. ing GP 14. Machine services are
out sensor.
Power machine off unaffected
Cyan ink stick jam. 93-927-00 Cyan ink stick jam Cyan ink stick jam then on
Add cyan ink to aid detected.Load a cyan ink stick
Fax job could not be 20-545-00 Fax job could not be sent Fax job could not be sent, re-
jam recovery. to aid jam recovery. Copying sent at this time, try. Printing and other machine
and printing not available
please try again services are available

Status Status
Fax job limit has been 20-565-00 All jobs IDs allocated can- Switch the machine off then on, Fax line 2 is unavail- 20-550-00 Extended Fax card failure Switch the machine off then on,
reached. Power off not create any more GP 14. Fax and LAN Fax are able. Notify your sys- detected GP 14. Fax service can con-
then on and notify disabled tem administrator tinue from line 1. Printing and
system administrator other machine services are
Fax line 1 is unavail- 20-595-00 Fax service Error. Fax Fax line 1 is unavailable. available
able. Call for assis- line 1 is unavailable Switch the machine off then on, Fax memory error. 03-549-00 Fax POST failure status. Switch the machine off then on,
tance. GP 14. Fax and LAN Fax are Power off then on and GP 14.
disabled. Printing and other notify system adminis-
machine services are unaf- trator
fected. If the problem persists, Fax memory error. 20-556-00 Fax service error. Reset Fax and LAN Fax are disabled.
perform the 20-331-00, 20-338- Power off then on and Fax service Switch the machine off then on,
00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20- notify system adminis- GP 14. Printing and other
345-00 Fax Network Line 1 trator machine services are unaf-
Fault RAP fected. If the problem persists,
Fax line 1 is unavail- 20-562-00 No communication on User intervention is required to perform the 20-331-00, 20-338-
able. Check line con- Fax line 1 check the external phone line 00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20-
nection or notify your connection. Fax and LAN Fax 345-00 Fax Network Line 1
system administrator are disabled. Printing and other Fault RAP
machine services are unaf- Fax memory error. 20-558-00 Fax memory error Fax and LAN Fax are disabled.
fected. If the problem persists, Power off then on and Switch the machine off then on,
perform the 20-331-00, 20-338- notify system adminis- GP 14. Printing and other
00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20- trator machine services are unaf-
345-00 Fax Network Line 1 fected. If the problem persists,
Fault RAP perform the 20-322-00 Non-
Fax line 2 is unavail- 20-563-00 No communication on User intervention is required to Volatile Device not Installed
able. Check line con- Fax line 2 check the external phone line RAP
nection or notify your connection. Fax and LAN Fax Fax memory error. 20-559-00 Fax memory error Fax and LAN Fax are disabled.
system administrator are disabled. Printing and other Power off then on and Switch the machine off then on,
machine services are unaf- notify system adminis- GP 14. Printing and other
fected. If the problem persists, trator machine services are unaf-
perform the 20-332-00, 20-340- fected. If the problem persists,
00 Fax Network Line 2 Fault perform the 20-320-00 Fax
RAP Fault Not Cleared by Reset
Fax line 2 is unavail- 20-572-00 Fax service error. Fax line Switch the machine off then on, RAP
able. Fax line 1 is still 2 is unavailable GP 14. Fax and LAN Fax are Fax memory error. 20-570-00 Fax service error Switch the machine off then on,
available. degraded. Printing and other Power off then on and GP 14. Fax and LAN Fax are
machine services are unaf- notify system adminis- disabled. Printing and other
fected. If the problem persists, trator machine services are unaf-
perform the 20-332-00, 20-340- fected
00 Fax Network Line 2 Fault
RAP
Fax line 2 is unavail- 03-548-00 Extended Fax not Check Fax line connection
able. Notify your sys- detected/confirmed
tem administrator

Status Status
Fax memory is low. 20-546-00 Not enough memory to Switch the machine off then on, Finisher Communica- 12-764-00 The IME cannot detect a Switch the machine off then on,
Contact your system use Fax service GP 14. Fax and LAN Fax are tion Error. Check finisher plugged in GP 14. Check the finisher com-
administrator disabled. Printing and other Cabling. Power Off (including catch tray) munication harness. If the
machine services are unaf- then On problem persists, perform 12-
fected. If the problem persists, 762-00-110, 12-764-00-110,
perform the 20-323-00, 20-324- 12-765-00-110 RAP for LCSS.
00 Fax System Memory Low 12-762-00-171, 12-764-00-
RAP 171, 12-765-00-171 RAP for
Fax memory is low. 20-547-00 Fax memory is low User intervention is required to HVF
Contact your system delete unnecessary mailbox Finisher Front Door 12-564-02 Finisher front door open Close the finisher front door
administrator files or Fax jobs stored for poll- Open (HVF with tri-folder)
ing. FAX and LAN Fax services Finisher is not 12-600-00 The finisher unit (LCSS) Dock the output module. If the
are disabled. Printing and other docked. Re-dock fin- is not correctly docked. problem persists, perform the
machine services are unaf- isher now Printing has stopped 12-310-00-110, 12-312-00-110,
fected. If the problem persists, 12-313-00-110 RAP
perform the 20-323-00, 20-324-
Finisher is not 12-600-01 The finisher unit (HVF Dock the output module. If the
00 Fax System Memory Low
docked. Re-dock fin- without tri-folder) is not problem persists, perform the
RAP isher now correctly docked. Print- 12-310-00-171, 12-312-00-
Fax memory. Power 20-571-00 Fax service error Fax line 1 is unavailable. ing has stopped 171, 12-313-00-171 RAP
off then on and notify Switch the machine off then on,
Finisher is not 12-600-02 The finisher unit (HVF Dock the output module. If the
system administrator GP 14. Fax and LAN Fax are
docked. Re-dock fin- with tri-folder) is not cor- problem persists, perform the
disabled. Printing and other isher now rectly docked. Printing 12-310-00-171, 12-312-00-
machine services are unaf-
has stopped. 171, 12-313-00-171 RAP
fected. If the problem persists,
Finisher main tray is 12-730-00 The stacker tray is full The middle output bin is full.
perform the 20-331-00, 20-338-
00, 20-339-00, 20-341-00, 20- full (LCSS and HVF) This output bin needs to be
unloaded. Printing to this out-
345-00 Fax Network Line 1
put bin is disabled.
Fault RAP
If the problem persists, perform
Fax service is unavail- 20-580-00 NVM values supplied by No service action required. Fax the 12-462-00-110 RAP or 12-
able. Turn machine off the Fax are invalid. Fax and LAN Fax are disabled.
460-00-171 to 12-462-00-171
then on NVM data error Printing and other machine ser-
RAP
Finisher main tray is 12-730-01 The stacker tray is full The middle output bin is full.
Finisher Communica- 12-762-00 Communication failure Switch the machine off then on, full (HVF) This output bin needs to be
tion Error. Check between IME and finisher GP 14. Check the finisher com-
unloaded. Printing to this out-
Cabling. Power Off munication harness. If the
put bin is disabled.
then On problem persists, perform 12- If the problem persists, perform
762-00-110, 12-764-00-110,
the 12-460-00-171 to 12-462-
12-765-00-110 RAP for LCSS.
00-171 RAP
12-762-00-171, 12-764-00-
171, 12-765-00-171 RAP for Finisher Main Tray is 12-734-00 Stacker tray bin nearly full No action necessary
nearly full
HVF.
Finisher main tray is 12-665-00 Bin 1 out of service status Perform 12-151-00-110, 12-
out of service. Power (LCSS) 152-00-110 RAP
off then on and notify

Table 1 Status messages - to F Table 2 Status messages G to N
Status Status
Finisher main tray out 12-902-00 Finisher is in degraded Switch the machine off then on, Hole punching not 12-579-00 Hole punching is not Check that the hole punch unit
of service. Check for mode, stacker tray is out GP 14. Check for obstructions available. Power available is correctly installed. Switch the
obstructions in the of service. in the tray machine off then on machine off then on, GP 14. If
main tray and notify systems the problem persists, perform
Finisher main tray out 12-906-00 Right center tray out of Switch the machine off then on, administrator the 12-043-00-110, 12-046-00-
of service. Check for service, tray home fault GP 14. Check for obstructions 110 RAP for LCSS, 12-044-00-
obstructions in the in the tray 171 to 12-047-00-171 RAP for
main tray HVF
Finisher top tray and 12-745-00 Top tray and stacker Check for obstructions in the Image disk is offline. 19-511-00 Image disk unavailable. The system is unable to read
main tray are not unavailable (only booklet HVF BM and the tri-folder. Job(s) may take Performance is from the image disk. Jobs may
available maker tray available) Check that the HVF BM and tri- longer than normal. degraded. Service is take longer than normal. Per-
folder interlocks are made. Notify system admin- required form the 19-300-00 to 19-310-
Switch the machine off then on, istrator 00 Image Disk (HDD) Failure
GP 14. Check the current fault RAP
codes list for HVF BM or tri- Image disk offline. 19-512-00 The image disk cannot The system is unable to read
folder faults and perform the Power off then on and read or write and must from the image disk. Printing
appropriate RAP notify system adminis- be serviced. Power off/ has stopped. Perform the 19-
Finisher top tray is full. 12-692-00 Top tray is full Empty top tray trator power on will tempo- 300-00 to 19-310-00 Image
Empty top tray rarily alleviate the prob- Disk (HDD) Failure RAP
lem
Finisher top tray is 12-729-00 The top output bin is The top output bin is nearly full.
nearly full nearly full This output bin may need to be Image overwrite is in 17-590-00 Image overwrite (ODIO) No service action required,
unloaded soon. Printing can progress the is in progress please wait for the overwrite to
continue machine is offline finish
Front door is open 01-510-00 The front door is open Copying and printing are not Image rotation is not 03-564-00 Image rotation is not Switch the machine off then on,
available. Perform the 01-510- available. Power off available GP 14
00 Front Door Open RAP then on and notify sys-
tem administrator
Table 2 Status messages G to N Immediate job over- 19-506-00 Immediate job overwrite Administrator intervention is
write failed. Perform failed required to perform an on
Status
an on demand over- demand image overwrite
UI Message Code Reason for Message Reference / Action
write immediately immediately. Printing can con-
Hole punch not 12-640-00 Finisher punch unit is Make sure that the punch unit tinue. Other machine services
detected (missing). missing or incorrectly is correctly installed. are unaffected
Please insert the hole installed If the problem persists, perform Immediate job over- 16-535-00 Immediate job overwrite Immediate job overwrite failed.
punch. the 12-043-00-110, 12-046-00- write failed. Perform failed Administrator intervention is
110 RAP and on demand over- required to perform an on
Hole punching is 12-908-00 Punch head motor fails Clear the paper jam. Switch the write immediately demand overwrite immediately
unavailable. Check for machine off then on, GP 14. Incompatible black ink 93-887-00 Black metered ink stick Check that the machine is on
obstructions in the GP 14. If the problem persists, stick detected. Notify expected, DMO was the correct contract - Print a
hole puncher perform the 12-043-00-110, 12- your system adminis- detected configuration page, General set
046-00-110 RAP for LCSS trator up, service plan. Check the ink
loaded is as per the customers
contract GP 34. Check the ink
load sensors dC330 - 93-026
to 93-041

Table 2 Status messages G to N Table 2 Status messages G to N
Status Status
Incompatible black ink 93-888-00 Black DMO ink stick Check that the machine is on Incompatible or 12-765-00 The IME interface indi- Switch the machine off then on,
stick detected. Notify expected, metered was the correct contract - Print a unknown finisher cates that the finisher is GP 14. Check the finisher com-
your system adminis- detected configuration page, General set detected. Check Fin- incompatible / unknown munication lead. If the problem
trator up, service plan. Check the ink isher compatibility persists, perform 12-762-00-
loaded is as per the customers 110, 12-764-00-110, 12-765-
contract GP 34. Check the ink 00-110 RAP for LCSS. 12-762-
load sensors dC330 - 93-026 00-171, 12-764-00-171, 12-
to 93-041 765-00-171 RAP for HVF
Incompatible black ink 93-885-00 Black sold ink stick Check that the machine is on Incompatible yellow 93-884-00 Yellow sold ink stick Check that the machine is on
stick detected. Notify expected, DMO was the correct contract - Print a ink stick detected, expected, metered was the correct contract - Print a
your system adminis- detected configuration page, General set please contact the detected configuration page, General set
trator. up, service plan. Check the ink system administrator up, service plan. Check the ink
loaded is as per the customers loaded is as per the customers
contract GP 34. contract GP 34.
Check the ink load sensors Check the ink load sensors
dC330 - 93-026 to 93-041 dC330 - 93-026 to 93-041
Incompatible black ink 93-886-00 Black DMO ink stick Check that the machine is on Incomplete system 16-583-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on,
stick detected. Notify expected, sold was the correct contract - Print a information. Power off ESS counters utility pro- GP 14. Printing and scanning
your system adminis- detected configuration page, General set then on and notify sys- cess has stopped can continue
trator. up, service plan. Check the ink tem administrator
loaded is as per the customers Incomplete system 16-585-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on,
contract GP 34. Check the ink information. Power off ESS configuration syn- GP 14. Printing and scanning
load sensors dC330 - 93-026 then on and notify sys- chronization process has can continue. If the problem
to 93-041 tem administrator stopped persists, perform the 16-780-00
Incompatible Cyan ink 93-883-00 Cyan sold ink stick Check that the machine is on to 16-789-47 Other Network
stick detected, please expected, metered was the correct contract - Print a Faults 3 RAP
contact the system detected configuration page, General set Incomplete system 16-586-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on,
administrator up, service plan. Check the ink information. Power off agent process has GP 14. Print and other
loaded is as per the customers then on and notify sys- stopped machine services are unaf-
contract GP 34. tem administrator fected. If the problem persists,
Check the ink load sensors perform the 16-780-00 to 16-
dC330 - 93-026 to 93-041 789-47 Other Network Faults 3
Incompatible FAX 03-546-00 Incompatible Fax soft- The embedded Fax software RAP
software detected ware detect at power on version is incompatible with the Incomplete system 16-580-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on,
(upgrade required) system. A software upgrade information. Power off ESS configuration utility GP 14. Printing and scanning
should be performed then on and notify sys- process has stopped can continue. If the problem
Refer to 03-417-00 RAP tem administrator persists, perform the 16-780-00
Incompatible Magenta 93-882-00 Magenta sold ink stick Check that the machine is on to 16-789-47 Other Network
ink stick detected, expected, metered was the correct contract - Print a Faults 3 RAP
please contact the detected configuration page, General set Incomplete system 16-578-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on,
system administrator up, service plan. Check the ink information. Switch ESS fault log service GP 14. Printing and scanning
loaded is as per the customers the machine off then process has stopped can continue. If the problem
contract GP 34. on, GP 14 and notify persists, perform the 16-770-09
Check the ink load sensors system administrator to 16-779-95 Other Network
dC330 - 93-026 to 93-041 Faults 2 RAP

Status Status
Ink levels are low. 93-825-00 The black ink low thresh- Load more black solid ink Jam in tray 5 docking 75-110-00 A Jam in tray 5 docking Clear the misfeed. Copying
Load Xerox Col- old has been reached sticks. Print and other machine area area and printing are not available.
orQube Ink now services are unaffected. If the Refer to 75-101-00, 75-160-00
ink stick cannot be loaded, go to 75-161-00 RAP
to OF 11 Jam in tray 5 docking 75-110-01 A Jam in tray 5 docking Clear the misfeed. Copying
Ink levels are low. 93-826-00 The magenta ink low Load more magenta solid ink area. area A3 PFP and printing are not available.
Load Xerox Col- threshold has been sticks. Print and other machine Refer to 75-101-00, 75-160-00
orQube Ink now reached services are unaffected. If the to 75-161-00 RAP
ink stick cannot be loaded, go Job queue error. 16-574-00 The ESS queue utility Switch the machine off then on,
to OF 11 Switch the machine off has failed. Only a partial GP 14. If the problem persists,
Ink levels are low. 93-827-00 The cyan ink low thresh- Load more cyan solid ink then on, GP 14 and list is available for dis- perform the 16-770-09 to 16-
Load Xerox Col- old has been reached sticks. Print and other machine notify system adminis- play at this time 779-95 Other Network Faults 2
orQube Ink now services are unaffected. If the trator RAP
ink stick cannot be loaded, go Job status information 16-579-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on,
to OF 11 not available. Power ESS completed job log GP 14. Printing and scanning
Ink levels are low. 93-828-00 The yellow ink low Load more yellow solid ink off then on and notify service has stopped can continue. If the problem
Load Xerox Col- threshold has been sticks. Print and other machine system administrator persists, perform the 16-770-09
orQube Ink now reached services are unaffected. If the to 16-779-95 Other Network
ink stick cannot be loaded, go Faults 2 RAP
to OF 11 Load 8.5 x 11" paper 94-600-00 Letter / A4 chase media Load the required media. Refer
Ink loader main cover 93-876-00 The ink loader door is Close the ink loader door. in any tray to enable is needed to clean the to GP 20. Copying and printing
open open. Close the door. All Refer to WD 8.2. Check ink auto-drum cleaning drum are not available
machine services are loader door switch (S93-025), Load 12 x 18" paper in 94-602-00 12x18 chase media is Load the required media. Refer
available PL 93.10 Item 19 any tray to enable needed to clean the to GP 20. Copying and printing
Insert sheet sent to a 12-749-00 An insert sheet has not See the message text. If the auto-drum cleaning. drum are not available
different tray to the arrived at its intended problem persists, perform the Load A4 paper into 94-604-00 A4 chase media is Load any tray with A4 paper to
rest of the job output destination 12-191-00-171, 12-193-00- any tray to enable needed to clean the enable auto-cleaning. Refer to
171, 12-194-00-171, 12-196- auto-cleaning to pro- drum GP 20.
00-171 RAP and 12-125-00- ceed
171, 12-126-00-171 RAP
Load SRA3 (320 x 94-601-00 SRA3 paper is needed to Load the required media. Refer
Insufficient memory 16-555-00 Network controller - not Additional memory required to 450 mm) paper in any clean the drum to GP 20. Copying and printing
for Fax job. Notify your enough physical memory support Fax. The Fax service is tray to enable auto- are not available
system administrator is configured on the plat- not available drum cleaning
form to support LAN Fax
Machine Active Regis- 03-538-00 The machine active reg- Re-enable the active registra-
Internet Fax service 17-553-00 The internet Fax service Switch the machine off then on, tration disabled. Turn istration has been dis- tion mode in dC715
cannot register. Power cannot register GP 14. Internet Fax is dis- power off then on to abled via the DC_715
off then on and notify abled, print and other machine enable diagnostic routine
system administrator services are unaffected. If the
Machine entering SW 16-550-00 Machine entering SW The machine entered a soft-
problem persists, perform the upgrade mode. ALL upgrade mode - all jobs ware upgrade mode (all jobs
16-950-19 to 16-959-19 Other
jobs will be cancelled. will be canceled. will be deleted). No user inter-
Network Faults 19 RAP
vention is required. Machine
Invalid original size 22-504-05 Invalid mixed size origi- Make sure the originals are not services are unavailable until
detected. It will be nal pair is detected creased or folded the software upgrade process
treated as the next If the problem persists, perform has completed.
largest standard size the 05-257-00 RAP

Status Status
Machine is in a non 22-504-16 Non customer mode. Enter customer mode Misfeed in tray 5 75-102-00 Misfeed in tray 5 A4 PFP Clear the media jam. Copying
customer mode. Auto configuration is dis- Enter dC131 Read/Write and and printing are not available. If
abled. Wait for machine check that NVM ID 425-001 = the problem persists, perform
to exit Diagnostics mode. 0, 425-003 = 0 and 616-14 = 4 the 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to
The machine is unavail- 75-161-00 RAP
able Misfeed in tray 5. 75-102-01 Misfeed in tray 5: A3 Clear the media jam. Copying
Machine is in a non- 22-505-17 The machine is in a non- Enter customer mode and printing are not available. If
customer mode customer mode Enter dC131 Read/Write and the problem persists, perform
check that NVM ID 425-001 = the 75-101-00, 75-160-00 to
0, 425-003 = 0 and 616-14 = 4 75-161-00 RAP
Machine power on 02-590-00 Configurable services Switch the machine off then on, Network cable 16-544-00 An Ethernet cable is Ensure cables are properly
failed. Power off then are not stable at power GP 14. If the problem persists, unplugged unplugged connected
on and notify system on perform the 02-390-00 Config- Network connectivity 16-590-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on,
administrator urable Services RAP configuration server CCS process has failed GP 14. Printing and scanning
Magenta Ink is empty. 93-505-00 IME magenta ink is Load more magenta solid ink. not available. Notify can continue. If the problem
Load Xerox Col- empty Copying and printing are not your system adminis- persists, perform the 16-780-00
orQube Magenta Ink. available. Check the ink low trator to 16-789-47 Other Network
sensor and harness. Refer to Faults 3 RAP
WD 9.18. Network controller 16-576-00 The network controller Automatic network controller
Magenta ink stick is 93-506-00 The ink stick loaded sen- Clear the ink loader jam. Copy- connection is about to ESS event notification reset. Switch the machine off
jammed. Call for sor is actuated. The ink ing and printing are not avail- be reset service process has then on, GP 14. If the problem
assistance stick transport motor is able stopped persists, perform the 16-161-
operated. The ink stick is 09, 16-164-09 Cannot Send
not detected by the ink Reg Event / List Access Failure
out sensor RAP
Magenta ink stick jam. 93-926-00 Magenta ink stick jam Magenta ink stick jam Network controller 16-577-00 The network controller Automatic network controller
Add magenta ink to detected.Load a Magenta Ink connection is about to ESS platform manager reset. Machine is unavailable.
aid jam recovery. stick to aid jam recovery. be reset service process has If the problem persists, perform
Switch the machine off then on, stopped the 16-162-09 to 16-163-09
GP 14. Cannot Send Reg Event / ESS
Middle left side door is 01-505-00 The IME middle left door Copying and printing are not Services Failure RAP
open (below bypass tray) is available. Perform the 01-505- Network controller 16-584-00 The network controller Automatic network controller
open (without tray 5 00 Middle Left Door Open RAP. connection is about to document manager reset. Machine is unavailable
installed) be reset agent process has
Middle left side door is 01-505-01 The IME middle left door Copying and printing are not stopped
open (below bypass tray) is available. Perform the 01-505- Network controller 16-536-00 The XSA service is Switch the machine off then on,
open (with tray 5 00 Middle Left Door Open RAP. error. Some network unavailable. Network GP 14
installed) services not avail- controller error
Misfeed in tray 4 74-102-00 Misfeed in tray 4 Clear the media jam. Copying able. Notify system
(bypass). and printing are not available. administrator.
Refer to 74-101-00, 74-160-00
to 74-161-00 RAP

Status Status
Network controller not 03-518-00 The network controller is Switch the machine off then on, Network services 16-510-00 The scan to E-mail pro- Switch the machine off then on,
available. Power off not available. GP 14. If the fault remains, involving scan to E- cess has failed GP 14. If the problem persists
then on and notify sys- reinstall software, GP 4. If the mail are not available. check network connections
tem administrator problem persists, perform the Notify system admin-
03-331-00, 03-332-00 Main istrator
Controller and Network Con- Network services 16-514-00 The Post Office protocol Switch the machine off then on,
troller on the SBC PWB Cannot involving scan to E- (POP3) (for inbound GP 14
Communicate RAP mail are not available. IFAX messages) process
Network printing dis- 16-571-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on, Notify system admin- has failed
abled. Notify your sys- print service has failed GP 14. Printing cannot con- istrator
tem administrator tinue. If the problem persists, Network services 16-517-00 SMTP process has failed Switch the machine off then on,
perform the 16-770-09 to 16- involving scan to E- GP 14
779-95 Other Network Faults 2 mail are not available.
RAP Notify system admin-
Network printing dis- 16-572-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on, istrator
abled. Notify your sys- print service has failed GP 14. Printing cannot con- Network services 16-511-00 Internet Fax process Switch the machine off then on,
tem administrator tinue. If the problem persists, related to Internet Fax failed GP 14. If the problem persists
perform the 16-770-09 to 16- are not available. check network connections
779-95 Other Network Faults 2 Notify system admin-
RAP istrator
Network printing dis- 16-573-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on, Network services 16-559-00 Network controller Check the BOOTP server and
abled. Notify your sys- ESS print service has GP 14. Printing cannot con- using BOOTP initial- BOOTP initialization fail- its network connection. Switch
tem administrator. failed tinue. If the problem persists, ization not available. ure the machine off then on, GP
perform the 16-770-09 to 16- Notify system admin- 14.
779-95 Other Network Faults 2 istrator
RAP Network services 16-557-00 Network controller DC Switch the machine off then on,
Network services 16-589-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on, using DC platform platform recovery failed GP 14
involving a serial port serial port connectivity GP 14. Print and other recovery not available.
are not available. has failed machine services are unaf- Notify system admin-
Notify system admin- fected. If the problem persists, istrator
istrator perform the 16-780-00 to 16-
Network services 16-558-00 Network controller DC Switch the machine off then on,
789-47 Other Network Faults 3
using DC platform communications failed GP 14
RAP recovery not available.
Network services 16-565-00 AppleTalk printing error. Switch the machine off then on, Notify system admin-
involving Apple Talk Printing can continue GP 14. Printing can continue if istrator
are not available. using other submission other submission methods are
Network services 16-518-00 Web services edge client Switch the machine off then on,
Notify your system methods used using WS Edge Client interface does not work GP 14. If the problem persists
administrator
are not available. check network connections
Network services 16-569-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then on, Notify your system
involving parallel port parallel ports are not GP 14. If the problem persists, administrator
are not available. available perform the 16-761-47 to 16- Network services 16-520-00 Web services server Switch the machine off then on,
Notify system admin- 769-95 Other Network Faults 1
using WS Edge Client controller interface does GP 14. If the problem persists
istrator RAP
are not available. not work. check network connections
Notify your system
administrator

Status Status
Network services 16-519-00 Web services client con- Switch the machine off then on, No tray is configured 22-504-04 No paper tray is config- Print and copy services are dis-
using WS Edge Client troller does not work GP 14. If the problem persists with the required ured to run the stock size abled, other machine services
are not available. check network connections paper size required for this job are unaffected Job must be
Notify your System deleted. Paper tray must be
Administrator configured to run the stock
Network services 16-528-00 The network controllers Some network service are not size. If the problem persists,
using WS Scan Temp WS scan temp service available. The network control- perform the 22-310-04 to 22-
are not available. process has stopped. ler connection is about to be 318-04 Other Network Faults
Notify your system reset 25 RAP
administrator
Network services with 16-501-00 Job based accounting Not enough CCM memory to
Job Based Accounting not enough DC memory. run the Network Accounting
not available. Notify Some network controller feature. Switch the machine off Table 3 Status messages O to R
your machine admin- services are not avail- then on, GP 14. If the problem Status
istrator able persists, perform the 16-930-19 UI Message Code Reason for Message Reference / Action
Faults 17 RAP On Demand Over- 17-507-00 HDD or FAX On On Demand Overwrite error. Admin-
write Failed. Per- Demand Overwrite istrator intervention is required to
Network services with 16-599-00 The Raw TCP/IP printing Switch the machine off then on,
form an On Failed. perform an On Demand Image Over-
Port 9100 process are (port 9100) process has GP 14. Printing can continue
Demand Over- write immediately. Printing can con-
not available. Notify failed. with other submission meth- write immediately. tinue; other machine services are
system administrator. ods. If the problem persists,
unaffected.
perform the 16-790-09 to 16-
On Demand Over- 19-507-00 HDD or FAX On On Demand Overwrite error. Admin-
799-47 Other Network Faults 4
RAP write Failed. Per- Demand Overwrite istrator intervention is required to
form an On Failed. perform an On Demand Image Over-
Network services with 16-529-00 The network controllers Some network service are not
Demand Over- write immediately. Printing can con-
Scan Compressor are scan compressor ser- available. The network control-
write immediately. tinue; other machine services are
not available. Notify vice process has ler connection is about to be unaffected.
your system adminis- stopped. reset
One or more 22-513-04 One or more queued Add paper to the tray being used to
trator
queued jobs needs job in the system is clear queued job. Jobs will be held
No communications 17-562-00 Registration with edge User intervention is required to
resources being held due to lack until resources become available.
with Xerox SMart eSo- server fails review SMart eSolutions set- of resources Other machine services are unaf-
lutions server. Con- tings. Machine services are
fected
tact system unaffected. If the problem per-
Output tray offset- 12-701-00 An OCT offset failure Perform the 12-701-00-65 RAP
administrator sists, perform the 16-891-00,
16-892-00 Edge Server Auto ting is not avail- has occurred
able. Power off
Registration Failed RAP
then on and notify
No communications 17-563-00 Communication with User intervention is required to
system administra-
with Xerox SMart eSo- edge server fails review SMart eSolutions set- tor
lutions server. Con- tings. Machine services are
Output tray on-line 12-742-00 Pause to unload time- Finisher has gone back on-line
tact system unaffected. If the problem per-
out warning
administrator sists, perform the 16-891-00,
16-892-00 Edge Server Auto
Registration Failed RAP

Table 3 Status messages O to R Table 3 Status messages O to R
Status Status
Paper feeder com- 92-535-00 IME communications Switch the machine off then on, GP Paper jam in area 01-105-00 IME jam at zone 3b Clear the paper jam in area 3b and
munication fault. problem with paper 14. Check connection to printer. If 3b and 4b. (post transfix) and 4b 4b. Print and copy services are dis-
Call for assistance. feeder platform. High problem persists, perform the 75- (horizontal), open abled.
capacity paper tray 312-00 IME to Tray 5 Communica- front door.
not available tion Failure RAP. Copying and print- Paper jam in area 01-104-00 IME jam at zone 3b Clear the paper jam in area 3b. Print
ing are not available 3b. (post transfix), open and copy services are disabled.
Paper jam in area 82-100-00 IME jam at zone 1A Open middle left door, clear the front door
1A (middle vertical) (tray paper jam. If the problem persists, Paper jam in area 01-102-00 IME jam at zone 4a Clear the paper jam in area 4a. Print
5 not installed) perform the 82-110-00 to 82-114-00, 4a. (exit), open front door. and copy services are disabled.
82-152-00, 82-157-00 to 82-159-00, Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-
82-164-00 to 82-166-00 RAP and 125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10-
82-133-00 RAP. Copying and print- 148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146-
ing are not available 00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83-
Paper jam in area 82-100-01 IME jam at zone 1A Slide tray 5 away from the machine, 110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-
1A (middle vertical) (A 4 open the middle left door, clear the 114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00,
PFP installed) paper jam. If the problem persists, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00,
perform the 82-110-00 to 82-114-00, 83-119-00 RAP
82-152-00, 82-157-00 to 82-159-00, Paper jam in area 01-101-00 IME jam at zone 4b Clear the paper jam in area 4b. Print
82-164-00 to 82-166-00 RAP. Copy- 4b. (horizontal), open and copy services are disabled.
ing and printing are not available front door. Refer to 82-145-00, 82-146-00, 82-
Paper jam in Area 82-100-02 Jam at Zone 1A (mid- Slide Tray 5 away from the machine, 150-00, 82-151-00, 82-156-00 RAP,
1a dle vertical) (A4 PFP open the middle left door, clear the 82-141-00, 82-147-00, 82-148-00,
installed) paper jam. If the problem persists, 82-154-00 RAP, 89-110-00 to 89-
perform the 82-110-00 to 82-114-00, 113-00, 89-129-00 RAP
82-152-00, 82-157-00 to 82-159-00, Paper jam in areas 01-112-00 IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a and
82-164-00 to 82-166-00 RAP 3a and 3b. (registration) and 3b 3b. Print and copy services are dis-
Paper jam in area 82-101-00 IME jam at zone 2 Open upper left door, clear the paper (post transfix), open abled.
2 (upper vertical) jam. Refer to 82-125-00 to 82-133- front door. Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-
00, 82-153-00, 82-160-00, 82-162- 125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10-
00, 82-163-00 RAP, 82-132-00, 82- 148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146-
155-00. Copying and printing are not 00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83-
available 110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-
Paper jam in area 01-108-00 IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a. Print 114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00,
3a (registration / pre- and copy services are disabled. 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00,
heat), open front door. Refer to 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89- 83-119-00 RAP
129-00 RAP, 89-125-00 to 89-128- Paper jam in areas 01-109-00 IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a and
00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 RAP 3a and 4b. (registration) and 4b 4b. Print and copy services are dis-
Paper jam in area 01-110-00 IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a and (horizontal), open abled.
3a and 4a. (registration) and 4a 4a. Print and copy services are dis- front door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-
(exit), open front door abled. 125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10-
Refer to 89-110-00 to 89-113-00, 89- 148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146-
129-00 RAP, 89-125-00 to 89-128- 00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83-
00, 89-130-00, 89-131-00 RAP, 89- 110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-
110-00 to 89-113-00, 89-129-00 RAP 114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00,
83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00,
83-119-00 RAP

Status Status
Paper jam in areas 01-114-00 IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a, 3b Paper jam in areas 01-106-00 IME jam at zone 3b Clear the paper jam in area 3b and
3a, 3b and 4a (registration), 3b (post and 4a. Print and copy services are 3b and 4a. (post transfix) and 4a 4a. Print and copy services are dis-
transfix) and 4a (exit), disabled. (exit), open front door. abled.
open front door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10- Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-
125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10- 125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10-
148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146- 148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146-
00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83- 00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83-
110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83- 110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-
114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00, 114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00,
83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00,
83-119-00 RAP 83-119-00 RAP
Paper jam in areas 01-113-00 IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a, 3b Paper jam in areas 01-107-00 IME jam at zone 3b Clear the paper jam in area 3b, 4a
3a, 3b and 4b (registration), 3b (post and 4b. Print and copy services are 3b, 4a and 4b. (post transfix), 4a and 4b. Print and copy services are
transfix) and 4b (hori- disabled. (exit) and 4b (horizon- disabled.
zontal), open front Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10- tal), open front door. Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-
door 125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10- 125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10-
148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146- 148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146-
00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83- 00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83-
110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83- 110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-
114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00, 114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00,
83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00,
83-119-00 RAP 83-119-00 RAP
Paper jam in areas 01-115-00 IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a, 3b, Paper jam in areas 01-103-00 IME jam at zone 4a Clear the paper jam in area 4a and
3a, 3b, 4a and 4b. (registration), 3b (post 4a and 4b. Print and copy services 4a and 4b. (exit) and 4b (horizon- 4b. Print and copy services are dis-
transfix), 4a (exit) and are disabled. tal), open front door. abled.
4b (horizontal), open Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10- Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10-
front door 125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10- 125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10-
148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146- 148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146-
00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83- 00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83-
110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83- 110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83-
114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00, 114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00,
83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00, 83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00,
83-119-00 RAP 83-119-00 RAP
Paper jam in areas 01-111-00 IME jam at zone 3a Clear the paper jam in area 3a, 4a Paper jam in fin- 12-718-00 Sheet over tri-folder Clear the paper jam.
3a, 4a and 4b. (registration), 4a (exit) and 4b. Print and copy services are isher folder unit. assist sensor If the problem persists, perform the
and 4b (horizontal), disabled. 12-185-00-171 to 12-187-00-171
open front door Refer to 10-110-00 to 10-113-00, 10- RAP
125-00 to 10-128-00, 10-147-00, 10- Paper jam in fin- 12-719-00 Sheet over tri-folder Clear the paper jam.
148-00 RAP, 10-140-00 to 10-146- isher folder unit. exit sensor If the problem persists, perform the
00, 10-149-00 to 10-151-00 RAP, 83- 12-185-00-171 to 12-187-00-171
110-00, 83-111-00, 83-113-00, 83- RAP
114-00, 83-118-00 RAP, 83-112-00,
Paper jam in the 05-520-00 Post feed and take- Remove the sheet. If the problem
83-115-00, 83-116-00, 83-117-00,
document feeder away roll jam persists, perform the 05-330-00, 05-
83-119-00 RAP 331-00 Feed Sensor Failure RAP

Status Status
Paper jam in the 05-522-00 Sheet left over DADH Remove sheet. If the problem per- Paper jam in the 12-612-00 Paper is detected Clear the paper jam.
document feeder CVT sensor after jam. sists, perform the 05-350-00, 05- finisher over the hole punch If the problem persists, perform the
DADH post feed sen- 352-00 RAP position sensor at 12-043-00-110, 12-046-00-110 RAP
sor or TAR sensor power-up, interlock
Paper jam in the 05-526-00 DADH - sheet left over Reset when DADH top cover closed status change or after
document feeder DADH document after jam cleared. If the problem per- shutdown. (LCSS)
present sensor after sists, perform the 05-330-00, 05- Paper jam in the 12-618-00 Paper is detected Clear the paper jam.
jam. 05-330 fault is 331-00 RAP finisher over the top tray exit If the problem persists, perform the
raised sensor at power-up, 12-171-00-110, 12-172-00-110 RAP
Paper jam in the 12-735-00 A sheet is detected Clear the sheet. If necessary, per- interlock status
finisher near the buffer sensor form the 12-157-00-171, 12-158-00- change or after shut-
171 RAP and 12-141-00-171, 12- down. (LCSS)
142-00-171 RAP Paper jam in the 12-618-01 Paper is detected Clear the paper jam.
Paper jam in the 12-736-01 A sheet is detected Clear the sheet. If necessary, per- finisher over the top tray exit If the problem persists, perform the
finisher near the exit from the form the 12-113-00-171, 12-114-00- sensor 12-125-00-171, 12-126-00-171 RAP
HVF to the BM entry 171, 12-190-00-171, 12-192-00-171 Paper jam in the 12-619-00 Paper jam near the Clear the paper jam.
sensor (without tri- RAP finisher output to the top tray. If the problem persists, perform the
folder) (LCSS) 12-171-00-110, 12-172-00-110 RAP
Paper jam in the 12-736-02 A sheet is detected Clear the sheet. If necessary, per- Paper jam in the 12-619-01 Paper jam near the Clear the paper jam.
finisher near the exit from the form the 12-113-00-171, 12-114-00- finisher output to the top tray. If the problem persists, perform the
HVF to the BM entry 171, 12-190-00-171, 12-192-00-171 (HVF) 12-171-00-171, 12-172-00-171 RAP
sensor (with tri-folder) RAP Paper jam in the 12-620-00 Paper is detected Clear the paper jam.
Paper jam in the 12-752-00 A page is detected Clear the area. If the problem per- finisher over the stacker exit If the problem persists, perform the
finisher over the buffer path sists, perform the 12-198-00-171, sensor at power-up, 12-151-00-110, 12-152-00-110 RAP
sensor 12-199-00-171 RAP interlock status
Paper jam in the 12-753-00 A page is detected Clear the area. If the problem per- change or after shut-
finisher near buffer path sen- sists, perform the 12-198-00-171, down. (LCSS)
sor 12-199-00-171 RAP Paper jam in the 12-620-01 Paper jam near the Clear the paper jam.
Paper jam in the 12-610-00 Paper is detected Clear the paper jam. If the problem finisher output to the stacker If the problem persists, perform the
finisher over the entry sensor persists, perform the 12-199-00-110 tray. Sheet over 2nd 12-151-171, 12-152-171 RAP
(LCSS) RAP top exit sensor
Paper jam in the 12-610-01 Paper is detected Clear the paper jam. If the problem Paper jam in the 12-621-00 If entry sensor made Clear the paper jam.
finisher over the entry sensor persists, perform the 12-125-00-171, finisher to the stacker bin exit If the problem persists, perform the
(HVF without tri- 12-126-00-171 RAP sensor made exceeds 12-171-00-110, 12-172-00-110 RAP
folder) 1600 ms (A4 LEF 1st
Paper jam in the 12-611-00 After receiving the Clear the paper jam. If the problem page/A3 SEF all
pages) or 1100 ms
finisher paper at IOT exit sen- persists, perform the 12-199-00-110
(A4 LEF mid set page)
sor the entry sensor is RAP
not made within 1000 or 900 ms (A4 LEF
last page of set)
ms. (LCSS). Paper
(LCSS)
jam near the entry to
the finisher unit Paper jam in the 12-621-01 Paper jam near the Clear the paper jam.
Paper jam in the 12-611-01 Paper jam near the Clear the paper jam. If the problem finisher output to the stacker If the problem persists, perform the
tray. A sheet is over 12-151-171, 12-152-171 RAP
finisher entry to the finisher persists, perform the 12-125-00-171,
the 2nd top exit sen-
unit (HVF without tri- 12-126-00-171 RAP
folder) sor

Status Status
Paper jam in the 12-624-00 A sheet is over the Clear the area. If the problem per- Paper jam in the 12-627-02 A page is over exit Clear the paper jam
finisher inserter pickup sensor sists, perform the 12-479-00-171 finisher. HVF into BM sensor
RAP (sensor in area 6a)
Paper jam in the 12-625-00 A sheet is over the Clear the area. If the problem per- Cleared via area 6a
finisher inserter tab standby sists, perform the 12-191-00-171, Paper jam in the 12-746-00 A sheet is detected Clear the sheet. If the problem per-
sensor 12-193-00-171, 12-194-00-171, 12- finisher. near the tri-fold entry sists, perform the 12-183-00-171,
196-00-171 RAP sensor 12-184-00-171 RAP
Paper jam in the 12-626-00 A sheet is over the Clear the area. If the problem per- Paper jam in the 12-747-00 A sheet is detected Clear the sheet. If the problem per-
finisher buffer position sensor sists, perform the 12-198-00-171, finisher. near the tri-fold exit sists, perform the 12-185-00-171 to
12-199-00-171 RAP sensor 12-187-00-171
Paper jam in the 12-627-00 A sheet is over the Clear the area. If the problem per- Paper jam in the 12-748-00 A sheet is detected Clear the sheet. If the problem per-
finisher HVF exit into BM sen- sists, perform the 12-198-00-171, finisher. near the tri-fold assist sists, perform the 12-185-00-171 to
sor 12-199-00-171 RAP sensor 12-187-00-171 RAP
Paper jam in the 12-628-00 A sheet is over the Clear the area. If the problem per- Paper jam in the 12-717-01 A sheet is over HVF Clear the HFV BM paper present
finisher stacker bin exit sensor sists, perform the 12-151-171, 12- finisher. BM compiler paper sensor area 6e. If the problem per-
152-171 present sensor (with- sists, perform the 12-166-00-171
Paper jam in the 12-629-00 A sheet is over the tri- Clear the area. If the problem per- out tri-folder) RAP
finisher folder entry sensor sists, perform the 12-183-00-171, Paper jam in the 12-717-02 A sheet is over HVF Clear the HFV BM paper present
12-184-00-171 RAP finisher. BM compiler paper sensor area 6e. If the problem per-
Paper jam in the 12-630-01 A sheet is over the Clear the area. If the problem per- present sensor (with sists, perform the 12-166-00-171
finisher booklet maker entry sists, perform the 12-183-00-171, tri-folder) RAP
sensor (without tri- 12-184-00-171 RAP Paper required for 22-511-04 The media required Load the correct paper to complete
folder) current job is not for the current mark- the held job or cancel the held job.
Paper jam in the 12-630-02 A sheet is over the Clear the area. If the problem per- available ing job is not loaded Other machine services are unaf-
finisher booklet maker entry sists, perform the 12-183-00-171, fected
sensor (with tri-folder) 12-184-00-171 RAP Paper tray commu- 92-531-00 3TM Communica- Switch the machine off then on, GP
Paper jam in the 12-636-01 A sheet is over the Clear the jam from the output bin. If nication fault. tions problems (Ttm- 14. Check connection on 3 trays
finisher booklet maker exit the problem persists, perform the 12- Please call for SerialLinkSafety) module. If problem persists, perform
sensor. (without tri- 181-00-171, 12-182-00-171 RAP assistance. the 70-312-00 Tray 1 to Tray 3 Com-
folder) munication Failure RAP. Copying
and printing are not available.
Paper jam in the 12-636-02 A sheet is over the Clear the jam from the output bin. If
finisher booklet maker exit the problem persists, perform the 12- Paper tray commu- 92-530-00 IME communications Switch the machine off then on, GP
sensor. (with tri-folder) 181-00-171, 12-182-00-171 RAP nication fault. problem with paper 14. Check connection on 3 trays
Paper jam in the 12-732-00 A sheet is detected Clear the jam. If necessary, perform Please call for tray. Paper trays 1 to module. If problem persists, perform
assistance. 3 not available. the 70-312-00 Tray 1 to Tray 3 Com-
finisher. near the PPI pickup the 12-191-00-171, 12-193-00-171,
munication Failure RAP. Copying
sensor 12-194-00-171, 12-196-00-171 RAP
and printing are not available.
Paper jam in the 12-733-00 A sheet is detected Clear the jam. If necessary, perform
finisher. near the PPI tab the 12-191-00-171, 12-193-00-171, Please complete 03-558-00 Not defined -
all steps required
standby sensor 12-194-00-171, 12-196-00-171 RAP
by the external
Paper jam in the 12-627-01 A page is over exit Clear the paper jam
accounting device
finisher. HVF into BM sensor to access this ser-
(sensor in area 6a)
vice
cleared via area 6a

Status Status
Please enter 03-558-02 Not defined - Please wait... 93-895-00 This status is raised No service action required. Print and
access code into Automated print while the IME is copy services are temporarily dis-
external account- engine mainte- attempting to clear a abled
ing device to nance in progress potentially jammed
access this service cyan ink stick.
Please insert card 03-558-01 Not defined - Please wait... 93-896-00 This status is raised No service action required. Print and
into the external Automated print while the IME is copy services are temporarily dis-
accounting device engine mainte- attempting to clear a abled
to access this ser- nance in progress potentially jammed
vice yellow ink stick.
Please insert key 03-558-04 Not defined - Please wait... 91-659-00 Auto maintenance No service action required.
counter into the Automated print routines are in
external account- engine mainte- progress
ing device to nance in progress.
access this service Please wait... 03-555-00 Machine has entered Go to dC301. Perform a Copier NVM
Please insert 03-558-03 Not defined - Maintenance in intrusive customer Initialization and NVM data select All.
money into the progress. Scan, tools mode. After Initialization perform routines
external account- copy and print ser- dC977 and dC978.
ing device to vices not available
access this service Please wait... Pre- 88-510-00 IME preheater clean- Please wait until cleaning is com-
Please wait, free- 19-502-00 Out of memory No user intervention required, please heater cleaning in ing pleted. The printer is temporarily
ing memory resources. The wait, printing will resume after mem- progress. unavailable
machine has run out ory is freed. Other machine services Please wait... print 91-654-00 Head purge is in No service action required
of image processing are unaffected. If the problem per- engine mainte- progress
memory for the cur- sists, perform the 19-401-00, 19- nance - head
rent job. 402-00 Stress Out of Memory RAP purge in progress.
Please wait... 92-574-00 Mechanical initializa- - Please wait... print 91-668-00 IME print quality main- No service action required
Adjustments are in tion quality mainte- tenance is in progress
progress nance in progress.
Please wait... 92-576-00 IME frame buffer bor- Print engine adjustments in Please wait... 92-573-00 The printer is warming Print and copy services will resume
Adjustments are in row busy progress. Copying and printing are Printer is warming up shortly. Other machine services are
progress temporarily unavailable up unaffected
Please wait... 92-577-00 Recovery in progress - Please wait... 92-587-00 IME long term warm- The printer is warming up. Print and
Adjustments are in Printer is warming ing up copy services will resume shortly.
progress up Other machine services are unaf-
Please wait... 93-893-00 This status is raised No service action required. Print and fected
Automated print while the IME is copy services are temporarily dis- Please wait... The 20-544-00 The Fax service is ini- The Fax service is re-starting. No
engine mainte- attempting to clear a abled Fax service is initializing user intervention is required. Printing
nance in progress potentially jammed tializing and other machine services are
black ink stick. available
Please wait... 93-894-00 This status is raised No service action required. Print and Please wait... The 19-513-00 The image disk is full Print jobs may be delayed. No ser-
Automated print while the IME is copy services are temporarily dis- image disk is full. vice action required. The system is
engine mainte- attempting to clear a abled attempting to recover. Printing and
nance in progress potentially jammed other machine services are available
magenta ink stick.

Status Status
Please wait... The 12-741-00 The machine is Follow the instructions. If the prob- Provide payment 03-559-03 Walk up coin entered Your Job cannot be completed due
output tray is low- paused for unloading. lem persists, perform the 12H-171 FDI. Not defined to insufficient funds.Please insert
ering Press the button on RAP money into the external accounting
the pop up screen device to continue your job.To cancel
Please wait... the 03-561-00 The system is recov- Wait until the system recovers this job, press the hard-panel Job
system is attempt- ering Status button, select the job and then
ing to recover the Delete button
Please wait... The 19-510-00 The system is No service action required. Printing Provide payment 03-559-00 Generic FDI. Unable Your Job cannot be completed due
system is attempt- attempting to recover. and other machine services are or the current job to complete the cur- to insufficient funds.Please com-
ing to recover. Image disk error unaffected may be deleted. rent job. plete all steps required by the exter-
nal accounting device to continue
Please wait... 92-582-00 IME cold boot timeout Please wait. Printing and copying are
Warming up from not available until the machine tem- your job
extremely low perature is within specification Provide payment 03-559-05 Walk Up FDI. Unable Your Job cannot be completed due
ambient tempera- or the current job to complete the cur- to insufficient funds. Please insert
ture. may be deleted. rent job - FDI inactivity card into the external accounting
Please 94-603-00 Chase sheets are Ready to scan. Copying and printing timer enabled device to continue your job. To
immediately delete this job, select
wait...Printer being fed not available
the Close button, then the Job Status
cleaning in
progress button located on the control panel
and then your job.If no action is
Please Wait Disk 17-580-00 Disk encryption is in No service action required
taken, the job will be deleted
encryption opera- progress
Provide payment 03-559-06 Walk up coin entered Your Job cannot be completed due
tion in progress.
or the current job FDI. Not Defined - FDI to insufficient funds. Please insert
Please wait Print 88-511-00 Media is exhausted No service action required. Please may be deleted. inactivity timer dis- money into the external accounting
Engine cooling in during the cooling wait, cooling in progress
abled device to continue your job. To
progress. phase of clean for ink
immediately delete this job, select
smears. the Close button, then the Job Status
Please wait The 03-556-00 Power on while the IIT No service action required button located on the control panel
scanner is initializ- is being initialized and then your job. If no action is
ing. taken, the job will be deleted
Print engine in 92-578-00 IME in non-thermal Enter diagnostics dC335 and select Provide payment 03-559-04 Walk up key entered Your Job cannot be completed due
non-thermal mode. mode. Print engine is a heater routine. Run the routine and or the current job FDI. Not defined to insufficient funds.Please insert
operating in non-ther- then exit diagnostics. The machine may be deleted. Key Counter into the external
mal manufacturing warms up. accounting device to continue your
mode. Print and copy Enter dC131 Read/Write and check job.
service disabled. that NVM ID 425-003 = 0
Ready to scan. 70-305-00 The feeder vertical Copying and printing are not avail-
Print engine main- 91-564-00 Head purge in No service action required. Copying and print- transport lower left able. Close the door. If the problem
tenance - head progress ing not available. door is open persists, perform the 70-305-00, 70-
purge in Bottom left side 325-00 RAP
progress.please door is open.
wait.
Ready to scan. 70-111-00 Jam in the lower Clear the media jam. Copying and
Provide payment 03-559-01 Walk up FDI. Unable Your Job cannot be completed due Copying and print- feeder vertical trans- printing are not available. If the prob-
to complete the cur- to insufficient funds.Please com- ing not available. port (tray 5 not lem persists, perform the 71-101-00
rent job. plete all steps required by the exter- Jam in area 1b. installed) to 71-161-00 RAP, 72-101-00 to 72-
nal accounting device to continue 161-00 RAP
your job

Status Status
Ready to scan. 70-111-01 Jam in the lower Clear the media jam. Copying and Remove docu- 22-505-02 Documents are To scan from the document glass,
Copying and print- feeder vertical trans- printing are not available. If the prob- ments from the sensed in the DADH remove documents in the document
ing not available. port (A4 tray 5 lem persists, perform the 71-101-00 document feeder tray during IIT standby feeder input tray. To use the docu-
Jam in area 1b. installed) to 71-161-00 RAP, 72-101-00 to 72- input tray or close and document han- ment feeder to scan your documents,
161-00 RAP the document dler cover is open lower the document feeder
Ready to scan. 70-111-02 Jam in the lower Clear the media jam. Copying and feeder
Copying and print- feeder vertical trans- printing are not available. If the prob- Remove the docu- 05-560-00 Upon fault 05-310 Remove document from DADH dur-
ing not available. port (A3 tray 5 lem persists, perform the 71-101-00 ment. It is too short being raised ing jam clearance, If the problem
Jam in area 1b. installed) to 71-161-00 RAP, 72-101-00 to 72- to be fed by Docu- persists, perform the 05-310-00 RAP
161-00 RAP ment Feeder
Ready to scan. 73-111-00 Jam in the tray 3 hori- Clear the media jam. Copying and Re-order docu- 05-578-00 DADH roller feeds Order new DADH feed roll assembly,
Copying and print- zontal transport printing are not available. If the prob- ment feeder - feed reaches near end of PL 5.15 Item 1.
ing not available. lem persists, perform the 73-101-00 roller but DO NOT life
Jam in paper trans- to 73-161-00 Tray 3 Mis-Feed Jam replace until
port. RAP prompted
Ready to scan. 71-102-00 Misfeed in tray 1 Clear the media jam. Copying and Re-order docu- 05-547-00 DADH feed roll Re-order feed roll assembly PL 5.15
Copying and print- printing are not available. If the prob- ment feeder - feed assembly near end of Item 1.
ing not available. lem persists, perform the 71-101-00 roller but DO NOT life
Misfeed in tray 1 to 71-161-00 RAP replace until
Ready to scan. 72-102-00 Misfeed in tray 2 Clear the media jam. Copying and prompted
Copying and print- printing are not available. Re-order Xerox 93-821-00 Black ink reorder Load more black solid ink. Copying
ing not available. Refer to 72-101-00 to 72-161-00 ColorQube Ink threshold has been and printing can continue. If the ink
Misfeed in tray 2 RAP reached stick cannot be loaded, go to OF 11
Ready to scan. 73-102-00 Misfeed in tray 3 Clear the media jam. Copying and Re-order Xerox 93-822-00 Magenta ink reorder Load more magenta solid ink. Copy-
Copying and print- printing are not available. ColorQube Ink threshold has been ing and printing can continue. If the
ing not available. Refer to 73-101-00 to 73-161-00 reached ink stick cannot be loaded, go to OF
Misfeed in tray 3 RAP 11
Ready to scan. 73-305-00 the feeder horizontal Close the feeder horizontal transport. Re-order Xerox 93-823-00 Cyan ink reorder Load more cyan solid ink. Copying
Copying and print- transport drawer is Copying and printing are not avail- ColorQube Ink threshold has been and printing can continue. If the ink
ing not available. open able. If the problem persists, perform reached stick cannot be loaded, go to OF 11
Paper transport is the 73-325-00 Feeder HT Drawer Re-order Xerox 93-824-00 Yellow ink reorder Load more yellow solid ink. Copying
open. Open in Run RAP ColorQube Ink threshold has been and printing can continue. If the ink
Registration in 89-560-00 IME registration is Please wait. The printer is tempo- reached stick cannot be loaded, go to OF 11
progress being calibrated rarily unavailable Replace the Docu- 05-579-00 DADH roller feeds Install new DADH feed roll assembly,
Reload sheets in 05-527-00 There is a document Remove the sheets from the Original ment Feed Roller. reaches end of life PL 5.15 Item 1.
document feeder. in the DADH at power Input Tray.
on or exit from power
save
Remove docu- 22-505-00 Documents are To scan from the document glass, Table 4 Status messages S to Y
ments from the sensed in the DADH remove documents in the document
Status
document feeder tray during IIT standby feeder input tray. To use the docu- UI Message Code Reason for Message Reference / Action
input tray or close and document han- ment feeder to scan your documents,
the document dler cover is open lower the document feeder Scan and copy services 05-570-00 DADH jam. Remove, then re-load all doc-
feeder not available. Print ser- ument in the DADH.
vice is available

Table 4 Status messages S to Y Table 4 Status messages S to Y
Status Status
Scan to Distribution Ser- 16-525-00 The network controllers Some network service are Some jobs may have 19-505-00 Compressor DVMA Confirm that UI message has
vices are not available. scan to distribution ser- not available. The network been deleted. time-out. The current job been seen. Re-scan the job.
Notify your system vice process has controller connection is about has been deleted If the problem persists, per-
administrator stopped to be reset form the 19-403-00 EPC Out
Scan to file not available. 16-561-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then of Memory RAP
Power off then on and scan to file processes on, GP 14 LAN Fax service error. 16-595-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then
notify system administra- have failed Power off then on and LAN-Fax service has on, GP 14. Print and other
tor notify system administra- failed machine services are unaf-
Scanner fault. Power off 14-517-00 Scanner fault. Switch the machine off then tor fected. If the problem per-
then on and notify sys- on, GP 14. Check the current sists, perform the 16-790-09
tem administrator fault codes list for faults in the to 16-799-47 Other Network
scanner and perform the Faults 4 RAP
appropriate RAP. Some network account- 16-596-00 Some network control- Network accounting error.
Scanning will be delayed 22-508-04 Scan start up delayed No user intervention is ing services are not ler services are not User intervention is required
whilst awaiting required. Job will begin when available. Notify your available to power off/on the machine.
resources system is ready. If the prob- system administrator. Print and other machine ser-
lem persists, perform the 22- vices are unaffected. If the
330-06 ESS Scan to Distribu- problem persists, perform the
tion Service not Responding 16-790-09 to 16-799-47
to List Jobs RPC Call RAP Other Network Faults 4 RAP
Select confirm if the doc- 05-585-00 When Status 05-579 is Select confirm if the docu- Some network authenti- 16-582-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then
ument feeder - feed active and the DADH top ment feeder - feed roller was cation services unavail- ESS authentication SPI on, GP 14. Print and other
roller was replaced cover is opened (status replaced able. Notify your system process has stopped machine services are unaf-
05-502) administrator fected. If the problem per-
Select the current mes- 22-502-04 An active message has Go to the Status screen and
sages button in the been produced select the Faults tab. Press to 16-789-47 Other Network
Faults 3 RAP
machine status for more the Active Messages button
information and perform the action Some network diagnos- 16-581-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then
appropriate to the message tic services unavailable. ESS diagnostic service on, GP 14. Printing and scan-
Server Fax service can- 17-551-00 Server Fax service can- Switch the machine off then Notify your system process has stopped ning can continue. If the
administrator problem persists, perform the
not register. Power off not register on, GP 14. Server Fax is dis-
16-770-09 to 16-779-95
then on and notify sys- abled, print and other
tem administrator machine services are unaf- Other Network Faults 2 RAP
and the 16-780-00 to 16-789-
fected. If the problem per-
47 Other Network Faults 3
sists, perform the 16-987-19,
16-988-19 Server Fax Appli- RAP
cation Registration Error Some network services 16-560-00 Some processes on the Switch the machine off then
RAP are not available due to network controller have on, GP 14.
a process error. Notify failed
Service limit exceeded. 16-533-00 Controller software ser- Remove some existing ser-
New services will not be vice limit exceeded vices to enable new services system administrator.
available until some ser- to be added. Machine ser- Some network services 16-521-00 The network controllers Machine services are tempo-
vices are removed vices are available but may involving CPI are not CPI service process has rarily disabled. The network
be degraded available. Notify your stopped controller connection is about
Some jobs may have 03-562-00 Status is raised when Removed upon user inter- system administrator to be reset
been deleted some jobs may have vention
been deleted

Status Status
Some network services 16-504-00 DDNS error. Some net- The DDNS address resolu- Some network services 16-563-00 Network controller - the Switch the machine off then
involving DDNS are not work controller services tion process has failed. involving Novell are not Novell Netware connec- on, GP 14. Printing can con-
available. Notify your are not available Switch the machine off then available. Notify the sys- tivity process has failed tinue if other submission
system administrator on, GP 14. If the problem tem administrator methods are used
persists check the DDNS Some network services 16-568-00 Network controller - a Switch the machine off then
servers network connections involving PCL are not PCL interpreter error on, GP 14, to enable PCL
Some network services 16-593-00 Network controller - Check DHCP server network available. Notify system has occurred, causing printing. Printing can con-
involving DHCP are not DHCP address resolu- connection. Switch the administrator the process to fail tinue if other job format meth-
available. Notify your tion has failed machine off then on, GP 14. ods are used
system administrator Copying and printing with Some network services 16-567-00 Network controller - a Switch the machine off then
local connection scan con- involving PostScript are PostScript interpreter on, GP 14. Printing can con-
tinue. If the problem persists, not available. Notify your error has occur, causing tinue if other submission
perform the 16-800-09 to 16- system administrator the process to fail methods are used
809-47 Other Network Faults
Some network services 16-594-00 Network controller - Check RARP server network
5 RAP involving RARP are not RARP address resolu- connection. Switch the
Some Network Services 16-591-00 Network controller Check Ethernet connection. available. Notify your tion has failed machine off then on, GP 14.
involving Ethernet are Ethernet process has Switch the machine off then system administrator. Printing can continue with
not available. Notify sys- failed on, GP 14. Local printing can other submission methods. If
tem administrator continue. If the problem per- the problem persists, perform
sists, perform the 16-800-09 the 16-800-09 to 16-809-47
to 16-809-47 Other Network Other Network Faults 5 RAP
Faults 5 RAP Some network services 16-505-00 There is insufficient Switch the machine off then
Some network services 16-570-00 Network controller - an Switch the machine off then involving Scan to E-mail memory for E-mail on, GP 14. If the problem
involving HTTP are not HTTP interpreter error on, GP 14. Printing can con- are not available. Notify persists check the network
available. Notify your has occurred, causing tinue if other submission System Administrator connections
system administrator the process to fail methods are used. If the Some network services 16-507-00 SLP process stopped. Switch the machine off then
problem persists, perform the
involving SLP are not Some network control- on, GP 14
16-761-47 to 16-769-95
available. Notify your ler services are not
Other Network Faults 1 RAP system administrator available
Some network services 16-509-00 There is insufficient Switch the machine off then Some network services 16-526-00 The network controllers Some network services are
involving Internet Fax memory for internet Fax on, GP 14. Printing can con-
involving SMB are not SMB service process not available. The network
are not available. Notify tinue if other network proto-
available. Notify your has stopped. controller connection is about
system administrator cols are used system administrator to be reset
Some network services 16-522-00 The network controllers Some network service are Some network services 16-513-00 Simple service discovery Switch the machine off then
involving Job Log are not Job Log service process not available. The network
involving SSDP are not protocol (SSDP) failed on, GP 14
available. Notify system has stopped controller connection is about
available. Notify your
administrator to be reset system administrator
Some network services 16-562-00 Network controller - the Switch the machine off then Some network services 16-527-00 The network controllers Some network services are
involving LPD are not line printer deamon on, GP 14. Printing can con-
involving TCP/IP are not TCP/IP service process not available. The network
available. Notify your (LPD) process has failed tinue if other submission
available. Notify your has stopped. controller connection is about
system administrator methods are used system administrator to be reset
Some network services 16-564-00 Network controller - the Switch the machine off then
involving NetBios are not NetBIOS connectivity on, GP 14. Printing can con-
available. Notify system process has failed tinue if other submission
administrator methods are used

Status Status
Some network services 16-598-00 Network controller - Another IP address needs to Stapling not available. 12-921-00 The stapler position sen- Close the BM stapler module.
involving TCP/IP are not TCP/IP address is be used. Switch the machine Call for assistance sor indicates the stapler If necessary, perform the 12-
available. Notify your already in use on the off then on, GP 14. Copy and module is not closed in 063-00-171, 12-411-00-171
system administrator network Fax services (if installed) can initialisation RAP for staple unit 1, and 12-
continue. If the problem per- 403-00-171, 12-413-00-171,
sists, perform the 16-790-09 12-414-00-171 RAP for sta-
to 16-799-47 Other Network ple unit 2
Faults 4 RAP System error. Power off 03-598-00 Unable to set ready Perform the 03-788-00 CCS
Some network services 16-597-00 The network controller Switch the machine off then then on and notify sys- mode. Printing and Runtime Could Not Enter
involving TIFF are not TIFF interpreter has on, GP 14. Printing can con- tem administrator copying services are not Power Saver Mode S3 RAP
available. Notify your failed tinue with other job formats. If available
system administrator the problem persists, perform System error. Power off 03-565-00 System fault Switch the machine off then
the 16-790-09 to 16-799-47 then on and notify sys- on, GP 14
Other Network Faults 4 RAP tem administrator
Some network services 16-523-00 The network controllers Some network services are System error. Power off 04-565-00 IME controller communi- System fault. Switch the
with Job Tracker are not job tracker service pro- not available. The network then on and notify sys- cation failure machine off then on, GP 14
available. Notify your cess has stopped controller connection is about tem administrator
system administrator to be reset
System error. Power off 16-503-00 Incomplete system infor- Switch the machine off then
Some network services 16-524-00 The network controllers Some network services are then on and notify sys- mation on, GP 14. All machine ser-
with Kerberos are not Kerberos service pro- not available. The network tem administrator vices are disabled
available. Notify your cess has stopped controller connection is about
System error. Power off 22-563-00 Incomplete system infor- Switch the machine off then
system administrator to be reset
then on and notify sys- mation on, GP 14. All machine ser-
Staple cartridge is 12-715-00 The finisher's main sta- Install new staple cartridge, tem administrator vices are disabled
empty. Replace now ple cartridge is empty. PL 12.55 Item 7 System Error. Power off 03-505-00 The digital copier is not Perform 03-325-00 RAP and
Follow the instructions at
then on and notify sys- available 03-355-00 RAP
the printer to load a new
tem administrator
staple cartridge. Non
staple printing can con- System fault. Call for 92-572-00 IME. An unrecoverable Switch the machine off then
assistance fault has occurred on, GP 14. Copying and
tinue. (LCSS)
printing are not available
Staple cartridge is 12-715-01 The HVF staple car- Install a new staple cartridge.
The booklet maker tray 12-728-00 The booklet maker out- Empty the tray. If necessary,
empty. Replace now tridge is empty Perform 12-369-00-171 to
12-377-00-171 RAP in the Finisher is full. put tray is full perform the 12C-171 RAP
Empty the tray
Staple cartridge sup- 12-716-00 The LCSS and HVF sta- The finisher's main staple
The booklet maker tray 12-727-00 The booklet maker out- The booklet maker tray is
plies are low ples are low cartridge supplies are low.
in the finisher is nearly put tray is nearly full near full. User intervention
Re-order staple cartridge.
Printing can continue. LCSS full. will be required soon to
empty the tray to allow con-
PL 12.55 Item 7, HVF PL
tinued booklet making. Print
12.110 Item 31. HVFBM PL
12.185 Item 8 and Copy services can con-
tinue; other machine services
Stapling fault. Power off 12-653-00 Stapling is disabled, out Perform 12-371-00-110, 12-
are unaffected.
then on and notify sys- of service (LCSS) 372-00-110, 12-378-00-110
The booklet tray in the 12-727-00 The booklet maker out- The booklet maker output
tem administrator RAP
finisher is nearly full put tray is nearly full tray is nearly full. Printing can
Stapling fault. Power off 12-721-00 The stapler is not in The stapler module is open, continue, but this tray will
then on and notify sys- position close the stapler module
need emptying soon.
tem administrator

Status Status
The current job exceeds 12-411-00 Copy job will exceed the Empty the tray The hole punch waste 12-649-00 The hole punch chad bin Hole punch waste container
the tray capacity, you will output destinations container is full. Empty is full and needs empty- is full, jobs requesting hole
be prompted to empty capacity hole punch waste con- ing. (LCSS) punching will be held.
the tray. tainer. Empty chad bin
The document feeder 05-502-00 DADH top cover open. Close the DADH top cover. If The hole punch waste 12-649-01 The hole punch chad bin Hole punch waste container
top cover is open the problem persists, perform container is full. Empty is full and needs empty- is full, jobs requesting hole
the 05-258-00, 05-307-00 hole punch waste con- ing. (HVF) punching will be held.
DADH Cover Interlock Open tainer. Empty chad bin
RAP. The Hole Punch Waste 12-641-00 The chad bin has been Reinstall the chad bin.
The document size was 05-546-00 On pre-feed the DADH Reload originals or select Container is not removed from the fin- If the problem persists, per-
different than expected. fails to recognize the size. Perform 05-257-00 RAP detected. Please re- isher form the 12-043-00-110, 12-
The job has been size of the document insert 046-00-110 RAP
deleted. The installed cleaning 94-628-00 IME detected an incom- Install a new cleaning unit PL
The document size was 22-507-05 The document is larger Try one of the following: unit is not compatible patible cleaning unit fit- 94.10 Item 21. Copying and
different than expected. than expected Select mixed size originals with this machine ted to the machine printing are not available.
The job has been and reload into the document The internet Fax service 17-557-00 Internet Fax service can- Switch the machine off then
deleted. feeder or make sure the origi- cannot un-register. not un-register on, GP 14. Internet Fax is
nals are not creased or Notify your system disabled, print and other
folded and retry from the doc- administrator machine services are unaf-
ument glass. If the problem fected. If the problem per-
persists, perform the 05-257- sists, perform the 16-950-19
00 RAP to 16-959-19 Other Network
The E-mail service can- 17-558-00 Email service cannot un- Switch the machine off then Faults 19 RAP
not un-register. Notify register on, GP 14. Scan to E-mail is The machine is not avail- 02-520-00 A software error has Switch the machine off then
your system administra- disabled, print and other able occurred. on, GP 14
tor machine services are unaf-
The machine is not avail- 82-103-01 Sensor 16 LE time out Copying and printing not
fected. If the problem per- able that originated from the available. Slide Tray 5 away
A3 tray 5. from the machine. Open the
to 16-959-19 E-mail Applica-
top and middle left side door
tion Registration Error RAP to clear jam. If the problem
The Fax service cannot 22-566-00 Fax service cannot reg- Switch the machine off then persists, perform the 82-133-
register. Notify your sys- ister on, GP 14. Fax and LAN Fax 00 RAP
tem administrator are disabled. Other machine
The machine is not avail- 91-606-00 Head to drum measure- Head to Drum spacing check
services are unaffected. If the able ment is started. in Progress. Please wait, this
may take up to ten minutes to
22-371-00, 22-372-00 RAP
complete
The Fax service cannot 22-567-00 Fax service cannot un- Switch the machine off then
The machine is not avail- 91-609-00 Waste tray removal The waste tray is currently in
un-register. Notify your register on, GP 14. All machine ser- able detected, when the use, please re-insert the
system administrator vices are disabled. If the
waste tray is locked. waste tray. Copying and
printing are not available
22-371-00, 22-372-00 RAP
The machine is not avail- 17-514-00 External accounting Administrator intervention
The finisher front door is 12-564-00 The finisher front door is Close the finisher front door able. Accounting com- device communication required to check the con-
open open (LCSS)
munication failure failure nection to the external
The finisher front door is 12-564-01 The finisher front door is Close the finisher front door accounting device
open open (HVF - all variants)

Status Status
The machine is not avail- 82-103-00 Sensor 16 LE time out Slide Tray 5 away from the The server Fax service 17-556-00 Server Fax service can- Switch the machine off then
able. Paper jam in areas that originated from the machine. Open the top and cannot un-register. not un-register on, GP 14. Server Fax is dis-
2 and 1a A4 PFP. middle left side door to clear Notify your system abled, print and other
jam. If the problem persists, administrator machine services are unaf-
perform the 82-133-00 RAP. fected. If the problem per-
The machine is offline 03-504-00 Network controller status Switch the machine off then sists, perform the 16-987-19,
code on, GP 14 16-988-19 Server Fax Appli-
The machine is offline 03-504-01 Network controller status Switch the machine off then cation Registration Error
RAP
code on, GP 14
The workflow scanning 17-560-00 Network scanning ser- Switch the machine off then
The network controller 16-575-00 The network controller Automatic network controller
service cannot un-regis- vice cannot un-register. on, GP 14. Scan service is
connection is about to be ESS registration service reset. If the problem per-
reset process has stopped sists, perform the 16-160-09 ter. Notify your system disabled, print and other
administrator machine services are unaf-
ESS Reg Service Process
fected. If the problem per-
Death RAP
sists, perform the 16-985-19,
The network controller is 16-502-00 Status active when ever Cleared when the network 16-986-19 Network Scan-
about to be reset the network controller controller reset is initiated
ning Application Registration
detects that a platform
Error RAP
reset is about to occur
Top left side door is open 01-506-00 The IME upper left door Copying and printing are not
The network controller is 03-563-00 Network service are Please wait, the Network (bypass tray) is open available. If the problem per-
initializing. Copy and being established Controller is initializing. No
print jobs may be user intervention is required.
Upper Left Door Open RAP.
delayed Printing is currently unavail-
able. If the problem persists, Tray 1 guides are not set 01-545-01 The dedicated tray 1 is Reload required paper and
properly closed with media size correctly adjust the paper
perform the 03-331-00, 03-
other than what was set guides
332-00 Main Controller and
Network Controller on the Tray 1 is empty. Add 71-530-00 Tray 1 is out of media Add media. Copying and
SBC PWB Cannot Communi- paper printing can continue from
cate RAP other trays.
Refer to 71A RAP and WD
The number of originals 22-503-05 Insufficient originals Re-sort and reload all origi-
was less than the num- detected in the DADH. nals. 7.5
ber originally scanned Tray 1 is nearly empty. 71-535-00 Tray 1 media low Add media. Copying and
Add paper printing can continue from
The output tray is almost 04-569-00 The OCT detects that it The Tray is almost full. The
other trays. Refer to 71A
full is 90% full tray may be emptied now or
when it is full. Copy and print RAP and WD 7.5
services available. Scan ser- Tray 1 is not available. 70-314-00 Trays 1 - 3 out of service Copying and printing are not
vice is available. Notify the system admin- (communications failure) available. If the problem per-
istrator sists, perform the 70-312-00
The output tray is full. 04-568-00 The OCT is full. Empty the tray
Empty the output tray Tray 1 to Tray 3 Communica-
tion Failure RAP
The reprint saved jobs 17-561-00 Reprint saved jobs ser- Switch the machine off then
Tray 1 is not available. 71-313-00 Tray 1 mechanical fail- Copying and printing are not
service cannot un-regis- vice cannot un-register. on, GP 14. Re-printing of
Notify your system ure available. Switch the
ter. Notify your system saved jobs in disabled. If the
administrator problem persists, perform the administrator machine off then on, GP 14.
If the problem persists, per-
16-752-00, 16-753-00 File
form the 71-215-00 Tray 1
Cabinet Application Registra-
tion Error RAP Elevate Up Failure RAP

Status Status
Tray 1 is open 71-301-00 the dedicated tray 1 is Check the paper and close Tray 2 lifting 72-536-00 Tray 2 lifting No service action required.
open the tray. Printing can con- Print and copy services can
tinue from other trays. continue from other trays if
Refer to WD 7.5 the correct media is available
Tray 1 is open 71-302-00 the adjustable tray 1 is Check the paper and close Tray 3 is empty. Add 73-530-00 Tray 3 is out of media Add media. Print and copy
open the tray. Printing can con- paper services can continue from
tinue from other trays. other trays if the correct
Refer to WD 7.5 media is available.
Tray 1 lifting 71-536-00 Tray 1 lifting No service action required. If the problem persists, per-
Print and copy services can form the 73A RAP
continue from other rays if Tray 3 is lifting 73-536-00 Tray 3 lifting Print and copy services can
the correct media is available continue from other trays if
Tray 2 guides are not set 01-545-02 The dedicated tray 2 is Reload required paper and the correct media is available
properly closed with media size correctly adjust the paper Tray 3 is nearly empty. 73-535-00 Tray 3 media low Add media. Print and copy
other than what was set guides Add paper services can continue from
Tray 2 is empty. Add 72-530-00 Tray 2 is out of media Add media. Print and copy other trays if the correct
paper services can continue from media is available
other trays if the correct Tray 3 is not available. 73-313-00 Tray 3 out of service Switch the machine off then
media is available. Refer to Notify your system (mechanical failure) on, GP 14. Print and copy
72A RAP administrator services can continue from
Tray 2 is nearly empty. 72-535-00 Tray 2 media low Add media. Print and copy other trays if the correct
Add paper services can continue from media is available. If the
other trays if the correct problem persists, perform the
media is available 73-212-00 RAP, 73-215-00
RAP
Tray 2 is not available. 72-313-00 Tray 2 out of service Switch the machine off then
Notify your system (mechanical failure) on, GP 14. Print and copy Tray 3 is open 73-301-00 Tray 3 is open Close Tray. Printing can con-
administrator services can continue from tinue from other trays. If the
other trays if the correct problem persists, perform the
media is available. If the 73-320-00 RAP
problem persists, perform the Tray 3 is open. Check 73-300-00 The dedicated tray 3 is Close Tray. Print and copy
72-215-00 Tray 2 Elevate Up paper and close the tray open services can continue from
Failure RAP other trays if the correct
Tray 2 is open 72-302-00 The adjustable tray 2 is Close Tray. Print and copy media is available
open services can continue from Tray 3 is open. Check 73-302-00 The adjustable tray 3 is Close Tray. Print and copy
other rays if the correct paper and close the tray open services can continue from
media is available. other trays if the correct
Refer to 72-320-00 RAP and media is available. If the
WD 7.5 problem persists, perform the
Tray 2 is open. Check 72-301-00 The dedicated tray 2 is Close tray. Print and copy 73-320-00 RAP
paper and close tray open services can continue from
other rays if the correct
media is available. Refer to
72-320-00 RAP and WD 7.5

Status Status
Tray 4 (Bypass) is not 74-313-00 Tray 4 mechanical fail- Switch the machine off then Tray 5 is overloaded. 75-525-00 Tray 5 is overloaded Remove some media. Print
available. Notify your ure on, GP 14. Print and copy Remove some paper and copy services can con-
System Administrator services can continue from tinue from other trays if the
other trays if the correct correct media is available.
media is available. Refer to Perform 75-212-00, 75-215-
the following, 74-101-00, 74- 00 RAP
160-00 to 74-161-00 Bypass Tray 5 is unavailable. 92-536-00 Tray 5 communications Switch the machine off then
Tray Mis-Feed RAP, 74-120- Please call for assis- problems (PfpSerialLink- on, GP 14. Check connection
00 Bypass Tray Guides Move tance. Safety) to printer. If problem per-
in Run RAP and 74-214-00 sists, perform the 92-535-00,
Bypass Tray Nudger Failure 92-536-00 RAP. Copying and
RAP printing are not available
Tray 5 is empty. Add 75-530-00 Tray 5 is out of media Add media. Print and copy Tray 5 is un-docked 75-305-00 Tray 5 is undocked Re-dock tray 5 to the
paper services can continue from machine. Print and copy ser-
other trays if the correct vices can continue from other
media is available. If the trays if the correct media is
problem persists, perform the available. Refer to 75-325-00
75B RAP RAP
Tray 5 is nearly empty. 75-535-00 Tray 5 media low Add media. Print and copy Tray 5 is undocked. 75-305-01 Tray 5 is undocked Re-dock tray 5 to the
Add paper services can continue from machine. Print and copy ser-
other trays if the correct vices can continue from other
media is available. If the trays if the correct media is
problem persists, perform the available. Refer to 75-325-00
75B RAP RAP
Tray 5 is not available. 75-313-00 Tray 5 mechanical fail- Tray 5 is not available. Print Tray 5 lifting 75-536-00 Tray 5 is lifting No action required. Print and
Notify the system admin- ure and copy services can con- copy services can continue
istrator tinue from other trays if the from other trays if the correct
correct media is available. If media is available
the problem persists, perform Tray 5 lowering 75-537-00 Tray 5 is lowering No action required. Print and
the 75-212-00, 75-215-00
copy services can continue
Tray 5 Elevate Up Failure
from other trays if the correct
RAP media is available
Tray 5 is not available. 75-312-00 Tray 5 communications Switch the machine off, GP Tray 6 (inserter) is 12-617-00 Tray 6 (Inserter) detects Add paper to tray 6.
Notify your system failure 14. Check cabling connec-
empty. Add paper no paper present If the problem persists, per-
administrator tions. Switch the machine on,
form the 12J-171 RAP
GP 14. Print and copy ser-
vices can continue from other Tray 6 (inserter) is 12-731-00 Post process inserter Load more media. If the
empty. Load more media tray (tray 6) is empty. problem persists, perform the
for insertion. Jobs will be held if 12J-171 RAP
available. Refer to 75-312-00
RAP inserts are required.
Tray 5 is open 75-301-00 Tray 5 is open Close tray. Print and copy Tray 6 (inserter) is 12-944-00 Inserter capability Check for obstructions in the
unavailable. Check for degraded inserter. If the problem per-
services can continue from
obstructions in the sists, perform the 12-191-00-
other trays if the correct
media is available. Refer to Inserter. 171, 12-193-00-171, 12-194-
00-171, 12-196-00-171 RAP
75A RAP
and 12J-171 RAP

Status Status
Tray 6 (inserter) is 12-744-00 Inserter unavailable The Post Process Inserter is Unexpected paper size 75-103-01 Media size mismatch in Lower Tray 5 using the but-
unavailable. Check for not available. Switch the or type detected from tray 5 (alternate method) ton indicated. Check paper
obstructions. Power off machine off then on, GP 14. tray 5 size, orientation and type.
then on. Check the current fault code Print and copy services can
list for inserter faults and go continue from other trays if
to appropriate RAP the correct media is available
Tray is ready for unload- 12-740-00 Tray is ready for unload- Follow the instructions to Unexpected paper size 75-301-01 Media size mismatch in Lower Tray 5 using the but-
ing. Press the button on ing unload the tray or type detected from tray 5 (alternate method) ton indicated.Check paper
finisher to return tray to tray 5 size, orientation and type
ready position Unexpected paper size 12-750-00 A shorter than expected Follow the message text.
Trays 1 to 3 are not 70-312-00 Communications failure Switch the machine off then or type detected from sheet has been fed from Check the size of the paper
available. Notify your for trays 1 to 3 on, GP 14. If the problem tray 6 (Inserter) the inserter in the inserter. Refer to 12J-
system administrator. persists, perform the 70-312- 171 RAP
00 RAP Unexpected paper size 78-103-00 Media size mismatch in Open Tray 6.Check and con-
Unable to staple. Check 12-901-00 The finisher is in Switch the machine off then or type detected on tray tray 6 firm paper size, orientation
for obstructions in the degraded mode, unable on, GP 14. If the problem 6 (inserter) and type
output trays to staple. persists, perform the 12F- Waste tray is almost full 91-590-00 IME waste tray is almost The tray will need to be emp-
171 RAP and will need emptying full tied soon. Printing and copy-
Unexpected paper size 71-103-00 Media size mismatch in Open tray 1.Check paper soon ing can continue
or type detected from tray 1 (alternate method) size, orientation and type. If Waste tray is full. Please 91-847-00 The waste tray is almost Empty the waste tray, then
tray 1 the problem persists, perform empty the waste tray full and has also been replace it in the machine
the 71B RAP removed
Unexpected paper size 72-103-00 Media match in tray 2 Open Tray 2.Check paper Waste tray is full. Please 91-591-00 IME waste tray is full Empty the tray. Copying and
or type detected from (alternate method) size, orientation and type. empty the waste tray. printing are not available. If
tray 2 Print and copy services can necessary refer to WD 9.4
continue from other rays if
Waste tray locked while 91-589-00 IME waste ink tray is -
the correct media is available
in use. Do not attempt to locked in place to allow it
Unexpected paper size 73-103-00 Media size mismatch in Open Tray 3.Check paper remove to cool
or type detected from tray 3 (alternate method) size, orientation and type. Waste tray not detected 91-584-00 Waste ink tray is missing Install a waste ink tray, PL
tray 3 Print and copy services can
(Missing). Insert the (not full and not present) 91.10 Item 15. Print and copy
continue from other trays if
Waste Tray. services are disabled. If the
the correct media is available problem persists, refer to WD
Unexpected paper size 74-103-00 Media size mismatch in Open Tray 4, check paper 9.4 and 91-832-00 RAP
or type detected from tray 4 (alternate method) size, orientation and type.
Workflow scanning hard- 16-554-00 Network controller - Hardware must be added or
tray 4 (bypass) Print and copy services can
ware must be added or Hardware must be replaced
continue from other trays if replaced. Notify your added or replaced
Refer to WD 8.3
Workflow scanning ser- 17-559-00 Network scanning ser- Switch the machine off then
Unexpected paper size 75-103-00 Media size mismatch in Lower Tray 5 using the but-
vice cannot register. vice cannot register on, GP 14. Scan service is
or type detected from tray 5 (alternate method) ton indicated. Check paper Power off then on and disabled, print and other
tray 5 size, orientation and type.
notify system administra- machine services are unaf-
Print and copy services can
tor fected. If the problem per-
continue from other trays if sists, perform the 16-985-19,
16-986-19 Network Scan-
ning Application Registration
Error RAP

Table 4 Status messages S to Y OF 5 Boot Up Failure RAP
Status Use this RAP if the UI displays The machine is not available or Copying and printing not
UI Message Code Reason for Message Reference / Action available or the machine does not come to a Ready to scan your job state. Also, use this RAP
Yellow Ink is empty. 93-515-00 IME yellow ink is empty Load more yellow solid ink. if the software loading procedure fails.
Load Xerox ColorQube Copying and printing are not
yellow ink. available. Check the ink low Initial Actions
sensor and harness. Refer to WARNING
WD 9.18.
Yellow ink stick is 93-516-00 Ink stick loaded sensor Clear the ink loader jam. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
jammed. Call for assis- actuated. Ink stick trans- Copying and printing are not
tance port motor operated. Ink available
stick not detected by ink
out sensor Check the 7- Segment display unit on the SBC PWB, Table 2. Perform the relevant ser-
Yellow ink stick jam. Add 93-928-00 Yellow ink stick jam Yellow ink stick jam vice actions.
yellow ink to aid jam detected.Load a yellow Ink Pull out the image processing module, OF 6. Check the chassis fan assembly, PL 3.11
recovery. stick to aid jam recovery. Item 5
Copying and printing not If the boot up failure occurs after new components are installed, make sure the new com-
available ponents are compatible with the machine and all PJs correctly seated. Check that no pins
Your Administrator is 16-506-00 The administrator is The system administrator is are damaged.
reconfiguring the sys- reconfigure the system saving the machine configu- Check that all the PJs are seated correctly on the single board controller PWB.
tem. Services will not be ration to a remote station
available Procedure
1. Disconnect the DADH communication / power cable (PJ188 / PJ851), PL 5.10 Item 6.
2. If an LCSS or HVF is installed, disconnect the communication cable and the power cord.
Install a finisher bypass connector, PL 26.10 Item 3.
3. If a fax is installed, remove the fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1.
The machine boots up.
Y N
Check the state of the LEDs on the single board controller PWB, Figure 1. Refer to
Table 1 which indicates the fault state. Perform the relevant service actions.
NOTE: The non-fault state of the LEDs is shown in Figure 1.
Re-install the original fax module. Connect the DADH communication / power cable.
Connect the output device communication cable and power cord.
Connect the DADH communication / power cable (PJ188 / PJ851). Switch on the machine, GP
14. The machine boots up.
Y N
Connect the output device communication cable and power cord. Switch on the machine, GP
14. The machine boots up.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-603 OF 4b, OF 5
Y N Table 1 Single board controller PWB
The output device is a HVF with a booklet maker.
LED
Y N
LED ID colour Fault State Description
CR7 Green A code appears A alpha-numeric codes appear in the win-
OCT, PL 12.00 Item 1.
dow, refer to OF 16. The decimal point is
LCSS PWB, PL 12.75 Item 1. the heartbeat and pulses.
HVF PWB, PL 12.140 Item 2. CR8 Green Off +1.8V SLEEP failure
Indicates a voltage supply or regulation
Disconnect the booklet maker PWB. The machine boots up.
fault. Install a new single board controller
Y N PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
CR9 Green Off Image clock disabled
Install a new BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.
CR12 Green Off Indicates a voltage supply or regulation
If necessary, reload the software. Refer to GP 4 Machine Software. fault. Install a new single board controller
PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13. If CR4 or CR5 are
also off, install a new power distribution
Table 1 Single board controller PWB PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1.
LED CR14 Red On Indicates power failure

LED ID colour Fault State Description
CR24 Green On Indicates that the FPGA is not programmed.
CR1 Green Off 1.8V failure.
Install a new single board controller PWB,
Indicates a voltage supply or regulation
PL 3.11 Item 13.
fault. Install a new single board controller
PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13. CR10, CR11, - - Not used
CR13
CR2 Red On (with a SIM NOTE: This LED is normally off if a SIM
Internet connec- Check the ethernet cable. If necessary,
card installed) card is installed, but flashes briefly when
tor left side PJ14 Green / Off install a new single board controller PWB,
the SIM card is accessed. If the LED does
not flash during SIM card access, this can Yellow PL 3.11 Item 13.
indicate a fault. If a SIM card is not installed, Internet connec- NOTE: This LED should be on or flashing
this LED will be on. tor right side Green / Off during data transfer.
PJ14 Yellow
The SIM card is corrupt or does not contain Check the ethernet cable.
the correct serial number. Install a new SIM
card of the same type, PL 3.11 Item 22. Refer to Figure 1 for the location and state of the LEDs on the single board controller PWB in a
Refer to GP 19. non-fault condition.
CR3 Green Flashing Check that the SIM card serial number and
the machine chassis numbers match. Install Table 2 7-Segment LED display
a new SIM card of the same type, PL 3.11 Decimal
Item 22. Refer to GP 19. Fault point
If the fault persists, install a new single POST code name code status Code Description Service action
Display Test 8 On Initial 7 segment display LED display or SBC PWB.
CR4 Green Off Indicates +3.3V failure. Check harnesses test Check that the NVM mod-
and install as necessary a new power distri-
ule PWB is fitted correctly,
bution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1 and a single
PL 3.11 Item 17. Install a
board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13. new SBC PWB, PL 3.11
CR5 Green Off Indicates +3.3V failure. Check harnesses Item 13
and install as necessary a new power distri-
PWBA 1 Off Failed explorer controller Install a new SBC PWB,
bution PWB, PL 3.11 Item 1 and a single
PL 3.11 Item 13.

Table 2 7-Segment LED display Table 2 7-Segment LED display
Decimal Decimal
Fault point Fault point
POST code name code status Code Description Service action POST code name code status Code Description Service action
System memory 2 Flashing Failed system memory Install a new System Machine attempt- H Flashing OS resuming drivers None, for diagnostic infor-
memory PWB, PL 3.11 ing sleep wake-up mation only information
Item 4 only
EPC Memory 3 Flashing Failed EPC memory Install a new EPC memory
PWB, PL 3.11 Item 21 NOTE: On Application power up the 7-segment display cycles around displaying these codes
NVM and RTC 4 Flashing Failed NVM memory Install a new NVM mod- until the relevant platform has fully synchronized with the system. Any code left displayed after
Module ule PWB, PL 3.11 Item 17 power up indicates this event has not been detected in software and is a probable s/w issue
Flash Module 5 Flashing Failed flash memory Flash module. Install a
new SBC PWB, PL 3.11
Item 13.
External Hard Drive 6 Flashing Failed external hard Install a new External hard
drive drive, PL 3.11 Item 2
RTC module 7 Flashing Failed RTC RTC module. Install a new
SBC PWB, PL 3.11 Item
13.
Initial entry to ker- 0 Flashing Waiting for power normal No action, no POST fault
nel code detected
U-boot complete 9 Flashing U-boot hand over con- Kernel software
trol to kernel
Kernel starting user U Flashing Kernel starting user Kernel / run time software
space space
Machine in ready Blank Flashing None, no fault detected No action, no fault
mode detected
UI platform avail- A Flashing UI platform available See NOTE
able
IIT comms estab- b Flashing IIT comms established See NOTE
lished
NC platform avail- C Flashing NC platform available See NOTE
able
Dc platform avail- d Flashing Dc platform available See NOTE
able
IOT comms estab- E Flashing IOT comms established See NOTE
lished
Fax comms estab- F Flashing Fax comms established See NOTE
lished Only if Fax installed
Figure 1 Single board controller PWB
Machine attempt- L Flashing OS suspending drivers, None, for diagnostic infor-
ing sleep entry entering sleep mation only information
(Split power plane TBC) only
Machine in sleep r Flashing Resting in sleep None, for diagnostic infor-
state mation only
Machine in semi- t Flashing Running in semi-con- None, for diagnostic infor-
conscious state scious mode mation only

OF 6 Fans and Air Systems RAP OF 7 Sleep Mode RAP
Use this RAP to diagnose faulty machine fans. Faulty fans can cause smells or overheating. Use this RAP when the machine has problems entering or leaving the sleep (energy saving)
mode.
WARNING WARNING
NOTE: Bear in mind that not all fans operate all of the time that the machine is switched on. In sleep mode, check that the machine is running very quietly and check that only the green
LED on top of the power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2 is lit. In this mode the sleep mode button at
Identify the suspect fan.
the right end of the UI keyboard, is illuminated with a green lamp. In run mode, all three power
Check the harness to the fan. supply LEDs are lit.
Check for damage or debris that restricts the movement of the fan.
Procedure
From Table 1, check that the fan operates and in the correct direction.
The following signals are used to control and monitor the active state of the machine:
Refer to the following:
The indicated PJ. Active 24V. Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4.
The indicated PWB that supplies the fan. Source - Power Supply Unit, PJDC2, pin 24.
GP 10 How to Check a Motor. Destination - Drum Driver PWB, PJ902, pin 24.
Action - This signal informs the drum driver PWB that the +24V supply is switched
As necessary, install a new fan, or the assembly containing the fan, referring to the indicated
on. When this supply is on, it also enables the +5V, +12V and -12V supplies.
parts list reference.
Active 24V signal level - This is +3.3V when the machine is in the normal mode and
In Table 1. The power supply fan blows air into the machine and the other fans blow air out 0V in sleep mode.
towards the back of the machine. Active 50V. Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4.
Source - Power Supply Unit, PJDC2, pin 26.
Table 1 Fan information Destination - Drum Driver PWB, PJ902, pin 26.
Name WD No. PWB PJ Parts List Reference Action - This signal informs the drum driver PWB that the +50V supply is switched
on.
Chassis fan WD 1.7 Power distribution PJ7 PL 3.11 Item 5
PWB Active 50V signal level - This is +3.3V when the machine is in the normal mode and
Drum cooling fan WD 9.1 Drum driver PWB PJ501 PL 94.20 Item 4 0V in sleep mode.
Marking unit fan WD 9.4 Drum driver PWB PJ901 PL 1.15 Item 23 Energy Star 24V. Refer to WD 9.4 and WD 1.4.
Abatement fan WD 9.4 Drum driver PWB PJ901 PL 94.20 Item 11 Source - Drum Driver PWB, PJ902, pin 27.
Enclosure fan WD 9.4 Drum driver PWB PJ901 PL 1.15 Item 6 Destination - Power Supply Unit, PJDC2, pin 27.
Power supply fan - Power supply unit - PL 1.15 Item 2 Action - This signal reports back to the power supply unit that the +24V supply was
switched off when the machine entered sleep mode, and Energy Star became
active. Switching this supply off, also switched off the +5V, +12V and -12V supplies.
Energy Star 24V signal level - This is +3.3V when the machine is in the normal mode
and is 0V in sleep mode.
Energy Star 50V. Refer to WD 9.4 and WD 1.4.
Source - Drum Driver PWB, PJ902, pin 28.
Destination - Power Supply Unit, PJDC2, pin 28.
Action - This signal reports back to the power supply unit that the +50V supply was
switched off when the machine entered sleep mode, and Energy Star became
active.
Energy Star 50V signal level - This is +3.3V when the machine is in the normal mode
and is 0V in sleep mode.

Analogue Power Gauge 24V. Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4. OF 8 Multi-feed RAP
Source - Power Supply Unit, PJDC2, pin 31.
To solve several sheet multi-feeds or extra blank sheet output problems.
Destination - Drum Driver PWB, PJ902, pin 31.
Action - This signal informs the drum driver PWB that the +24V power used is within
the expected range.
Initial Actions
Analogue power gauge 24V signal level - This is an analogue signal between 0V and WARNING
+3.3V. When this signal is below +2.11 volts, the power used is within the expected Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
range. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Analogue Power Gauge 50V. Refer to WD 1.4 and WD 9.4. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Source - Power Supply Unit, PJDC2, pin 29. Check the condition of the paper. Do not use incorrectly cut paper, damp paper, paper
with rough edges, badly drilled paper, paper with wrapper wax or glue contamination.
Destination - Drum Driver PWB, PJ902, pin 29.
Refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
Action - This signal informs the drum driver PWB that the +50V supply power used is
within the expected range. Check the paper specification, GP 20.
Analogue power gauge 50V signal level - This is an analogue signal between 0V and Multi-feed from the bypass tray, go to 74A By-pass Tray RAP
+3.3V. When this signal is below +2.11 volts, the power used is within the expected
range. Procedure
The above signals are carried on a ribbon cable and are therefore difficult to measure. Check When checking for multi-feeds always use a new ream of paper. If a new ream can not be
that the cable is in good condition and is securely and correctly connected. Install new compo- used, then perform the following:
nents as required:
1. Fan the paper.
Drum driver power supply interface cable, PL 1.15 Item 10. 2. Turn the paper round or turn the paper over.
Drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4. 3. Remove four or five sheets from the top of the stack.
Power supply unit, PL 1.15 Item 2. 4. When loading multi-reams of paper into tray 3. Remove the top and bottom sheet from
Check the power supplies during normal or sleep mode as follows: each ream. This will prevent ream interface multi-feeds.
Tray 1 and Tray 2
+3.3V ESTAR. Refer to WD 1.3. This supply is switched on both in normal and sleep Check the following:
modes. If necessary, go to 01B +3.3V ESTAR Distribution RAP.
1. Check that the paper tray side guides are set to the correct paper size.
+3.3V. Refer to WD 1.6. This supply is switched on both in normal and sleep modes. If
2. The paper tray drops down when the tray is pulled out and the tray elevates up when
necessary, go to 01C +3.3V Distribution RAP.
pushed in.
+5V. Refer to WD 1.3. This supply is switched on during normal mode and is switched off
a. Check the paper feed assembly, REP 81.1.
during sleep mode. If necessary, go to 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
b. Check the paper feed rolls, REP 81.4.
during sleep mode. If necessary, go to 01E +12V Distribution RAP. c. Check that the clutch assembly, tray 1, PL 81.25 Item 4 or tray 2, PL 81.26 Item 4,
-12V. Refer to WD 1.3. This supply is switched on during normal mode and is switched off has a torque resistance and does not rotate freely.
during sleep mode. If necessary, go to 01F -12V Distribution RAP. d. Install new components as necessary, Tray 1, PL 81.25, Tray 2, PL 81.26.
+17V. Refer to WD 1.5. This supply changes voltage according to the machine mode. 3. The paper trays for worn, broken or missing components.
When the machine is switched on, the machine enters Print Engine Self Test (PEST) and a. Install new components as necessary, PL 70.10 Item 1.
this supply is measured at about +17V. When the machine enters normal running mode, Tray 3
this supply rises to +24V. When the machine enters sleep mode, this supply returns to
about +17V. It is used to generate the +3.3V for the IIT. If necessary, go to 01G +17V Dis-
tribution RAP. 1. The tray moves down when the tray is pulled out, and moves up when the tray is closed.
+24V. Refer to WD 1.3. This supply is switched on during normal mode and is switched off a. Check tray 3 paper feed assembly, REP 81.2.
during sleep mode. If necessary, go to 01H +24V Distribution RAP. b. Check that the clutch assembly, PL 81.30 Item 4 has a torque resistance and does
not rotate freely.
during sleep mode. If necessary, go to 01J +50V Distribution RAP. c. Install new components as necessary, PL 81.30 Item 1.
-50V. Refer to WD 1.3. This supply is switched on during normal mode and is switched off 2. The paper tray for worn, broken or missing components. Install new components as nec-
during sleep mode. If necessary, go to 01K -50V Distribution RAP. essary, PL 73.15.

ColorQube 9303 Family 2-607 OF 7, OF 8
Tray 5 OF 9 Ink Stick Count Mismatch
Check the following: Use this RAP when the number of ink sticks in the ink loader does not correspond with the per-
1. The tray moves down when the door is opened, and moves up when the door is closed. cent values shown on the UI display.
a. Check the tray 5 paper feed assembly. REP 81.7.
b. Check the tray 5 paper feed rollers, PL 81.45 Item 2. The NVRAM value is read by the software and processed internally. It is actually the approxi-
mate number of micrograms of ink left in the ink loader and is not a percentage. The percent-
c. Install new components as necessary, PL 75.68, PL 75.70.
age is computed by the software and updated by the IME software to the UI.
Bypass Tray
Perform the following: Procedure
1. Ensure that the customer is not filling the tray above the max fill line. Only perform this procedure when:
2. Clean the feed roll and retard pad with a damp cloth with water.
3. Check that the clutch, PL 74.10 Item 5 has a torque resistance and does not rotate freely. There is more than one ink stick difference between the number of ink sticks in the ink
4. Install a new clutch, feed roll, nudger and retard roll, PL 74.10. loader and the indicated value on the UI.
If the NVM values have been corrupted.
1. Remove the rear cover, PL 81.10 Item 1.

2. Remove the ink loader access cover rear, PL 81.10 Item 7.
3. Check the number of ink sticks in the loader.
4. Enter Service mode, GP 1.
5. Select Adjustments.
6. Select dC131 NVM Read / Write.
7. Enter the NVM ID from the list below:
Cyan NVM ID 420-001.
Magenta NVM ID 420-002.
Yellow NVM ID 420-003.
Black NVM ID 420-004.
8. Select Read. The NVM description and value will be displayed.
9. To calculate the new values which are nominal mass and measured in micrograms:
Black ink stick has a mass value = 204000000 micrograms.
Colour ink stick has a mass value = 189000000 micrograms
Count the number of complete ink sticks and estimate the size of the ink stick in the melt
plate assembly. Make the calculation using the mass values for each ink colour. Enter the
values in the NVM for each colour.
10. To modify the ink level value:
a. Select the NVM ID for the ink stick to be changed.
b. Select Read.
c. Select +/- in the Value of ink level box.
d. Enter the new value using the key pad. If the wrong value is entered, press C to back
space.
e. Select Write to enter the new value in the NVM.
f. Select Call Closeout and Exit only.
11. Switch the machine off, then switch the machine on, GP 14.
12. Check that the number of ink sticks in the ink loader correlates with the ink level indicator
on the user interface.

OF 10 Intermittent Failure RAP Check that the customer power does not drop below the specification when the copier is
making copies; use a digital meter and select Peak Hold. Refer to GP 22 Electrical
Use this RAP to locate failures when no specific cause can be found, i.e. if the machine resets
Power Requirements.
to Ready to scan your job or Please wait during a print / copy run, or a fault code occurs
which cannot easily be repeated. External Electrical Equipment Checkout
WARNING
Initial Actions Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause death or injury.
WARNING CAUTION
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do If you suspect that the customer power is incorrect, DO NOT try to correct the customer power.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause DO NOT reconnect the machine. Inform the customer and your manager.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Perform the following:
WARNING Ask the customer if there is any electrical equipment, which uses a large amount of cur-
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. rent, that is connected to the same supply circuit as the machine.
Perform the following to gather additional information about the fault: With the customer's assistance, check if the failure occurs when electrical equipment near
Ask the customer if there are any specific print / copier functions that cause the fault to to the machine is switched ON or OFF.
occur; e.g. using the input or output module, or making reduced images. If possible, connect the machine to a different supply circuit from the equipment that is
causing the problem.
Enter Machine Status and check the active messages and the event log. If a fault code is
raised when the failure occurs, then go to the appropriate RAP. Common Causes Checkout
Make copies and observe where the paper stops and which components are switched ON Make the following checks of common causes of intermittent failures:
or OFF when the failure occurs. Check for intermittent connections in the wiring to the LED exposure lamp.
Check if there is a repeating pattern to the failure. Check that the front door interlock switch is fully actuated by the front door interlock actu-
ator. If the fault is eliminated when an interlock cheater is installed, check that the inter-
Procedure lock actuator is not damaged. Install new parts as necessary.
Go to the relevant checkout: Check that the chassis fan, PL 3.11 Item 5 is working correctly. Refer to OF 6 Fans and
Customer Power Supply Checkout Air Systems RAP.
External Electrical Equipment Checkout Connectors and Wiring Checkout

Common Causes Checkout Refer to REP 1.1 for details of wiring harness repair.
Connectors and Wiring Checkout
Power Supply Checkout
Visible signs of damage to the wiring and the ribbon cables. Especially check wiring to
EPROMs Checkout
components that move.
Electric Motors Checkout
Check for pinched wires near moving parts.
Solenoids and Clutches Checkout
The DADH module harness for broken wiring and ensure that the earth terminals are
Switches and Sensors Checkout secure.
Electrostatic Discharge Checkout To check for wire breaks inside insulation, gently pull the relevant connector and wire
Paper Trays 1 to 5 Checkout while measuring continuity.
Output Device Checkout Check that all the PWB and in-line connections are good; refer to PJ Locations.
Customer Power Supply Checkout Check the continuity of the ground connections to the input and output modules.
WARNING Check that all the input and output module static eliminators are connected correctly and
in good condition; refer to the relevant input or output module RAP.
CAUTION
Power Supply Checkout
Check the power cord for continuity.
If you suspect that the customer AC power is incorrect, DO NOT try to correct the customer
power. DO NOT reconnect the printer. Inform the customer and your manager.
Measure the customer power voltage at the power outlet and check that the customer
EPROMs Checkout
power is within specification. Refer to GP 22 Electrical Power Requirements. Check that the NVM module PWB, EPC memory PWB and system memory PWB are installed
correctly. If necessary, reseat or install new components, PL 3.11.

Electric Motors Checkout Ground connection on the power cord, PL 12.75.
Refer to GP 10 How to Check a Motor and perform the following: Static eliminator on bin 0 entry, PL 12.60 Item 7.
Disconnect each motor in turn to locate the motor that is causing the fault. When the Static eliminator on the tamper assembly, PL 12.45 Item 5.
faulty motor has been located, install a new motor. Static eliminator on the bin 1 entry, PL 12.65 Item 7.
If the fault still exists, locate the PWB that drives the motor and install a new PWB. Check that all of the connectors on the LCSS PWB are pushed fully home. Ensure
Solenoids and Clutches Checkout that all of the ground wires are connect to the frame.
Check all the harnesses for damage and short circuit to ground.
Refer to GP 12 How to Check a Solenoid or Clutch and perform the following:
HVF. Check the following:
Check that the components are installed correctly.
Ground connection to the power supply unit, PL 12.140 Item 4.
Check that there is no mechanical binding, slipping or interference.
Static eliminator on BM entry. PL 12.150 Item 26.
Enter the relevant output codes and check that the energizing of the components is reli-
able. Check if the fault is caused when the components de-energize. Exit brush on HVF upper exit guide, PL 12.125 Item 8.
If it is suspected that a clutch or solenoid is faulty, install a new component as necessary. Static eliminator on BM exit, PL 12.185 Item 16.
If the fault still exists, locate the PWB that drives the component and install a new PWB. Exit brush on the Tri folder right hand frame, PL 12.215 Item 13.
Switches and Sensors Checkout Ground wire on the BM compiler motor, PL 12.175 Item 1.
Ground wire on the BM back stop motor, PL 12.160 Item 4.
Refer to GP 11 How to Check a Sensor and GP 13 How to Check a Switch and perform the fol-
lowing: Ground wires to HVF buffer motor and transport motor 2, PL 12.120 Item 1.
Check that the components are clean and installed correctly. Ensure that the wiring to the Ground wires to HVF transport motor 1 and bypass feed motor, PL 12.120 Item 2.
components is connected correctly. Ground wire between the BM flapper bracket, PL 12.150 Item 24 and the crease
Enter the relevant input codes and check that the sensing of the components is reliable. blade assembly, PL 12.170 Item 13.
Check if the fault is caused when the components are actuated. Ground wire between the crease blade assembly, PL 12.170 Item 13 and the BM
If it is suspected that a switch or sensor is faulty, install a new component as necessary. tamper bracket, PL 12.155 Item 12.
If the fault still exists, locate the PWB that controls the component and install a new PWB. Ground wire between the base of the HVF and the BM.
Electrostatic Discharge Checkout Check that all of the connectors on the HVF PWB, and BM PWB are pushed fully
home. Ensure that all of the ground wires are connected to the frame.
Refer to GP 7 System Grounding Verification and perform the following:
Where the Tri Folder PWB and the Inserter PWB options are installed check that the
If the fault only occurs when feeding from a specific paper tray, go to Paper Trays 1 to 5
PWB connectors are pushed fully home. Ensure that all of the ground wires are con-
Checkout.
nected to the frame
Check that all EPROMs and the NVM module PWB are seated correctly and that the con-
Ground wire on the Inserter PWB, PL 12.310 Item 9.
nectors are not damaged.
Inserter docking PJ and connector.
Paper Trays 1 to 5 Checkout Check all the harnesses for damage and short circuit to ground.
Check that the paper tray size detection sensors match the size of paper in the trays.
Check that the control panel indicators display the correct size of paper.
Perform the Electrostatic Discharge Checkout.
Refer to the appropriate RAPs to check the operations of sensors, feed components and
associated harnessing.
71-101-00 to 71-161-00 Tray 1 Misfeed RAP
75-101-00, 75-160-00 to 75-161-00 Tray 5 Misfeed RAP
74-101-00, 74-160-00 to 74-161-00 Bypass Tray Misfeed RAP
Output Device Checkout
To run the machine without the output device connected, use a finisher bypass harness, PL
26.10 Item 7. If the problem is cleared, then go to the appropriate output device.
LCSS. Check the following:

OF 11 Unable to Load Ink Sticks OF 12 Service Code RAP
When the machine powers off the key plate is moved to prevent the customer from loading ink Where a fault occurs on the machine but the machine is still able to run the status is displayed
sticks with the power off. This is to ensure that the ink sticks count will be correct. in the machine service code.

WARNING To find out the service code status of the machine select the machine status key. The service
code is displayed on the bottom left of the screen on the Machine Information tab, Figure 1.
Check that the machine is on the correct service plan, GP 34. 3
Check that the correct ink sticks are being used for the service plan, GP 34. Machine information tab.
Procedure
CAUTION
The ink key motor can overheat if run repeatedly. Allow 2 minutes between each run of the ink
key motor.
To observe the operation of the key plate when in diagnostics. Open the ink loader access
cover, PL 81.10 Item 5. Use a magnet to cheat the ink loader cover switch, PL 93.10 Item 19.
Enter dC330 code 93-051 or 052 or 053, to run the ink key plate motor, MOT93-051, PL 93.10
Item 14. MOT93-051 runs.
Y N
Refer to:
Install new components as necessary: 1 2
Ink key plate motor, PL 93.10 Item 14. Select machine status Service code number.
Ink loader upper assembly, PL 93.10 Item 1. key.
The key plate moves when the motor runs.

Y N
Perform a dC361 NVM Save and Restore. Perform a dC301 NVM Initialization to re-cali-
brate the machine. The key plate moves to the correct position Figure 1 Service mode screen
Y N
Perform a NVM restore the original NVM values. Perform a software load GP 4. 1. Identify the service code in the bottom left corner of the UI, Figure 1.
If the problem is still present, install a new ink loader upper assembly, PL 93.10 Item The service codes are listed in Table 1, the action needed is marked as 1.
1.
The service actions required to correct the faults are listed in Table 2.
Refer to dC301 and perform the actions required to re-calibrate the machine. 2. If there is more than one fault to the service code, ensure all actions are completed before
moving onto the next stage.
The fault may be intermittent, check the wiring to the ink key plate motor. Clean the ink loading Once the fault is fixed the service code on the UI will refresh to 0 when service mode is closed.
area to ensure that the ink key plate moves smoothly. If necessary, install a new ink loader
upper assembly, PL 93.10 Item 1.

NOTE: A number other than 0 indicates a fault. Table 1 Service code table
Drum IOD IOD Y Run Reg / Transfix
Drive PEST Chronic out IOD in Preheat Calibration
Table 1 Service code table Service Belt Warning Jets NVRAM Degraded Calibrated NVRAM
Code Error Exist Detected Reset Mode Required Reset
Drum IOD IOD Y Run Reg / Transfix
Drive PEST Chronic out IOD in Preheat Calibration 35 0 1 0 0 0 1 1
Service Belt Warning Jets NVRAM Degraded Calibrated NVRAM 36 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
Code Error Exist Detected Reset Mode Required Reset 37 0 1 0 0 1 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 0 1 0 0 1 1 0
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 39 0 1 0 0 1 1 1
2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 40 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
3 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 41 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
4 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 42 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
5 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 43 0 1 0 1 0 1 1
6 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 44 0 1 0 1 1 0 0
7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 45 0 1 0 1 1 0 1
8 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 46 0 1 0 1 1 1 0
9 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 47 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
10 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 48 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
11 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 49 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
12 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 50 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
13 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 51 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
14 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 52 0 1 1 0 1 0 0
15 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 53 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
16 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 54 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
17 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 55 0 1 1 0 1 1 1
18 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 56 0 1 1 1 0 0 0
19 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 57 0 1 1 1 0 0 1
20 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 58 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
21 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 59 0 1 1 1 0 1 1
22 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 60 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
23 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 61 0 1 1 1 1 0 1
24 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 62 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
25 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 63 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
26 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 64 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
27 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 65 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
28 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 66 1 0 0 0 0 1 0
29 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 67 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
30 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 68 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
31 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 69 1 0 0 0 1 0 1
32 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 70 1 0 0 0 1 1 0
33 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 71 1 0 0 0 1 1 1
34 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 72 1 0 0 1 0 0 0

Table 1 Service code table Table 1 Service code table
Drum IOD IOD Y Run Reg / Transfix Drum IOD IOD Y Run Reg / Transfix
Drive PEST Chronic out IOD in Preheat Calibration Drive PEST Chronic out IOD in Preheat Calibration
Service Belt Warning Jets NVRAM Degraded Calibrated NVRAM Service Belt Warning Jets NVRAM Degraded Calibrated NVRAM
Code Error Exist Detected Reset Mode Required Reset Code Error Exist Detected Reset Mode Required Reset
73 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 111 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
74 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 112 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
75 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 113 1 1 1 0 0 0 1
76 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 114 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
77 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 115 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
78 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 116 1 1 1 0 1 0 0
79 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 117 1 1 1 0 1 0 1
80 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 118 1 1 1 0 1 1 0
81 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 119 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
82 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 120 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
83 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 121 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
84 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 122 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
85 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 123 1 1 1 1 0 1 1
86 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 124 1 1 1 1 1 0 0
87 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 125 1 1 1 1 1 0 1
88 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 126 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
89 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 127 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
90 1 0 1 1 0 1 0
91 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
92 1 0 1 1 1 0 0
Table 2 Service Actions
93 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
94 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 Fault Description Actions Required
95 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 Drum drive belt error Drum drive belt is worn or dam- Go to 94-547-00, 94-555-00 Y-axis
96 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 aged. Belt Ratio Error RAP
97 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 PEST Warnings Check dC123 PEST Fault His- Go to the appropriate RAP
Exist tory for PEST chain link errors.
98 1 1 0 0 0 1 0
Chronic jets detected Chronic jets are detected on Go to 91-638-00 IOD Detects
99 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
one or more printheads. Chronic Jet Error RAP
100 1 1 0 0 1 0 0
Y run out NVM reset The NVRAM has been cor- Perform dC977 Drum Run out Cali-
101 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 rupted and was reset to bration.
102 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 default.or dC301 with Domain =
103 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 Copier, NVM Data = System or
104 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 All, was done resetting the
NVRAM
105 1 1 0 1 0 0 1
IOD in degraded Print quality is suboptimal. Go to 91-636-00 IOD in Degraded
106 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
mode Mode RAP. If the fault remains,
107 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 check the stitch adjust and roll
108 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 adjust motor lead screws, PL 91.20
109 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 Item 21 and PL 91.25 Item 21 for
110 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 cracks. Install new components as
necessary.

Table 2 Service Actions OF 13 Convenience Stapler RAP
Fault Description Actions Required To identify problems with the convenience stapler.
Registration / Pre- The NVRAM has been cor- Perform dC625 Registration / Pre-
heat Calibration is rupted and was reset to default heat Calibration Procedure
required or dC301 with Domain = Copier, WARNING
NVM Data = System or All, was
done resetting the NVRAM
Transfix Calibration The NVRAM has been cor- The transfix calibration values need
NVRAM Reset rupted and was reset to default to be entered from the labels on the
or dC301 with Domain = Copier, engine frame. Enter dC978 Transfix WARNING
NVM Data = System or All, was Calibration Values. Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause death or injury.
done resetting the NVRAM CAUTION
Incorrect voltage may damage the convenience stapler. The convenience stapler must not be
connected to the power outlet if the voltage is incorrect.
NOTE: There are no serviceable components in the convenience stapler.
Figure 1 shows the convenience stapler.

Check that the power lead is correctly connected to the convenience stapler PL 25.10 Item 1.
Check the AC mains (line) voltage at the customer power outlet. The voltage measured is
within the power requirements, GP 22.
Y N
If the voltages are incorrect or the wiring of the main supply is found to be defective,
inform your technical manager and the customer. Do not attempt to repair or adjust the
customer supply.
Install a new convenience stapler, PL 25.10 Item 1.

OF 14 Extensible Interface Platform RAP
Use this RAP when experiencing faults with the Xerox Extensible Interface Platform.
Procedure
WARNING
1. Refer to WD 3.1. Check the communications cable between PJ905 on the UI PWB to
PJ19 on the single board controller PWB. If necessary, repair the wiring, REP 1.1, or
install a new harness, PL 2.10 Item 7.
Convenience stapler Single board controller PWB, PL 3.11 Item 13.
UI PWB, PL 2.10 Item 2.
2. Go to 02-321-00 XEIP Browser Dead RAP.

OF 15 Xerox Secure Access RAP Perform the steps that follow:
Check the connection between the Card Reader and the Secure Access Authentication
Overview Device.
Xerox Secure Access uses an external device, such as a card reader or biometric device, to Check which LEDs are on or blinking on the Secure Access Authentication Device. If the
authorize access to the machine. The reader then passes the information to the controller,
LEDs on the Secure Access Authentication Device are not operating, go to Secure
which handles the authentication process, including which GUI screens are displayed, accept-
Access Authentication Device Failure.
ing GUI responses that defines their content and order. The controller can pass user identities
and passwords directly to the machine after gathering the data from an external server. All Check for the LEDs are on or blinking on the Card Reader. If the LEDs on the Card
Reader are not operating, go to Card Reader Failure.
communication is via a secure network link, Figure 1 Network Diagram.
If customers have problems of install / setting up, or any other problems related to their
Xerox Secure Access is controlled via the CentreWare Web GUI. The active status is displayed Secure Access Administrator, they should refer to the Installation / Administration Guide
in tools within Access Control. If communications cannot be established with the Xerox Secure or contact Xerox Technical Support.
Access Server, the service may be temporarily disabled by touching the now enabled Off but- Secure Access Authentication Device Failure
ton within the Xerox Secure Access tools window. Once communication is re-established the
The primary failure modes are power problems or failed hardware components. The symptom
stored Xerox Secure Access setting are restored.
of these failures can be detected by observing the LEDs on the Secure Access Authentication
Device, Figure 2.
Card reader or
biometric device Server
Client PC
Machine
Ethernet - secure link
Ethernet
Authentication device
Controller Down link port
Card reader
Up link port Power supply connection
connection
Figure 1 Network Diagram
Figure 2 Authentication device

Initial Actions
WARNING Check the power to the Secure Access Authentication Device.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Check the power supply at the wall socket. If there is no power at the wall socket, have
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause the customer restore power and continue when confirmed.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Disconnect the power cord from the wall socket and the power supply. Check the power
Before working on the Xerox Secure Access, test the machine in the service mode to ensure cord for continuity and damage. If necessary install a new power cord.
no faults are displayed and that the machine is functioning properly. If it is not, repair any prob- Disconnect the power cord from the power supply and plug the power cord into the wall
lems before proceeding with diagnosing the Secure Access Accessory. Diagnostics can be outlet. Using a multimeter, check for line voltage at the end of the power cord discon-
entered to test copier functionality when Secure Access is installed. nected from the power supply. If there is power at the wall but not at the end of the power
cord. Install a new power cord.

Disconnect the small power cord from the Secure Access Authentication Device. Check If the UI on the machine is locked and no secondary PIN is required. Check that the Xerox
there is +5V at the connector that plugs into the Secure Access Authentication Device. If Secure Access is installed correctly, and ask customer to check the configuration at the
there is no +5V, install a new the power supply. server.
There is a Keyed switch on the end of the Secure Access Authentication Device. Obtain The Red LED on the Card Reader is On
the key from the customer. Insert the key into the keyed switch and cycle the switch 1 This indicates the Card Reader is in an idle state. If the red LED remains on, and the UI
quarter turn clockwise and then back to its start position. Observe the LEDs and listen for remains locked after a card is swiped, re-orient the card and re-swipe.
an audible tone.
Try a known good card in the reader. If the other card is working on the problem Card
If the LEDs on the Secure Access Authentication Device Uplink and Downlink Ethernet Reader. Ask customer to make sure the card corresponds to a valid Secure Access
ports do not cycle on and off as the controller goes through its boot-up process, or if the Account.
audible tone is not heard. Install a new Secure Access Authentication Device.
Try the card in a known good reader. If the card is working on a known good Card Reader,
NOTE: A new device will require the Secure Access Administrator to reconfigure the it may be a problem with the Secure Access Authentication Device. Check to see is the
server with the new MAC address of the new part. Be sure to inform the Secure Access LEDs on the Secure Access Authentication Device are on.
Administrator of the MAC address of the device being removed and the MAC address of The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Slowly
the new device This indicates the reader is connected to the controller but the controller is not connected
to the server. Check the Ethernet green LED on the Authentication Device.
Card Reader Failure
If the Ethernet green LED on the Authentication Device is off, make sure the connectors
The primary failure modes are power problems or failed hardware components. The symptom
of the LAN connections are working properly. If the connections are working, this indi-
of these failures can be detected by observing the LED on the Card Reader. Table 1. cates the network may not work properly. Ask customer to check with Network Adminis-
trator.
The Green LED on the Card Reader is On
If the Ethernet green LED on the Authentication Device is either on or flashing, contact
The Green LED on the Card Reader Flashes Rapidly
the Secure Access Administrator.
The Red LED on the Card Reader is On
The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Rapidly
The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Slowly
This indicates a valid card but does not correspond to a valid Secure Access Account at
The Red LED on Card Reader Flashes Rapidly the server, test with a known valid users card.
The Card Reader LEDs are not On or Blinking If all cards react the same way, this indicates the Server Configuration may not be correct.
Ask customer to check the Server Configuration.
Table 1 LED identification
If all the card react this way, this indicates the cards are not valid. Ask customer to check
When the LED on the the Server Configuration
card reader is Meaning The Card Reader LEDs are not On or Blinking
Red The authentication device is in idle mode; there is no active Check to see is the Secure Access is correctly installed.
session. If there is still no LED on the Card Reader, install a new the Card Reader.
Green The authentication device is in ready mode; a session is active.
NOTE: if there is another working Card Reader available, the readers can be changed
Slow flashing red The authentication device has no connection to the server.
over to confirm failure.
Slow flashing green The authentication device is communicating to the server.
Fast flashing red Invalid card / password; access denied If the Card Reader is not functioning, the web page of the machine has a setting that will
enable UI keypad access. If the users know their card access number, they can use the
machine by manually entering their number. The process is as follows:
The Green LED on the Card Reader is On
1. Go to the machine web page under properties and then security and check the box
This indicates an active Secure Access Session and the Card Read correctly corre- that says Allow local user interface initiation.
sponds to a valid Secure Access Account.
2. Enable the keypad and test with valid credentials. This will validate the rest of the
If the UI on the machine is locked, check with the customer for a second PIN number for secure access function.
additional security. This PIN number will need to be entered via the soft keys on the UI. 3. Leave it in this mode until the new card reader can be installed.
Ensure that the card corresponds to a valid Secure Access Account.
The Green LED on the Card Reader Flashes Rapidly
This indicates a valid card swipe and in the process of authentication on the server.
If the UI on the machine is locked, check with the customer for a second PIN number for
additional security. This PIN number will need to be entered via the soft keys on the UI.

OF 16 POST Error RAP
Power on Self Test (POST) occurs each time the machine is powered on. POST verifies the
functionality of key subsystems before passing control to Print Engine Self Test (PEST).
Use this RAP when the UI has stalled and shows the splash-logo screen, or the system
appears to have power but the UI is blank.
POST begins when power is switched on before higher level machine functions (such as
the user interface) are operational.
POST is performed by the IME controller PWB and the single board controller PWB.
The IME POST results are displayed using the LEDs on the front of the IME controller
PWB, Figure 1, and two LEDs at the rear on the media path driver PWB, Figure 2.
LEDs on the front of the IME controller PWB, Figure 1.
ENG OK (green, DS302) - Displays IME firmware status.
ENG error (red, DS301) - Displays IME firmware error blink codes, the first digit is 3 Green LED, (ENG OK)
or 4.
Cable error (red, DS604) - Displays status of major cables in the IME and -12V
needed for the printhead PWBs.
Red LED, (ENG error) blink
CPU error (red, DS605) - Displays IME operating system status and error blink
code
codes, the first digit is 2.
The 2 media path driver PWB LEDs on the back of the machine display the same pat-
terns codes as the 2 engine status LEDs on the front IME. If there is a loss of communi- Red LED, (CABLE error)
cation with the media path drive PWB, at PJ 408, only the front LEDs will blink.
LEDs on the Media path driver PWB, Figure 2. Red LED, (CPU error) blink code
IME OK (green, DS801) - Displays IME firmware status.
IME error (red, DS802) - Displays IME firmware error blink codes.
The 7-Segment LED display unit on the rear of the machine attached to the SBC PWB,
Figure 3. This is to help diagnose common faults which prevent the machine from power-
ing up correctly to the point where faults are displayed and diagnostics can be entered. Figure 1 POST LED front location
The LED display should show just a pulsing decimal point when the machine boots cor-
rectly, The main codes are displayed for short periods of time during power up depending
on how long each test takes, if any code is left displayed during power up and the
machine appears not to have powered on correctly then this should point to the problem
component. Refer to the Table 3.

Red LED, (IME error) 7-Segment LED display unit
blink code.
Visible with the rear
cover removed.
Figure 3 SBC LED display unit
Green LED, (IME OK) Procedure

WARNING
The procedure has two elements. The first element is the system power up errors within the
Figure 2 POST LED rear location
SBC PWB and the second element is the POST errors within the IME.
To check for the system power up error.

1. Switch off and then switch on the machine, GP 14.
2. If the system has powered up correctly then there will be a pulsing decimal point on the 7-
segment display, Figure 3.
3. If the system power up sequence has failed then check the code on the LED display.
Refer to Table 3 for the actions required for each code.
NOTE: In most cases the power up faults in the CCS tray are not related to any issues
within the IME. But if the IME has a critical PEST fault that prevents the IME from bringing
up the main power (Power Normal not raised) then the 7-segment display will show 0,
which means the CCS OS kernel s/w will not start to bring up the rest of the system due to
a loss of power.
To check for the IME POST error codes which consist of three digits, each digit may be a num-
ber from 1 to 9.
1. Watch the front red (ENG error) and red (CPU error) or the rear red (IME error) LEDs for a
rapid flutter. This indicates that the next blinks will communicate POST error information.

The sequence loops continuously so each set of blinks does not need to be read consec- Table 1 POST Hard Fault Codes
utively.
Error Code Service action
2. After the flutter count the number of blinks to determine the hundreds digit. At the end of
POST_IMAGE_FPGA_MAPPING_FAILURE 224 Switch off, then switch on the machine,
the first digit there will be a pause.
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new
3. After the pause count the number of blinks to determine the tens digit. At the end of the
second digit there will be a second pause.
POST_IMAGE_FPGA_ID_READ_FAILURE 225 Switch off, then switch on the machine,
4. After the second pause count the number of blinks to determine the ones digit. GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new
5. Refer to Table 1 for a list of POST blink codes and definitions. IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
IME POST CPU errors are blink codes 2XX. POST_IMAGE_FPGA_ID_MISMATCH 226 Switch off, then switch on the machine,
IME POST Communication errors are blink codes 3XX. GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new
IME POST Engine errors are blink codes 4XX. IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
6. Check the wiring and all connectors on the relevant PWB as indicated by the error code. POST_IMAGE_FPGA_WRITE_MISMATCH 227 Switch off, then switch on the machine,
Perform the service actions shown in Table 1. GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new
NOTE: After completing the service actions to clear the fault the print engine should boot
POST_NVRAM_ACCESS_FAILURE 231 Switch off, then switch on the machine,
up normally, but then display a fault code relating to the fault just cleared. Switch off, then GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new
switch on the machine, GP 14 to clear the fault code.
7. If the fault remains or no blink codes are communicated, go to Additional LED Checks. ENG_SC_CONNECT_FAULT 321 Perform the following:
1. Check (RJ45 connector) PJ16 on
Table 1 POST Hard Fault Codes the single board controller PWB.
Error Code Service action 2. Check between (RJ45 connector)
POST_BAD_ERROR_CODE 211 Switch off, then switch on the machine, PJ16 and PJ401 on the IME con-
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new troller PWB.
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. 3. Check for +5V supply to the single
POST_PROG_MACHINE_CHECK 212 Switch off, then switch on the machine, board controller PWB, refer to the
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new 01D +5V Distribution RAP.
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. 4. Check the condition of the LEDs
POST_PROG_SYS_PANIC 213 Switch off, then switch on the machine, on the single board controller
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new PWB, refer to the OF 5 Boot Up
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. Failure RAP. Perform any relevant
POST_ ECM_FPGA_LOAD_FAILURE 215 Switch off, then switch on the machine, service actions.
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new 5. If the fault remains, perform an Alt-
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. boot, GP 4.
POST_ECM_FPGA_MAPPING_FAILURE 216 Switch off, then switch on the machine, ENG_TEST4 411 This code is not for field use.
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new ENG_PWR_NO_HEATER_REQ 412 Install a new IME controller PWB, PL
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. 92.10 Item 1.
POST_ECM_FPGA_ID_READ_FAILURE 217 Switch off, then switch on the machine, ENG_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_LNK 413 Switch off, then switch on the machine,
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
POST_ECM_FPGA_ID_MISMATCH 218 Switch off, then switch on the machine, ENG_SYS_TIMER 414 This code is not for field use.
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new ENG_PCI_ACCESS_ERROR 415 Switch off, then switch on the machine,
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new
POST_FPGA_WRITE_MISMATCH 219 Switch off, then switch on the machine, IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new ENG_ADC_FAILED 416 Switch off, then switch on the machine,
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new
POST_IMAGE_FPGA_LOAD_FAILURE 223 Switch off, then switch on the machine, IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new

Table 1 POST Hard Fault Codes Table 1 POST Hard Fault Codes
Error Code Service action Error Code Service action
ENG_ECM_FPGA_ACCESS_ERROR 418 Switch off, then switch on the machine, ENG_MP_INT_STORM 443 Go to the 92-546-00, 92-547-00 MP
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new Interrupt Storm Faults RAP.
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. ENG_IMD_INT_STORM 444 Go to the 92-546-00, 92-547-00 MP
ENG_ECM_FPGA_VER_MISMATCH 427 Install a new IME controller PWB, PL Interrupt Storm Faults RAP.
92.10 Item 1. ENG_TTM_INT_STORM 445 Go to the 92-548-00 TTM Interrupt
ENG_INIT_FAILED 428 Install a new IME controller PWB, PL Storm Fault RAP.
92.10 Item 1. ENG_PFP_INT_STORM 446 Go to the 92-549-00 PFP Interrupt
ENG_IMG_FPGA_VER_MISMATCH 429 Install a new IME controller PWB, PL Storm Fault RAP.
92.10 Item 1. ENG_CIS_INT_STORM 447 Go to the 92-551-00 CIS Interrupt
ENG_INT_STORM 431 Switch off, then switch on the machine, Storm Fault RAP.
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new ENG_SBC_INT_STORM 448 Go to the 92-552-00 SBC Interrupt
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. Storm Fault RAP
ENG_SW_FAULT 432 Switch off, then switch on the machine, POST_24V_FAIL 449 Perform the 01-540-00, 01-544-00
GP 14. If the fault remains, install a new +24V, +/-12V, +5V Failure RAP. If the
IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. fault remains, perform the 01H +24V
ENG_24V_FAIL 433 Perform the 01-540-00, 01-544-00 Distribution RAP.
+24V, +/-12V, +5V Failure RAP. If the
fault remains, perform the 01H +24V Additional LED Checks
Distribution RAP.
If the LEDs remain on or dim then refer to Table 2 for the possible patterns. Perform the rele-
ENG_DD_LINK_DOWN 434 Perform the following:
vant service actions. If the fault remains, go to the OF 3 Unresponsive Machine RAP.
1. Check the connection on PJ403
on IME controller PWB and PJ603 Table 2 LED status
on the drum driver PWB.
CPU error Cable error Engine error Engine OK
2. Switch off, then switch on the UI Screen Red LED Red LED Red LED Green Service action
machine, GP 14.
3. Install a new drum driver PWB, PL Dark - - - - Go to OF 3 RAP
1.15 Item 4. Splash On dim - - - Perform IME Blink Condi-
tion A
ENG_MP_LINK_DOWN 435 Perform the following:
Splash Off On Dim On Dim On Dim Perform IME Blink Condi-
1. Check the connection on PJ402
tion A
on IME controller PWB and PJ408
on the media path PWB. Splash Off - On Bright On Bright Perform IME Blink Condi-
2. Switch off, then switch on the tion A
machine, GP 14. Splash Off - Slow blink Fast blink Perform IME Blink Condi-
tion B
3. Install a new media path driver
PWB, PL 1.15 Item 5. Splash Slow blink On Dim On Dim On Dim Perform IME Blink Condi-
tion C
ENG_ADC_INT_STORM 437 Go to the 92-541-00 ADC Interrupt
Storm Fault RAP. Splash Off On Bright Off Blink Check all communication
ENG_PS_INT_STORM 438 Go to the 92-542-00 PS Interrupt Storm PJs on the IME controller
PWB and the links to the
Fault RAP.
printhead PWB.
ENG_MU_INT_STORM 439 Go to the 92-543-00, 92-544-00 MU
Interrupt Storm Faults RAP.
ENG_MUID_INT_STORM 441 Go to the 92-543-00, 92-544-00 MU
Interrupt Storm Faults RAP.
ENG_DD_INT_STORM 442 Go to the 92-545-00 DD Interrupt Storm
Fault RAP.

Table 3 7-Segment LED display
Decimal
Table 3 7-Segment LED display
Fault point
Decimal POST code name code status Code Description Service action
Fault point
POST code name code status Code Description Service action NC platform avail- C Flashing NC platform available See NOTE:
able
Display Test 8 On Initial 7 segment display LED display or SBC PWB. Dc platform avail- d Flashing Dc platform available See NOTE:
test Check that the NVM mod-
able
ule PWB is fitted correctly,
IOT comms estab- E Flashing IOT comms established See NOTE:
PL 3.11 Item 17. Install a
new SBC PWB, PL 3.11 lished
Item 13 Fax comms estab- F Flashing Fax comms established See NOTE:
lished Only if Fax installed
PWBA 1 Off Failed explorer controller Install a new SBC PWB,
PL 3.11 Item 13. Machine attempt- L Flashing OS suspending drivers, None, for diagnostic infor-
ing sleep entry entering sleep mation only information
System memory 2 Flashing Failed system memory Install a new System
memory PWB, PL 3.11 (Split power plane TBC) only
Item 4 Machine in sleep r Flashing Resting in sleep None, for diagnostic infor-
state mation only
EPC Memory 3 Flashing Failed EPC memory Install a new EPC memory
PWB, PL 3.11 Item 21 Machine in semi- t Flashing Running in semi-con- None, for diagnostic infor-
conscious state scious mode mation only
NVM and RTC 4 Flashing Failed NVM memory Install a new NVM mod-
Module ule PWB, PL 3.11 Item 17 Machine attempt- H Flashing OS resuming drivers None, for diagnostic infor-
Flash Module 5 Flashing Failed flash memory Flash module. Install a ing sleep wake-up mation only information
only
new SBC PWB, PL 3.11
Item 13. NOTE: On Application power up the 7-segment display cycles around displaying these codes
Hard disk drive 6 Flashing Failed hard drive Install new components as until the relevant platform has fully synchronized with the system. Any code left displayed after
necessary; power up indicates this event has not been detected in software and is a probable s/w issue
Hard disk drive, PL 3.11
Item 2. IME Blink Condition A
Hard disk drive/Single This indicates a power failure or CPU fault.
board controller PWB har-
ness, PL 3.11 Item 3. 1. Check 3.3V on the IME controller PWB at PJ701. Refer to WD 9.6. If the voltage is not
SBC PWB, PL 3.11 Item present, go to 01C +3.3V Distribution RAP.
13. 2. Check memory module is seated correctly, PL 92.10 Item 16.
RTC module 7 Flashing Failed RTC RTC module. Install a new 3. Check that there is no link between the two pins on J805 (boot) and J806 (mode) on the
SBC PWB, PL 3.11 Item IME controller PWB.
13.
Initial entry to ker- 0 Flashing Waiting for power normal No action, no POST fault
IME Blink Condition B
nel code detected
The operating system is OK but engine did not start.
U-boot complete 9 Flashing U-boot hand over con- Kernel software
trol to kernel 1. Check that there is no link between the pins on J806 (mode) on IME controller PWB.
Kernel starting user u Flashing Kernel starting user Kernel / run time software 2. Install a new IME Controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
space space IME Blink Condition C
Machine in ready Blank Flashing None, no fault detected No action, no fault A RAM error has been detected.
mode detected
1. Check memory module is seated correctly, PL 92.10 Item 16.
UI platform avail- A Flashing UI platform available See NOTE:
2. Check 3.3V on the IME controller PWB at J701. Refer to WD 9.6. If the voltage is not
able
present, go to 01C +3.3V Distribution RAP.
IIT comms estab- b Flashing IIT comms established See NOTE:
lished 3. Install new memory module, PL 92.10 Item 16.

3 Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs TP 23 Drum Run Out and Y-Stitch Test Pages............................................................... 3-102
IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP......................................................................................... 3-3 TP 24 Registration Calibration Page ............................................................................... 3-103
IQ 2 Copy or Print Damage RAP..................................................................................... 3-20 TP 25 IME Test Print ....................................................................................................... 3-104
IQ 3 Blurred Image on Copies RAP ................................................................................ 3-22 TP 26 Print Head Uniformity/Colour Bands Test Page ................................................... 3-105
IQ 4 Wrong Copied Colours RAP.................................................................................... 3-23
IQ 5 Jagged or Blurry Lines or Text RAP ........................................................................ 3-24
Image Quality Specifications
IQ 6 Missing Ink or Grainy Output RAP........................................................................... 3-29 IQS 1 Registration and Skew .......................................................................................... 3-107
IQS 2 Image Area............................................................................................................ 3-108
IQ 7 Metering Blade Timing RAP .................................................................................... 3-31
IQS 3 Y-Dot Position ....................................................................................................... 3-109
IQ 8 Cross Process Ink Artifacts (Smudge) RAP ............................................................ 3-32
IQ 9 Deletions in the Process Direction RAP .................................................................. 3-34 IQS 4 Y-Stitch.................................................................................................................. 3-109
IQS 5 X-Stitch.................................................................................................................. 3-110
IQ 10 Incorrect Margin, Misregistration or Skew RAP..................................................... 3-41
IQS 6 Blurry Text............................................................................................................. 3-110
IQ 11 Smudges, Debris, Smears in the Process Direction, or Paper Stack Marks RAP. 3-43
IQ 12 Missing or Partial Image RAP................................................................................ 3-46 IQS 7 Curl........................................................................................................................ 3-111
IQS 8 Uniformity in the Process Direction ....................................................................... 3-111
IQ 13 All Colours Uneven RAP ....................................................................................... 3-47
IQ 14 Some Colours Uneven RAP .................................................................................. 3-53
IQ 15 Wrong Colour RAP ................................................................................................ 3-58
IQ 16 Scratches or Gloss Marks in the Process Direction RAP ...................................... 3-62
IQ 17 Gloss Marks in the Cross-Process Direction RAP................................................. 3-63
IQ 18 Irregular Duplex Gloss Differences RAP ............................................................... 3-65
IQ 19 Image Ghosting RAP............................................................................................. 3-66
IQ 20 Wavy or Stringy Lines RAP ................................................................................... 3-68
IQ 21 Oil on Output RAP ................................................................................................. 3-69
IQ 22 Repeating Spot Deletions RAP ............................................................................. 3-71
IQ 23 Residual Ink From Previous Print RAP.................................................................. 3-72
IQ 24 Wrinkling RAP ....................................................................................................... 3-74
IQ 25 Random Spots RAP .............................................................................................. 3-76
IQ 26 Poor Ink Adhesion RAP......................................................................................... 3-78
IQ 27 Unacceptable Received Fax Image Quality RAP .................................................. 3-79
IQ 28 Show Through on Copies RAP.............................................................................. 3-80
IQ 29 DADH, Document Glass and Scanner RAP .......................................................... 3-80
IQ 30 Blocking RAP......................................................................................................... 3-81
Image Quality Test Prints

TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages............................................................................................ 3-83
TP 2 to TP 10 Solid Fill Test Pages ................................................................................ 3-84
TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages ................................................................. 3-85
TP 12 Chase Page .......................................................................................................... 3-86
TP 13 Text Test Pages.................................................................................................... 3-87
TP 14 Drum Stripper Blade Test Page............................................................................ 3-88
TP 15 Media Path Test Pages ........................................................................................ 3-89
TP 16 Stitch Identification Test Pages ............................................................................ 3-91
TP 17 Service Usage Profile ........................................................................................... 3-92
TP 18 TRC Generation Test Pages ................................................................................ 3-93
TP 19 Y-Dot Position Correction Test Page.................................................................... 3-94
TP 20 Oil Bar Chase and Metering Blade Timing Test Pages ........................................ 3-95
TP 21 Jet Test Pages...................................................................................................... 3-97
TP 22 Cleaning Pages .................................................................................................... 3-101
February 2013 Image Quality

Image Quality February 2013
IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP Procedure
Use this RAP to determine the source of an image quality problem. NOTE: If possible, use the customer job to recreate the image quality defect.
Symptom descriptions use terminology listed in Table 1. Refer to the example illustrations in Print TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages. The test pages are good.
each RAP for a representation of the symptom. Y N
Check in the list below for any common defects that the test pages may have:
Test pages are listed in Table 2. The pages have light stripes or bands of a primary colour in the process direction
with corresponding light lines in secondary colours, see Figure 13 image 1 and Fig-
Initial Actions ure 5 image 2. Perform the following as necessary:
Weak Jets with Y-dot Error Checkout in IQ 5.
NOTE: To aid in troubleshooting image quality issues, use media from an unopened ream
Missing or Weak Jet Checkout in IQ 9.
acclimatized to room temperature.
The pages have occasional light stripes or bands of a primary colour in the process
NOTE: Chase sheets are printed to the top tray during jam clearance. These must not be con- direction with corresponding light lines in secondary colours, see IQ 9 Figure 6. Per-
fused with blank or partial images. form the following:
Check the error logs, GP 2 and service code, OF 12 for errors related to the imaging 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP.
defect. The pages have deletions of a single primary colour that run consistently in the pro-
Do not use cleaning pages (TP 22) to evaluate image quality. cess direction with corresponding light lines in secondary colours see Figure 5
If possible, run a customer print job using default settings. image 2. Perform the following as necessary:
Use approved media within specifications, GP 20. Check media in the tray is clean and Missing or Weak Jet Checkout in IQ 9.
there are no loose particles which can cause ink blisters where ink adheres to the debris, 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP.
not the media. If necessary, turn over the media in the tray. The pages have jagged or blurry lines or text in the 3 stitch regions (indicated by the
Check the operating environment is within specifications, GP 23. chevrons), or lighter/darker stripes in the process direction in the stitch regions, see
Figure 12 images 1 and 2, Figure 5 image 1. Perform the following as necessary:
Make sure the machine is positioned to allow adequate airflow at all vents. Refer to GP 21
Installation Space Requirements. Y-Stitch, Printhead Roll and Drum Runout Checkout in IQ 5.
Make sure the interior of the machine is clean. Refer to GP 27 Machine Cleaning Proce- X-Stitch Defect Checkout in IQ 9.
dure. X-Stitch Checkout in IQ 13.
Check that the paper tray guides are set to the correct paper size. The pages have missing areas of ink in the process direction from one print head,
Check that the fixed paper tray guides are set to the correct paper size, ADJ 73.1 Tray 3 see IQ 9 Figure 12. Perform the following:
Paper Tray Guide Setting, ADJ 75.1 Tray 5 Paper Tray Guide Setting. Internally Leaking Printhead Checkout in IQ 9.
Check the document guides on the DADH. The pages have bands of missing ink and ink spots in the process direction, see IQ 9
Check that the image adjustment and print mode settings are correct for the image being Figure 7. Perform the following:
printed/copied. Scraping Checkout in IQ 9.
Check the settings for the media size and type are correct for each tray. If none of the descriptions match the image quality defect on the test pages, refer to Table
1. Go to the relevant image quality RAP.
NOTE: Always load A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch media as appropriate to your market region in
Tray 4 before printing internal test prints. Failure to do this may result in the test prints Check the test pages for damage. The test pages are undamaged.
printing the wrong size / location on the media and giving false results.
Y N
If possible, check that the customer is not attempting to copy poor quality originals. If the Go to IQ 2 Copy or Print Damage RAP.
original is too damaged to successfully feed through the DADH, suggest scanning directly
from the document glass. Print a duplex copy of TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages. The test pages are good.
Y N
Refer to Table 1. Go to the relevant image quality RAP.
If a Fax is installed, send a test Fax to the machine. The test Fax image quality is good.
Y N
Compare the Fax print with the initial test pages. The Fax print and initial test pages
have the same defect.

ColorQube 9303 Family 3-3 IQ 1
A B
Y N Use the DADH to make copies of the initial test pages, TP 1. The copies are good.
Go to IQ 27 Unacceptable Received Fax Image Quality RAP. Y N
Go to IQ 29 DADH, Document Glass and Scanner RAP.
Refer to Table 1. Go to the relevant image quality RAP.
If possible, use the customer document to make a copy from the document glass or DADH, at
Make 3 copies of the colour bands test page, TP 26 from the document glass. The copies are 100% magnification. Make another copy at a different magnification setting. Compare the cop-
good. ies. The defect is on the same part of the image.
Y N Y N
Check the image quality defect. The defect on the copies is identical. Refer to Table 1. Go to the relevant image quality RAP.
Y N
Refer to Table 1. Go to the relevant image quality RAP. Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning Procedure.
Go to the IQ 29 DADH, Document Glass and Scanner RAP. Image Quality Symptoms
B
Table 1 Image Quality Symptoms
Term Description IQ RAP Test Pages
Adhesion Ink flakes can easily be brushed off from the paper. Ink may have a raised spotty texture. IQ 20, IQ 26 TP 1
Background on copies Undesirable ink dots on the copy. Uniform darkening across all the non-imaged (white) areas. The ink deposits are localized or IQ 29 TP 9 (TP 2
may cover the entire copy. Depending on background density, background is referred to as low, medium, high, or very high. to TP 10)
Background may occur in all colors, single colors, or any combination of single colors.
Banding in process direction A light to dark relative variation in print density within a (near) uniform color across the print. May occur as a wide band or local- IQ 13, IQ 14 TP 11
ized band in the process direction.
If the defect matches any in Figure 1 or Figure 2, go to the IQ 13 All Colours Uneven RAP.
If the defect matches any in Figure 3 or Figure 4, go to the IQ 14 Some Colours Uneven RAP.
Black print A print that is completely black or grey all over, but has no visible image of the original document. See digital defects. - TP 1
Blank print See partial images/missing images. - -
Blocking Blocking can occur where ink from one print is deposited on the back of another when prints are allowed to accumulate in a IQ 30 -
stack in the output tray. The combination of pressure from the weight of the media and ambient heat may cause partial transfer
of the image to the next print in the stack. Blocking is aggravated by abrasion, vibration, or storage under a large stack of prints
(compression). See also residual image.
Blurred image on copies Image on copies is blurred. IQ 3 TP 1
Blurred image on print See jagged lines, jagged text or digital defects.
Blurry lines See jagged lines. - -
Blurry text See jagged text. - -
Contamination See debris. - -
Copy damage Creases, curls, cuts, folds, wrinkles, or embossed marks on the print. Also see wrinkling. IQ 2, IQ 24 N/A
Debris Ink or other fragments easily wiped from the print which are not adhered to the paper. IQ 11 TP 9 (TP 2
to TP 10)
Deletions Areas of the image missing from the print in the form of: IQ 9, IQ 22, IQ 6 TP 1, TP 9
Process direction deletions. If the defect matches any in Figure 5 or Figure 6, go to the IQ 9 Line Deletions in the Process (TP 2 to TP
Direction RAP. 10)
Spot deletions. If the defect matches Figure 7, go to the IQ 22 Repeating Spot Deletions RAP.
White spots or a grainy appearance. If the defect matches Figure 8, go to the IQ 6 Missing Ink or Grainy Output RAP.
White spots are areas of missing ink caused by poor ink adhesion, see adhesion.
Digital defects Image is stretched, geometrically relocated, progressively distorted, scrambled, precisely blurred, or colors are geometrically N/A N/A
displaced or switched. Go to the 92-581-00 Image Transfer Error RAP.

IQ 1 3-4 ColorQube 9303 Family
Displaced or Fragmented Distorted images. Displaced images. See digital defects. - -
Image
Dropout Areas of missing ink pixels usually in mid-scale density areas. Image may look grainy. IQ 6 TP 11
Duplex
Ghosting Faint image which shows as a gloss differential from the previous print or previous area repeated onto a subsequent print. IQ 19 TP 4 (TP 2
to TP 10)
Gloss bands (process or Lines or bands of irregular gloss, most noticeable in solid areas, in process or cross process direction. IQ 16, IQ 17 TP 5 (TP 2
cross process direction) to TP 10)
Gloss irregularities Random changes in gloss level causing an irregular, uneven gloss or matted appearance, most noticeable in solid areas. IQ 18 TP 5 (TP 2
to TP 10)
Grainy Speckled or sand-like appearance in what is meant to be a smooth area. IQ 6 TP 11
Ink discolouration Color shift noted on the print relative to other prints of the same image. May be localized in process direction wide bands: IQ 14, IQ 15, IQ 13 TP 10 (TP 2
If the defect is across some of the printheads and matches any in Figure 3, go to the IQ 14 Some Colours Uneven RAP. to TP 10)
If the wrong colours are printed, Figure 9, go to the IQ 15 Wrong Colour RAP.
If the defect is across all colours and matches any in Figure 1, go to the IQ 13 All Colours Uneven RAP.
Ink transfer See residual image. - -
Irregular line See jagged lines. - -
Irregular process direction See banding. - -
streak
Irregular text See jagged text. - -
Jagged line Lines meant to be straight in the cross process direction are blurry, jagged or have relative misalignments. May be localized at IQ 5 TP 1
the 3 boundaries between printheads. Pixel position may be slightly incorrect in the process direction.
Jagged text Text meant to be correctly formed in the cross process direction is blurry, jagged or has relative misalignments. May be local- IQ 5 TP 1
ized at the 3 boundaries between printheads. Pixel position may be slightly incorrect in the process direction.
Lead edge smear See smudges, smears -
Light image The image is visible on the print, but with insufficient overall density: IQ 13, IQ 14 TP 1
If the defect is across all colours, go to the IQ 13 All Colours Uneven RAP.
If the defect is across some of the colours, go to the IQ 14 Some Colours Uneven RAP.
Light lines in the cross pro- Image dependent increasingly faint localized bands in the cross process direction, Figure 10. IQ 13 TP 1
cess direction
Lines Lines of missing ink - see deletions.Lines of extra ink - see smudges, smears. - -
Marks See spots of ink.See smudges, smears. - -
Missing colours See deletions. - -
Missing images See partial images. - -
Non uniformity See banding.See dropout.See light Image. - -
Offsetting See residual image. - -
Oil on output Spots or splatter of oil on the output. IQ 21 TP 1
Partial images Either the complete or portions of the image are missing. IQ 12 TP 1
Print damage Creases, curls, cuts, folds, wrinkles, or embossed marks on the print. Also see wrinkling. IQ 2 N/A
Repeat images Gloss - see ghosting - -
Ink/density - see residual images
Residual image Ink from a previous print is deposited onto subsequent print. See also blocking. IQ 23 TP 10 (TP 2
to TP 10)

Rotated image The image on the printed document has turned 90 degrees to the image printed on the original document. Go to the 62A Scan- N/A N/A
ning Document Size RAP.
Scratch A very thin gloss band or area of removed ink from the image in the process direction caused by obstructions present in the IQ 16 TP 5 (TP 2
paper path to TP 10)
Skew A difference in angular alignment between printed image and the media edge IQ 10 TP 1
Smudges, smears Darker irregular streaks of ink in the process or cross process direction, in either the image or non-image areas: IQ 11, IQ 8, IQ 16 TP 1
If the defect matches any in Figure 11, go to the IQ 11 Smudges, Smears in the Process Direction or Stack Marks RAP.
If the image has extra ink in localized areas in the cross process direction, go the IQ 8 Cross Process Ink Artifacts
(Smudge) RAP.
If the image has scratches or marks in the process direction, go to the IQ 16 Scratches or Gloss Marks in the Process
Direction RAP.
Spots of ink A deposit of ink in an undesired area on the print (usually circular in shape). IQ 25 TP 1
Spots of missing ink See deletions. - -
Stitch Alignment is incorrect in either the process or cross process direction at the 3 printhead boundaries causing localized blurry or IQ 5, IQ 9 TP 1
jagged appearance of the linear elements of the image.
If the defect matches any in Figure 12 or Figure 13, go to the IQ 5 Jagged Lines or Text RAP.
If the defect matches any in Figure 5 go to the IQ 9 Line Deletions in the Process Direction RAP.
Streaks See banding. - -
Stretched or distorted Image See digital defects. - -
Uneven density See banding. - -
Wavy or stringy lines Images have wavy or stringy lines of ink, or have a blistered appearance. IQ 20 TP 1
Wrinkled image Areas which have distinctive physical distortions in the paper. IQ 24 TP 2 (TP 2
to TP 10)
Wrong copied colour The colour of the copy does not match the colour of the original. IQ 4 TP 1
Wrong printed colour See ink discoloration.See banding. - -

Figure 1 IQ defects 1












Test Pages NOTE: These test pages are designed to enhance subtle defects. Defects revealed by these
prints may not occur in the course of ordinary printing. In servicing the system, you should min-
Test pages aid in the identification of print quality problems. Table 2 lists test pages available
imize the defects shown by the prints but not necessarily eliminate them. Refer to IQS 1 Image
from diagnostics, provides a short description, and indicates where the pattern is accessed.
Test pages are described in detail in the Test Pages section, select the appropriate link from Quality Specifications.
Table 2.
Table 2 Embedded Test Pages

Simplex or
Test Pages Test Page Name Description Media size Duplex Print From
TP 1 Initial test print pages Multiple patterns on four sheets consisting of black text, cross process lines and A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612
colour bands
TP 2 (TP 2 to TP 10) Cyan solid fill test pages Prints 2 cyan solid fills - 100% coverage within printable margins, primary only A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612
TP 3 (TP 2 to TP 10) Magenta solid fill test pages Prints 2 magenta solid fills - 100% coverage within printable margins, primary only A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612
TP 4 (TP 2 to TP 10) Yellow solid fill test pages Prints 2 yellow solid fills - 100% coverage within printable margins, primary only A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612
TP 5 (TP 2 to TP 10) Black solid fill test pages Prints 2 black solid fills - 100% coverage within printable margins, primary only A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612 and dC959
TP 6 (TP 2 to TP 10) Red solid fill test pages Prints 2 red solid fills - 100% coverage within printable margins A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612
TP 7 (TP 2 to TP 10) Green solid fill test pages Prints 2 green solid fills - 100% coverage within printable margins A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612
TP 8 (TP 2 to TP 10) Blue solid fill test pages Prints 2 blue solid fills - 100% coverage within printable margins A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612
TP 9 (TP 2 to TP 10) White solid fill test pages Prints 2 blank pages A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612
TP 10 (TP 2 to TP CMYKRGB solid fill test Prints one set of all solid fill pages A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex or duplex dC612
10) pages
TP 11 Colour bands and dithers test Prints a set of 6 pages of colour bands and dithers A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC612
pages
TP 12 Chase page No ink on page. Does not exercise printheads or use imaging cycles. Used to A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC612
clean ink from the drum
TP 13 Text test pages Prints 3 pages of portrait and landscape pages of text A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC612
TP 14 Drum stripper blade test page A set of prints used for verifying stripper blade actuation A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC612
TP 15 Media path test pages A map of the rollers and media path ribs. Used to identify the cause of scuffs and A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC612
scratches
TP 16 Stitch Identification test pages Clearly identifies the region where printheads stitch the image together A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC612
TP 17 Service usage profile Machine usage and status information. A4 (8.5 x 11) Simplex or duplex dC612
TP 18 TRC generation test pages Dithers test pages for TRC calibration A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC972
(option 4)
TP 19 Y-dot position correction test 1 and 5 pixel cross-process lines A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC972
page (option 5)
TP 20 Oil bar chase and metering Prints 2 pages to enable a check of the cleaning unit functions A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC959
blade timing test pages
TP 21 Jet test pages Prints a sequence of 9 jet test pages A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC968 and dC977
TP 22 Cleaning pages Prints 2 head purge pages A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC968
TP 23 Drum run out and Y-stitch test Prints 2 pages of horizontal lines A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC977
pages
TP 24 Registration calibration page Prints a registration target print A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC625
TP 25 IME test print Prints a simple page of primary colour bars from the IME in isolation A4 (8.5 x 11) Simplex -
TP 26 Printhead uniformity/colour Prints 7 solid fill bars of yellow, magenta, cyan, black, red, green and blue. A4 (8.5 x 11) LEF Simplex dC972 (option 3)
bands test page

A
IQ 2 Copy or Print Damage RAP Y N
Press the machine status button on the keypad. Select the Faults tab on the UI, then
Use this RAP when the output copies or prints have nicks, tears, creases, folds, or curled
Current Messages. If the message Cleaning unit life extended, image quality may
edges.
be impacted is displayed, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Or open the
front door and remove the inner cover. Enter dC959 and run the slow speed exer-
Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP.
ciser. While this is running, ensure the cleaning unit blade and roller is making con-
tact with the drum. The cleaning unit blade and roller are making contact with
Procedure the drum.
WARNING Y N
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Check the cleaning unit components:
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Cam front, PL 94.10 Item 9.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Cam rear, PL 94.10 Item 13.
WARNING Drive gear, PL 94.10 Item 23.
Do not clean the stripper blade. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. If Cleaning unit motor, PL 94.10 Item 24.
Print TP 14 Drum Striper Blade Test Print. The test page is good.
WARNING Y N
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Refer to Figure 1. The stripper blade releases from the drum before the
WARNING MLE line is reached.
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when un-docked from the Y N
Refer to Figure 2. The pattern shown is caused by the stripper blade
machine. Do not show the customer how to un-dock the LCSS.
bouncing on the drum. The stripper blade releases from the drum at
Check the paper trays for damaged paper. The paper in the tray is undamaged.
the intersection of the MLE line.
Y N Y N
Load new paper in the trays.
Redefine the image quality defect. Refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry
RAP.
Separate the finisher from the printer. Install a finisher bypass harness, PL 26.10 Item 3. Make
test prints. The prints are good.
Install a new back latch fork, PL 10.10 Item 12.
Y N
Check the lead edge of the paper for damage. The damage is limited to the lead edge Install a new stripper solenoid assembly, PL 10.10 Item 3.
only.
Y N
Check that the stripper blade latches correctly at the front and at the rear. The
Print chase pages, TP 12 to identify where the prints are damaged. Check the paper stripper blade latches correctly.
path, GP 29 Component Locations for the following:
Y N
Obstructions.
Check the latch components. Install new components as necessary:
Damaged guides and rolls. Pay particular attention to the areas that align with
Stripper guide latch cam shaft, PL 10.10 Item 18.
the damaged on the prints. If necessary, print the Media Path Test Pages, TP
15. Stripper solenoid assembly, PL 10.10 Item 3.
The edges of the paper path for protruding objects.
Check the transfix blade for damage, PL 10.20 Item 14. The transfix blade is dam-
Ensure that the paper feed does not skew the paper, go to OF 8 Multi-feed aged.
RAP. Y N
Check the prints for damaged or folded corners (dog ears). Install a new stripper solenoid assembly, PL 10.10 Item 3.
If the damage or fold is upwards, then check the transfix stripper assembly, PL
10.20 Item 14 and the exit path, PL 10.15. Install a new transfix stripper assembly, PL 10.20 Item 14.
If the damage or fold is downward, then check the drum stripper blade assem-
bly, PL 10.10 Item 18 and PL 10.10 Item 3. Install a new stripper blade PL 10.12 Item 3.
Remove the finisher bypass connector and dock the finisher to the machine. An LCSS is
Open the stripper gate, GP 31. Carefully clear any paper debris from the area. Check the
stripper blade for damage, PL 10.12 Item 3. The stripper blade is damaged. installed
A
B
Y N Check the items that follow:
Check the alignment of the HVF/HVF BM to the machine, refer to ADJ 12.1-171 Machine Look for torn paper in the LCSS paper path. Torn fragments can pass through the IOT and
to HVF/HVF BM Alignment. The alignment is good. LCSS paper path without causing a problem until they finally wedge themselves at some
Y N point. A likely place for a piece of paper to be wedged is at the hole punch assembly,
Perform ADJ 12.1-171 Machine to HVF/HVF BM Alignment. where the top and bottom guides form the narrowest part of the paper path.
Ensure that the shaft diverter assembly, PL 12.60 Item 13, operates correctly and has full
Check the items that follow: movement.
Look for paper fragments in the HVF/HVF BM paper path. Paper fragments can Ensure that the hole punches park at the fully open position. If they protrude even slightly,
move through the IOT and HVF/HVF BM paper path without causing a problem until a jam will occur in the narrow paper path of the hole punch. If the punch does not park
they finally wedge themselves at some point. A likely place for a fragment of paper to correctly, refer to the 12-043-00-110, 12-046-00-110 Hole Punch Operation Failure RAP.
be wedged is at the hole punch assembly, where the top and bottom guides form the Ensure that the jam clearance guide, PL 12.70 Item 6, closes and latches correctly. Check
narrowest part of the paper path.
that the magnet at the rear is located and functions correctly. Check the latch, PL 12.70
Ensure that the exit diverter solenoid, SOL 12-225, PL 12.120 Item 4, operates cor- Item 7 at the front is positioned correctly and that the guide engages fully with the latch.
rectly and has its full movement.
Ensure that all idler rolls in the LCSS paper path are free to rotate, particularly those on
Ensure that the hole punches park at the fully open position. If they protrude even the jam clearance guide, PL 12.70 Item 6, where the paper turns through 90 degrees.
slightly, a jam will occur in the narrow paper path of the hole punch. If the punch Ensure that the paper path ribs of the jam clearance guide, PL 12.70 Item 6, and the entry
does not park correctly, refer to the 12-044-00-171 to 12-047-00-171 HVF Punch
guide outer cover, PL 12.70 Item 5, are free of scores and nicks. Check also for contam-
Head Position RAP.
ination and glue from label stock. If necessary, install new parts.
Check that all the idler rolls in the HVF/HVF BM paper path are free to rotate, partic-
ularly those on the jam clearance guides:
Top jam clearance guide, PL 12.115 Item 26.
Buffer pocket jam clearance guide, PL 12.125 Item 10.
Inserter jam clearance guide, PL 12.125 Item 11.
Input jam clearance guide, PL 12.125 Item 12.
Make sure that the jam clearance guides 5a, 5b and 5d close and latch correctly.
Check that the paper path ribs of the jam clearance guide 6e, PL 12.150 Item 7 and
the exit path PL 12.185 are free of scores and nicks. Check also for contamination.
Make sure that the compiler carriage tampers move to the correct paper size.
Check that the paper size reported on the user interface corresponds to the actual
paper size loaded in the trays, refer to the 71B Tray 1 Wrong Size Paper RAP or 72B
Tray 2 Wrong Size Paper RAP.
Make sure that the BM tampers move to the correct paper size, refer to the 12-066-
00-171, 12-384-00-171, 12-419-00-171, 12-420-00-171 HVF BM Tamper Fault RAP.
Ensure that the BM paper guide, PL 12.150 Item 7, closes and latches correctly.
If the top sheet of paper is being been torn from booklets, check that the components
in the lower crease roll gear and clutch assembly are correctly installed. Refer to
REP 12.52-171 BM Crease Rolls.
If heavy-weight paper is used, the paper can stop in the vertical transport and cause
a 10-126 fault. The fault is caused when the vertical transport motor is over loaded.
Check the position of the jam clearance guide 5a, 6a and 5B. Check the vertical
transport rolls and bearings for contamination. If necessary remove and clean the
drive shaft and the bearings. If the problem continues then install a new transport
motor.
Check the alignment of the LCSS to the machine, refer to ADJ 12.2-110 Machine to LCSS
Alignment. The alignment is good.
Y N Figure 1 TP 14 test print
Perform ADJ 12.2-110 Machine to LCSS Alignment.

IQ 3 Blurred Image on Copies RAP
Use this RAP when copied images are blurred. Refer to Figure 1.
Figure 2 TP 14 test print
Figure 1 Blurred copied image

IQ 2, IQ 3 3-22 ColorQube 9303 Family
Procedure IQ 4 Wrong Copied Colours RAP
WARNING Use this RAP when the colour of the copy does not match the colour of the original.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause NOTE: Due to the nature of solid ink printing, some difference in colour reproduction is normal.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP.
Check that the carriage is fully docked against the drum frame. The carriage is fully docked.
Y N Procedure
Remove any obstructions. Check the wiring that runs along the umbilicals.
WARNING
Check that the print heads are securely attached to the carriage. The printheads are Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
securely attached. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Perform dC967 Head to Drum Spacing Check. dC967 runs successfully. Make copies of the customers document with different original type settings and the auto back-
Y N ground suppression switched on, then off. The colours are reproduced accurately.
Perform ADJ 91.1 Printhead Attachment Check. Y N
Print the colour bands and dithers test pages, TP 11. Make copies and evaluate the differ-
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. ences. The colours are reproduced accurately.
Y N
Make a copy of the text test pages (TP 13) from the document glass. The copy quality is Perform the following:
good. 1. Refer to WD 3.1. Check that the connector is securely connected to PJ15 on
Y N the single board controller PWB.
Perform the following
2. Check that the white AGC strip on the CVT glass is at the front and underside
Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning Procedure. of the glass, refer to REP 62.3.
ADJ 62.3 Scan Motor and Scanner Drive Belt. 3. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. Make sure the following IIT DADH NVM set-
If the fault remains, install new components as necessary: tings are set to default:
Scan drive belt, PL 62.16 Item 12. 801-005.
Carriage motor, PL 62.16 Item 3. 801-010.
Scan carriage assembly, PL 62.15 Item 1. 801-015.
Scanner module, PL 62.10 Item 1. 801-016.
801-017.
Make a copy of the text test pages (TP 13) from the DADH. The copy quality is good. 801-018.
Y N
801-020.
801-021.
ADJ 5.2 DADH Height Adjustment.
801-022.
ADJ 5.4 DADH Cleaning Procedure.
801-023.
If the fault remains, install new components as necessary:
801-025.
Feed roll assembly, PL 5.15 Item 1.
801-026.
CVT roll kit, PL 5.25 Item 17.
4. If necessary, install a new Scanner PWB:
Top access cover assembly, PL 5.20 Item 17.
Re-define the image quality defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP. Refer to WD 3.1, WD 6.1 and WD 9.5. Check the following wiring:
Between PJ15 on the single board controller PWB and PJ922 on the Scanner PWB.
Between PJ5 on the single board controller PWB and PJ401 on the IME Controller
PWB.
Advise the customer which settings to use. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.

ColorQube 9303 Family 3-23 IQ 3, IQ 4
IQ 5 Jagged or Blurry Lines or Text RAP Weak intensity and poor Y-dot placement in all colours and all jets of a single print-
head, Figure 4. A pale band across the whole width of a head with misplacement in
Use this RAP to troubleshoot the following defects:
the process direction. If observed, go to the Weak Intensity and Y-Dot Error in All
Colours Across a Printhead .
Jagged lines in the cross process direction
Y-dot placement defects in the process direction with acceptable jet intensity, Figure
Jagged text in the cross process direction 5. A jagged edge in the process direction on lines and colour bands. If observed, go
Blurry text to the Y-Dot Error Checkout.
Irregularly spaced text Jagged text, Figure 6. Pixel position may be incorrect in the process direction. If
Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP. observed, go to the Blurry / Jagged Text Defect Checkout.
2. If the defect does not match any of the above, re-define the image quality defect. Refer to
Initial Actions IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Y-Stitch, Printhead Roll and Drum Runout Checkout
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Procedure
WARNING Evaluate TP 16 Stitch Identification Test Page, Figure 1 and Figure 2. The severity of the
Take care during this procedure. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. stitch defect varies in the process direction, Figure 2.
Y N
WARNING Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment up to three times. Print TP 16 Stitch
Do not clean the stripper blade. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. If Identification Test Pages. Refer to IQS 3 Y-Dot Position. The severity of the alignment
the stripper blade is dirty a new blade must be installed. defect is within specification.
WARNING Y N
Perform dC914 Head to Head Alignment Test and check for obstructions that block
head alignment motion. The head alignment motion is free from obstructions.
CAUTION Y N
Use care when moving the marking unit into the service position when hot. Ink can spill from Remove obstructions and check printhead stitch and roll motor operation, refer
the ink reservoir located at the back of the unit if opened with too much force. Cross-colour ink to:
contamination could also occur.
91-504-00, 91-505-00 Printhead Stitch Motor Over Current RAP.
CAUTION
91-506-00 to 91-509-00 Roll Motor Over Current RAP.
easily make the printhead unusable. Check that the printheads are securely attached to the carriage. The printheads
Check that the printheads are securely attached to the carriage. Run dC967 Printhead to are securely attached.
Drum Spacing. Perform ADJ 91.1 Printhead Attachment Check. Y N
Check that the printhead carriages are fully docked against the drum frame. If not, check Perform ADJ 91.1 Printhead Attachment Check.
the wiring that runs along the umbilicals. Failure to properly route the upper or lower car-
riage wiring may lead to jagged or blurry lines or text. Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment. Print TP 16 Stitch Identification
Test Pages.
if the severity of the alignment defect exceeds specification, refer to IQS 3 Y-Dot
Procedure Position. Perform the following:
1. Print TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages and TP 16 Stitch Identification Test Pages. Check for Check for obstructions that block carriage and printhead motion.
the following defects:
Clean the IOD, refer to GP 27 Cleaning Procedure.
Alignment errors, Figure 1 and Figure 2. Dot placement errors spanning all colours in
Clean the drum, refer to GP 27 Cleaning Procedure.
one or more of the printhead stitch zones. If observed, go to the Y-Stitch, Printhead
Roll and Drum Runout Checkout. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Misdirected or weak jets, Figure 3. If observed, go to the Weak Jets with Y-Dot Error
Checkout. NOTE: Before printing TP 23, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded long edge
feed into tray 4. Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched paper.
Perform dC977 Drum Runout Calibration. Print TP 23 Drum Runout and Y-stitch Test Pages.
The test pages are good.

Y N
Go to 91-637-00 Drum Runout Calibration Needed RAP.
Figure 2 Drum run-out defect
Weak Jets with Y-Dot Error Checkout

Figure 1 Y-stitch or printhead roll error Refer to Figure 3.

Weak Intensity and Y-Dot Error in All Colours Across a Printhead
Checkout
Refer to Figure 4.
Figure 3 Weak jets with Y-dot error
Go to 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP.
Figure 4 Weak intensity and poor Y-dot position
Procedure
Print TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages. Test pages are good.
Y N
Evaluate the colour bands test print. If the defect is similar to that shown in Figure 4, Per-
form dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 1. Print TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages. The test
pages are good.
Y N
Evaluate the text print. Check the Y-dot position, refer to IQS 3 Y-Dot Position. The
Y-dot position is acceptable.
Y N
Evaluate the text print, refer to IQS 6 Blurry Text. The blurry text is acceptable.
A B
A B
Y N Y-Dot Error Checkout
Refer to Figure 5.
Re-define the image quality defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
Figure 5 Abnormal Y-dot position
Procedure
Perform dC967 Head to Drum Spacing Check. The head to drum spacing check is suc-
cessful.

Y N Blurry / Jagged Text Defect Checkout
Refer to Figure 6.
Perform dC972 option 5, Y-dot position correction. Print TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages. Compare
the test pages with IQS 3. The test pages are good.
Y N
Option 2 Head to Head Alignment Adjust.
Option 3 Head to Head Uniformity.
Option 4 TRC Generation.
Print TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages. Compare the test pages with IQS 3 and IQS 6. The
test pages are good.
Y N
Perform dC972 option 5 Y Dot Position Correction. Print TP 1 Initial Test Print
Pages. Compare the test pages with IQS 3 and IQS 6. The test pages are good.
Y N
Figure 6 Blurry / jagged text
Procedure
Check the position of the carriages. The carriages are docked to the drum.
Y N
C
C
Y N IQ 6 Missing Ink or Grainy Output RAP
Use this RAP when the output has white spots or a grainy appearance, Figure 1.
A grainy appearance can be caused by:
Perform dC972 option 5, Y-dot position correction. Print TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages. Evaluate Image processing on certain postscript print files that contain transition areas between
the text page only and compare with IQS 6. The text page is good. greys and near-greys.
Y N Inherent graininess in prints.
Perform dC972 option 1, Printhead Uniformity. Option 1 runs options 1 through 5, before Missing pixels (known as dropout). This is most visible in halftone regions and is most
proceeding to run option 5, Print TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages. Evaluate the text page only prevalent on duplex prints and / or rough / textured media.
and compare with IQS 6. The text pages are good.
Y N NOTE: Media containing cotton, linen or parchments can exhibit dropout due to surface tex-
Perform dC972 option 5, Y-Dot Position Correction. Print TP 1 Initial Test Print ture. Areas of missing ink on envelopes that outline the seams or flaps is normal.
Pages. Evaluate the text page only and compare with IQS 6. The text pages are
NOTE: Opening the paper tray or switching from SEF to LEF prints can cause dropout on the
good.
next duplex print. Reprinting the job will normally resolve this issue.
Y N
Install new printheads as necessary, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2. Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP.
Figure 1 Duplex dropout example

A B
Initial Actions Perform dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Check the operating temperature of the
drum and registration/preheat assemblies. The temperatures are within the set point
WARNING range.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Check the fault history, GP 2, for a corresponding fault code. Perform the relevant
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. RAP.
WARNING
Enter dC978 Transfix Calibration Values. Check the transfix calibration values against
those on the drum frame. The calibration values match.
If the customer is using banner pages, make sure they are printed in the same orientation
Y N
as the job. Printing banner sheets in a different orientation to the job can cause dropout. Correct transfix calibration values in NVM, dC131.
Check that the defect occurs when making prints and is not related to copy quality. If the
defect is present on copies only, Go to IQ 29 DADH Document Glass and Scanner RAP. Enter dC962 to test the transfix assembly. The transfix assembly operates normally.
If the graininess only appears on postscript prints in transition areas between greys and Y N
near greys, print the job using composite black (selected from the print driver). Install new components as necessary:
Transfix roller, PL 10.20 Item 1.
NOTE: This change can affect billing black / white / grey pages with greater than 1.5%
coverage. It is therefore not recommended to save composite black as the default setting. Flexure encoder, PL 10.20 Item 5.
Fast colour and standard print resolutions can cause more dropout. If graininess is
observed at either of these resolutions, print the job at a higher resolution (enhanced or Open the front door and remove the inner cover. Enter dC959, Cleaning Unit Exerciser,
high resolution / photo).
and run the slow speed exerciser. While this is running ensure the cleaning unit metering
Turn the media over in the tray. Media quality can vary between sides. blade and roller are making contact with the drum. The metering blade and roller are
Print the job on smoother media. Inform the customer to use the smoothest, best quality making contact with the drum.
media available. Y N
If the pattern of graininess is exactly the same on multiple copies of the same print, use a Check the cleaning unit front cam, PL 94.10 Item 9, rear cam, PL 94.10 Item 13,
higher print resolution. This is an indication that the defect is inherent in the print file. No drive gear, PL 94.10 Item 23 and cleaning unit motor, PL 94.10 Item 24. Install new
other service action is possible. Defect is within specification. parts as necessary.
Enlarging an image may result in a grainy appearance.
No other service action is possible. Defect is within specification.
Press the Machine Status button on the keypad, select the Fault tab on the UI, then Cur-
Instruct the customer to run the job with extra heavy weight selected as the job media
rent Messages. If the message Cleaning unit life extended, image quality may be
type regardless of the media type being used. Instruct the customer to change the paper
impacted is displayed, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. type back to its original setting when finished. Extra heavy weight media selection affects
Check the drum page count in dC131 NVM ID 492-070. If a drum has not been replaced stapling and hole punching finish options.
on this machine, this page count will equal the meter total. If a new drum has been
installed, the meter count will be higher than the drum page count (the offset will equal the Go to IQ 26 Poor Ink Adhesion.
page count that a new drum was installed on). If this NVM value has become corrupt or if
the drum page count was not properly reset when a new drum was installed, images may
have a more grainy appearance.
Procedure
Make a duplex print of TP 11 Color Bands and Dithers Test Pages. Look at the last sheet only
(black dither print). The image level of graininess is the same on both sides.
Y N
Check that the front and rear thermistors are not misaligned or bent and that they are
making contact with the drum. Check that there is no paper or debris between the ther-
mistors and the drum. The thermistors are good.
Y N
Front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9.
A B
IQ 7 Metering Blade Timing RAP
Use this RAP to diagnose faults with operation of the cleaning unit metering blade.
Blade engage out of
Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP. tolerance zone
Procedure
WARNING
NOTE: Before printing TP 20, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded long edge
1. Print TP 20 Oil Bar Chase and Metering Blade Timing Test Pages.
2. Evaluate the metering blade timing test page only. If the metering blade engages and dis-
engages within the tolerance zones, the cleaning unit and cleaning unit drive train are
working correctly.
3. If the metering blade is engaging or disengaging outside the tolerance zones, Figure 1
either the cleaning unit or the cleaning unit drive train is defective.
4. Refer to 94-520-00 Cleaning Unit Drive Train RAP to determine if the cleaning unit drive
Blade disengage out
train is defective. If the drive train is operating correctly, install a new cleaning unit PL
of tolerance zone
94.10 Item 21.
Figure 1 Metering blade timing page (too long)

IQ 8 Cross Process Ink Artifacts (Smudge) RAP Procedure
Use this RAP when the output has extra ink in localized areas in the cross process direction, WARNING
Figure 1. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
Open the stripper gate, GP 31. Inspect the drum stripper blade for ink accumulation.
NOTE: Occasionally, the combination of rough media, a high coverage image, and a long print
job creates a condition where stripper blade ink accumulation is unavoidable. Advise the cus-
tomer to consider changing to smoother media.
Print three copies of TP 4 Yellow Solid Fill Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10). The test pages are
good.
Y N
Press the Machine Status button select the Fault tab on the UI and enter Current Mes-
sages. Check if the message Cleaning unit life extended, image may be impacted is dis-
played. A different message is displayed.
Y N
Open the front door and remove the inner cover. Enter dC959 and run the slow speed
exerciser. While this is running, check that the cleaning unit blade and roller are making
contact with the drum. The cleaning unit blade and roller are making contact with
the drum.
Y N
Check the front cam, PL 94.10 Item 9, rear cam, PL 94.10 Item 13, drive gear, PL
94.10 Item 23 and the cleaning unit motor, PL 94.10 Item 24 The components are
good.
Figure 1 Cross process ink artifacts Y N
Perform dC969 Clean Ink Smears. Print three copies of TP 4 Yellow Solid Fill
Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10). The test pages are good.
Y N
Install a new stripper blade assembly PL 10.12 Item 3.
Print TP 14 Drum Stripper Blade Test Print. The stripper blade releases between the
35 mm and the 50 mm mark.
Y N
Install a new stripper blade solenoid, PL 10.10 Item 3.
A B
A B
Perform dC969 Clean Ink Smears. Print three copies of TP 4 Yellow Solid Fill Test
pages (TP 2 to TP 10). The test pages are good.
Y N
Install a new stripper blade assembly, PL 10.12 Item 3.

IQ 9 Deletions in the Process Direction RAP Scraped Ink - A line of missing ink in the process direction, Figure 7. Edges of the
defect are rough or jagged. Ink may appear in the margin or the trailing edge. Dis-
tinct from multiple missing jets by the irregular edges of the deletion. If observed, go
Deletions in the process direction. to the Scraping Checkout.
Scraped ink in the process direction. A broad line of missing ink of a single primary colour in the process direction with
Scratches in the process direction. straight edges, Figure 8. Distinct from scraping by the uniform edges of the deletion.
X-stitch defects. If observed, go to the Multiple Missing Jets Checkout.
Light lines in the process direction. Multiple deletions and blobs of ink on the print, Figure 9. If observed, go to the Purge
Roving missing jets. Line Obstruction Checkout.
Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP. X-Axis defect - High-frequency bands in the process direction, Figure 10. If
observed, go to the X-Axis Defect Checkout.
Procedure Missing or discoloured jets caused by a worn wiper blade forcing ink or debris into
the printhead jetstack, Figure 11. If observed, go to the Printhead Maintenance
WARNING Checkout.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Light lines in the process direction indicating missing jets, that clear after a head
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause purge, followed by further missing jets on the same carriage. This is caused by a
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. dirty wiper blade contaminating the printheads and is known as a roving jet. If this
WARNING defect is observed, go to the Printhead Maintenance Checkout.
Take care during this procedure. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. Multiple missing lines of a primary colour in the process direction in a single print-
head, Figure 12. The missing lines will also show up in any secondary colours that
WARNING are effected by the primary colour (i.e. missing lines in yellow will also show up in red
Do not clean the stripper blade. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. If and green). If this is observed go to the Internally Leaking Printhead Checkout.
2. If the defect does not match any of the above re-define the image quality defect, refer to
WARNING IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
CAUTION
Use care when moving the marking unit into the service position when hot. Ink can spill from
the ink reservoir located at the back of the unit if opened with too much force. Cross-colour ink
CAUTION
easily make the printhead unusable.
NOTE: Before printing test pages, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded long
edge feed into tray 4. Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched paper.
1. Evaluate the colour bands test page, TP 26. Check for the following defects:
X - Stitch - Defects along the X-stitch area indicated by the chevrons, Figure 1. X-
stitch generally appears as a set of white stripes in the stitch region. X-stitch can
also appear as a darker, more dense strip indicating an overlap of ink. An X-stitch
defect is seen in all colours but it may appear more severe in some colours (espe-
cially black. If observed, go to the X-Stitch Defect Checkout.
NOTE: Chevrons on the test pages indicate the X-stitch region between each print-
head. X-stitch defects occur along this narrow area of the print.
Missing or weak jet - Deletions of a single primary colour that run consistently in the
process direction, Figure 2. If observed, go to the Missing or Weak Jet Checkout.

A B
X-Stitch Defect Checkout The test pages are good.
Y N
Refer to Figure 1.
Perform dC914 Head to Head Alignment Test. Check the motion of the print-
head stitch adjust motors, PL 91.20 Item 4 and PL 91.25 Item 4. The stitch
adjust motors run.
Y N
Check the motion of the printhead X-axis drive motors, PL 91.20 Item 5
and PL 91.25 Item 5.
Go to the 91-504-00, 91-505-00 Printhead Stitch Motor Over Current RAP. The
X-axis drive motors run.
Y N
Go to the 91-510-00, 91-511-00 X Axis Motor Over Current RAP.
Print TP 16. Check the test pages for good alignment following motion testing.
If the defect remains, perform the following:
1. Check for obstructions that block carriage and printhead motion.
2. Check the stitch adjust and roll adjust motor lead screws, PL 91.20 Item
21 and PL 91.25 Item 21 for cracks. Install new components as necessary.
3. Clean the IOD, refer to GP 27 Cleaning Procedure.
4. Clean the drum, refer to GP 27 Cleaning Procedure.
Print the colour bands test page, TP 26. The test page is good.
Y N
Go to the Printhead Maintenance Checkout.
If the stitch defect is still present, swap the print heads around to move the artifact to the
outside of the page.

Figure 1 X-stitch defect
Procedure
Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjustment up to 3 times. Print TP 16 Stitch Identifi-
cation Test Pages after each adjustment. The test pages are good.
Y N
Manually disable the IOD align calibration:
The test pages are good.
Y N
Manually re-enable the IOD align calibration:
A B

Missing or Weak Jet Checkout
Refer to Figure 2.
Table 1 Problem jet identification
Jet number
colour label Jet problem
Purple Detected missing jets that have not been labelled as chronic
Red Chronic jet
Green Missing jet for which jet substitution is enabled manually
Black Jetting issue not identified by IOD.
All jets are good.

Y N
There is a missing jet on dithers only, Figure 3.
Y N
Go to the 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP.
Perform dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 4 TRC Generation. Print TP 11 colour bands
and dithers test pages. The test pages are good.
Y N
Perform dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 6 Reset Head Uniformity Data. Print TP
21 jet test pages. The test pages are good.
Y N
Perform dC972 Printhead Uniformity, option 1 Printhead Uniformity.
Print 2 copies of TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages. The test pages are good.
Y N
1. dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. If the test fails, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10
Figure 2 Missing jet Item 21.
2. Print TP 20 oil bar chase and metering blade timing test pages. Evaluate the oil bar
Procedure chase page only. If necessary, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
Print TP 21 Jet Test Pages and TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages. Identify problem Print 2 copies of TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages. The test pages are good.
jets by referring to Table 1 and Figure 4, Figure 5 and Figure 6. The jet test pages are printed Y N
with no jet interlacing, so masked or missing jets will not generate colour bars. Consider the Go to the 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP.
points that follow:
If ink is missing from at least 4 numerically sequential and identically numbered jets in all Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
4 colours Figure 11, go to the Printhead Maintenance Checkout.
All jets print their corresponding colour bar on the service jet test page. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Masked (refer to GP 30) and chronic jets usually will not have a colour bar.
Jets that begin to work after being masked (intermittent) will have a colour bar even
though their label is green.
Weak or missing jets that have a black jet number have not been detected by the IOD.
If the IOD sensor has failed, it could report missing jets incorrectly, causing them to be
mislabeled.

Figure 5 Weak jet 187
Figure 6 Sputtering jet 157
Figure 3 Missing jet on dithers only
Figure 4 Missing jet 157

Scraping Checkout Multiple Missing Jets Checkout
Refer to Figure 7. Refer to Figure 8. Shows multiple missing jets of a single primary colour.
Figure 7 Scraping Figure 8 Multiple missing jets
Procedure Procedure
Check for accumulations of ink or media debris on components that could scrape the drum. Perform the following:
Perform the following: 1. Perform dC968 Head Purge.
1. Clean the following components, GP 27 or install new components as necessary: 2. Print the jet test pages, TP 21.
Abatement plenum, PL 94.20 Item 12. Analyse the jet test pages. The jet test pages are good.
IOD shield and sensor, PL 94.15. Y N
2. If necessary, install a new stripper blade assembly, PL 10.12 Item 3. Go to the 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP.
3. IQ 7 Metering Blade Timing RAP.
Print the colour bands test page, TP 26. The test pages are good. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Y N

C
Purge Line Obstruction Checkout NOTE: Drooling may occur after a purge is completed and the printhead will continue to
ooze small amounts of ink out of the printhead. Drooling may also occur at initial warm
Refer to Figure 9.
up and effects all four printheads and does not continue after the purge cycle.
This may eventually lead to clogged jets and may stain the face plate.

X-Axis Defect Checkout
Refer to Figure 10.
Figure 10 X-axis defect
Procedure
Figure 9 Purge line obstruction
Go to IQ 13 Uneven in All Colours RAP. Perform the X-Axis Checkout.
Procedure
Check for purge line issues, refer to the 93-549-00 to 93-552-00 and 93-557-00 to 93-560-00
Printheads 1 and 3 Printhead Reservoir Fill Error RAP or the 93-553-00 to 93-556-00 and 93-
561-00 to 93-564-00 Printheads 2 and 4 Printhead Reservoir Fill Error RAP. The purge line
errors are found and corrected.
Y N
Check the printheads for evidence of ink drooling from the printhead jetstack area, for
example: printhead not turning off, ink pouring out of the printhead, ink all over the drum
or waste tray overfilling. If necessary, install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25
Item 2.

D
Printhead Maintenance Checkout Perform dC965 Printhead Maintenance Cycle Test. Observe wiper motion during the test. Look
for erratic wiper motion that may indicate wiper chatter or motor failure. The wiper moves
Refer to Figure 11.
smoothly across the printhead jetstack area.
Y N
1. Check the wiper mechanism, refer to the 91-572-00, 91-573-00, 91-575-00 Wiper
Vertical Error RAP.
2. If necessary, install a new HM wiper, PL 91.15 Item 13.
NOTE: Installation of a HM wiper, PL 91.15 Item 13 is recommended if wiper chatter

is observed.
3. dC968 Head Purge.

Print the jet test pages, TP 21. The test pages are good.
Y N
Go to the 91-638-00 IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP.
Go to the Missing or Weak Jet Checkout.
Figure 11 Clogged or contaminated jets
Procedure
Print the jet test pages, TP 21. Examine the jet test pages to determine the placement of the
missing jets, Figure 11. The ink is missing from 4 numerically sequential and identically
numbered jets in all 4 colours.
Y N
Go to the Missing or Weak Jet Checkout.
D
Internally Leaking Printhead Checkout IQ 10 Incorrect Margin, Misregistration or Skew RAP
Procedure Use this RAP to determine the source of margin, misregistration or skew, Figure 1.
Evaluate the colour bands test page, TP 26. Check for the following defect:
NOTE: Since the printhead is leaking internally, no ink will be visible externally on the print
head or on the printer.
If massive amounts of ink are missing in the process direction in one printhead similar to Figure
12, check for a leaky printhead. Note that the missing ink will generally affect a primary colour
and its associated secondary colours. This issue most commonly shows up in black and yellow
meaning the missing ink will also show up in the red and green bars. Purging the printhead to
recover the missing jets will not resolve this issue. Often the missing ink will be noticed on the
colour bands print on TP 26 but not on the jet tests pages printed from dC968. If this defect is
observed then install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2 and PL 91.25 Item 2.
Figure 1 Image skew
Initial Actions
WARNING
Perform dC608 Document Feeder Registration.
Perform dC609 Document Glass Registration.
Figure 12 Printhead with internal leak
Procedure
Make 3 prints of TP 2, cyan solid fill test page (TP 2 to TP 10). Check the prints for skew, refer
to IQS 1 Registration and Skew. The prints are skewed.

A B
Y N NOTE: W/TAG 018 machines do not have air pumps install as standard. However,
Make 3, duplex prints of TP 2, cyan solid fill test page (TP 2 to TP 10). Check the prints for the preheat air pumps in a replacement registration/preheat assembly will function
skew, refer to IQS 1 Registration and Skew. The prints are skewed. when the unit is installed, refer to service bulletin T8009-12-06.
Y N
Make 3 copies of TP 2 from the document glass. Check the copies for skew. The Make 3 prints of TP 2, cyan solid fill test page (TP 2 to TP 10). The prints are good.
Y N
copies are skewed.
Make five prints from each tray and the bypass tray to identify the source of skew.
Y N
Make a copy of TP 2 from the DADH. Check the copies for skew. The copies Perform the following:
are skewed. Check the tray feed rolls and guides for contamination.
Y N Check the tray feed rolls and transport rolls for wear. Install new components as
No skew is present. Re-define the image quality defect. Refer to IQ 1 necessary.
Image Quality Entry RAP. Check that there is no variation in the size or weight of the sheets of paper in
each tray.
The skew is originating in the DADH. Go to ADJ 5.3 DADH Skew Adjustment.
Check the paper path for obstructions. Refer to IQ 2 Copy or Print Damage
RAP.
There is a skew problem originating in the scanner. Perform the following:
Check that the scan carriage is parallel to edge of the document glass. If neces- Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
sary, perform ADJ 62.2 Scan Carriage Assembly.
Check that the scan cables are wrapped around their drive pulleys, refer to Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
REP 62.7 Scan Cables.
If necessary, install a new scanner, PL 62.15 Item 1.
The skew occurs in the duplex paper path. Check the following nip and drive rolls, refer to
GP 29 Component Locations:
Roller drive J - PL 10.10 Item 1.
Roller drive L - PL 10.10 Item 2.
Roller nip P - PL 10.15 Item 6.
Nip R, C and Q takeaway rolls, PL 82.15 Item 10.
Transport roller drive 2, D, F - PL 82.10 Item 1.
Transport roller TAR vertical, E - PL 82.10 Item 2.
Clean the rolls, GP 27 or install new components as necessary.
Perform dC969 Clean Ink Smears. Print 3 copies of TP 2, cyan solid fill test page (TP 2 to TP
10). Check the prints for skew, refer to IQS 1 Registration and Skew. The prints are good.
Y N
Perform dC625 Registration/preheat Calibration. The registration calibration is good.
Y N
Enter dC330 code 82-007, nip C release solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 4 and 82-008, nip
D release solenoid, PL 70.30 Item 13. The solenoids energize.
Y N
Go to the 82-507-00, 82-508-00 Nip C and Nip D Release Solenoid Over Cur-
rent RAP.
Check the operation of the air pumps, refer to 88-508-00 Registration/preheat Air
Pump Incorrect Current RAP. If the air pumps are working, then install a new regis-
tration/preheat assembly, PL 88.10 Item 1.
A B
A
IQ 11 Smudges, Debris, Smears in the Process Direction, The defect is in the finisher. Dock and connect the finisher. Compare the marks to Figure 1.
The marks are similar to Figure 1, approximately 1 mm wide.
or Paper Stack Marks RAP Y N
Use this RAP to troubleshoot the following defects: The machine has a HVF.
Y N
Faint smudges or smears in the process direction at the edges of the print, Figure 1 and Print three copies of TP 4 Yellow Solid Fill Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10) to different
Figure 2. output trays to isolate where the marking is taking place. Inspect the media path of
Faint smudges or smears in the process direction in line with text or printed horizontal the LCSS. Look for trapped media debris or a build up of ink. Clean any contamina-
lines, Figure 3. tion from the media path.
NOTE: The marks are similar to Figure 2.

Most roller and rib marks are inherent to the design and cannot be completely eliminated. Y N
Paper stack marks may only appear on the edge of the stack (but not on the surface of Slight amounts of ink accumulation will show up as marks on the edge of the stack
the print), they should be relatively faint. This type of marking is normal and no permanent (on a large job). As the accumulation of ink increases, it can cause ink marks on the
solution is available. To clean, run chase pages, TP 12 to the affected tray until the defect surface of the print from the ink transferring from the ribs onto the media. These
fades. The benefits of cleaning are temporary. marks are approximately 1 mm wide and correspond to the rib locations. Clean any
contamination from the media path.
The booklet maker has additional paper path features which contact the image and create
Initial Actions localized scuff marks. Clean the media path of the booklet maker.
WARNING The defect may occur when booklet making with paper above 120 gsm. The ink may
transfer from one sheet to the other sheet it is being folded against. If this occurs then use
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do paper of 120 gsm or below.
Print three copies of TP 4 Yellow Solid Fill Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10) to different output trays
WARNING to isolate where the marking is taking place. Inspect the media path of the finisher. Look for a
Take care during this procedure. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. build up of ink on ribs. Clean any contamination from the media path.
WARNING
Machine Only
the stripper blade is dirty a new blade must be installed. Procedure
WARNING Check that the front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9 and the rear drum thermistor, PL 94.20
Item 10 are not bent or misaligned. Check for paper debris between the thermistors and the
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. drum and ensure that the thermistors are making good contact with the drum. The ther-
CAUTION mistors are good.
If media is found between the drum and IOD sensor, remove the IOD sensor before removing Y N
the media. Pulling media out over the IOD can damage the IOD shield. Install new components as necessary
Clear the media path. Check the area surrounding the drum, IOD, cleaning unit, abate- Front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9.
ment plenum, transfix roller, and drum stripper blade for ink debris or for full or partial Rear drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 10.
sheets of media.
Check the pre-heater for ink debris. Perform dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Check the drum operating temperature. The
drum temperature is good.
Procedure Y N
Go to 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, 94-546-00, 94-632-00,
The machine has a finisher fitted. 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP.
Y N
Go to Machine Only.
Perform dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Check the preheat operating temperature. The
preheat temperature is good.
Separate the finisher from the machine. Install a finisher bypass connector, PL 26.10 Item 3.
Y N
Print the initial test pages, TP 1. The prints are good.
Go to 88-500-00 to 88-502-00, 88-512-00 Preheat Thermal Error RAP.
Y N
Go to Machine Only.
A B

B
installed, refer to service bulletin T8009-12-06.
Refer to 88-508-00 Registration/preheat Air Pump Incorrect Current RAP. The Registration/
preheat air pump is good.
Y N
Install a new registration/preheat air pump, PL 88.10 Item 5.
Press the Machine Status button select the fault tab on the UI and enter Current Messages.
Check if the message Cleaning unit life extended, image may be impacted is displayed. A
different message is displayed.
Y N
NOTE: Installing a new cleaning unit may temporarily make smudging worse.
Enter dC969 and run Clean Print Smears. Print three copies of TP 4 Yellow Solid Fill Test
Pages (TP 2 to TP 10). The test prints are good.
Y N
Open the stripper gate, GP 31. Check the drum stripper blade for accumulations of ink or
other debris. The stripper blade is clean.
Y N
1. Check the stripper solenoid SOL10-021, PL 10.10 Item 3. Refer to 10-570-00
Stripper Solenoid Over Current RAP. If necessary, install a new stripper sole-
noid assembly, PL 10.10 Item 3.
2. Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
NOTE: Installing a new cleaning unit may temporarily make smudging worse.
3. Inspect the cleaning unit camshaft assembly, PL 94.10 Item 4 for obstructions
that would prevent it from moving freely. Remove the camshaft assembly.
Check the bushings, PL 94.10 Item 8 and PL 94.10 Item 14 for wear or dam-
age. If necessary, install a new camshaft assembly, PL 94.10 Item 4.
4. If necessary, install a new drum stripper blade, PL 10.12 Item 3.
Print TP 15 Media Path Test Pages, to determine where in the paper path the marking is
occurring. Refer to GP 27 Cleaning Procedure to clean the media path.
If the problem persists, check the following areas for accumulation of ink or media debris.
Clean as necessary:
Cleaning unit metering blade. Only remove paper debris. If the metering blade
appears to have excessive ink build-up, refer to IQ 21.
Abatement plenum, PL 94.20 Item 12.
IOD shield and sensor, PL 94.15 Item 1.
Roller nip N, PL 10.15 Item 1 and roller nip P, PL 10.15 Item 6.
Paper path ribs and guides.
Figure 1 Finisher rib marking example

Figure 2 HVF BM ejector marking example Figure 3 Streaking from IOT

IQ 12 Missing or Partial Image RAP Initial Actions
Use this RAP to troubleshoot wide deletions in the process direction that affect a complete WARNING
printhead or a when a single colour is missing from a single printhead. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
The problem is usually caused by a communication or power error in the marking unit and death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
causes the substantial or complete loss of a single printhead, Figure 1 and may be seen in one
CAUTION
or all colours. The problem may be an ink supply problem if only a part of the printhead is miss-
ing. Use care when moving the marking unit into the service position when hot. Ink can spill from
NOTE: Blank sheets accompanying multi-feeds or chase pages following a jam are normal.
CAUTION
to the printhead and IME controller PWB will occur if the cables are installed incorrectly.
CAUTION
Check for media or debris around the printhead and drum. Clean as necessary, refer to
GP 27 Cleaning Procedure.
Procedure
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14. Check the PEST fault history, dC123. New
faults are listed in the PEST history.
Y N
Print the initial test pages, TP 1. Test pages are good.
Y N
NOTE: Before printing TP 26, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded
long edge feed into tray 4. Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole
punched paper.
Perform dC968 Head Purge on the affected printhead. Print TP 26 Printhead Unifor-
mity / Colour Bands Test Page. Test prints are good.
Y N
Reseat the two ribbon cables, PL 92.10 Item 7 and PL 92.10 Item 8, attached to
the affected printhead. Print the initial test pages, TP 1. The prints are good.
Y N
Switch off the machine, GP 14. Swap the two ribbon cables on the
affected printhead with the two ribbon cables on the working printhead on
the same carriage. Switch on the machine, GP 14. Print the initial test
pages, TP 1. The defect moves to a new location.
Y N
Install a new quad wave amp PWB, PL 92.10 Item 3. Print the initial
Figure 1 Printhead 2 failure test pages, TP 1. The test pages are good.
Y N
Install a new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1. Print the ini-
tial test pages, TP 1. The test pages are good.
Y N
Install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item
2.
A B C D E F G
A B C D E F G
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. IQ 13 All Colours Uneven RAP
Use this RAP to troubleshoot uneven colours in all four primary colours (cyan, magenta, yellow
and black).
Install new ribbon cables on the printhead that now shows the defect, PL
92.10 Item 7 and PL 92.10 Item 8.
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. Initial Actions

Enter the customer administration tools, GP 5. On the Tools tab select Troubleshooting
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. then Automatic Light Lines Fix. Set Quick Fix to On. Set Full Fix to Eco Fix.
NOTE: Ensure that the customers Automatic Light Lines and Full Fix settings are
restored to the original settings when the image quality defect has been corrected.
Perform the relevant RAP. Try running the customers image in a higher print resolution.
Procedure
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Evaluate the colour bands test page, TP 26. Check for the following defects.
High frequency lines of missing ink, dark lines or both, in the process direction, Figure 1.
The lines are across the width of a printhead. If observed, go to X-Axis Checkout.
Dark or light bands in the process direction, across the width of a printhead, Figure 2. The
defect might be more noticeable in single colours, Figure 3. If observed, go to Uniformity
Checkout.
Faded lines in the process direction with indistinct edges, Figure 4. The defect is notice-
able in all colours but may be more apparent in some, Figure 5. If observed, go to Unifor-
mity Checkout.
Faded lines in the cross process direction, Figure 6. Ringing seen between horizontal
lines. If observed, go to Ringing Checkout.
If the defect is not apparent in all four primary colours, go to the IQ 14 Uneven in Some
Colours RAP. If the colours are spatially uniform but incorrect, go to the IQ 15 Wrong
Colour RAP.

A
X-Axis Checkout 3. Perform dC914 Head to Head Alignment Test to check carriage motion. After cor-
recting any obstructions, perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjust. Reprint
Refer to Figure 1.
the stitch identification test print, TP 16.
The prints are good.
Y N
X-axis motor, PL 91.20 Item 5.
Perform dC971 Head to Head Alignment Adjust to align the printheads.
Figure 1 X-axis motion error
CAUTION
If carriage motion is obstructed to the point of producing stringy lines of ink, it is likely that
strings of ink are scattered throughout the machines interior. Check the printheads, abatement
plenum, exit module, and transfix roller for ink residue, clean as necessary, GP 27. Refer to IQ
20 Wavy or Stringy Lines of Ink/Blistering RAP.
Procedure
Print the stitch identification test pages, TP 16. The prints are good.
Y N
1. Check for restrictions to printhead motion:
a. Wrong harness routing, refer to GP 28 Marking Unit Assembly Wiring Har-
nesses.
b. Umbilical routing, PL 91.20 Item 10 and PL 91.25 Item 10. Check for obstruc-
tions or damage.
c. Contamination of the front and rear bearing shafts on the upper and lower
SFWA frames.
d. Check that the orange shipping restraint clips are removed from the carriages.
2. Check the condition of the x-axis motors, PL 91.20 Item 5 and PL 91.25 Item 5:
Check for disconnected or damaged wiring harnesses. Repair as necessary,
REP 1.1.
Check the X-axis drive motor lead screw, and cone nut. Check that the anti-
rotation stop is engaged. Refer to REP 91.9 X Axis Drive Motor.
A
Uniformity Checkout
Refer to Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4 and Figure 5.
Figure 3 Printhead non-uniformity on dithers
Figure 2 Printhead wide non-uniformity

Figure 4 Jet to jet non-uniformity Figure 5 Jet to jet non-uniformity on dithers
Procedure
NOTE: Before printing the test pages, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded
long edge feed into tray 4. Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched
paper.
Evaluate the cyan / magenta test page and the red, blue and green bands in the colour bands
print (TP 1). Check for distinctive non-uniform bands in the process direction. The prints are
good and are without non-uniform bands.
Y N
Perform the following dC972 Print Head Uniformity routines:
1. Option 3 Head to head uniformity
2. Option 4 TRC Generation
3. Option 5 Y-dot position correction
Print TP 1. Evaluate the cyan / magenta test page and the red, blue and green bands on
the colour bands test page for distinctive non-uniform bands in the process direction.
The prints are good and are without non-uniform bands.
Y N
B C
B C B C
1. Option 6 Reset head uniformity data NOTE: Certain colours (such as darker shades of blue, red and green) are more prone to
2. Option 2 Head to head alignment adjust show process direction banding. If banding is not seen on the test prints but the issue is
with a particular shade of a colour as opposed to all or many shades of a colour, no other
adjustments or repairs actions are possible.
Advise the customer to print the image in another print resolution or colour correction may
5. Option 5 Y-dot position correction result in a more satisfactory image. Changing the colour in the customers application may
Print TP 1. Evaluate the cyan / magenta test page and the red, blue and green result in a more satisfactory image.
bands on the colour bands test page for distinctive non-uniform bands in the process
direction. The prints are good and are without non-uniform bands. Perform SCP 5 Final actions.
Y N
NOTE: Certain colours (such as darker shades of blue, red and green) are more prone to show
NOTE: The head to head uniformity uses one head as a reference to adjust the process direction banding. If banding is not seen on the test prints but the issue is with a partic-
other printheads. Swapping the printheads then changes the reference print- ular shade of a colour as opposed to all or many shades of a colour, no other adjustments or
head, which often results in better uniformity. repairs actions are possible.
Swap printhead 1 with printhead 2 and printhead 3 with print head 4. On a 9301 Advise the customer to print the image in another print resolution or colour correction may
machine make sure there are no chronic jets on print head 1 or printhead 4 result in a more satisfactory image. Changing the colour in the customers application may
before swapping the heads. If chronic jets are present, then install a new print- result in a more satisfactory image.
head to replace the print head that has a difference appearance than the other
printheads. Perform dC972, Print TP 1 and evaluate the cyan / magenta and
the red, blue and green bands in the colour bands prints for distinctive non-uni-
form bands in the process direction. The prints are good and are without
non-uniform bands.
Y N
Install new print heads as required, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2.
NOTE: Certain colours (such as darker shades of blue, red and green) are
more prone to show process direction banding. If banding is not seen on the
test prints but the issue is with a particular shade of a colour as opposed to all
or many shades of a colour, no other adjustments or repairs actions are possi-
ble.
Advise the customer to print the image in another print resolution or colour cor-
rection may result in a more satisfactory image. Changing the colour in the cus-
tomers application may result in a more satisfactory image.
NOTE: Certain colours (such as darker shades of blue, red and green) are more
prone to show process direction banding. If banding is not seen on the test prints but
the issue is with a particular shade of a colour as opposed to all or many shades of a
colour, no other adjustments or repairs actions are possible.
Advise the customer to print the image in another print resolution or colour correction
may result in a more satisfactory image. Changing the colour in the customers appli-
cation may result in a more satisfactory image.
B C

Ringing Checkout Procedure
Refer to Figure 6. This example is LEF in the process direction. Ringing is both pattern and If printing on A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch paper, change the media orientation in the tray. Reprint the
image orientation dependent. customer job. The print is good.
Y N
The printer may be printing within specification. The defect is consistent printhead to
printhead.
Y N
Install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2.
No service action required. The defect is within specification.
Figure 6 Ringing defect

IQ 14 Some Colours Uneven RAP Light discolouration in wide bands across a whole printhead in the process direction, Fig-
ure 5. Uniform light discolouration across a whole printhead. If observed, go to Ink Mixing
in the Printhead or in the Ink Melt Reservoir Checkout.
Banding in the process direction. Faded bands in the process direction across all colours,
Light lines in the process direction
Figure 6 or visible as coloured bands on single colour dithers, Figure 7. If observed, go to
Dark lines in the process direction the Banding Checkout.
Light discolouration in wide bands across a whole printhead in the process direction If the defect is apparent in all four primary colours, go to the IQ 13 Uneven in All Colours
Dark discolouration in wide bands across a whole printhead in the process direction RAP. If the colours are spatially uniform but incorrect, go to the IQ 15 Wrong Colour RAP.
Discolouration in a single colour primary across the whole page
Banding in the process direction
Initial Actions
Enter the customer administration tools, GP 5. On the Tools tab select Troubleshooting
then Automatic Light Lines Fix. Set Quick Fix to On. Set Full Fix to Eco Fix.
NOTE: Ensure that the customers Automatic Light Lines and Full Fix settings are
restored to the original settings when the image quality defect has been corrected.
Procedure
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Evaluate the colour bands test page, TP 26. Check for the following defects:
Light lines in the process direction in a primary colour with corresponding light lines in
secondary colours, Figure 1. Distinct parallel lines, often in groups of six lines, within a
single primary colour and the corresponding secondary colours. If observed, go to the
Missing Jet Checkout.
Figure 1 Missing jet example
Dark lines in the process direction in a primary colour with corresponding dark lines in
secondary colours, Figure 3. Distinct parallel lines, often in groups of six lines, within a
single primary colour and the corresponding secondary colours. If observed, go to the Ink
Mixing at the Printhead Faceplate Checkout.
Dark discolouration in wide bands across a whole printhead in the process direction, Fig-
ure 4. Uniform dark discolouration across a whole printhead. If observed, go to Ink Mixing
in the Printhead or in the Ink Melt Reservoir Checkout.
Discolouration across the whole page, Figure 5. Uniform discolouration in a single colour
across the whole page. If observed, go to Ink Mixing in the Printhead or in the Ink Melt
Reservoir Checkout.

Missing Jet Checkout Ink Mixing at the Printhead Faceplate Checkout
Missing jets usually occur on a single printhead. Figure 2 shows examples of missing jets on Figure 3 is an example of ink mixing at the surface of the printhead faceplate, showing the
multiple printheads to indicate various combinations of colours. The illustration shows a cyan defect clearing up over a series of prints. This symptom appears as yellow ink looking black. To
missing jet on printhead 1, a magenta missing jet on printhead 2, a yellow missing jet on print- a lesser degree, cyan and magenta may look darker. Black is generally not affected.
head 3, and a black missing jet on printhead 4. The defect is the width of a single jet. The
defect could involve more than one jet of one or more colours.
NOTE:
Missing cyan jets affect green and blue
Missing magenta jets affect red and blue
Missing yellow jets affect red and green
Missing black jets affect dark shades of all colours
Figure 3 Ink mixing clearing with repeated prints
Procedure
Perform dC965 Printhead Maintenance Test. Check carriage and wiper motion. The wiper
contacts and moves smoothly across the printhead faceplate area.
Y N
Wiper chatter is observed.
Y N
Figure 2 Missing jets on multiple printheads Go to the 91-572-00, 91-573-00, 91-575-00 Wiper Vertical Error RAP.
Procedure Install a new wiper blade, PL 91.15 Item 13.

Go to 91-638-00, IOD Detects Chronic Jet Error RAP.
Print 3 sets of cleaning pages, TP 22. Print the Initial Test Print Pages, TP 1. If ink mixing is still
present, the defect is not caused by printhead faceplate mixing. Re-define the image quality
defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.

Ink Mixing in the Printhead or in the Ink Melt Reservoir Checkout
Ink mixing may occur in the printhead or in the ink melt reservoir. Ink mixing in the printhead
appears as a band across the image, Figure 4. Ink mixing in the ink melt reservoir appears as
discolouration in all four printheads, Figure 5.
Figure 5 Ink mixing in the ink melt reservoir
Procedure
Check for evidence of overfilling of the reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10. The reservoir is filled to
the correct level.
Figure 4 Ink mixing in printhead 4 Y N
Go to 93-901-00 to 93-904-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Fill Failure RAP.
Check for evidence of cross contamination of the ink melt reservoir. The reservoir is clear of
cross contamination.
Y N
1. Install a new reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10.
2. dC968 Head Purge 3 times.
Check for leaks in the umbilical connections. The umbilical connections are good.
Y N
Go to 93-937-00 to 93-940-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Leak Error RAP.

A
NOTE: Before printing TP 26, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded long edge Banding Checkout
Refer to Figure 6 and Figure 7.
Print the colour bands test page, TP 26. Evaluate the test page. All colours are good except
cyan (cyan is mixed with green).
Y N
Ink discolouration is across all 4 printheads.
Y N
Perform dC968 Head Purge 3 times. Purge all 4 printheads. The discolouration
has increased and affects all four heads.
Y N
Check the service log for previous instances of ink mixing. Ink mixing is a
new fault.
Y N
Install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2.
Perform dC968 Head Purge 3 times. Record which printhead had ink discolou-
ration in the service log. Enter GP 5 Customer Administration Tools. Check if
Intelligent Ready power save mode is on. If necessary, advise the customer
that using Intelligent Ready power save mode may avoid future ink discoloura-
tion.
NOTE: Do not change the customer settings.
Install a new reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10. Perform dC968 Head Purge 3 times.
Install a new reservoir, PL 93.10 Item 10. Perform dC968 Head Purge 3 times.
Perform dC968 Head Purge 3 times. Enter GP 5 Customer Administration Tools. Check if Intel-
ligent Ready power save mode is on. If necessary, advise the customer that using Intelligent
Ready power save mode may avoid future ink discolouration.
Figure 6 Banding on colour bands

B
Print TP 1. Evaluate the cyan / magenta test page and the red, blue and green bands on
the colour bands test page for non-uniform bands in the process direction. The prints
are good and are without non-uniform bands.
Y N
1. Option 6 Reset head uniformity data
2. Option 2 Head to head alignment adjust
5. Option 5 Y-dot position correction
Print TP 1. Evaluate the cyan / magenta test page and the red, blue and green
bands on the colour bands test page for non-uniform bands in the process direction.
The prints are good and are without non-uniform bands.
Y N
NOTE: The head to head uniformity uses one head as a reference to adjust the
other printheads. Swapping the printheads then changes the reference print-
head, which often results in better uniformity.
Swap printhead 1 with printhead 2 and printhead 3 with print head 4. On a 9301
machine make sure there are no chronic jets on printhead 1 or printhead 4
before swapping the heads. If chronic jets are present, then install a new print-
head to replace the print head that has a difference appearance than the other
printheads. Perform dC972, Print TP 1 and evaluate the cyan / magenta and
the red, blue and green bands in the colour bands prints for a distinctive non-
uniform bands in the process direction. The prints are good and are without
non-uniform bands.
Y N
Install new printheads as required, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25 Item 2.
Figure 7 Banding in dithers Perform SCP 5 Final actions.
NOTE: Certain colours (such as darker shades of blue, red and green) are
Procedure more prone to show process direction banding. If banding is not seen on the
CAUTION test prints but the issue is with a particular shade of a colour as opposed to all
Ink mixing and ink discolouration must be corrected first. If not, printer calibration is performed or many shades of a colour, no other adjustments or repairs actions are possi-
with the wrong colour ink, and will require a future service call. ble.
Try running the customers image in a higher print resolution. Advise the customer to print the image in another print resolution or colour cor-
rection may result in a more satisfactory image. Changing the colour in the cus-
NOTE: Before printing the test pages, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded tomers application may result in a more satisfactory image.
paper. Perform SCP 5 Final actions.
Evaluate the cyan / magenta test page and the red, blue and green bands in the colour bands NOTE: Certain colours (such as darker shades of blue, red and green) are more
print (TP 1). Check for non-uniform bands in the process direction. The prints are good and prone to show process direction banding. If banding is not seen on the test prints but
are without non-uniform bands. the issue is with a particular shade of a colour as opposed to all or many shades of a
Y N colour, no other adjustments or repairs actions are possible.
Perform the following dC972 Print Head Uniformity routines: Advise the customer to print the image in another print resolution or colour correction
1. Option 3 Head to head uniformity may result in a more satisfactory image. Changing the colour in the customers appli-
2. Option 4 TRC Generation cation may result in a more satisfactory image.
3. Option 5 Y-dot position correction Perform SCP 5 Final actions.
B B

B
NOTE: Certain colours (such as darker shades of blue, red and green) are more prone to IQ 15 Wrong Colour RAP
show process direction banding. If banding is not seen on the test prints but the issue is
Use this RAP when the colours on the image are wrong. Refer to Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3
with a particular shade of a colour as opposed to all or many shades of a colour, no other
and Figure 4 to compare the defect to the colour band service test pattern, Figure 5.
adjustments or repairs actions are possible.
Advise the customer to print the image in another print resolution or colour correction may Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP.
result in a more satisfactory image. Changing the colour in the customers application may
result in a more satisfactory image.
Initial Actions
Perform SCP 5 Final actions. WARNING
NOTE: Certain colours (such as darker shades of blue, red and green) are more prone to show Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
process direction banding. If banding is not seen on the test prints but the issue is with a partic- not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
ular shade of a colour as opposed to all or many shades of a colour, no other adjustments or death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
repairs actions are possible. WARNING
Advise the customer to print the image in another print resolution or colour correction may
Do not touch the ink reservoir while it is hot.
result in a more satisfactory image. Changing the colour in the customers application may
CAUTION
result in a more satisfactory image.
Enter GP 5 Customer Administration Tools. Check if Intelligent Ready power save mode
is on. If necessary, advise the customer that using Intelligent Ready power save mode
may avoid future ink discolouration.
Ensure that all inks are loaded in their correct channel in the ink loader. If necessary, rub
the ink sticks on a clean sheet of white paper to determine the stick colour.
Procedure
The colour band service test pattern (XTP 798.000), PL 26.11 Item 15 is used to determine if
there are large differences in colour. No action should be taken to correct minor differences in
colour that may occur between test pages and the service test pattern. Magenta is a colour that
may look darker on the service test pattern, but this is normal.
Print the colour bands test page, TP 26. Compare the print with Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3
and Figure 4. Wrong colours are seen across the entire print.
Y N
Go to the IQ 14 Uneven in Some Colours RAP.
Check for ink leakage around the umbilical connections. The umbilical connections are
good.
Y N
Go to the 93-937-00 to 93-940-00 Ink Melt Reservoir Leak Error RAP.
Print the colour bands and dithers test pages, TP 11. The colours are correct compared to
the service test pattern.

Y N
Switch off, then switch on the machine, GP 14, to clear any corrupt data. Print the colour
bands and dithers test pages, TP 11. The colours are correct compared to the service
test pattern.
Y N
Perform dC968 Head Purge 3 times. Print 3 sets of cleaning pages, TP 22. Print the
colour bands and dithers test pages, TP 11. The colours are correct compared to
the service test pattern.
Y N
Install a new ink reservoir PL 93.10 Item 10. Perform dC968 Head Purge 3
times to prime the ink delivery system. Print the colour bands and dithers test
pages, TP 11. The colours are correct compared to the service test pat-
tern.
Y N
Reseat all connections on the IME Controller PWB. If necessary, install a
new IME controller PWB, PL 92.10 Item 1.
If TP 11 is good but the customers print jobs are incorrect, advise the customer to check the
print driver settings.
Figure 1 Ink discolouration

Figure 2 Ink mixing (cyan into yellow) Figure 3 Incorrectly loaded ink black into cyan

Figure 4 Corrupt image data Figure 5 Service test pattern

A B
IQ 16 Scratches or Gloss Marks in the Process Direction Print TP 15 Media Path Test Pages to isolate where the marking is taking place. Inspect,
clean, or install new rollers as necessary.
RAP If the problem persists perform the following:
Use this RAP when the output displays scratches or gloss marks in the process direction. Check the following components for accumulations of ink or media debris.
Abatement plenum, PL 94.20 Item 12.
Scratches or marks typically result from contact with transport components rollers and ribs or
IOD shield and sensor PL 94.15.
debris in the media path.
Inspect the drum for scratches, if necessary install a new drum, PL 94.20 Item 1.
This defect may be accompanied with ink that is smudging in the non-imaged area of the Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Print 3 duplex copies of TP 5 Black
media in line with the rollers or ribs. Roller marks usually have a well defined width of 10 to 15 Solid Fill Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10) and evaluate the prints for scratches or gloss
mm, and run in the process direction, and are evenly spaced across the print. Rib marks are marks
faint, narrow (up to 2 mm) burnish marks evenly spaced in the process direction. These typi- Scratches or gloss marks are present.
cally come from the finishers. The HVF finisher and booklet maker have features which contact Y N
the image and can create localized scuff marks. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP. Re-install the original cleaning unit. The problem is not in the cleaning unit. Re-define the
image quality defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
Procedure
The defect is located in the finisher. Dock and connect the finisher. Isolate the location where
WARNING the marking is taking place by printing one copy of TP 6 Red Solid Fills Test Page (TP 2 to TP
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 10) to each output tray. Inspect the media path of the finisher. Look for a build up of ink on ribs
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause and rollers. Clean any contamination from the media path. Check for dislodged rollers, install
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. new components as necessary.
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
NOTE: There are usually no corrective actions for the defect. Some ribs can be cleaned, refer
to GP 27. Printing up to 50 TP 12 Chase pages can clean the ribs temporarily. Advise the cus-
tomer that simplex jobs on light weight media cause fewer problems than duplex jobs on heavy
weight media.
Check the cleaning unit metering blade for pieces of paper.
NOTE: Ink pixel build up on the metering blade is normal and should not be cleaned off.
The metering blade is good.

Y N
Clean the metering blade of paper debris.
Separate the finisher from the printer. Install a finisher bypass connector, PL 26.10 Item 3. Print
a duplex copy of TP 6 Red Solid Fill Test Page (TP 2 to TP 10). Evaluate both sides of the test
page for process direction gloss streaks. The test page is good.
Y N
Open the stripper gate, GP 31. Check the stripper blade for accumulations of ink or media
debris. The stripper blade is clean.
Y N
A B
A
IQ 17 Gloss Marks in the Cross-Process Direction RAP Print 5 duplex copies of TP 6 Red Solid Fill Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10). Inspect the final test
page only for metering blade chatter, refer to Figure 1. The test pages are good.
Use this RAP when the output has gloss marks in the cross process direction.
Y N
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Print 5 duplex copies of TP 6 Red Solid Fill
Typical defects include: Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10). Inspect the final test page only for metering blade chatter,
refer to Figure 1. The test pages are good.
Chatter, refer to Figure 1. The cleaning unit metering blade is vibrating as it spreads oil
Y N
onto the drum. Trace amounts of chatter on duplex is normal. Re-install the original cleaning unit. The problem is not in the cleaning unit. Re-
Insufficient oil. Insufficient oil causes the inked sheet to appear glossier than normal and define the image quality defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
may also have cross-process cracking marks. This defect can also be caused by high
drum temperature. Check the cleaning unit metering blade for pieces of paper.
Jagged streaks, refer to Figure 1. The metering blade is leaving excess oil on the drum.
When the registration/preheat assembly is too hot, on a duplex print, the side that is face
up in the output tray can have significantly lower gloss than the side that is face down. The metering blade is good.
Gloss band. Some print sequences may result in a gloss band, usually 2 to 3 inches wide, Y N
that may be visible under some lighting conditions. This is normal. Clean the metering blade of paper debris.
Duplex gloss marks may appear for the first several duplex sheets following a simplex
Enter dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser and run the slow speed exerciser. The slow speed
print job. Gloss marks will likely diminish after several prints. This is normal.
exerciser completes successfully.
Y N
Go to 94-520-00 Cleaning Unit Drive Error RAP.
Initial Actions
WARNING Open the front door and remove the inner cover. Enter dC959, Cleaning Unit Exerciser,
and run the slow speed exerciser. While this is running ensure the cleaning unit metering
blade and roller are making contact with the drum. The metering blade and roller are
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. making contact with the drum.
Y N
WARNING Check the cleaning unit cams mechanism PL 94.10 Item 9, PL 94.10 Item 13 and
Do not clean the stripper blade. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. If the cleaning unit drive gear and motor PL 94.10 Item 23, PL 94.10 Item 24. Install
the stripper blade is dirty a new blade must be installed. new parts as necessary.
WARNING
Check that the front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9 and the rear drum thermistor, PL
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 94.20 Item 10 are not bent or misaligned. Check for paper debris between the thermistors
Press the Machine Status button on the keypad, select the Fault tab on the UI, then Current and the drum and ensure that the thermistors are making good contact with the drum.
Messages. If the message Cleaning unit life extended, image quality may be impacted is dis- The thermistors are good.
played, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Y N
Procedure Front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9
Print 3 simplex copies of TP 6 Red Solid Fill Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10). Evaluate the final test Rear drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 10
page only for metering blade chatter, refer to Figure 1. The test pages are good.
Y N Perform dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Check the drum operating temperature.
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Print 3 simplex copies of TP 6 Red Solid Fill The drum temperature is good.
Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10). Inspect the final test page only for metering blade chatter, Y N
refer to Figure 1. Chatter is present. Go to 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, 94-546-00, 94-632-
Y N 00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP.
The machine is operating within specification. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Re-install the original cleaning unit. The problem is not in the cleaning unit. Re-define the
image quality defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP. Re-define the image quality defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.

Feed direction
Metering blade chatter Jagged streaks
Figure 1 Cross-process gloss defects

A
IQ 18 Irregular Duplex Gloss Differences RAP Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Use this RAP when the output displays gloss variations visible on large areas of high ink cover-
age.
Irregular gloss defects can be in any direction, Figure 1.
Initial Actions
WARNING
Check the media type. Smoother media will provide a more uniform gloss finish.
Check that the gloss defect is found only on the second printed side of a duplex print and
has an irregular shape.
If the gloss defect is present on simplex prints and runs in either the process or cross pro-
cess direction, go to:
IQ 16 Scratches or Gloss Marks in the Process Direction RAP
IQ 17 Gloss Marks in the Cross-Process Direction RAP
IQ 19 Image Ghosting RAP
Procedure
NOTE: When printing TP 5 from dC959, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded
paper.
Print four duplex copies of TP 5 Black Solid Fill Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10). Evaluate the final Figure 1 Irregular gloss print defect
prints for irregular gloss defects.
NOTE: It is normal for the second printed side (page 1) to be glossier than the first printed side
(page 2).
Check that page 1 shows uniform gloss across the page and that no gloss defects are visible.
Page 1 is good.
Y N
Run dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser Check the registration/preheat assembly tem-
perature. Select RaLPH in the component list. The registration/preheat temperature is
good.
Y N
Check the registration/preheat air pump, refer to 88-508-00 Registration/Preheat Air

Pump Incorrect Current RAP. The registration/preheat air pump is good.
Y N
Install a new registration/preheat air pump, PL 88.10 Item 5.
The printer is operating within specifications. Refer to IQ 19 Image Ghosting RAP for
additional fixes.
A

A B
IQ 19 Image Ghosting RAP Check that the front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9 and the rear drum thermistor, PL
94.20 Item 10 are not bent or misaligned. Check for paper debris between the thermistors
Use this RAP to fix image ghosting problems. Two types of ghosting are possible, simplex and
and the drum and ensure that the thermistors are making good contact with the drum.
duplex. Examples of each type are shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2.
The thermistors are good.
Y N
NOTE: Blocking, where ink from one print is deposited on the back of another print, can occur
when prints stack in the output tray. The combination of pressure from the weight of the media
Front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9.
and ambient heat may cause partial transfer of the image to adjacent prints.
Perform dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Check the drum operating temperature.
Initial Actions The drum temperature is good.
WARNING Y N
Go to 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, 94-546-00, 94-632-
00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Print TP 13, Text Test Pages, followed by
Duplex ghosting may be caused by oil from the first side of the print transferring to the four prints of TP 5 Black Solid Fill Test Pages (TP 2 to TP 10). Evaluate the third and
second side via the transfix roller. Some amount of transfix roller ghosting is normal. This fourth prints for evidence of text in the black solid fills, visible as a gloss difference. The
type of ghosting is most pronounced on the first 2-sided print. Ghosting should fade on prints are good
subsequent prints. When duplex ghosting is evident run multiple 2-sided prints to attempt Y N
to clear the defect and inform the customer. Re-install the original cleaning unit. The problem is not in the cleaning unit. Re-
Attempt to repeat the customer's job using their print sequence and media. define the image quality defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
rent Messages. If the message Cleaning unit life extended, image quality may be The defect is duplex ghosting which is inherent to the product. To reduce the defect,
impacted is displayed, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. inform the customer to:
Reprint the job.
Procedure Print multiple, 2-sided sheets with heavy ink coverage (solid fill), then reprint the job.
If possible, use different media.
NOTE: Before printing TP 5 or TP 20, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded long
Print the jobs that exhibit this defect in simplex only.
Print TP 13, Text Test Pages, followed by four prints of TP 5 Black Solid Fill Test Pages (TP 2 The defect is duplex ghosting which is inherent to the product. To reduce the defect, inform the
to TP 10). Evaluate the third and fourth prints for evidence of text in the black solid fills, visible customer to:
as a gloss difference. The prints are good. Reprint the job.
Y N Print multiple, 2-sided sheets with heavy ink coverage (solid fill), then reprint the job.
The defect is simplex ghosting. Enter dC959 and run the Cleaning Unit Self Test. The
If possible, use different media.
self test is successful.
Y N Print the jobs that exhibit this defect in simplex only.
Perform dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser and run the slow speed exerciser. The slow
speed exerciser completes successfully.
Y N
Go to 94-520-00 Cleaning Unit Drive Error RAP.
Print TP 20 Oil Bar Chase and Metering Blade Timing Test Pages. Evaluate the metering
blade timing test page only. The test pages are good.
Y N
Go to IQ 7 Metering Blade Timing RAP.
A B
Figure 1 Example of simplex ghosting Figure 2 Duplex transfix roller ghosting

A
IQ 20 Wavy or Stringy Lines RAP Perform dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser and run the slow speed exerciser. The slow speed
Use this RAP to fix images that have wavy or stringy lines of ink, or have a blistered appear-
Y N
ance.
Go to 94-522-00 Cleaning Unit Motor Stall RAP.
Obstruction of the carriage drive causes lines of ink to be deposited on the drum, Figure
Open the front door and remove the inner cover. Enter dC959, Cleaning Unit Exerciser, and
1. When this ink gets transfixed onto the media, it will have an embossed texture and
run the slow speed exerciser. While this is running ensure the cleaning unit metering blade and
appears wavy. This defect is usually found on individual carriages. roller are making contact with the drum. The metering blade and roller are making contact
Excessive oil on the drum can result in a similar artifact with ink having a raised or blis- with the drum.
tered appearance where the ink can be rubbed off. Refer to IQ 26. Y N
Check the cleaning unit cams mechanism PL 94.10 Item 9, PL 94.10 Item 13 and the
NOTE: Another defect (not shown on the illustration) may occur on a single printhead where a
cleaning unit drive gear and motor PL 94.10 Item 23, PL 94.10 Item 24. Install new parts
ribbon cable has become unseated. This defect can look like a muddy strip with the stringy
lines along one or both edges of the defect. as necessary.
Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP. Re-define the image quality defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
CAUTION
If carriage motion is obstructed to the point of producing stringy lines of ink, it is likely strings of
ink are scattered throughout the machines interior. Check the area surrounding the drum pay-
ing particular attention to the abatement plenum, IOD sensor, transfix roller, and exit module.
Printhead jetting may also be affected.
Procedure
WARNING
The defect is across the entire width (inboard to outboard) of the image.
Y N
Check that the printhead ribbon cables are correctly seated. The ribbon cables are
seated correctly.
Y N
Reseat the ribbon cables.
Go to IQ 13 All Colours Uneven RAP. Perform the X-Axis Checkout.
Remove the cleaning unit. Inspect the cleaning unit metering blade for pieces of paper.

Y N
Remove the paper pieces from the cleaning unit metering blade.
Go to dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. Print TP 20 Oil Bar Chase and Metering Blade Timing
Test Pages. Evaluate the metering blade timing test page only. If the metering blade engages Figure 1 Wavy or stringy lines defect
and disengages within the tolerance zones, the cleaning unit and cleaning unit drive train are
working correctly. The metering blade engages and disengages inside of the tolerance
zones.
Y N
A
IQ 21 Oil on Output RAP
Use this RAP when prints are contaminated with cleaning unit oil. Chronic spots or streaks
of oil. May indicate a fault
with the cleaning unit.
Oil can transfer to prints in the form of spots, streaks, or cross-process lines from the metering
blade or drum stripper blade. The oily stain may appear clear or have traces of colour when
held up to light. Refer to Figure 1.
Recycled, cotton, carbonless, parchment, linen or rough media are prone to poor ink transfer,
causing gel to build up in the cleaning unit which may be transferred to the print.
Oil stains may appear at the leading corners following the printing of several sheets where the
leading edge is narrower than the following job, for example short edge feed A4 or 8.5 x 11
inch followed by long edge feed A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch. This is expected behavior and will stop
after a few prints.
Oil spots may appear after clearing paper jams. The oil spots should stop after several prints.
This is expected behavior and will stop after a few prints.
Oil stains at corners after switching from Oil stain due to gel build up in the cleaning
short edge feed to long edge feed. unit. Indicates that a new cleaning unit should
Should stop after several prints. be installed.
Figure 1 Examples of oil contamination

A B C
Initial Actions Y N
Re-install the original cleaning unit. Go to IQ 7 Metering Blade Timing
Check that the media is free of defects. Media defects can resemble oil spots.
RAP.
rent Messages. If the message Cleaning unit life extended. Image quality may be Re-install the original cleaning unit. Perform the following:
impacted is displayed, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Inspect the area
1. Inspect the area around the drum for splattered oil. Clean as necessary,
around the drum for splattered oil. Clean as necessary, GP 27.
GP 27.
2. Check the drum grounding, GP 7 System Grounding Verification.
Procedure
The drum grounding is good.
WARNING Y N
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do Go to GP 7 System Grounding Verification and correct the drum ground-
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause ing.
WARNING Re-define the image quality defect, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Print TP 20 oil bar chase and metering
WARNING blade timing test pages. Evaluate the oil bar chase page only. The test page is
Do not clean the stripper blade. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. If good.
the stripper blade is dirty a new blade must be installed. Y N
Re-install the original cleaning unit. Go to IQ 7 Metering Blade Timing RAP.
WARNING
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Check the machine for oil spillage and clean as necessary GP 27. Machine oil spillage indi-
cates that the cleaning unit has failed. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
NOTE: A thin film of oil on the chassis pan below the cleaning unit is normal. Install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
Oil spillage is indicated.

Y N
Remove the cleaning unit PL 94.10 Item 21. Remove any pieces of paper from the meter-
ing blade and roller area. Do not wipe the metering blade. Ink pixel build up on the meter-
ing blade is normal. Print TP 20 Oil Bar Chase and Metering Blade Timing test pages.
Evaluate the oil bar chase page only.
NOTE: A thin line of oil approximately 35 mm below the horizontal line and no more than
1 mm wide is acceptable.
The test page is good.

Y N
The oil bar chase page has an oil spot similar to Figure 2.
Y N
If the oil spots are randomly scattered on most prints, install a new cleaning
unit, PL 94.10 Item 21. Print TP 20 oil bar chase and metering blade timing test
pages. Evaluate the oil bar chase page only. The random oil spots are still
present.
Y N
Inspect the area around the drum for splattered oil. Clean as necessary,
GP 27.
Evaluate the metering blade timing test page. The test page is good.
A B C
IQ 22 Repeating Spot Deletions RAP
Use this RAP when the output displays spot deletions, Figure 1.
Initial Actions
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
render the printhead inoperative.
Check the media path for dust or debris accumulations. Clean as necessary, refer to GP
27 Cleaning Procedure.
Inform the customer that using the best quality, smoothest media available will reduce the
likelihood of encountering spot deletions.
NOTE: Media containing cotton, linen or parchments can exhibit deletions due to surface tex-
ture. Carbonless media, especially in large quantities, can also exhibit deletions. Areas of
missing ink on envelopes that outline the seams and flaps is normal.
Figure 2 Oil spot
Figure 1 Drum defect

Procedure IQ 23 Residual Ink From Previous Print RAP
Check the stripper gate transport rollers J and L, PL 10.10 for dirt or debris. The rollers are Use this RAP when the output has residual ink from a previous image. Refer to Figure 1 and
clean. Figure 2.
Y N
Clean the rollers, GP 27 or install new components as necessary: NOTE: Image transfer may also occur between media in the output tray. This effect, known as
Roller drive J, PL 10.10 Item 1 blocking, may have a similar appearance to residual images from previous prints. Refer to IQ
Roller drive L, PL 10.10 Item 2 30 Blocking RAP.
Print TP 2 to TP 10 Solid Fill Test Pages. Inspect all pages for scratches or marks caused by
Initial Actions
the drum or the transfix roller, refer to Table 1. Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP.
The blocking defect may occur when booklet making with paper above 120 gsm. The ink
Table 1 Repeating rotational defects may transfer from one sheet to the other sheet it is being folded against. If this occurs
then use paper of 120 gsm or below.
Component Defect Spacing
Transfix A transfix roller defect appears approximately every 9 inches in the process
Roller direction and in the same location in the cross-process direction.
Procedure
Drum The drum's circumferential home position varies from print to print, so defect WARNING
spacing changes in the process direction. The drum defect remains in the Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
same location in the cross-process direction, Figure 1. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Test pages are good. Print the solid colour test pages (TP 2 to TP 10). Inspect the lead and trail edge of the test
Y N pages for ink that is not fully transfixed, Figure 1 and for image skew, Figure 2. The test
Inspect the drum and transfix roller for ink, media debris, or cleaning unit residue. The pages are good.
drum and transfix roller are clean. Y N
Y N Perform dC625 Registration/preheat Calibration. The calibration completes without
Clean the drum and transfix roller, refer to GP 27 Cleaning Procedure. error.
Y N
Inspect the drum and transfix roller for damage. Install new components as necessary: Go to the 89-550-00, 89-551-00 Media Registration Error RAP.
Drum, PL 94.20 Item 1
Transfix roller, PL 10.20 Item 1
Go to the IQ 6 Missing Ink or Grainy Output RAP.

Figure 1 Residual ink due to incomplete transfix Figure 2 Residual ink due to excessive skew

IQ 24 Wrinkling RAP
Use this RAP when the output is wrinkled. Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.
NOTE: Some wrinkling of envelope flaps is normal.
Figure 2 Wrinkles related to uneven ink coverage
Figure 1 Wrinkles, reduced margins or image skew

A B C
Procedure Go to SCP 5 Final Actions.
WARNING Test the customers print job on the newly opened media.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do If the wrinkle defect is on a print job. Enter the Print Setup options / Properties /
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Advanced / Image Options and select Paper Compensation.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. There is a slight increase in drop out and a small decrease in productivity when this
WARNING option is used. Only use when the wrinkle defect is present.
Take care during this procedure. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. If the wrinkle defect is on a copy job. Select Image Quality and then Paper Compen-
WARNING sation tab on the user interface.
Do not clean the stripper blade. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. If There is a slight increase in drop out and a small decrease in productivity when this
option is used. Only use when the wrinkle defect is present.
If the defect persists, inform the customer to use heavier weight media, a different
WARNING orientation or increase image margins.
Go to IQ 10 Incorrect Margin, Misregistration or Skew RAP.
NOTE: Wrinkling can be aggravated by extreme temperature and humidity environments. To
reduce wrinkling, advise the customer to use a heavier weight media, change the feed orienta-
tion from LEF to SEF or increase the size of the image margins.
Print TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages. Check the prints for skew, refer to IQS 1 Registration and
Skew. The prints are skewed.
Y N
Using a fresh ream of paper, print 4, duplex TP 2 cyan solid fill test pages (TP 2 to TP
10). The prints are good.
Y N
Perform dC625 Registration/preheat Calibration. Print 4, duplex Cyan Solid Fill test
pages (TP 2 to TP 10). The prints are good.
Y N
Perform dC962 Transfix Load Test. The transfix loading is within specifica-
tion.
Y N
Perform dC978 Transfix Calibration Values. Check the stored transfix cali-
bration values against those on the machine frame. If the stored values
are different, correct the transfix values in NVM. If the values are the
same, go to 10-500-00 to 10-540-00 Transfix Error RAP.
Open the stripper gate, GP 31. Check the drum stripper blade for damage,
debris or accumulation of ink. If necessary, install a new stripper blade, PL
10.12 Item 3. Print 4, duplex Cyan Solid Fill test pages (TP 2 to TP 10) The
prints are good.
Y N
Enter dC330 code 82-007, nip C release solenoid, PL 82.15 Item 4 and
82-008, nip D release solenoid, PL 70.30 Item 13. The solenoids ener-
gise.
Y N
Go to the 82-507-00, 82-508-00 Nip C and Nip D Release Solenoid
Over Current RAP.
If the defect persists, inform the customer to use heavier weight media, a
different orientation or increase image margins.

A B C

IQ 25 Random Spots RAP Initial Actions
Use this RAP when the output has random spots. Refer to Figure 1. WARNING
Random spots are usually ink debris from the stripper blade, abatement plenum or printheads. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Spots can appear on the image if the cleaning unit fails to thoroughly clean the drum. Large death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
spots of primary colours can be caused by a faulty printhead.
WARNING
Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP. Take care during this procedure. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury.
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
rent Messages. If the message Cleaning unit life extended. Image quality may be
impacted is displayed, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
Check the media. If low grade or recycled media is found, suggest using a better grade of
media. Defects in the media may appear as spots of ink, Figure 2.
Procedure
Print TP 14 Drum Stripper Blade Test Print. The stripper blade releases between the 35
mm and the 50 mm mark.
Y N
Install a new stripper blade solenoid, PL 10.10 Item 3.
Perform dC969 Clean Ink Smears. Print three copies of TP 4 Yellow Solid Fill Test pages
(TP 2 to TP 10). The test pages are good.
Y N

Figure 1 Random spots from incomplete drum cleaning
Perform the self test routine in dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. The cleaning unit self test is
successful.
Y N
Remove the cleaning unit PL 94.10 Item 21. Check the metering blade and roller area for
paper debris. The metering blade and roller area are free of paper debris.
Y N
Remove the paper debris from the metering blade and roller area. Do not wipe the meter-
ing blade.
A
A
NOTE: Ink pixel build up on the metering blade is normal and should not be cleaned off
Perform the slow speed exerciser routine in dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. The test is suc-
cessful.
Y N
Go to the 94-520-00 Cleaning Unit Drive Error RAP.
Open the front door and remove the inner cover. Enter dC959 and run the slow speed exer-
ciser. While this is running, check that the cleaning unit blade and roller are making contact
with the drum. The cleaning unit blade and roller are making contact with the drum.
Y N
Check the front cam, PL 94.10 Item 9, rear cam, PL 94.10 Item 13, drive gear, PL 94.10
Item 23 and the cleaning unit motor, PL 94.10 Item 24
Print TP 20 Oil Bar Chase and Metering Blade Timing Test Pages. Evaluate the metering blade
timing page only. The metering blade test page is good.
Y N
Go to the IQ 7 Metering Blade Timing RAP.
Check the area surrounding the drum, transfix assembly, and exit module for ink residue or
media debris. The areas are clean.
Y N
Clean the areas surrounding the drum, transfix assembly, and exit module, refer to GP 27
Cleaning Procedure. Print TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages. The prints are
good.
Y N
Examine the test pages. The spots are a primary colour, raised, round or
Figure 2 Ink spots
oblong shaped, Figure 2.
Y N
Perform dC969 Clean Ink Smears. Repeat cleaning until chase sheets are
clean.
The machine has a jetting fault. Go to the IQ 9 Deletions RAP.
Go to the IQ 6 Missing Ink or Grainy Output RAP.

IQ 26 Poor Ink Adhesion RAP Initial Actions
Use this RAP when the ink does not adhere to the media. Refer to Figure 1. WARNING
Poor ink adhesion can be caused by overly glossy media coatings, improper oil application, or not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
errors in drum or preheat temperature regulation. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
NOTE: A similar defect, known as x-axis motion error, may be caused by obstruction of the rent Messages. If the message Cleaning unit life extended, image quality may be
carriage drive which causes lines of ink to be deposited on the drum. When this is transfixed it
impacted is displayed, install a new cleaning unit, PL 94.10 Item 21.
has an embossed texture and appears wavy. Typically x-axis motion error affects individual
If the customer is using glossy or heavyweight media, ensure the correct media type is
carriages. Refer to IQ 20 Wavy or Stringy Lines RAP.
selected in the user interface (UI).
Some customer actions will cause ink to be removed from the image such as scratch or abrad- Ensure the customer is using supported media, refer to GP 20 Paper and Media Size
ing the surface of the image or applying / removing tape or sticky notes. This is expected Specifications.
behavior. No further service actions can correct this behavior.
Procedure
WARNING
NOTE: When printing TP 5 from dC959, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded
paper.
Check the media type and finish, refer to GP 20. If the media appears glossy, load new media.
Print TP 5 Solid Black Fill test page (TP 2 to TP 10). The image on the test page is good
with no missing ink.
Y N
Check that the front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9 and the rear drum thermistor, PL
94.20 Item 10 are not bent or misaligned. Check for paper debris between the thermistors
and the drum and ensure that the thermistors are making good contact with the drum.
The thermistors are good.
Y N
Front drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 9
Rear drum thermistor, PL 94.20 Item 10
Perform dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Check the drum operating temperature.
The drum temperature is good.
Y N
Go to 94-536-00, 94-538-00, 94-540-00, 94-542-00, 94-544-00, 94-546-00, 94-632-
00, 94-633-00 Drum Heat Error RAP.
Perform dC335 Heater Monitor and Exerciser. Check the preheat temperature. The pre-
heat temperature is good.
Y N
Figure 1 Poor ink adhesion
Enter dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser. Run the cleaning unit self test. The cleaning unit
self test completes successfully.
A
A
Y N IQ 27 Unacceptable Received Fax Image Quality RAP
Use this RAP to identify the causes of poor reception.
Check the cleaning unit metering blade for pieces of paper.

Initial Actions
Y N WARNING
Clean the metering blade of pieces of paper. Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
Enter dC959 Cleaning Unit Exerciser and run the slow speed exerciser. The slow speed death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Verify the following:
Y N
This problem occurs only when receiving transmissions.
This problem occurs on all receiving transmissions.
Open the front door and remove the inner cover. Enter dC959, Cleaning Unit Exerciser, Check that the Fax country setting, NVM location 200-043, is correct. Refer to Fax Docu-
and run the slow speed exerciser. While this is running check if the cleaning unit metering ment.
blade and roller are making contact with the drum. The metering blade and roller are
making contact with the drum. Procedure
Y N
Check the cleaning unit cams mechanism PL 94.10 Item 9, PL 94.10 Item 13 and The condition of the original transmission document is good.
Y N
the cleaning unit drive gear and motor PL 94.10 Item 23, PL 94.10 Item 24. Install
Generate a new document from the original.
new parts as necessary.
If possible, establish voice contact using the same telecommunication link as used to receive
Enter dC978 Transfix Calibration Values. Check the transfix calibration values against
the document. The line is free of interference sounds and the normal voice can be heard
those on the drum frame. The calibration values match.
Y N clearly.
Y N
Correct the transfix calibration values in NVM, dC131.
Go 20G Fax Module Checkout.
Enter dC962 to test the transfix assembly. The transfix assembly operates normally.
Receive the document at a slower receive speed. Set the NVM location 200-089 Line 1 = 11
Y N
and location 200-090 Line 2 = 11. Refer to Fax Document. The image quality is acceptable.
Y N
Transfix roller, PL 10.20 Item 1. The telecommunication links and harnesses are connected properly and there is
Flexure encoder, PL 10.20 Item 5. no visible damage.
Transfix motor, PL 10.20 Item 11. Y N
Correct the connections. If necessary install a new line cable and connectors.
The machine is operating within specification. Perform SCP 5 Final Actions.
Verify the operation of the machine and the communication link by transmitting between
Perform SCP 5 Final Actions. machines over a known good link. All received documents have an acceptable image
quality.
Y N
Install a new Fax module, PL 20.05 Item 1.
Go 20G Fax Module Checkout.
Inform the remote user of the required changes to the settings.

IQ 28 Show Through on Copies RAP IQ 29 DADH, Document Glass and Scanner RAP
Use this RAP when copies have show through. Use this RAP to identify defects caused by the DADH, document glass or scanner.
Show through can be caused by the exposure lamp shining through low weight paper picking Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP.
up both sides of a duplex master. This can happen on duplex masters of 60 gsm or less.
Procedure
Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP. Perform the following:
CVT and Document Glass Checkout
Procedure
DADH Checkout
WARNING Scanner Checkout
CVT and Document Glass Checkout
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Perform the following:
Ensure the master is scanned on the document glass with the DADH in the down position. 1. Clean the top surface of the CVT glass and the document glass. Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics
Cleaning Procedure.
2. Check the position of the document pad, refer to ADJ 5.6 DADH Document Pad.
3. Check that the white AGC strips on the document glass and the CVT glass are at the front
and underside of the glass.
4. The AGC portion of the CVT glass should be clean and at the front bottom of the CVT
glass, PL 62.10 Item 3. If it is missing, dirty or the glass is not properly installed then this
will cause faint, washed out, light copies from the DADH only.
5. dC609 Document Glass Registration.
DADH Checkout
1. Clean the underside of the DADH area around the CVT roll, PL 5.25.
2. Clean the top surface of the CVT glass and the document glass. Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics
Cleaning Procedure.
3. If the documents are skewed. Check that the document input guides are correctly
adjusted.
4. Check that the DADH is seated correctly, perform ADJ 5.2 DADH Height Adjustment.
5. Make copies from the DADH. If the copies have a background problem, perform the fol-
lowing:
a. Check the DADH height, Refer to ADJ 5.2 DADH Height Adjustment.
b. Check the mylar guide strip for damage, PL 5.30 Item 12. If necessary install a new
mylar guide strip, PL 31.11 Item 14.
c. dC608 Document Feeder Registration.
d. Copying thick documents can leave the DADH raised above the document glass.
Raise and lower the DADH five times. If the DADH is still raised, install new counter-
balances, PL 5.10 Item 2 and PL 5.10 Item 4.
6. Make copies from the DADH. If the copies are stretched or smudged, perform the follow-
ing:
a. Lower the height of the DADH by half a turn of the setting screws, refer to ADJ 5.2
DADH Height Adjustment. Make copies from the DADH after each adjustment. If the
fault persists, re-adjust the height of the DADH as necessary.

b. If the fault persists after the height of the DADH has been adjusted, install a new IQ 30 Blocking RAP
lower baffle assembly, PL 5.30 Item 14. Re-adjust the height of the DADH to the
Use this RAP when the output has ink transfer between images in the output tray stack.
default setting, refer to ADJ 5.2 DADH Height Adjustment.
Scanner Checkout NOTE: A residual image may also occur when ink has been retained on the drum. Ink from an
Perform the following: earlier print then appears on the next sheet. Residual images may have a similar appearance
1. If the copy of the internal test page is fragmented and displaced, check the following: to blocking. Refer to IQ 23 Residual Ink From Previous Print RAP.
a. Check the harness connections from the full width array to the single board controller Ensure IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP is performed before starting this RAP.
b. Check the following: Procedure
Check the harness connections from the Scanner PWB to the single board con- Advise the customer that this may be resolved by the use of lighter weight media. Alternatively
troller PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8 and PL 3.11 Item 13. emptying the output tray more frequently may help. No other service actions will correct this
issue.
c. If fragmented and displaced images appear in a regular pattern across process
direction, remove and re-seat all EPC memory PWBs, PL 3.11 Item 21.
d. If necessary, go to the 62-310-00 Scanner to Single Board Controller Communica-
tion Fail Entry RAP.
2. Raise the DADH. Make a copy from the document glass. If the exposure lamp does not
illuminate or partially illuminates, go to the 62-450-00 to 62-472-00 Calibration Failure
RAP.
3. Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning Procedure.

TP 1 Initial Test Print Pages
These A4 (8.5 x 11) pages are a set of diagnostic test prints used to initially diagnose image Cyan/magenta test page
quality issues in IQ 1. TP 1 prints the five test pages shown in Figure 1.
Text print test page
Initial test print pages are printed from dC612.
NOTE: All test prints should be printed on A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper and long edge feed.
Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched paper. Failure to do this will
result in an error message being printed instead of the test page.
NOTE: Always load A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch media as appropriate to your market region in Tray 4
before printing internal test prints.
NOTE: When the paper selected for the test print pages is correct, the test pages will be
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming the test print name, the LEF status and
that double chevrons will be printed if the paper used is A4. The chevrons indicate the stitch
position between print heads.
Purpose
These test pages are printed as part of an evaluation of image quality performance in IQ 1.
Examine each print for the defect that follow:
The colour bands print is useful for identifying:

Jetting defects, refer to IQ 5, IQ 20 and IQ 25.
Stitching defects, refer to IQ 5, IQ 9 and IQ 13.
Uniformity defects, refer to IQ 5, IQ 13 and IQ 14.
The horizontal lines print is useful for identifying:
Y-dot position defects, refer to IQ 5.
Y-stitch defects, refer to IQ 5.
Print head alignment defects, refer to IQ 5, IQ 9, IQ 12, IQ 13 and IQ 14.
The text print is useful for identifying:
Text defects, refer to IQ 5.
Resolution defects, refer to IQ 5.
The cyan/magenta print is useful for identifying: Horizontal lines test page
Uniformity defects, refer to IQ 14.
Colour bands test page
Figure 1 Image quality analysis test pages

ColorQube 9303 Family 3-83 TP 1
TP 2 to TP 10 Solid Fill Test Pages
TP 2 Cyan solid fill
Solid fills are used to purge the jets of contamination or to correct cross-colour contaminated
jets. Solid fills are also used to examine media damage, cleaning unit function, skew, and mar-
gins.
TP 3 Magenta solid fill
Solid fill test pages are printed from dC612. TP5 black solid fill can also be printed from dC959.
NOTE: All test prints should be printed on A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper and long edge feed. TP 4 Yellow solid fill
Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched paper.
NOTE: When printing TP 5 from dC959, ensure that the paper is loaded LEF into tray 4. TP 5 Black
solid fill
Purpose
Figure 1. These single-sided prints provide solid-fills in all eight colours:.
Select TP 2 to print two cyan solid fills
Select TP 3 to print two magenta solid fills
Select TP 4 to print two yellow solid fills
Select TP 5 to print two black solid fills
Select TP 6 to print two red solid fills
Select TP 7 to print two green solid fills
Select TP 8 to print two blue solid fills
Select TP 9 to print two white solid fills
Select TP 10 to print a single set of all eight solid fills (cyan, magenta, yellow, black, red,
green, blue and white).
To solve image quality problems associated with solid fills, refer to IQ 5, IQ 9, IQ 10 and IQ 24.
TP 6 Red solid fill
TP 7 Green solid fill
TP 8 Blue solid fill
TP 9 White solid fill
Figure 1 Solid fill pages

TP 2 to TP 10 3-84 ColorQube 9303 Family
TP 11 Colour Bands and Dithers Test Pages
These six A4 (8.5 x 11 inch) pages are a set of 6 diagnostic test prints used to diagnose image
quality issues related to colour uniformity. Figure 1 shows the test pages printed.
Colour bands and dithers test pages are printed from dC612.
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming the test print name, LEF status and
Purpose
These pages are used to evaluate print quality problems caused by drifting or mis-adjusted
print heads.
To solve image quality problems associated with colour uniformity, refer to IQ 13.
Figure 1 colour bands and dithers test pages

TP 12 Chase Page
Chase pages are picked from the selected tray and fed through the media path. No image is
jetted onto the drum.
Chase pages are printed from dC612.
Purpose
Chase pages are used to clear the drum of any residual image or possible contamination.
Chase pages are also useful for examining jam conditions and media damage. Use chase
pages to clear the media path, clean light contamination from the registration/preheat assem-
bly, drum, or transfix roller.

TP 12 3-86 ColorQube 9303 Family
TP 13 Text Test Pages
Figure 1 shows the three text test pages used to represent black, text-only printed documents.
Text test pages are printed from dC612.
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming the test print name, LEF status and
Purpose
Text test pages are used to diagnose text quality defects. There are no known imaging prob-
lems that affect only text and allow all other printed objects, such as fills, dithers, lines, and pic-
tures to be defect-free. Text quality is particularly sensitive to incorrectly placed dots; thus it is
most dependent on proper print head operation, mechanical alignment, and motion. The third
page of landscape text repeats the same characters over and over again across the page to
aid in detecting spatial variations in dot placement. Look for relative differences between the
quality of the characters across the print.
To solve image quality problems associated with text, refer to IQ 5 and IQ 19.
Figure 1 Text test pages

TP 14 Drum Stripper Blade Test Page
This page is a diagnostic test print used to diagnose errors related to the drum stripper blade
and stripper drive. The drum stripper blade test page records stripper blade activity during two
typical drum stripper activation sequences. In addition to blade timing, anomalies in the blade
such as warping, bounce, or edge damage may be visible in the stripped area of the image.
The drum stripper blade test page is printed from dC612.
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming the test print name and the LEF status.
The test page is designed to print in a particular resolution in order for the scale to be represen-
tative of millimeters. First, the image is created on the drum. The drum stripper blade is acti-
vated to simulate the stripping of one sheet of media. The area where the stripper blade
contacts the drum is visible on the print as the wiped off region. Figure 1 is an example of a
normal drum stripper blade activation sequence. The test print is followed by two chase sheets
to clean the drum.
Purpose
To record drum stripper blade action. Refer to Figure 1 showing test page details. Test page
features include a background, a metric scale graduated in millimeters along each edge, a
Start line that corresponds to the point where the stripper drive solenoid is commanded to
actuate, and a MLE line that corresponds to the point on the drum where the media leading
edge would fall. During normal operation, the drum stripper blade makes contact in the 10 to
20 mm window (left side scale). The drum stripper blade releases from the drum in the 35 to 50
mm window (left side scale).
To solve image quality associated with the drum stripper blade, refer to IQ 8 Cross Process Ink
Artifacts (Smudge) RAP.
Figure 1 Drum stripper blade test page

TP 15 Media Path Test Pages
Figure 2 shows the media path test page. Print the media path test page using the same size
media as the affected print. Reconstruct the media path by aligning the test pages vertically.
Jam zone 1a at the top to 4b at the bottom. Compare markings on the affected print to the fea-
tures on the test print to determine the jam zone, nip, or ribs affecting the output. The test
image is cropped according to the media size selected for printing. To see the complete image,
use A3 (11 x 17 inch) media.
Media path test pages are printed from dC612.
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming the test print name and the LEF status.
Purpose
The media path test page is used to locate the source of scratches, marks, or gloss differences
on the output due to transport components. The page is organized according to the media path
layout shown in Figure 1. Each of the jam areas (1a to 4a) is segregated on the test print with a
horizontal line. Rollers for each nip are identified by letter, and rib locations are indicated by
rectangles or hash marks.
For example, jam zone 1a, located at the top of sheet 1, includes nips H and F and ribs to
guide media up the vertical transport. The roller contact locations, both drive and idler, are
shown along with contact points for the ribs.
To solve image quality associated with scratches, marks, or gloss differences, refer to IQ 16.
Figure 1 Media path jam zone and nip layout

Figure 2 Media path test pages

TP 16 Stitch Identification Test Pages
The print heads work together to stitch the image together. The X-stitch and Y-stitch pages
print when the stitch identification selection is made from dC612.
Stitch identification test pages are printed from dC612.
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming the test print name, the LEF status and
Purpose
The X-stitch and Y-stitch pages indicate the accuracy of print head alignment. Refer to Figure
1.
NOTE: The X-Stitch print is made up of an interference pattern. The degree of an x-stitch issue
is highly exaggerated on this print. The actual x-stitch error will appear less pronounced on a
customer image. If in doubt about the severity of an x-stitch issue print a customer image to
determine if it is visible.
To solve image quality problems associated with stitch errors, refer to IQ 5, IQ 9 and IQ 13.
Figure 1 Stitch identification test pages

TP 17 Service Usage Profile
This series of A4 (8.5 x 11 inch) prints list the information about the machine usage and printer
status, Figure 1.
Purpose
The service usage profile tracks printer activity, consumable usage and printer history. This
data is stored in NVRAM. Service usage profile data includes error logs that retain detail on the
type, date, location and frequency of engine and jam errors. While the service usage profile
includes data on all aspects of the printer, this section focuses on accessing these error logs to
review printer history.
The service usage profile list can be printed from dC612.
Figure 1 Service usage profile

TP 18 TRC Generation Test Pages
These four A4 (8.5 x 11 inch) pages have red, green, blue, or black step dithers.
TRC generation test pages are printed from dC972 option 4.
NOTE: Before printing this test page, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded LEF
into tray 4. Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched paper.
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming that double chevrons will be printed if
the paper used is A4. The chevrons indicate the stitch position between print heads.
Purpose
Figure 1. The TRC Generation Test Pages are a test print suite used to diagnose image quality
issues related to colour uniformity in dithers. This page is part of the print head uniformity
adjustment sequence used to correct print quality problems related to colour uniformity and dot
position.
To solve image quality problems related to colour uniformity in dithers, refer to IQ 13 and IQ 14.
Figure 1 TRC generation dithers

TP 19 Y-Dot Position Correction Test Page
This A4 (8.5 x 11 inch) print consists of 1 and 5 pixel thick lines in the cross process direction.
The colours of the lines are blue, green, red, black, yellow, magenta, and cyan.
The Y-dot position correction test page is printed from dC972 option 5.
NOTE: Before printing this test page, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded LEF
into tray 4. Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched paper.
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming the test print name. Double chevrons
will be printed if the paper used is A4. The chevrons indicate the stitch position between print
heads.
Purpose
Figure 1. The Y-Dot Position Correction test page is a diagnostic test print used by service to
diagnose image quality issues related to dot position errors in the process direction. This page
is part of the print head uniformity adjustment sequence used to correct print quality problems
related to colour uniformity and dot position.
To solve image quality problems associated with dot position in the process direction, refer to
IQ 5.
Figure 1 Y-dot position pages

TP 20 Oil Bar Chase and Metering Blade Timing Test Pages
These test pages are used to check the operation of the cleaning unit.
The oil bar chase and metering blade timing test pages are printed from dC959 cleaning unit
exerciser. Both pages are printed when the oil bar chase test page is selected.
NOTE: Before printing this test page, ensure that A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper is loaded long
printed with annotations on the bottom edge of the visible image confirming the test print name.
Purpose
The oil bar chase test page is used to check that the metering blade leaves no more than a thin
bar of oil on the drum when disengaging. The metering blade timing test page is used to
ensure that the metering blade engages and disengages with the drum at the correct time.
1. Oil bar chase, A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch image, Figure 1. A good oil bar chase page will have no
oil contamination.
NOTE: A thin line of oil approximately 35 mm below the horizontal line and no more than
1 mm wide is acceptable.
Cleaning unit problems that may be indicated by this test page are described in IQ 21 Oil
on Output RAP.
Figure 1 Oil bar chase page
2. Metering blade timing test, A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch image, Figure 2. Cleaning unit problems
that may be indicated by this test page are described in IQ 7.

NOTE: The metering blade may not completely remove all pixels from the drum in the
wiped area, this is normal behavior.
Blade engage Tolerance zones are

nominal target line marked by dashed lines
on either side of the
nominal target line
Blade disengage Tolerance zones are

nominal target line marked by dashed lines
on either side of the
nominal target line
Figure 2 Metering blade timing test page

TP 21 Jet Test Pages The service jet test pages, shown in Figure 1, consists of eight test pattern pages. The first 4
pages show the conditions of print heads 1 and 2. The second 4 pages show the condition of
These A4 (8.5 x 11 inch) pages are a set of diagnostic test prints used to check print head jet
print heads 3 and 4. After completing the jet test pages, a page containing a print quality man-
status. There are service jet test pages and customer jet test pages.
agement status check is produced, Figure 2. This table indicates the status of the each routine,
refer to 91-636-00 IOD in Degraded Mode RAP for the corrective actions.
The condition of each jet is shown in a bar of ink with the jet number directly beneath.
The machine is able to detect the condition of jets in some conditions. Detected defective
Printheads occasionally get clogged jets that require user intervention to restore jet function. jets are indicated by a pointer beneath the number. The jet number and pointer for defec-
When a clogged jet occurs, areas of solid colour may show signs of light stripes. tive jets are colour coded according to the known condition of the jet.
The total number of missing, chronic and masked jets per print head is shown to the side
Jet test pages are used to check print head jet status. Two versions are available, service and of the jet indicators.
customer. Jet test pages demonstrate effective print quality and provide visual feedback on the
JSC[On,On]: indicates jet substitution is enabled (On) for both customer and machine set-
health of print head jet stack.
tings. The machine may override the customer setting temporarily if the Quick Light Lines
fix has been selected from the Tools/Fix Image Quality menu. After the next purge or
Service Jet Test Pages machine reboot, the settings revert to customer settings. When jet sub is enabled, print
Service jet test pages are printed from dC968 and dC977. speed slows down only when a jet is missing and is required for the current print.
PC[On,On]: means the purge configuration is set to purge at night/when idle for both cus-
tomer setting and machine setting. Same override rule applies. The purge here is jet fix
purge that will only occur if the machine needs to auto recover an intermittent, weak, or
missing jet.
Beneath the data for print head jet status the test page lists the print head serial number,
page count, current resolution, IME software version and page number.
To solve image quality problems related to weak, missing or sputtering jets, refer to IQ 9.
Figure 2 Print quality status
Figure 1 Jet test pages

Definitions of Jet Conditions Masked jets may be visible on the jet test pages as white space where the coloured bar
for the jet should be. Problem jets identified by the customer but not by the machine,
NOTE: Service jet test pages are printed without jet substitution turned on and therefore will which cannot be revived, can be masked manually. Once masked, the jet number will be
always show the true condition of each jet. The detected machine status may not always match green with a green pointer indication beneath the jet number, Figure 5.
the true condition of a jet at the time the jet pages are printed. Even if a jet number is purple,
red or green you may see a colour bar over the jet number if the jet has managed to recover on
its own.
There are 3 jet conditions indicated by the jet test pages:

Missing Jets
Missing jets may be visible on the jet test pages as white space where the coloured bar
for the jet should be. When a missing jet is detected by the machine, the jet number will
be purple with a purple pointer indication beneath the jet number, Figure 3.
Figure 5 Masked jet number
Customer Jet Test Pages

NOTE: Information on the customer jet test pages is included here for completeness. Cus-
tomer jet test pages are not used for fault isolation.
The customer jet test pages, shown in Figure 6, are located in Fix Image Quality and available
for customers to use when diagnosing print quality problems. Figure 7 shows how the cus-
tomer jet test pages includes jet status information for each print head and the current status of
Figure 3 Missing jet number
jet substitution. The customer jet test pages use jet substitution if enabled.
Chronic Jets
Chronic jets may be visible on the jet test pages as white space where the coloured bar
for the jet should be. If the machine detects a missing jet but is unable to retrieve it with
maintenance or corrective action the missing jet is designated as chronic. The jet number
will be red with a red pointer indication beneath the jet number, Figure 4.
Figure 4 Chronic jet number
Masked Jets (GP 30 How to Mask Jets/Jet Substitution)

Figure 6 Customer version of the jet test pages
Figure 7 shows the customer version of the jet test page. This version also prints long-edge
feed with the default source being tray 3. The image portion of the print is intended to show the
customer effective print quality with current jet substitution settings. The IOD can miss weak
jets, that is why the customer needs this print to provide a tool when the machine has not self
corrected. If the customer is not happy with these defects the light lines options in Fix Image
Quality window provides tools to do both an align and a purge, which should fix the problems.
This page helps customer service (or a customer) correct issues the machine cannot.
Figure 7 Jet status information, customer page

The text at the bottom of the customer version, Figure 7, provides the following:
Max left/right: Indicates shift position in relation to the drum. Shifting involves all the jets in
the imaging process.
JSC[On,On]: indicates jet substitution is enabled (On) for both customer and machine set-
tings. The machine may override the customer setting temporarily if the Quick Light Lines
fix has been selected from the Tools/Fix Image Quality menu. After the next purge or
machine reboot, the settings revert to customer settings. When jet sub is enabled, print
speed slows down only when a jet is missing and is required for the current print.
PC[On,On]: means the purge configuration is set to purge at night/when idle for both cus-
tomer setting and machine setting. Same override rule applies. The purge here is jet fix
purge that will only occur if the machine needs to auto recover an intermittent, weak, or
missing jet.
This info is followed by each print head serial number and the total number of IWMs (inter-
mittently weak or missing jet) or CWMs (continuously weak or missing jet) for each print
head as defined by the IOD information. Manually masked jets are identified after chronic
jets.
W (weak) indicates the number of detected missing jets that have not been labelled
as chronic.
C (chronic) indicates the number of missing jets that have been purged 3 times,
including a cool down/melt cycle (to power the machine off and allow to cool down)
for models 9302 and 9303.
M (masked) indicates the number of missing jets for which jet substitution is enabled
either manually or by the machine.
For instance:
H4:<serial number>; W2;C0;M1
describes
Print head number 4:<serial number> has 2 weak jets, no chronic jets and one man-
ually masked jet

TP 22 Cleaning Pages NOTE: Do not use the cleaning pages to evaluate image quality.
The two-sheet cleaning page, Figure 1, prints following a purge from dC968 to clear the jets of
any ink discolouration. The cleaning page must print long-edge feed on A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch
media. Tray 3 is the default source.
Cleaning pages are printed from dC968.
NOTE: If the machine detects a paper jam when printing cleaning pages, the machine may
automatically recover and purge the sheet. This will result in the cleaning page being printed
on multiple sheets.
Purpose
The cleaning page flushes the jet nozzles of possible contamination or colour contaminated
jets. The first sheet cleans print heads 2 and 4 on the upper carriage. The second sheet cleans
print heads 1 and 3 on the lower carriage. Three sets of prints typically clear any ink mixing or
discolouration associated with print head maintenance.
To solve image quality problems related to ink discolouration, refer to IQ 14.
Figure 1 Cleaning pages

TP 23 Drum Run Out and Y-Stitch Test Pages
Figure 1 shows the drum run out test pages without the defect on the horizontal lines. The two-
page drum run out test print provides visual indication on the success or failure of drum run out
and Y-stitch calibrations. Two pages of horizontal lines are printed to cover the entire drum.
The print order is marked in the upper left corner (P1 and P2).
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming the test print name. Double chevrons
will be printed if the paper used is A4. The chevrons indicate the stitch position between print
heads.
Drum run out and Y-stitch test pages are printed from dC977.
Purpose
To provide a visual indication of drum run out and Y-stitch accuracy.
To solve image quality problems related to drum run out and y-stitch errors, refer to IQ 5.
Figure 1 Drum run out and Y-stitch pages

TP 24 Registration Calibration Page
This print is generated by dC625 to calibrate the registration/preheat assembly. Calibration
procedure requires A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch media.
The registration calibration page is printed from dC625.
Purpose
Figure 1, serves as a target image for calibration of the registration/preheat assembly. Ten
sheets are printed for each of the three stances of the registration/preheat assembly. The
images are fed back through the duplex path and scanned by the registration sensor. Values
for process, cross-process, and skew are calculated and stored in NVM.
To solve image quality problems related to registration calibration, refer to IQ 8 Cross Process
Ink Artifacts (Smudge) RAP and IQ 10 Incorrect Margin, Misregistration or Skew RAP.
Figure 1 Registration calibration page

TP 25 IME Test Print The front and rear LEDs give the same information.
This test print isolates the IME from other system issues. The image is a simple pattern of There is a 7-segment LED display unit on the rear of the machine attached to the SBC
PWB. The LED display should show just a pulsing decimal point when IME test print is
coloured bars as shown in Figure 1. The image includes primary colour bars printed by all four
being produced. Refer to OF 16 POST Error RAP.
print heads. Image size is the width and length of the media less the 4.3 mm (0.017 inch) mar-
gins. The tray selection is from tray 1 or 2 and prints on A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch media only. Procedure
Check that either A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch size media is loaded in tray 1 or tray 2. Also check that ink
and the other printing prerequisites are met. Print the IME test print using these steps:
NOTE: All test prints should be printed on A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch plain paper. Use the best quality
media available. Do not use hole punched paper.
1. Turn the machine off, GP 14.

2. Open the mid left door, PL 70.30 Item 16.
3. Remove the waste tray.
4. Insert an interlock cheater in the front door interlock.
5. Turn the machine on, GP 14.
During power-up, the IME checks for the combination of waste tray and left side door sen-
sors that activates the test print mode. PEST does not run in this mode.
The red IME error LED begins a repeating series of three blinks with a slight pause
between (111, 111, 111). This sequence indicates IME test print mode is detected.
6. Close the left side door and install the waste tray. The red IME Error LED turns off and the
green IME OK LED begins a sequence of three blinks. This indicates the IME is in test
print mode. The IME generates the print as soon as the thermals come up to temperature
and any errors are resolved.
NOTE: The red IME Error LEDs blink an error code if the IME determines it is unable to con-
tinue (e.g. out of media or ink). After printing the IME test page, the machine reboots to cus-
tomer mode.
Errors and status are reported by blinking the status LEDs (IME OK and IME Error LED).
In the absence of a fault the green IME OK LED flashes in groups of three to indicate nor-
mal test print mode.
During normal test print mode, the red IME error LED is turned Off.
When an error is detected, the red IME error LED flashes an error code and the green
IME OK LED remains Off.
Figure 1 IME Test Print For example, an error code of 124 is indicated on the red IME error LED by one flash followed
by a brief pause, followed by two flashes and another brief pause, followed by four flashes fol-
The print is produced simplex with a 600 x 600 resolution. Print orientation (LEF vs. SEF) is lowed by a longer pause. Between each sequence, the LED flutters to indicate the sequence is
determined by how the selected tray is loaded. The tray is selected automatically based upon repeating.
the same priority system used to select a chase source. An error is noted if none of the trays
contain valid media. If a finisher is installed, the sheet is sent to the catch tray on the finisher. Three results may occur:
111 indicates to close the door and replace the waste tray to proceed with the test print.
Status Indication The close cover result is flashed to indicate test print mode is detected. Replace the
There is a set of LEDs on the front of the IME controller PWB (front of machine), the red waste tray and close the left side door. When these actions are completed, the IME Error
LED is the IME error LED, the green LED is the IME OK LED. Refer to OF 16 POST Error LED turns Off, and the IME OK LED flashes the three short flashes followed by a pause.
RAP.
There is a set of LEDs on the rear of the media path driver PWB (rear of machine), the
red LED is the IME error LED, the green LED is the IME OK LED. Refer to OF 16 POST
Error RAP.

123 indicates a media resource error. Load the proper media or other needed items (ink, TP 26 Print Head Uniformity/Colour Bands Test Page
cleaning unit, etc.). This error can occur during warm-up if the drum is dirty. A resource
This A4 (8.5 x 11 inch) page has seven solid fill bars of colours, yellow, magenta, cyan, black,
error detected during warm-up may require larger than the A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch media in
red, green and blue.
order to clean the drum. In this case, load A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch size media in tray 1 or 2 or
the resource error will return when the printer checks for available media.
The print head uniformity/colour bands test page is printed from dC972, option 3.
124 indicates a test print creation error. Install the waste tray, close the doors, and reboot
to run PEST (Print Engine Self Test dC123). This error usually indicates insufficient mem-
ory and should not occur normally, but if detected, may indicate a hardware fault. PEST edge feed into tray 4. Use the best quality media available. Do not use hole punched paper.
should indicate any IME issues preventing printing.
printed with annotations on the bottom edge confirming the name of the test print. Double
chevrons will be printed if the paper used is A4. The chevrons indicate the stitch position
between print heads.
Purpose
The print head uniformity test page, Figure 1 is used to diagnose image quality issues related
to colour uniformity in solid fills.
To solve image quality problems associated with print head uniformity, refer to IQ 13, IQ 14 and
IQ 15.

ColorQube 9303 Family 3-105 TP 25, TP 26
Figure 1 Print head uniformity/colour bands test page

IQS 1 Registration and Skew NOTE: The measurement for skew and margin for Side 1 and Side 2 may not match
Image Registration Margins

Table 1 lists the registration specifications of the DADH, IIT and IOT. Refer to Figure 1. Process direction margin is measured on the leading edge at the center (3).
Cross-process margin is measured on the rear edge near the leading edge corner (4).
Table 1 Registration Specifications
Document
Document Glass Scan DADH Scan
Registration Glass DADH Print IOT IIT IIT
Process direction 2.1 mm 2.6 mm 2.0 mm 0.7 mm 1.7 mm
Cross-process 2.6 mm 4.1 mm 2.5 mm 0.7 mm 3.2 mm
Skew
To measure skew use this formula, Figure 1.
Skew (mrads) = Leading edge margin at rear corner (1) minus leading edge margin at front
corner (2) divided by (media width - 8.6 mm) multiplied by 1000.
Refer to Table 2 for the skew specifications in mrads.
Table 2 Skew Specifications (mrads)

Document
Document Glass Scan DADH Scan
Glass DADH Print IOT IIT IIT
Skew specification 6.2 mrad 9.0 mrad 5.4 mrad 3.1 mrad 7.2 mrad
Skew for envelopes will exceed the limits stated.

Skew for A5 / 8.5 x 5.5 shall be +/- 10 mrads. Lead edge skew Cross process margin
Table 3 lists the skew specifications (mm) for the standard paper sizes.
Table 3 Skew Specifications (mm)

Figure 1 Skew and margin measurement
Document
Media Size Document Glass DADH
Media (mm) Glass DADH Print IOT Scan IIT Scan IIT
A4 long edge 297 mm 1.79 mm 2.6 mm 1.56 mm 0.89 mm 2.8 mm
A4 short edge 210 mm 1.25 mm 1.81 mm 1.09 mm 0.62 mm 1.45 mm
8.5 x 11 inch 279 mm 1.68 mm 2.43 mm 1.46 mm 0.84 mm 1.95 mm
long edge
8.5 x 11 inch 216 mm 1.29 mm 1.87 mm 1.12 mm 0.64mm 1.49 mm
short edge

ColorQube 9303 Family 3-107 IQS 1
IQS 2 Image Area
Image Area
Guaranteed image area is the maximum area over which IQ specifications are valid.
Refer to Table 1 and Figure 1.
Table 1 Image Area Specifications

Characteristic Specification
Maximum image area 448.6 mm (17.6 inches) (process) x 300.3 mm (11.8 inches)
(cross-process)
Minimum image area 210 mm (8.2 inches) (process) x 104 mm (4 inches) (cross-pro-
cess)
Guaranteed image area 448.6 mm (17.6 inches) (process) x 298.648 mm (11.7 inches)
(cross-process)
Resolution/gradation Fast colour: 300 x 300 dpi
Standard:450 x 567 dpi
Enhanced: 600 x 600 dpi (Image processing at 600 x 2400)
Photo / Hi Res: 525 x 1200 dpi
Figure 1 Maximum image area

IQS 2 3-108 ColorQube 9303 Family
IQS 3 Y-Dot Position IQS 4 Y-Stitch
Specification Specification
Figure 1, shows a level of position error that provides a basis for determining defect severity. If Figure 1 shows a level of y-stitch error that provides a basis for determining defect severity. If
Y-dot position error exceeds Figure 1, corrective action is necessary. Refer to IQ 5. Y-stitch error exceeds Figure 1, corrective action is necessary.
Figure 1 Maximum specified Y-dot misplacement Figure 1 Maximum specified Y-stitch error

ColorQube 9303 Family 3-109 IQS 3, IQS 4
IQS 5 X-Stitch IQS 6 Blurry Text
Specification Specification
Figure 1 shows a level of X-stitch error that provides a basis for determining defect severity. If Figure 1 shows a level of blurry text error that provides a basis for determining defect severity.
X-stitch error exceeds Figure 1, corrective action is necessary. If the capital F in line D2 exceeds Figure 1, corrective action is necessary. Refer to IQ 5.
NOTE: The x-stitch print is made up of an interference pattern. The degree of an x-stitch issue
is highly exaggerated on this print. The actual x-stitch error will appear less pronounced on a
customer image. If in doubt about the severity of an x-stitch issue print a customer image to
determine if it is visible.
Figure 1 Acceptable X-stitch example
Figure 1 Blurry text on TP 12

IQS 5, IQS 6 3-110 ColorQube 9303 Family
IQS 7 Curl IQS 8 Uniformity in the Process Direction
Media Curl Specification
All modules shall handle flat curl of 12 mm in both process and cross process direction in Figure 1 shows the cyan / magenta and the colour bands print that is printed out in TP 1. No
input and output without degradation in performance. Degraded performance (e.g. increased distinct non-uniformity bands in the process direction should be observed on these prints.
jams, reduced tray capacity) can be expected for curl greater than 12 mm. Refer to IQ 13 and IQ 14.
NOTE: Curl is expected to increase above 12 mm when printing very high area coverage
(whole page), especially for duplex and paperweights below 80 gsm, or when using specific
papers and / or paper batches with internal tension.
Curl is assessed as follows: Run 5 sheets of prints with less than 50% area coverage. Place
the set on a flat surface so that the set curls upwards. Measure the height of each corner after
minimum 15 seconds and maximum 1 minute from the output of the final sheet. No corner
should exceed the 12 mm specification in 99.7% of the measurements.
Figure 1 Uniformity test print

ColorQube 9303 Family 3-111 IQS 7, IQS 8
IQS 7, IQS 8 3-112 ColorQube 9303 Family
4 Repairs/Adjustments
REPs 1 - Standby Power REPs 10 - Transfix and Copy/Print Transportation
REP 1.1 Wiring Harness Repairs .................................................................................... 4-5 REP 10.1 Transfix Roller................................................................................................. 4-59
REP 1.2 Molex SL Connectors........................................................................................ 4-6 REP 10.2 Front Transfix Linkage and Gear Kit ............................................................... 4-60
REP 1.3 Male Hirose DF1B Connectors ......................................................................... 4-8 REP 10.3 Rear Transfix Linkage and Gear Kit................................................................ 4-63
REP 1.4 AMP EI Connectors .......................................................................................... 4-10 REP 10.4 Front Transfix Motor........................................................................................ 4-67
REP 1.5 Hirose DF11 Connectors .................................................................................. 4-12 REP 10.5 Rear Transfix Motor ........................................................................................ 4-67
REP 1.6 AMP CT Connectors ......................................................................................... 4-13 REP 10.6 Transfix Blade ................................................................................................. 4-68
REP 1.7 Molex Mini-Fit Junior Connectors ..................................................................... 4-14 REP 10.7 Pre Transfix Sensor ........................................................................................ 4-69
REP 1.8 Front Door Interlock Switch............................................................................... 4-16 REP 10.8 Post Transfix Motor (M4) and Gearbox........................................................... 4-71
REP 1.9 Power Supply Unit ............................................................................................ 4-16 REP 10.9 Stripper Solenoid Assembly............................................................................ 4-72
REP 10.10 Roller Drive J ................................................................................................ 4-73
REPs 2 - User Interface
REP 10.11 Roller Drive L ................................................................................................ 4-75
REP 2.1 User Interface Assembly................................................................................... 4-21
REP 10.12 Exit / Duplex Solenoid................................................................................... 4-77
REP 2.2 User Interface Touch Screen ............................................................................ 4-23
REP 10.13 Diverter Gate................................................................................................. 4-79
REP 2.3 User Interface PWB .......................................................................................... 4-24
REP 10.14 Exit Motor (M5) ............................................................................................. 4-81
REPs 3 - Machine Run Control REP 10.15 Duplex Start Sensor (13) .............................................................................. 4-83
REP 3.1 IME Controller PWB.......................................................................................... 4-25 REP 10.16 Exit Sensor (15) ............................................................................................ 4-84
REP 3.2 Quad Wave Amp PWB ..................................................................................... 4-26 REP 10.17 Roller Nip P................................................................................................... 4-87
REP 3.3 Marking Unit Heater PWB................................................................................. 4-27 REP 10.18 Roller Nip N................................................................................................... 4-88
REP 3.4 Marking Unit Driver PWB .................................................................................. 4-28 REP 10.19 Exit Illuminator PWB ..................................................................................... 4-89
REP 3.5 Media Path Driver PWB .................................................................................... 4-29 REP 10.20 Exit Paper Path ............................................................................................. 4-90
REP 3.6 Drum Driver PWB ............................................................................................. 4-30 REP 10.21 Stripper Blade, Gate and Baffle .................................................................... 4-92
REP 3.7 Single Board Controller PWB............................................................................ 4-31 REP 10.22 Upper Baffle .................................................................................................. 4-95
REP 3.8 Hard Disk Drive................................................................................................. 4-32 REP 10.23 Stripper Guide Latch Cam Shaft ................................................................... 4-96
REP 3.9 NVM Module PWB and Battery......................................................................... 4-33 REP 10.24 Front and Rear Flexure Encoder .................................................................. 4-98
REP 3.10 Power Distribution PWB.................................................................................. 4-34
REPs 12-110 - LCSS
REPs 5 - DADH REP 12.1-110 LCSS Covers ........................................................................................... 4-99
REP 5.1 Top Cover Assembly......................................................................................... 4-37 REP 12.2-110 Input Drive Belt and Paper Entry Transport Motor................................... 4-100
REP 5.2 Top Access Cover Assembly ............................................................................ 4-38 REP 12.3-110 Intermediate Paper Drive Belt.................................................................. 4-101
REP 5.3 Feed Assembly ................................................................................................. 4-39 REP 12.4-110 Paper Output Drive Belt and Transport Motor 2 ...................................... 4-102
REP 5.4 Input Tray Assembly ......................................................................................... 4-40 REP 12.5-110 Bin 1 Drive Belts ...................................................................................... 4-103
REP 5.5 Baffle Assembly ................................................................................................ 4-41 REP 12.6-110 Tamper Assembly.................................................................................... 4-106
REP 5.6 Takeaway Roll Assembly.................................................................................. 4-43 REP 12.7-110 Hole Punch Unit, Motor and Sensors ...................................................... 4-107
REP 5.7 Duplex Solenoid................................................................................................ 4-44 REP 12.8-110 Stapler Traverse Assembly...................................................................... 4-109
REP 5.8 Takeaway and CVT Sensor .............................................................................. 4-46 REP 12.9-110 Staple Head Unit...................................................................................... 4-110
REP 5.9 DADH Tray Size Sensors ................................................................................. 4-47 REP 12.10-110 Ejector Assembly Sensors..................................................................... 4-111
REP 5.10 Registration Sensor ........................................................................................ 4-47 REP 12.11-110 Bin 1 Upper Level Sensor...................................................................... 4-113
REP 5.11 Exit Sensor...................................................................................................... 4-48 REP 12.12-110 Paddle Wheel Shaft Assembly .............................................................. 4-114
REP 5.12 DADH Counterbalance ................................................................................... 4-50 REP 12.13-110 LCSS Un-Docking.................................................................................. 4-117
REP 5.13 Exit Roll Assembly .......................................................................................... 4-50 REP 12.14-110 LCSS PWB ............................................................................................ 4-118
REP 5.14 Feed Roll Assembly ........................................................................................ 4-51 REP 12.15-110 Entry Guide Cover ................................................................................. 4-118
REP 5.15 Duplex Gate, CVT Roll and CVT Motor, Drive Belt......................................... 4-52 REP 12.16-110 Docking Latch Assembly ....................................................................... 4-120
REP 5.16 Document Width Sensor ................................................................................. 4-54 REP 12.17-110 Ejector Belt ............................................................................................ 4-121
REP 5.17 Input Tray Static Eliminator............................................................................. 4-55 REP 12.18-110 Paddles.................................................................................................. 4-122
REP 5.18 Exit Roll Idler................................................................................................... 4-56
REP 5.19 DADH Removal............................................................................................... 4-57
REP 5.20 Mylar Guide Strip ............................................................................................ 4-58
February 2013 Repairs/Adjustments

REPs 12-171 - HVF REP 12.52-171 BM Crease Rolls.................................................................................... 4-189
REP 12.1-171 HVF Covers ............................................................................................. 4-123 REP 12.53-171 Compiler Paper Pusher ......................................................................... 4-192
REP 12.2-171 HVF Stapler Assembly ............................................................................ 4-126 REP 12.54-171 Pusher Upper and Lower Sensors ........................................................ 4-193
REP 12.3-171 Top Tray .................................................................................................. 4-128 REP 12.55-171 HVF PSU Assembly .............................................................................. 4-193
REP 12.4-171 Bin 1 Removal ......................................................................................... 4-129 REP 12.56-171 BM Right Hand Cover............................................................................ 4-194
REP 12.5-171 Right Side-Cover Removal ...................................................................... 4-130 REP 12.57-171 HVF Main PWB ..................................................................................... 4-195
REP 12.6-171 HVF Ejector Assembly............................................................................. 4-131 REP 12.58-171 Not Used................................................................................................ 4-196
REP 12.7-171 Pressing Plate Fingers ............................................................................ 4-133 REP 12.59-171 Crease Roll Gate Assembly .................................................................. 4-196
REP 12.8-171 Front and Rear Support Fingers .............................................................. 4-133 REP 12.60-171 BM Paper Guide Assembly ................................................................... 4-199
REP 12.10-171 Stacker Idler Rolls ................................................................................. 4-134 REP 12.61-171 BM Module ............................................................................................ 4-202
REP 12.11-171 Front Tamper Motor Assembly .............................................................. 4-135 REP 12.62-171 BM Slide Assembly................................................................................ 4-207
REP 12.12-171 Bin 1 Elevator Motor Assembly ............................................................. 4-136 REP 12.63-171 Transport Motor 1 .................................................................................. 4-210
REP 12.13-171 HVF/HVF BM Un-Docking ..................................................................... 4-137 REP 12.64-171 Bypass Feed Motor ............................................................................... 4-210
REP 12.14-171 HVF Upper Exit Guide (5c).................................................................... 4-138 REP 12.65-171 Buffer Motor........................................................................................... 4-211
REP 12.15-171 HVF Rear Tamper Assembly................................................................. 4-139 REP 12.66-171 Transport Motor 2 .................................................................................. 4-211
REP 12.16-171 BM Flapper ............................................................................................ 4-141 REP 12.67-171 Tri Folder Covers ................................................................................... 4-212
REP 12.17-171 BM PWB ................................................................................................ 4-142 REP 12.68-171 Tri-Folder Drive Assembly ..................................................................... 4-213
REP 12.18-171 BM Crease Blade Motor ........................................................................ 4-144 REP 12.69-171 Tri Folder Crease Roll Drive Assembly ................................................. 4-216
REP 12.19-171 BM Crease Roll Motor ........................................................................... 4-146 REP 12.70-171 Tri-Folder Feed Roller and Drive Belt .................................................... 4-217
REP 12.20-171 BM Backstop Motor Assembly............................................................... 4-148 REP 12.71-171 TF Assist Gate Solenoid........................................................................ 4-217
REP 12.21-171 BM Backstop Assembly......................................................................... 4-149 REP 12.72-171 Tri Folder Crease Roll Springs .............................................................. 4-218
REP 12.22-171 BM Entry Roll......................................................................................... 4-151 REP 12.73-171 Tri Folder Top Cover and Idler Assemblies ........................................... 4-218
REP 12.23-171 BM Entry Sensor ................................................................................... 4-152 REP 12.74-171 Tri Folder Roller Assembly and Diverter Solenoid................................. 4-219
REP 12.24-171 BM Crease Roll Gate Motor .................................................................. 4-154 REP 12.75-171 Bin 1 Limit Switches .............................................................................. 4-221
REP 12.25-171 BM Compiler Motor and BM Flapper Motor........................................... 4-154 REP 12.76-171 Bin 1 Upper Level Sensor...................................................................... 4-222
REP 12.26-171 Back Stop Drive Assembly .................................................................... 4-155 REP 12.77-171 Tri Folder Door Interlock Switches and Sensor ..................................... 4-222
REP 12.27-171 BM Staple Heads................................................................................... 4-157 REP 12.78-171 Tri Folder Entry and Assist Gate Sensors ............................................. 4-223
REP 12.28-171 BM Stapler Bracket Assembly ............................................................... 4-159 REP 12.79-171 Tri Folder Exit Sensor ............................................................................ 4-223
REP 12.29-171 BM Conveyor Belts................................................................................ 4-163 REP 12.80-171 Tri Folder PWB ...................................................................................... 4-224
REP 12.30-171 BM Tamper Assembly and Tamper 1 Motor.......................................... 4-165 REP 12.81-171 Tri Folder Main and Bin 2 Tray Harnesses ............................................ 4-225
REP 12.31-171 HVF Buffer Guide Assembly.................................................................. 4-167 REP 12.82-171 Inserter Undocking ................................................................................ 4-226
REP 12.32-171 HVF Input Jam Clearance Guide........................................................... 4-168 REP 12.83-171 Inserter Front and Rear Covers............................................................. 4-227
REP 12.33-171 Buffer Pocket Jam Clearance Guide Assembly..................................... 4-169 REP 12.84-171 Inserter Motor ........................................................................................ 4-227
REP 12.34-171 Inserter Jam Clearance Guide Assembly .............................................. 4-170 REP 12.85-171 Inserter PWB ......................................................................................... 4-228
REP 12.35-171 Diverter Exit Gate .................................................................................. 4-170 REP 12.86-171 Inserter Clutch ....................................................................................... 4-229
REP 12.36-171 Crease Blade Assembly ........................................................................ 4-171 REP 12.87-171 Inserter Top Cover Interlock Switch ...................................................... 4-230
REP 12.37-171 Stacker Driving Shaft Bearings.............................................................. 4-174 REP 12.88-171 Inserter Jam Cover Interlock Switch ...................................................... 4-230
REP 12.38-171 HVF Stacker Driving Belts ..................................................................... 4-175 REP 12.89-171 Main Tray and Paper Length Sensors ................................................... 4-231
REP 12.39-171 HVF BM Diverter Gate........................................................................... 4-176 REP 12.90-171 Bottom Tray and Paper Sensors ........................................................... 4-232
REP 12.40-171 HVF Input Roll ....................................................................................... 4-177 REP 12.91-171 Inserter Top Cover and Inserter Pickup Sensor .................................... 4-233
REP 12.41-171 HVF Inserter Guide Roll ........................................................................ 4-178 REP 12.92-171 Lower Jam Cover and Acceleration Sensor .......................................... 4-233
REP 12.42-171 HVF Buffer Pocket Roll.......................................................................... 4-179 REP 12.93-171 Inserter LE and TE Sensors .................................................................. 4-234
REP 12.43-171 HVF Booklet Entrance Roll.................................................................... 4-180 REP 12.94-171 Inserter Bottom Plate Sensor ................................................................ 4-235
REP 12.44-171 HVF Buffer Lower Roll........................................................................... 4-181 REP 12.95-171 Inserter Pickup Assembly and Reverse Feed Roller ............................. 4-235
REP 12.45-171 HVF Buffer Upper Roll........................................................................... 4-182 REP 12.96-171 HVF Fixed and Adjustable Casters ....................................................... 4-236
REP 12.46-171 HVF Stacker Exit Feed Roll................................................................... 4-183 REP 12.97-171 Pause To Unload PWB Assembly ......................................................... 4-238
REP 12.47-171 HVF Top Exit Feed Roll......................................................................... 4-184 REP 12.98-171 Inserter Idle Roller Assembly................................................................. 4-238
REP 12.48-171 Compiler Paddle Motor Assembly ......................................................... 4-186 REP 12.99-171 Tri-Folder Removal ................................................................................ 4-240
REP 12.49-171 Compiler Paddle Unit............................................................................. 4-187 REP 12.100-171 Ejector Paddle Assembly (W/TAG V-004) ........................................... 4-241
REP 12.50-171 BM Exit Sensor...................................................................................... 4-188 REP 12.101-171 Paddle Wheel ...................................................................................... 4-242
REP 12.51-171 Compiler Paper Pusher Motor Assembly .............................................. 4-189
Repairs/Adjustments February 2013

REPs 62- Scanner REP 81.12 Tray 5 Feed Motor ........................................................................................ 4-299
REP 62.1 Scanner Module.............................................................................................. 4-243 REP 81.13 Nip D Release Solenoid................................................................................ 4-299
REP 62.2 Top Cover ....................................................................................................... 4-246 REP 82.1 3 Tray Module Transport Motor ...................................................................... 4-300
REP 62.3 CVT Glass, CVT Ramp and Document Glass Assembly................................ 4-246 REP 82.2 3 Tray Module Transport Drive Belt ................................................................ 4-300
REP 62.4 Scan Carriage Home Sensor .......................................................................... 4-247 REP 82.3 Tray 3 Horizontal Transport Assembly............................................................ 4-301
REP 62.5 Scan Carriage Assembly ................................................................................ 4-248 REP 82.4 Tray 3 Horizontal Transport Rolls ................................................................... 4-301
REP 62.6 Carriage Motor and Mounting ......................................................................... 4-250 REP 82.5 Tray 5 Transport motor ................................................................................... 4-303
REP 62.7 Scan Cables.................................................................................................... 4-251 REP 82.6 Tray 5 Transport Drive Belt............................................................................. 4-304
REP 62.8 Scan Drive Belt ............................................................................................... 4-255 REP 82.7 Tray 5 Takeaway Roller .................................................................................. 4-305
REP 62.9 Input Module Angle Sensor............................................................................. 4-256 REP 82.8 Confirm Sensor ............................................................................................... 4-306
REP 62.10 LED Exposure Lamps ................................................................................... 4-256 REP 82.9 Vertical Transport............................................................................................ 4-307
REP 62.11 Exposure Lamp Ribbon Harness .................................................................. 4-257 REP 83.1 Horizontal Paper Path..................................................................................... 4-309
REP 62.12 Scanner PWB ............................................................................................... 4-259 REP 83.2 Duplex End Sensor, Nip C Solenoid and HPP Diverter Solenoid ................... 4-310
REP 62.13 Scan Carriage Ribbon Cable ........................................................................ 4-260 REP 83.3 Duplex Sensor (17) ......................................................................................... 4-311
REP 62.14 Document Size Sensor 1 and Document Size Sensor 2 .............................. 4-260 REP 83.4 Horizontal Transport Motor ............................................................................. 4-312
REP 83.5 Horizontal Transport Drive Belts And Takeaway Rolls ................................... 4-313
REPs 70 to 75 - Paper Supply REP 89.1 Registration / Preheat Assembly and Lower Platelet Assembly ..................... 4-314
REP 70.1 3 Tray Module PWB........................................................................................ 4-261 REP 89.2 Registration / Preheat Pumps ......................................................................... 4-317
REP 70.2 Upper Left Hand Door Assembly .................................................................... 4-262 REP 89.3 Registration / Preheat Assembly Nip A Kit...................................................... 4-317
REP 71.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Removal ............................................................................ 4-262
REP 71.2 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Guides..................................................................... 4-263 REPs 91 - Marking Unit
REP 71.3 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Lift Gear Assembly ............................................................ 4-264 REP 91.1 Carriage Drive Train........................................................................................ 4-319
REP 73.1 Tray 3 Removal............................................................................................... 4-265 REP 91.2 Vertical Gearbox and Motor ............................................................................ 4-320
REP 73.2 Tray 3 Elevator Motor ..................................................................................... 4-267 REP 91.3 Head Maintenance Wiper ............................................................................... 4-322
REP 73.3 Tray 3 Elevator Cables ................................................................................... 4-267 REP 91.4 Front and Rear Tensioner Base...................................................................... 4-325
REP 73.4 Tray 3 Stack Height Sensor ............................................................................ 4-269 REP 91.5 Head Maintenance Belts and Belt Retainer Clips ........................................... 4-327
REP 73.5 Tray 3 Home Sensor....................................................................................... 4-269 REP 91.6 Head Maintenance Horizontal Motion Motor................................................... 4-328
REP 73.6 Tray 3 Elevator Damper and Gears ................................................................ 4-270 REP 91.7 Marking Unit Upper Carriage .......................................................................... 4-329
REP 75.1 Tray 5 Empty Sensor ...................................................................................... 4-271 REP 91.8 Upper Carriage Drive Shaft, Cranks, Upper Front and Rear Compliant Links 4-332
REP 75.2 Tray 5 Stack Height Sensor ............................................................................ 4-272 REP 91.9 X Axis Drive Motor .......................................................................................... 4-333
REP 75.3 Tray 5 Down Sensor ....................................................................................... 4-273 REP 91.10 Lower Carriage Drive Shaft, Cranks, Lower Front and Rear Compliant Links 4-334
REP 75.4 Tray 5 Elevator Motor Assembly..................................................................... 4-274 REP 91.11 Service Loop ................................................................................................. 4-335
REP 75.5 Tray 5 Upper Limit Switch............................................................................... 4-275 REP 91.12 Purge Line Filter............................................................................................ 4-337
REP 75.6 Tray 5 Down Limit Switch ............................................................................... 4-276 REP 91.13 Stitch / Roll Motor.......................................................................................... 4-338
REP 75.7 Un-docking and Docking Tray 5...................................................................... 4-277 REP 91.14 Marking Unit Lower Carriage ........................................................................ 4-339
REP 75.8 Tray 5 Covers ................................................................................................. 4-279 REP 91.15 Ink Loader Assembly .................................................................................... 4-342
REP 75.9 Tray 5 Docking Latch ...................................................................................... 4-280 REP 91.16 Ink Loader Melt Plate Assembly ................................................................... 4-345
REP 75.10Tray 5 Elevator Rack Assembly..................................................................... 4-282 REP 91.17 Ink Load Sensor Assembly ........................................................................... 4-346
REP 75.11 Tray 5 Elevator Tray Guides ......................................................................... 4-285 REP 91.18 Ink Transport Motor and Drive Gear ............................................................. 4-347
REP 91.19 Ink Low Sensor Assembly............................................................................. 4-348
REPs 81 to 89 - Paper Transport REP 91.20 Ink Reservoir Assembly ................................................................................ 4-349
REP 81.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Feed Assembly ....................................................... 4-287 REP 91.21 Reservoir Pump ............................................................................................ 4-353
REP 81.2 Tray 3 Paper Feed Assembly ......................................................................... 4-288 REP 91.22 IOD Assembly ............................................................................................... 4-354
REP 81.3 Bypass Module ............................................................................................... 4-289 REP 91.23 Front and Rear Track Guide ......................................................................... 4-356
REP 81.4 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Feed Rolls ......................................................................... 4-291 REP 91.24 Drum Drive Motor and Belt ........................................................................... 4-357
REP 81.5 Tray 3 Feed Rolls............................................................................................ 4-293 REP 91.25 Drum and Front Drum Frame Assembly ....................................................... 4-359
REP 81.6 Bypass Tray Feed Rolls.................................................................................. 4-293 REP 91.26 Marking Unit Slide Assembly ........................................................................ 4-363
REP 81.7 Tray 5 Feed Rollers ........................................................................................ 4-294 REP 91.27 Cleaning Unit Motor Assembly and Home Sensor........................................ 4-364
REP 81.8 Tray 1 or Tray 2 Feed Sensor......................................................................... 4-295 REP 91.28 Marking Unit Assembly ................................................................................. 4-365
REP 81.9 Tray 3 Feed Sensor ........................................................................................ 4-296 REP 91.29 Printhead....................................................................................................... 4-368
REP 81.10 Bypass Tray Empty Sensor .......................................................................... 4-297 REP 91.30 Drum Position Encoder Assembly ................................................................ 4-373
REP 81.11 Tray 5 Feed Sensor ...................................................................................... 4-297 REP 91.31 Umbilical Assembly....................................................................................... 4-374

REP 91.32 Cleaning Unit Cam Shaft Assembly.............................................................. 4-377 ADJs 82 - Paper Transport
REP 91.33 Cleaning Unit Plug Connector ...................................................................... 4-379 ADJ 82.1 Media Registration Calibration ........................................................................ 4-425
REP 91.34 Drum Pulley .................................................................................................. 4-380
REP 91.35 Front and Rear Drum Thermistor.................................................................. 4-381 ADJs 91 - Marking Unit
REP 91.36 Abatement Plenum ....................................................................................... 4-383 ADJ 91.1 Printhead Attachment Check........................................................................... 4-427
REP 91.37 Stitch / Roll Motor Lead Screws.................................................................... 4-384
REPs 94 - Ink Transfer

REP 94.1 Cleaning Unit .................................................................................................. 4-385
ADJs 4 - Machine Lubrication

ADJ 4.1 Machine Lubrication .......................................................................................... 4-387
ADJs 5 - DADH
ADJ 5.1 DADH Drive Belt Adjustment............................................................................. 4-389
ADJ 5.2 DADH Height Adjustment.................................................................................. 4-390
ADJ 5.3 DADH Skew Adjustment ................................................................................... 4-392
ADJ 5.4 DADH Cleaning Procedure ............................................................................... 4-393
ADJ 5.5 DADH Registration Adjustment ......................................................................... 4-394
ADJ 5.6 DADH Document Pad ....................................................................................... 4-394
ADJs 12-110 - LCSS

ADJ 12.1-110 LCSS Bin 1 Level ..................................................................................... 4-395
ADJ 12.2-110 Machine to LCSS Alignment .................................................................... 4-395
ADJ 12.3-110 Hole Punch Position................................................................................. 4-396
ADJ 12.4-110 Motor Drive Belt Tensioning..................................................................... 4-397
ADJs 12-171 - HVF

ADJ 12.1-171 Machine to HVF / HVF BM, HVF BM to Tri-Folder Alignment.................. 4-399
ADJ 12.2-171 Tri-Folder Paper Settings ......................................................................... 4-400
ADJ 12.3-171 Stapler Anvil Alignment ............................................................................ 4-401
ADJ 12.4-171 Crease Blade Position.............................................................................. 4-404
ADJ 12.5-171 Booklet Tamping ...................................................................................... 4-404
ADJ 12.6-171 Booklet Compiling Position ...................................................................... 4-406
ADJ 12.7-171 Booklet Crease Position........................................................................... 4-409
ADJ 12.8-171 Booklet Staple Position ............................................................................ 4-410
ADJ 12.9-171 Booklet Maker Skew ................................................................................ 4-411
ADJ 12.10-171 HVF Motor Drive Belt Tensioning........................................................... 4-412
ADJ 12.11-171 HVF Idler Drive Belt Tensioning............................................................. 4-413
ADJ 12.12-171 Tri-Folder Fold Adjustment..................................................................... 4-413
ADJs 62 - Scanner
ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning Procedure ............................................................................. 4-415
ADJ 62.2 Scan Carriage Assembly ................................................................................. 4-416
ADJ 62.3 Carriage Motor and Scanner Drive Belt .......................................................... 4-417
ADJ 62.4 Document Glass Registration Adjustment....................................................... 4-417
ADJs 73 to 75 - Paper Trays

ADJ 73.1 Tray 3 Paper Tray Guide Setting..................................................................... 4-419
ADJ 75.1 Tray 5 Paper Tray Guide Setting..................................................................... 4-421
ADJ 75.2 Tray 5 Module to Machine Alignment.............................................................. 4-422
ADJ 75.3 Tray 5 Module Tray Alignment ........................................................................ 4-422

REP 1.1 Wiring Harness Repairs DADH/IIT power comms harness, PL 62.16 Item 7.
Media path driver PWB to Tray 5 PWB harness, PL 75.68 Item 26.
Purpose
Tray 5 elevator harness, PL 75.70 Item 20.
WARNING Tray 5 elevator motor harness, PL 81.40 Item 16.
Tray 5 centre reg interface harness, PL 81.40 Item 17.
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Upper carriage harness, PL 91.20 Item 12.
Lower carriage harness, PL 91.25 Item 12.
WARNING
3. The following connectors can be repaired by removing the faulty terminals and installing
Do not attempt any repairs to the power cord or safety ground harness/conductor. new terminals:
NOTE: Safety ground connections use green/yellow cables, or green cables with a yellow Molex SL connectors - REP 1.2.
stripe or band. Male Hirose DF 1B connectors - REP 1.3.
The steps that follow identify the relevant procedures for repairing the various connectors con- AMP EI connectors - REP 1.4.
tained within the copier. Hirose DF11 Connectors - REP 1.5.
1. If wiring is damaged, use connector splicing blocks to repair damaged wiring. AMP CT connectors - REP 1.6.
2. The following harness assemblies are not repairable; install new parts: Molex mini-fit junior connectors - REP 1.7.
Any ribbon harness.
Bypass extension harness, PL 1.15 Item 8.
Drum driver MR sensor harness, PL 1.15 Item 9.
Chassis interlock harness, PL 1.15 Item 11.
AC chassis heater harness, PL 1.15 Item 13.
Drum driver to front components harness, PL 1.15 Item 14.
Drum driver / media path power harness, PL 1.15 Item 15.
Engine fan harness, PL 1.15 Item 16.
Cleaning unit interface harness, PL 1.15 Item 17.
Media path exit / horizontal harness, PL 1.15 Item 19.
Transfix roller harness, PL 1.15 Item 20.
Media path driver PWB to 3 tray module PWB harness, PL 1.15 Item 21.
Mid rail front door switch harness, PL 1.15 Item 22.
User interface harness, PL 2.10 Item 7.
User interface control PWB to user interface status PWB harness, PL 2.10 Item 9.
LCD to PWB harness, PL 2.10 Item 11.
Hard disk drive / single board controller PWB harness, PL 3.11 Item 3.
PDB to SBC harness (PJ17), PL 3.11 Item 10.
Hard disk drive power harness, PL 3.11 Item 12.
Foreign device interface harness, PL 3.11 Item 23.
Communication/power cable, PL 5.10 Item 6.
Power cord, PL 12.140 Item 4.
Power communications cable, PL 12.140 Item 7.
Bin 2 tray harness, PL 12.205 Item 19.
BM PWB to tri-folder PWB harness, PL 12.205 Item 20.
LED lamp ribbon harness, PL 62.15 Item 5.
IIT video/SBC PWB harness, PL 62.16 Item 6.

ColorQube 9303 Family 4-5 REP 1.1
REP 1.2 Molex SL Connectors 2. Figure 2. Remove the terminal from the connector housing using the Molex extractor tool.
Removal
WARNING
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1
Insert the Molex tool
NOTE: Molex connectors have small black housings in single and double row form with minia-
ture square section pins and sockets.
1. If the damaged connector is in the centre of a double row housing beneath the latching 2
clip, the latching prong will not be accessible to release the connector from the housing. Press the prong flat
Therefore it will be necessary to disassemble the housing as shown in Figure 1.
1 2
Attach the Molex tool
Hold the wires from both
row connectors
3
Push the terminal out of the
housing using a male terminal
from the repair kit
Figure 2 Removing the terminal.
3 3. Cut off the damaged terminal, then strip 3 mm of insulation from the end of the wire.
Bend the housing open
Replacement
1. Select the correct replacement terminal, and identify the appropriate crimp positions for
the terminal.
5 4 2. Figure 3. Insert a male or female terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool
Pull out the A and close the tool just enough to hold the terminal.
Pull out the B row connector
row connector
Figure 1 Disassembling the connector.

REP 1.2 4-6 ColorQube 9303 Family
5. Figure 5. Check that the crimp is correctly made.
Correct
Incorrect
Loose strands of wire
Figure 3 Crimping the terminal.
3. Insert the wire fully into the terminal so that the stripped portion of the wire is within the
Crimp loose
inner grip of the terminal. Close the crimp tool fully to make the crimp.
4. Figure 4. Insert the crimped terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and
close the crimp tool, to fasten the insulation of the wire in the outer grip of the terminal.
Insulation in the crimp Wire exposed
Figure 5 Inspecting the finished crimp.
6. Insert the replacement terminal into the connector housing.

7. If the repair was carried out on a double row connector that was disassembled, push both
connectors into the housing taking care that the A connector is fitted on the fastener
side.
Figure 4 Crimping the insulation grip.

REP 1.3 Male Hirose DF1B Connectors NOTE: These connectors can be repaired using either crimp terminals or pre-crimped ter-
minals with flying lead and butt connector, as required.
Removal
2. Figure 2. Insert the terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and close the
WARNING tool just enough to hold the terminal.
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Figure 1. Remove the damaged terminal from the housing.
1
Raise the plastic tab
with a suitable tool, to
release the terminal
3. Insert the wire fully into the terminal so that the stripped portion of the wire is within the
longer grip of the terminal and the insulation of the wire is within the cable grip of the ter-
minal. Close the crimp tool fully to make the crimp; check that the wire is firmly crimped in
the terminal.
2
Remove the terminal
from housing
Figure 1 Remove the terminal
2. Cut off the damaged terminal, then strip 3 mm of insulation from the end of the wire.
Replacement
CAUTION
There are different terminals for large gauge and small gauge wire. Ensure that the correct
replacement terminal is used.
1. Select the correct replacement terminal and identify the appropriate crimp positions for
the terminal.

4. Figure 3. Insert the crimped terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and 5. Figure 4. Check that the crimp is correctly made.
close the crimp tool to firmly fasten the insulation of the wire in the cable grip of the termi-
nal.
Correct
Incorrect
Wire exposed
Insulation In the crimp
crimp loose
Figure 3 Crimping the insulation grip.

Figure 4 Inspecting the finished crimp.

REP 1.4 AMP EI Connectors
Removal
WARNING
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity 2
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Remove the terminal from the
NOTE: The male housings contain socket terminals, and the female housings contain pin ter- housing
minals.
1. Use the extractor tool, to release the terminal from the housing. Refer to Figure 1 to iden-
tify the male housing and terminal type. Refer to Figure 2 to identify the female housing
and the terminal type.
1
Depress the prong with a small
flat head screw driver to release
the terminal
1
Insert a paper clip to
release the prong
Figure 2 Terminal removal; female housing.
2
Remove the terminal
from the housing
Figure 1 Terminal removal; male housing.

Replacement 4. Figure 4. Insert the crimped terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and
close the crimp tool to firmly fasten the insulation of the wire in the cable grip of the termi-
1. Select the correct replacement terminal and identify the appropriate crimp positions for
nal.
the terminal.
2. Figure 3. Insert the terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and close the
tool enough to hold the terminal.
Figure 4 Crimping the insulated grip.
3. Insert the wire completely into the terminal, so that the stripped portion of the wire is in the
longer grip of the terminal. The insulation of the wire is within the cable grip of the termi-
nal. Close the crimp tool completely to make the crimp. Check that the wire is crimped
firmly in the terminal.

5. Figure 5. Check that the crimp is correctly made. REP 1.5 Hirose DF11 Connectors
Removal
Correct WARNING
NOTE: The male housing contains female terminals that cannot be crimped in the field; if a ter-
minal is damaged, install a new terminal with flying lead.
Incorrect 1. Figure 1. Remove the damaged terminal from the connector housing.
Wire exposed
1
Raise the plastic tab with a suitable tool, to release the
Insulation in the crimp terminal
2
Remove the terminal from
Crimp loose the housing
Figure 5 Inspect the finished crimp
Figure 1 Terminal removal
2. Cut the damaged terminal off the wire.

Replacement
1. Insert the replacement terminal with flying lead into the connector housing.
2. Use a butt connector to connect the flying lead to the original wire.

REP 1.4, REP 1.5 4-12 ColorQube 9303 Family
REP 1.6 AMP CT Connectors 2. Figure 1. Remove the damaged crimp terminal from the connector housing.
Removal
WARNING
Raise the plastic tab with a suitable tool, to release the
CAUTION terminal
Amp CT connectors use in-line adaptors to connect housings together. Ensure that the correct
adaptor is used for each in-line connection. Do not attempt to disassemble or repair the in-line 2
adaptors. Remove the terminal
from the housing
NOTE: There are two types of CT connector: insulation displacement connector (IDC) or crimp
terminal. Repairing crimp terminal CT connectors is performed by installing individual replace-
ment terminals with flying leads, connected to the existing wiring with connector splicing blocks
(removal steps 2 and 3). Repairing IDC connectors is performed by installing a complete
replacement housing with wires already fitted, connected to the existing wiring with connector
splicing blocks (removal steps 4 and 5). The replacement procedure is only applicable to crimp
terminal connectors.
1. Identify the terminal type. Go to step 2 for a housing containing crimp terminals, or go to
step 4 for a housing containing insulation displacement (IDC) terminals.
Figure 1 Terminal removal.
3. Cut the damaged crimp terminal off of the wire.

4. IDC housings are repaired by installing a complete replacement housing with wires
already fitted, These are connected with connector splicing blocks to the existing wiring.
Select the correct replacement connector.
5. Cut one wire from the faulty connector and then reconnect the wire to the appropriate fly-
ing lead on the replacement connector. Repeat this process for each wire in turn, until the
faulty connector has been fully disconnected and the replacement connector installed in
its place.
Replacement
1. Insert the replacement crimp terminal with flying lead into the connector housing.
2. Use a connector splicing block to connect the flying lead to the original wire.

REP 1.7 Molex Mini-Fit Junior Connectors 1. Figure 2. Remove the terminal from the housing, using the Molex, Mini-Fit extractor tool.
Removal
WARNING
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Withdraw the terminal
from the connector body
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
WARNING
1
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Insert the prongs fully down
the sides of the terminal
Figure 2 Removing the terminal
Replacement
1. Select the correct terminal type.

2. Figure 3. Insert the terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and close the 5. Figure 5. Check that the crimp is correctly made.
tool just enough to hold the terminal.
Correct
Incorrect:
Insulation in the crimp
Figure 3 Crimping the terminal
3. Insert the wire fully into the terminal so that the stripped portion is within the inner grip of
the terminal. Close the crimp tool fully to make the crimp. Wire exposed
4. Figure 4. Insert the crimped terminal into the appropriate position of the crimp tool and
close the crimp tool to fasten the wire insulation in the outer grip of the terminal.
Figure 5 Inspecting the finished crimp
Figure 4 Crimping the insulation grip

REP 1.8 Front Door Interlock Switch REP 1.9 Power Supply Unit
Parts List on PL 1.15 Parts List on PL 1.15
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING WARNING
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
1. Open the front door.
NOTE: Some machines may be fitted with a W/TAG 001 power supply unit that has a blanking
2. Remove the front door interlock switch, Figure 1. cover instead of the sliding cover at the main power cord socket.

2. Remove the main power cord, PL 1.15 Item 1.
3. Disconnect the LCSS power cord, PL 12.75 Item 8, if installed, or the HVF power cord. PL
12.140 Item 4 if installed.
4. Remove the rear cover, PL 70.25 Item 8
5. Disconnect the harnesses, Figure 1.
2
Disconnect the wires and
remove the switch
1
Lever out the switch body using a flat
blade screwdriver
Figure 1 Front door interlock removal
Replacement
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal process.

6. Remove the power supply unit, Figure 2.
1
Disconnect the 3
ribbon cable 2 Lift and remove the
from the drum Disconnect power supply unit
driver PWB J6AC
4 3
Disconnect Disconnect
2 1
J5AC Remove 2 Remove 2
JDC3 screws screws
J4AC
J8AC JDC1
JDC4
Figure 1 Disconnect harnesses

Figure 2 Remove the power supply unit
7. Remove the ribbon cable, Figure 3.
1
Disconnect JDC2 and
remove the ribbon cable
Figure 3 Remove the ribbon cable

Replacement
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal process.
2. If a W/TAG 001 power supply unit is being installed, the blanking cover, PL 70.25 Item 14
(supplied with the new power supply unit) must be installed into the lower rear cover, Fig-
ure 4.
1
Connect the ribbon
cable to JDC2
Support lugs on the back of the power supply

unit to be located on the frame brackets
Blanking cover
Figure 5 Install the ribbon cable
CAUTION
Blanking cover not installed Blanking cover installed Ensure that wires are not pinched between the frame and the back of the power supply during
installation
Figure 4 Blanking cover location
3. Install the ribbon cable JDC2 and note the location of the support lugs on the rear of the
power supply unit, Figure 5.

4. Install the power supply unit, Figure 6.
1
Fit the lugs on the rear of the power supply unit over the support brackets
3 2
Install the 4 fixing screws to Rest the power supply
secure the power supply on the supports
Figure 6 Install the power supply unit
5. Re-connect the connectors to the power supply unit and the ribbon cable to the drum
driver PWB, Figure 1.

REP 2.1 User Interface Assembly 2. Prepare to detach the UI control panel, Figure 2.
Parts List on PL 2.10

Removal
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the user inter-
face assembly.
NOTE: Detachment of the user interface (UI) control panel will enable the replacement of the
user interface control PWBA, PL 2.10 Item 2, user interface status PWBA, PL 2.10 Item 4 and NOTE: The UI control panel has 2
the user interface touch screen, PL 2.10 Item 3. Only remove the complete user interface 1
Remove 4 screws hooked retainers, located on the
assembly when necessary, e.g reinstallation onto a new scanner assembly. underside at the left and right rear
corners.
1. Open the front door. If the complete UI assembly is to be removed, remove the scanner
module, REP 62.1.
Figure 2 Preparation

CAUTION 8. Remove the 4 nuts, PL 62.10 Item 8 and the 4 washers.
Ensure no strain is placed upon the UI harness. 9. Remove the UI base, PL 62.10 Item 19 and the 4 grommets, PL 62.10 Item 6.
3. Detach the UI control panel, Figure 3. Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. When installing the UI assembly hook the rear retainers into place. Lower the keyboard
fully, then press down and push the UI assembly until it clicks into place. The 4 screws
3 can then be installed.
Bias the control panel counter
clock wise to access the 3
PWB assemblies and the UI
touch screen.
Hooked retainer
4
See Caution
1
Hold the front edge of the UI control panel, then lift
upwards and away from machine.
2
Release the 2 hooked retainers.
Figure 3 Detach the UI control panel
4. Remove the scanner rear cover, refer to REP 62.2.

5. Remove the UI Harness cover, PL 62.10 Item 16.
6. Release the UI Harness clamp, PL 62.10 Item 9.
7. Remove the UI control panel with the UI harness, PL 2.10 Item 7.

REP 2.2 User Interface Touch Screen 3. Remove the user interface touch screen, Figure 2.

Removal 4
WARNING Remove the
retainer
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
face touch screen.
1. Detach the user interface control panel, REP 2.1.
1
2. Place the user interface control panel on a flat surface. Remove 3 harness 2 3
clips Disconnect the Remove 3 screws
harnesses
Figure 2 Remove the user interface touch screen
Replacement
2. If a problem occurs with the display. Refer to GP 32 User Interface Panel Diagnostics and
check out the functions of the UI.

REP 2.3 User Interface PWB 3. Remove the user interface PWB, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
face PWB.
1 2
1. Detach the user interface control panel, REP 2.1 Remove all 8 screws
Disconnect all 6 harnesses
2. Place the user interface control panel on a flat surface.
Figure 2 Remove the user interface PWB
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 3.1 IME Controller PWB 5. Remove the IME controller PWB, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the IME con-
troller PWB.
3 1
Transfer the NVRAM Disconnect PJs marked A.
1. Open the front door
2. Remove the inner cover, PL 81.11 Item 2.
3. Pull out the marking unit, GP 6. 2
Remove screws marked B then remove the PWB.
4. Remove the marking unit enclosure cover, PL 91.10 Item 18.
Figure 2 IME controller PWB removal
Replacement
1. Replacement is the reversal of the removal process.
2. Transfer the NVRAM from the failed PWB and install onto the new PWB, Figure 2.
3. Install the new NVRAM onto the failed IME Controller PWB to be returned.
If both IME controller PWB and IME NVRAM chip are replaced at the same time. Then
perform the following:
a. dC977 Drum Runout Calibration.
b. dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration.
c. The front and rear transfix calibration values need to be entered into dC978. The val-
ues are located on the front of the drum frame.
d. Empty the waste tray, since the NVM tracking purge mass has been lost.
e. Enter dC131 NVM Read / Write at location 492-70 Prints On This Drum and enter
the page count of the machine.

REP 3.2 Quad Wave Amp PWB 2. Remove the quad wave amp PWB, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD Symbol

1
2 Disconnect PJs marked A.
CAUTION Remove screws marked B then remove the PWB.
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the quad
wave amp PWB. Figure 2 Quad wave amp PWB removal
1. Remove the IME controller PWB, REP 3.1.
Replacement
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 3.3 Marking Unit Heater PWB 6. Remove the marking unit heater PWB, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
1
Disconnect PJs marked A.
Figure 1 ESD Symbol 2

Remove screws marked B then the PWB.
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the marking
unit heater PWB.
Figure 2 Marking unit heater PWB removal
Replacement
3. Pull out the marking unit, REP 91.28.
5. Remove the clamp, PL 92.10 Item 6.

REP 3.4 Marking Unit Driver PWB 5. Remove the marking unit driver PWB, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
1
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the marking
unit driver PWB.
2
3. Pull out the marking unit, REP 91.28. Remove screws marked B then remove the PWB.
Figure 2 Marking unit driver PWB removal
Replacement

REP 3.5 Media Path Driver PWB 4. Remove the media path driver PWB, Figure 3.

Removal
WARNING
1
Figure 1 ESD Symbol Remove the screws marked A then remove PWB assembly.
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the media
path driver PWB. Figure 3 Media path driver PWB removal
2. Remove the enclosure fan, PL 1.15 Item 6. Replacement
3. Disconnect the PJs, Figure 2. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1
Figure 2 Disconnect PJs

REP 3.6 Drum Driver PWB 3. Disconnect the PJs, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
1
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the drum
driver PWB.
2. Remove the enclosure fan, PL 1.15 Item 6.
Figure 2 Disconnect PJs

4. Remove the drum driver PWB, Figure 3. REP 3.7 Single Board Controller PWB
Removal
WARNING
1
Remove screws marked A
then remove the PWB.
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the single
board controller PWB.
1. If installed, remove the following components:
Foreign device interface PWB, PL 3.11 Item 14.
2. If a new single board controller PWB is to be installed, remove the following components:
System memory, PL 3.11 Item 4.
EPC memory PWB, PL 3.11 Item 21.
Figure 3 Drum driver PWB removal Product enablement key (SIM), PL 3.11 Item 22.
3. Disconnect all connectors on the rear of the image processing module. Pull out the image
Replacement processing module.
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 4. Remove the harness guide plate, PL 3.11 Item 24.
5. Remove the PWB cover, PL 3.11 Item 11.
6. Disconnect all connectors on the single board controller PWB.
CAUTION
Lift the single board controller PWB. Do not slide the PWB in the image processing module.
The PWB have components on the underside that can be easily damaged.

ColorQube 9303 Family 4-31 REP 3.6, REP 3.7
7. Remove the single board controller PWB, Figure 2. REP 3.8 Hard Disk Drive
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Check via either the machine configuration sheet or Centreware Internet Services/Proper-
ties/General Setup/ Feature Installation if any optional features are enabled, e.g. McAfee
integrity control enablement. Obtain and note any necessary optional feature installation
keys, GP 48.
2. Pull out the image processing module.
3. Remove the Fax module if installed.
4. Remove the two harnesses from the hard disk drive, Figure 1.
2 1
Remove the single board controller PWB. Remove 9 screws marked A.
Figure 2 Removal
Replacement
CAUTION
When installing the PWB cover, PL 3.11 Item 11, ensure that the PJ222 connector for the hard
disk drive/single board controller PWB harness is not unlatched.
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
NOTE: Before installing the harness guide plate, ensure that the harnesses are correctly
routed. Refer to REP 62.1.
2. Perform an Altboot, refer to GP 4 Machine Software.
1 2
Disconnect 2 harnesses. Remove the tie wrap.
Figure 1 Hard Disk Drive harness

5. Remove the hard disk drive, Figure 2. REP 3.9 NVM Module PWB and Battery
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the NVM
module PWB.
1
Remove 4 screws. The NVM module PWB contains the local machine settings. These are retained using battery
backed memory.
2
Remove the hard disk drive. This module is extremely reliable and should only be changed as a last resort when all other
possibilities have been ruled out.
Figure 2 Remove Hard Disk Drive
Do not replace the module before the machine has completed the install wizard.
Replacement
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. NOTE: All customer settings, machine configuration settings, customer copy count, usage and
2. Ensure that the bracket locates into the slots on the drawer fault counters will be lost. Inform back office and follow the local process.
3. When the install is complete perform an AltBoot, GP 4. 1. To prevent the deletion of the soft machine settings, perform an NVM save from service
mode on the UI using dC361 NVM Save and Restore.
2. Pull out the image processing module.
4. If any optional features were enabled, re-enter the keys for the optional features. Refer to 3. Remove the harness guide plate, PL 3.11 Item 24.
GP 48 How to Re-Enter Optional Feature Installation Keys.
4. Remove the PWB Cover, PL 3.11 Item 11.
5. Remove the NVM module PWB, PL 3.11 Item 17.
6. If necessary, remove the battery, PL 3.11 Item 18 from the NVM module PWB.

Replacement REP 3.10 Power Distribution PWB
CAUTION Parts List on PL 3.11
Removal
Do not use a NVM module PWB that has previously been in another machine as it will transfer
the machine serial number and speed to the new machine. Destroy used NVM modules. WARNING
1. If necessary, install the new battery onto the NVM module PWB. Check the battery is Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
located correctly, GP 45. from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
2. Install the NVM module PWB. Make sure the NVM module PWB is fully seated. can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
CAUTION
3. Install the PWB Cover, PL 3.11 Item 11.
4. Install the harness guide plate, PL 3.11 Item 24.
5. At power up a 'configuration parameter' error will appear as the machine does not know
what the serial number is. Enter the serial number from the machines frame serial number
plate, dC132. Type carefully and double check that the entered number is correct.
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
NOTE: An incorrect entry can only be rectified with another new NVM module PWB.
6. The machine will then retrieve the machine speed from the SIM. If the data cannot be CAUTION
retrieved from the SIM or the SIM is not present, the machine will default to 9301. Enter Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the power dis-
dC131 NVM Read / Write location 616-003. Check that the machine speed is correct. If tributionPWB.
the setting is wrong, escalate through the normal channels to have a pre-serialized SIM 1. Remove the PWB cover, PL 3.11 Item 11.
sent to you. 2. Disconnect all connectors on the power distribution PWB.
7. Check with the customer that the billing plan and service plan are correct. If the customer
has changed either since the machine was purchased these will not be reflected. Use
dC103 billing plan and dC136 service plan to correct as necessary.
8. Open / Close all paper trays and confirm the media in each tray.
9. Enter Service Copy Mode (GP 1). Perform the following:
Select Machine Info / Tools / Device Settings / Paper Management / Paper Size Pref-
erences. Set to inches or metric as necessary.
(XE Only) Check the tray 3 media setting. Select Machine Info / Tools / Device Set-
ting / Paper Management / Tray contents. Set to A4 or 8.5 x 11 as necessary.
10. Set the correct market region, dC134.
11. If a new NVM module PWB has been installed, perform an Altboot, GP 4.
NOTE: The Altboot is not required if only a new battery has been installed.
12. Perform the following:

dC608 Document Feeder Registration.
dC609 Document Glass Registration.
NVM restore, dC361 NVM Save and Restore.
NOTE: Using dC131 to make changes to the NVM settings will result in the values being over
written during the next power cycle. Use only the diagnostics routines listed.

3. Remove the power distribution PWB, Figure 2.
2 1
Remove the power distribution PWB. Remove 5 screws marked A.
Figure 2 Removal
Replacement
CAUTION

REP 5.1 Top Cover Assembly
Parts List on PL 5.20 3 4
Remove the 2 latch pins. Remove the top
Removal cover assembly.
WARNING
1. Open the DADH top cover. Take note of the position of
2. Remove the DADH top cover assembly, Figure 1. latch pins.
2
Remove the screw and 1
the plastic bushing (front Disengage the hinges.
and back).
Figure 1 Top cover
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the latch pins are
installed correctly, refer to Figure 1.

REP 5.2 Top Access Cover Assembly Replacement
Parts List on PL 5.20 The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure that the 2 springs on the
idler rolls are in the correct position, Figure 2. Then install the top cover.
Removal
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord Takeaway idler roll
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity torsion spring
1. Open the DADH top cover.
2. Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1.
3. Remove the DADH top cover assembly, REP 5.1.
4. Remove the DADH top access cover assembly, Figure 1.
2
3 Remove the screw and
the bracket.
Remove the top access
cover assembly.
CVT idler roll torsion

spring
Figure 2 Torsion springs

1
Disconnect PJ191 and
the ground harness.
Figure 1 Top access cover assembly

REP 5.3 Feed Assembly 4. Remove the feed assembly, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
Disengage the hinges.
WARNING
1. Open the DADH top cover. 2
2. Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1. Remove 4 self tapping
3. Remove the feed roll assembly, REP 5.14. screws marked A.
7
Remove the feed
assembly.
3 4 5 6
Disconnect PJ183, Disconnect PJ199. Release the Disconnect the ground
PJ184 and PJ187. harness. harness.
Figure 1 Feed assembly
Replacement

REP 5.4 Input Tray Assembly 3. Remove the input tray assembly, Figure 1.

Removal 7
Remove 3 1
WARNING self tapping Loosen the
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord screws screw.
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity marked A.
WARNING
8
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Remove the
1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. input tray
2. Remove the feed assembly, REP 5.3. assembly.
NOTE: To release the tension of the drive belts, refer to ADJ 5.1.
6
Release the
harness. 2
5 Release the
Disconnect 3 tension on the
4 feed motor
PJ190. Disconnect
Release the drive belt.
tension and the ground
disengage the harness.
drive belt.
Figure 1 Input tray assembly
Replacement
2. Perform ADJ 5.1 DADH Drive Belt Adjustment.

REP 5.5 Baffle Assembly CAUTION
When the top access cover assembly, feed assembly, input tray assembly and CVT roll are
Parts List on PL 5.30 removed the DADH structure is weak. Do not lower the DADH in this configuration.
Removal 7. Carefully install the DADH frame on the machine. Secure the DADH with the two thumb-
WARNING screws.
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord CAUTION
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity Be careful to prevent damage to the document pad when the document pad is removed from
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. the baffle assembly.
WARNING 8. Move the baffle assembly lower cover to give access, Figure 2.
1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19.
2. Remove the top access cover assembly, REP 5.2.
3. Remove the feed assembly, REP 5.3.
4. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4.
5. Remove the CVT roll, REP 5.15.
6. Prepare to remove the baffle assembly, Figure 1.
2
Release the harness.
1
Disconnect the link arm.
3
Disconnect PJ189.

10. Remove the baffle assembly, Figure 3.
DADH frame.
2
Disengage the hinge
pin.
3
Slide the tab through
slot in DADH frame.
3
Disengage the lugs in the
lower cover. 4
Remove the baffle
assembly.
1
Feed the harness and
ground harness through the
frame.
Solenoid link arm.
2 Figure 3 Baffle assembly

Remove 2 screws.
4
To help the removal of the
baffle assembly, slide the 1
lower cover approximately 40 Carefully remove the left hand
mm (1.5 inches) away from end of the document pad from the
the document pad. baffle assembly.
Figure 2 Lower cover movement
9. Disconnect PJ196 from the exit sensor and remove the exit sensor, REP 5.11.
CAUTION
Take care removing the baffle assembly, do not damage the solenoid link arm.

Replacement REP 5.6 Takeaway Roll Assembly
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure that the torsion springs Parts List on PL 5.35
and harness are in the correct position, Figure 4.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Torsion springs.
Route the harness.
Figure 4 Torsion springs and harness

2. Remove the takeaway roll assembly, Figure 1. REP 5.7 Duplex Solenoid
NOTE: To release the tension of the drive belt on the feed motor, refer to ADJ 5.1. Parts List on PL 5.30
Removal
2 WARNING
Remove 2 E-clips. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
Small spacers.
WARNING
Large spacer. 1. Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1.
2. Prepare to remove the drive assembly, Figure 1.
3
Slide the bearing forward. 1
Disconnect 3 ground
harnesses.
2
Remove 3 self tapping
screws marked A.
3
Disconnect PJ203 and
1 PJ204.
Release the tension and
disengage the drive belt.
4 4
Remove the takeaway roll Release the harnesses.
assembly.
Figure 1 Takeaway roll assembly Figure 1 Drives assembly
Replacement NOTE: To release the tension on the drive belts, refer to ADJ 5.1.
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the spacers and E-clips
are installed correctly, refer to Figure 1.

3. Remove the drive assembly, Figure 2. 4. Remove the duplex solenoid, Figure 3.
3 2
Disconnect PJ205. Remove the screw.
1
Disconnect the
link arm.
1
Release the tension and 5
4 Release the duplex sole-
disengage the drive
Disconnect the ground harness. noid from the clips.
2 belts.
3
Remove the drive assembly. Release the harness.
Figure 2 Drives assembly Figure 3 Duplex solenoid
Replacement
CAUTION
The screw that attaches the ground harness to the duplex solenoid is shorter than the other
screws. Do not use the incorrect screw.
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure that the wiring is not
caught below the drive assembly.
2. Perform the DADH motor adjustment, ADJ 5.1.

REP 5.8 Takeaway and CVT Sensor Replacement
Parts List on PL 5.20 The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the spring plate and idler
roll torsion springs are in the correct position. Also make sure that the CVT sensor actuator is
Removal in the correct position below the CVT roll and the idler shaft. Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.
WARNING Then install the top cover assembly,
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Takeaway idler roll
WARNING torsion spring
1. Remove the DADH top cover assembly, REP 5.1.
2. Remove the takeaway or CVT sensor, Figure 1.
2
Disconnect the correct PJ. Remove the
correct sensor.
1
Remove the screw.
Takeaway sensor.
CVT CVT idler roll torsion

sensor. spring
Spring plate.
CVT idler roll Figure 2 Torsion springs

shaft.
Figure 1 Takeaway and CVT sensors

REP 5.9 DADH Tray Size Sensors REP 5.10 Registration Sensor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4. 1. Remove the DADH, top cover assembly, REP 5.1.
CAUTION 2. Remove the registration sensor, Figure 1.
Disconnect the ground harness from the static eliminator before the input tray assembly lower
cover is removed, refer to Figure 1.
5
2. Turn the input tray assembly upside down, then remove the Lower cover right, PL 5.35 Disconnect PJ192. Remove
Item 9. the registration sensor
3. Remove the relevant sensor, Figure 1.
4
1 Remove the sensor assembly.
Remove the ground harness
and bracket.
Ground harness.
See CAUTION.
1
Remove 2 screws. 2 3
Carefully release the Remove the pre-scan
torsion spring. idler roll.
Sensor 2.
2 Figure 1 Registration sensor
Sensor 1. Disconnect the correct PJ. Remove
the correct sensor.
Figure 1 Tray size sensors
Replacement

Replacement REP 5.11 Exit Sensor
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure that the torsion spring is Parts List on PL 5.30
installed correctly, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
1. Raise the DADH.
CAUTION
Be careful to prevent damage to the document pad when the document pad is removed from
the baffle assembly.
Torsion spring
location.
Figure 2 Torsion spring location

2. Prepare to remove the exit sensor, Figure 1. 3. Remove the exit sensor, Figure 2.
1
Disconnect
PJ196. Remove
the exit sensor.
3
Disengage the lugs in the lower
cover.
2
4 Remove 2
Remove the lower cover. screws.
1
Carefully remove the left hand end of the
document pad from the baffle assembly.
Figure 1 Preparation Figure 2 Exit sensor removal
Replacement

REP 5.12 DADH Counterbalance REP 5.13 Exit Roll Assembly
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING 2. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4.
Do not remove the DADH while the DADH is lowered. In the lowered position the coun- CAUTION
terbalance springs are compressed and can cause injury when released. Disconnect the ground harness from the static eliminator before the input tray assembly lower
cover left is removed, refer to Figure 1.
WARNING
3. Turn the input tray assembly upside down. Remove the Lower cover (right), PL 5.35 Item
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 9 and Lower cover (left), PL 5.35 Item 20.
1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. 4. Remove the exit roll assembly, Figure 1.
2. Put the DADH upside down on a solid flat surface.
NOTE: The counterbalances are different. The removal procedure for the two counterbalances
Plastic washers.
is same.
3. Remove the relevant counterbalance, right, PL 5.10 Item 2 (4 screws) or left, PL 5.10 Item
4 (4 screws).
Replacement
2. Perform the steps that follow:
DADH height adjustment, ADJ 5.2.
DADH registration adjustment, ADJ 5.5.
3. If a new right counterbalance has been installed, perform the DADH skew adjustment,
ADJ 5.3. Ground harness.
See CAUTION.
1
lift the exit roll
assembly to
remove.
Retaining clips
Figure 1 Exit roll assembly removal
Replacement
1. Place the exit roll assembly in position, ensure that the plastic washers are located on
either side of the housing, refer to Figure 1.
2. Press the retaining clips into their locating holes, refer to Figure 1.
3. The remainder of the replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 5.14 Feed Roll Assembly 2. Remove the DADH feed roll assembly, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
1
Completely raise the feed
roll assembly (2 clicks).
2
Raise the feed roll assembly
cover.
3
Remove the feed roll assem-
bly.
NOTE: There are three rollers on the feed roll

cartridge.
If the lower feed roll does not come out with feed
roll assembly, then remove it separately from the
machine.
Figure 1 Feed roll assembly

Replacement REP 5.15 Duplex Gate, CVT Roll and CVT Motor, Drive Belt
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. When the feed rolls are Parts List on PL 5.25
installed, make sure the lowest roll, (retard roll), is positioned as shown in Figure 2.
2. If a new feed roll assembly is installed, reset the DADH feed count to zero. Refer to
Removal
dC135 CRU / HFSI Status. WARNING
3. Remove the DADH drive assembly, refer to REP 5.7.
4. Remove the duplex gate, Figure 1.
1
Lift out the duplex
Retard roll gate.
Key
Figure 2 Retard roll position
Figure 1 Duplex gate
CAUTION
When the top access cover assembly, feed assembly, input tray assembly and CVT roll are
removed the DADH structure is weak. Do not lower the DADH in this configuration
5. Carefully install the DADH frame on the machine. Secure the DADH with the 2 thumb-
screws.

6. Disengage the back CVT roll bearing, Figure 2. 7. Release the front CVT roll bearing, PL 5.25 Item 4. Remove the CVT roll and CVT motor,
drive belt, Figure 3.
1
Compress the two ends of
the bearing together.
1
Remove the CVT roll.
2 2
Push the bearing to disengage. Remove the CVT
motor drive belt.
Figure 2 Bearing
Figure 3 CVT roll

Replacement REP 5.16 Document Width Sensor
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the white washer is Parts List on PL 5.35
installed correctly, Figure 4.
2. Perform the DADH CVT motor adjustment, refer to ADJ 5.1.
Removal
WARNING
CVT roll. from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
CAUTION
White washer.
cover is removed, refer to Figure 1.
3. Turn the input tray assembly upside down, then remove the Lower cover right, PL 5.35
Item 9 and Lower cover left, PL 5.35 Item 20
Figure 4 Replacement

4. Remove the document width sensor, Figure 1. REP 5.17 Input Tray Static Eliminator
Removal
1
Release the harness. WARNING
2
Disconnect PJ193. 1. Remove the input tray assembly, REP 5.4.
CAUTION
cover is removed, refer to Figure 1
2. Turn the input tray assembly upside down, then remove the Lower cover (right), PL 5.35
Item 9 and Lower cover (left), PL 5.35 Item 20.
Arm 3. Remove the input tray static eliminators, Figure 1.
3
Remove the document width sensor. Ground harness.
1
Remove the
correct static
eliminator.
Ground harness.
Figure 1 Document width sensor
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure the document width sen-
sor arm is attached correctly, refer to Figure 1. Figure 1 Static eliminators
Replacement

REP 5.18 Exit Roll Idler 4. Remove the exit roll idlers, Figure 2.

2
Removal Lift out the exit roll idlers. Bearing
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord 3
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity Remove the 2 bearings.
1. Remove the baffle assembly lower cover, PL 5.30 Item 1.
2. Remove the baffle assembly, REP 5.5.
3. Prepare to remove the exit roll idlers, Figure 1.
1
Release the link arm.
1
Carefully remove the torsion spring
and the document finger.
Bearing
Figure 2 Exit roll idlers
3
Remove the lift bar and
link arm.
2
Raise one end of the exit roll idler shaft, then release
the lift bar.

Replacement REP 5.19 DADH Removal
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure that the torsion spring Parts List on PL 5.10
and document finger are installed correctly, refer to Figure 3.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Do not remove the DADH while the DADH is lowered. In the lowered position the coun-
terbalance springs are compressed and can cause injury when released.
WARNING
1. Disconnect the communication/power cable, PL 5.10 Item 6 and the DADH ground har-
Torsion spring. ness, PL 5.10 Item 11.
2. Raise the DADH.
WARNING
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module, GP 16. The module is heavy.
Document finger.
NOTE: The DADH weight is 13Kg (29lb.).
Figure 3 Torsion spring and document finger

3. Remove the DADH from the machine, Figure 1. REP 5.20 Mylar Guide Strip
Removal
WARNING
2 from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
Remove can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
the DADH. 1. Raise the DADH.
2. Open the baffle assembly, PL 5.30 Item 14.
3. Remove the old mylar guide strip, PL 5.30 Item 12.
4. Use cleaning fluid to remove any contamination from the baffle assembly.
Replacement
1. Remove the 3 backing strips from the pressure sensitive adhesive tape on the mylar
guide.
1 2. Adhere the mylar guide to the baffle assembly, Figure 1.
Remove 2 thumbscrews.
1
Bias the corner of the
mylar guide with the edge
of the baffle assembly.
Figure 1 DADH removal 2

Position the centre of the
Replacement mylar guide over the
centre rib.
2. If a new DADH is installed, perform the steps that follow:
a. Attach the document pad, refer to ADJ 5.6.
b. Reset the DADH feed count to zero. Refer to dC135 CRU / HFSI Status.
c. DADH height adjustment, ADJ 5.2.
d. DADH registration adjustment, ADJ 5.5.
e. DADH skew adjustment, ADJ 5.3.
Figure 1 Mylar guide

REP 10.1 Transfix Roller 5. Prepare to remove transfix roll, Figure 1.
Parts List on PL 10.20 NOTE: It may be necessary to use a screwdriver to manually rotate the front and rear
transfix motor shafts to move the transfix roller away from the drum.
Removal
WARNING
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity Location of the front
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. transfix motor shaft. Rear
WARNING shaft in similar position at
rear.
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Remove the exit paper path, REP 10.20.
2. Remove the cleaning unit, refer to REP 94.1.
3. Unlock the stripper gate, GP 31 and fully lower/open the gate. This will lower and cover
the stripper blade with its protective guard.
4. Remove the transfix blade, REP 10.6.
1
Remove 3 screws and
ground lead.
CAUTION
Support the weight at the rear of the transfix roll to avoid damage to the drum.
CAUTION
Make sure all three screws are moved to the adjacent threaded holes during removal. Leaving
one screw in the original position, while attempting to remove the roller with the other two
screws, can break a tab on the transfix roller. Move the screws back over to the larger, non-
threaded holes for installation.

6. Remove transfix roller, Figure 2. REP 10.2 Front Transfix Linkage and Gear Kit
1
Take note of the cautions Removal
above. WARNING
2 can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
Install the 3 screws into the
adjacent threaded holes.
WARNING
Gradually tighten each screw Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
in sequence to remove the CAUTION
bearing evenly.
1. Remove the transfix roller, REP 10.1.
2. Remove the front drum shroud, PL 94.20 Item 7.
3. Prepare to remove the front plate, Figure 1.
3
Remove the transfix roller
from the front
2
Remove 2
long screws
and washers.
Figure 2 Transfix roll removal
Replacement
2. Clean the transfix roller and housing with a dry cloth. Remove all grease that is not neces-
sary.
NOTE: High pressure bearing grease, PL 26.11 Item 3, is used on the outside diameter of
the transfix roller bearing holder. During normal removal and replacement the existing
bearing grease used during manufacture will be sufficient. Only apply grease when both
sides of any bearing surface are being replaced, or if the surfaces have been wiped clean.
Apply the grease very sparingly.
3. Ensure that the ground lead between the top transfix roller screw and the front drum
frame is reconnected. 1
Remove 3 T30 screws.

4. Remove the front plate, Figure 2. 5. Prepare to remove transfix linkage and gear, Figure 3.
1
Remove 4 screws
2
Remove 4
screws
3
Remove 2
screws. 1
Support the weight of the
transfix linkage and gear.
Refer to note.
4
5 Disconnect the front transfix flexure 2
Remove the front plate. encoder harness and remove the cover. Push the bearing out.
Figure 2 Front plate removal

NOTE: The transfix linkage and gear is shown in Figure 5.

6. Remove the transfix linkage and gear, Figure 4.
Figure 5 Transfix linkage
2 1 Replacement
Remove the transfix Remove the retract
linkage and gear. spring. 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. Before installing the new transfix linkage, use the transfix roller retaining screws to pre -
tap the three transfix roller retaining holes in the linkage. This will prevent metal shavings
from falling down into the machine during transfix roller installation.
3. Ensure that the arm is in the correct position relative to the gear.
4. Ensure that the spring is re-installed.
Figure 4 Transfix linkage removal
5. Ensure that the ground lead between the top transfix roller screw and the front drum
frame is reconnected.
7. The removed transfix linkage is shown in Figure 5.
6. Cross out the old calibration value on the calibration label, Figure 6.
7. Write the new linkage calibration value on the calibration label, Figure 6.
Calibration label for front and

rear transfix values

8. Perform dC978 Transfix Calibration Values and load the correct values for the new link-
age.

REP 10.3 Rear Transfix Linkage and Gear Kit 6. Disconnect harnesses, Figure 2.

Removal 1
Disconnect the ground
WARNING lead
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Remove the drum fan shroud, PL 94.20 Item 5.
2. Remove the drum drive motor and belt, REP 91.24.
3. Remove the post transfix motor (M4) and gearbox, REP 10.8.
4. Remove the drum pulley, REP 91.34. 3 2
Disconnect 2 PJs from the motor Disconnect 2 PJs
5. Remove the fan assembly mount, Figure 1.

1
Remove 5 screws marked A to
remove the fan assembly
mount
Figure 1 Fan mount removal

7. Remove 3 gears, Figure 3. 8. Remove 2 screws and 2 bushes, Figure 4.
3
Remove 1 long screw and 1
bush
2
Remove 2 KL-clips and
2 bushes
1
Remove 1 long screw and 1 bush
1
Remove 3 KL-clips and 3 gears
Figure 3 Gear removal Figure 4 Screw and bush removal
CAUTION CAUTION
The bushes might remain in place after the screws are removed. Take care not to drop the The rear compound gear can fall away from the rear plate when the rear outer frame is
bushes when the rear outer frame is removed. removed. Take care not to drop the rear compound gear.

9. Remove the rear outer frame, Figure 5. 10. Prepare to remove the rear transfix linkage and gear, Figure 6.
5
Disconnect the
harnesses from
both sides of
the mount
4
Remove the
rear outer
frame from the
machine. Take
care not to drop
the gear
1
Remove 1
screw to
remove the
lever mount
2 3
Remove 6 screws marked A Remove 3 screws 1 2
marked B Support the weight of the rear Push the bearing out.
transfix linkage and gear.
Figure 5 Rear outer frame removal Figure 6 Preparation

11. Remove the rear transfix linkage and gear, Figure 7. Replacement
NOTE: Before tightening the screws, Figure 5, it may be necessary to position the bushes
removed in Figure 4.
2. Ensure that the arm is in the correct position relative to the gear.
3. Ensure that the spring is re-installed.
4. Cross out the old calibration value from the calibration label on the front outer frame, PL
10.20 Item 19, Figure 8.
Calibration label for front and

rear transfix calibration values

2
1 Remove the rear transfix linkage 5. Write the calibration values of the new linkage on the calibration label.
Remove the retract spring 6. Perform dC978 Transfix Calibration Values and load the correct values for the new link-
age.
Figure 7 Rear transfix linkage removal

REP 10.4 Front Transfix Motor REP 10.5 Rear Transfix Motor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the exit paper path, REP 10.20. 1. Remove the rear cover, PL 81.10 Item 1.
2. Remove the front transfix motor, Figure 1. 2. Remove the rear transfix motor, Figure 1.
2 2
1 Remove screws
1 Remove screws Disconnect 2 harnesses. marked A then remove
Disconnect 2 harnesses. marked A, then remove the motor.
the motor.
Figure 1 Front transfix motor removal Figure 1 Rear transfix motor removal
Replacement Replacement
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

REP 10.6 Transfix Blade Replacement
Parts List on PL 10.20 1. Insert the transfix blade into the machine, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not hit the drum. Use care when you are working near the drum. The drum can be damaged
easily, which will cause print quality defects.
3. Open the stripper gate, GP 31.
4. Remove the transfix blade, Figure 1.
1
Insert the tabs on the transfix
blade into the slots on the
machine frame
Figure 2 Transfix blade replacement
2. Raise the front of the transfix blade until it interfaces with the pins in the front machine
frame.
CAUTION
Be careful when the self tapping screw is installed into a plastic component. Do not over
tighten.
3. Install the screw removed in Figure 1.
4. Close the stripper gate, GP 31.
5. If a new transfix stripper assembly is installed, reset the transfix stripper count to zero.
1 2 Refer to dC135 CRU / HFSI Status.
Remove the screw. Remove transfix blade by
pulling it down.
Figure 1 Transfix blade removal

REP 10.7 Pre Transfix Sensor
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION

3. Remove the lower platelet assembly, Figure 1.
Horizontal paper path
2
Raise the cover assembly
and heat shield.
1
To release the cover assembly.
Turn the dial to align the hole
on the dial with the arrow as
shown.
3
Remove the screw
through the hole in the
frame.
5
Remove the lower
platelet assembly.
Front frame
4
Disconnect the connector.
Figure 1 Remove lower platelet assembly

4. Remove the air pump cover, Figure 2. REP 10.8 Post Transfix Motor (M4) and Gearbox
1
Release the clips marked A to Removal
remove the cover. WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove drum fan shroud, PL 94.20 Item 5.
Figure 2 Air pump cover removal 3. Remove the drum motor and drive belt, REP 91.24.
4. Remove the post transfix motor (M4) (PL 10.10 Item 5) and gearbox (PL 10.10 Item 4),
5. Remove the pre transfix sensor, Figure 3. Figure 1.
3 2
Disconnect the harness. Use the harness to remove A
the sensor through the slot.
1
Release the sensor clips.
1 2
Figure 3 Sensor removal Remove the screws marked A.
Disconnect harness.
Replacement
2. If the registration / preheat assembly is removed. Perform the dC625 Registration / Pre-
heat Calibration.
Figure 1 Drive motor (M4) and gearbox
Replacement

REP 10.9 Stripper Solenoid Assembly Replacement
Parts List on PL 10.10 Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Manually unlock the stripper gate and baffle assembly, refer to GP 31.
5. Remove stripper solenoid, Figure 1.
2 1
Disconnect the inline connector, Remove 2 screws marked A.
then remove the solenoid assembly.
Figure 1 Stripper solenoid removal

REP 10.10 Roller Drive J 4. Remove the 25T gear and bearing, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
2. Unlock and fully open the stripper gate. GP 31.
1
Remove the e-clips,
gear and bearing.
Figure 1 Gear removal

5. Lower the upper baffle, Figure 2. 6. Remove roller drive J, Figure 3.
1 2
2 1 Remove roller drive J.
Remove screw Remove the e-clip and
Loosen screw by two
bearing.
turns then lower the baffle.
Figure 2 Lower the upper baffle Figure 3 Roller removal
Replacement

REP 10.11 Roller Drive L 4. Remove the 25T gear and rear bearing, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Unlock and fully open the stripper gate. GP 31.
1
Remove the KL-clip,
gear and bearing.
Figure 1 Gear and bearing removal

5. Lower the upper baffle, Figure 2. 6. Remove the roller drive L, Figure 3.
1 1
Loosen the screw by two Remove screw 1 2
turns then lower the baffle. Remove e-clip and bearing. Remove roller drive L.
Figure 2 Lower the upper baffle Figure 3 Roller removal
Replacement

REP 10.12 Exit / Duplex Solenoid 2. Open the exit transport jam clearance door, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1
Open the jam clearance door by
releasing the catch.
Figure 1 Open jam clearance door
3. Remove diverter gate, REP 10.13.

4. Remove the paper guide, Figure 2. 5. Remove the exit/duplex solenoid, Figure 3.
1
With the jam clearance door opened, release the
3 retaining tabs. Then remove the inner paper
guide.
1 2
Remove the screw and ground lead. Disconnect the harness.
Figure 2 Paper guide removal Figure 3 Solenoid removal
Replacement

REP 10.13 Diverter Gate 2. Open the exit transport jam clearance door, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1
Figure 1 Open jam clearance door

3. Remove the ground lead, Figure 2. 4. Remove the diverter gate from the top exit baffle, Figure 3.
1
Remove the screw and ground
lead.
1 2
Slide to release the guide Carefully release the tab.
Figure 2 Ground screw removal Figure 3 Release the diverter gate

5. Remove the exit / duplex solenoid from the diverter gate assembly, Figure 4. REP 10.14 Exit Motor (M5)
Parts List on PL 10.15 Item 11
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the drive gears, Figure 1.
1
Remove 2 screws release the sole-
noid from the diverter guide.
Figure 4 Remove exit / duplex solenoid
Replacement
1
Remove 2 gears then 2 drive belts.

3. Release the exit motor, Figure 2. 4. Remove the exit motor, Figure 3.
1
Disconnect the harness then
remove the motor.
1
Remove 2 screws.
Figure 2 Motor release Figure 3 Motor removal
Replacement

REP 10.15 Duplex Start Sensor (13) 4. Remove the duplex sensor, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
1
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord Remove the sensor then
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity disconnect the harness.
WARNING
2. Remove the diverter gate, REP 10.13.
3. Remove the paper guide, Figure 1.
1
guide.
Figure 2 Sensor removal
Figure 1 Paper guide removal

Replacement REP 10.16 Exit Sensor (15)
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 10.15
2. Ensure that the lugs on the sensor are located correctly in the sensor holder, Figure 3.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1
Check the lugs secures the sensor in position
Figure 3 Sensor location

2. Open the exit transport jam clearance door, Figure 1. 3. Remove the sensor cover, Figure 2.
1
Release 2 cover
retainers.
3
Remove the sensor 2
cover. Release 2 cover retainers.
1
Figure 1 Open jam clearance door Figure 2 Cover removal

4. Remove the exit sensor, Figure 3.
1
Check the lugs secure the sensor in position
Figure 4 Sensor location
1
Remove the exit sensor then
disconnect the harness.
Replacement
2. Ensure that the lugs on the sensor are located correctly in the sensor holder, Figure 4.

REP 10.17 Roller Nip P 3. Remove roller nip P, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the belt and pulley, Figure 1.
2
Remove the roller nip P.
1
Remove the e-clip and bearing.
Figure 2 Roller nip removal
Replacement
1
Remove the e-clip, gear and drive belt.
Figure 1 Belt and pulley removal

REP 10.18 Roller Nip N 3. Prepare to remove the roller nip N, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
1
Remove 2 screws.
WARNING
2. Remove the mounting plate, Figure 1.
2
Loosen screw.
Roller nip N housing.
3
Carefully release the gear
tangs, then remove the gear,
belt and pulley.
4
Remove screw.
1
Remove 3 screws then the Belt.
mounting plate.
Pulley.
Figure 1 Mounting plate removal
6 5
NOTE: Carefully remove the roller nip N housing from the exit paper path assembly. The Remove screw.
Loosen screw.
springs and nip idlers will be ejected.

4. Remove roller nip N, Figure 3. REP 10.19 Exit Illuminator PWB
3
Remove the cover Removal
2 and roller nip N.
Remove the screws marked A. WARNING
A can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
A
A
2. Remove diverter gate, REP 10.13.
3. Remove the paper guide, Figure 1.
1
guide.
Correct orientation of spring

and nip idler assembly.
Nip idler assembly.
Spring.
Figure 3 Roller nip N removal
Replacement Figure 1 Paper guide removal


4. Remove the exit illuminator PWB, Figure 2. REP 10.20 Exit Paper Path
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
3. Remove the finisher.
4. Remove the right cover, PL 81.10 Item 3.
5. Remove handle 4a, Figure 1.
2 1
Disconnect the harness. Release the exit illuminator PWB
from the securing tag, then remove
it.
Figure 2 LED PWB removal
Replacement
1
Remove the screw then handle 4a.
Figure 1 Handle 4a removal

6. Remove the exit paper path, Figure 2. Replacement
2. Ensure that the exit module counter balance spring is located in the keeper, Figure 3.
Keeper
2 1
Remove the exit paper path Remove the screws marked A.
Counter balance spring
Figure 2 Exit paper path removal
Figure 3 Correct location (viewed at the rear)

3. Install the exit path, Figure 4. REP 10.21 Stripper Blade, Gate and Baffle
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
4. Remove the stripper blade retaining tool from the base of the machine, refer to Figure 4.
3 5. Use the stripper blade retaining tool to secure the stripper blade in the safe removal posi-
Install the remaining screws tion, Figure 1.
marked C in any order 2
1 Install screw B
Install screw A
Figure 4 Securing the exit path
4. Transfer the finisher docking actuator, PL 12.100 Item 17, if present, from the old exit
paper path assembly to the new exit paper path assembly.

6. Remove the stripper blade with the stripper blade retaining tool attached, Figure 2.
1
Squeeze as indicated to open the
stripper blade retaining tool.
2
Position the stripper blade retaining
tool over the stripper blade and
under the cover.
1
Depress the
Stripper blade retaining catch to
tool release the
Stripper blade stripper
shaft.
END VIEW Cover

2
Withdraw the shaft then remove the stripper blade with the retaining tool
attached.
Figure 2 Stripper blade removal
Stripper blade and

retaining tool
Figure 1 Secure the stripper blade

7. Remove the stripper gate and baffle, Figure 3. 3. After the stripper blade has been installed, remove the stripper blade retaining tool and
store the tool in the base of the machine, Figure 4.
4. Open and close the stripper baffle several times. Check that the blade guard is correctly
engaged and covering the blade when the baffle is open. If the blade is exposed then
return to Step 4 in the removal process and rectify the problem.
5. The old stripper blade must be returned with the retaining tool attached.
6. Ensure that the old stripper blade is removed from the customers site for safe disposal.
1
Lift tab then withdraw
the gate and baffle shaft
from the front.
NOTE: This shaft is
identified by 5 grooves
in the front and is longer
in length than the strip-
per blade shaft.
2 1
Remove the stripper gate Install the stripper blade retaining tool in the machine
and baffle assembly.
Figure 4 Stripper blade retaining tool
Figure 3 Strip gate and baffle removal
Replacement
WARNING
Do not leave an old stripper blade at the customers site.
2. The new stripper blade will have a retaining tool already attached.

REP 10.22 Upper Baffle 4. Prepare to remove the upper baffle, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
1
Disconnect 3 sensors and LED PWB.
5. Unlock and fully open the stripper gate, GP 31.

6. Remove the upper baffle, Figure 2. REP 10.23 Stripper Guide Latch Cam Shaft
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
3. Unlock and fully open the stripper gate, GP 31.
5. Remove the M4 motor and gearbox, REP 10.8.
1
Remove 2 screws then
remove the baffle.
Figure 2 Remove upper baffle
Replacement
2. If the upper baffle is cleaned, or a new upper baffle is installed, reset the upper JL baffle
count to zero. Refer to dC135 CRU / HFSI Status.

6. Remove the centre 25T gear, Figure 1.
2
Unhook the spring and push the latch fork
away from the shaft.
3
Remove the e-clip then the shaft.
1
Remove the
KL-clip, gear
and bearing.
1
Unhook the spring and
push the latch fork away
from the shaft.
7. Remove the stripper guide latch cam shaft, Figure 2.
Figure 2 Shaft removal
Replacement

REP 10.24 Front and Rear Flexure Encoder
Removal
WARNING
3
WARNING Remove the
Take care during this procedure. The stripper blade is very sharp and can cause injury. motor and
gearbox
3. Remove the front cover and front flexure encoder, Figure 1.
2 1
Disconnect motor harness Remove 3 screws
Figure 2 Post transfix motor and gearbox
6. Remove the rear flexure encoder, Figure 3.
1
Remove 2 screws
3
Remove the sensor 2
Disconnect the harness
3
Remove the encoder
Figure 1 Front flexure encoder

5. Remove the post transfix motor (M4) and gearbox, Figure 2.
2 1
Remove 2 screws Disconnect the harness
Figure 3 Rear flexure encoder
Replacement
CAUTION
Take care not to damage or contaminate the flexure encoder.

REP 12.1-110 LCSS Covers Remove the covers, Figure 1.
Parts List on PL 12.10. NOTE: Removing the top cover first will allow easy removal of the front and rear covers.
Removal
WARNING
2
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord Remove the top
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity cover.
WARNING
1 6
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Remove the rear cover
Open the exit cover,
remove two screws. assembly.
5
3 4 Remove two screws.
Open the front door, Remove the front door
remove four screws. cover assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the covers
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the covers.

ColorQube 9303 Family 4-99 REP 12.1-110
REP 12.2-110 Input Drive Belt and Paper Entry Transport Replacement
Motor 1. Place the belt around the pulleys.
2. Install the motor screws, but do not tighten.
Parts List on PL 12.40.
3. Install the spring
Removal 4. Rotate the shaft by hand to ensure the belt runs smoothly over the pulleys and allow the
WARNING spring to tension the belt, ADJ 12.4-110.
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord 5. Tighten the motor screws and re-connect the harness.
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity 6. Install the LCSS rear cover, REP 12.1-110.
WARNING
1. Remove the LCSS rear cover, REP 12.1-110.
2. Remove the motor and drive belt, Figure 1.
4
Remove the drive
belt.
3
Remove 2 screws
and motor
2
1 Remove the
Disconnect the spring.
motor harness.
Figure 1 Removing the drive belt

REP 12.2-110 4-100 ColorQube 9303 Family
REP 12.3-110 Intermediate Paper Drive Belt Replacement
Parts List on PL 12.60. 1. Lubricate the belt tensioner, refer to ADJ 4.1.
2. Install the belt over the pulleys, ensuring that the belt is on all five pulleys.
Removal
WARNING NOTE: Two of the pulleys are free to slide along the shaft. Ensure the belt is correctly
located on these pulleys.
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity 3. Install the LCSS rear cover, REP 12.1-110.
WARNING
1. Remove the LCSS rear cover REP 12.1-110.
2. Remove the intermediate paper drive belt, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect the spring.
4
Remove the drive belt.
2 3
Disconnect PJ307. Disconnect the bulkhead connector.

REP 12.4-110 Paper Output Drive Belt and Transport Motor
2
4
Parts List on PL 12.60. Remove the
Removal motor and
belt.
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the LCSS rear cover, REP 12.1-110.
2. Remove the intermediate drive belt, REP 12.3-110.
3. Remove the output drive belt and motor, Figure 1.
3
Support the motor
and remove three
screws.
2
Remove the
belt tensioner
1 spring.
Disconnect PJ309.

Replacement
1. Install the belt over the pulleys.
2. Install the motor pivot shouldered screw and fully tighten.
3. Install the two motor mounting bracket securing screws but do not tighten them.
4. Install the belt tensioner spring.
5. Rotate the belt by hand to allow the spring to tension the belt, ADJ 12.4-110. Tighten the
screws.
6. Install the intermediate drive belt, REP 12.3-110.
7. Install the LCSS rear cover, REP 12.1-110.

REP 12.5-110 Bin 1 Drive Belts
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the LCSS front and rear covers, REP 12.1-110.

2. Remove the bin 1 drive belt (rear) Figure 1. NOTE: Keep all of the components removed as a set. The set of rear frame components
are different from the front frame set.
7
Remove 2 screws
6
Remove 3 screws and
release the lower and middle
8 PWB standoffs, leaving the
Move motor assembly to PWB attached by only the top
the right standoff.
9
Remove 2 screws and
upper pulley.
5
10 Release the tensioner spring.
Disconnect PJ316 and release the belt
from behind the PWB and drive pulley.
11 1 4
Remove screw and Disconnect PJ318. Fully lower bin 1.
remove the belt clamp.
12
Remove 2 screws, lower 3
pulley and drive belt. Remove 3 screws, remove
2 bracket with Bin 1 elevator
Remove E-clip and bearing. motor.
Figure 1 Bin 1 drive belt (rear)

3. Remove the bin 1 drive belt (front) Figure 2. Replacement
NOTE: Ensure the correct set of components are used for each side of the LCSS.
1 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the bin 1 drive belts.
If not already lowered,
fully lower bin 1, refer to NOTE: The bin 1 level can critically affect the overall stack registration. Refer to ADJ
figure 1. 12.1-110 if adjustment is necessary.
2. Install the front and rear covers REP 12.1-110.
5
Remove 2 screws, upper
pulley and drive belt.
4
Remove screw and
front belt clamp.
3
Remove two screws
and lower pulley.
2
Release the tensioner spring.
Figure 2 Bin 1 drive belt (front)

REP 12.6-110 Tamper Assembly 3. Figure 2, remove the tamper assembly.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the LCSS covers REP 12.1-110.
2. Prepare to remove the tamper assembly Figure 1.
4 3
Release the harness from the retainer Release the harness 1
next to the paddle motor assembly, PL from all retainers along Remove 2 screws
12.25 Item 10. the tamper assembly.
2
Lift the tamper
assembly upwards
and remove from the
LCSS
A A A A
2
Disconnect the tamper
motors harnesses.
1
Disconnect 4 sensor harnesses marked A and
release the harnesses from the retainers.
Figure 2 Removing the tamper assembly
Figure 1 Preparing the tamper assembly

Replacement REP 12.7-110 Hole Punch Unit, Motor and Sensors
NOTE: Ensure that the slots in the tamper assembly locate correctly in the LCSS frame. Parts List on PL 12.20.
NOTE: Ensure that the sensors are correctly located in the tamper assembly, they are easily Removal
mis-located when being re-connected to the harnesses. WARNING
NOTE: Ensure that all connectors in the harness over the tamper assembly are securely con- Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
nected. from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the tamper assembly.
WARNING
1. Remove the LCSS covers, REP 12.1-110.
2. Remove and empty the chad bin, PL 12.20 Item 4.

ColorQube 9303 Family 4-107 REP 12.6-110, REP 12.7-110
3. Remove the hole punch unit, motor assembly and sensors, Figure 1.
2
Remove 2 screws.
1
Remove the thumb
screw and slide out
the punch unit.
3
Disconnect the
motor harness and
remove the hole
punch motor
assembly.
7
Remove 2 screws,
4 remove sensors
5 and disconnect the
Remove the screw securing the sensor bracket. Discon- Disconnect
nect the harnesses and remove the bracket assembly. harnesses.
the PJ.
Press the tabs together to remove the punch head
home and punch head present sensors.
6
Remove screw and slide out the bracket.
Figure 1 Hole punch unit, motor and sensors

Replacement REP 12.8-110 Stapler Traverse Assembly
1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the hole punch unit, motor assembly and sen- Parts List on PL 12.55.
sors.
2. If necessary, perform ADJ 12.3-110 Hole Punch Position.
Removal
WARNING
NOTE: When installing the hole punch motor assembly, ensure that the belt tensioner arm
does not get trapped behind the motor assembly plate.
WARNING
WARNING
Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when un-docked from the
1. Un-dock the LCSS, REP 12.13-110.
2. Remove the rear cover and front door cover assembly, REP 12.1-110.
3. Manually move the ejector, PL 12.50 Item 1 fully to the right.
4. Figure 1, Disconnect the harness.
1
Disconnect the group
of 4 connectors.
2
Release the harness
from the clip.
NOTE: For clarity the entry

guide cover (PL12.10 item 3)
has been omitted from this
illustration.
Figure 1 Harness disconnection

CAUTION REP 12.9-110 Staple Head Unit
When removing and replacing the stapler traverse assembly, support the weight of the assem-
bly underneath the stapler and take care not to damage wiring.
5. Remove the stapler traverse assembly, Figure 2. Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the stapler traverse assembly, REP 12.8-110.
2. Place the stapler traverse unit upside-down
2 1
Remove 2 screws. Remove screw.
SEE CAUTION SEE CAUTION
3
Remove the stapler
traverse assembly.
SEE CAUTION.
Figure 2 Removing the stapler traverse assembly
Replacement
1. Ensure the stapling traverse assembly is engaged on the front and rear locating dowels.
2. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the stapling unit.

REP 12.8-110, REP 12.9-110 4-110 ColorQube 9303 Family
3. Remove the staple head unit from the stapling unit Figure 1. REP 12.10-110 Ejector Assembly Sensors
Removal
WARNING
A Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
A can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1
Remove 4 screws WARNING
marked A then
A remove the stapler
cover. WARNING
1. Disconnect the two harnesses between the LCSS and the machine.
2. Un-dock the LCSS, REP 12.13-110 and move it away from the machine.
3. Ensure the stapling unit is at the home position.
A 4. If necessary, manually move the ejector to the left position.
2
Disconnect the
harnesses.
3
Remove the staple head unit.
Figure 1 Removing the staple head unit
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the staple head unit.

5. Figure 1, remove the ejector assembly. 6. Remove the appropriate sensor by releasing the sensor tabs and disconnecting the har-
ness.
Replacement
CAUTION
When installing the ejector assembly onto the LCSS, ensure that the ejector fingers do not
damage the wiring to the staple head unit.
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the eject assembly or sensors.
Ejector motor encoder
sensor. Remove 2
screws and cover to
access the sensor
3
Lower the ejector
assembly, disengage
the dowels from the
mounting blocks and
remove.
Ejector out sensor

Q12-185
Ejector home sensor

Q12-184
1
Disconnect 2 bulkhead
connectors.
2
Remove 3 screws.
Figure 1 Removing the ejector assembly

REP 12.11-110 Bin 1 Upper Level Sensor 2. Remove the bin 1 upper level sensor, Figure 1.

Removal 4
WARNING Release the
sensor and
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord disconnect
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity harness.
WARNING
1. Remove the ejector assembly, REP 12.10-110.
3
Remove 2 screws,
remove sensor support
assembly.
2
Disconnect connector.
1
Remove two screws
and harness retainers.
Figure 1 Removal
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the bin 1 level sensor.

REP 12.12-110 Paddle Wheel Shaft Assembly 4. Figure 1, remove the paddle motor assembly.

1
Removal Disconnect 2
WARNING harnesses
WARNING
1. Remove the stapler traverse assembly, REP 12.8-110.
2. Remove the tamper assembly, REP 12.6-110.
3. Remove bin 1, PL 12.10 Item 10.
2
Release the
harness from
the retainer
3
Remove 2
screws
4
Remove the
motor assembly
Figure 1 Paddle motor assembly

5. Figure 2, prepare the rear components. 6. Figure 3, prepare the front components.
3
Remove the E-clip
and bearing
2
Remove the
gear and flag 2
assembly
Remove 2
screws
1
Remove the E-clip
4
Remove 3 screws
1
Remove E-clip and bearing
Figure 2 Rear preparation Figure 3 Front preparation
7. Ensure that the compiler ejector is in the home position (fully to the left).

8. Figure 4, remove the paddle wheel shaft assembly. 5. Install the flag and E-clip, refer to Figure 2.
6. Figure 5, ensure the paddles and flag are correctly aligned.
1
Align paddles with the output cover
2
Slide shaft assembly
to the rear
3
Remove the
shaft assembly
2
Ensure the encoder flag is within the sensor
Figure 5 Paddle alignment
1 7. Install the motor assembly, refer to Figure 1.

Move the output 8. Test the operation of the paddle roll, enter dC330, output code 12-238. When the code is
cover to the right cancelled the paddles must stop with both rubber blades inside of the output cover. If nec-
essary, check that the gear assembly and flag are correctly located on the D flats.
Figure 4 Paddle wheel shaft removal
Replacement
1. Install the paddle wheel shaft, front bearing and E-clip, refer to Figure 3.
2. Install the output cover, refer to Figure 4.
3. Install the rear bearing and E-clip, refer to Figure 2.
4. Install the gear and flag assembly, refer to Figure 2, ensuring that the gear locates onto
the large D flat and the flag locates on the small D flat.

REP 12.13-110 LCSS Un-Docking 3. Figure 1, release the LCSS link bracket assembly.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
1. If necessary, disconnect the harnesses between the LCSS and the machine.
2. Open the LCSS front door.
1
Press the latch block forward
to release both latches.
2
Roll the LCSS away from
the machine.
Figure 1 LCSS link bracket assembly
Replacement
Line up the LCSS latches to the machine apertures then push the two units firmly together until
they latch.

REP 12.14-110 LCSS PWB REP 12.15-110 Entry Guide Cover
Parts List on PL 12.75. Parts List on PL 12.70.
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
CAUTION WARNING
Do not install a new LCSS PWB until the cause of the damage to the old LCSS PWB has been Take care not to topple the LCSS. The LCSS is unstable when un-docked from the
determined, go to 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP. machine. Do not show the customer how to un-dock the LCSS.
1. Remove the LCSS top cover, front cover and rear cover, REP 12.1-110.
2. Un-dock the LCSS, REP 12.13-110 and move it away from the machine.
3. Disconnect the harness to the entry sensor, PL 12.70 Item 3, at the rear frame.
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the LCSS
PWB.
1. Remove the LCSS rear cover assembly, REP 12.1-110.
2. Disconnect all harness connectors from the LCSS PWB.
3. Remove the three screws and release the three standoffs securing the LCSS PWB.
Replacement
NOTE: Before replacing the LCSS rear cover assembly, perform 12F-110 LCSS PWB DIP
Switch Settings RAP.
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the LCSS PWB.

4. Figure 1, remove the entry guide cover. Replacement
1. Bias the entry guide cover away from the paper guide when you tighten the screws.
2. The clearance between the entry guide cover and the paper guide must be a minimum of
1 mm. Refer to Figure 2.
NOTE: If the clearance is less than 1 mm, then install a new entry guide cover.
Check for a
minimum
3 clearance of 1
Remove the entry mm between
guide cover. the entry
guide cover
and the paper
guide.
2
Remove 2 screws.
Figure 2 Entry guide cover clearance
3. Run copies through the output device, if possible use heavy weight paper or labels.
Check for marks on the print and for damage to the paper. If there are no marks or dam-
age then install the covers.
1
Remove 2 screws.
Figure 1 Entry guide cover removal

REP 12.16-110 Docking Latch Assembly 4. Figure 2, remove the docking latch assembly.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1
WARNING Release the har-
ness retainers.
1. Remove the front and rear covers, REP 12.1-110.
2. Un-dock the LCSS, REP 12.13-110 and move it away from the machine. 2
3. Figure 1, prepare to remove the docking latch assembly. Disconnect
the switch
harness.
Flanged
hole
3
Remove 2
screws.
4
Remove the latch
assembly.
Figure 2 Latch assembly removal.
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the docking latch assembly.
CAUTION
Ensure that the front and rear harness are routed through the flanged holes, refer to Figure 1
2 and Figure 2.
Remove 2 screws.
Flanged hole
1
Disconnect P/J302.
Figure 1 Prepare to remove the latch.

REP 12.17-110 Ejector Belt 2. Figure 1, remove the ejector belt.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the ejector assembly, refer to REP 12.10-110.
1
Belt grip. Remove the clip.
3
Remove the pulley
then the ejector belt.
2
Remove the E-clip.
Figure 1 Remove the ejector belt
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the ejector belt is cor-
rectly engaged with the belt grip on the ejector assembly before the clip is reinstalled. Refer to
Figure 1.

REP 12.18-110 Paddles
Removal
WARNING
NOTE: This procedure shows the replacement of the paddles with the paddle wheel shaft
assembly installed. If necessary, remove the paddle wheel shaft assembly before replacing the
paddles. Refer to REP 12.12-110.
1. If necessary, lower bin 1. Enter code dC330 12-242 bin 1 elevator motor cycle. Press stop
when the bin has lowered.
2. Rotate the paddle until the two rubber blades are visible.
CAUTION
To ensure that the correct home position of the paddle wheel shaft is maintained, install the
new paddle wheels one at a time.
3. Squeeze the two rubber blades together and pull to remove the paddle wheel from the
shaft, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Paddle removal
Replacement
1. Hold the paddle wheel by the two rubber blades and clip onto the shaft.

REP 12.1-171 HVF Covers
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
NOTE: All major HVF covers are dealt with in this procedure, only remove the covers listed for
the procedure that you are performing.
Remove the HVF covers as follows:

1. Remove the front door, Figure 1. If required, remove 5 screws to separate the door sup-
port from the front door. 1
Remove the hinge pin.
Front cover
Locating tabs
2
Remove the hinge pin (2 places).
3
Remove the front door.
Figure 1 Front door removal

2. Remove the top cover, Figure 2. 3. Remove the front cover, Figure 3.
NOTE: In step 1 remove the Inserter unit if fitted (See REP 12.82-171), or remove the NOTE: The top cover must be removed before removing the front cover.
Inserter removable cover, PL 12.100 Item 8.
4
Remove 2
screws.
3
Lift the top tray to
access 2 screws.
1
5 Remove 6
Remove the top cover. screws.
2 3
Remove the
Remove 2 1
screws.
front cover. 2
Remove the inserter cover to Lift the cover to disengage the bottom
access 2 screws (see note). locating tabs from the frame.
Figure 3 Front cover removal

Figure 2 Top cover removal

4. Remove the rear cover, Figure 4.
NOTE: The top cover must be removed before removing the rear cover. 1
Remove 3 screws
at the rear.
2
Remove 3 screws
at the front.
3
Remove the vent
cover.
2
Remove 3
screws.
1
Remove 2
screws.
3
Lift the rear cover to disengage 4
4 the bottom locating tabs from Remove
Remove the rear cover. the frame. 3 screws.
Figure 4 Rear cover removal
5. Remove the vent cover and foot cover, Figure 5. To provide enough room to remove the
vent cover, undock the HVF, REP 12.13-171.
NOTE: The top front cover and rear cover must be removed before removing the vent
cover and foot cover.
NOTE: The foot cover is not installed if the tri-folder option is installed.
5
Remove the
foot cover.
Figure 5 Vent and foot covers removal

Replacement REP 12.2-171 HVF Stapler Assembly
The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 12.110.
Depending on the installed options and the covers removed, refit covers in the following Removal
sequence: WARNING
1. Vent cover, PL 12.100 Item 6.
2. Foot cover (if no tri-folder installed), PL can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
3. Rear cover, PL 12.100 Item 5. WARNING
4. Front cover, PL 12.100 Item 2.
5. Top cover, PL 12.100 Item 1.
1. Slide the HVF away from the machine.
6. Inserter cover (if no inserter installed). PL 12.100 Item 8.
2. Remove the HVF front door, REP 12.1-171.
7. Front door, PL 12.100 Item 3.
3. Remove the HVF top cover, REP 12.1-171.
4. Remove the HVF front cover, REP 12.1-171.
5. Remove the rear cover, REP 12.1-171.
6. Figure 1. At the rear of the HVF, disconnect three connectors and remove one screw
securing the grounding strap.
1 2
Disconnect three PJs.
Remove grounding
strip screw.
REAR VIEW
Figure 1 Disconnect PJs and remove screw

7. Figure 2. With the power cord disconnected, reach behind the stapler and move the ejec- 8. Figure 3. Remove the stapler assembly.
tor unit to the out position, by turning the encoder of the ejector unit motor, MOT12-236 in
the direction indicated.
1
Remove the screw.
2
Pull and slide the stapler
1 2 assembly forward.
Turn the encoder wheel.
Move stapler to gain
access.
Figure 3 Removing the stapler assembly.
Figure 2 Move ejector to the out position Replacement

NOTE: The ejector unit returns to the home position when the HVF is initialized.
1. Slide the stapler assembly into the tray, taking care not to trap the earth wire at the rear.

REP 12.3-171 Top Tray 4. Remove the top tray, Figure 2.

5 4
Removal Remove top Remove the E-
WARNING the tray. clip and bearing.
WARNING
1. If fitted, undock the Inserter, REP 12.82-171. 3
2. Remove the top and rear covers REP 12.1-171. Remove the
E-clip and
3. Prepare to remove the top tray, Figure 1. bearing.
2
Remove the
inner belt idler
puller and inner
pulley.
1
Remove the E-clip
and outer pulley.
Figure 2 Top tray removal
Replacement
The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1
Lift the tray and release
the link eyes from the 2
lugs on the tray. Remove the pin
and spring.

REP 12.4-171 Bin 1 Removal 1. Remove Bin 1. Figure 1

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2
Lift bin 1 to release the
bin from the lifting bar.
1
Remove the E-clip.
Figure 1 Bin 1 removal
Replacement

REP 12.5-171 Right Side-Cover Removal 4. Remove the right side-cover, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. With the machine powered on, use the PTU or dC330 code 12-242 to lower Bin 1. Remove the right
side cover.
2. Remove Bin 1, REP 12.4-171.
3. If a HVF unit only, remove the middle right side cover, PL 12.105 Item 17.
If a HVF BM unit installed, remove the HVF BM bin 2 assembly, PL 12.190 Item 8.
1
Remove 8
screws.
Figure 1 Right side cover removal
Replacement

REP 12.6-171 HVF Ejector Assembly 6. Remove the pressing plate and sensor support bracket. Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove Bin 1, REP 12.4-171.
2. Remove the right side-cover REP 12.5-171.
3. Remove the rear cover REP 12.1-171.
4. Remove the front and rear pressing plate finger, REP 12.7-171.
5. Disconnect the connectors, Figure 1.
3 2 1
Remove 1 screw, then Remove the pressing plate. Remove 2 screws.
release the sensor and
1 support bracket.
Disconnect 4 harness
connectors to release
the wiring.
Figure 2 Pressing plate removal
Figure 1 Disconnect the connectors

7. Remove the support bracket and ejector assembly, Figure 3. 3. When refitting the pressing plate, the shaft of the front support finger drive gear must fit in
the ejector assembly, see Figure 4. Replace the front pressing plate finger.
Front pressing plate finger.
1
Move the cover to the front
3 2 1 to locate the shaft end.
Remove the support Remove 4 screws.
Remove the ejector assembly
bracket. End of the gear
and wiring loom.
shaft.
Figure 3 Remove the ejector assembly

Figure 4 Reinstalling the Pressing Plate
Replacement
1. Set the front and rear support fingers so that their ends are aligned when extended. See
REP 12.8-171. 5. Locate the Mod/Tag plate on the metal panel under the HVF docking latch. Ensure that
Tag 004 is struck off.
2. When reinstalling the eject assembly ensure that the tag on the ejector locates into the
slot in the frame.

REP 12.7-171 Pressing Plate Fingers REP 12.8-171 Front and Rear Support Fingers
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the right side-cover REP 12.5-171. 1. Remove the right side cover REP 12.5-171.
2. Remove the screws and lower the fingers through the cover slots, Figure 1. 2. Remove the ejector assembly REP 12.7-171.
3. Remove the ejector front plate and support finger assembly, Figure 1.
FRONT REAR
Rear pressing
plate finger.
Front pressing
plate finger.
1
Remove 2 screws. 2
Remove the fingers. 2
1 Remove 2 screws and remove the
Remove screw and remove the rear finger.
front finger.
Figure 1 Pressing Plate Fingers

Figure 1 Remove front and rear support fingers
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the front and rear pressing plate fingers. Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the front or rear support fingers.

NOTE: Set the front and rear support fingers so that their ends are aligned when extended. REP 12.10-171 Stacker Idler Rolls
See Figure 2.
With the pressing plate installed, set the front and rear support finger alignment, Figure 2. If the
fingers are not aligned, the compiler output will be uneven and cause exit jams.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Lift the top tray
2. Figure 1. Raise the paper pusher and remove the four stacker idler rolls.
1
Raise the paper
pusher.
3 2 1
Rotate the encoder wheel Remove the clip and Remove the rear Encoder
Wheel Idler rolls
until the finger ends align. disengage the gear. pressing plate finger.
4 5
Re-engage the gear Replace the rear
and refit the circlip. pressing plate finger. 3
Remove the
roll.
2
Ease spring brackets
outwards.
CORRECT INCORRECT
Figure 1 Paper pusher and idler rolls.
Figure 2 Support Finger End Alignment

Replacement REP 12.11-171 Front Tamper Motor Assembly
1. Figure 2. Ensure the sprung brackets are parallel and re-install the idler rolls in the sprung Parts List on PL 12.125.
brackets.
Removal
NOTE: To ease the installation of the idler roll, push the spring bracket downwards from
the top. This will provide clearance from the drive roll above.
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the front door and front cover REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the ejector assembly, REP 12.6-171.
3. Remove the tamper motor and bracket assembly, Figure 1.
Incorrect Correct
1
Disconnect motor harness.
Figure 2 Correct spring bracket position.
2. Check that the rolls are held securely.
2
Remove 2 screws.
3
Remove the motor and the
support bracket.
Figure 1 Tamper motor

4. Remove the front tamper assembly, Figure 2. REP 12.12-171 Bin 1 Elevator Motor Assembly
NOTE: The front tamper home sensor is removed to prevent the sensor from being dam- Parts List on PL 12.105.
age when the front tamper assembly is removed.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the front and rear covers REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the rear drive belt lower pulley to relieve the belt tension.
3. Remove the bin 1 elevator motor assembly Figure 1.
NOTE: The pulley pin may fall when the pulley is removed.
1
Disconnect and remove
the home sensor.
4
Remove the front tamper 3 2
assembly. Remove 5 screws to release the Disconnect the away
support bracket. sensor harness.
Figure 2 Front tamper assembly
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the front tamper motor assembly.
3 2 1
Release the wiring Remove the Remove the circlip, the
from the clamps. bearing. upper pulley and the pin.
Figure 1 Stacker Motor Gearbox Assembly

Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the bin 1 motor elevator motor assembly.
NOTE: Check that the flats on the shaft bearing align with the cut-outs in the bracket.
Check that the Bin 1 lift bar is level before refitting the stacker belt lower pulley.

REP 12.13-171 HVF/HVF BM Un-Docking
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not show the customer how to un-dock the HVF / HVF BM.
2. Figure 1, release the docking latch and move the HVF/HVF BM to the right, away from the
machine.
1
Pull the lever forward to release both
latches.
2
Roll the HVF to the right
away from the machine.
Figure 1 Docking latch location
NOTE: Where fitted, the tri folder may remain docked to, and moved with, the HVF.
3. Disconnect the harnesses between the machine and the HVF/HVF BM if necessary.
Replacement
CAUTION
Take care to align the HVF to the right side of the machine before rolling the HVF into position.
Misalignment will damage or break the interlock actuator.
Reverse the removal procedure to dock the HVF/HVF BM.

REP 12.14-171 HVF Upper Exit Guide (5c) 6. Figure 2. Remove the inboard pivot screw.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
4. Remove the HVF rear cover, REP 12.1-171.
5. Figure 1. Remove the outboard pivot screw.
1
Remove the inboard
pivot screw.
REAR VIEW
Figure 2 Inboard pivot screw.
1
Remove the outboard
pivot screw.
FRONT VIEW
Figure 1 Outboard pivot screw.

7. Figure 3. Remove the upper exit guide. REP 12.15-171 HVF Rear Tamper Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the right side-cover REP 12.5-171.
3. Remove the ejector assembly REP 12.6-171.
4. Remove the front tamper assembly, REP 12.11-171.
5. Remove the pressing and support motor, Figure 1.
1
Twist the upper exit guide
and lift upwards.
Figure 3 Upper exit guide removal.
Replacement
2
Disconnect the motor and
1 encoder harness.
Remove 2 screws.
Figure 1 Motor removal

6. Remove the rear tamper assembly, Figure 2. Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the rear tamper assembly.
2. Ensure that the rear tamper assembly is located correctly, Figure 3.
1
Disconnect 3 PJs.
1 2
Ensure that the rear support Ensure that the fixing brackets
pins are located correctly on are located on the tabs at the
the frame bracket. front.
Figure 3 Rear tamper assembly location

2
Remove 2 screws
and remove the
assembly.
Figure 2 Remove rear tamper assembly

REP 12.16-171 BM Flapper 2. Figure 1, remove the BM flapper bracket assembly.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus-
tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause
1. Open the HVF BM front door and fully pull out the BM module.
1
Remove 4 screws
and the ground
2 wire.
Disengage the
drive belt.
4
3 Remove the BM
Disconnect the flapper bracket
BM flapper roll assembly.
home sensor.
Figure 1 Remove the BM flapper bracket

3. Figure 2, remove the BM flapper assembly. REP 12.17-171 BM PWB
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2
1 Remove the BM flapper
Remove the KL-clip and assembly.
the bearing.
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
Figure 2 BM flapper assembly removal
CAUTION
4. Figure 3, remove the BM flapper. Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the BM PWB.
1. Remove the top cover, then the rear cover, REP 12.1-171.
1
2 Remove the E-
3 Remove the KL-clip, then clip, pin, then the
Remove the KL-clip, then the bearing. pulley.
the bearing.
Figure 3 BM flapper removal
Replacement

2. Figure 2, remove the BM PWB. Replacement
CAUTION
Figure 2, ensure the BM harness and bin 2 harness are correctly positioned in the retainers to
prevent damaged when the BM is moved to the extremities of its travel.
1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the BM PWB.
2. The booklet maker PWB is supplied with a label with the customized NVM values for the
new BM PWB. Enter the values into the machine dC131 NVM Read/Write at Finisher/DFA
Location 12.
Check and perform the adjustments that follow:
ADJ 12.5-171 Booklet Tamping
ADJ 12.6-171 Booklet Compiling Position.
ADJ 12.7-171 Booklet Crease Position
ADJ 12.8-171 Booklet Staple Position
Bin 2 harness
Harness retainers
1
BM harnesses Disconnect all PWB
PJs.
2
3 Remove 8 screws and
If necessary, release harnesses remove the PWB.
from the retainers to allow the
PWB to be removed.
Figure 2 PWB removal

REP 12.18-171 BM Crease Blade Motor
Purpose
This procedure is used to repair the following components:
BM crease blade motor encoder sensor, PL 12.170 Item 1.
BM crease blade motor, PL 12.170 Item 3.
Motor encoder, PL 12.170 Item 4.
Bearing, PL 12.120 Item 7.
Crank, PL 12.170 Item 8.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 12.150 Item 4.
3. Remove the crease roll handle (6c), PL 12.150 Item 5.
4. Remove the BM front cover, PL 12.150 Item 3.
5. Remove the left frame plate, PL 12.155 Item 2.
6. Remove the motor cover, PL 12.170 Item 11. It is easier to remove the screw using an
open ended spanner, this means the removal of the BM PWB is not necessary.

7. Figure 1, remove the BM crease blade motor assembly.
8
Remove the motor
assembly from the
frame.
7
Remove
circlip, front
crank and
bearing.
1
Remove 4 screws.
2
Remove the E-clip and
bearing, release the
connecting rod.
3
Remove the circlip, rear
crank and bearing.
5
Disconnect the 6
motor harness. Remove E-clip and
bearing, release the
connecting rod.
4
Remove 4 screws.
Figure 1 Removing the motor assembly

8. Figure 2, remove the BM crease blade motor. REP 12.19-171 BM Crease Roll Motor
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1 2. Remove 4 screws securing the BM PWB mounting plate to the frame, allow the PWB and
Support the encoder
mounting plate to hang down, giving access to the BM crease roll motor.
and slide out the
3 shaft.
Remove the sensor
from the bracket.
2
Remove the
encoder.
Figure 2 Removing the motor
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM crease blade motor.
NOTE: Ensure that the mark on the crease blade knob aligns with the arrow on the front infill
cover when the crease blade is fully withdrawn.

3. Remove the crease roll motor assembly, Figure 1. Replacement
NOTE: As necessary, cut any tie wraps securing the crease roll motor harness. 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM crease roll motor.
2. Before installing the motor check that the bearing is located on the drive shaft, Figure 2.
Check that the bearing is

on the drive shaft.
Figure 2 Location of bearing on drive shaft

3
Pull the motor
assembly off.
1
Remove 3
screws.
2
Disconnect
the motor
harness.
Figure 1 Motor assembly removal

REP 12.20-171 BM Backstop Motor Assembly 2. Figure 1, remove the BM backstop motor.

Purpose
1
This procedure is used to repair the following components: Remove allen
Ground wire, PL 12.160 Item 1. the key and
Motor damper, PL 12.160 Item 3. spring.
BM backstop motor, PL 12.160 Item 4.
BM backstop drive belt, PL 12.160 Item 7.
Removal
WARNING 2
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Remove
4 screws.
WARNING
1. Open the HVF BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. 3
Disconnect the
motor harness.
6
Remove 2 screws, then remove
the motor and ground wire from
the damper.
5
Remove 2 screws to release
the motor assembly from the
bracket.
4
Remove the belt, then lift out the
motor assembly.
Figure 1 Motor removal
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM backstop motor.
NOTE: Allow the spring to tension the drive belt while the screws are still loose, then tighten
the 4 screws.

REP 12.21-171 BM Backstop Assembly 6. Remove the two harness clamps, Figure 1.

Removal 1
Lay down the BM assembly to access the
WARNING backstop assembly.
WARNING 2
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Use a flat blade screwdriver
1. Remove the booklet maker, REP 12.61-171. to push out the harness
clamp.
2. Rotate the crease roll handle (6c), fully counter clockwise.
CAUTION
3
The BM harnesses and the backstop assembly harnesses are connected with a catch. Ensure Use a flat blade screwdriver
the catch is released when disconnecting the solenoid harnesses. to push out the harness
clamp.
Figure 1 Remove the two harness clamps

7. Remove the belt clamp, Figure 2. 11. Remove the shaft from the BM backstop assembly, Figure 4.
1
Remove 2 screws.
2 1
Remove the belt clamp. Remove the shaft through the BM backstop assembly
bottom of the BM assembly.
Figure 2 Belt clamp Figure 4 Remove the shaft
8. Use the allen key, PL 12.160 Item 9 to remove the 2 screws and remove shaft support, PL 12. Remove the BM backstop assembly, Figure 5.
12.165 Item 10.
9. Prepare to remove the shaft from the frame, Figure 3.
Frame locator
1 2 3
2 Rotate the BM backstop Slide the BM backstop under
Flex the belt upwards.
Remove the E-clip. into this position. the belt.
1
Move the shaft.
Figure 5 Remove the backstop assembly
Replacement
10. Move the backstop assembly to the bottom of the BM assembly. 1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the backstop assembly.

2. When installing the shaft ensure that the anti-play shoe has not moved out of position, REP 12.22-171 BM Entry Roll
Figure 6.
Purpose
Correct position of the anti-play BM entry roll pulley, PL 12.150 Item 14.
shoe. BM entry roll, PL 12.150 Item 15.
Ensure that the shaft is gripped
securely. Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Incorrect position of the anti-play
shoe. 2. Remove the crease blade knob (6d), PL 12.150 Item 4.
Figure 6 Location of the anti-play shoe.
3. Ensure that all of the cable ties are installed and that the harnesses are in the correct
position.
4. Check that all of the PJ connections on the BM PWB are connected.
5. Return the allen key to the storage position inside the drive belt tensioner spring, PL
12.160 Item 9.
6. Go to ADJ 12.9-171 and complete the adjustments.

5. Figure 1, remove the BM Entry Roll. REP 12.23-171 BM Entry Sensor
Removal
1
Remove E-clip, bearing, WARNING
pulley and belt. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
WARNING
5. Figure 1, remove the BM entry sensor.
2
Remove E-clip and
bearing.
3
Remove the
entry roll.
Figure 1 Roll removal
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM entry roll.
NOTE: Tension the drive belt by loosening then tightening the screw, ADJ 12.10-171

5
Remove the sensor.
3
Disconnect the 4
sensor harness. Remove the baffle.
2
Remove
2 screws.
1
Remove 2 screws.

Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM entry sensor.

REP 12.24-171 BM Crease Roll Gate Motor REP 12.25-171 BM Compiler Motor and BM Flapper Motor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus-
tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause
1. Remove the top cover, then the rear cover, REP 12.1-171. 1. Remove the top cover, then the rear cover, REP 12.1-171.
2. Fully pull out the BM module. 2. Fully pull out the BM module.
3. Figure 1, remove the motor assembly 3. Figure 1, remove the motor assembly.
1
Remove E-clip
and pulley.
4
Remove the
2 motor assembly.
Remove 2
screws.
3
Disconnect the
motor harness.
3
Remove 3 screws.
2
Disconnect the
ground strap.
4
Remove the 1
motor assembly. Disconnect the
harness.

4. Remove 2 screws to remove the relevant motor from the bracket.
4. Remove 3 nuts to release the motor from the bracket. 5. Remove 2 screws to remove the motor from the damper.
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM crease roll gate motor. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM compiler motor or BM flapper motor.

REP 12.26-171 Back Stop Drive Assembly
2
Purpose Remove KL-clip
This procedure is used to repair the following components: and pulley.
BM backstop link springs, PL 12.160 Item 15.
BM backstop link, PL 12.160 Item 16.
BM backstop drive shaft, PL 12.165 Item 14.
BM backstop belt, PL 12.160 Item 7.
BM back stop bearing, PL 12.160 Item 11.
BM back stop idler bracket, PL 12.160 Item 12.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
5. Remove the LH frame plate, PL 12.155 Item 2.
6. Remove the BM tamper assembly, REP 12.30-171.
7. Remove the backstop motor assembly, REP 12.20-171.
8. Remove the backstop assembly, REP 12.21-171.
9. Remove the crease blade assembly, REP 12.36-171.
10. Figure 1, remove the BM backstop drive shaft and bearings.
3 4 1
Remove KL-clip Remove the Remove E-clip
and bearing. drive shaft. and bearing.
Figure 1 Drive shaft removal

11. Figure 2, remove the backstop link. 12. Figure 3, remove the BM backstop idler bracket assembly.
3
Remove the link
and two springs.
2 1 2
Press down on the link and Remove the bracket 1
Press down on the link and
release the rear tensioner assembly and belt. Remove 2 screws.
release the front tensioner link.
link.
Figure 2 Backstop link removal Figure 3 Idler bracket assembly removal

13. Figure 4, remove the BM backstop belt. REP 12.27-171 BM Staple Heads
1 Removal
Remove KL-clip, tensioner
link and bearing. WARNING
2 Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
Slide the shaft WARNING
to one side.
1. Fully pull out the BM module.
2. Remove the relevant staple head cover, PL 12.185 Item 14.
3. Pull the stapler bracket handle, PL 12.185 Item 9. Open the staplers fully.
NOTE: If a 5.5 mm socket and short extension is not available or access to the staple head
securing screws is difficult, remove the BM stapler bracket assembly, REP 12.28-171, then
3 remove the relevant staple head.
Remove the belt.
4. Figure 1, remove the relevant staple head.
Figure 4 Backstop belt removal
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the removed components. Allow the BM backstop
belt to be tensioned correctly before the bracket assembly securing screws are tightened.
Refer to Figure 3.

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM staple heads.
2. Perform ADJ 12.3-171, Stapler Anvil Alignment.
2
Loosen 1 screw
using a 5.5 mm
socket and
ratchet driver.
3
Using a 5.5 mm socket
and short extension fully 4 1
loosen the screw until the Disconnect the Remove 2 screws
staple head is released. stapler harness using a 5.5 mm
Leave the socket and and remove the socket and
extension in position on stapler. ratchet driver.
the screw.
Figure 1 Staple head removal

REP 12.28-171 BM Stapler Bracket Assembly 3. Figure 1, remove the BM staple head carrier closed sensor actuator.

Purpose
This procedure is used to repair the following parts: 2
Front follower, PL 12.185 Item 1. Remove
the KL-clip.
Actuator, PL 12.185 Item 2.
Rear follower, PL 12.185 Item 3.
Spring, PL 12.185 Item 4.
BM paper present sensor Q12-190, PL 12.185 Item 5.
Latch slide, PL 12.185 Item 6.
Staple bracket handle, PL 12.185 Item 9.
Stapler bracket assembly, PL 12.185 Item 10.
Torsion spring, PL 12.185 Item 11. 3
Remove the
Bearing, PL 12.185 Item 12. actuator.
Spring, PL 12.185 Item 13.
BM stapler head carrier closed sensor Q12-421, PL 12.185 Item 18.
Lower shaft, PL 12.185 Item 19.
Upper shaft, PL 12.185 Item 20.
Removal 1
WARNING Remove the
sensor.
WARNING
1. Remove the top cover, then the rear cover, REP 12.1-171. Figure 1 Actuator removal
2. Remove 4 screws securing the BM PWB mounting plate to the frame, allow the PWB and
4. Temporarily attach the PWB mounting plate using only the top two screws.
mounting plate to hang down, giving access to the BM staple head carrier closed sensor.
9. Remove both staple head covers, PL 12.185 Item 14.

10. Figure 2, lower the stapler bracket.
2 1
Pull the stapler bracket Release the rear follower
handle to open the staplers from the slot using a
fully. screwdriver.
Figure 2 Lowering stapler bracket

11. Figure 3, remove the latch shaft.
1
Remove KL-clip and pull shaft forward
50 mm (2 inches).
5
Pull the shaft completely
to the rear to remove.
2
Remove 2 E-clips and
the front follower.
4
Push the shaft to the rear
to release the latch slide.
3
Compress the spring, remove
the rear follower and spring.
Figure 3 Latch shaft removal

12. Figure 4, prepare to remove the BM stapler bracket assembly.
1
Remove KL-clip.
6
Disconnect harnesses
and ground wire.
4
Release the spring
from the side frame.
5
Remove E-clip.
2 3
Disconnect Remove 2 E-clips.
ground wire.

13. Figure 5, remove the BM stapler bracket assembly. REP 12.29-171 BM Conveyor Belts
Removal
1
Lever out WARNING
the bearing Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
using a
screwdriver. WARNING
NOTE: The removal procedure illustrates how to remove the rear conveyor belt. The proce-
dure for the front conveyor belt is similar.
1. Remove bin 2 by disconnecting the harness, removing the thumb screw then lifting the bin
upwards to release.
2. Remove the BM bin 2 extension by aligning the pivot pins with the cutouts and snapping
the extension out of engagement.
3. Turn over bin 2 and remove the base pan, 3 screws.
2 4. Remove the BM bin 2 connector from the base pan, 1 screw.
Remove the
bracket
assembly
from the front.
Figure 5 Assembly removal
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM stapler bracket assembly and components.

5. Figure 1, remove the idler roller. 6. Figure 2, remove the BM conveyor belt.
1
Release the belt from the drive
3 pulley.
Push the other bearing
though the frame to
remove the idler roller.
2
Push out the shaft and
remove one bearing.
1
Remove the E-clip.
2
Feed the belt through
the cut-out to remove.
Figure 2 Belt removal
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM conveyor belts.
Figure 1 Idler roller removal

REP 12.30-171 BM Tamper Assembly and Tamper 1 Motor 6. Figure 1, remove the tamper assembly.

5 4
Purpose Remove 2 screws Remove 2 screws
This procedure is used to repair the following components: and earth connector
BM tamper 1 motor, PL 12.155 Item 3.
BM rear tamper arm, PL 12.155 Item 5.
BM front tamper arm, PL 12.155 Item 6.
BM rear tamper rack, PL 12.155 Item 7.
BM front tamper rack, PL 12.155 Item 8.
BM rear tamper assembly, PL 12.155 Item 9.
BM front tamper assembly, PL 12.155 Item 10.
BM tamper gear,PL 12.155 Item 11.
BM tamper bracket, PL 12.155 Item 12.
BM tamper rack guide, PL 12.155 Item 13.
BM tamper guide plate, PL 12.155 Item 15.
BM rear tamper finger, PL 12.155 Item 16.
BM front tamper finger, PL 12.155 Item 17.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING 1 2
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Remove 2 screws then
3
Remove the cover and
remove the motor. Remove 2 screws.
1. Open the HVF BM front door and fully pull out the BM module. disconnect the harness.
5. Remove the left frame plate, PL 12.160 Item 17. 6
Move the tampers to align with the
slots to release each tamper from the
slot.
7
Remove the tamper
assembly.
Figure 1 Tamper assembly removal

7. Figure 2, remove the front and rear tamper assemblies. Also remove the tamper gear and 8. Figure 3, remove the tamper guide plate from each of the tamper assemblies.
tamper motor.
6
Remove 2 screws, then 5
remove the motor. Remove
the gear.
4
Remove 1
the E-clip. Remove the
screw and
tamper finger.
End
stop
2
Guide tab Remove the
guide plate.
Guide tab
2
1 Remove 4 3 End stop
Pull out both tamper screws. Remove the BM
assemblies. tamper rack guide.
Figure 3 Guide plate removal
Figure 2 Dismantling the tamper assembly
Replacement
1. If the tamper racks were removed from the BM tamper rack guide, perform the following:
a. Align the guide tabs on both tamper racks with the slots in the BM tamper rack guide.
Refer to Figure 2.
b. Start both tamper racks into the BM tamper rack guide at the same time. Both
tamper racks must engage with the BM tamper gear simultaneously. To check that
the front and rear tampers are correctly aligned, perform the following:
Fully push in the tampers.
The distance between the end stop on each tamper and the ends of the BM
tamper rack guide should be equal. Refer to Figure 2.
If the distances are different by more than 1 mm (0.040 inches). Perform again
step B.
2. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM tamper assembly and tamper 1 motor.
3. Perform ADJ 12.5-171 Booklet Tamping.

REP 12.31-171 HVF Buffer Guide Assembly 6. Figure 2. Remove the pivot screw.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
5. Figure 1. At the rear of the finisher, disconnect the two PJs.
1
Remove the
pivot screw.
Figure 2 Pivot screw removal.
7. Pass the PJs through the cut-out in the rear frame.

8. Withdraw the guide through the front opening.
1
Disconnect the
Replacement
two PJs. Position the spigot at the guide rear in the hole in the rear frame. The rest of the replacement
procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure.
REAR VIEW
Figure 1 Disconnecting PJs.

REP 12.32-171 HVF Input Jam Clearance Guide Replacement
Parts List on PL 12.125. Position the spigot at the guide rear in the hole in the rear frame. The rest of the replacement
procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
4. Figure 1. Remove the pivot screw at the front of the input guide.
1
Remove the
pivot screw.
5. Remove the guide through the front opening.

REP 12.33-171 Buffer Pocket Jam Clearance Guide 7. Figure 2. At the front of the HVF, remove the buffer pocket jam clearance guide.
Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
5. Remove the buffer pocket roll, REP 12.42-171.
6. Figure 1. At the rear of the HVF, prepare to remove the buffer pocket jam clearance guide.
2 1
Remove the buffer pocket jam Remove 2 screws.
clearance guide.
Figure 2 Guide removal.
Replacement
1 Bypass feed motor

REAR VIEW Remove 2 screws. (MOT 12-263) ref. only.
Figure 1 Rear screw removal.

REP 12.34-171 Inserter Jam Clearance Guide Assembly REP 12.35-171 Diverter Exit Gate
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus- Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus-
tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause
1. Remove the HVF front door, REP 12.1-171 1. Remove the HVF front door, REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the HVF top cover, REP 12.1-171. 2. Remove the HVF top cover, REP 12.1-171.
3. Remove the HVF front cover, REP 12.1-171. 3. Remove the HVF front cover, REP 12.1-171.
4. Figure 1. Remove the pivot screw from the front end of the Inserter jam clearance guide. 4. Remove the HVF rear cover, REP 12.1-171.
5. Figure 1. At the rear of the HVF, remove the solenoid arm, the K-L clip and the bush from
the diverter shaft.
1 1
3 Pull the solenoid arm
Remove the pivot screw. Remove the bush. from the shaft.
2
Remove the K-L clip.
REAR VIEW
5. Remove the guide through the front opening. Figure 1 Removal preparation
Replacement
1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure.

6. Figure 2. Remove the diverter exit gate. REP 12.36-171 Crease Blade Assembly
Diverter Purpose
3 Connecting rod, PL 12.170 Item 9.
Remove the
diverter exit gate. Crease blade assembly, PL 12.170 Item 13.
Crease blade support guide, PL 12.170 Item 14.
Removal
WARNING
2 WARNING
Remove the pivot Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus-
screw. tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause
1
Open Guide 5c.
Figure 2 Diverter removal
Replacement
CAUTION
After replacement, check the K-L clip is in the correct groove, and the bush cannot be pulled
from the frame.

5. Figure 1, remove the crease blade assembly. 6. Figure 2, remove the front blade support.
1
Remove 2
screws.
4
Remove front
blade support.
3
Remove E-clip.
2
Release the front
connecting rod
and bearing.
1
Remove E-clip.
Figure 2 Front support removal
3 2
Manoeuvre the blade assembly Remove 4 screws.
out from under the front and rear
supports.
Figure 1 Crease blade assembly removal

7. Figure 3, remove the rear blade support. CAUTION
Do not loosen the three red screws that surround the lower support guides
8. Figure 4, remove the support guides (4 places).
4
Remove rear
blade support.
3
Remove E-clip. 1
Depress the centre
of the guide.
2
Release the rear
connecting rod
and bearing.
1
Remove E-clip.
Red screws -
see caution.
2
Figure 3 Rear support removal Pull the guide outward to remove.
Figure 4 Support guide removal
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the crease blade assembly.

REP 12.37-171 Stacker Driving Shaft Bearings
Removal 6
Remove the cir-
WARNING clip, thrust
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. washer and
inner bearing.
WARNING
1. Remove the front and rear covers REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the stacker motor and gear assembly REP 12.12-171.
3. Remove the rear bearing, Figure 1. 5
Remove 2
screws and
5 the bracket.
Remove the
rear bearing.
4
Remove the
outer bearing.
4
Remove the thrust
washer.
1 2 3
Remove the circlip. Remove the upper Remove the pulley pin.
pulley.
3
Remove the circlip.
Figure 2 Stacker Shaft Front Bearing
Replacement
2 Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the stacker driving shaft front and rear bearings.
Remove the gear
wheel. NOTE: Make sure that the flats on the bearing align with the cut-outs in the bracket or frame.
1
Remove the circlip.
Figure 1 Rear bearing removal
NOTE: The upper pulley pin may fall when the pulley is removed.
4. Remove the front bearings, Figure 2.

REP 12.38-171 HVF Stacker Driving Belts 3. Remove the stacker driving belt, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
3
Remove the circlip
WARNING and upper pulley if
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord required.
NOTE: The removal and replacement procedure for the front and rear stacker driving belts is
the same. Support the Bin 1 lift bar if removing the front and rear belts at the same time
1. Remove the front or rear cover to access the front or rear driving belt REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the stacker bin 1 tray REP 12.4-171.
4
Remove the
belt.
1
Remove the screw
and belt clamp.
2
Remove the circlip and
lower pulley.
Figure 1 Stacker Driving Belts
Replacement
NOTE: Check that the bin 1 lift bar is level before fitting the belt clamp.
Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the front and rear stacker driving belts.

REP 12.39-171 HVF BM Diverter Gate 6. Figure 2. Remove the BM diverter gate.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING Open Guide 5b.
1. Remove the HVF front door, REP 12.1-171. 3
2. Remove the HVF top cover, REP 12.1-171. Remove the
3. Remove the HVF front cover, REP 12.1-171. diverter.
5. Figure 1. prepare to remove the BM diverter gate.
2
Remove the
pivot screw.
1
Pull the solenoid arm
from the shaft.
5
Remove the
bush. Figure 2 Diverter removal.
Replacement
4 3 2
Remove the spacers. Remove the pivot arm. Remove the K-L clip.
REAR VIEW
Figure 1 Removal preparation

REP 12.40-171 HVF Input Roll 6. Figure 2. At the front of the HVF, remove the circlip and bush.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
5. Figure 1. Remove the black plastic cover.
1 1
Remove the circlip
Press in the catches,
and bush.
(2 places).
Figure 2 Circlip and bush removal.
2
Lift out the cover.
Figure 1 Cover removal.

7. Figure 3. At the rear of the HVF, remove the input roll. REP 12.41-171 HVF Inserter Guide Roll
3 Removal
Lift the shaft and remove
the belt from the pulley. WARNING
WARNING
4 tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause
Remove the pulley and death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
the bush. 1. Remove the HVF front door, REP 12.1-171.
5 5. Open guide 8a.
Remove the input roll.
6. Figure 1. At the front of the HVF, remove the circlip and the bush.
1
2 Remove the circlip.
Slide the pulley and the
bush along the shaft. REAR VIEW
Figure 3 Input roll removal.

1
Remove the circlip
Replacement and the bush.

7. Figure 2. At the rear of the HVF, remove the Inserter guide roll. REP 12.42-171 HVF Buffer Pocket Roll
Removal
1 WARNING
Remove the circlip.
WARNING
2
Slide the pulley and the Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus-
bush along the shaft. tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause
3 2. Remove the HVF top cover, REP 12.1-171.
Slip the belt off of 3. Remove the HVF front cover, REP 12.1-171.
the pulley.
5. Remove the punch unit, or the punch unit guide, as appropriate.
6. Figure 1. At the front of the HVF, remove the circlip and bush.
4
Remove the pulley and
the bush.
5
Remove the
Inserter guide roll.
REAR VIEW
Figure 2 Inserter guide roll removal
Replacement
1
Remove the circlip
and the bush.

7. At the rear of the HVF, remove the buffer pocket roll. The bracket can be moved if neces- REP 12.43-171 HVF Booklet Entrance Roll
sary, to improve access, (two screws), Figure 2.
Removal
1 WARNING
Remove the circlip. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
WARNING
2 Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus-
Slide the pulley and the tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause
bush along the shaft. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
3
Slip the belt off the 3. Remove the HVF front cover, REP 12.1-171.
pulley. 4. Remove the HVF rear cover, REP 12.1-171.
5. Figure 1. Remove the circlip and bush at the outboard end of the roll.
4
the bush.
5
Remove the buffer
pocket roll.
Bracket
REAR VIEW
Figure 2 Buffer pocket roll removal.

1
Replacement Remove the circlip
The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. and the bush.

6. Figure 2. At the rear of the HVF, remove the booklet entrance roll. REP 12.44-171 HVF Buffer Lower Roll
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
5. Open jam clearance guide 5b.
6. Figure 1. Remove the circlip and the bush from the outboard end of the roll.
5
Remove the
1 booklet
Remove the circlip. entrance roll.
2 3 4
Slide the pulley and the Slip the belt off the Remove the pulley and
bush along the shaft. pulley. the bush.
REAR VIEW
Figure 2 Booklet entrance roll removal.

1
Replacement Remove the circlip
and the bush.

7. Figure 2. At the rear of the HVF, remove the buffer lower roll. REP 12.45-171 HVF Buffer Upper Roll
Removal
5 WARNING
Remove the buffer
lower roll. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
WARNING
Remove the pulley and death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
the bush. 1. Remove the HVF front door, REP 12.1-171.
3
Slip the belt off the 4. Remove the HVF rear cover, REP 12.1-171.
pulley. 5. Figure 1. Remove the circlip and the bush.
1 2
Remove the circlip. Slide the pulley and the Fixed guide
bush along the shaft. 1
REAR VIEW Remove the circlip
and the bush.
Figure 2 Buffer lower roll removal.
2
Replacement Remove the screw.
3
Loosen screw.
Figure 1 Circlip and bush removal

6. Figure 2. Remove the buffer upper roll. REP 12.46-171 HVF Stacker Exit Feed Roll
1 2
Remove the circlip. Slide the pulley and the Removal
bush along the shaft. WARNING
Slip the belt off the pulley.
WARNING
the bush.
5
Remove the screw. 2. Remove the HVF top cover, REP 12.1-171.
6
Loosen the screw. 4. Remove the HVF rear cover, REP 12.1-171.
5. Figure 1. Remove the circlip and bush
7
Pull the upper part of the fixed
guide to the left and then remove
the buffer upper roll.
REAR VIEW
Figure 2 Buffer upper roll removal.
Replacement
1
Remove the circlip
and the bush.

6. Figure 2. Remove the stacker exit feed roll. REP 12.47-171 HVF Top Exit Feed Roll
Removal
WARNING
Remove the idler,
(1 screw). WARNING
Remove the circlip, death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
pulley and bush. 1. If fitted, undock the Inserter, REP 12.82-171.
3 3. Remove the HVF top cover, REP 12.1-171.
Remove the stacker
exit feed roll. 4. Remove the HVF front cover, REP 12.1-171.
6. Figure 1. Raise the top tray and lower the plate beneath it.
REAR VIEW
Figure 2 Stacker exit feed roll removal.
Replacement 1
The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. Release the
two links.
2
Lower the plate.
Figure 1 Lowering the plate.

7. Figure 2. Remove the circlip and bush. Remove the front magnet bracket screws. 8. Figure 3. At the rear of the HVF, Remove the circlip, bush, pulley and the rear screws from
the magnet bracket.
1
Remove the circlip.
2
Slide the pulley and
the bush along the
shaft.
3
Slip the belt off of
the pulley.
4
1 2 5 Remove the pulley and
Remove the circlip and Remove 2 screws. Remove 2 screws. the bush.
the bush.
REAR VIEW
Figure 2 Feed Roll Front Fasteners.
Figure 3 Rear component removal.

9. Figure 4. Remove the top exit feed roll. REP 12.48-171 Compiler Paddle Motor Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the paddle motor assembly, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect the motor
PJ.
2
1 Remove the top
Remove the exit feed roll.
magnet bracket. 2
Remove the 2 bracket
screws.
Figure 4 Top exit feed roll removal. 3
Remove the Paddle Motor.
Replacement
Figure 1 Paddle Motor Assembly
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the compiler paddle motor assembly.

REP 12.49-171 Compiler Paddle Unit
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the front, rear and top covers REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the HVF stapler assembly, REP 12.2-171.
3. Remove the compiler paddle motor assembly, REP 12.48-171.
NOTE: The motor coupler should detach with the motor assembly. If the coupler fails to
detach, remove the coupler from the paddle module assembly.
4. Remove the PJs and screws securing the ribbon cable connectors, Figure 1. Carefully Paddle unit rear Paddle unit cable
push the ribbon cable bulkhead connectors through the frame cut-outs. screws. connectors.
Paddle unit
front screws.
Figure 1 Paddle Module Attachment
5. Remove the screws (front and rear) and the front grounding strap then manoeuvre the
module downwards, Remove the module through the stapler aperture, Figure 1.
Replacement
CAUTION
Do not damage or strain the paddle module ribbon cables or connectors
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the compiler paddle unit.
Use the correct screws to secure the compiler paddle unit; do not overtighten.

REP 12.50-171 BM Exit Sensor 3. Figure 2, remove the BM exit sensor.

Removal
2
WARNING Disconnect
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. the harness
then remove
WARNING the sensor.
1. Remove the BM right hand cover, REP 12.56-171.
2. Remove the exit plate, Figure 1.
1
Remove the screw then
slide out the sensor.
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM exit sensor.
1
Remove 4 screws to release the
exit plate.
Figure 1 Remove the exit plate

REP 12.51-171 Compiler Paper Pusher Motor Assembly REP 12.52-171 BM Crease Rolls
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord Switch off the electricity to the machine GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the cus-
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity tomer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the top and rear covers REP 12.1-171. 1. Open the HVF BM front door and fully pull out the BM module.
2. Remove the paper pusher motor assembly, Figure 1. 2. Release the crease roll nip pressure by fully rotating the crease roll handle (6c) counter-
clockwise.
6. Remove the BM right hand top cover, REP 12.56-171.
7. Remove the BM crease roll motor, REP 12.19-171, but do not disconnect the motor har-
ness or remove the motor from the mounting plate.
8. Remove the exit plate
1
Remove motor bracket rear screw.
2
Remove motor bracket
front screws.
3
Disconnect the motor PJ.
Figure 1 Paper Pusher Motor Assembly
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the compiler paper pusher motor assembly.

9. Figure 1, Release the crease roll assembly at the rear. 10. Figure 2, Release the crease roll assembly at the front.
1
Remove 3 screws.
1
2 Remove 3 screws.
Remove E-clip and release the 2
arm. Remove the E-clip and release the arm.
NOTE: Flat washer between NOTE: Flat washer between the bearing
the bearing and arm and arm
Figure 1 Release the assembly at the rear Figure 2 Release the assembly at the front

11. Figure 3, Flex the front plate to remove the crease roll assembly. 12. Figure 4, remove the crease rolls.
1
Remove the screws
marked A.
Remove the E-clips and
bearings marked B.
1 2
Remove the external circlips to Remove the external circlips to
remove the rolls. remove the rolls.
2
Flex the front plate to Front
Rear
remove the crease roll
assembly.
Figure 3 Release the front plate Figure 4 Remove the crease rolls
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the crease roll assembly.

REP 12.53-171 Compiler Paper Pusher 6. Remove the front and rear screws and push the left edge of the compiler exit guide plate
downward away from the pinion shaft, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the front, rear and top covers REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the stacker motor gearbox, REP 12.12-171.
3. Remove the stacker shaft front bearing bracket and the exit guide plate front and rear
screws, Figure 1.
Pinion Shaft
Pusher Module
Exit Guide Plate
Figure 2 Pusher Guide and Pinion Shaft
7. Remove the pinion shaft front and rear circlips, the shaft bearings and the front bearing
Stacker front bearing
thrust washers then remove the pinion shaft, Figure 2.
bracket
8. Lift the pusher module out of the guides. The mylar strips and dampers are attached to
the pusher module, Figure 2.
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the compiler paper pusher.
Figure 1 Stacker Shaft Front Bearing Bracket
4. Remove the pusher driving motor assembly, REP 12.51-171.

5. Remove the pusher sensor assembly, REP 12.54-171.

REP 12.54-171 Pusher Upper and Lower Sensors REP 12.55-171 HVF PSU Assembly
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the top cover REP 12.1-171. 1. Remove the front and rear covers REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the upper and lower sensor assembly, Figure 1. 2. Remove the PSU module, Figure 1.
1
Remove the 5 screws.
1
Remove the screw.
2
Disconnect the grounding
strap and the two PJs.
2
Disconnect the two PJs.
Figure 1 Pusher Sensor Assembly Figure 1 HVF PSU
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the Pusher sensor assembly. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the HVF PSU module.

REP 12.56-171 BM Right Hand Cover Replacement
Parts List on PL 12.185. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM right hand cover.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Open the BM front door and fully pull out the BM module.
6. Figure 1, remove the BM top cover.
1
Disconnect the
harness to the
BM entry sensor.
2
Remove 2 screws
then lift and remove
the cover.

REP 12.57-171 HVF Main PWB 2. Disconnect the PJs, remove 9 screws and remove the PWB assembly, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the HVF main
PWB.
WARNING
Figure 2 HVF Main PWB
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the HVF Main PWB.

REP 12.58-171 Not Used REP 12.59-171 Crease Roll Gate Assembly
Purpose
Crease roll gate rack gear, PL 12.180 Item 8.
Crease roll gate rack drive gear, PL 12.180 Item 13.
Crease roll gate rack, PL 12.180 Item 14.
Crease roll gate front guide, PL 12.180 Item 15.
Crease roll gate rear guide, PL 12.180 Item 16.
Crease roll gate, PL 12.180 Item 19.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open the HVF BM front door and fully pull out the BM.
5. Remove the BM right hand cover, REP 12.56-171.
6. Remove the crease roll assembly, REP 12.52-171.
7. Remove the crease roll gate motor, REP 12.24-171.

8. Figure 1, remove the crease roll gate rack drive gear and both crease roll gate rack gears. 9. Figure 2, Remove the front and rear crease roll gate racks.
2
Remove E-clip
and rear rack.
1
Remove the E-clip and 2 gears.
1
Remove E-clip
and front rack.
2
Remove E-clip Figure 2 Removing the racks
and gear.
Figure 1 Removing gears

10. Figure 3, remove the crease roll gate. 11. Figure 4, remove the grease roll gate front guide.
1
Twist the gate
to allow the
shaft to exit the
slot, then lift
out the gate.
3
Remove the
guide.
2
Remove screw.
Figure 3 Gate removal
1
Remove two screws.
Figure 4 Front guide removal

12. Figure 5, remove the grease roll gate rear guide. REP 12.60-171 BM Paper Guide Assembly
Purpose
Paper guide, PL 12.150 Item 7.
Nip spring, PL 12.150 Item 9.
Nip roll, PL 12.150 Item 10.
Nip shaft, PL 12.150 Item 11.
NOTE: If only new nip components are being installed, the BM paper guide assembly
does not need to be removed.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open the BM front door and fully pull out the BM.
2. Rotate the crease roll handle (6c) fully counterclockwise.
2 1
Remove the rear Remove two screws.
guide.
Figure 5 Rear guide removal
13. Loosen 3 screws to remove the crease roll gate shaft from the crease roll gate.
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the crease roll gate assembly.
CAUTION
Ensure that the crease roll gate shaft is positioned centrally within the crease roll gate.

6. Figure 1, remove the front bearing. 7. Figure 2, remove the rear bearing.
1
Remove 1
the E-clip. Remove the
E-clip, then
the bearing.
2
Remove the bearing.
Figure 1 Front bearing removal Figure 2 Rear bearing removal

8. Figure 3, remove the BM paper guide assembly. 9. Figure 4, remove the components from the BM paper guide assembly.
4
Carefully disengage the
spring legs from the
guide and remove the
shaft assembly.
1
Release the nip
springs to
remove the nip
shaft and nip
rolls.
3
Pivot the BM flapper assembly
2 down to rest on the crease
Remove 4 screws. Disconnect the blade.
ground harness.
3
Remove E-clip
4 and front latch.
Lift out the BM paper
guide assembly. 2
Remove E-clip and
rear latch.
Figure 4 Paper guide dismantling
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM paper guide assembly.
1
Pull out the 2 harness supports.
Figure 3 Paper guide assembly removal

REP 12.61-171 BM Module 2. Figure 1, disconnect PJ562 and PJ559 from the BM PWB.

Removal
WARNING
is heavy.
WARNING
Do not undock the HVF BM from the machine. The HVF BM is unstable when undocked
from the machine. Do not show the customer how to undock the HVF BM.
WARNING
WARNING
2 1
Release the harness Disconnect PJ562 and
from the retainers. PJ559.
Figure 1 Disconnect the PJs

3. Figure 2, disconnect the harness from bin 2. 4. Figure 3, prepare to remove the BM module.
1
1 2 Align approximately two
Make sure that the top of the paper reams of paper against the
2 Remove 2 screws. edge of the HVF BM.
stack is level with the base of the BM
Disconnect the harness. Secure the module.
harness to the harness retainers.
Figure 2 Disconnect the harness Figure 3 Preparation

5. Figure 4, prepare to remove the BM module. 6. Figure 5, Release the latches.
1
Fully pull out the BM
module.
2
Disconnect the ground harness.
Secure the harness to the harness 2
retainers. Fully push in the slide.
1
Pull up the right side latch to
release the slide from the rail.
4
Fully push in the
slide.
3
Push down the left side latch
to release the slide from the
rail.
Figure 5 Releasing the slides

WARNING 7. Figure 6, remove the BM module.
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 16. The module
is heavy.
WARNING
is heavy.
CAUTION
Do not damage the BM front cover when the BM module is removed.
NOTE: The BM module weight is 23 Kg (50.6 lb.).
NOTE: The BM catch will spring to the rear when the BM module is removed. Refer to Figure
7.
One person must lift the
BM module by the left side
cross member.
1
Carefully remove
the BM module.
A second person must lift the

BM module by the booklet exit
slot.
Figure 6 Remove the BM module

Replacement 4. Figure 7, prepare to install the BM module.
CAUTION
Do not damage the harnesses when the BM module is installed. Ensure that the rails are cor-
rectly aligned with the slides.
1. Put the BM module on the paper stack in front of the HVF BM.
2. Route the bin 2 harness and the ground harness to the rear of the HVF BM.
3. If a new BM is to be installed, perform the following:
a. Unlatch the slides from the new BM module. Refer to Figure 5.
b. Install the new BM module onto the existing rails in the HVF BM.
2
Carefully push the BM module into
the HVF BM until the catch is held
under the guide. Do not push the
BM further into HVF BM.
Guide
1
Hold the catch in the forward position.
Figure 7 Position of the catch
5. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the BM module.

CAUTION
Ensure the BM harness and bin 2 harness are correctly positioned in the harness retainers so
that harnesses are not damaged when the BM is moved to the extremities of its travel.
6. Perform the 12D-171 Booklet Quality RAP.

REP 12.62-171 BM Slide Assembly 3. Figure 1, Remove the slide assembly from the HVF BM frame.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the BM module, REP 12.61-171.
1
Remove screw
2
1 Move the slide to
2 Remove the the rear and
Move the slide to the rear and screw. remove the slide
remove the slide assembly. assembly.
Figure 1 Remove the slide assembly

4. Figure 2. Remove the bracket and the slide rail from the right side of the BM module. 5. Figure 3. Remove the two brackets from the slide rail.
3
Remove screw. 1
Remove screw.
2
4 Remove the bracket
Remove the bracket from from the slide rail.
the slide rail.
Figure 3 Remove the bracket from the slide rail
3 2 1
Cut the four cable ties Remove four
Remove the bracket and the
to release the harness. screws.
slide rail.
Figure 2 Remove the bracket and the slide rail

6. Figure 4, Remove the bracket and the slide rail from the left side of the BM module. 7. Figure 5, Remove the two brackets from the slide rail
1
3 Remove screw.
Remove screw.
4 2
Remove the bracket from the Remove the bracket from
slide rail. the slide rail.
2 1
3 Cut the five cable ties to Remove four screws. Figure 5 Remove the bracket from the slide rail
Remove the bracket release the harness.
and the slide rail. Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the slide assembly.
2. Ensure that all of the cable ties are installed and the harness are in the correct position.
3. Check that all of the PJ connections are connected.
Figure 4 Remove the bracket and slide rail

REP 12.63-171 Transport Motor 1 REP 12.64-171 Bypass Feed Motor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the rear cover REP 12.1-171. 1. Remove the rear cover REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the transport motor 1 and bracket assembly, Figure 1. 2. Remove the bypass feed motor and bracket assembly, Figure 1.
1
Remove the pivot and
2 bracket screws.
1
Remove the 2
bracket screws.
2
Remove the pivot
screw. 2
Disconnect the
motor PJ.
3
Disconnect the Tension Spring
motor PJ.
Tension Spring
Figure 1 Transport Motor 1 and Bracket Figure 1 Bypass Feed Motor and Bracket
3. Remove 2 screws and the grounding wire to remove the motor and damper from the 3. Remove 2 screws and the grounding wire to remove the motor and damper from the
bracket. bracket.
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the transport motor 1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the bypass feed motor.
Set the belt tension ADJ 12.10-171. Set the belt tension, ADJ 12.10-171.

REP 12.65-171 Buffer Motor REP 12.66-171 Transport Motor 2
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the rear cover REP 12.1-171. 1. Remove the rear cover REP 12.1-171.
2. Remove the buffer motor and bracket assembly, Figure 1. 2. Remove the exit feed motor and bracket assembly, Figure 1.
1
Remove the pivot and
2 bracket screws.
1
Remove the pivot and 2
bracket screws.
Release tension spring. 2

from the motor.
2
Disconnect the Tension Spring
motor PJ.
Figure 1 Buffer Feed Motor and Bracket

Figure 1 Exit Feed Motor and Bracket
3. Remove 2 screws and the grounding wire to remove the motor and damper from the
bracket. 3. Remove 2 screws and the grounding wire to remove the motor and damper from the
bracket.
Replacement
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the buffer motor.
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the exit feed motor.
Fit the pivot screw and set the belt tension, ADJ 12.10-171. Do not tighten the motor bracket
screws fully until the belt is tensioned by the spring. Fit the bracket pivot screw and set the belt tension, ADJ 12.10-171.

REP 12.67-171 Tri Folder Covers 2. Remove the rear cover, the top cover and the right side cover as required, Figure 2.
Parts List on PL 12.200. NOTE: Open the top cover and remove the rear cover to access to the top cover rear fas-
teners and the top cover interlock sensor connector.
Removal
WARNING
Remove the top cover (4 fasteners).
WARNING
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity Remove the rear cover
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. (4 screws).
1. Remove the screw and front door hinge pin then move the door from the upper pivot.
Remove 4 screws and remove the front cover Figure 1.
2
Remove the door
from the upper
pivot.
3
Open the front door to
access the top cover 2
front fasteners. Remove the right hand side cover (5 screws).
Figure 2 Top, Rear and Right side covers
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the Tri-Folder covers.
3 1
Remove 4 screws then Remove 1 screw then
the front cover. the front door hinge pin.
Figure 1 Tri-folder Front Door and Cover

REP 12.68-171 Tri-Folder Drive Assembly Replacement
Parts List on PL 12.205. 1. Detach the coupler alignment tool from the drive unit, refer to Figure 1.
2. Install the drive assembly, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the tri-folder rear cover REP 12.67-171.
1
3. Remove the tri-folder drive assembly, Figure 1.
Slide out the booklet
maker.
Circlip
Drive coupler
1
Remove 2 screws.
2
Attach the drive assembly,
2 4 screws.
Release the coupler
drive belt tension, then
remove the belt.
Figure 2 Attach the drive assembly
3
Remove 2 screws,
Drive assembly then the tri-folder drive
assembly.
Figure 1 Drive assembly
4. If necessary, remove the circlip then remove the drive coupler, refer to Figure 1.

3. Centralize the coupler alignment tool onto the crease roll motor encoder disc, PL 12.175 5. Slacken off the drive unit retaining screws, Figure 4.
Item 13 and Figure 3.
Drive unit
1
Position the coupler
alignment tool onto
the crease roll motor
encoder disc.
1
Loosen the drive unit,
4 screws.
2
Carefully slide the BM towards the
drive assembly.
Figure 4 Loosen the drive unit
Figure 3 Centralize the alignment tool
4. Prepare to centralize the drive coupler, refer to Figure 1, with the HVF BM crease roll
motor encoder disc, Figure 3.

6. Centralize the coupler alignment tool with the drive unit coupler, Figure 5. 7. Secure the drive unit in the centralized position, Figure 6.
Alignment tool
Drive coupler
2
Slide out the BM
and remove the
coupler alignment
tool.
2
Ensure the drive coupler is centralized
1
1 with the alignment tool.
Secure the drive unit, 4 screws.
Adjust the position of the
drive unit.
Figure 5 Centralize the drive coupler Figure 6 Secure the drive unit
8. Attach the alignment tool onto the drive assembly for future use.
9. Carefully slide back the BM and engage the drive unit coupler.
10. Check that the harnesses do not obstruct the BM crease roll motor encoder disc.
11. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the tri-folder

REP 12.69-171 Tri Folder Crease Roll Drive Assembly 4. Remove the clutch and bearing from the idler bracket, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the Tri Folder rear cover, REP 12.67-171. Access is improved by removing the
top cover.
2. Remove the drive coupling assembly bracket, Figure 1.
Clutch torque arm
1 1
Remove the Disconnect the
drive belt. clutch connector.
Bearing
2
Remove the
driven pulley
2
Remove the idler assembly.
and gear. Idler Crease roll drive belt
Figure 2 Idler Assembly and Crease Roll Clutch
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the crease roll clutch and drive coupling
assembly.
3
2. Replace the idler assembly with the smooth side of the crease roll drive belt towards the
Remove the feed and
the exit roll drive gear idler, then fit the drive belt over the clutch gear, Figure 2.
and bearing. 3. Position the clutch torque arm in the slot in the idler bracket, See Figure 2 insert.
4 4. Perform ADJ 12.10-171 Motor Drive Belt Tensioning.
Remove 5 screws.
Tensioner lock screw.
Figure 1 Drive Coupling Assembly
3. Slacken the tensioner lock screw and move the crease roll tensioner pulley to the left,
then tighten the lock screw, Figure 1.

REP 12.70-171 Tri-Folder Feed Roller and Drive Belt REP 12.71-171 TF Assist Gate Solenoid
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Undock the Tri-Folder from the HVF and move the unit to the right to access the left side 1. Open the TF front door, or remove the Bin 2 assembly, then remove the Tri-Folder rear
of the frame, REP 12.99-171. cover, REP 12.67-171.
2. Remove the drive belt, Figure 1. 2. Disconnect the harness and remove the solenoid and spring, Figure 1. Remove the arma-
ture and lever if required.
Feed roller
3
Pull the feed roller through
the frame bearing then
remove the drive belt.
Armature and
lever
1
Release the tension
on the belt.
Driven pulley
2
Remove the circlip, then move the feed roller
1 3
Remove 2 screws 2 Remove solenoid and
shaft towards the front to remove the drive
behind frame. Disconnect harness. spring.
pulley.
Figure 1 Feed Roller and Drive Belt

3. If required, remove the feed roller shaft front circlip and bearing and remove the feed Figure 1 Assist Gate Solenoid
roller assembly from the Tri-Folder.
1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the entry solenoid.
1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the feed roller and drive belt.
2. Before docking the Tri-Folder unit to the HVF, perform ADJ 12.10-171, Motor Driven Belt 2. Refit the armature and lever before replacing the spring and solenoid coil. If necessary,
Tensioning get assistance to hold the armature coil in position when replacing the screws.

REP 12.72-171 Tri Folder Crease Roll Springs REP 12.73-171 Tri Folder Top Cover and Idler Assemblies
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the front door, front cover and rear cover REP 12.67-171. 1. Undock the tri-folder from the HVF and move it to the right to gain access to the left side
2. Remove the circlip and remove the front or rear spring, Figure 1. of the tri-folder frame, REP 12.99-171.
NOTE: The wiring harnesses to the HVF do not need to be disconnected.
2. Remove the top cover door assembly, Figure 1.
NOTE: Control the movement of the torsion spring.
Front crease roll spring Rear crease roll spring
Torsion Spring
2 4 3
Remove the clip. Release the front of the top Remove the
Figure 1 Front and Rear Crease Roll Springs
cover door assembly, then front screw.
1 remove.
Replacement Remove the rear screw.
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the front or rear crease roll spring.
Figure 1 Top Cover Removal

3. Remove the idler assemblies, Figure 2. REP 12.74-171 Tri Folder Roller Assembly and Diverter
Solenoid
Removal
WARNING
1 WARNING
Remove the top cover Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
(5 screws). from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
1. Undock the Tri-Folder assembly from the HVF, REP 12.99-171. Position and support the
Tri-Folder so that it is safely accessible from the front, rear and left side.
2 2. Release the crease roll drive belt tension, REP 12.69-171. Disconnect the harness from
Release the springs, then the diverter and assist gate solenoids.
remove the idler assembly.
NOTE: First remove the lower front and rear screws. Support the roller assembly and
remove the upper front and rear screws. If not supported the assembly will fall inside the
Tri Folder frame.
Figure 2 Idler assembly removal
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the idler assemblies and top cover door
assembly.
2. Make sure that the correct self-tapping screws are used to replace the cover base; do not
overtighten the screws.
3. Replace, but do not tighten, the rear pivot shaft screw. Position the cover and torsion
spring then fit the front of the pivot shaft in the frame. Replace and tighten both front and
rear pivot shaft screws.
4. Check that the cable harnesses are not obstructed or touching moving parts when the tri-
folder is docked to the HVF.

3. Remove the roller assembly through the front door, Figure 1. 4. Remove the diverter gate solenoid and crease roll pulleys as required, Figure 2.
Diverter gate
lever.
1
Remove 2
screws.
2
Remove
Diverter gate
solenoid.
Crease roll
1 2 3 pulleys
Remove 2 rear screws. Disconnect the sensor harness. Remove 2 front screws. Assist gate solenoid
Figure 1 Tri Folder Roller Assembly Figure 2 Positioning The Diverter Gate Lever
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedures to reinstall the pulleys, diverter gate solenoid and Tri
Folder roller assembly.
2. Before replacing the roller assembly set the diverter operating lever to the forward (sole-
noid armature extended) position to engage with the right side of the diverter shaft lever,
Figure 2.
3. Check that the diverter gate operates correctly before tensioning the crease roll drive belt.

REP 12.75-171 Bin 1 Limit Switches 2. Disconnect the PJs and remove the upper or lower limit switch and bracket as required,
Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1
Remove the screw and then
remove the upper limit switch.
2
Remove the screw and then
remove the lower limit switch.
Figure 1 Bin 1 Limit Switches
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the Bin 1 upper and lower limit switches.

REP 12.76-171 Bin 1 Upper Level Sensor REP 12.77-171 Tri Folder Door Interlock Switches and
Parts List on PL 12.110. Sensor
Removal Parts List on PL 12.215.
WARNING Removal
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING
WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord WARNING
1. Remove the HVF front and rear covers, REP 12.1-171. can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
2. Disconnect the PJs and remove the receiver or transmitter as necessary, Figure 1. 1. Remove the tri folder front and top covers, REP 12.67-171.
2. Remove the front door and top cover interlock switches and the top cover sensor, Figure
1.
Rear receiver
Top cover interlock switch Top cover sensor
Front transmitter
Figure 1 Bin 1 Upper level sensor Front door interlock switch
Replacement Figure 1 TF Interlock Switches and Cover Sensor

Reverse the removal procedures to replace the transmitter or receiver of the bin 1 upper level
sensor. Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the front door and top cover interlock switches and
the top access cover sensor.

REP 12.78-171 Tri Folder Entry and Assist Gate Sensors REP 12.79-171 Tri Folder Exit Sensor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Undock the tri folder unit from the HVF, REP 12.73-171. 1. Remove the tri folder top cover, REP 12.67-171.
2. Disconnect the PJs and remove the entry and assist gate sensors, Figure 1. 2. Remove the exit sensor, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect the harness and
remove the exit sensor.
Assist gate sensor
Entry sensor
LEFT SIDE VIEW
Figure 1 TF Entry and Assist Gate Sensors Figure 1 Tri Folder Exit Sensor
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the entry and assist gate sensors. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the exit sensor.

REP 12.80-171 Tri Folder PWB 2. Remove the PWB, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1
Disconnect all con-
nectors from the
PWB.
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the tri folder
PWB. 2
Remove 4 screws,
1. Remove tri folder rear cover, REP 12.67-171. then the PWB.
Figure 2 Tri Folder PWB
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the tri folder PWB.

REP 12.81-171 Tri Folder Main and Bin 2 Tray Harnesses 3. Remove the bin 2 tray harness, Figure 1.

Bookletmaker PWB to tri-folder PWB harness.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the tri folder rear cover, REP 12.67-171. If removing the bookletmaker PWB to
tri-folder PWB harness, remove the HVF rear cover, REP 12.1-171.
2. Disconnect the PJs then remove the bookletmaker PWB to tri-folder PWB harness, Fig-
ure 1.
Bin 2 tray harness
Bin 2 tray harness,

PJ660
Figure 1 Tri folder and Bin 2 harnesses
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the bookletmaker PWB to tri-folder PWB and bin 2
tray harnesses.

REP 12.82-171 Inserter Undocking Replacement
Parts List on PL 12.300. 1. Reverse the undocking procedure to dock the Inserter unit to the HVF.
2. Lock the Inserter onto the HVF by sliding the latch handle towards the front, Figure 1.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Place the Inserter on a suitable surface. Do not damage the Inserter locating pins.
CAUTION
Do not show the customer how to undock or dock the Inserter.
1. Open the HVF front door.
2. Undock the inserter, Figure 1.
2
Lift the inserter vertically
from the HVF and put it on a
suitable surface.
1
Move the white latch handle
to the rear.
Locating Pins
Figure 1 Tray 6 Inserter Undocking

REP 12.83-171 Inserter Front and Rear Covers REP 12.84-171 Inserter Motor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Undock the Inserter and put it on a suitable surface, REP 12.82-171. 1. Remove the Inserter rear cover, and open the top left door, REP 12.83-171.
2. Remove the front and rear covers, Figure 1. 2. Remove the inserter motor and bracket, Figure 1.
2
Release the upper tab, then the side
tab. Remove the front cover.
Upper tab
Upper tab
1 Side tab
Remove 1 screw.
4
Release the upper
3 tab and side tab,
Remove 1 screw. then remove the rear 1
cover. Disconnect motor 3
harness. 2 Remove motor and
Remove 3 screws. bracket.
Figure 1 Inserter Front and Rear Covers Figure 1 Inserter Motor
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the Inserter front and rear covers. 1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the Inserter motor.
2. Make sure that the correct screws are used to replace the inserter motor.

REP 12.85-171 Inserter PWB
Removal
WARNING
Figure 1 ESD Symbol
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the inserter
PWB.
WARNING
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity Remove the inserter 2 1
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. PWB. Remove 4 screws Disconnect all the PJs from
and the ground strap. the PWB.
1. Remove the inserter rear cover. REP 12.83-171.
2. Remove the inserter PWB, Figure 2.
Figure 2 Inserter PWB
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the Inserter PWB.
2. Ensure that the ground strap is secured by one of the fixing screws.

REP 12.86-171 Inserter Clutch Replacement
Parts List on PL 12.310. 1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the Inserter clutch.
2. When replacing the bracket, check that the clutch torque arm locates in the locating tab.
Removal
3. Put the reverse roll drive belt over the drive idler and check that the reverse roll idler gear
WARNING shaft locates properly into the frame.
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 4. When the bracket is secured, temporarily remove the circlip and the reverse roll drive pul-
WARNING ley to replace the drive belt over the reverse roll drive pulley.
1. Remove the Inserter rear cover. REP 12.83-171.
2. Remove the inserter clutch, Figure 1.
NOTE: The reverse roll drive idler and the drive belt are not attached to the clutch bracket
or the Inserter frame.
2
Remove 4 screws, then the bracket.
3
Disconnect the con-
nector, then remove
the inserter clutch.
1
Remove the E-clip
and bearing.
Reverse roll drive
belt
FOR CLARITY
INSERTER MOTOR
Reverse roll drive Reverse roll drive
NOT SHOWN
idler pulley
Figure 1 Inserter Clutch Removal

REP 12.87-171 Inserter Top Cover Interlock Switch REP 12.88-171 Inserter Jam Cover Interlock Switch
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the Inserter front cover, REP 12.83-171. 1. Remove the Inserter front and rear covers, REP 12.83-171.
2. Remove the top cover interlock switch, Figure 1. 2. Remove the inserter motor, REP 12.84-171.
1
Disconnect the harness.
2
Remove 2 screws, then
remove the switch.
Figure 1 Top Cover Interlock Switch
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedures to replace the Inserter top cover interlock switch.

3. Remove the top cover door and the interlock switch, Figure 1. REP 12.89-171 Main Tray and Paper Length Sensors
3 2 1
Remove 2 screws from
Removal
Remove 2 latch Remove the
the rear.
pins. rear pivot screw, WARNING
then the top Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
cover.
WARNING
1. Pull the lug on one side of the tray to disconnect from the frame pivot. Remove the cover
plate then disconnect the PJs and remove the sensors from the bracket clips, Figure 1
3
Remove the rele-
vant paper length-
sensor.
2
Remove 2 screws,
then the cover plate.
5
Release the cable harness
clips and lift the top inside
cover.
4
Remove 2 screws
from the front.
6
Remove the jam cover
interlock switch.
1
Pull the lug on one side of the
tray to disconnect from the
frame pivot.
Figure 1 Jam cover Interlock Switch

Figure 1 Main Tray Assembly
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the jam cover interlock switch. Replacement
2. When reinstalling the top inside cover and the top cover door make sure that the correct Reverse the removal procedures to replace the Inserter main tray and paper length sensors.
screws are used and that the screws are not overtightened.

REP 12.90-171 Bottom Tray and Paper Sensors 2. Remove the bottom tray sensor bracket, Figure 1.
Parts List on PL 12.300. NOTE: Observe the position of the two springs when lifting the bottom tray.
Removal
WARNING 3
Remove the pivot shaft
WARNING 2
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord Remove the
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity circlip and
bearing.
1. Undock the Inserter, REP 12.82-171.
Paper width
sensors
Paper present
sensor.
4
the sensor bracket. 1
Release the front and rear pivot
5 tabs and lift the bottom tray.
Remove the relevant
sensor
Figure 1 Bottom Tray and Sensors
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the bottom tray and paper sensors.
2. Check that the loading levers are at the same angle and that the tray pivot shaft passes
below the front and rear loading levers. Check that the bottom tray is supported horizon-
tally in the frame.
3. Make sure that the bottom tray springs are correctly aligned before engaging the front and
rear pivot tabs.

REP 12.91-171 Inserter Top Cover and Inserter Pickup REP 12.92-171 Lower Jam Cover and Acceleration Sensor
Sensor Parts List on PL 12.300.
Parts List on PL 12.310. Removal
Removal WARNING
WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1. Remove the front and rear covers, REP 12.83-171.
1. Remove the Inserter Front Cover, REP 12.83-171. 2. Remove the acceleration sensor. Figure 1.
2. To release the top cover, remove the pivot screw, Figure 1.
3. Remove the inserter pickup sensor, Figure 1.
Top cover pivot screw 1

Release the guide
from the top cover.
3
Disconnect the harness and
remove the acceleration
sensor.
2 2
1 Remove 2 screws and
Remove the screw. Remove the front lift the inner cover.
and rear door stop
3 and door pivot
Disconnect the harness. screws.
4
Release the sensor from
the bracket.
Figure 1 Acceleration sensor
Figure 1 Cover and Inserter Pickup Sensor

Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the Inserter lower jam cover and the acceleration
Replacement sensor.
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the inserter pickup sensor and top cover.

REP 12.93-171 Inserter LE and TE Sensors Replacement
Parts List on PL 12.310. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the LE and TE paper path sensors.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the Inserter front and rear covers, REP 12.83-171.
2. Remove the inserter motor, REP 12.84-171.
3. Remove the pickup roll assembly, REP 12.95-171.
4. Remove the top cover, REP 12.91-171.
5. Remove the top inside cover, REP 12.88-171.
6. Remove the LE sensor or TE sensor, Figure 1.
Idle Roll Assembly
1
Release the har-
ness clips.
3 2
Disconnect the harness, Remove 1 screw, then
then remove the relevant the sensor bracket.
sensor.
Figure 1 LE and TE Sensors

REP 12.94-171 Inserter Bottom Plate Sensor REP 12.95-171 Inserter Pickup Assembly and Reverse
Parts List on PL 12.300. Feed Roller
Removal Parts List on PL 12.310
WARNING Removal
1. Undock the Inserter, REP 12.82-171, and release the front and rear pivot tabs then lift the can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
bottom tray. Control the movement of the bottom tray springs. 1. Remove the pickup roller assembly from the inserter, Figure 1.
2. Remove the sensor from the bracket, Figure 1.
Link Arm
2
Remove the
plastic clip.
1
Raise the inserter top
Bottom Tray cover.
1
Disconnect Tray down
the harness. sensor
2
Remove the sensor from the
bracket. 3
Pull the pickup roller assembly towards the 4
front to disengage the roller shaft from the Disengage the shaft from the drive
Figure 1 Inserter Tray Down Sensor drive coupling and the link arm. coupling and remove the pickup
roller assembly.
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the Inserter bottom plate sensor.
Figure 1 Pickup roller assembly removal

2. Remove the reverse roller and coupling from the reverse roller shaft, Figure 2. REP 12.96-171 HVF Fixed and Adjustable Casters
For clarity the top
1
cover is not shown. Release the tab Removal
then remove the WARNING
retard cover.
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not remove more than one caster at a time unless the HVF frame is properly supported and
stable.
1. Undock the Tri Folder from the HVF, REP 12.82-171.
2. Undock the HVF from the copier and remove the HVF front and rear covers, REP 12.1-
171.
3. Get help to lift and support the HVF frame securely at a position close to where the caster
is to be removed, GP 16. Support the frame approximately 4 inches (approximately 2
reams of paper) above the floor so that the caster is not supporting the unit.
2 3
Remove the clip. Remove the reverse feed roller.
Figure 2 Reverse roller removal
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the reverse and the pickup roller assemblies.
2. After replacing the pickup roller assembly close the Inserter top cover fully to engage the
link arm with the pickup roller.
3. If a new inserter pickup assembly is installed, reset the inserter feed count to zero. Refer
to dC135 CRU / HFSI Status.

4. Remove the 2 screws and remove the fixed caster, Figure 1. 5. Support the HVF frame. Remove the screw and stop plate and rotate the caster adjust-
ment wheel to unscrew the caster from the frame, Figure 2.
Stop plate
Figure 1 HVF Fixed Caster Removal

Figure 2 HVF Adjustable Caster Removal
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the HVF fixed and adjustable casters.

REP 12.97-171 Pause To Unload PWB Assembly REP 12.98-171 Inserter Idle Roller Assembly
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the front door, front cover and top cover, REP 12.1-171. 1. Remove the Inserter front and rear covers., REP 12.83-171.
2. Remove the pause to unload (PTU) PWB, Figure 1. 2. Remove the inserter motor, REP 12.84-171.
3. Remove the inserter clutch, REP 12.86-171.
4. Remove the top cover assembly, REP 12.91-171.
5. Remove the inside top cover and top left door interlock switch, REP 12.88-171.
Bracket
1 2
Disconnect the harness. Remove the pause to
unload (PTU) PWB.
Figure 1 Remove the PTU PWB
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure to replace the PTU PWB.

6. Remove the 2 screws at the rear of the idle roller assembly, Figure 1. NOTE: Check that the loading gear remains engaged with the loading shaft gear.
4
Remove the idle roller assembly.
1
Disconnect and then
release the harness
from the frame.
2
Remove 3 screws.
4
Remove 2 screws.
Idle roller
assembly 3
Turn the loading bracket to access
the 2 screws in step 4.
4 1
2 3 Remove 2 screws.
Move the load lever to release the tension
on the torsion spring. Load Lever
Remove the clip Remove the clip
and idler gear. and driven gear.
Figure 1 Idler Assembly Rear Screws Figure 2 Idle Roller Assembly
7. Relieve the torsion spring tension by moving the loading lever and remove 3 of the four Replacement
front loading bracket screws. Remove the idle roller assembly, Figure 2. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the Idle roller assembly.
Replace the loading bracket screws and check that the front loading lever is at the same angle
as the rear loading lever then tension the torsion spring. The loading tray will not operate cor-
rectly if it is not supported horizontally in the Inserter frame.

REP 12.99-171 Tri-Folder Removal 7. Undock the tri-folder from the HVF.
Parts List on PL 12.200, PL 12.205 Replacement

Reverse the removal procedures to replace the tri-folder module.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the
customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
2. Remove the tri-folder rear cover, REP 12.67-171.
3. Remove the coupler drive belt, REP 12.68-171.
4. Open the tri-folder front door, then remove the front and rear thumb screws, Figure 1.
Rear thumb screw Front thumb screw
Figure 1 Thumb Screw Removal
5. Disconnect the bookletmaker PWB to tri-folder PWB and bin 2 tray harnesses from the tri-
folder module, REP 12.81-171.
6. Disconnect the harness from PJ 553 & PJ 563 on the BM PWB, PL 12.175 Item 10.

REP 12.100-171 Ejector Paddle Assembly (W/TAG V-004) Replacement
Parts List on PL 12.110 1. Rotate the paddle shaft to ensure that the locating tab is uppermost, Figure 2.
2. Ensure that the longest paddle is positioned towards the stacker tray.
Removal
3. Hold the paddle assembly by the two short tabs and clip onto the shaft.
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine, GP 14. Disconnect the power cord from the NOTE: Ensure that the paddle assembly is correctly oriented to fit onto the plastic locat-
ing tab.
customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can
cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
1. Rotate the ejector paddle assembly until the two short tabs are visible.
2. Squeeze the two short tabs together and pull to remove the ejector paddle assembly, Fig-
ure 1.
Paddle locating tab
Figure 2 Paddle locating tab
Figure 1 Ejector paddle assembly

REP 12.101-171 Paddle Wheel
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
NOTE: This procedure shows the replacement of the paddle wheels with the compiler paddle
unit installed. If necessary, remove the compiler paddle unit before replacing the paddle
wheels. Refer to REP 12.49-171.
1. Rotate the paddle until the two rubber blades are visible.
CAUTION
To ensure that the correct home position of the paddle wheel shaft is maintained, install the
new paddle wheels one at a time.
CAUTION
Ensure all defective paddles are replaced with a paddle of the same type.The two outer pad-
dles are a different type to the three inner paddles.
2. Squeeze the two rubber blades together and pull to remove the paddle wheel from the
shaft, Figure 1.
Figure 1 Paddle removal
Replacement
1. Hold the paddle wheel by the two rubber blades and clip onto the shaft.

REP 62.1 Scanner Module 2. Prepare to remove the scanner, Figure 1.

Removal
WARNING
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Remove 2 screws, then
WARNING the harness guide plate.
WARNING
is heavy.
2
Cut the cable
tie that secures
the UI harness.
Post
3. Remove the SBC PWB cover, PL 3.11 Item 11.

4. Disconnect PJ15, PJ18, PJ19 and PJ223 from the single board controller PWB.
5. Disconnect PJ8 from the power distribution PWB.
6. Release the harnesses from around the post, refer to Figure 1.
WARNING
Use safe handling procedures when removing the module. Refer to GP 16. The module
is heavy.
NOTE: The weight of the scanner is 15Kg (33lb).

7. Remove the scanner module, Figure 2.

a. Remove the scanner rear cover, PL 62.10 Item 14.
3 b. Remove the scanner side cover, PL 62.10 Item 15.
Remove the scanner module. c. Remove the user interface assembly, REP 2.1.
Replacement
2. Ensure that the SBC PWB and power distribution PWB harnesses are correctly wound
round the post, Figure 3.
1
Wind the harnesses around
the post as shown.
2 2
Slide the scanner mod- Route the PJs underneath
ule off the 2 docking pins the harness, then connect
and the 4 base retainers. the PJs.
Figure 3 Harness winding
1
Remove 2 screws, then push
the scanner to the rear to
unlatch it.
Figure 2 Scanner module removal
8. If a replacement scanner is to be installed, remove the following components:

3. Re-install the harness guide plate. Ensure the harnesses are correctly positioned, Figure 801-009
4. 801-010
801-011
801-012
801-013
801-014
801-015
801-016
1
Locate the rear 801-017
of the harness 801-018
guide plate in 801-019
the slot. 801-020
801-021
801-022
801-023
801-024
2 801-025
Install the guide plate as shown. 801-026
The scanner end of the harnesses
must be routed above guide plate.
The connector end must be
routed below the guide plate. Re-
install the 2 screws.
Figure 4 Guide plate replacement
4. Check that the image processor module opens and closes smoothly without trapping the
harnesses. If necessary, repeat replacement steps 2 and 3.
5. If a new scanner module has been installed, perform the following:
a. dC608 Document Feeder Registration.
b. dC609 Document Glass Registration.
c. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. Make sure the following IIT DADH NVM settings are
set to default:
800-005
800-006
800-007
800-008
800-009
801-005
801-006
801-007
801-008

REP 62.2 Top Cover REP 62.3 CVT Glass, CVT Ramp and Document Glass
Parts List on PL 62.10 Assembly
WARNING Removal
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
WARNING can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
2. Remove the scanner module, REP 62.1. 1. Remove the top cover, REP 62.2.
3. Remove the top cover, Figure 1. 2. Remove the CVT glass, PL 62.10 Item 3.
3. Remove the CVT ramp and document glass assembly, Figure 1.
1
Remove the scanner
rear cover (2 Screws).
2
Remove the top cover (5
Screws).
Replacement
2. Perform the following procedures:
ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning.

REP 62.4 Scan Carriage Home Sensor
1
Remove 4 screws. Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the User Interface assembly, REP 2.1.
CAUTION
Do not remove the document glass.
Do not loosen the two screws securing the setting plate, shown in Figure 1.
2. Figure 1, remove the scan carriage home sensor.
Do not loosen.
Corner brackets
3
Remove the document glass
and CVT ramp assembly.
2
Loosen 6 screws and rotate 6 glass clamps away
from the document glass.
3
Disconnect the sensor.
Figure 1 CVT glass and document glass assembly

4
Replacement Remove the
1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. sensor (1
screw).
2. Ensure that the white AGC strips on the document glass and the CVT glass are at the
front and underside of the glass.
3. Ensure that the document glass is located in the corner brackets, Figure 1. Check that the
CVT ramp is located correctly in the pips on the frame. 1 2
4. Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning as necessary. Remove the
Pull forward the sensor
5. If a new document glass assembly has been installed, perform the following: screw.
plate.
a. dC608 Document Feeder Registration.
Figure 1 Scan carriage home sensor
b. dC609 Document Glass Registration.
Replacement
1. Install the sensor on to the sensor plate, ensuring the lugs locate correctly in the slot.

2. Re-connect the sensor. REP 62.5 Scan Carriage Assembly
3. Install the sensor plate. Ensure that the three locating lugs are correctly located in the
slots of the mounting plate.
4. The replacement of the removed components in the reverse of the removal procedure. Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the CVT glass, REP 62.3.
2. Remove the CVT ramp and document glass assembly, REP 62.3.
3. Disconnect the LED exposure lamps ribbon cable, REP 62.11.
4. Figure 1. Remove the scan carriage assembly.

2. Figure 2. Place the scan carriage assembly centrally over the springs on the scan cables.
1 Slide the scan cables under the fixing tabs.
Remove the PJ cover (2
screws) and disconnect the NOTE: Observe the spring position between the fixing tabs on the scan carriage assem-
scan carriage ribbon cable. bly.
2
Loosen 1 screw,
then slide out
the cable.
Fixing tab.
Fixing tab.
Spring position.
Figure 2 Alignment of the scan carriage
3. Reconnect the scan carriage ribbon cable.

4. Reinstall the PJ cover.
5. Reconnect the exposure lamp ribbon cable. Ensure that the metal connections face
towards the PWB. Secure the cable clamps.
6. Close the exposure lamp ribbon harness securing clip.
7. Perform ADJ 62.2 Scan Carriage Adjustment.
8. Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning Procedure.
3
Loosen 3 screws, then slide
4 out the cables.
Remove the scan carriage.
Figure 1 Carriage removal
Replacement
1. Insert the scan carriage ribbon cable through the securing clamp and the square hole.

REP 62.6 Carriage Motor and Mounting
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the scanner top cover, REP 62.2. 1
2. Remove the carriage motor cover, (2 screws). Release the wiring and
3. Figure 1. Prepare to remove the carriage motor. disconnect PJ 929.
(Press the top of the PJ)
3
Remove the
mounting (2
screws).
2
Remove the bracket
(2 screws).
Figure 2 Motor and mounting
Replacement
2. Perform ADJ 62.3 Carriage Motor and Scanner Drive Belt.
1
Remove 3
screws.
4. Remove the scanner harness bracket, PL 62.16 Item 14, to allow access to PJ 929.
5. Figure 2. Remove the carriage motor and mounting. Note the orientation of the bracket
and the mounting.

REP 62.7 Scan Cables 2. Figure 2. Prepare to install the lower scan cable.
Parts List on PL 62.16 NOTE: The lower scan cable is black and is longer than the upper scan cable.
Removal NOTE: The anchor ball is not installed centrally on the scan cables.
WARNING NOTE: To assist in holding the scan cables in position, use adhesive tape.
short end. long end.
WARNING
1. Remove the scan carriage, REP 62.5.
2. Remove the scan motor cover, (2 screws).
3. Slide the cables off the pulleys or capstan.
4. Remove the springs and lift out the cables. longer, black cable.
Replacement
1. Figure 1 shows the general arrangement of the scan cables, when correctly installed.
6 turns on
each cable. 2
Wind three turns below the anchor
point on the capstan.
Upper scan
cable. 1
Install the anchor ball in the anchor
Lower scan cable. point.
3
Note that the springs are in Use adhesive tape to secure the anchor ball in the anchor point.
the same relative position.
Figure 2 Mount lower scan cable on the capstan
Figure 1 Scan cable arrangement

3. Figure 3. Install the lower scan cable on the rear pulleys. 4. Figure 4. Prepare to install the upper scan cable.
NOTE: The anchor ball is not installed centrally on the scan cable.
2 3
Install the cable around the left, rear, lower pulley. short end. Use adhesive tape to secure the
anchor ball in the anchor point.
long end.
1
Wind three turns above the
anchor point.
1
Install the anchor ball in the
anchor point.
2
Wind three turns below the
anchor point on the capstan.
3
Install the cable around the
right, rear, lower pulley.
Figure 3 Installation of the lower scan cable
Figure 4 Mount upper scan cable on the capstan

5. Figure 5. Install the lower scan cable. 6. Figure 6. Prepare to install the upper scan cable.
1
Wind three turns above the
anchor point.
1
Attach the spring to
the cable.
2 3
Install the cable around Install the cable over the front,
the front, left pulley. right pulley.
Figure 5 Installation of the lower scan cable Figure 6 Installation of the upper scan cable

7. Figure 7. Prepare to install the upper scan cable on the pulleys. 8. Figure 8. Install the upper scan cable.
1
Install the cable around the left
3
rear, upper pulley. Place the cable round the pulley.
2
Attach the spring to the cable.
1
Lift off the right, rear
upper pulley (1 circlip).
5
Reinstall the circlip.
4
Install the pulley on to the shaft.
Figure 7 Installation of the upper scan cable Figure 8 Installation of the upper scan cable
9. Remove the adhesive tape used to secure the anchor balls in the anchor points.
10. Reinstall the scan carriage, REP 62.5.
11. Perform ADJ 62.2 scan carriage assembly.
12. Reinstall the CVT glass and document glass, REP 62.3.
13. Reinstall the scanner top cover, REP 62.2.
14. Reinstall the scan motor cover, (2 screws).
15. Reinstall the scanner module, REP 62.1.
16. Reinstall the DADH, REP 5.19.

REP 62.8 Scan Drive Belt
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the scan carriage assembly, REP 62.5.
2. Remove the scan motor, REP 62.6.
3. Secure the scan cables, Figure 1.
1
Remove the scan drive
belt from the capstan.
Insulation tape.
2
Carefully thread the scan drive belt over the scan cables.
Remove the scan drive belt.
1
Secure the scan cables to
the capstan. Figure 2 Removal of the scan drive belt
Replacement
2. Perform ADJ 62.3 Scanner Motor.
Figure 1 Scan cables and capstan
NOTE: When removing the scan cables from the pulleys, it is not necessary to lift out the
cables from the scanner.
4. Remove the scan cables from the pulleys, REP 62.7.

5. Remove the scan drive belt, Figure 2.

REP 62.9 Input Module Angle Sensor REP 62.10 LED Exposure Lamps
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the scanner top cover, REP 62.2. 1. Remove the CVT glass, REP 62.3.
2. Figure 1, remove the input module angle sensor. 2. Remove the CVT ramp and document glass assembly REP 62.3.
3. Figure 1. Remove the LED exposure lamp(s).
2
Depress the actuator
to release the sensor.
3 1
Disconnect the sensor from Remove one screw.
the harness and remove.
Figure 1 Input module angle sensor
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedures to replace the input module angle sensor.
2. When replacing the input module angle sensor, ensure that the lugs on the sensor are
located in the slot of the frame before tightening the screw.

REP 62.11 Exposure Lamp Ribbon Harness
2 Parts List on PL 62.15
Remove 1 Removal
screw and clip.
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the CVT glass, REP 62.3.
2 2. Remove the CVT ramp and document glass assembly REP 62.3.
Remove 1 screw and clip. 3. Remove the scanner PWB cover, PL 62.16 Item 9 (three screws).
1 1
Disconnect the ribbon harness. 4. Disconnect the exposure lamp ribbon harness, PJ926 on the scanner PWB, PL 62.16
Disconnect the ribbon harness. Item 8.
5. Figure 1. Remove the exposure lamp ribbon harness.
3
Remove 2 screws,
then the LED
exposure lamp(s).
Figure 1 Removal of the LED exposure lamps
Replacement
2. Ensure that the ribbon harness is routed flat on the under side of the scan carriage to
avoid rubbing on the scanner PWB cover. When re-connected, the metal contacts on the
ribbon cable must face down, away from the scan carriage.
3. Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning.

2. Ensure that the ribbon harness is routed flat on the under side of the scan carriage to
avoid rubbing on the scanner PWB cover. When re-connected, the metal contacts on the
ribbon cable must face down, away from the scan carriage.
1
If necessary, carefully
move the scan carriage
assembly to the left.
3
Remove the harness.
Scan carriage
assembly
2
Carefully lower the
securing clip bar.
Figure 1 Removal
Replacement

REP 62.12 Scanner PWB 801-011
801-012
801-013
Removal 801-014
WARNING 801-015
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord 801-016
801-017
801-018
WARNING 801-019
801-020
801-021
801-022
801-023
801-024
801-025
801-026
Figure 1 ESD Symbol

CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the scanner
PWB.
1. Remove the document glass, REP 62.3.
2. Remove the CVT ramp and document glass assembly REP 62.3.
3. Remove the scanner PWB cover, PL 62.16 Item 9.
4. Disconnect all of the harness connectors from the scanner PWB, PL 62.16 Item 8.
5. Remove four screws securing the scanner PWB.
6. Remove the scanner PWB.
Replacement
3. If a new scanner PWB has been installed, enter dC131 NVM Read/Write. Make sure the
following IIT DADH NVM settings are set to default:
800-005
800-006
800-007
800-008
800-009
801-005
801-006
801-007
801-008
801-009
801-010

REP 62.13 Scan Carriage Ribbon Cable REP 62.14 Document Size Sensor 1 and Document Size
Parts List on PL 62.15 Sensor 2
WARNING Removal
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity WARNING
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
WARNING
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
1. Remove the CVT glass, REP 62.3. WARNING
2. Remove the CVT ramp and document glass assembly REP 62.3. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
3. Remove the scanner PWB cover, PL 62.16 Item 9. 1. Remove the CVT glass, REP 62.3.
4. Prepare to remove the scan carriage ribbon cable, PL 62.15 Item 4. 2. Remove the CVT ramp and document glass assembly REP 62.3.
5. Figure 1. Remove the scan carriage ribbon cable. 3. Figure 1. Remove document size sensor 1 (Q62-251).
4 NOTE: The removal of document size sensor 1 (Q62-251) is shown. The removal of doc-
5 ument size sensor 2 (Q62-253) is identical.
Disconnect the scan Remove the scan
carriage ribbon cable, carriage ribbon
PJ928. cable.
3
Remove the document size sensor.
2
Remove 1 screw.
1
Disconnect the
harness.
3 2 1
Disconnect the scan Remove the
Release two harness
carriage ribbon cable. connector cover.
retainers
Figure 1 Ribbon cable removal

Replacement
CAUTION Figure 1 Removal
Take care when replacing the scan carriage ribbon cable. The scan carriage ribbon cable is
easily damaged.
Replacement
1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1. The replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning. 2. Perform ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning.

REP 70.1 3 Tray Module PWB 2. Remove the 3 tray module PWB, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
Disconnect 8 PJs
2
Figure 1 ESD Symbol Remove 7 screws
CAUTION
Ensure that ESD procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the 3 tray
module PWB.
1. Remove the (upper) rear cover, PL 81.10 Item 1 and the (lower) rear cover, PL 70.25 Item
8.
Figure 2 Remove the 3 tray module PWB
Replacement
2. Perform dC625 Registration / Preheat calibration.

REP 70.2 Upper Left Hand Door Assembly REP 71.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Removal
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity CAUTION
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Do not stack the trays one on top of the other tray. The top tray can damage the bottom tray,
WARNING which cause misfeeds or paper jams.
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 1. Remove the tray 1 or tray 2, Figure 1.
1. Remove bypass tray feed assembly, REP 81.3.
NOTE: The removal procedure for tray 1 and tray 2 is the same.
2. Remove the upper left hand door assembly, Figure 1.
1
Open the door
Pull tray out, lift front of tray to remove it
Figure 1 Tray 1 and tray 2 removal
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Make sure that the left tray slide is
2 located inside the tray stop before inserting the right side of the tray. Refer to Figure 1.
Lift bypass assembly off the hinges
Figure 1 Upper left hand door removal
Replacement
CAUTION
When replacing the hinge pin, do not damage the wire harness.
2. Make sure that the upper left door assembly is correctly aligned.

REP 71.2 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Guides 3. To remove the paper width guide, Figure 2.

Removal
1
WARNING Remove 2 pulleys
NOTE: The removal procedure is the same for tray 1 and for tray 2.
1. Remove the paper then remove the tray, REP 71.1.

2. To remove the elevate plate assemble, Figure 1.
2
Unhook plastic guide
2
Lift the plate straight upwards
away from the tray module.
3
Slide paper width guides to middle and
lift out
Figure 2 Remove the paper width guide
1
Lift the plate to an
upright position.
Figure 1 Remove the paper lift plate

4. Remove the paper width guide and the paper tray, Figure 3. REP 71.3 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Lift Gear Assembly
1 Removal
Slide paper length WARNING
guide to middle
Remove the screw WARNING
1. Remove the paper tray, REP 71.1.
2. Remove the paper lift plate, REP 71.2.
3. Remove the metal plate, Figure 1.
3
Remove metal guide
2
Remove 2 screws
4
Slide paper length guide to the opening
and remove the guide through the opening
Figure 3 Remove the paper length guide
Replacement
1
Remove E-clip
Figure 1 E-clip removal

4. Remove the gear assembly, Figure 2. REP 73.1 Tray 3 Removal
Removal
WARNING
1. Pull out tray 3.
2. Remove the paper from the tray.
3. Remove the right side cover, PL 70.25 Item 4.
4. Remove tray 1 and 2, REP 71.1.
Quadrant
1
Remove 2 screws
2
Remove the gear assembly, quadrant and
the bush behind the quadrant
Figure 2 Lift gear removal
Replacement
Engage the lift gear assembly with the spigots on the rear of the tray. The remainder of the
replacement procedure is the reverse of the removal procedure.

5. Remove the screws to release the tray rails, Figure 1. 6. Lift and pull to remove the tray complete with the guide rails.
Replacement
NOTE: When installing tray 3 ensure that the tray rails are located correctly in the base, Figure
2.
Remove the screw
Locate rail hook in guide hole
Figure 2 Location of the tray rails
Remove the screw
Figure 1 Remove tray 3 guide rails

REP 73.2 Tray 3 Elevator Motor REP 73.3 Tray 3 Elevator Cables
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Pull out tray 3.
NOTE: The elevator drives at the front and at the rear are similar for both trays.
2. Remove the right side cover. PL 70.25 Item 4.
1. Remove tray 3, REP 73.1.
3. Remove the tray 3 motor, Figure 1.
2. Remove the tray 3 front cover, PL 70.25 Item 3 (2 screws from below the cover).
3. Remove the cables from the front drive pulley, Figure 1.
3 4
Disconnect in-line connector Remove the short cable from the
and connector on sensor. drive pulley.
3
Remove the long cable from the
drive pulley.
1
Remove 2 screws.
2
Remove the cable gear
shaft spacer.
2
Remove tray 3 motor and
bracket
1
Remove E
clip.
Figure 1 Elevator motor removal

Figure 1 Front elevator cable removal
Replacement

4. Remove the pulley carriers and pass the cables through the base of the tray, Figure 2. 5. Remove the tray 3 rear elevator cable, Figure 3.
NOTE: Short cable over the outer pulley and the long cable over the inner pulley.
2
Remove the metal plate if
Pulley carriers fitted
3
Remove the pulley
carrier
4
Remove the drive
dog and cap
5
Remove the cable from
the drive pulley.
1
Remove E-clip
6
Pass cable through the
base of the tray
Long cable Short cable

Figure 3 Tray 3 rear cable removal
Figure 2 Remove front elevator cables Replacement

Tray 3 front cables.

1. Thread the front short cable (silver) over the inner groove on the pulley
2. Thread the front long cable (yellow) over the outer groove on the pulley.
Tray 3 rear cable.
Thread the rear cable (black) over the inner groove on the pulley.

REP 73.4 Tray 3 Stack Height Sensor REP 73.5 Tray 3 Home Sensor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Pull out tray 3. The removal procedure is the same for tray 3 and tray 4.
2. Remove Tray 3 paper feed assembly, REP 81.2.
1. Pull out Tray 3
3. Disconnect and remove the stack height sensor, Figure 1.
2. Remove the right side cover, PL 70.25 Item 4.
3. Remove the tray 3 home sensor and holder, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect the
harness
2
2 Remove screw
1
Disconnect the harness Press the tabs to release the sensor.
Figure 1 Stack height sensor

Figure 1 Tray home switch and holder
Replacement
The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement

REP 73.6 Tray 3 Elevator Damper and Gears 3. To remove the drive gears, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity Pinch the two sections of the
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. shaft together and pull off the
gears
WARNING
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present can cause injury.
2. To remove the damper from tray 3, Figure 1.
Figure 2 Remove the gears
Replacement
2. Ensure the gears are correctly aligned, Figure 3.
Align the two gears as shown

and then push the gears onto
the shaft
2 1
Lift and remove the Remove the screw
damper
Figure 1 Tray 3 damper
Figure 3 Install the gears

REP 75.1 Tray 5 Empty Sensor 3. Remove tray 5 empty sensor, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the top cover, REP 75.8.
2. Prepare to remove the tray 5 empty sensor, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect the harness. 2
Press the tabs to release the
sensor.
Figure 2 Remove tray 5 empty sensor
Replacement
2. Make sure that the torsion nudger spring on the paper feed assembly is in the correct
position, Figure 3.
3
1 2 Lift the upper feed
Disconnect the harness Remove eight screws assembly top cover.
marked A
Locate the torsion nudger
spring under the post.
Figure 3 Spring location

3. Make sure that the housing spring is positioned on top of the takeaway idler roller shaft REP 75.2 Tray 5 Stack Height Sensor
when the upper feed assembly top cover is installed, Figure 4.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Housing spring position 2. Prepare to remove the tray 5 stack height sensor, Figure 1.
Figure 4 Spring position

4. Check that the correct screw is used to attach the upper feed assembly top cover.
5. Make sure that the torsion chute spring is positioned on top of the chute upper insert, Fig-
ure 5.
1
3. Remove tray 5 stack height sensor, Figure 2.
Position the torsion chute spring on the

top of the chute.

6. Check that the harness routing is correct, Figure 1.

REP 75.3 Tray 5 Down Sensor
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the rear cover, REP 75.8.
2. Remove the tray 5 down sensor, Figure 1.
Press the tabs to release the sensor
Figure 2 Remove the sensor
Replacement
2 1
Remove sensor from Disconnect the
bracket harness
Replacement

REP 75.4 Tray 5 Elevator Motor Assembly 4. If required remove the encoder sensor from the plastic bracket, Figure 2.

Removal 1
Press the tab to release the encoder
WARNING sensor
WARNING
2
Disconnect the harness on
1. Remove the paper from the tray. the encoder sensor
3. Remove the tray 5 elevator motor assembly, Figure 1. Figure 2 Remove the encoder sensor
NOTE: The tray 5 paper tray must be supported before the elevator motor assembly is
removed.
Replacement
1 1. To help with the installing of a new elevator motor, support the paper tray on two reams of
Disconnect: paper.
PJ518 on the 2. Make sure that the encoder sensor is position on the elevator motor assembly, Figure 2.
encoder,
PJ530 3. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
and 4. Check that the harness is routed in the channel on the plastic bracket, Figure 3.
In-line ground
connectors
Check that the wires in the har-

ness are not trapped and are
free to move
Figure 3 Harness position
5. Ensure that there are no twists in the harness when installing the elevator motor.
6. When the motor is installed, remove the paper supporting the paper tray.
2
5 4 Disconnect the motor
Slide the motor off Remove the 3
connections
the shaft KL clip Release the
cable tie on the
motor
Figure 1 Remove the elevator motor assembly

7. Exercise the elevator motor with one sheet of paper in the tray. Observe that the harness REP 75.5 Tray 5 Upper Limit Switch
tracks properly between the mylar guide and the rear channel. Figure 4.
Mylar guide
Removal
WARNING
Rear channel WARNING

3. Prepare to remove the tray 5 upper limit switch, Figure 1.
1
Remove two screws
2
Remove E-clip
Ramp to slide against

the mylar, to keep the 3
harness in the correct Loosen the screw to
position release belt tensioner
Figure 4 Location of the harness 4

Remove two screws
8. Check the registration, perform dC625 Registration / preheat Calibration if necessary.

4. Remove the tray 5 upper limit switch and the actuator if required, Figure 2. REP 75.6 Tray 5 Down Limit Switch
Removal
3 WARNING
Remove screw and Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
release the spring to from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
remove the actuator can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
2 1. If the tray must be repositioned, refer to REP 75.4. Disengage the elevator motor from the
Remove two
tray and move the tray to the required position. Re-engage the elevator motor to hold the
screws and
remove switch tray.
2. Release the paper tray to gain access to the tray 5 down limit switch, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect harness
Figure 2 Remove tray upper limit switch
Replacement
1
Remove three screws
Tray 5 down limit switch
Figure 1 Release the paper tray

3. Lift the tray to access to the tray 5 down limit switch and the actuator if required, Figure 2. REP 75.7 Un-docking and Docking Tray 5
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
Take care not to topple Tray 5. Tray 5 is unstable when undocked from the machine. Do
not show the customer how to undock Tray 5.
1. Remove the paper from the tray.
2. Engage the transit lock and pull the tray 5 module away from the machine until the lock
engages, Figure 1.
2 Remove the E-clip to release
1 Remove two screws the actuator
Disconnect harness
Figure 2 Remove tray 5 down limit switch
Replacement
2. Check that the wires are not trapped when refitting the tray.
To engage - lift the lever and move to

the right
Figure 1 Engage transit lock

3. At the rear of the machine release the latch and pull the tray 5 module away from the Replacement
machine, Figure 2.
2. Position the tray 5 module and align the docking guides with the machine, Figure 3.
Press the lever to release

the latch.
Align the tray 5 module with the docking plate

on the machine. Push the module to dock and
lock the tray 5 module to the machine.
Figure 2 Un-dock the tray 5 module
Figure 3 Docking the Tray 5 module

3. Release the transit lock and push the tray 5 module into the docked position against the REP 75.8 Tray 5 Covers
machine, Figure 4.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. To remove the top cover, Figure 1.
Rear
Catch located onto

the rear cover
2
Slid the cover to the right to release the post
from the frame. Then pull to the front to
Lift the latch and move to the left to release the catch from the rear cover.
release the lock
Front
Figure 4 Release transit lock
4. Go to ADJ 75.2 Machine to Tray 5 Alignment and complete the adjustment.

Post located into
the bracket
1
Remove 2 screws
Figure 1 Top cover

2. Remove the front or rear cover, Figure 2. REP 75.9 Tray 5 Docking Latch
Removal
2 WARNING
Loosen two screws and
remove the rear cover. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
WARNING
1. Remove the paper and un-dock the tray 5 module, REP 75.7.
2. Remove the two screws and unhook the spring, Figure 1.
1
Remove two screws
1
Remove two screws at
the front and two at the 2
rear Remove the front
cover
Figure 2 Front and rear cover 3 1

2 Remove screw
Remove screw Unhook the spring
Replacement
2. Check that the top cover is located correctly, Figure 1. Figure 1 Preparation

3. Turn tray 5 onto its end to access the fixing screws on the docking latch main bracket. If Replacement
tray 5 has a 11x17 / A3 or 8.5 x 11 / 14 kit then turn the tray 5 on its side. Figure 2.
2. Check that the tabs are located correctly on the base plate when refitting the latch assem-
bly, Figure 4.
Remove 2 screws
Figure 2 Remove the latch assembly Check that the tabs are located correctly in the base
4. Note the orientation of the latches and then remove the docking latches, Figure 3.
Figure 4 Location of the tabs
3. Check that the docking latch spring is located correctly.
Remove the fixing screw and

remove the docking latch
Figure 3 Remove docking latch

REP 75.10Tray 5 Elevator Rack Assembly 7. Remove the crash bar, PL 75.68 Item 2.
8. Disconnect the transport motor, PL 81.40 Item 2.
9. Disconnect the feed motor, PL 81.40 Item 3.
Removal 10. Remove the upper feeder assembly, PL 81.40 Item 1, refer to REP 82.7.
WARNING 11. Prepare to remove the tray assembly, Figure 2 and Figure 3.
WARNING Access slot
1. Release the cable clamp from the rear cover, Figure 1.
1 2
Raise the tray assembly until the tray level drive Remove the front tray level drive gear
gear clip is in alignment with the access slot of clip from the elevator motor shaft.
the frame.
Figure 2 Tray assembly front view
1 2
Press the locking clip towards the Slide the cable clamp off the
module. module, in an upwards direction.
Figure 1 Cable clamp
2. Remove any paper from tray 5, then un-dock the module, REP 75.7.
3. Remove the two front door hinge pins, PL 75.60 Item 3, then remove the front door
4. Remove the top, front and rear covers, REP 75.8.
5. Remove the elevator motor assembly, REP 75.4.
6. Remove the frame top brace, PL 75.68 Item 3.

NOTE: Only the front elevator rack has a clearance cut-out to accommodate the tray 5
door switch, Figure 4.
3 4
Remove the elevator motor shaft. Remove the tray assembly from
the tray 5 module.
Front elevator rack
1
Ensure the cut-out of the front elevator
rack is orientated towards the tray 5 door
switch.
Tray 5 door switch
Access slot
1 Figure 4 Front elevator rack
2 Raise the tray assembly until the rear tray
level drive gear clip and the elevator 14. Remove the rear elevator rack, PL 75.68 Item 13. Slide the rear elevator rack upwards
Remove the rear tray level drive gear clip.
motor shaft are in alignment with the within the frame, then lift the rack away from the tray 5 module.
access slot of the frame.
Figure 3 Tray assembly rear view
12. Remove the front and rear drive gears, PL 75.68 Item 28.
13. Remove the front elevator rack, PL 75.68 Item 14. Slide the rack upwards within the
frame then lift the rack away from the tray 5 module.

Replacement 4. Raise the tray to ensure that it is in horizontal alignment with the lower feeder assembly,
Figure 6. If necessary remove the elevator motor shaft then repeat the replacement pro-
cedure from step 2.
2. After the front and rear drive gears are re-installed ensure that the tray assembly is re-
installed in the same horizontal plane as the base of the tray 5 module, Figure 5.
Lower feed assembly.
Tray assembly.
1 2
Lower the tray. Press the tray down firmly onto the base of the tray 5 module.
Figure 6 Tray alignment
Figure 5 Install the tray
3. Keep the tray assembly against the base of the tray 5 module, then reinstall the elevator
motor shaft.

REP 75.11 Tray 5 Elevator Tray Guides
2
Parts List on PL 75.70 Remove and turn
Removal over the lift plate
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the tray assembly from the tray 5 module, refer to REP 75.10 and perform steps
1 to 11.
2. Remove the infill plate assembly, Figure 1.
1
Remove 5 screws
2 Figure 2 Tray separation

Remove 2
screws 4. Remove the tray 5 elevator harness, Figure 3.
1 2
Remove the Disconnect the
ground screw terminals
3
1 Remove the assembly taking care
Retain the spring using not to lose the spring
a thumb or finger
Figure 1 Infill plate assembly removal

3
3. Separate the lift plate from the tray lift top cover, Figure 2. Release the harness
from the 5 retainers
4
Pass the terminals one at a time
through the frame hole and guide
Figure 3 Harness removal
5. Remove the elevator tray guides, Figure 4.

3
Insert and tighten
2 screws
2
Locate the
retaining plate
dowels in the
locating holes
1
Remove the screw, then
remove the rear elevator
2 tray guide
Remove the screw, then remove
1
the front elevator tray guide Position the spring stop between the spring and the inside end of the cavity
Figure 4 Elevator tray guides removal Figure 6 Rear guide assembly install
Replacement 3. The remainder of the installation is the reverse of the removal procedure, refer to REP
1. Re-assemble the elevator tray by reversing the removal steps 3 to 5. 75.10 and perform the replacement procedure.
2. Install the rear guide assembly, Figure 5 and Figure 6.
3
Position the fix-
ing plate over
the actuator
arm and place
the tongue in
the cutout
1 2
Compress the spring into the cavity and Position the infill plate
retain the spring using a thumb or finger in the tray assembly
Figure 5 Rear guide assembly install

REP 81.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Paper Feed Assembly 5. Disconnect the harness from the feed motor as required, Figure 2.
Parts List on PL 81.25, PL 81.26

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove tray 1 or tray 2 as required, REP 71.1.
2. Remove the rear left cover, PL 70.25 Item 7.
3. Remove the lower left door assembly, Figure 1.
Tray 1 feed
assembly
harness.
1 Tray 2 feed
Disconnect harness as assembly
required. harness.
Figure 2 Disconnect harness

1
Mark the position of
the hinge.
2
Remove 3 screws.
3
Unlatch and remove the lower
left door assembly.
Figure 1 Lower left door assembly

6. Remove tray 1 or tray 2 feed assembly. Figure 3. REP 81.2 Tray 3 Paper Feed Assembly
1
Tray 1 feed assembly Remove the screws then Removal
the cover WARNING
WARNING
1. Pull out tray 3.
2. Remove tray 1 and the horizontal transport, REP 82.3.
3. Remove the paper feed assembly, Figure 1.
Tray 2 feed
assembly
2
Remove the screws then slide
the feeder out as required.
Figure 3 Removal
Replacement
2. To install the lower left door assembly. Install the three screws, close the door and align
the hinge with the marking on the frame. Secure the screws and check that the door
opens and closes correctly, Figure 1.
3. If new feed rolls are installed, reset the tray 1 or tray 2 feed count to zero. Refer to dC135 2 1
CRU / HFSI Status. Push Left, to reveal the harness. Remove the
screw.
Figure 1 Tray 3 feed assembly

4. Disconnect the harness, Figure 2. REP 81.3 Bypass Module
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Take care when removing the cover. The clips that secure the latch are easily broken.
1. Remove the bypass upper left door cover, Figure 1.
Latch. See CAUTION. 1

remove the top cover
5
Remove the upper
left door cover
1
Disconnect the harness 4
then slide the feed Release the top
assembly out. clip, then remove
the cover.
Replacement
1. Install the paper feed assembly and push the tray in slowly.
NOTE: Check that the tray does not touch the feed assembly.
3
2. If a new feed roll assembly is installed, reset the tray 3 feed count to zero. Refer to dC135 Remove 2 screws.
CRU / HFSI Status.
2
Remove 2 screws.
Figure 1 Bypass cover
2. Remove the left cover, PL 81.10 Item 2

3. Disconnect the PJs, harness clips and harness to nip D solenoid, Figure 2. 4. Release the bypass module, Figure 3.
4
Disconnect the nip D
solenoid connector.
1
Remove 3 harness clamp
screws marked A. 3 1
Disconnect 2 ground Remove 4 screws.
leads.
2
Disconnect harness

Figure 3 Bypass module

5. Remove the bypass module, Figure 4. REP 81.4 Tray 1 and Tray 2 Feed Rolls
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove tray 1 or tray 2 as required, REP 71.1.
2. Un-clip and release the guide, Figure 1.
2
Unhook the module
from the door then
remove the module.
1
Lift the bottom of the
assembly away from
the door. Press the clip to release the guide
Figure 4 Bypass module
Replacement
Figure 1 Release guide

3. Remove tray 1 or tray 2 feed rolls, Figure 2. Replacement
NOTE: The removal procedure is the same for tray 1 or tray 2. The feed and nudger rolls 1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
are the same diameter but the retard roll has a larger diameter. 2. Make sure that the tabs on the feed roll are located in the drive shaft.
3. Ensure that the guide is located correctly on the feeder assembly, Figure 3.
1
Lift the tab and remove Ensure that the location lugs
2 the nudger roll on the guide are positioned
3 Lift the tab and remove correctly
Lift the tab and remove the retard roll
the feed roll
Figure 2 Remove the feed rolls

Figure 3 Locate the guide
4. Check the registration, refer to dC625 Registration / Preheat calibration.

5. When new feed rolls are installed, reset the tray 1 or tray 2 feed count to zero. Refer to
dC135 CRU / HFSI Status.

REP 81.5 Tray 3 Feed Rolls REP 81.6 Bypass Tray Feed Rolls
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove tray 3 feed assembly, REP 81.2. 1. Remove the bypass tray cover, refer to REP 81.3.
2. Remove tray 3 feed rolls, Figure 1. 2. Remove the feed rolls, Figure 1.
1 4
Release the guide From underneath the
bypass tray assembly, lift
the tab and remove the
retard roll
2
Lift the tab and remove
the nudger roll
3
4 Lift the tab and remove
Lift the tab and remove the retard roll
the feed roll
Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2 1
3
2. Make sure that the tabs on the feed roll are located in the drive shaft. Lift the tab and remove Remove 1 screw and
Lift the tab and remove
3. Check the registration, refer to dC625 Registration / Preheat calibration. the nudger roll the feed roll plastic sensor retainer
4. When new feed rolls are installed, reset the tray 3 feed count to zero. Refer to dC135
CRU / HFSI Status. Figure 1 Remove feed rolls
Replacement
2. If a new nudger / feed and retard roll are installed, reset the bypass feed count to zero.
Refer to dC135 CRU / HFSI Status.

REP 81.7 Tray 5 Feed Rollers
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open the tray 5 door and allow the tray to move down.
2. Remove the nudger and the feed roller from the front. Slide the tray 5 module away from
the machine and remove the retard roller, Figure 1. 2
Lift the tab and slide 1
the nudger and feed 1 Lift the tab and slide the retard roll
roll off the drive shaft Lift the guide.
off the drive shaft
Replacement
2. Ensure that the tabs on the feed roll are located in the drive shaft.
3. Check the registration, refer to dC625 Registration / Preheat calibration.
4. If a new nudger / feed and retard roll are installed, reset the tray 5 feeds count to zero.
Refer to dC135 CRU / HFSI Status.

REP 81.8 Tray 1 or Tray 2 Feed Sensor 3. Remove tray 1 or tray 2 feed sensor, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2
Release the clips and
1. Remove the Tray 1 or tray 2 paper feed assembly REP 81.1, remove the sensor
1
Disconnect harness
Figure 2 Remove the feed sensor
Replacement
Press the clip to release the
guide
Figure 1 Paper guide
Ensure that the location lugs

on the guide are positioned
correctly
Figure 3 Locate the guide

REP 81.9 Tray 3 Feed Sensor 3. Remove tray 3 feed sensor, Figure 2.

Removal 1
Disconnect the
WARNING harness.
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Release the clips and
remove the sensor
WARNING
1. Remove tray 3 paper feed assembly, REP 81.2.
Replacement
1
Press tabs to release
cover
1
Ensure location lugs on guide
are positioned correctly.
Figure 1 Release guide
Figure 3 Position the cover

REP 81.10 Bypass Tray Empty Sensor REP 81.11 Tray 5 Feed Sensor
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the bypass tray upper left door cover, PL 70.30 Item 14. 1. Remove the top cover, PL 75.60 Item 10.
2. Remove the tray empty sensor, Figure 1. 2. Prepare to remove the tray 5 feed sensor, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect harness
3
1 2 Lift the upper feed
Disconnect the harness. Remove eight screws assembly top cover.
marked A.
2
Lift arm and remove sensor
Figure 1 Tray empty sensor
Replacement

3. Remove tray 5 feed sensor, Figure 2. 3. Make sure that the housing spring is positioned on top of the takeaway idler roller shaft
when the upper feed assembly top cover is installed, Figure 4.
Housing spring position

2 4. Make sure that the torsion chute spring is positioned on top of the chute upper insert, Fig-
Press the tabs to release the ure 5.
sensor
Figure 2 Remove the feed sensor
Replacement
2. Make sure that the torsion nudger spring on the paper feed assembly is in the correct
position, Figure 3.
Locate the torsion nudger

spring under the post
Figure 3 Spring location
Position the torsion chute spring on the

top of the chute

5. Check that the correct screw is used to attach the upper feed assembly top cover.

REP 81.12 Tray 5 Feed Motor REP 81.13 Nip D Release Solenoid
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the rear cover, PL 75.60 Item 9. 1. Remove the upper left door cover, PL 70.30 Item 14.
2. Remove tray 5 feed motor, Figure 1. 2. Remove the bypass top cover, PL 70.30 Item 9.
3. Remove the nip D release solenoid, Figure 1.
1
the nip release link arm.
NOTE: There is a spring
under the link arm.
1
Remove two screws
2
3
Remove the motor
2
3 Remove the 2 screws and
Disconnect the harness, ground lead.
then remove the nip D
release solenoid.
Figure 1 Remove the feed motor

Figure 1 Solenoid removal
Replacement
1. The replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement

REP 82.1 3 Tray Module Transport Motor REP 82.2 3 Tray Module Transport Drive Belt
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the rear cover, PL 70.25 Item 8. 1. Remove the rear cover, PL 70.25 Item 8.
2. Remove the 3 tray transport motor, Figure 1. 2. Remove the 3 tray module transport motor, REP 82.1.
NOTE: It is important to mark the position of the motor before the motor is removed. 3. Remove the transport drive belt, Figure 1.
5
Remove 4 screws. 4
Remove screw and
ground wire.
2
Mark the position of the motor. 3 1
Loosen the belt tension Remove the transport
1 screw. drive belt.
Disconnect harness.
Figure 1 3 tray module transport motor

Figure 1 Transport drive belt
Replacement
1. Relocate the 3 tray module transport drive belt. Replacement
2. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the motor is aligned
1. Reverse the removal procedure to replace the transport drive belt.
with the mark.
3. After completing the replacement procedure, perform the dC625 Registration / Preheat 2. After completing the replacement procedure, perform the dC625 Registration / Preheat
calibration. calibration.

REP 82.3 Tray 3 Horizontal Transport Assembly REP 82.4 Tray 3 Horizontal Transport Rolls
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
CAUTION 1. Remove the tray 3 horizontal transport assembly, REP 82.3.
Take care when removing tray 3 support bracket from its snap in mounting.
2. Remove horizontal transport assembly, Figure 1
Pull out the horizontal transport assembly
Figure 1 Remove transport assembly
Replacement

2. Prepare to remove the transport rolls, Figure 1. 3. Remove the takeaway rolls, Figure 2.
2
Remove the bearing,
drive gear and belt.
1 2
Remove the E-clip. Remove the transport rolls
from the tray 3 horizontal
1 transport.
Move the transport
rolls to the rear.
Figure 2 Remove the transport rolls
Replacement
1
Remove the E-
clip and bearing.

REP 82.5 Tray 5 Transport motor 3. Remove tray 5 transport motor, Figure 2.

Removal Ground wire
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the drives plate, Figure 1.
1 2
Remove two screws Remove the motor 1
Remove two screws
2
Remove E-clip Figure 2 Remove the transport motor
Replacement
3 2. Ensure that the ground wire terminal is located under the motor securing screw, Figure 2.
Loosen the screw to
release belt tensioner
4
Remove 2 screws
5
Disconnect both motor
harnesses
Figure 1 Remove the drives plate

REP 82.6 Tray 5 Transport Drive Belt 3. Remove the transport drive belt, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING 1
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Remove the drive
belt
2. Prepare to remove the drive belt, Figure 1.
1
Remove two screws
2
Remove E-clip
Figure 2 Remove the drive belt

3
Loosen the screw to
release belt tensioner
Replacement
4 2. Allow the tension idler to tension the belt and then tighten the screw, Figure 1.
Remove two screws
5
Release the motor assembly from the drive belt

REP 82.7 Tray 5 Takeaway Roller 6. Lift off the upper feeder assembly, then remove the lower feed assembly, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
3. Remove the transport drive belt, REP 82.6.
4. Disconnect the tray 5 door switch harness, PL 75.60 Item 6.
5. Prepare to remove the upper feeder assembly, Figure 1.
1 2
Lift the upper feed Remove the lower feed
assembly assembly
Figure 2 Remove lower feed assembly
7. Remove the one way pulley clutch, Figure 3.
4
Remove the E-clip
and bearing
3 2 1
Lift the upper feeder Remove two screws Remove two screws 3
assembly Remove the E-clip
and bearing
2
Remove the one way pulley clutch
1
Remove the E-clip
Figure 3 Remove the one-way pulley clutch

8. Remove the takeaway roller, Figure 4. REP 82.8 Confirm Sensor
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open the front door and remove the inner cover, PL 81.11 Item 2.
2. Pull out the marking engine, refer to Marking Unit Service Positions, GP 6.
3. Remove the marking engine plastic guide, Figure 1.
2
1 Remove the takeaway
Move the takeaway roller from the lower feed
roller to the rear assembly
Figure 4 Remove the takeaway roller
Replacement
2. Check that the cable routing is correct, Figure 1.
1
Remove 2 screws
Figure 1 Remove marking engine plastic guide

4. Remove the confirm sensor, Figure 2. REP 82.9 Vertical Transport
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the bypass tray upper left door cover, refer to REP 81.3.
3. Remove the left cover, PL 81.10 Item 2.
4. Remove the mid left door assembly hinge pin, PL 70.30 Item 22, then remove the mid left
door assembly, PL 70.30 Item 16.
5. Slide out the marking unit. GP 6.
6. Release the harness from the cable clips and disconnect the harness from the vertical
transport, Figure 1.
2
1 2
Remove 2 screws Disconnect harness
Figure 2 Remove Confirm sensor and bracket
Replacement
2. After completing the replacement procedure, perform the dC625 Registration / Preheat
calibration.
1
Release the harness
from the cable clamps.
Figure 1 Release the harness

7. Remove the vertical transport, Figure 2. 8. If required to install new components on the vertical transport, refer to Figure 3.
Mid door interlock Upper door interlock

switch. switch.
Vertical
Location transport
lugs motor.
Transport roller.
Transport roller.
Transport
roller.
2
Remove 8 screw marked with A.
1 Nip F drive belt.
Nip H drive belt.
Support the vertical transport.
3
Remove the vertical transport.
Figure 2 Release the vertical transport Figure 3 Vertical transport
Replacement
2. Ensure that the harness is correctly routed, refer to Figure 1.
3. Ensure that the vertical transport is correctly located in the location lugs, refer to Figure 2.
4. After completing the replacement procedure, perform the dC625 Registration / Preheat
calibration.

REP 83.1 Horizontal Paper Path Replacement
Parts List on PL 82.15 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. Hold the heat shield up. Locate the rear left hand V slots on the horizontal transport with
Removal
the guide on the top of the marking unit. Holding the unit level slide back in. Do not force
WARNING it, try to align the transport location holes with the location pins and it should fall into place.
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord 3. Run the relevant diagnostic routines, refer to GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines.
WARNING
2. Open the left hand upper door, PL 70.30.
3. Remove the horizontal paper path, Figure 1.
2 1
Remove the screws Disconnect harness
on the rear frame
4 3
Lift slightly and pull out the hori- Lift the heat shield and hold in
zontal transport the up position
Figure 1 Remove the horizontal paper path

REP 83.2 Duplex End Sensor, Nip C Solenoid and HPP 3. Remove the duplex end sensor, Figure 2.
Diverter Solenoid
Removal
WARNING
1
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord Move sensor
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity retainer to the left
WARNING
WARNING
2
Take care during this procedure. Motors will become hot during normal operation. Disconnect har-
1. Remove the horizontal paper path, REP 83.1. ness and remove
2. Prepare to remove the duplex end sensor, Figure 1. sensor
NOTE: Hold down the cover against the force of the spring when removing screws.
Figure 2 Duplex end sensor removal
1 2
Remove screws marked A. Remove the top cover.

4. Remove the nip C solenoid and HPP diverter solenoid, Figure 3. REP 83.3 Duplex Sensor (17)
Removal
WARNING
1 from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
Nip C solenoid
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the horizontal paper path, REP 83.1.
2 2. Prepare to remove the duplex sensor (17), Figure 1,
HPP diverter sole-
noid
Figure 3 Solenoid removal
Replacement
2. When replacing the top cover, place the assembly on a flat surface i.e. a desk with the
curled portion hanging off the desk.
3. Hold the top cover down in the correct position the entire time the screws are being
installed.
4. Install and tighten down the screws in each corner first, then install and tighten the
remaining screws. 1 2
5. Perform dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration. Remove screws marked A. Remove the cover.

3. Remove the duplex sensor from the underside of the top cover, Figure 2. REP 83.4 Horizontal Transport Motor
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
2
Remove sensor 1. Remove the horizontal paper path, REP 83.1.
2. Prepare to remove the motor, Figure 1.
2
Disconnect harness
1
Disconnect har-
ness
Figure 2 Duplex sensor (17) removal
Replacement
2. When replacing the top cover, place the assembly on a flat surface i.e. a desk with the
curled portion hanging off the desk.
3. Hold the top cover down in the correct position the entire time the screws are being 3 1
installed. Remove 3 screws Remove the screw
from the cover. and unclip the har-
4. Install and tighten down the screws in each corner first, then install and tighten the ness guide.
remaining screws.
5. Perform dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration.
Figure 1 Cover removal

3. Remove the motor, Figure 2. REP 83.5 Horizontal Transport Drive Belts And Takeaway
Rolls
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the horizontal paper path, REP 83.1.
2. Prepare to remove the duplex drive belts, Figure 1.
1
Remove 2 screws
Figure 2 Transport motor removal
Replacement
2 1
Open the Jam clearance door
Remove screws
3
Remove the door latch
Figure 1 Door latch removal

3. Remove the duplex drive belts and takeaway rolls, Figure 2. REP 89.1 Registration / Preheat Assembly and Lower
Platelet Assembly
1 Procedure
slide off the pulleys and belt WARNING
WARNING
Go to the relevant procedure:
Registration / Preheat Assembly Removal
Lower Platelet Assembly Removal
Registration / Preheat Assembly Removal
CAUTION
Do not touch the printheads.
CAUTION
Protect the surface of the drum with paper.
1. Open the front door. Remove the inner cover, PL 81.11 Item 2.
2. Remove the horizontal transport, REP 83.1.
2
Slide takeaway roll to front
of paper path to remove it
1
slide off the pulleys and belt
Figure 2 Drive belts and takeaway rolls removal

Replacement

3. Remove the registration transport, Figure 1. Replacement
2. Ensure the ribbon cable is routed and connected before installation, Figure 2.
1
Ribbon cable connected correctly.
1
Disconnect 4 harnesses
2
Ribbon cable routed correctly.
2 3
Remove the screw. Rotate and lift out the Registration
transport assembly.
Figure 2 Location of the ribbon cable
Figure 1 Registration transport removal

3. If the registration / preheat assembly does not seat properly, verify that the locating tab on
the rear of the registration / preheat assembly is correctly seated in the frame, Figure 3.
Correct seating position of

the locating tab in the frame
1
To open the cover assembly. Turn the
dial to align the hole on the dial with the
arrow, as shown.
2
Raise the cover
assembly.
Frame
3
Remove 1 screw.
Figure 3 Locating tab on rear of machine
4. When installing the horizontal transport leave the single mounting screw for the registra-
tion / preheat assembly loose. Use the top of the registration / preheat assembly as a
guide for when sliding the horizontal transport into position.Tighten the screw after the
horizontal transport is installed.
5. Enter diagnostics dC131 and enter NVM ID 435-13, 435-14 and 435-15 and reset the val-
ues to zero.
NOTE: Only perform step 5 if new parts (new registration / preheat assembly or new nip A
rollers) are installed and before the dC625 routine is run.
6. Run the relevant diagnostic routines, refer to GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines.
Lower Platelet Assembly Removal
1. Open the front door. Remove the inner cover, PL 81.11 Item 2.
2. Remove the lower platelet assembly, Figure 4. 5
Remove the lower plate
assembly.
4
Disconnect the connector.
Figure 4 Removal
Replacement

REP 89.2 Registration / Preheat Pumps REP 89.3 Registration / Preheat Assembly Nip A Kit
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
WARNING WARNING
1. To remove the upper air pump. 1. Remove the registration / preheat transport, REP 89.1.
a. Remove the registration / pre-heat transport, REP 89.1. 2. Remove the bearing cover, Figure 1.
b. Remove the pump cover, PL 88.10 Item 8.
c. Remove the registration / pre-heat air pump, PL 88.10 Item 5.
2. To remove the lower air pump.
a. Remove the lower air pump assembly. Refer to REP 10.7 and follow steps 1 and 2.
b. Remove the air pump cover, PL 88.10 Item 7.
c. Remove the registration / pre-heat air pump, PL 88.10 Item 5.
Replacement
2. If the registration / preheat assembly has been removed, perform the dC625 Registration
/ Preheat Calibration.
1
NOTE: W/TAG 018 machines do not have air pumps install as standard. However, the preheat Remove 4 screws.
installed.
These W/TAG 018 machines will have their NVM written (independent of software version) 2
such that PEST pump open faults 99-730 are not reported. This NVM will remain written across Disconnect the
software reloads and NVM initializations. To restore the PEST pump open fault NVM, perform ground harness.
the following:
1. Find the first unused NVM field in the range 498-002 through 498-017. The field is consid-
ered unused if its value is -1.
2. Write this field with the value 730.
3
Carefully unclip the cover
from the bearings.
Figure 1 Bearing cover removal

3. Remove the front nip A drive belt and roller, Figure 2. 4. Remove the rear nip A drive belt and roller, Figure 3.
2
Disengage the drive belt from the front motor.
1
Disengage the drive belt
from the rear motor.
3
Remove the front nip A roller in
the direction of the arrow.
Remove the drive belt. 2
1 Remove the rear nip A
Remove the KL-clip roller in the direction of the
and the 2 gears. arrow.
Figure 2 Front belt and roller removal Figure 3 Rear belt and roller removal
Replacement
2. Enter diagnostics dC131 and enter NVM ID 435-13, 435-14 and 435-15 and reset the val-
ues to zero.
NOTE: Only perform step 2 if new parts (nip A kit or new registration / preheat assembly)
are installed and before the dC625 routine is run.
3. Perform the dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration procedure.

REP 91.1 Carriage Drive Train 3. Disconnect the harnesses from the marking unit driver PWB, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Slide out the marking unit to the maintenance position, Refer to GP 6.
2. Remove the marking unit enclosure, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect PJ605 and PJ607.
2 1
Loosen 2 outer screws and
Remove the marking unit
remove the middle screw.
enclosure.
Figure 1 Enclosure removal

4. Remove the carriage drive train, Figure 3. REP 91.2 Vertical Gearbox and Motor
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
destroy the printhead.
2. Remove the marking unit cover, Figure 1.
1
Remove the screw, then
the upper carriage drive
gear.
2
Remove 3 screws then the
drive train.
Figure 3 Carriage drive train removal
Replacement
2. The screw thread is at an angle. Tabs on the gear stop prevent the screw from being
driven in straight, refer to Figure 3 step 1.
2 1
Loosen 2 outer screws and
Remove the marking unit
remove the middle screw.
cover.
Figure 1 Enclosure removal

3. Disconnect the PJ401 from the marking unit driver PWB, Figure 2. 4. Remove the vertical gearbox and motor, Figure 3.
1
Disconnect PJ401.
1
Remove 3 screws then the vertical
gearbox.
Figure 2 Disconnect harness Figure 3 Vertical gearbox removal
Replacement
2. To ensure the wiper is level:
a. Lower the head maintenance wiper by rotating the upper drive shaft until sufficient
clicking (belt jumping teeth is heard to assure horizontally level).
b. Rotate the upper drive shaft in the opposite direction until the belt clips are at the top
of the tracks.
c. Check that both front and rear belt clips are touching the upper end of the track limit.
Figure 4 shows the head maintenance wiper fitted level and not level.

REP 91.3 Head Maintenance Wiper
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not touch the wiper pads.
2. Move the head maintenance wiper shaft down to and out of the removal slots, Figure 1.
1 2 1
Example of the head maintenance wiper not level. Wiper drive shafts. Turn the upper drive shaft to lower
the wiper drive shafts.
2
Correctly seated and level head maintenance wiper.
Figure 4 Level head maintenance wiper
3. Ensure that both carriages are parked and the wiper is in the home position, all the way
up or down.
3 3
Removal slot. Removal slot.
Figure 1 Move the HM wiper shafts

3. Remove the head maintenance wiper shaft, Figure 2. 4. Remove the head maintenance wiper from shafts, Figure 3.
1
Remove the E-clip.
2
Slide the head mainte-
nance wiper off of the
drive shafts.
1
Remove the upper and lower
wiper shafts from the slots and
belt clips.
Figure 2 HM wiper removal Figure 3 Remove wiper

Replacement Figure 5 shows the head maintenance wiper fitted level and not level.
CAUTION 4. Ensure that both carriages are parked and the wiper is in the home position, all the way
up or down.
Ensure the head maintenance wiper is in the correct orientation with the wiper facing up, Fig-
ure 4.
2. Before installing the head maintenance wiper check the orientation of the wiper pads, Fig-
ure 4.
Wiper pads
Rear
Front
Arrow points towards printheads
1
Example of the head maintenance wiper not level.
Figure 4 Wiper orientation
3. To ensure the wiper is level:

a. Lower the head maintenance wiper by rotating the upper drive shaft until sufficient
clicking (belt jumping teeth is heard to assure horizontally level).
b. Rotate the upper drive shaft in the opposite direction until the belt clips are at the top 2
of the tracks. Correctly seated and level head maintenance wiper.
c. Check that both front and rear belt clips are touching the upper end of the track limit.
Figure 5 Level head maintenance wiper

REP 91.4 Front and Rear Tensioner Base 3. Release the tension springs, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
2. Lower the head maintenance wiper, Figure 1.
1
Release the tension
springs.
Figure 2 Spring release
1
To lower the head maintenance
wiper: Turn the upper drive shaft
until the belts slip.
Figure 1 Lower the head maintenance wiper

4. Remove the front and rear tensioner bases, Figure 3.
Front Belt
2 1
Remove the e-clip then the Remove the e-clip then
front tensioner base. the rear tensioner base.
Figure 3 Tensioner base removal
Replacement
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Rear Belt
2. Figure 4 shows the correct route for the front and rear belts.
up or down.
Figure 4 Belt routing

REP 91.5 Head Maintenance Belts and Belt Retainer Clips 3. Remove the head maintenance belt clips, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
1
To remove the clip lift the belt
1. Remove the head maintenance wiper, refer to REP 91.3 only perform the steps neces- over the tabs.
sary to remove the head maintenance wiper from the marking unit.
2. Remove the front and rear head maintenance belts, Figure 1.
1
Remove 2 E-clips, then the drive shaft.
Figure 2 Head maintenance belt clip
Replacement
2. The drive shaft is a tight fit in the vertical drive motor.
up or down.
3
Remove the front and rear
head maintenance belts.
2
Remove the E-clip and belt
pulley.
Figure 1 Head maintenance belt removal

REP 91.6 Head Maintenance Horizontal Motion Motor 3. Remove the wiper shuttling yoke, Figure 2.
Parts List on PL 91.15 NOTE: Keeping the wiper shuttling yoke and horizontal drive cable connected will make
reinstallation easier.
Removal
WARNING
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord 2 1
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity Push the cable guides Remove the e-clip
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. up to remove them. and pulley.
WARNING
CAUTION
2. Lower the head maintenance wiper, Figure 1.
3
Remove the wiper shuttling yoke
and horizontal drive cable.
Figure 2 Wiper shuttling yoke removal
1
To lower the head maintenance
wiper: Turn the upper drive shaft
until the belts slip.
Figure 1 Lower the head maintenance wiper

4. Remove the horizontal motion motor, Figure 3. REP 91.7 Marking Unit Upper Carriage
Removal
1
Remove the e-clip and WARNING
pulley. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
Remove 2 screws.
WARNING
3 CAUTION
Disconnect harness.
4 NOTE: Rotate the wiper drive shaft, move the head maintenance wiper to the front of the lower
Remove the motion printheads. This is to provide protection during the procedure. Move the head maintenance
motor. wiper back when the procedure is complete.
1. If possible print the initial test print pages, TP 1. These test pages are used to check the
print quality after the machine has been repaired. Refer to GP 37.
2. Remove upper printheads, REP 91.29.
Figure 3 Motion motor removal
Replacement
2. Figure 4 shows the correct wiper shuttling yoke position.
2
1 Ensure the cable sits in this slot.
Ensure the tab is located at the top left.
Figure 4 Wiper shuttling yoke position

up or down.

3. Disconnect the carriage harness, Figure 1. 4. Disconnect the umbilical from the carriage, Figure 2.
A
A
1
2 Disconnect harnesses from the stitch/roller motors.
A
Disconnect harnesses from the in- A
line connectors on the carriage
marked A and release the cable
clips. A
A
Figure 1 Disconnect harness 1

Use a bladed screwdriver to unclip the umbilical from the carriage. Insert
the screwdriver between the umbilical and carriage then rotate the blade to
release the umbilical (4 positions marked A).
Figure 2 Unclip the umbilical

5. Disconnect the ground lead, Figure 3. 6. Remove the marking unit upper carriage, Figure 4.
1 2
Remove the front and rear Remove the carriage by lifting off
e-clip and link. the front and rear pivot.
1
Remove the screw to Figure 4 Upper carriage removal
release the ground
lead.
Figure 3 Disconnect ground lead

Replacement REP 91.8 Upper Carriage Drive Shaft, Cranks, Upper Front
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. and Rear Compliant Links
2. Ensure all ground lead connections are firmly remade.
3. When installing a new carriage, ensure the shipping restraint clips are removed before
installation, Figure 5. Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Remove marking unit upper printheads, REP 91.29.
2. Remove marking unit upper carriage, REP 91.7.
3. Remove marking unit upper drive gear, Figure 1.
1
Remove both shipping 1
restraint clips. Remove the screw
then the drive gear.
Figure 5 Shipping restraint clips
4. Ensure the harnesses are routed correctly, refer to GP 28.

up or down.
Figure 1 Drive gear removal

4. Remove the upper carriage drive shaft, cranks and compliant links, Figure 2. REP 91.9 X Axis Drive Motor
1 Removal
Remove the E-clip.
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Remove the marking unit carriage, refer to REP 91.7 for upper carriage and REP 91.14
for lower carriage.
2. Remove the x axis drive motor, Figure 1.
2 3
Slide the shaft towards Remove the upper carriage
the front of the drive shaft.
machine.
Figure 2 Drive shaft assembly removal
Replacement
2. Ensure that the bearings are reinstalled at both ends of the drive shaft.
3. The drive gear screw is angled. Tabs on the gear prevent the screw from being driven in
at 90 degrees.
up or down.
1 2
Disconnect harness. Remove 3 screws.
Figure 1 Printhead motor removal

Replacement REP 91.10 Lower Carriage Drive Shaft, Cranks, Lower
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Front and Rear Compliant Links
2. Ensure the rotation stop is correctly located when securing the motor to the frame, Figure
2.
Removal
WARNING
Ensure the motor rotation stop WARNING
is located correctly onto the Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
frame.
CAUTION
1. Remove marking unit lower printheads, REP 91.29
2. Remove marking unit lower carriage, REP 91.14
3. Remove the lower drive gear, Figure 1.
Figure 2 Motor Location 1

Remove the screw
3. Run the relevant diagnostic routines, refer to GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines. then the drive gear.
Figure 1 Lower drive gear

4. Remove the lower carriage drive shaft, cranks and compliant links, Figure 2. REP 91.11 Service Loop
1 Removal
Remove the E-clip.
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
2. Remove the marking unit, REP 91.28.
2 3
Slide the shaft towards Remove the lower car-
the rear of the machine. riage drive shaft.
Figure 2 Drive shaft assembly removal
Replacement
2. Ensure that the bearings are reinstalled at both ends of the drive shaft.
3. The drive gear screw is angled. Tabs on the gear prevent the screw from being driven in
at 90 degrees.
up or down.

3. Release the service loop from the draw slide and cable clamps, Figure 1. 6. Remove the service loop, Figure 2.
1 2
Release cables from the cable clips. Disconnect the in-line connector.
Figure 2 Service loop removal
Replacement
1 2. Push the marking unit slides into the machine with the marking unit removed.
Remove the screws.
Figure 1 Release Service loop
4. Disconnect the following harnesses:

PJ 408, media path PWB.
PJ 603, drum driver PWB.
5. Remove the PSU, PL 1.15 Item 2.

CAUTION REP 91.12 Purge Line Filter
Take care not to insert twists into the cable during installation.
3. Install the service loop using the slides as a guide, Figure 3.
Removal
WARNING
1
Screw the service loop Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
to the draw slide. from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Remove the printheads, REP 91.29.
2. Remove the purge line filter, Figure 1.
2 2
Lay the service loop in its home position as 1
Push forward from the Disconnect the air
shown, then replace the cable clamps. tube.
rear then lift at the front.
Figure 3 Service loop replacement
4. Check the operation of the marking unit slides before replacing the marking unit assem-
Figure 1 Purge line filter removal
bly. Ensure it fully extends and that the service loop does not get trapped when the slides
are returned into the machine.
Replacement

2. Insert the 2 tabs on the filter into the black housing. Apply a slight downward force on the REP 91.13 Stitch / Roll Motor
filter while sliding the filter into the housing. Ensure there is no gap between the rear of
the cone and the front of the housing, refer to Figure 2. Check that the filter is securely Parts List on PL 91.20
held in the housing. Removal
3. If the umbilical snap feature breaks off during replacement of the filter, use the replace- WARNING
ment clip included with the replacement filter. If necessary, remove the cap from the filter, Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
Figure 2. from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
WARNING
1. Move the marking unit into the service position, GP 6.
2. If the roll or stitch motor is to be removed form the lower carriage assembly, also move the
lower printhead carriage into the maintenance position, GP 6.
3. Remove the relevant stitch adjust or roll adjust motor, Figure 1.
NOTE: The procedure for removing each motor is the same. The removal of printhead 2
roll adjust motor is shown in Figure 1. For clarity, printhead 2 is not shown.
Clip 1
Ensure the rear of the cone
Cap is against the front of the
housing. 1
2
Remove the retaining
clip, then remove the
stitch / roll motor.
Figure 1 Stitch / roll motor removal
Replacement

2. Verify the motor assembly cannot rotate relative to the carriage. REP 91.14 Marking Unit Lower Carriage
3. Check that there is no gap between the carriage and the motor face. If there is a gap,
check the guide pin is located in the hole.
4. Ensure that both carriages are parked and the wiper is in the home position, all the way Removal
up or down. WARNING
5. Run the relevant diagnostic routines, refer to GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
WARNING
CAUTION
NOTE: Rotate the wiper drive shaft, move the head maintenance wiper to the front of the upper
printheads. This is to provide protection during the procedure. Move the head maintenance
wiper back when the procedure is complete.
1. If possible print the initial test print pages, TP 1. These test pages are used to check the
print quality after the machine has been repaired. Refer to GP 37.
2. Remove lower printheads, REP 91.29.
NOTE: After the printheads are removed leave the carriage in the lower service position.

3. Disconnect the carriage harness, Figure 1. 4. Disconnect the umbilical from the carriage, Figure 2.
1
A Release the wiring
A from the top of the
umbilical.
1 A
2 Disconnect harnesses from the stitch/roller motors. A
Disconnect harnesses from the in- A
line connectors on the carriage A
marked A and release the cable
clips. 2
Use a flat bladed screwdriver to unclip the umbilical from the carriage. Insert the screw-
driver between the umbilical and carriage then rotate the blade to release the umbilical
(4 positions marked A).
Figure 1 Disconnect harness Figure 2 Unclip the umbilical

5. Disconnect the ground lead, Figure 3. 6. Remove the marking unit lower carriage, Figure 4.
1
Remove the carriage by unclipping
the front and rear links then lifting
out the carriage.
Figure 4 Lower carriage removal
1
Remove the screw to release the
ground lead.
Figure 3 Disconnect ground lead

Replacement REP 91.15 Ink Loader Assembly
2. Ensure all ground lead connections are firmly remade.
Removal
3. When installing a new carriage, ensure the shipping restraint clips are removed before
installation, Figure 5. WARNING
WARNING
3. Remove the ink loader access cover rear, PL 81.10 Item 7. The cover is secured by a clip
on the left side, Figure 1.
Ink loader access

cover rear.
1
Remove both shipping
restraint clips.
1
Release the clip then remove the
cover towards the rear.
Figure 5 Shipping restraint clips
4. Ensure the harnesses are routed correctly, refer to GP 28. Figure 1 Release the access cover
up or down.

4. Remove the ink loader backup cover, PL 81.10 Item 8 and ink loader top, PL 81.10 Item 5. Disconnect the media path driver PWB, Figure 3. See note.
6. Refer to Figure 2.
Note: View on the underside of the media

path driver PWB.
3
Remove 3 screws
marked A.
4 2
Remove the ink 2 1 Feed the cable through the
loader top by lifting at Remove 2 Disconnect PJ406. machine frame and release from
the rear then sliding screws. the cable clips.
to the front.
1
Remove 2 screws, then remove the ink
loader backup cover.
Figure 2 Ink loader backup cover and top cover

6. Disconnect the ink loader upper assembly, Figure 4. 7. Release the ink loader bracket, PL 81.10 Item 9, Figure 5.
1
Remove 2 screws
Figure 5 Release the ink load bracket

1 2
Disconnect the harness. Remove the screw. 8. Remove the ink loader upper assembly, Figure 6.
1
Slide from the top and allow the
assembly to move downwards
Figure 4 Disconnect the assembly
2
Support at the bottom
Figure 6 Ink loader upper assembly removal
Replacement

2. Ensure that the locating pins on the ink loader upper assembly are fully seated into the REP 91.16 Ink Loader Melt Plate Assembly
holes in the chassis, Figure 7.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not break off the partial used ink block. Do not re-use the partial used ink blocks.
1. Remove the ink loader assembly, REP 91.15.
2. Remove the ink loader melt plate assembly, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect the 4
Align the pins on the heater harnesses and
ink loader upper the single thermistor
assembly with the harness.
holes in the frame
Figure 7 Ink loader locating pins
CAUTION
Do not re-use partially melted ink sticks as this may result in cross contamination of the ink
melt reservoir.
3. Check the following to reset the ink level:
a. If you replace part of the ink loader upper assembly and leave the ink level close to
the original (within one ink stick of each color), there is no need to interact with the
NVM values. This should be the majority of cases.
b. If you replace part of the ink loader upper assembly and are going to power up the
machine with a big difference from the original ink level (over one ink stick of a given
color), do the following:
2
Remove 2 retaining clips, then
i. Remove all of the ink sticks from the ink loader upper assembly. the ink loader melt plate
ii. Power up the machine, which will reset the NVM values to zero. assembly.
iii. Reload the ink sticks.
This scenario would also apply for cases where the ink level gauges on the UI are
way off (the NVM values have been corrupted). If the NVM values have been cor- Figure 1 Melt plate assembly removal
rupted, refer to OF 9 Ink Stick Count Mismatch.

Replacement REP 91.17 Ink Load Sensor Assembly
2. The 4 heater harnesses are colour coded to the corresponding letter on the ink melt plate
assembly. Ensure the correct harness is connected to the correct colour.
Removal
3. When installing the retaining clips, ensure that the slots on the base of the clips are fully WARNING
seated on the plastic tabs on the new ink melt plate assembly, Figure 2. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Record the location of the ink load entry PWB connectors before disconnecting them.
2. Remove the ink load sensor assembly, Figure 1.
1
Remove 4 screws
marked A.
1
Ensure the clips are seated over the locating
tabs on the ink melt plate assembly. A 2
Release the metal
retaining clip and
remove the ink key plate
A motor.
A
Figure 2 Clip alignment
4. Refer to the replacement of the ink loader assembly REP 91.15, to reset the ink levels.
A
3
Disconnect 3 PJs 901,
601 and 301.
Figure 1 Ink load sensor assembly

Replacement REP 91.18 Ink Transport Motor and Drive Gear
2. Take care not to bump or damage the plastic flags on the assembly while inserting it
under the belts.
Removal
3. When reinstalling the key plate motor, ensure the locator pin is seated correctly before WARNING
installing the retaining clip. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
4. Ensure that the motor harness is connected to the motor before reinstallation. from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
5. Refer to the replacement of the ink loader assembly REP 91.15, to reset the ink levels. can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
6. Verify that the key plate moves by entering one of the following diagnostics codes 93-051, WARNING
93-052 or 93-053. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury.
WARNING
2. Remove the ink transport motor, cover and gear, Figure 1.
1
Remove 3 screws and
the cover.
2
Disconnect harness.
3
Remove the drive
gear and motor.
Figure 1 Transport motor removal
NOTE: After removal, inspect the compound gear pin and boss for cracks or damage,
Figure 2.

Replacement REP 91.19 Ink Low Sensor Assembly
2. Refer to Figure 2. Use NYE Rheolube grease PL 26.11 Item 4 to grease the following
points before reinstalling:
Removal
a. Worm gear. WARNING
b. Compound gear boss. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
c. Drive shaft.
d. Ink transport drive cover shaft hole.
e. Ink transport drive gear, PL 93.10 Item 6.
WARNING
A WARNING
Worm gear. Do not touch the ink loader melt plates while the machine is switched on. Dangerous
2. Disconnect PJ601 from the ink load entry PWB, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect PJ601.
C D
Ink transport drive Drive shaft.
cover shaft hole.
B
Compound gear boss.
Figure 2 Grease points

3. Remove sensor assembly, Figure 2. REP 91.20 Ink Reservoir Assembly
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
the ink low sensor CAUTION
assembly. Do not touch the exposed face of the printheads. Surface contamination or minor damage can
CAUTION
The drum is exposed when the marking unit is pulled out.
CAUTION
Allow 30 minutes for the umbilicals and reservoir to cool down before starting this repair. It
takes 30 minutes for the ink to solidify.
1. Slide out the marking unit to the maintenance position, refer to GP 6.
2. Remove the side and umbilical end insulation from the ink reservoir, Figure 1.
1
Remove the umbilical end
insulation.
Figure 2 Sensor assembly removal

2
Replacement Remove the side insulation.
2. Refer to the replacement of the ink loader assembly REP 91.15, to reset the ink levels.
Figure 1 Insulation removal

3. Disconnect the upper and lower umbilicals from the ink reservoir, Figure 2. 4. Remove the marking unit enclosure, Figure 3.
1
the umbilical clamp.
2
Disconnect the
umbilicals from the
ink reservoir.
3
Remove the gasket from
the ink reservoir or from
the umbilical.
2 1
Remove the enclosure. Loosen 2 outer screws then remove
the middle screw.
Figure 2 Umbilical removal Figure 3 Marking unit enclosure removal

5. Disconnect PJ201 from the marking unit heater PWB and PJ801 from the marking unit 6. Remove the ink reservoir, Figure 5.
driver PWB, Figure 4.
NOTE: A new marking unit heater PWB to solenoid patch PWB harness is supplied with a
new ink reservoir.
1 2
Disconnect PJ201. Disconnect PJ801 (see NOTE).
3 2 1
Remove 2 screws, then lift the ink Disconnect PJ760 and Disconnect upper and
reservoir to remove it. PJ630 from the sole- lower purge hoses.
noid patch PWB.
Figure 5 Ink reservoir removal

7. Take note of the routing of the harness. Remove the old marking unit driver PWB to sole- 7. Ensure that the umbilicals are seated correctly, Figure 7.
noid patch PWB harness from the marking unit.
Replacement
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 1
2. Ensure the new marking unit heater PWB to solenoid patch PWB harness is correctly Ensure the top of the umbilical con-
routed along the marking unit. nector is level with or slightly below
the top of the side insulation,
3. Ensure that the ink debris is cleared away from the purge hose connections before
as shown by the dashed line.
removing or re-attaching the hoses to the reservoir.
4. Ensure that the purge hoses are located correctly and that the rib on the tube points
towards the drum, Figure 6.
Figure 7 Umbilical seating

Ribs
8. Firmly tighten the screws on the umbilical clamp, failure to do so can result in ink leaks.
CAUTION
Failure to properly prime the new umbilical will lead to permanent damage to the ink reservoir
and the new umbilical.
NOTE: Only perform Step 9 if a new umbilical has been installed at the same time as the ink
reservoir. If only the ink reservoir has been replaced then go to Step 10 and do not run dC976.
9. Power the machine directly into IME diagnostics mode, refer to GP 1. This will prevent the
thermals from warming up and delivering / pumping ink from the reservoir through the
umbilicals. When the machine has booted into IME diagnostics mode, log into diagnostics
and perform dC976 Ink Delivery Fault Recovery, to prime the umbilicals.
A B
Lower purge hose pair. Upper purge hose pair.
Figure 6 Air tube replacement
5. When replacing the umbilical, ensure that there is only one silicone gasket between the
ink reservoir and umbilical.
CAUTION
Do not use a metal tool to clean the interface area between the umbilical and ink reservoir.
Doing so may cause ink leakage.
6. Ensure there is no ink debris between the ink reservoir and the umbilical before connec-
tion.

REP 91.21 Reservoir Pump 5. Remove the reservoir pump, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
4. Disconnect PJ130 and the air tube from the ink reservoir assembly, Figure 1.
1
Remove the screw from the under-
side of the ink reservoir then
remove the reservoir pump.
Figure 2 Reservoir pump removal
Replacement
2. Perform dC976 Ink Delivery Recovery.
1
Disconnect PJ130.
2
Disconnect the centre air
pipe air pipe.
Figure 1 Disconnect harness and air tube.

REP 91.22 IOD Assembly 5. Protect the underside of the drum with media to prevent damage.
6. Remove the IOD assembly, Figure 2.
Removal
WARNING
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Use a small screw driver
under the frame near the clip.
WARNING Rotate the screw driver blade
Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. to pop the clip out of the hole.
Rotate the IOD assembly
CAUTION counterclockwise to remove
Use care when working near the drum. The drum can be damaged easily, which will cause it.
4. Remove abatement plenum, Figure 1. 1
Disconnect harness and
tuck it under the cleaning
unit camshaft.
Figure 2 IOD assembly removal
2
1 Remove the abatement
Remove 3 screws and the plenum.
lever assembly. Note the
position of the bearing.
Figure 1 Abatement plenum removal

Replacement 5. When refitting the plenum. Ensure that the location lug on the plenum aligns with the pin
on the rear frame, Figure 4.
CAUTION
Do not disconnect and reconnect the flex cables at the IOD PWB. The flex cables are easily
2. Position the front of the IOD even with the back of the IOD, lying over the cable harness.
Slide the assembly into place, allowing the IOD to rotate up and into position, Figure 3.
NOTE: If the assembly begins to bind/wedge during installation, stop and pull the assem-
bly back. Then restart the installation.
Rear
2
3 Align the plenum with the
1 support pin
Push the plenum
1 Pull the handle into position
Line the IOD up with the track
guides, then push and rotate to
install.
Figure 4 Install the plenum
Front
Figure 3 IOD replacement
3. Press the retainer clip to seat it into its hole in the IME chassis.
4. Connect the harness. Ensure the connector is fully seated.

REP 91.23 Front and Rear Track Guide 3. Remove the drum and abatement fan assembly from the rear of the machine, Figure 2.

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the IOD assembly, REP 91.22.
2. Remove the front track guide, Figure 1.
1
Disconnect harnesses.
2
Remove the screw then the
drum and abatement fan
assembly.
Figure 2 Drum and abatement fan removal
1 2
Remove 2 gold screws. Remove the front track guide
from behind the front bracket.
Figure 1 Front track guide removal

4. Remove the rear track guide, Figure 3. REP 91.24 Drum Drive Motor and Belt
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
2. Remove the drum and abatement fan assembly from the rear of the machine, Figure 1.
1
2 Remove 2 gold screws.
Remove the rear track guide
from the inside of the machine.
Figure 3 Rear track guide removal
Replacement
CAUTION
Do not over tighten the screws as the track guide will crack. 1
2 Disconnect harness.
2. Run the relevant diagnostic routines, refer to GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines. Remove the screw then lift
and remove the abatement
fan assembly.
Figure 1 Drum and abatement fan removal

CAUTION 4. Remove the drum drive motor, Figure 3.
Take care when releasing or tensioning the drive belt not to trap or damage the adjacent wiring
harness.
CAUTION 3
Ensure that the inside surface of the drive belt does not become contaminated with oil, ink or Unhook the spring from
the lever.
paper debris during removal or installation. Clean the drive belt as necessary, refer to GP 27.
3. Remove the drum drive belt, Figure 2.
4
Remove the e-clip.
1
Release the tension on
the belt by pulling the
lever down and rotating
the drum drive motor.
2 5
Disconnect the top Rotate the drum drive motor in
harness from the an anti clockwise direction then
drum drive motor.
1 remove it from the shaft.
2 from the PSU.
Remove the belt from
the drum pulley.
Figure 3 Drum drive motor removal

3
Remove the belt from Replacement
the drum drive motor.
2. Before installing the drum drive belt, clean the drum pulley, PL 94.20 Item 3. Refer to GP
27.
Figure 2 Drum drive belt removal

3. When installing the motor, first rotate it counter clockwise before pushing onto the shaft. REP 91.25 Drum and Front Drum Frame Assembly
Refer to Figure 4.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
3. Remove the horizontal paper path assembly, REP 83.1.
4. Remove the exit paper path assembly, REP 10.20.
5. Remove the registration / preheat assembly, REP 89.1.
NOTE: Removing the marking unit is optional. If space to store the marking unit is limited then
the unit can be left in the machine. But the removal does allow more space to remove the drum
unit.
1 6. Remove the marking unit, REP 91.28.
Rotate the drum drive motor then push it 7. Remove the transfix roll, REP 10.1.
onto the shaft. The motor should slide on
without snagging. 8. Remove the IOD front track guide, REP 91.23.
9. Remove the front drum fan shroud, PL 94.20 Item 7.
10. Remove the front drum thermistor, REP 91.35.
11. Remove the drum position encoder, REP 91.30.
Figure 4 Motor installation 12. Remove the stripper blade and store in a safe place. Refer to REP 10.21.
13. Cover the drum with the drum protector, PL 94.20 Item 13.
CAUTION
14. Remove the drum pulley, REP 91.34.
Ensure that the inside surface of the drive belt does not become contaminated with oil, ink or
paper debris during removal or installation. Clean the drive belt as necessary, refer to GP 27. 15. Remove the rear drum thermistor, REP 91.35.
4. Ensure the ribbed side of the belt faces inward when replacing it. 16. Unplug the front transfix motor harnesses, REP 10.4.
5. Check when tensioning the drive belt not to trap or damage the adjacent wiring harness.

17. Install the removal drum alignment tool on the rear of the drum prior to removal, Figure 1. 18. Prepare to remove drum and front drum frame assembly, Figure 2.
4
Remove 2
recessed long
screws.
1 3
Align the hole in the tool Remove 2 screws.
with the guide pin.
2
Remove screw. If
transfix linkage is
obstructing the
2 removal, rotate the
Tighten the T30 screw to transfix drive screw,
secure the tool 1 5, until it no longer
Remove 2 screws (T30). High torque is obstructs the screw.
required to remove the screws.
Figure 1 Drum alignment tool


CAUTION 20. Release the drum from the front drum frame assembly, Figure 4.
If the marking unit has not been removed. Take care not to contact the printheads with the NOTE: Use the top section of the replacement drum packaging to support the old drum.
drum during removal.
This will help to keep the drum stable during the separation.
19. Remove drum and front drum frame assembly, Figure 3.
1
Support the rear
underside of the
drum with right
hand through the
opening.
1 2
3 2 Remove 3 screws. Separate the drum and front
Remove the drum and Hold front assembly drum frame assembly.
front drum frame assem- with left hand.
bly by pulling them away
from the rear assembly.
Figure 3 Removal Figure 4 Release the drum
Replacement
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Observe the following points at the
appropriate steps.
NOTE: High pressure bearing grease, PL 26.11 Item 3, is used in the following locations.
Drum bearing housing in the front drum frame casting.
Drum pulley bearing housing in the rear drum frame casting.
Outside diameter of the transfix roller bearing holder at the front of the transfix roller.
During normal removal and replacement the existing bearing grease used during manufacture
will be sufficient. Only apply grease when both sides of any bearing surface are being
replaced, or if the surfaces have been wiped clean. Apply the grease very sparingly.
1. A replacement drum will have a drum protector and drum alignment tool supplied with the
drum. Install these items onto the drum before installing the drum.
2. Attach the drum to the front drum frame assembly.

NOTE: When installing new drum assembly, the three screw holes referenced in Figure 4
are not pre-tapped. There will be resistance when the screws cut new threads. Ensure the
screws are fully seated.
CAUTION
If the marking unit has not been removed. Take care not to contact the printheads with the
drum during the replacement.
Take care not to contact the drum or pinch the encoder wiring when installing the front frame
assembly.
3. Place the drum and front frame assembly in the machine.
4. Reinstall the screws in the front assembly, Figure 5. Before tightening all the screws,
ensure the pin and bearing are seated correctly, Figure 6. Open and close the stripper
gate, GP 31 checking that the stripper latch mechanism moves freely, Figure 6. If not then
loosen the screws and correct the location of the latching arm before tightening the
screws.
2
Pin seated correctly.
1
3 Bearing seated correctly.
Manually rotate the latch
camshaft to verify that the
4 latching mechanism
Install the screw. slides freely.
4
Replace 2 long
screws.
Figure 6 Correct seating
3 5. Remove the drum pulley replacement tool.

Replace 2 screws. 6. Replace the drum pulley, REP 91.34.
7. Reinstall the drum drive motor and belt, REP 91.24. Ensure the inner belt surface and
outer pulley surface are thoroughly cleaned before replacement.
8. Reinstall the rear drum thermistor, REP 91.35.
9. Reinstall the stripper blade. Check that the blade cover is sitting in the guide at the rear of
2 the machine, REP 10.21.
1 Replace screw 10. Reinstall the drum encoder, REP 91.30.
Replace 2 screws (T30). 11. Reinstall the front drum thermistor, REP 91.35.
12. Reinstall the front shroud, PL 94.20 Item 7.
13. Reinstall the front IOD track guide, REP 91.23.
14. Reinstall the IOD assembly, cleaning unit latch handle and abatement plenum, REP
Figure 5 Screw Replacement 91.22. Check that the harness is connected.
15. Remove the protective drum cover, PL 94.20 Item 13.
16. Connect the harnesses on the front transfix motor, REP 10.4.
17. Reinstall the transfix roll, REP 10.1.
18. Reinstall the transfix blade, REP 10.6.

19. Reinstall the marking unit if removed, REP 91.28. REP 91.26 Marking Unit Slide Assembly
20. Reinstall the registration transport, REP 89.1.
21. Reinstall the exit transport, REP 10.20.
22. Reinstall the horizontal paper path transport, REP 83.1.
Removal
23. Boot up the machine directly into IME diagnostics mode, GP 1. WARNING
24. Run the relevant diagnostic routines, refer to GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
25. If a new drum was installed. Enter dC131 NVM Read/Write location 492-70 Prints On This
Drum and reset the value to zero. can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
CAUTION
3. Remove marking unit assembly, REP 91.28.
4. Remove marking unit fan, PL 1.15 Item 23.
5. Prepare to remove drawer slide assembly, Figure 1.
1
Remove service
loop from the
slide.
2
Remove 2 screws
then the cross brace.

6. Remove slide drawer assembly, Figure 2. REP 91.27 Cleaning Unit Motor Assembly and Home
Sensor
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1. Remove the rear covers, PL 81.10 Item 1.
2. Remove the rear drum fan shroud, PL 94.20 Item 5.
3. Lower the power supply. Removing the 4 screws that restrain the power supply. Lift the
power supply so the supporting hooks are no longer seated then lower the power supply
onto the machine base. It is not necessary to disconnect the power supply wiring for this
procedure.
4. Remove the cleaning unit motor assembly, Figure 1.
1
Remove 2 screws.
1 2
Extend the drawer slide to align Remove 3 screws then remove the
apertures with screw heads. drawer slide.
Figure 2 drawer slide removal
Replacement
2. Take care not to insert any twists into the cable, refer to Figure 1 for correct cable route.
2
Disconnect the harnesses,
then remove the motor
assembly.

5. If necessary, remove the cleaning unit home sensor, PL 94.10 Item 17 from the motor REP 91.28 Marking Unit Assembly
assembly.
Replacement
Removal
2. After reinstalling the power supply, ensure there are no wires trapped between the rear of WARNING
the power supply and the machine frame. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
WARNING
CAUTION
NOTE: If the frame has been damaged then the enclosure assembly is available as a spare,
PL 91.10 Item 12. The marking unit components can be transferred to a new marking unit
enclosure by following the appropriate repairs.
1. Open front door.


4. Disconnect the harnesses and ground lead to the rear of the marking unit, Figure 1. 5. Remove the right marking unit securing screws, Figure 2.
1
Remove 2 screws.
2 1
Remove the ground
Disconnect 5 harnesses.
lead.
Figure 1 Disconnect harnesses Figure 2 Remove screws

6. Remove the left marking unit securing screws, Figure 3. CAUTION
Do not touch the printhead faces.
7. Remove the marking unit, Figure 4.
1 2
Remove the screw. 1
Remove the screw.
Lift from the left side of the marking unit to avoid
damage to the printheads. Lift the marking unit
using front and rear handles.
Figure 3 Remove screws
Figure 4 Marking unit removal

Replacement REP 91.29 Printhead
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Parts List on PL 91.20, PL 91.25
2. When locating the marking unit onto the rails line up the service loop so that it goes
though the gap between the reservoir and marking unit, refer to Figure 5.
General Guidelines
Be aware of the following:
Do not use printheads as troubleshooting tools. Do not install, then remove the new print-
head.
When unpacked, install the new printhead immediately.
Complete, then return the checklist supplied with the new printhead.
Two types of printhead and cables can be installed in the machine. Refer to GP 46 to
identify both types. This procedure is clearly marked where a step is relevant to a specific
type of printhead.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
destroy the printhead. Keep hot printheads level.
1. Open front door.
1 3. Slide out the marking unit to the maintenance position, Refer to GP 6.
Line up the service loop with the gap
between the reservoir and the marking unit. NOTE: For lower printheads, move the lower carriage into its service position to allow
access to the harness connections, refer to GP 6.
Figure 5 Marking unit replacement

4. Type A printhead only. Release the cable clips from the relevant flex cables, Figure 1. 5. Type A printheads only. Disconnect the flex cables, Figure 2.
Flex cable Release the fixing tab, then slide the clip
up and along the flex cable.
Figure 1 Clip removal (type A)
1
Release clips.
2
Rotate forward then lift to disconnect
flex cable.
Figure 2 Cable disconnection (type A)

6. Type B printheads only. Disconnect the flex cables, Figure 3. NOTE: Hooks on the printhead will prevent it from falling after the screws are loosened.
1
Disconnect the harness marked A.
2
Disconnect the flex cable.
2
Support the printhead by the black
insulation and undo the 2 screws.
Undo each screw a little at a time
1 until the printhead becomes free.
Carefully raise the latch.
Figure 4 Printhead removal

Figure 3 Cable disconnection (type B)
8. Set the printhead down on a level surface.
7. Remove the printhead, Figure 4.

CAUTION 6. Type A printheads only. Connect the flex cables, Figure 6.
Do not adjust the ball plate screws (A), Refer to Figure 5.
1
Line up the legs behind the
receptacle.
A 2
A Rotate back until the connector
clips into place.
Figure 5 Ball plate screws
Replacement 3
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Correctly connected flex cable.
NOTE: If a type A printhead is being replaced with a type B printhead the following new
cables will also need to be installed:
Video cable (type B) PL 92.10 Item 7
Wave amp cable (type B) PL 92.10 Item 8
CAUTION
Failure to do the following may result in printhead or drum damage.
2. Remove the faceplate cover and umbilical port cover from a new printhead.
3. If there is solidified ink on the umbilical nozzles, carefully remove the ink.
4. Gently push in on printhead when starting screws.
5. When screwing the printhead back onto the carriage start by rotating the left screw 2 rev-
Figure 6 Cable connection (type A)
olutions, then alternate between the screws doing about 2 revolutions per screw.

7. Type A printheads only. Secure the flex cables with the cable clips, Figure 7. 8. Type B printheads only. Connect the flex cables, Figure 8.
Press down on the outside 1

edges of the clip to install. Line up the connector.
Carefully push the
connector until it
latches into place.
The clip tab will snap into position to

indicate the correct installation.
2
Correctly connected
flex cable.
Figure 7 Reinstall the cable clips
Figure 8 Cable connection (type B)

CAUTION
Failure to do the following may result in printhead or drum damage.
9. If reinstalling the same printhead in the same position, boot the machine directly into IME
diagnostics mode, GP 1. When the machine has booted into IME diagnostics mode, log
into diagnostics and perform dC967 to check head to drum spacing.
NOTE: Booting into IME diagnostics will prevent the normal power up / docking
sequence.
up or down.
NOTE: New printheads may not have all sections of NVRAM initialized. This may cause a
fault when the machine is switched on, refer to 91-519-00 to 91-522-00, 91-655-00 to 91-
658-00, 91-683-00 to 91-690-00, 91-807 to 91-811-00 Printhead NVM Read or Write Error
RAP. These faults will be cleared after performing dC972.

REP 91.30 Drum Position Encoder Assembly Replacement
Parts List on PL 94.20 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
2. Orientate the encoder as shown in Figure 2. Feed the harness through the centre of the
Removal encoder and align the drum heater bar with the centre opening.
WARNING
WARNING
1. Open front door.
3. Remove the front drum shroud, PL 94.20 Item 7.
CAUTION
Do not remove gold coloured screws from the encoder.
4. Remove the drum position encoder, Figure 1.
4
Pull encoder away
Figure 2 Encoder replacement
from the drum. Feed
the harness through
the centre of the 3. Rotate the encoder until the screw holes line up and then press it on fully in this orienta-
encoder. tion.
4. Replace the lower and upper left screws. Replace the grounding plate, along with the cen-
tre and upper right screws.
5. Reconnect the harness.
6. Ensure the wiring is not pinched when replacing the ground plate and screw, Figure 1.
2 3
1 Remove 3 silver coloured 7. Run the relevant diagnostic routines, refer to GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines.
Remove the ground plate
Disconnect harnesses. and centre screw, A. screws. See CAUTION.
Do not remove gold coloured
screws.
Figure 1 Encoder removal

REP 91.31 Umbilical Assembly
Parts List on PL 91.20 A A
A
Removal
WARNING A A
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Allow 30 minutes for the umbilicals and reservoir to cool down before starting this repair. It
takes 30 minutes for the ink to solidify.
1. Slide out the marking unit to the maintenance position, refer to GP 6. A
2. Remove the upper or lower printheads as required, REP 91.29.
1
NOTE: For lower printheads, move the lower carriage into its service position to allow access Disconnect harnesses from the stitch/roll adjust motors, carriage and the end of
to the harness connections, refer to GP 6. the umbilical, Refer to locations marked A.
3. Release the wiring harness from the required umbilical, Figure 1.

4. Remove the required umbilical from the carriage, Figure 2. 5. Remove the side and end insulation from around the umbilical on the ink reservoir, Figure
3.
1
Release the wiring
1
from the top of the Remove the umbilical end
umbilical. insulation and plastic sur-
round.
A
A
A
A 2
Remove the side insulation.
2
Use a flat bladed screwdriver to unclip the umbilical from the carriage. Insert the screw-
driver between the umbilical and carriage then rotate the blade to release the umbilical
(4 positions marked A).
Figure 2 Unclip the umbilical

Figure 3 Insulation removal

6. Remove the required umbilical, Figure 4. 7. Remove the purge hoses from the reservoir, Figure 5.
1
the umbilical clamp.
Lower Umbilical Upper Umbilical
2
Disconnect the required
umbilical and remove it
from the machine.
A B
Lower purge Upper purge
hose pair. hose pair.
Rib
1
Remove the required purge
hose pair.
Figure 4 Umbilical removal Figure 5 purge hose removal
Replacement
2. Ensure that the ink debris is cleared away from above and around the purge hose con-
nections before removing or re-attaching the hoses to the reservoir.
3. Ensure that the purge hoses are located correctly and that the rib on the tube points
towards the drum, refer to Figure 5.
4. When replacing umbilicals, ensure that there is only one gasket between the umbilical
and the ink reservoir (new umbilicals come with a gasket installed).
5. Ensure there is no ink debris between the ink reservoir and the umbilical before connec-
tion.

6. Ensure that the umbilicals are seated correctly, Figure 6. REP 91.32 Cleaning Unit Cam Shaft Assembly
Removal
1
Ensure the top of the umbilical con- WARNING
nector is level with or slightly below Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord
the top of the side insulation, from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity
as shown by the dashed line. can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
WARNING
4. Remove the cleaning unit cam shaft, Figure 1.
Figure 6 Umbilical seating
7. Firmly tighten the screws on the umbilical clamp, failure to do so can result in ink leaks.
up or down.
9. Ensure the harnesses are routed correctly, refer to GP 28. 3
CAUTION Pull outward and rotate until the drive
1 pin is released from the gear slot at
Failure to properly prime the new umbilical will lead to permanent damage to the ink reservoir
Remove e-clip the rear.
and the new umbilical. and bearing.
10. Power the machine directly into IME diagnostics mode, refer to GP 1. This will prevent the 2
thermals from warming up and delivering / pumping ink from the ink reservoir through the Lift shaft at front until the front cam
umbilicals. When the machine has booted into IME diagnostics mode, log into diagnostics clears the machine frame, then
and perform dC976 Ink Delivery Fault Recovery, to prime the umbilicals. remove the washer.
NOTE: If a new umbilical has been installed then run the routine a second time. A single
Figure 1 Cam shaft removal
priming routine may not be sufficient in all cases.
11. Run the relevant diagnostic routines, refer to GP 37 Post Part Replacement Routines. Replacement

2. Before installing a new camshaft, ensure that the slot in the drive gear is aligned with the 4. Lower the camshaft into place at the front of the machine. Align the washer with the
slot in the machine frame, Figure 2. machine frame, at the same time as aligning the locating tags on the bottom of the lock
mount with the holes in the machine frame, Figure 3.
1
Ensure the driver gear is aligned
with the slot in the machine
frame.
2
Align the camshaft with the slot in 1 2
the machine frame. Ensure the Cam lock locator and hole.
Place the washer on the shaft, then lower the
longer side of the drive pin is
shaft into place. Ensure the cam lock is seated
pointing to the right.
correctly and that the washer is seated cor-
rectly in the frame.
Figure 2 Camshaft alignment

Figure 3 Camshaft relocation
3. Ensure that the black cam on the new camshaft points towards the rear of the machine.
Align the drive pin with the slot in the drive gear, longer side pointing to the right. Press
the camshaft into the drive gear until the pin is fully seated, Figure 2.

5. Ensure the camshaft is seated correctly and that the cam lock is engaged, Figure 4. REP 91.33 Cleaning Unit Plug Connector
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
4. Remove the cleaning unit plug connector, Figure 1.
2 1
Replace the bearing and e- Ensure the cam lock is
clip. engaged (Fully forward) and
that the cam is in the correct
position as shown.
Figure 4 Cam lock check
2
1 Squeeze the tabs on either
Disconnect the harness. side of the connector and
push the connector towards
the machine. The connector
will fall into the cleaning unit
area, accessible front the
front of the machine.
Figure 1 Plug connector removal
Replacement

REP 91.34 Drum Pulley 5. Refer to Figure 1. From the drum pulley removal kit:
a. Install the T30 screw into the centre hole of the pulley.
b. Use the 5 screws to secure the plate to the pulley.
Removal
WARNING
from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity Secure the plate to
can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. the pulley.
WARNING
1. The drum pulley removal kit, PL 31.11 Item 9 is required to remove the drum pulley. Do
not proceed with this procedure if the kit is unavailable. 1
Install the T30 screw
into the centre hole.
3. Remove the rear drum fan shroud, refer to REP 91.24, figure 1. Do not overtighten
4. Release the tension on the drum drive belt by pulling the lever down. Remove the drum the screw.
drive motor and belt, REP 91.24.
Figure 1 Kit installation
6. Prepare to remove the drum pulley, Figure 2.
1
Remove 3 long screws.

CAUTION REP 91.35 Front and Rear Drum Thermistor
Take care not to insert the screw driver handle too far into the drum as damage to the heater
may occur.
7. Remove the drum pulley, Figure 3. Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1 1. Remove the inner cover, PL 81.11 Item 2.
Insert a screwdriver han- 2. Remove the front drum thermistor, Figure 1.
dle to prevent the drum
pulley from rotating when
turning the centre screw.
See CAUTION
1
Disconnect harness
3
Use the T-handle T30 driver to 2
unscrew the centre screw. Thread Support the drum pulley.
resistance increases as the drum 2
pulley is released. Remove securing screw
Figure 3 Drum pulley removal
Figure 1 Front thermistor
Replacement
1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 3. Remove the rear cover, PL 81.10 Item 1.
2. If a new drum pulley is to be installed, remove the 5 securing screws, plate and T30 screw
from the old drum pulley, then install them onto the new drum pulley.
3. Ensure the guide pin is at 12:00.
CAUTION
Do not force the pulley on. If there is any resistance, remove the pulley and start again. The
pulley must go on smoothly.
4. Ensure the pulley centre is straight, then push evenly into the machine until it is almost
flush with the assembly.
5. Finish seating the pulley by tightening the T30 centre screw.
6. Secure the pulley with the 3 long screws.
7. Remove the 5 securing screws, plate and T30 screw from the drum pulley for future use.

4. Remove the rear thermistor, Figure 2. NOTE: Ensure that the thermistor points in the same direction as the rotation of the drum.
Locate the lugs on the thermistor

into the support bracket holes.
Ensure that the thermistor is flat
3 against the bracket before tight-
Remove thermistor ening the screw.
Figure 4 Rear thermistor location
1 2
Disconnect the harness Remove the securing
screw
Figure 2 Rear thermistor
Replacement
CAUTION
Take care not to damage or bend the thermistor.
2. Ensure that the location lugs on the front thermistor locate in the holes on the support
bracket, Figure 3.
NOTE: Ensure that the thermistor points in the same direction as the rotation of the drum.
Locate the lugs on the thermistor

into the support bracket holes.
Ensure that the thermistor is flat
against the bracket before tighten-
ing the screw.
Figure 3 Front thermistor location
3. Ensure that the location lugs on the rear thermistor locate in the holes on the support
bracket, Figure 4.

REP 91.36 Abatement Plenum Replacement
Parts List on PL 94.20 CAUTION
Ensure that the plenum is correctly located in the support housing on the rear frame.
Removal
WARNING 2. Ensure that the location lug on the abatement plenum aligns with the pin on the rear
Switch off the electricity to the machine. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord frame, Figure 2.
WARNING
3. Remove the abatement plenum, Figure 1.
2
3 Align the abatement plenum
1 with the support pin
Push the abatement
Pull the handle plenum into position
2
1 Remove the abatement
Pull the lever to release plenum
the abatement plenum
Figure 1 Removal

REP 91.37 Stitch / Roll Motor Lead Screws
Parts List on PL 91.20 and PL 91.25
Removal
WARNING
can cause death or injury.
WARNING
1. Remove the relevant stitch adjust or roll adjust motor, REP 91.13.
2. Use a flat bladed screwdriver to carefully unscrew the relevant lead screw, PL 91.20 Item
21 or PL 91.25 Item 21.
Replacement

REP 94.1 Cleaning Unit
Removal
Use this repair when replacing a cleaning unit that has failed.
WARNING
Immediately clean an oil spill. Spilt oil is a slip hazard. Do not walk in the contaminated
area. Walking in the contaminated area will spread the contamination and contaminate
footwear. Contaminated footwear is a slip hazard.
WARNING
Do not attempt to mop up the spilt oil with conventional mops and water. This will
spread the contamination and will extend the slip hazard.
1. If fault codes 94-611-00, 94-616-00 or 94-629-00 are present, the cleaning unit has failed
in a way that may have spilled oil inside the machine, continue at step 2. Otherwise, con-
tinue at step 3.
2. Prepare an area in front of the machine by placing a barrier layer over the customer floor.
3. Remove the new cleaning unit from the shipping box. Take care not to damage the zipper
bag. Place the new cleaning unit away from any oil contamination.
4. The failed cleaning unit must be removed from the machine with extreme care to prevent
oil dripping onto the customers floor. If the cleaning unit is locked in place and cannot be
removed, go to GP 36 and unlock the cleaning unit.
5. Place the failed cleaning unit into the zipper bag and seal the bag with the zip. Place the
failed cleaning unit into the shipping box. Follow the instructions included in the shipping
box to return the failed cleaning unit. Use the shipping label supplied in the shipping box.
6. Inspect the chassis pan directly below the cleaning unit cavity for a pool of oil. A thin film
of oil is normal. Clean up any oil pool, GP 27 Cleaning Procedure.
Replacement
Install the new cleaning unit.

ADJ 4.1 Machine Lubrication LCSS Drive Belt Tensioners
Purpose 1. Remove the LCSS top cover and rear cover, REP 12.1-110.
To correctly lubricate the machine to prevent noise and wear. 2. Remove the relevant belt tensioner:
Intermediate paper drive belt tensioner, PL 12.60 Item 17.
Lubrication Bin 1 drive belt tensioner, PL 12.30 Item 13.
Refer to GP 18 Machine Lubrication for general guidance on the use of lubricants. 3. Remove the E-clip and pulley from the belt tensioner. Apply plastislip grease, PL 26.10
Item 4 to the shaft and pulley bore. Re-assemble the pulley and E-clip on the belt ten-
WARNING sioner.
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 4. Clean off the old lubricant and any contamination from the belt tensioner and LCSS frame
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause using a micro fiber wiper, PL 26.10 Item 6. Apply Molub grease 777, PL 26.10 Item 12, to
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. the whole contact face of the belt tensioner.
The following list gives the parts of the machine where lubrication is permitted. Go to the rele- 5. Reinstall the belt tensioner.
vant procedure: LCSS Bin 1 Drive Belt Pulleys and Idler
LCSS Drive Belt Tensioners. 1. Remove the LCSS top cover and rear cover, REP 12.1-110.
LCSS Bin 1 Drive Belt Pulleys and Idler. 2. Remove the relevant pulley or idler:
LCSS Bin 1 Elevator Motor Worm and Gear. Bin 1 drive belt idler, PL 12.30 Item 1.
LCSS Tamper Assembly. Bin 1 drive belt pulleys, PL 12.30 Item 6.
HVF BM Support Pin. 3. Remove the E-clip and pulley or idler from the belt tensioner. Apply plastislip grease, PL
26.10 Item 4 to the shaft and pulley or idler bore. Re-assemble the pulley or idler and E-
clip on the belt tensioner.
4. Reinstall the belt tensioner.
LCSS Bin 1 Elevator Motor Worm and Gear
1. Remove the LCSS top cover and rear cover, REP 12.1-110.
2. Use plastislip grease, PL 26.10 Item 4, to lubricate the worm and gear on the Bin 1 eleva-
tor home motor, PL 12.30 Item 8.

ColorQube 9303 Family 4-387 ADJ 4.1
LCSS Tamper Assembly HVF BM Support Pin
1. Remove the LCSS top cover, REP 12.1-110. 1. Open the BM front door.
2. Figure 1, use plastislip grease, PL 26.10 Item 4, to lubricate the tamper assembly. 2. Fully pull out the BM unit.
3. Figure 2, use plastislip grease, PL 26.10 Item 4, to lubricate the BM support pin.
Apply grease to the pin
Figure 2 Support pin lubrication
Apply grease to the 4. Fully push in the BM unit and close the HVF BM front door.
shaft
Figure 1 Lower vertical slides

ADJ 4.1 4-388 ColorQube 9303 Family
ADJ 5.1 DADH Drive Belt Adjustment
Parts List on PL 5.15, PL 5.25 and PL 5.35
Purpose
To correctly set the tension of the feed motor and the CVT motor drive belts.
Adjustment
WARNING
CAUTION
Before this adjustment is performed, make sure all components removed in the repair proce-
dure are installed correctly.
NOTE: This procedure shows how to adjust the feed motor drive belt. The adjustment proce- 1
Feed motor Pitch rings Loosen the 3
dure for the CVT motor drive belt is identical.
screws.
2. Adjust the correct motor drive belt, Figure 1. When the feed motor is adjusted correctly,
engage the gears on the feed motor and the feed clutch. Check that the pitch rings just
touch.
Feed motor CVT motor
3 2
Tighten the 3 screws. Allow the spring to apply the tension to the drive belt.
Figure 1 Drive belt

ADJ 5.2 DADH Height Adjustment
Parts List on PL 5.10 and PL 5.25
Purpose
To correctly set the distance between the scanner module and the DADH.
Check Front DADH standoff.
WARNING
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause CVT glass.
NOTE: The DADH standoffs include the CVT roll bearings, PL 5.25 Item 4 and PL 5.25 Item
13.
1. Check the height of the DADH. The two standoffs touch the CVT glass when the DADH is
closed, Figure 1. Check that the DADH is parallel to the scanner module. Perform the
steps that follow. Refer to Figure 2:
a. Put a strip of paper on the CVT glass below the back DADH standoff.
b. Close the DADH.
c. Carefully pull the paper. Make sure that the paper was pressed between the CVT
glass and back DADH standoff.
d. Repeat A to C for the front DADH standoff.
2. If the DADH height is incorrect, perform the Adjustment.
Back DADH standoff.
CVT glass.
Figure 1 DADH standoffs

Adjustment
CVT glass. Back DADH standoff. NOTE: The factory setting of the counterbalances is approximately 3 mm (0.125 inch), refer to
Figure 3. The same adjustment applies to the left counterbalance and right counterbalance.
Adjust the two counterbalances.
1. If the height of the DADH is wrong, adjust the counterbalances, Figure 3.
2
Use an allen key to adjust the setting screw to raise or
lower the DADH.
Lower the DADH.
1
Loosen the lock nut.
3
Tighten the lock nut.
Approximately 3 mm
(0.125 inch)
Strip of paper.
Figure 2 Clearance check
Raise the DADH.
Figure 3 Counterbalances
2. If mis-registration is found after the DADH is set to the correct height, go to ADJ 5.5
DADH Registration Adjustment.

ADJ 5.3 DADH Skew Adjustment 3. Adjust the setting screw on the right counterbalance to correct the skew, Figure 1.

1
Purpose Loosen the lock nut.
To correct document feed skew induced by the DADH.
3
Preparation Tighten the lock nut.
1. Clean the CVT glass. Refer to ADJ 5.4 DADH cleaning procedure.
2. Check that the document width guides are adjusted correctly.
3. Make sure that the DADH is set to the correct height. Go to ADJ 5.2 DADH Height Adjust-
ment.
4. Check the document path for obstructions or foreign objects.
5. Perform the Skew Check.
Skew Check
1. Use the DADH to make 5 copies. Check the skew, refer to IQS 1 Registration and Skew.
NOTE: Skew is always measured on the lead edge, irrespective of paper orientation.
2. If necessary, perform the Adjustment.

Adjustment
WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 2
1. Raise the DADH. Adjust the setting
screw (see NOTE).
2. Loosen both DADH thumbscrews, PL 5.10 Item 12.
Figure 1 Skew adjustment
NOTE: Turn the setting screw in direction A to move the right side of the DADH to the
front. Turn the setting screw in direction B to move the right side of the DADH to the rear.
4. Pull the DADH forward, then tighten the thumbscrews.

5. Perform again the Skew Check.
6. When the DADH skew is good, check the DADH registration. Go to ADJ 5.5 DADH regis-
tration Adjustment.

ADJ 5.4 DADH Cleaning Procedure CAUTION
When the under side of the input tray is cleaned, do not damage the restack arm, PL 5.35 Item
Parts List on PL 5.10 3.
Purpose 15. Clean the input tray assembly, PL 5.35 Item 1 and the exit area below the input tray with a
This procedure describes how to clean the DADH. The wear of the feed rolls, paper dust and micro fiber wiper and antistatic fluid.
dirt in the environment can cause copy quality defects. 16. Clean the CVT glass and the document glass. Refer to ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning Proce-
dure.
The supplies required:
Dry micro fiber wiper, PL 26.10 Item 6.
Brush.
Cleaning fluid, PL 26.10 Item 1.
Antistatic fluid, PL 26.10 Item 11.
Adjustment
WARNING
1. Use a brush to clean the document length sensors, PL 5.35 Item 8. Retard roll
Key
2. Use a brush to clean the DADH feed sensor and the area around the sensor, PL 5.15 Item
2.
4. Use a dry micro fiber wiper, or brush to clean the document path area, top and bottom.
Remove all loose material.
5. Clean the CVT roll, PL 5.25 Item 5 with a micro fiber wiper and water.
6. Clean the CVT idlers and the takeaway idlers, PL 5.20 Item 3 with a micro fiber wiper and
Figure 1 Retard roll position
water.
7. Remove the DADH rear cover, PL 5.10 Item 1. Clean the takeaway rolls, PL 5.35 Item 17
with a micro fiber wiper and water.
8. Clean the exit rolls, PL 5.35 Item 6 with a micro fiber wiper and water.
CAUTION
When the feed rolls are installed, make sure the lowest roll, (retard roll), is correctly positioned
on the assembly as shown in Figure 1.
9. Remove the feed roll assembly, REP 5.14. Clean the 3 rolls and the pad, PL 5.35 Item 2
with a micro fiber wiper and water. Use a brush to clean the paper dust from the assembly
and from the area around the assembly. Install the feed roll assembly.
10. Leave the top cover open and raise the DADH assembly.
11. Lower the lower baffle assembly, PL 5.30 Item 14. Clean the post scan idlers, PL 5.30
Item 4 with a micro fiber wiper and water.
12. Clean the exit roll idlers, PL 5.30 Item 6 with a micro fiber wiper and water.
13. Clean the document pad, PL 5.10 Item 3 with a micro fiber wiper and water.
14. Lower the DADH assembly. Install the DADH rear cover.

ADJ 5.5 DADH Registration Adjustment ADJ 5.6 DADH Document Pad
Purpose Purpose
To measure and adjust the image to paper registration. To correctly align the DADH document pad with the document glass.
Adjustment Adjustment
WARNING WARNING
Perform the following as required:
NOTE: If a new document pad is installed, make sure that the protective paper is removed
dC608 DADH Registration. from the adhesive pads.
1. Raise the DADH. Put the document pad with the adhesive pads face-up on the document
glass.
2. Align the document pad with the document registration guides as shown in Figure 1.
Document registration
guides
Document pad
Figure 1 Document pad alignment
3. Carefully lower then raise the DADH. Make sure the document pad is attached correctly.

ADJ 5.5, ADJ 5.6 4-394 ColorQube 9303 Family
ADJ 12.1-110 LCSS Bin 1 Level ADJ 12.2-110 Machine to LCSS Alignment
Purpose Purpose
To ensure bin 1 is level, and achieve the best stacking performance. To correctly align the LCSS to achieve reliable transfer of paper from the machine to the LCSS.
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the rear cover and bin 1 motor, refer to REP 12.5-110. Turn the hand wheels above the castors below bin 1 to adjust the alignment:
2. Move bin 1 to the lowest position.
3. Remove the rear clamp, ensure the bin is fully down on both sides, then install the rear Figure 1, turn both hand wheels in the same direction to adjust the vertical alignment
between the LCSS and the machine. The LCSS should be in vertical alignment with the
clamp.
machine, viewed from the front and rear.
4. Re-install the bin 1 motor, refer to REP 12.5-110.
6. Enter dC330 code 12-242, bin 1 elevator motor cycle. Check that bin 1 cycles without giv-
ing any fault indications.
Figure 1 Machine to LCSS alignment

ColorQube 9303 Family 4-395 ADJ 12.1-110, ADJ 12.2-110
ADJ 12.3-110 Hole Punch Position Adjustment
Parts List on PL 12.20 WARNING
Purpose Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do
To optimize the position of the hole punch.
1. Remove the chad bin and unscrew the thumb screw retaining the hole punch assembly.
Check
2. Pull out the hole punch assembly a short distance to access the spacer, if installed, refer
1. Ask the customer which trays are used to feed from for hole punching. to Figure 2. The following settings can be made:
2. Load the indicated trays with A4 (8.5x11 inch) paper.
NOTE: If the spacer cannot be found, suitable washers up to a total thickness of 2 mm
3. Make a set of five punched copies or prints from each of the indicated trays. Mark the top
edge (towards the front of the machine) of each set to indicate the tray from which it was (0.080 inches) may be used.
fed. With no spacer installed the holes are punched closest to the bottom of the sheet.
4. Evaluate the average hole positions in each set, referring to Figure 1. The distances With the spacer installed unfolded the holes are punched 1 mm (0.040 inches) closer
shown should be equal at the top and bottom of the sheet. If the distances are different by to the top of the sheet.
more than 1 mm (0.040 inches), perform the adjustment.
With the spacer installed folded the holes are punched is 2 mm (0.080 inches) closer
to the top of the sheet.
Spacer unfolded to give 1 mm Spacer folded to give 2 mm

(0.040 inches) offset towards (0.080 inches) offset
the top towards the top
Figure 1 Hole positions

Figure 2 Hole punch spacer
3. Evaluate the movement needed and re-position the hole punch assembly. If the spacer is
removed, tape it next to the TAG label on the LCSS frame for future use.

ADJ 12.3-110 4-396 ColorQube 9303 Family
4. Make sets from each of the indicated trays once more and ensure that the hole alignment ADJ 12.4-110 Motor Drive Belt Tensioning
is now optimized, make further adjustment if necessary.
5. If necessary, re-load the paper trays as they were before the adjustment was performed.
Purpose
To set the tension of directly or indirectly driven belts that are tensioned by a spring attached to
the motor.
Check
1. The shafts and pulleys are installed and properly located.
2. The drive belt is undamaged and correctly routed.
3. The adjustable motor or tensioning pulley bracket is positioned with fastening screws not
tightened fully.
NOTE: For motors with pivoted brackets, the pivot screw must be fitted and tightened.
4. The tensioning spring is fitted between the bracket and frame locating point.
Adjustment
WARNING
1. Figure 1 shows a typical arrangement. Press the belt midway between pulleys and check
that the bracket moves in the direction of the spring pull; slacken the bracket screws if
necessary.
2. Release the belt and allow the spring to pull the bracket and tension the drive belt then
tighten the lock and bracket screws.

NOTE: Check the belt condition and routing if the tension spring is not extended or the
locking screw is at the end of the bracket adjustment slot.
Drive belt
Pivot Screw
Bracket
Tension spring
Adjustment slot Lock screw
Typical spring tensioning arrangement
Figure 1 Drive Belt Tensioning

ADJ 12.1-171 Machine to HVF / HVF BM, HVF BM to Tri-
Folder Alignment
Purpose
To correctly align the HVF / HVF BM to achieve reliable transfer of paper from the machine to
the output tray.
To correctly align the tri-folder, to achieve reliable transfer of paper from the HVF BM to the out-
put tray
Check
Ensure the HVF / HVF BM is aligned both vertically and horizontally with the machine. If
necessary perform the adjustment, Figure 1.
Ensure the Tri-folder is aligned vertically and horizontally with the HVF / HVF BM. If nec-
essary perform the adjustment, Figure 2.
Adjustment
WARNING
2
Ensure the tri-folder is
1 aligned vertically and hori-
zontally with the HVF BM.
Rotate the adjustable casters.
Figure 2 Tri-folder to HVF BM alignment
2
Ensure the HVF / HVF BM is
1 aligned vertically and horizontally
Rotate the adjustable casters with the machine.
Figure 1 Machine to HVF BM alignment

ColorQube 9303 Family 4-399 ADJ 12.1-171
ADJ 12.2-171 Tri-Folder Paper Settings 4. Set the folder to the appropriate paper size:
To set the folder for A4 paper, Figure 1.
Purpose
To set the folder for 8.5 x 11 inch paper, Figure 2.
The purpose of the procedure is to place the fold in the correct position on 8.5 x 11 inch and A4
paper. NOTE: Do not over loosen the adjuster screws. The adjusters can detach from the back-
stop. Make sure the position of the backstop changes when the adjusters are moved.
Check
1. Ensure that the tri-folder is at the same height as the HVF, ADJ 12.1-171.
2. Run a copy job 4 sheets and check that the folds are in the correct place.
3. The paper should be folded into three equal parts and the folds parallel to the edge of the
paper. If necessary perform the adjustment.
Adjustment
WARNING
1. Remove the front door, PL 12.200 Item 2.
2. Remove the front cover, PL 12.200 Item 12.
At the front At the rear

Loosen the screw and move the Loosen the screw and move the
adjuster to the A4 setting. adjuster to the A4 setting.
Figure 1 A4 paper setting

ADJ 12.3-171 Stapler Anvil Alignment
Purpose
To ensure the correct alignment of the stapler anvil to the stapler throat.
Special Tools Required

Stapler alignment tool, supplied with the HVF BM, located on the left of the BM frame.
NOTE: This procedure illustrates the front stapler. The procedure for adjusting the rear stapler
is identical.
Adjustment
WARNING
WARNING
1. To improve the access to the two clamp screws for the anvil, remove the tamper assem-
At the front At the rear bly, REP 12.30-171.
Loosen the screw and move the Loosen the screw and move 2. Fully pull out the BM module. Remove the stapler cover(s), one screw on each. Pull the
adjuster to the 8.5 x 11 setting. the adjuster to the 8.5 x 11 stapler bracket handle and swing open the stapler bracket.
setting.
Figure 2 8.5 x 11 inch paper setting
5. Ensure the front door interlock switch is cheated, PL 12.115 Item 24. Run a four sheet C
fold and Z fold copy job. Check that the copies are folded into three approximately equal
parts, with the folds parallel to the edge of the paper.
6. Check the C and Z folded copies meet the customer requirements. If necessary make fine
adjustments to the position of the folds. ADJ 12.12-171 Tri-Folder Fold Adjustment.

3. Figure 1, insert the alignment tool. 4. Figure 2, loosen the anvil.
1
Insert the stapler
alignment tool into
the stapler throat.
Loosen 2 clamp screws so
that the anvil can move freely,
2 see note.
Press the tool firmly into
place and slowly close
the stapler bracket.
Figure 1 Alignment tool insertion Figure 2 Loosening the anvil
NOTE: Take great care not to drop the anvil, spacer or clamp plate, Figure 3, as they can
fall to the bottom of the BM module. If parts need to be retrieved from the bottom of the
BM module it may be necessary to tilt the whole HVF BM to make the loose parts slide to
the centre of the base, from where they can be easily removed.
5. Figure 3, close the stapler.

2
Continue to rotate the
stapler gear so that the
two protrusions on the
tool engage with the
depressions in the
anvil. Move the anvil if
necessary using the
two clamp screws.
Anvil
Spacer Clamp plate
1
Rotate the stapler gear counterclockwise
to begin closing the stapler.
3
Continue to rotate the stapler gear
until the anvil is tightly clamped by
the alignment tool and the stapler
will close no further.
4
Tighten the two screws alternately a little at a time, while
holding the free screw with a finger. Ensure that the anvil
does not move as the screws are tightened.
Figure 3 Closing the stapler
6. Open the stapler fully by use of the stapler gear, Figure 3, then remove the alignment tool. 8. Check the operation of the stapler by making a few stapled sets using 2 sheets of 80gsm
7. Perform the adjustment on the other stapler anvil if necessary. (20 pound) paper. check the quality of the staple clinch.

ADJ 12.4-171 Crease Blade Position ADJ 12.5-171 Booklet Tamping
Purpose Purpose
NOTE: There is no adjustment needed for the crease blade position. To set the tamper travel to give neat booklets without edge damage.
The crease blade assembly is supplied with the blade set at the nominal position.
Procedure
If the crease blade assembly is damaged or requires adjustment, install a new crease blade
assembly, PL 12.170 Item 13. WARNING
Go to the appropriate check and adjustment from the following options:
If only A4 paper is available, go to A4 Paper Procedure.
If only 8.5 X 11 inch paper is available, go to 8.5 X 11 Inch Procedure.
A4 Paper Procedure
Check
1. Open the HVF BM front door and insert an interlock cheater into the front door interlock
switch.
2. Fully pull out the BM module and release the jam clearance handle PL 12.150 Item 8, fully
open the paper guide, PL 12.150 Item 7.
3. Do the following:
a. Enter Service mode GP 1.
b. Select Adjustment Routines.
c. Select dC131 NVM Read / Write.
d. Enter NVMID 12-006 BookMkrTampRdyOff-set.
e. Select Read / Write and reduce the original value by 8.
f. Select Save, select OK, select Close, select Exit.
4. Enter Diagnostic Routine dC330 code 12-255 BM Backstop Motor, select Start, allow the
backstop to raise to the receive position (where it will pause), select Stop.
5. Enter dC330 code 12-256 BM tamper 1 motor. Select Start to run the tamper motor, allow
the tampers to move into the tamped position (where they will pause), select Stop.
6. Insert a single sheet of A4 paper, short edge downward into the booklet maker compiling
area, so that it rests on the backstop and is located between the two tampers
7. Bias the sheet towards the rear of the machine until the sheet touches the rear tamper,
Figure 1.
8. Observe the position of the sheet between the tampers, Figure 1.
If the sheet cannot reach the backstop because the tampers are too close together,
the NVM value will need to be decreased to move the tampers further apart, perform
the adjustment.
If the front tamper is not within 0.5 mm (0.02 inch) of the sheet edge without touching
the sheet, the NVM value will need to be increased to move the tampers closer
together, perform the adjustment.
If the tampers are in the correct position, within 0.5 mm (0.02 inch) of the sheet edge
without touching the sheet, do the following:
a. Enter Service Mode GP 1.

ADJ 12.4-171, ADJ 12.5-171 4-404 ColorQube 9303 Family
c. Select dC131 NVM Read / Write. 7. Bias the sheet towards the rear of the machine until the sheet touches the rear tamper,
d. Enter NVMID 12-006 BookMkrTampRdyOff-set. Figure 1.
e. Select Read / Write and increase the value by 8. 8. Observe the position of the sheet between the tampers, Figure 1.
f. Select Save, select OK, select Close, select Exit. If the sheet cannot reach the backstop because the tampers are too close together,
the NVM value will need to be decreased to move the tampers further apart, perform
Adjustment the adjustment.
If the front tamper is not within 0.5 mm (0.02 inch) of the sheet edge without touching
a. Enter Service Mode GP 1. the sheet, the NVM value will need to be increased to move the tampers closer
b. Select Adjustment Routines. together, perform the adjustment.
c. Select dC131 NVM Read / Write. If the tampers are in the correct position, within 0.5 mm (0.02 inch) of the sheet edge
d. Enter NVMID 12-006 BookMkrTampRdyOff-set. without touching the sheet, do the following:
e. Select Read / Write and enter the new value to correct the error found during the a. Enter Service Mode GP 1.
check. Increasing the value lengthens the tamping stroke (tamps to a narrower b. Select Adjustment Routines.
dimension between the tampers. Decreasing the value shortens the tamping stroke c. Select dC131 NVM Read / Write.
(tamps to a wider dimension between the tampers). One step = 0.53 mm.
e. Select Read / Write and increase the value by 19.
2. Repeat the check to ensure the tampers are set correctly.
3. When the tamper travel is correct, do the following:
Adjustment
a. Enter Service Routine GP 1.
e. Select Read / Write and increase the value by 8.
e. Select Read / Write and enter the new value to correct the error found during the
4. Switch the machine off then on, GP 14.
check. Increasing the value lengthens the tamping stroke (tamps to a narrower
8.5 X 11 Inch Procedure dimension between the tampers. Decreasing the value shortens the tamping stroke
Check (tamps to a wider dimension between the tampers). One step = 0.53 mm.
switch. 2. Repeat the check to ensure the tampers are set correctly.
2. Fully pull out the booklet maker and release the jam clearance handle PL 12.150 Item 8, 3. When the tamper travel is correct, do the following:
fully open the paper guide PL 12.150 Item 7. a. Enter Service Mode GP 1.
3. Do the following: b. Select Adjustment Routines.
a. Enter Service Mode GP 1. c. Select dC131 NVM Read / Write.
b. Select Adjustment Routines. d. Enter NVMID 12-006 BookMkrTampRdyOff-set.
c. Select dC131 NVM Read / Write. e. Select Read / Write and increase the value by 19.
d. Enter NVMID 12-006 BookMkrTampRdyOff-set. f. Select Save, select OK, select Close, select Exit.
e. Select Read/Write and reduce the original value by 19. 4. Switch the machine off then on, GP 14.
5. Enter Diagnostic Routine dC330 code 12-256 BM tamper 1 motor. Select Start to run the
tamper motor, allow the tampers to move into the tamped position (where they will pause),
select Stop.
6. Insert a single sheet of 8.5 X 11 inch paper, short edge downward into the booklet maker
compiling area, so that it rests on the backstop and is located between the two tampers

ADJ 12.6-171 Booklet Compiling Position
Purpose
To set the compiling position to ensure correct compiling without damage. When the compiling
position is correctly set, each sheet is fed behind the BM entry roll to rest against the right side
of the compiler.
Procedure
WARNING
Front tamper Paper sheet Paper sheet Rear tamper not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Go to the appropriate check and adjustment from the following options:
If only A4 paper is available, go to A4 Paper Procedure.
If only 8.5 X 11 inch paper is available, go to 8.5 X 11 Inch Procedure.
A4 Paper Procedure
Check
switch.
2. Fully pull out the BM module and release the jam clearance handle PL 12.150 Item 8, fully
open the paper guide PL 12.150 Item 7.
4. Insert a single sheet of A4 paper short edge downward into the booklet maker compiling
area, so that it rests on the backstop and is approximately central front to back. Tuck the
top of the sheet behind the BM entry roll, PL 12.150 Item 15.
5. If the BM right hand cover does not have a viewing hole, remove the BM right hand cover,
REP 12.56-171.
Booklet maker staplers
Figure 1 Observing the tamper positions.

6. Figure 1, check the alignment of the sheet against the scale. Adjustment
1. Do the following
d. Enter NVMID 12-003 BookMkrCompileOff-set.
e. Select Read / Write and enter the new value to correct the error found during the
check. Increasing the value will raise the sheet. Decreasing the value will lower the
sheet. One step = 0.1137 mm.
Top of sheet must align f. Select Save, select OK, select Close, select Exit.
with the 0 mark on the 2. Repeat the Check to ensure the compiling position is correctly set.
B scale.
3. When the compiling position is correct, switch the machine off then on, GP 14.
8.5 X 11 Inch Procedure
Check
switch.
2. Fully pull out the BM module and release the jam clearance handle PL 12.150 Item 8. fully
open the paper guide PL 12.150 Item 7.
3. Do the following
e. Select Read / Write and increase the original value by 80.
5. Insert a single sheet of 8.5 X 11 inch paper short edge downward into the booklet maker
compiling area, so that it rests on the backstop and is approximately central front to back.
Tuck the top of the sheet behind the BM entry roll, PL 12.150 Item 15.
6. If the BM right hand cover does not have a viewing hole, remove the BM right hand cover,
REP 12.56-171.
Figure 1 Top edge alignment
7. If the sheet is correctly aligned, exit diagnostics and re-install the BM right hand cover, if
removed in step 5. If the sheet is not correctly aligned, perform the adjustment.

7. Figure 2, check the alignment of the sheet against the scale. e. Select Read / Write and decrease the value by 80, this will return the NVM value to
the original setting.
g. Re-install the BM right hand cover, if removed in step 5.
9. If the sheet is not correctly aligned, perform the adjustment.
Adjustment
1. Do the following
a. Enter Service Routine GP 1.
Top of sheet must align c. Select dC131 NVM Read / Write.
with the bottom mark d. Enter NVMID 12-003 BookMkrCompileOff-set.
on the B scale.
e. Select Read/Write and enter the new value to correct the error found during the
check. Increasing the value will raise the sheet. Decreasing the value will lower the
sheet. One step = 0.1137 mm.
2. Repeat the Check to ensure the compiling position is correctly set.
e. Select Read / Write and decrease the value by 80.
g. Re-install the BM right hand cover, if removed in step 5.
4. When the compiling position is correct, switch the machine off then on, GP 14.
Figure 2 Top edge alignment
8. If the sheet is correctly aligned, do the following:


ADJ 12.7-171 Booklet Crease Position 3. Check the backstop home sensor bracket is in the correct position. Ensure the flag is cen-
tral to the locator, Figure 1.
Purpose
To set the crease position of the booklet in relation to the left edge of the top sheet of the book-
let. CORRECT POSITION
Check
1. Run a copy job of 3 stapled 4 sheet booklets. Ensure the connector is
connected.
2. Observe the position of the crease in relation to the open end of the booklet. The fold
should be central, so that the open end of the booklet pages are equal from the fold. If
necessary perform the adjustment.
Ensure the flag moves

through the centre of the
sensor.
The bracket is in the

upright position.
INCORRECT POSITION
Bend the bracket towards the

flag, until it is located in the
middle of the sensor.
Figure 1 Booklet maker back stop sensor bracket

Adjustment ADJ 12.8-171 Booklet Staple Position
WARNING Purpose
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do To set the position of the staples so that they are positioned on the fold of the booklet.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Check
1. Perform the following: 1. Run a copy job of 3 stapled 4 sheet booklets.
a. Enter Service Mode GP 1 2. Observe the position of the staple in relation to the fold of the booklet. The staple should
b. Select Adjustment Routines. be positioned in the middle of the fold. If necessary perform the adjustment.
c. Select 131 NVM Read / Write... Adjustment
d. Enter NVMID 12-005 BookMrkFoldOffset.
WARNING
e. Select Read/Write.
f. Enter the new value to correct the error found during the check. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
NOTE: Increasing the value increases the width of the top sheet of the booklet death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury.
(moves the fold away from the left edge). Decreasing the value decreases the width 1. Perform the following:
of the top sheet of the booklet (moves the fold towards the left edge). One step = a. Enter Service Mode GP 1.
0.1137 mm.
g. Select Save, then OK. c. Select dC131 NVM Read / Write.
2. Select Save, then select OK. d. Enter the NVMID as required:
3. When the crease position is correct, switch the machine off then on, GP 14. 12-004 BookMrkStapleOffset for 8.5 x 11 inch and A4.
12-012 BookMrkStapleOffsetM for 8.5 x 13 inch and 8.5 x 14 inch.
12-013 BookMrkStapleOffsetL for 11 x 17 inch and A3.
e. Select Read / Write.
f. Enter the new value to correct the error found during the check.
NOTE: One step = 0.1137 mm. If it is necessary to change the value for one size,
the values of other sizes may also be incorrect. If paper is available, perform the
Check for all size settings.
g. Select Save, then OK.

h. Enter NVMID 12-005 BookMrkFoldOffset.
i. Select Read / Write.
j. Change the value by the same amount as the BookMrkStapleOffset value.
NOTE: Increasing both values moves the staple position toward the left edge of the
top sheet. Decreasing both values moves the staple position away. Changing only
the BookMrkStapleOffset value will move the staple position and fold position the
same amount.
k. Select Save, then OK.

2. Repeat the Check to ensure the staple position is correct.
3. When the staple position is correct, switch the machine off then on, GP 14.

ADJ 12.9-171 Booklet Maker Skew
Purpose Correct position of the
To adjust the skew of the booklet crease. crease blade fold
Check and complete the following adjustments:

ADJ 12.6-171 Booklet compiling position.
ADJ 12.8-171 Booklet staple position.
ADJ 12.7-171 Booklet crease position.
Check
1. Run a copy job of 3 stapled 4 sheet booklets.
Angle of adjustment
2. Observe the position of the crease in relation to the open end of the booklet. The fold
should be central, so that the open end of the booklet pages are equal from the fold. If
necessary perform the adjustment.
Adjustment
1. Slide out the booklet maker and locate the adjustment screw on the booklet backstop,
Figure 1.
2. Use a 2.5 mm allen head driver and turn the adjustment screw as follows:
Turn the screw clockwise to rotate the crease clockwise relative to the centre line.
Adjustment screw
Turn the screw anti-clockwise to rotate the crease anti-clockwise relative to the cen-
tre line.
One half turn of the adjustment screw will change the crease angle approximately 3
to 4 mm over the length of the crease.
3. Run a copy job of 3 stapled 4 sheet booklets to check that the crease is in the centre of
the book. Repeat the adjustment if necessary.
Figure 1 Booklet crease adjustment

ADJ 12.10-171 HVF Motor Drive Belt Tensioning NOTE: Check the belt condition and routing if the tension spring is not extended or the
locking screw is at the end of the bracket adjustment slot.
Purpose
To set the tension of belts that are tensioned by a spring attached to a motor. See also ADJ
12.11-171 Idler Drive Belt Tensioning.
Check Drive belt

1. The shafts and pulleys are installed and properly located.
3. The adjustable motor or tensioning pulley bracket is positioned with fastening screws not
tightened fully.
NOTE: For motors with pivoted brackets, the pivot screw must be fitted and tightened. Pivot Screw
4. The tensioning spring is fitted between the bracket and frame locating point.
Adjustment
WARNING Bracket
1. Figure 1 shows a typical arrangement. Press the belt midway between pulleys and check
that the bracket moves in the direction of the spring pull; slacken the bracket screws if Tension spring
necessary.
2. Release the belt and allow the spring to pull the bracket and tension the drive belt then
tighten the lock and bracket screws.
Adjustment slot Lock screw
Typical spring tensioning arrangement

ADJ 12.11-171 HVF Idler Drive Belt Tensioning ADJ 12.12-171 Tri-Folder Fold Adjustment
Purpose Purpose
To set the tension of drive belts that are tensioned by a spring attached to an idler. See also To adjust C or Z folded copies in accordance with the customer requirements.
ADJ 12.10-171 Motor Drive Belt Tensioning.
Check Check
1. The shafts and pulleys are installed and properly located. 1. Ensure the tri-folder and the HVF BM are aligned correctly, ADJ 12.1-171 Machine to HVF
/ HVF BM, HVF BM to Tri-Folder Alignment.
2. Ensure the tri-folder is set for the correct size of paper, ADJ 12.2-171 Tri-Folder Paper
3. The tensioning spring is fitted between the idler bracket and frame locating point.
Size Setting.
Adjustment 3. The NVM settings. Enter dC131 then check the values for NVMID 12-009 (C folds), 12-
WARNING 010 (Z folds) and 12-011 (Trifold deskew) are set in accordance with the values on the
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do HVF/BM label, Figure 1.
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause If necessary, enter dC131 and change the NVM values for codes 12-009, 12-010
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. and 12-011 to match with the values on the HVF BM label.
1. Figure 1 shows a typical arrangement. Loosen the adjustment screw and allow the spring 4. Ensure the front door interlock switch is cheated,PL 12.115 Item 24. Run a four sheet C
to tension the belt. fold and Z fold copy job. Check that the copies are folded into three approximately equal
2. Tighten the adjustment screw. parts, with the folds parallel to the edge of the paper.
3. If no more adjustment is available, install new components as necessary. 5. Check that the C and Z folded copies meet with the customer requirements. If necessary
make fine adjustments to the length of folds A and / or B. Figure 2.
1
Open the HVF BM front door, then
pull out the booklet maker module
from the HVF BM.
Mod/TAG plate
2
Adjustment slot Tension spring Check that the values on the
HVF / BM label match the Booklet maker
NVM values of the machine.
Locking screw Figure 1 HVF/BM NVM Value Label Location
Bracket
Typical idler tensioning arrangement

Adjustment Lower the paper setting adjusters to increase fold B.
WARNING
1. Perform the adjustments that follow as necessary to meet with the customer C fold and Z
fold requirements, Figure 2.
2. 2
Move the adjuster Move the adjuster.
3 3
Fasten the screw. Fasten the screw.
C Fold profile Z Fold profile

1 1
Loosen the screw. Loosen the screw.
Figure 2 C folded and Z folded output copy profiles

Figure 3 Set the paper size adjusters.
NOTE: Figure 2. Shows the orientation of a C and Z folded copy on the tri-folder output tray, as
viewed from the front of the machine.
A Folds
Figure 2. The folds marked A are created within the booklet maker module. The length of the A
fold is determined by the NVM values in dC131. An increase to the NVM value by 30 will
decrease the A fold by 1 mm. A decrease to the NVM value by 30 will increase the A fold by 1
mm.
Use dC131 code 12-009 to make adjustments to C folded copies.

Use dC131 code 12-010 to make adjustments to Z folded copies.
B Folds
Figure 2. The folds marked B are created within the tri-folder module. The length of the B fold is
determined by the position of the paper setting adjusters. If necessary remove the front door,
PL 12.200 Item 2, front cover PL 12.200 Item 12 and the rear cover PL 12.200 Item 3, then
reposition the paper setting adjusters. Figure 3. An adjustment of 1 graduation on the paper
size adjuster scale will adjust the position of fold B by 1 mm.
Raise the paper setting adjusters to decrease fold B.

ADJ 62.1 Optics Cleaning Procedure
Parts List on PL 62.15 Scan carriage
Purpose
To clean the optical components of the scanner ensuring optimum image quality.
NOTE: This adjustment must only be performed if directed to it from an Image Quality RAP, or Exposure
if the optics cavity was opened to install a new component and contamination can be seen. lamps
Procedure
WARNING
CAUTION
Observe ESD precautions during this procedure.
2. Remove the CVT ramp, CVT glass and document glass assembly, REP 62.3.
3. Inspect the LED exposure lamps, Figure 1. If necessary, clean them as follows:
a. Vacuum clean the area to remove all visible contamination. Take care not to touch
the LED exposure lamps with the cleaning nozzle. It may be necessary to move the
scan carriage assembly gently to the left. It is advisable to leave it in this position, but
it can be returned to the home position by depressing slightly to allow the flag to
enter the gap in the scan carriage home sensor.
Flag Scan carriage
b. Wash your hands. home sensor
c. Carefully clean the LED exposure lamps, with a micro fibre cleaning cloth, PL 26.10
Item 6, dampened with antistatic fluid, PL 26.10 Item 11.
d. Polish the LED lamps and top of the scan carriage with a dry micro fibre cleaning
cloth, PL 26.10 Item 6. Figure 1 Optics cleaning
4. Clean the lenses of the document size sensors, PL 62.16 Item 10, with a micro fibre
cleaning cloth, PL 26.10 Item 6.
5. Inspect the document glass and CVT glass and if necessary, clean them as follows:
a. Clean the under side of document glass and CVT glass using a micro fibre cleaning
cloth, PL 26.10 Item 6, dampened with antistatic fluid, PL 26.10 Item 11.
b. Polish the under side of document glass and CVT glass with a dry micro fibre clean-
ing cloth, PL 26.10 Item 6.
c. Install the document glass and CVT glass, taking care not to smear the cleaned
underside, REP 62.3.
NOTE: Ensure that the white AGC strip on both the CVT glass and the document
glass, are at the front of the machine and on the underside of the glass.
d. Clean the upper side of document glass and CVT glass using a micro fibre cleaning
cloth, dampened with film remover, PL 26.11 Item 14.
e. Polish the upper side of document glass and CVT glass using a dry, micro fibre
cleaning cloth.
6. Re-install the remainder of the removed components.

ADJ 62.2 Scan Carriage Assembly
Alignment
Parts List on PL 62.15 stops
Purpose
To align the scan carriage assembly correctly in relation to the right hand edge of the document
glass.
NOTE: Perform the Preparation, then the Check if entering this procedure from the Image
Quality section. Otherwise, perform the Adjustment only.
Preparation
2. Remove the scanner top cover, REP 62.2.
3. Remove the CVT ramp, CVT glass and document glass assembly, REP 62.3.
Check
1. Gently move the scan carriage to the right, lowering it so the flag at the front passes into Mark cable here
the slot in the scan carriage home sensor, PL 62.15 Item 7. (optional)
2. Check that the scan carriage touches both alignment stops, Figure 1. If they do not both
touch, perform the Adjustment.
Adjustment
WARNING
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Fixing tab
1. Gently move the carriage away from the alignment stops. (4 off) Guide rail
2. Loosen the four screws securing the fixing tabs, Figure 1.
3. Ensure the scan cable is in the slot under the front, left fixing tab.
4. Tighten the rear, left fixing tab screw.
5. Slide the carriage towards the alignment stops, lowering it so the flag on the front of the
carriage enters the slot in the scan carriage home sensor.
6. Press the scan carriage against the alignment stops at the right end of its travel and hold Position the cable in
it there. the slot, on this tab
7. Tighten the other three fixing tab screws.
NOTE: The scan carriage is correctly positioned on the cables, when the scan carriage is
lightly biassed towards the front of the machine, and runs against the guide rail.
8. Run prints from all trays in all modes. Check the registration, refer to dC608 Registration
Setup and check the copy quality, refer to IQ 1 Image Quality Entry RAP.
Figure 1 Scan carriage alignment

ADJ 62.3 Carriage Motor and Scanner Drive Belt ADJ 62.4 Document Glass Registration Adjustment
Purpose Purpose
To ensure the carriage motor will drive the capstan without strain or slipping. To measure and adjust the image to paper registration.
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the DADH, REP 5.19. Go to dC609 Document Glass Registration.
2. Remove the scanner top cover, REP 62.2.
3. Remove the carriage motor cover, (2 screws).
4. Perform the adjustment, Figure 1.
3
Tighten 3 Capstan
screws
Belt
2
Adjust for 2 mm Scan motor
movement
1
Loosen 3 screws
Figure 1 Carriage motor drive belt adjustment
5. Turn the capstan several turns to centre the scanner drive belt on the pulleys. Check the
play of the scanner drive belt and re-adjust if necessary.

ColorQube 9303 Family 4-417 ADJ 62.3, ADJ 62.4
ADJ 73.1 Tray 3 Paper Tray Guide Setting
Purpose
To adjust the paper tray guide in tray 3 and tray 4 for A4 or 8.5 x 11 inch paper.
Adjustment
WARNING Locate tab in correct position
1. Pull out the tray to be adjusted and remove the paper from the tray.
2. Push in the retaining clips and release the paper tray guides, Figure 1.
Release 4 clips
Locate paper guide in

Figure 1 Remove the paper guides correct slot
3. To reset the front and rear paper tray guides:

Go to Figure 2, to set the paper tray guides to A4 paper size and reposition the
Figure 2 A4 size
retaining clips.
Go to Figure 3, to set the paper tray guides to 8.5 x 11 paper size and reposition the
retaining clips.

4. To lock the paper tray guide in position, push the retaining clips in the reverse direction as
shown in Figure 1.
5. To reset the right side paper tray guides, Figure 4:
(A) to set the paper tray guides to A4 paper size.
(B) to set the paper tray guides to letter size.
Locate tab in correct position
Use the handles to move the paper

guides to A4 paper size.
Locate paper guide in Use the handles to move the paper

correct slot guides to letter size.
Figure 4 Right side paper tray guides

Figure 3 8.5 x 11 size

ADJ 75.1 Tray 5 Paper Tray Guide Setting
Paper size indicator window
Purpose
To adjust the paper tray guides in tray 5 for A4 / A3 or 8.5 x 11 / 11 x 17 inch paper.
Adjustment
WARNING
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do 1
not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause Move the handle up to
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. release the lock on the
paper guide
1. Open tray 5 door and allow the tray to lower and remove the paper stack. 2
2. Adjust the paper guide to the required paper size, Figure 1. Use the handle to move
To set the paper tray guide to A4 / A3 paper size, move the paper guide to the outer the paper guide to the
position. required paper size
To set the paper tray guide to 8.5 x 11 / 11 x 17 inch paper size, move the paper
guide to the inner position. 3
3. Check the registration, refer to dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration. Move the handle down
to lock the paper guide
Figure 1 Paper guide adjustment

ADJ 75.2 Tray 5 Module to Machine Alignment ADJ 75.3 Tray 5 Module Tray Alignment
Purpose Purpose
To correctly align the tray 5 module to achieve correct top edge registration and reliable trans- To align the tray 5 module paper tray with the paper trays in the IOT module. Use this adjust-
fer of paper from the tray 5 module to the machine. ment when the top edge registration cannot be achieved using dC625 Registration / Preheat
Calibration.
Adjustment
NOTE: Perform ADJ 75.2, Tray 5 Module to Machine Alignment, before starting this adjust-
WARNING ment procedure. Use both ADJ 75.2 and this adjustment to achieve correct hole punch align-
Ensure that the electricity to the machine is switched off while performing tasks that do ment.
death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Before performing this adjustment return the NVM values for tray 5 to the nominal values.
The adjustment must be performed in the following order:
Adjustment
1. Figure 1, turn the hand wheel in the centre of the tray 5 module to raise the casters off of WARNING
the floor.
2. Check the registration, refer to dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration. not need electricity. Refer to GP 14. Disconnect the power cord. Electricity can cause
Make a sample print and determine which way and how far the tray needs to be moved. After
the adjustment is made, take a sample print.
1. Loosen the two screws on the docking pin bracket, Figure 1.
1
Turn the hand wheel to
obtain alignment
1
Loosen two screws
2
Raise front and rear casters off of the
floor
Figure 1 Docking pin bracket
2. Turn the adjusting screw to move the docking pin bracket to the front or to the rear, Figure 2
Figure 1 Machine to tray 5 alignment

1
Turn the adjusting screw as
necessary
2
The bracket moves
1
Tighten two screws
Figure 2 Adjusting screw Figure 4 Secure the docking pin bracket
Use the scribed indicator to determine the amount of movement, Figure 3. 4. Make sample prints and check the top edge registration.
5. Enter dC625 Registration / Preheat Calibration.
6. If the top edge registration is still out of range, then repeat the adjustment.
Use the scribed indicators to

determine the amount of
adjustment required.
The indicator is in 1 mm
increments.
Figure 3 Adjustment indicator
3. Secure the docking pin bracket, Figure 4.

ADJ 82.1 Media Registration Calibration
Purpose
To set the media registration and skew to the image set on the drum. Refer to dC625 Registra-
tion / Preheat calibration.

ADJ 91.1 Printhead Attachment Check
Purpose
To check the attachment of the printheads to the carriages. This procedure should be per-
formed if the dC967 Head to Drum Spacing Check has failed.
Adjustment
WARNING
NOTE: The dC967 routine will stop if a faulty or incorrectly fitted printhead is identified.

1. Check that the suspect printhead is securely attached to the ball plate, refer to REP
91.29.
2. Check for obstructions or debris blocking movement of the suspect printhead.
3. Make sure the harnesses are correctly routed along the carriage with the suspect print-
head, refer to GP 28.
4. Remove the suspect printhead, refer to REP 91.29. Check for debris on the ball plate and
the back surface of the printhead. Remove any excess ink from umbilical ink nozzles,
then re-install the printhead. Re-run dC967. If the spacing check again fails, perform the
following:
a. Swap the faulty printhead with a printhead from a different position.
b. Re-run dC967.
c. If the fault follows the printhead, install a new printhead, PL 91.20 Item 2 or PL 91.25
Item 2.
d. If the fault remains with the printhead position, check the ball plate and SFWA frame.
Install new components as necessary, PL 91.20 or PL 91.25.

5 Parts Lists
PL 1 - Standby Power PL 12.125 HVF Feed Assembly and Punch (1 of 3) ....................................................... 5-37
PL 1.15 Main Power Supply ............................................................................................ 5-3 PL 12.130 HVF Feed Assembly and Punch (2 of 3) ....................................................... 5-38
PL 12.135 HVF Feed Assembly and Punch (3 of 3) ....................................................... 5-39
PL 2 - User Interface and Secure Access PL 12.140 HVF Power and Control ................................................................................. 5-40
PL 2.00 Secure Access Additions ................................................................................... 5-4
PL 2.10 User Interface .................................................................................................... 5-5 PL 12 - HVF Booklet Maker
PL 12.145 HVF BM Module (Complete).......................................................................... 5-41
PL 3 - Machine Run Control PL 12.150 HVF BM Entry and Front Cover ..................................................................... 5-42
PL 3.11 Image Processing Module ................................................................................. 5-6 PL 12.155 HVF BM Tamper Assembly ........................................................................... 5-43
PL 12.160 HVF BM Back Stop Motor.............................................................................. 5-44
PL 5 - DADH
PL 12.165 HVF BM Back Stop assembly........................................................................ 5-45
PL 5.10 DADH (Complete), Covers, DADH PWB ........................................................... 5-7
PL 12.170 HVF BM Crease Blade Motor ........................................................................ 5-46
PL 5.15 Feed Assembly .................................................................................................. 5-8
PL 12.175 HVF BM Crease Rolls Motor and PWB ......................................................... 5-47
PL 5.20 Top Cover Assembly.......................................................................................... 5-9
PL 12.180 HVF BM Crease Rolls and Support Leg ........................................................ 5-48
PL 5.25 CVT.................................................................................................................... 5-10
PL 12.185 HVF BM Stapler Assemblies.......................................................................... 5-49
PL 5.30 Baffle Assembly ................................................................................................. 5-11
PL 12.190 HVF BM Bin 2 ................................................................................................ 5-50
PL 5.35 Input Tray Assembly .......................................................................................... 5-12
PL 12 - Tri-Folder
PL 10 - Transfix and Copy/Print Transportation
PL 12.200 Tri-Folder Covers ........................................................................................... 5-51
PL 10.10 Stripper System (1 of 2) ................................................................................... 5-13
PL 12.205 Tri-Folder Drives Module ............................................................................... 5-52
PL 10.12 Stripper System (2 of 2) ................................................................................... 5-14
PL 12.210 Tri-Folder Top Door Cover Assembly ............................................................ 5-53
PL 10.15 Exit Paper Path ................................................................................................ 5-15
PL 12.215 Tri-Folder Main Drives Assembly................................................................... 5-54
PL 10.20 Transfix Roller Assembly ................................................................................. 5-16
PL 12 - Inserter
PL 12 - OCT
PL 12.300 Inserter Covers .............................................................................................. 5-55
PL 12.00 OCT ................................................................................................................. 5-17
PL 12.305 Inserter Main Drives (1 of 3) .......................................................................... 5-56
PL 12 - LCSS PL 12.310 Inserter Main Drives (2 of 3) .......................................................................... 5-57
PL 12.10 LCSS Covers ................................................................................................... 5-18 PL 12.315 Inserter Main Drives (3 of 3) .......................................................................... 5-58
PL 12.15 LCSS Docking Latch........................................................................................ 5-19
PL 20 - Fax
PL 12.20 LCSS Hole Punch Unit..................................................................................... 5-20
PL 20.05 Fax Module ...................................................................................................... 5-59
PL 12.25 LCSS Paddle Wheel ........................................................................................ 5-21
PL 20.10 Line 1 & 2 Fax Kits........................................................................................... 5-60
PL 12.30 LCSS Bin 1 Control Components (1 of 2) ........................................................ 5-22
PL 12.35 LCSS Bin 1 Control Components (2 of 2) ........................................................ 5-23 PL 25 - Accessories
PL 12.40 LCSS Paper Entry Transport ........................................................................... 5-24 PL 25.10 Convenience Stapler........................................................................................ 5-61
PL 12.45 LCSS Tamper Assembly.................................................................................. 5-25
PL 12.50 LCSS Ejector Assembly................................................................................... 5-26 PL 26 - Consumables and Tools
PL 12.55 LCSS Staple Head Unit/Traverse Assembly.................................................... 5-27 PL 26.10 Consumables and Tools (1 of 2)...................................................................... 5-62
PL 12.60 LCSS Bin 0 Entry ............................................................................................. 5-28 PL 26.11 Consumables and Tools (2 of 2)...................................................................... 5-63
PL 12.65 LCSS Bin 1 Entry ............................................................................................. 5-29
PL 12.70 LCSS Entry Guide Cover/Jam Clearance Guide ............................................. 5-30
PL 28 - Covers
PL 28.10 Covers.............................................................................................................. 5-64
PL 12.75 LCSS Electrical ................................................................................................ 5-31
PL 12 - HVF PL 31 - Maintenance/Installation/Removal Kits

PL 12.100 HVF Covers and Docking .............................................................................. 5-32 PL 31.10 Maintenance/Installation/Removal Kits (1 of 3)................................................ 5-65
PL 31.11 Maintenance/Installation/Removal Kits (2 of 3)................................................ 5-66
PL 12.105 HVF Stacker................................................................................................... 5-33
PL 31.12 Maintenance/Installation/Removal Kits (3 of 3)................................................ 5-67
PL 12.110 HVF Ejector, Pressing and Support (1 of 2)................................................... 5-34
PL 12.115 HVF Ejector, Pressing and Support (2 of 2)................................................... 5-35
PL 12.120 HVF Main Drives............................................................................................ 5-36
February 2013 Parts Lists

PL 62 - Scanner PL 93 - Ink Delivery
PL 62.10 Scanner Module, CVT/Document Glass .......................................................... 5-68 PL 93.10 Ink Loader Assembly ....................................................................................... 5-102
PL 62.15 Electrical Components (1 of 2) ........................................................................ 5-69
PL 62.16 Electrical Components (2 of 2) ........................................................................ 5-70 PL 94 - Ink Transfer
PL 94.10 Cleaning Unit ................................................................................................... 5-103
PL 70 - Paper Supply PL 94.15 IOD Assembly .................................................................................................. 5-104
PL 70.10 Tray 1 and 2 Assembly .................................................................................... 5-71 PL 94.20 Drum Assembly ............................................................................................... 5-105
PL 70.25 3 Tray Module Covers ..................................................................................... 5-72 Common Hardware ......................................................................................................... 5-106
PL 70.30 Left Hand Upper Door Assembly ..................................................................... 5-73
PL 73 - Paper Supply
PL 73.15 Tray 3 Assembly .............................................................................................. 5-74
PL 73.16 3 Tray Module .................................................................................................. 5-75
PL 74.10 Bypass Module (Tray 4)(1 of 2) ....................................................................... 5-76
PL 74.11 Bypass Module (Tray 4) (2 of 2) ...................................................................... 5-77
PL 75.60 Tray 5 Covers .................................................................................................. 5-78
PL 75.62 Tray 5 Base ..................................................................................................... 5-79
PL 75.64 Tray 5 Guides .................................................................................................. 5-80
PL 75.68 Tray 5 Lift Assembly (1 of 2)............................................................................ 5-81
PL 75.70 Tray 5 Lift Assembly (2 of 2)............................................................................ 5-82
PL 81 - Paper Transport
PL 81.10 Main Covers..................................................................................................... 5-83
PL 81.11 Front Door Assembly ....................................................................................... 5-84
PL 81.25 Tray 1 Paper Feed Assembly .......................................................................... 5-85
PL 81.35 3 Tray Module Transport Assembly................................................................. 5-88
PL 81.40 Tray 5 Feed Assembly (1 of 3) ........................................................................ 5-89
PL 82 - Paper Transport
PL 82.10 Vertical Paper Path.......................................................................................... 5-92
PL 82.15 Horizontal Paper Path...................................................................................... 5-93
PL 88 - Registration/Preheat Assembly
PL 88.10 Registration/Preheat Assembly (1 of 2) ........................................................... 5-94
PL 88.11 Registration/Preheat Assembly (2 of 2) ........................................................... 5-95
PL 91 - Marking Unit
PL 91.05 Marking Unit Slide Assembly ........................................................................... 5-96
PL 91.10 Marking Unit Drive Assembly........................................................................... 5-97
PL 91.15 Marking Unit Belt and Drive ............................................................................. 5-98
PL 91.20 Marking Unit Upper Carriage Assembly .......................................................... 5-99
PL 91.25 Marking Unit Lower Carriage Assembly .......................................................... 5-100
PL 92 - IOT Process Control

PL 92.10 Marking Unit Electronic PWB's ........................................................................ 5-101
Parts Lists February 2013

PL 1.15 Main Power Supply
Item Part Description
1 Main power cord (see below for
variants)
152S06414 United Kingdom
152S06400 USSG/XCL
152S06413 XE
152S06402 Argentina
152S06415 Denmark
152S06416 Switzerland
2 112K01070 Power supply unit (REP 1.9)
3 110K21010 Main power rocker switch
4 960K71860 Drum driver PWB (REP 3.6)
5 960K46462 Media path driver PWB (REP 3.5)
6 127E16360 Enclosure fan (MOT42-063)
7 110K21111 Front door interlock switch (S01-
103) (REP 1.8)
8 117E35720 Bypass extension harness (PJ405)
9 117E35610 Drum driver MR sensor harness
(PJ701)
10 117E35590 Drum driver power supply interface
cable (PJ902)
11 117E35560 Chassis interlock harness
12 Drum driver PWB bracket (P/O PL
1.15 Item 4)
13 117E35550 AC chassis heater harness
(PJ5AC)
14 117E35581 Drum driver to front components
harness (PJ501)
15 117E35600 Drum driver/Media path power
harness (PJ602, PJ803)
16 117E35620 Engine fan harness (PJ901)
17 117E35650 Cleaning unit interface harness
(PJ601, PJ802)
18 117E35690 Media path driver PWB to RALPH
harness (PJ202)
19 117E35710 Media path exit/horizontal harness
(PJ905)
20 117E35750 Transfix roller harness (PJ401)
21 117E35530 Media path driver PWB to 3 tray
module PWB harness (PJ401)
22 117E35700 Midrail front door switch harness
23 127K62260 Marking unit cooling fan

ColorQube 9303 Family 5-3 PL 1.15
PL 2.00 Secure Access Additions
1 101E28760 Secure access controller
2 105E24030 Xerox secure access power supply
3 146E02130 Xerox secure access card reader
(HID)
146E02140 Xerox secure access card reader
(MAGSTRIPE)
(MIFARE)
(LEGIC)
4 117E35360 Xerox secure access power cord
(UK)
117E35340 Xerox secure access power cord
(NA)

PL 2.00 5-4 ColorQube 9303 Family
PL 2.10 User Interface
1 User interface control panel
housing (XE) (P/O PL 2.10 Item 17)
User interface control panel
housing (USSG/XCL) (P/O PL 2.10
Item 17)
2 960K66481 User interface control PWB (REP
2.3)
3 123K08482 User interface touch screen (REP
2.2)
4 960K52290 User interface status PWB
5 French/Canadian overlay label (P/
O PL 31.11 Item 8)
6 Retainer touch screen (Not spared)
7 952K00890 User interface harness (PJ19 to
PJ905, PJ223 to PJ900)
8 UI harness cover (Not spared)
9 962K76550 User interface control PWB to user
interface status PWB harness
(PJ907 to PJ908)
10 848E40401 UI inlay
11 962K76560 LCD to PWB harness
12 Harness clip (Not spared)
13 User interface harness clip (P/O PL
31.10 Item 12)
14 Numeric keys (P/O PL 2.10 Item
17)
15 Service keys (P/O PL 2.10 Item 17)
16 Power keys (P/O PL 2.10 Item 17)
17 848K31214 UI plastic housing (XE) (REP 2.1)
848K31224 UI plastic housing (USSG/XCL)
(REP 2.1)

PL 3.11 Image Processing Module
1 960K66422 Power distribution PWB
2 121E27750 Hard disk drive (REP 3.8)
3 960K66471 Hard disk drive/Single board
controller PWB harness (PJ222)
4 960K66440 System memory PWB (DDR2 1GB)
(PJ10)
5 127K68673 Chassis fan assembly
6 Inner fan duct (P/O PL 3.11 Item 5)
7 Fax connector PWB ribbon cable
(PJ49) (Not spared)
8 Heatsink assembly (Not spared)
9 Hard disk drive damper kit (P/O PL
3.11 Item 15)
10 PDB to SBC harness (PJ17) (Not
spared)
11 PWB Cover (Not spared)
12 Hard disk drive power harness (PJ3
)(P/O PL 3.11 Item 15)
13 960K66413 Single board controller PWB (REP
3.7)
14 960K27451 Foreign device interface PWB
15 Single board controller PWB
module (Not spared)
16 012E21850 SBC drawer service loop harness
(PJ1, PJ13, PJ14, PJ20, PJ604)
17 960K66434 NVM module PWB (REP 3.9)
18 105K36240 Battery
19 Shoulder screw (P/O PL 3.11 Item
9)
20 Grommet (P/O PL 3.11 Item 9)
21 960K66450 EPC memory PWB (DDR 1GB)
(U98)
22 Product enablement key (SIM) (P/O
PL 31.12 Item 2)
23 952K00240 Foreign device interface harness
(PJ16)
24 Harness guide plate (Not spared)
25 Wireless network adapter (P/O PL
31.11 Item 4)
26 Extension cable (P/O PL 31.11 Item
4)

PL 5.10 DADH (Complete), Covers,
DADH PWB
1 802E19352 Rear cover
2 036K01701 Right counterbalance (REP 5.12,
ADJ 5.2, ADJ 5.5)
3 019K13350 Document pad (ADJ 5.6)
4 036K01630 Left counterbalance (REP 5.12,
ADJ 5.2, ADJ 5.5)
5 960K51762 DADH PWB
6 962K62932 Communication/power cable
(PJ188, PJ851)
7 Harness support (P/O PL 5.10 Item
9)
8 Top cover (REF: PL 5.20 Item 15)
9 084K36766 DADH (complete) (REP 5.19, ADJ
5.2, ADJ 5.5)
10 121E17510 DADH Platen down sensor magnet
(See NOTE)
11 DADH ground harness (P/O PL
5.10 Item 9)
12 Thumbscrew (Not spared)
13 017E11301 End stop
NOTE: To clean the DADH, refer to ADJ 5.4. For the platen
down sensor (Q62-019) refer to PL 62.16 Item 5.

PL 5.15 Feed Assembly
1 113R00718 Feed roll assembly (REP 5.14)
(See NOTE 2)
2 130E11200 DADH feed sensor (Q05-204)
3 Front cover (P/O PL 5.15 Item 18)
4 Feed housing (P/O PL 5.15 Item
18)
5 Nudger Motor (MOT05-098) (P/O
PL 5.15 Item 18)
6 Feed yoke (P/O PL 5.15 Item 18)
7 Spring (P/O PL 5.15 Item 18)
8 Bearing (P/O PL 5.15 Item 18)
9 DADH feed clutch (CL05-062) (W/
O TAG D-005) (Not spared)
10 Rear cover (P/O PL 5.15 Item 18)
11 110E13480 DADH cover interlock switch (S05-
212)
12 Front feed gate (P/O PL 5.15 Item
18)
13 Rear feed gate (P/O PL 5.15 Item
18)
14 125E00430 Static eliminator
15 Gear (P/O PL 5.15 Item 18)
16 127K53770 DADH feed motor (MOT05-074)
(ADJ 5.1)
17 Feed motor tension spring (red) (P/
O PL 5.10 Item 9)
18 Feed assembly (complete) (REF:
PL 31.10 Item 15) (REP 5.3)
19 Shaft (P/O PL 5.15 Item 18)
20 Bracket (P/O PL 5.15 Item 18)
21 802E87730 Feed roll assembly cover
22 Intermediate feed bearing (P/O PL
5.15 Item 18)
24 004E22560 Feed motor bracket
25 Ground harness (P/O PL 5.15 Item
18)
26 Not used
27 Motor bracket (P/O PL 5.15 Item
18)
28 604K61440 Feed clutch and spacer kit (W/TAG
D-005)
29 Spacer (P/O PL 5.15 Item 28) (W/
TAG D-005)
30 Feed clutch (P/O PL 5.15 Item 28)
(W/TAG D-005)
NOTE: 1: For the feed motor drive belt, refer to PL 5.35 Item
5.
NOTE: 2: To reset the count, go to dC135.

PL 5.20 Top Cover Assembly
1 Hinge (P/O PL 5.20 Item 16)
2 Bushing (P/O PL 5.20 Item 16)
3 022E25061 CVT/Takeaway idler
4 806E19680 Shaft
5 Torsion spring (green) (P/O PL 5.20
Item 17)
6 038E22914 Base
8 Torsion spring (silver) (P/O PL 5.20
Item 17)
9 029E37810 Latch pin
10 Spring plate (P/O PL 5.20 Item 17)
11 130K73960 DADH TAR sensor (Q05-096) (REP
5.8)
12 130K73970 DADH CVT Sensor (Q05-097)
(REP 5.8)
13 Sensor support (P/O PL 5.20 Item
17)
14 Shaft securing bracket (P/O PL
5.20 Item 17)
15 802K62453 Top cover
16 802K93770 Top cover assembly (REP 5.1)
17 055K37570 Top access cover assembly (REP
5.2)
NOTE: For the top cover interlock switch (S05-212), refer to

PL 5.15 Item 11.

PL 5.25 CVT
1 130K73980 DADH pre registration sensor
(Q05-206) (REP 5.10)
2 Sensor support (P/O PL 5.10 Item
9)
3 Torsion spring (P/O PL 5.10 Item 9)
4 013E21103 Front CVT roll bearing
5 CVT Roll (P/O PL 31.10 Item 11)
(REP 5.15)
6 022E25061 Pre-scan idler
7 Base (P/O PL 5.10 Item 9)
8 Shaft (Not spared)
9 127K53780 DADH CVT Motor (MOT05-099)
(ADJ 5.1)
10 CVT Motor tension spring (silver)
(P/O PL 5.10 Item 9)
11 023E25420 CVT Motor drive belt (195T) (REP
5.15, ADJ 5.1)
12 050E14972 Duplex gate (REP 5.15)
13 013E21094 Rear CVT roll bearing
14 Spacer (white) (P/O PL 5.10 Item 9)
15 004E22560 CVT Motor bracket
16 Ground harness (Not spared)
17 CVT roll pulley (P/O PL 5.25 Item 5)

PL 5.30 Baffle Assembly
1 Lower cover (P/O PL 5.30 Item 14)
2 038E34361 Lower baffle
3 121E20060 DADH Duplex solenoid (SOL05-
100) (REP 5.7)
4 022E25061 Post scan idlers
6 059K43910 Exit roll idlers (REP 5.18)
8 Document finger (P/O PL 5.30 Item
14)
9 Torsion spring (P/O PL 5.30 Item
14)
10 Lift bar (P/O PL 5.30 Item 14)
11 Link arm (P/O PL 5.30 Item 14)
12 Mylar guide strip (P/O PL 31.11
Item 14) (REP 5.20)
13 130E11500 DADH exit sensor (Q05-209) (REP
5.11)
14 055K37583 Lower baffle assembly (REP 5.5)
15 Solenoid spring (P/O PL 5.30 Item
16)
16 121K44520 DADH Duplex solenoid assembly

PL 5.35 Input Tray Assembly
1 050K67465 Input tray assembly (complete)
(REP 5.4)
2 004K00971 Pad
3 031E11310 Restack arm
4 050E22922 Input tray
5 Feed Motor Drive Belt (86T) (ADJ
5.1) (Not spared)
6 059K84630 Takeaway roll assembly (REP 5.6)
7 125E00430 Static eliminator (small) (REP 5.17)
8 130E18340 DADH Tray size sensor 1 (Q05-
221)/DADH Tray size sensor 2
(Q05-222) (See NOTE) (REP 5.9)
9 Lower cover (right) (P/O PL 5.35
Item 1)
10 115K02540 Static eliminator (large)
11 103K01511 DADH width sensor
(Potentiometer) (Q05-095) (REP
5.16)
13 014E61020 Spacer (black)
14 Nylon washer (P/O PL 5.35 Item 1)
15 Pulley (P/O PL 5.35 Item 1)
16 Sensor bracket (P/O PL 5.35 Item
1)
17 059K43920 Exit roll assembly (REP 5.13)
18 Input guide rack assembly (P/O PL
5.35 Item 1)
19 130E11200 DADH Document sensor (Q05-102)
20 Lower cover (left) (P/O PL 5.35
Item 1)
NOTE: This item is also supplied as a pair as a kit PL 31.11

Item 17.

PL 10.10 Stripper System (1 of 2)
1 059E10700 Roller drive 'J' (REP 10.10)
2 059E10890 Roller drive 'L' (REP 10.11)
3 121K50591 Stripper solenoid assembly
(SOL10-021) (REP 10.9)
4 Gearbox (P/O PL 10.10 Item 16)
(REP 10.8)
5 Post transfix motor (M4) (MOT10-
018) (P/O PL 10.10 Item 16) (REP
10.8)
6 130E12950 Post transfix sensor (11) (Q10-
015)/Pre exit sensor (12) (Q10-016)
7 Sensor cover (Not spared)
8 Bushing roller (Not spared)
9 055K43331 Upper baffle assembly (See NOTE)
(REP 10.22)
10 Stripper jam clearance LED
assembly (P/O PL 10.10 Item 9)
11 803E13460 Front latchfork
12 803E13451 Back latchfork
13 807E29000 Gear drive (25T Symetric)
14 809E34520 Return spring
15 Stripper latch cam (P/O PL 10.10
Item 18)
16 007K19810 Motor drive and gearbox assembly
(REP 10.8)
17 130E12940 Stripper latch sensor (Q10-014)
18 006K32500 Stripper guide latch cam shaft
assembly (REP 10.23)
19 Upper baffle (P/O PL 10.10 Item 9)
20 Camshaft (P/O PL 10.10 Item 18)
NOTE: HFSI. This component must be cleaned at regular

intervals, refer to SCP 4 subsystem maintenance. To reset
the HFSI count, go to dC135.

PL 10.12 Stripper System (2 of 2)
1 055K43271 Stripper gate and baffle assembly
(REP 10.21)
2 Gate and baffle shaft (Not spared)
3 Stripper blade assembly (P/O PL
10.12 Item 5) (See NOTE) (REP
10.21)
4 Stripper shaft (Not spared)
5 604K73430 Stripper blade kit
6 Stripper blade retaining tool (P/O
PL 10.12 Item 5)
7 Grounding strip (Not spared)
NOTE: Supplied with a stripper retaing tool, PL 10.12 Item 6.

PL 10.15 Exit Paper Path
1 059E10720 Roller nip 'N' (REP 10.18)
2 Sensor cover (Not spared)
3 130E12950 Exit sensor (15)(Q10-017)(REP
10.16)/Duplex start sensor
(13)(Q83-110)(REP 10.15)
4 Handle (Not spared)
5 Static brush (P/O PL 10.15 Item 19)
6 059E10730 Roller nip 'P' (REP 10.17)
7 020K20480 Pulley 3mm (driven)
8 023E31390 Belt 3mm (112T)
9 023E31400 Belt 3mm (92T)
10 020K20460 Pulley 3mm (21T one way)
11 127E16370 Exit Motor (M5) (MOT83-001) (REP
10.14)
12 807E28980 Driven compound gear
13 807E28990 Idler compound gear
14 121E26500 Exit/duplex solenoid (SOL83-006)
(REP 10.12)
15 Upper exit guide (P/O PL 10.15
Item 19)
16 Exit illuminator PWB (P/O PL 10.15
Item 19) (REP 10.19)
17 Diverter gate assembly (P/O PL
10.15 Item 19) (REP 10.13)
18 Top exit baffle (P/O PL 10.15 Item
19)
19 038K23770 Exit paper path assembly (REP
10.20)
20 Upper exit idler (P/O PL 10.15 Item
19)
21 Upper baffle idler (P/O PL 10.15
Item 19)
22 Upper baffle idler spring (P/O PL
10.15 Item 19)

PL 10.20 Transfix Roller Assembly
1 059K78250 Transfix roller (REP 10.1)
2 Bearing retainer (P/O PL 10.20
Item 1)
3 Transfix bearing carrier (P/O PL
10.20 Item 1)
4 848E34280 Transfix encoder cover
5 146K01011 Front transfix flexure encoder/Rear
transfix flexure encoder (REP
10.24)
7 Front compound gear (P/O PL
10.20 Item 16)
8 Front transfix linkage assembly (P/
O PL 10.20 Item 16) (REP 10.2)
9 Rear compound gear (P/O PL
10.20 Item 18) (REP 10.3)
10 Rear transfix linkage assembly (P/
O PL 10.20 Item 18) (REP 10.3)
11 127K62320 Front transfix motor (MOT10-019)
(REP 10.4), Rear transfix motor
(MOT10-020) (REP 10.5)
12 801K37690 Front drum frame assembly (REP
10.2)
13 801K37940 Rear outer frame (REP 10.3)
14 041K06800 Transfix stripper assembly (See
NOTE) (REP 10.6)
15 Not used
16 Front transfix linkage and gear kit
(REF: PL 31.11 Item 21) (REP
10.2)
17 117E35760 Transfix bearing ground cable
18 Rear transfix linkage and gear kit
(REF: PL 31.11 Item 22) (REP
10.3)
19 Front outer frame (P/O PL 10.20
Item 12)
20 Front inner frame (P/O PL 10.20
Item 12)
21 Latch (P/O PL 10.20 Item 12)
22 Spring (Not spared)
NOTE: To reset the HFSI count go to dC135.

PL 12.00 OCT
1 OCT (complete) (P/O PL 31.11 Item
1)
2 Tray (P/O PL 12.00 Item 1)
3 826E32840 Thumbscrew
4 130E81311 OCT 90% full sensor (Q12-211)

PL 12.10 LCSS Covers
1 802K31380 Exit cover
2 848K31340 Top cover (REP 12.1-110)
3 Entry guide cover (REF: PL 12.70
Item 5) (REP 12.15-110)
4 Front door cover assembly (P/O PL
31.11 Item 2) (REP 12.1-110)
5 017K03750 Fixed caster
6 017K04520 Adjustable caster
7 Output cover (Not spared)
8 802K48320 Lower right hand cover
9 050K67380 Bin 0
10 050K68490 Bin 1 (ADJ 12.1-110)
11 848K31320 Rear cover assembly (REP 12.1-
110)
12 Upper right hand cover (Not
spared)
13 019K13380 Bin 1 alignment clip
NOTE: Refer to ADJ 12.2-110 to align the LCSS to the

machine.

PL 12.15 LCSS Docking Latch
1 Sensor cover (P/O PL 12.15 Item 9)
2 110K13980 Docking interlock (S12-177) (See
NOTE)
3 Link bracket assembly (P/O PL
12.15 Item 8)
4 Stopper (P/O PL 12.15 Item 9)
5 Docking latch (P/O PL 12.15 Item
8)
6 Not used
7 120K03450 Docking actuator (See NOTE)
8 003K20930 Docking latch assembly (See
NOTE) (REP 12.16-110)
9 003K20940 Mounting stay assembly
NOTE: Also comes as part of mounting stay assembly PL

12.15 Item 9.

PL 12.20 LCSS Hole Punch Unit
1 130E10360 Punch head home sensor (Q12-
194), Punch head present sensor
(Q12-195) (REP 12.7-110)
2 127K55900 Punch head motor assembly
(MOT12-243) (REP 12.7-110)
3 Hole punch unit (see below for
variants) (REP 12.7-110, ADJ 12.3-
110) (See NOTE)
180K01330 2 Hole (XE)
180K01340 3 Hole (USSG/XCL)
4 093E03930 Chad bin
5 Thumbscrew (Not spared)
7 130E10380 Punch sensor 1 (Q12-078), Chad
bin level sensor (Q12-193) (P/O PL
12.20 Item 14) (REP 12.7-110)
8 Sensor bracket (Not spared)
9 Not used
10 Bracket (Not spared)
11 Punch drive gear (Not spared)
12 Punch cam (Not spared)
13 Punch spacer (Not spared)
14 Punch sensor assembly (Not
spared)
15 014K10610 Hole punch assembly cover
NOTE: Refer to PL 31.10 Item 5 for other LCSS hole punch

kits.

PL 12.25 LCSS Paddle Wheel
1 Bushing (Not spared)
3 Paddle wheel (4 off) (REF: PL
31.10 Item 4) (REP 12.18-110)
4 Paddle wheel shaft assembly(W/
TAG F-016) (REF: PL 31.11 Item
6)(REP 12.12-110)
5 013E25790 Nylon bearing
6 Gear (Not spared)
7 Flag (Not spared)
8 Cable clamp (Not spared)
9 Output cover (REF: PL 12.10 Item
7)
10 127K62580 Paddle roll motor assembly
(MOT12-238)
11 130E10360 Paddle roll home sensor (Q12-186)

PL 12.30 LCSS Bin 1 Control
Components (1 of 2)
1 023E24320 Bin 1 drive belt (REP 12.5-110)
2 Rear belt clamp (Not spared) (ADJ
12.1-110)
3 110E20180 Bin 1 upper limit switch (S12-190)
5 130E10360 Bin 1 90% full sensor (Q12-187)
6 Pulley (Not spared)
7 Bearing (Not spared)
8 127K55890 Bin 1 elevator motor (MOT12-241)
9 Front belt clamp (Not spared) (ADJ
12.1-110)
10 Motor bracket (Not spared)
11 130E12330 Bin 1 motor encoder sensor (Q12-
163)
12 Pulley assembly (Not spared)
13 Belt tensioner (Not spared)
15 Idler (Not spared)

PL 12.35 LCSS Bin 1 Control
Components (2 of 2)
1 110K13990 Bin 1 lower limit switch (S12-191)
2 Not used
3 130E10360 Bin 1 Upper level sensor (Q12-188)
(REP 12.11-110)
4 Actuator (Not spared)
5 Sensor support assembly (Not
spared)

PL 12.40 LCSS Paper Entry Transport
1 023E24340 Input drive belt (REP 12.2-110)
2 127K55860 Transport motor 1 (MOT12-223)
(REP 12.2-110)
5 013E37460 Dry bearing
6 Feed roll shaft (short) (Not spared)
7 013E37470 Bearing
8 Paper entry guide assembly (REF:
PL 12.70 Item 1)
9 Feed roll shaft (long) (Not spared)
10 006K32780 Thumb wheel

PL 12.45 LCSS Tamper Assembly
1 049K12120 Tamper assembly (REP 12.6-110)
2 Tamper unit (P/O PL 12.45 Item 1)
3 130E10360 Front tamper home sensor (Q12-
180),Front tamper away sensor
(Q12-182), Rear tamper home
sensor (Q12-181), Rear tamper
away sensor (Q12-183) (See
NOTE)
4 Sensor bracket (P/O PL 12.45 Item
1)
5 Static eliminator (stacker) (REF: PL
12.65 Item 7)
6 Sensor retainer (P/O PL 12.45 Item
1)
NOTE: The front tamper home sensor (Q12-180) and rear

tamper home sensor (Q12-181) are bonded onto the tamper
unit and are not replaceable. Failure of either of these
sensors will require the replacement of the tamper assembly.

PL 12.50 LCSS Ejector Assembly
1 054K43580 Ejector assembly (REP 12.10-110)
2 Ejector base (P/O PL 12.50 Item 1)
3 130E10360 Ejector home sensor (Q12-184),
Ejector out sensor (Q12-185),
Ejector motor encoder sensor
(Q12-096) (REP 12.10-110)
5 023E24330 Ejector belt (REP 12.17-110)
6 Clip (P/O PL 12.50 Item 1)
7 019K13390 Support finger set (Qty. 4)
8 020K21490 Pulley/drive gear
11 Slide ejector bearing (P/O PL 12.50
Item 14)
12 Wide slide ejector bearing (P/O PL
12.50 Item 14)
13 Cushion washer (P/O PL 12.50
Item 14)
14 604K67690 LCSS bearing assembly kit

PL 12.55 LCSS Staple Head Unit/
Traverse Assembly
1 Stapler traverse assembly (P/O PL
31.11 Item 15) (REP 12.8-110)
2 Head traverse unit (P/O PL 12.55
Item 1)
3 130E10360 Stapler home sensor (Q12-135),
Stapler index sensor (Q12-168)
4 130E10380 SH1 Paper sensor (Q12-196)
5 029K04690 Staple head unit (REP 12.9-110)
6 Stapler cover (P/O PL 12.55 Item 1)
7 008R12941 Staple cartridge
8 Staple head assembly (P/O PL
12.55 Item 1)

PL 12.60 LCSS Bin 0 Entry
1 006K32810 Top tray exit shaft
4 023E24330 Intermediate paper drive belt (REP
12.3-110)
5 127K55870 Transport motor 2 (MOT12-224)
(REP 12.4-110)
8 Feed roll shaft (short) (Not spared)
9 013E25800 Copper bearing
10 117K54510 Paper guide
11 130E11440 Top tray exit sensor (Q12-107)
12 121K45010 Exit diverter solenoid (SOL12-225)
13 Shaft diverter assembly (P/O PL
31.11 Item 18)
14 023E24340 Paper output drive belt (REP 12.4-
110)
15 006K32840 Drive shaft assembly
16 006K33960 Drive shaft assembly knob
17 Belt tensioner (Not spared)
19 Washer (Not spared)
20 Actuator (Not spared)

PL 12.65 LCSS Bin 1 Entry
1 032K04610 Left hand paper guide
2 032K04590 Lower right hand paper guide
3 006K32790 Ejector drive shaft
4 130E11440 Compiler exit sensor (Q12-107)
7 115E11810 Static eliminator (stacker)
8 023E24340 Paper output drive belt
9 Upper right hand paper guide (Not
spared)
11 Mylar safety cover (P/O PL 12.65
Item 1)

PL 12.70 LCSS Entry Guide Cover/
Jam Clearance Guide
1 032K09670 Jam clearance guide assembly
2 003K17531 Jam clearance handle
3 130E10380 Entry sensor (Q12-077)
5 848K31330 Entry guide cover (REP 12.15-110)
6 Jam clearance guide (P/O PL 12.70
Item 1)
7 Latch (Not spared)

PL 12.75 LCSS Electrical
1 960K58411 LCSS PWB (CAUTION) (REP
12.14-110)
2 105K35842 Power supply module
3 960K34490 Pause to unload PWB
4 962K56951 Cord bracket assembly
303)
6 110K13970 Top cover interlock switch (S12-
197)
7 LCSS communications harness
(Not spared)
8 LCSS power cord (Not spared)
CAUTION
Do not install a new LCSS PWB until the cause of the
damage to the old LCSS PWB has been determined. Go to
the 12G-110 LCSS PWB Damage RAP.

PL 12.100 HVF Covers and Docking
1 848E40510 Top cover (REP 12.1-171)
2 848K12501 Front cover (REP 12.1-171)
3 848E17790 Front door (REP 12.1-171)
4 848K12510 Door support (REP 12.1-171)
5 848E40521 Rear cover (REP 12.1-171)
6 848K12530 Vent cover (REP 12.1-171)
7 848E17800 Foot cover (REP 12.1-171)
8 848E17810 Inserter cover (REP 12.1-171)
9 848E40500 Top tray (REP 12.3-171)
10 Seal (Not spared)
11 017K04830 Fixed caster assembly (REP 12.96-
171)
12 Fixed caster bracket (P/O PL
12.100 Item 11)
13 017K04630 Adjustable caster (REP 12.96-171)
14 Adjustable caster washer (P/O PL
12.100 Item 13)
15 017K04760 Mounting bracket assembly
16 110K13980 Docking interlock switch (S12-177)
17 120K03450 Docking actuator (P/O PL 12.100
Item 15)
18 049K13570 Bookletmaker interlock bracket

PL 12.105 HVF Stacker
1 848E40530 Upper right side cover (REP 12.5-
171)
2 848E17840 Lower right side cover
3 130E12830 Bin 1 90% full sensor (Q12-187)/
Bin 1 motor encoder sensor (Q12-
163)
4 Rear main belt clamp (1 of 2) (Not
spared)
5 Rear main belt clamp (2 of 2) (Not
spared)
6 023E31220 Bin 1 main drive belt (REP 12.38-
171)
7 110K20890 Bin 1 upper limit switch (REP
12.75-171) (S12-190)/Bin 1 lower
limit switch (REP 12.75-171) (S12-
191)
8 Main belt pulley (Not spared)
9 Main belt tensioner (Not spared)
10 127K56591 Bin 1 elevator motor assembly
(MOT12-241) (REP 12.12-171)
11 Bin 1 rear lift bar bracket (Not
spared)
12 Bin 1 front lift bar bracket (Not
spared)
13 Bin 1 lift bar (Not spared)
14 Front main belt clamp (2 of 2) (Not
spared)
15 Front main belt clamp (1 of 2) (Not
spared)
16 050E28941 Bin 1 (REP 12.4-171)
17 848E17830 Middle right side cover
18 Bin 1 lift bar brace (Not spared)
19 110K20880 Stacker full sensor and lower limit
switch assembly (REP 12.75-171)
20 019K13380 Bin 1 retaining clip (REP 12.4-171)
21 Sensor/switch bracket (Not spared)
22 110K21060 Stacker channel bracket

PL 12.110 HVF Ejector, Pressing and
Support (1 of 2)
1 Front tamper bracket (Not spared)
2 059K69943 Ejector assembly (REP 12.6-171)
3 Rear tamper support bracket (P/O
PL 12.110 Item 29)
4 Front pressing plate finger (P/O PL
12.110 Item 33) (REP 12.7-171)
5 Rear pressing plate finger (P/O PL
12.110 Item 33) (REP 12.7-171)
6 049K23160 Pressing plate bracket
7 003K20652 Front support finger (REP 12.8-
171)
8 003K20662 Rear support finger (REP 12.8-171)
9 Pressing and support motor
(MOT12-323) (Not spared)
10 Offset rod (Not spared)
11 019K13380 Offset rod KL clip
12 Stapler unit (P/O PL 12.110 Item
14) (REP 12.2-171)
13 Front tamper (Not spared) (REP
12.11-171)
14 029K04671 Stapler assembly (REP 12.2-171)
15 130E12830 Pressing and support encoder
sensor (Q12-093)/Stapler unit
home sensor (Q12-135)/Stapler
unit mid home sensor (Q12-176)/
Stapler unit index sensor (Q12-
168)/Rear tamper away sensor
(Q12-183)/Rear tamper home
sensor (Q12-181)
16 130K75470 Bin 1 upper level sensor (receiver)
(Q12-188) (REP 12.76-171)
17 130K75900 Paper pressing sensor (Q12-322)
18 127K56550 Motor encoder assembly
19 Rear tamper motor (MOT12-227)
(P/O PL 12.110 Item 29) (REP
12.15-171)
20 130K75480 Bin 1 upper level sensor
(transmitter) (Q12-188) (REP
12.76-171)
21 Ejector paper present sensor (Q12-
202) (P/O PL 12.110 Item 2)
22 033K04850 Ejector paddle assembly (W/TAG
V-004) (REP 12.100-171)
23 032E35301 Rear tamper arm
24 Rear tamper pulley (P/O PL 12.110
Item 29)
25 Pressing and support sensor A
(Q12-172), B (Q12-171), C (Q12-
173) (P/O PL 12.110 Item 29)
26 868E36871 Front tamper arm
27 Stapler unit 1 motor (MOT12-249)
(P/O PL 12.110 Item 14)
28 Rear tamper (P/O PL 12.110 Item
29)
29 032K09681 Rear tamper assembly (REP 12.15-
171)
30 032E35341 Set of front and rear tamper arms
31 Staple cartridge (REF: PL 26.10
Item 15)
32 Support bracket (Not spared)
33 003K21100 Pressing plate kit
34 962K82410 Stapler harness and P-clip
35 Ejector assembly safety cover (P/O
PL 31.11 Item 10)
36 Rear tamper drive belt (P/O PL
12.110 Item 29)
37 Rear tamper bracket (P/O PL
12.110 Item 29)

PL 12.115 HVF Ejector, Pressing and
Support (2 of 2)
1 Paper pusher (P/O PL 12.115 Item
8)
2 033K04642 Paddle unit (REP 12.49-171)
3 Pusher mylar (P/O PL 12.115 Item
8)
4 Timing belt pulley (Not spared)
5 Timing belt tensioner (Not spared)
6 Front stacker pulley bracket (Not
spared)
7 Thrust washer (Not spared)
8 050K68501 Paper pusher assembly (REP
12.53-171)
9 Not used
10 Compile exit upper guide (Not
spared)
11 Stacker main drive gear shaft (Not
spared) (REP 12.37-171)
12 Stacker main drive gear (Not
spared) (REP 12.37-171)
13 674K03550 Paper pusher motor assembly
(MOT12-265) (REP 12.51-171)
14 Pinion gear (Not spared)
15 Pinion gear shaft (Not spared)
16 130E12830 Paper pusher upper sensor (Q12-
092)/Paper pusher lower sensor
(Q12-094) (REP 12.54-171)
17 Stapler gate safety switch (S12-
319) (P/O PL 12.115 Item 22)
18 Sensor screw (P/O PL 12.115 Item
22)
19 Sensor assembly bracket (P/O PL
12.115 Item 22)
20 006K32980 Stacker idler roll (REP 12.10-171)
21 Pusher dampers (P/O PL 12.115
Item 8)
22 674K03541 Sensor assembly (REP 12.54-171)
23 013E37150 Stacker driving shaft bearing (REP
12.37-171)
24 110K20900 Top cover interlock switch (S12-
197)
25 033K04651 Paddles (A) outer 2 off, (B) inner 3
off (REP 12.101-171)
26 059K69931 Top jam clearance guide assembly
303)
29 Lower exit guide (Not spared)
30 006K33390 Exit idler roller (x4)

PL 12.120 HVF Main Drives
1 127K56570 Buffer motor (MOT12-262) (REP
12.65-171)/Transport motor 2
(MOT12-224) (REP 12.66-171)
2 127K56560 Transport motor 1 (MOT12-
223)(REP 12.63-171)/Bypass feed
motor (MOT12-263)(REP 12.64-
171)
3 Solenoid bracket (P/O PL 12.120
Item 4)
4 121K45290 BM diverter solenoid (SOL12-258)/
Exit diverter solenoid(SOL12-225)/
Set clamp solenoid (SOL12-056)
5 Solenoid connector (Not spared)
6 127K56610 Paddle unit motor assembly
(MOT12-239) (REP 12.48-171)
7 Transport motor 1 drive belt (Not
spared)
8 Bypass feed motor drive belt (Not
spared)
9 Buffer feed motor drive belt (Not
spared)
10 Transport motor 2 drive belt (A)
(Not spared)
11 Transport motor 2 drive belt (B)
(Not spared)

PL 12.125 HVF Feed Assembly and
Punch (1 of 3)
1 HVF 2 hole punch assembly (P/O
PL 31.10 Item 5)
HVF 3 hole punch assembly (P/O
PL 31.10 Item 5)
2 604K83750 HVF chad bin
3 Hole punch thumb screw (P/O PL
12.125 Item 1)
4 059K59551 Hole punch blanking assembly
5 Front tamper arm (Not spared)
6 127K62570 Front tamper motor assembly
(MOT12-226) (REP 12.11-171)
7 038E41350 Diverter exit gate (REP 12.35-171)
8 Upper exit guide (5c) (Not spared)
(REP 12.14-171)
9 038E41341 BM diverter gate (REP 12.39-171)
10 059K69950 Buffer pocket jam clearance guide
(REP 12.33-171)
11 059K69981 Inserter jam clearance guide
assembly (8a) (REP 12.34-171)
12 059K69961 Input jam clearance guide (5a)
(REP 12.32-171)
13 059K69972 Buffer guide assembly (5b) (REP
12.31-171)
14 Nip split motor cover (P/O PL
12.125 Item 13)
15 Nip split motor (MOT12-264) (P/O
PL 12.125 Item 13)
16 121K45300 Magnet
17 130E12810 Chad bin level sensor (Q12-193)/
Punch sensor 1 (Q12-078)/Punch
sensor 2(Q12-075)/Punch sensor
3(Q12-076)
18 130E12840 Chad bin present sensor (Q12-118)
19 604K55210 2 hole punch module (XE)
498K17930 4 hole punch module (XE)
498K17940 4 hole punch module (Swedish)

Punch (2 of 3)
1 006K32840 Feed roll assembly (Short shaft
type)
Buffer upper roll (1A) (REP 12.45-
171)
Inserter guide roll (1B) (REP 12.41-
171)
Buffer pocket roll (1C) (REP 12.42-
171)
Input roll (1D) (REP 12.40-171)
Top exit feed roll (1E) (REP 12.47-
171)
2 006K32850 Feed roll assembly
Stacker exit feed roll (2A) (REP
12.46-171)
Buffer lower roll (2B) (REP 12.44-
171)
Booklet entrance roll (2C) (REP
12.43-171)
3 019K13660 Buffer clamp assembly
4 006K32820 Stacker exit roll
5 006K32810 Top exit roll
7 Buffer clamp shaft (P/O PL 12.130
Item 3)
8 019K14420 Buffer clamp

Punch (3 of 3)
1 130E12830 Tamper front home sensor (Q12-
180)/Tamper front away sensor
(Q12-182)/Nip split sensor (Q12-
091)/Nip home sensor (Q12-088)
2 130E12810 Entry sensor (Q12-077)/Compiler
exit sensor (Q12-106)/Buffer
position sensor (Q12-086)/Buffer
path sensor (Q12-321)/Inserter
standby sensor(Q12-320)
3 130E12840 Top tray exit sensor (Q12-107)/HVF
Booklet exit sensor (Q12-087)

PL 12.140 HVF Power and Control
1 105K35831 HVF power supply unit (REP 12.55-
171)
2 960K52570 HVF PWB (REP 12.57-171)
3 960K41780 Pause to unload (PTU) PWB (REP
12.97-171)
4 105K36840 Power cord
5 In-line fuse (10A slo-blow) (Not
spared)
6 Harness (Not spared)
7 952K00410 Power communications cable

PL 12.145 HVF BM Module (Complete)
1 084K37050 BM Module (REP 12.61-171)
2 Slide assembly (Not spared) (REP
12.62-171)

PL 12.150 HVF BM Entry and Front
Cover
1 003E69092 Drawer handle
2 Crease roll leaf spring (Not spared)
3 848E40470 BM Front cover
4 803E14110 Crease blade knob (6d)
5 803E13850 Crease roll handle (6c)
7 Paper guide (6e) (P/O PL 12.150
Item 22) (REP 12.60-171)
8 Jam clearance handle (Not spared)
(REP 12.60-171)
9 Nip spring (P/O PL 12.150 Item 22)
(REP 12.60-171)
10 022E30620 Nip roll (REP 12.60-171)
11 Nip shaft (P/O PL 12.150 Item 22)
(REP 12.60-171)
12 130K74072 Flapper home sensor (Q12-207)
(REP 12.16-171)
14 020E39990 BM Entry roll pulley (REP 12.22-
171)
15 006K28660 BM Entry roll (REP 12.22-171)
16 130K74110 BM Entry sensor (Q12-089) (REP
12.23-171)
18 Rear latch (Not spared)
20 809E46411 Latch spring
21 Front latch (Not spared)
22 Entrance baffle assembly (Not
spared) (REP 12.60-171)
23 BM Flapper (P/O PL 12.150 Item
30) (REP 12.16-171)
24 BM flapper bracket (P/O PL 12.150
Item 30)
25 BM Compiler shaft (Not spared)
26 125K03831 Static eliminator
27 Top baffle (Not spared)
29 BM flapper drive belt (Not spared)
30 059K52940 BM Flapper assembly (REP 12.16-
171)

PL 12.155 HVF BM Tamper Assembly
1 107E22600 BM Tamper 1 home sensor (Q12-
205)
2 LH Frame plate (Not spared)
3 127K47660 BM Tamper 1 motor (MOT12-256)
(REP 12.30-171)
4 BM Tamper spring (P/O PL 12.155
Item 10)
5 BM Rear tamper arm (P/O PL
12.155 Item 9) (REP 12.30-171)
6 BM Front tamper arm (P/O PL
12.155 Item 10) (REP 12.30-171)
7 BM Rear tamper rack (P/O PL
12.155 Item 9) (REP 12.30-171)
8 BM Front tamper rack (P/O PL
12.155 Item 10) (REP 12.30-171)
9 007K13190 BM Rear tamper assembly (REP
12.30-171)
10 007K13180 BM Front tamper assembly (REP
12.30-171)
11 807E15450 BM Tamper gear (REP 12.30-171)
12 BM Tamper bracket (Not spared)
(REP 12.30-171)
13 BM Tamper rack guide (Not spared)
(REP 12.30-171)
14 802E59410 BM Connector cover
15 BM Tamper guide plate (Not
spared) (REP 12.30-171)
16 BM Rear tamper finger (Not
spared) (REP 12.30-171)
17 BM Front tamper finger (Not
spared) (REP 12.30-171)
18 125K03593 BM Static eliminator

PL 12.160 HVF BM Back Stop Motor
1 Ground wire (P/O PL 12.160 Item
19)
3 Motor damper (P/O PL 12.160 Item
19) (REP 12.20-171)
4 BM back stop motor (MOT12-255)
(P/O PL 12.160 Item 19) (REP
12.20-171)
6 BM back stop bearing (Not spared)
(REP 12.26-171)
7 023E23300 BM back stop drive belt (REP
12.20-171)
8 809E78370 BM back stop tensioner spring
(REP 12.20-171)
9 Allen key (3mm) (Not spared)
10 848E40480 Sensor cover
11 BM back stop bearing (Not spared)
(REP 12.26-171)
12 BM back stop idler bracket (Not
spared) (REP 12.26-171)
13 BM back stop idler shaft (Not
spared)
14 BM back stop tensioner link (Not
spared)
15 809E25100 BM back stop link spring (REP
12.26-171)
16 012E20870 BM back stop link (REP 12.26-171)
17 LH frame plate (Not spared)
18 107E22600 BM guide home sensor (Q12-204)
19 127K54710 BM back stop motor assembly
(REP 12.20-171)

PL 12.165 HVF BM Back Stop
assembly
1 019E74451 Anti-play shoe
2 BM back stop lock washer (P/O PL
12.165 Item 18)
3 Cable fastener (P/O PL 12.165 Item
18)
4 031E11300 Anti-rattle arm
5 Screw (P/O PL 12.165 Item 18)
6 Flanged hex nut (P/O PL 12.165
Item 18)
7 Back stop adjust spring (P/O PL
12.165 Item 18)
8 809E71970 Antiplay spring
9 Solenoid spring (P/O PL 12.165
Item 18)
10 Shaft support (Not spared)
11 Belt clamp (P/O PL 12.165 Item 18)
12 BM back stop solenoid nut (P/O PL
12.165 Item 18)
13 Pivoting clamp (P/O PL 12.165 Item
18)
14 006K30790 BM back stop drive shaft (REP
12.26-171)
15 023E23140 BM back stop belt (REP 12.26-171)
16 BM back stop shaft (Not spared)
17 BM stack hold solenoid (SOL12-
259) (P/O PL 12.165 Item 18)
18 019K14160 BM back stop assembly (REP
12.21-171)

PL 12.170 HVF BM Crease Blade
Motor
1 107E22600 BM Crease blade motor encoder
sensor (Q12-215), BM Crease
blade home sensor (Q12-214)
(REP 12.18-171)
3)
3 127K54690 BM Crease blade motor assembly
(MOT12-252) (REP 12.18-171)
4 014E47460 Motor encoder (REP 12.18-171)
5 806E36200 Drive shaft
6 007E69830 Drive gear (40T)
7 413W30654 Bearing (REP 12.18-171)
8 008E08220 Crank (REP 12.18-171)
9 012E20860 Connecting rod (REP 12.36-171)
11 802E59171 Motor cover
12 809E42861 Crease nip spring (REP 12.36-171)
13 Crease blade assembly (Not
spared) (REP 12.36-171, ADJ 12.4-
171)
14 032E19330 Crease blade support guide (REP
12.36-171)
15 Crease blade home sensor bracket
(Not spared)
16 Lower mounting plate (P/O PL
12.170 Item 13)
17 815E56520 Crease blade folder plate
18 Upper mounting plate (P/O PL
12.170 Item 13)

PL 12.175 HVF BM Crease Rolls Motor
and PWB
1 127K43751 BM compiler motor (MOT12-251)/
BM flapper motor (MOT12-271)
(REP 12.25-171)
2 Damper bracket (P/O PL 12.175
Item 16) (REP 12.25-171)
4 Ground wire (P/O PL 12.175 Item
16)
5 007E69000 Gear (50T)/pulley (24T)
6 Tri-folder logic cheat (PJ563) (Not
spared)
7 127K54680 BM Crease roll motor assembly
8 127K53620 BM crease roll gate motor (MOT12-
273) (REP 12.24-171)
9 107E22600 BM Crease roll gate home sensor
(Q12-222), BM Crease roll motor
encoder sensor (Q12-216)
10 960K52781 BM PWB (REP 12.17-171)
12)
12 127K62560 BM Crease roll motor (MOT12-253)
(REP 12.19-171)
13 014E47460 BM Crease roll motor encoder
14 Support bracket (Not spared)
15 023E25430 Compiler motor belt
16 127K55520 BM Compiler motor assembly (REP
12.25-171)
17 BM flapper motor pulley (Not
spared)
18 BM flapper motor drive belt (Not
spared)
19 Tri-folder interlock cheat (PJ553)
(Not spared)

PL 12.180 HVF BM Crease Rolls and
Support Leg
1 006K32721 Crease roll assembly 1 (REP
12.52-171)
12.52-171)
12.52-171)
12.52-171)
5 807E34231 Gear crease roll 4
6 807E34240 Lower compound gear
7 807E34280 Upper compound gear
8 007E69081 Crease roll gate rack gear (REP
12.59-171)
9 Gear plate (Not spared)
11 807E34261 Gear (16T)
12 Drive shaft (Not spared)
13 007E69070 Crease roll gate rack drive gear
(REP 12.59-171)
14 007E68951 Crease roll gate rack (REP 12.59-
171)
15 020E54110 Crease roll gate front guide
16 020E54120 Crease roll gate rear guide
17 Crease roll drive shaft (Not spared)
18 Crease roll gate shaft (Not spared)
19 050E23160 Crease roll gate (REP 12.59-171)
20 Front frame assembly (Not spared)
21 809E95060 Spring arm nip 1
22 809E95071 Spring arm nip 2
23 Rear frame assembly (Not spared)
24 Nip release shaft (Not spared)
25 016E20010 Bush roll release
26 413W88650 Bearing flanged
27 807E34251 Gear (15T)
28 807E34270 Gear (30T)
29 016E20000 Bush follower

PL 12.185 HVF BM Stapler
Assemblies
1 020E38513 Front follower
2 016E17732 Actuator
3 Rear follower (Not spared)
4 809E44010 Spring
5 130K74090 BM Paper present sensor (Q12-
170)
6 008E06850 Latch slide
7 029K03232 BM Staple head assembly (REP
12.27-171, ADJ 12.3-171)
Item 17)
9 Staple bracket handle (Not spared)
(REP 12.28-171)
10 Stapler bracket assembly (Not
spared) (REP 12.28-171)
11 809E48830 Torsion spring (REP 12.28-171)
12 Bearing (Not spared) (REP 12.28-
171)
13 Spring (Not spared) (REP 12.28-
171)
14 802E42770 Staple head cover
15 BM right hand cover (Not spared)
(REP 12.56-171)
16 125K03831 Static eliminator
17 130E11640 BM exit sensor (Q12-213) (REP
12.50-171)
18 107E22600 BM Stapler head carrier closed
sensor (Q12-217) (REP 12.28-171)
19 Lower shaft (Not spared) (REP
12.28-171)
20 Upper shaft (Not spared) (REP
12.28-171)
21 055E51870 Mylar guide
22 Exit plate (Not spared)

PL 12.190 HVF BM Bin 2
1 023E18612 Conveyor belt (REP 12.29-171)
2 050E21971 HVF BM Bin 2 extension
3 HVF BM Bin 2 upper cover (P/O PL
12.190 Item 8)
4 127K53630 BM Conveyor drive motor (MOT12-
274)
5 019E61171 HVF BM Bin 2 90% full sensor
(Q12-206)
6 HVF BM Bin 2 lower cover (P/O PL
12.190 Item 8)
7 826E32840 Thumbscrew
8 050K67740 HVF BM Bin 2 assembly
9 HVF BM Bin 2 connector (Not
spared)
10 809E47341 HVF Bin 2 actuator spring
11 007E69000 Gear (50T)/pulley (24T)

PL 12.200 Tri-Folder Covers
1 Door pin (Not spared)
2 802K94010 Front cover assembly (REP 12.67-
171)
3 848K11740 Rear cover (REP 12.67-171)
4 Top cover door assembly (P/O PL
12.200 Item 8) (REP 12.73-171)
5 Top cover door assembly spring (P/
O PL 12.200 Item 8)
6 802E93931 Top cover
7 848E17430 Right hand side cover (REP 12.67-
171)
8 Tri-Folder (complete) (Not spared)
9 Top cover door assembly shaft (P/O
PL 12.200 Item 8)
10 107E26490 Tri fold top cover interlock sensor
(Q12-210) (REP 12.77-171)
11 Top cover locking stud (Not spared)
12 802E99581 Front cover
13 017K04190 Caster
NOTE: For detail of bin 2, refer to PL 12.190.

PL 12.205 Tri-Folder Drives Module
1 Drive coupling assembly bracket
(P/O PL 12.205 Item 13)
3 Feed/exit roll drive gear (40T) (P/O
PL 12.205 Item 13)
4 Gear (40T) (Black) (P/O PL 12.205
Item 13)
5 Driven pulley (P/O PL 12.205 Item
13)
8 Idler assembly bracket (P/O PL
12.205 Item 13)
9 Drive clutch (CL12-269) (P/O PL
12.205 Item 13)
10 Crease roll belt (Not spared)
11 023E30780 Coupler drive belt (REP 12.68-171)
12 007K14460 Install kit drive assembly
13 005K12690 Drive coupling assembly (REP
12.69-171)
14 675K53640 Tri-Folder install kit (REP 12.68-
171)
15 Thumb screw (P/O PL 12.205 Item
14)
16 960K24000 Tri-folder PWB (REP 12.80-171)
17 Drive coupler (Not spared)
18 Align gauge coupler (Not spared)
19 962K49592 Bin 2 tray harness (REP 12.81-171)
20 962K49571 Bookletmaker PWB to Tri-folder
PWB harness (PJ602)
21 Drive belt tensioner pulley (Not
spared)
22 Feed roller bearing (Not spared)
23 Feed roll pulley (Not spared) (REP
12.70-171)
24 Feed roll belt (Not spared) (REP
12.70-171)
25 023E23370 Feed roll drive belt
26 020E39921 Pulley gear (19T/20T) (BM)
27 020E39930 Pulley (38T)

PL 12.210 Tri-Folder Top Door Cover
Assembly
1 Top access cover (P/O PL 12.210
Item 10)
2 Top cover door assembly spring (P/
O PL 12.210 Item 10)
3 Top cover door assembly shaft (P/O
PL 12.210 Item 10)
4 Latch hook (P/O PL 12.210 Item
10)
5 Top door cover assembly base (P/O
PL 12.210 Item 10)
6 Latch handle (P/O PL 12.210 Item
10)
7 Latch spring (P/O PL 12.210 Item
10)
8 059K58690 Idler assembly (REP 12.73-171)
9 Idler spring (P/O PL 12.210 Item
10)
10 848K11680 Top cover door assembly (REP
12.73-171)
11 Idler assembly (P/O PL 12.210 Item
10)

PL 12.215 Tri-Folder Main Drives
Assembly
1 Roller assembly (Not spared) (REP
12.74-171)
2 110E19840 Front door interlock switch (S12-
209) (REP 12.77-171)
3 110E19831 Top cover interlock switch (S 12-
210) (REP 12.77-171)
4 Top access cover docking catch
(Not spared)
5 Pressing and stacking assembly
(Not spared)
6 130E11861 Assist gate sensor (Q12-165) (REP
12.78-171)
7 020E38480 Centerfold pulley (REP 12.74-171)
8 121K44660 Assist gate solenoid (SOL12-268)
(REP 12.71-171)
9 011E13832 Centerfold entry gate lever (REP
12.74-171)
10 809E44040 Crease roll spring (REP 12.72-171)
11 130K74920 Tri folder entry sensor (Q12-164)
(REP 12.78-171)
12 130K74051 Tri folder exit sensor (Q12-166)
(REP 12.79-171)
13 Static eliminator (Not spared)
14 Feed roller bearing (Not spared)
15 Feed roller (Not spared) (REP
12.70-171)
16 121K44650 Tri folder diverter solenoid (SOL12-
267) (REP 12.74-171)
17 050E23180 Diverter gate
18 050E28950 Diverter gate spring clip
19 809E95080 Nip spring

PL 12.300 Inserter Covers
1 Front cover (Not spared) (REP
12.83-171)
2 Rear cover (Not spared) (REP
12.83-171)
3 Sensor tray (P/O PL 12.300 Item
20) (REP 12.89-171)
4 Bottom tray spring (Not spared)
5 Bottom tray shaft (Not spared)
6 Bottom tray (P/O PL 12.300 Item
19) (REP 12.90-171)
7 Lower jam cover (P/O PL 12.300
Item 21) (REP 12.92-171)
8 848K31360 Top cover door (REF: PL 12.310
Item 17)
9 Pivot pin (Not spared)
10 Inserter acceleration sensor (Q12-
316) (P/O PL 12.300 Item 21) (REP
12.92-171)
11 Inserter unit empty sensor (Q12-
082) (Not spared) (REP 12.90-171)
12 Inserter paper length 1 sensor
(Q12-079)/Inserter paper length 2
sensor (Q12-080),Inserter paper
length sensor 3 (Q12-090) (Not
spared) (REP 12.89-171)
13 Paper width sensor 1 (Q12-
081),Paper width sensor 2 (Q12-
169) (Not spared) (P/O PL 12.300
Item 19) (REP 12.90-171)
14 Bottom tray bracket (P/O PL 12.300
Item 19)
15 Bottom tray rack (P/O PL 12.300
Item 19)
16 Inserter bottom plate sensor (Q12-
085) (P/O PL 12.300 Item 19) (REP
12.94-171)
17 Top inside cover (Not spared)
18 Inserter jam cover interlock switch
(S12-179) (Not spared) (REP
12.88-171)
19 050K68510 Bottom tray assembly
20 848K31350 Sensor tray assembly
21 Lower jam cover assembly (Not
spared)
22 848K31370 Main tray assembly
24 Lower jam inner cover (P/O PL
12.300 Item 21)

PL 12.305 Inserter Main Drives (1 of 3)
2 Idler pin (Not spared)
3 Gear (Not spared)
5 Belt (Not spared)
6 Bracket (Not spared)
7 Jam drive belt (Not spared)
8 Inserter top cover interlock switch
(S12-178) (Not spared) (REP
12.87-171)
9 Loading lever (Not spared)
10 Loading gear (Not spared)
12 Torsion spring (Not spared)
13 Loading shaft (Not spared)
14 Front loading bracket (Not spared)

1 050K68520 Pickup assembly (REP 12.95-171)
(See NOTE)
2 Pickup gear (Not spared)
3 005K12890 Inserter clutch (CL12-260) (REP
12.86-171)
4 Reverse roller drive idler (Not
spared)
5 Pickup assembly bracket (Not
spared)
7 Reverse roller drive belt (Not
spared)
8 Reverse roller drive (Not spared)
9 960K46170 Inserter PWB (REP 12.85-171)
10 Inserter pickup sensor (Q12-315)
(REP 12.91-171)
11 Inserter LE sensor (Q12-083)/
Inserter TE sensor (Q12-084) (REP
12.93-171)
12 Idle roller (Not spared) (REP 12.98-
171)
13 Idler roller bracket (Not spared)
14 Idler roller spring (Not spared)
15 Top inside cover (Not spared)
16 Idler roller cover
17 Top cover (REP 12.91-171)
18 050K68090 Reverse feed roller (REP 12.95-
171)
19 006K32860 Idle roller assembly (REP 12.98-
171)
20 848K31360 Top cover door assembly
21 848K37330 Retard cover
22 Drive coupling (Not spared)
23 Reverse feed roll core (Not spared)
24 Pin (Not spared)
NOTE: To reset the HFSI count, go to dC135.

1 127K61990 Inserter motor (MOT12-261) (REP
12.84-171)
3 Driver gear (Not spared)
5 Tray down gear (Not spared)
6 Gear cover bracket (Not spared)
8 Bottom shaft drive (Not spared)
9 Feed roller drive gear (Not spared)
10 Tray down clutch (Not spared)
11 Tray down clutch assembly (Not
spared)

PL 20.05 Fax Module
1 Fax module
1 line (P/O PL 20.10 Item 1)
2 line (P/O PL 20.10 Item 2)
2 Fax connector PWB (Not spared)
3 Telephone cable (not shown on
illustration, see below for variants)
117K45260 United Kingdom
117K45390 USSG/XCL
117K45270 Germany
117K45280 Italy
117K45290 Netherlands
Belgium
117K45310 Switzerland
117K45320 Denmark
117K45330 Austria
117K45340 Sweden
117K45350 France
117K45360 Norway
117K45370 Portugal/Spain
117K45380 Finland
4 Thumbscrew

PL 20.10 Line 1 & 2 Fax Kits
1 Line 1 Fax Kits (see below for
variants)
497K06230 USSG/XCL
497K11280 USSG/XCL (CIF)
497K06250 XE (CIF)
497K06060 United Kingdom/Spain/Portugal/
Greece/Ireland
497K06090 Austria/Germany/Switzerland/Italy
497K06080 Sweden /Norway/Finland/Denmark
497K06070 Netherlands/Belgium/France
2 Line 2 Fax Kits (see below for
variants)
497K06240 USSG/XCL
497K11290 USSG/XCL (CIF)
497K06260 XE (CIF)
497K06100 United Kingdom/Spain/Portugal/
Greece/Ireland
497K06130 Austria/Germany/Switzerland/Italy
497K06120 Sweden /Norway/Finland/Denmark
497K06110 Netherlands/Belgium/France
497K08460 Australia, New Zealand, Hong
Kong, Singapore

PL 25.10 Convenience Stapler
1 Convenience stapler kit (REF: PL
31.11 Item 3)
2 Power cord (P/O PL 25.10 Item 1)
3 PSU (P/O PL 25.10 Item 1)
Item 16)
5 Convenience stapler (P/O PL 25.10
Item 1) (XE)
NOTE: The convenience stapler has no serviceable parts.

PL 26.10 Consumables and Tools (1
of 2)
1 008R90176 Cleaning fluid (IPA &
water)(WARNING)
2 Ethernet crossover cable (PWS to
SBC PWB) (Not spared)
3 Finisher bypass connector (Not
spared)
4 Plastislip grease (Not spared)
5 Disposable gloves (general
protection- see below for varaints)
(Qty. 100) (WARNING)
099P03227 Small
099P03228 Medium
099P03229 Large
099P03230 Extra large
6 019P03025 Microfibre cleaning cloth
7 108R00834 Magenta solid ink stick (Metered)
108R00830 Magenta solid ink stick (Sold)
108R00838 Magenta solid ink stick (Sold DMO)
8 108R00833 Cyan solid ink stick (Metered)
108R00829 Cyan solid ink stick (Sold USSG/
XCL/XE)
108R00837 Cyan solid ink stick (Sold DMO)
9 108R00835 Yellow solid ink stick (Metered)
108R00831 Yellow solid ink stick (Sold)
108R00839 Yellow solid ink stick (Sold DMO)
10 108R00836 Black solid ink stick (Metered)
108R00832 Black solid ink stick (Sold)
108R00840 Black solid ink stick (Sold DMO)
11 Antistatic fluid (Not spared)
12 Molub grease 777 (Not spared)
13 Cable tie (P/O PL 31.10 Item 12)
14 Foreign interface test tool (USSG/
XC)
15 008R12912 Staple cartridge (HVF - 100 sheet)
(1 x 5000)
008R12898 Staple cartridge (HVF- 100 sheet)
(3 x 5000)
008R12919 Staple cartridge (HVF - 50 sheet) (1
x 5000)
008R12920 Staple cartridge (HVF - 50 sheet) (3
x 5000)
16 008R12964 Staple cartridge (LCSS) (1 x 5000)
108R00493 Staple cartridge (LCSS) (3 x 5000)
17 050K21270 Staples (1 x 2000)
008R12897 Staples (8 x 2000)
008R12941 Staples (3 x 5000)
WARNING
Wear protective gloves when using solvents and
cleaning agents, PL 26.10 Item 5.

PL 26.11 Consumables and Tools (2 of
2)
1 600T91961 Stripper blade retaining tool
2 Drum alignment tool (P/O PL 31.11
Item 11)
3 070E01000 High pressure bearing grease
4 070E00890 Grease (NYE Rheolube 368F- 10oz
tube)
5 600T91960 Drum removal wrench (T30)
6 USB Flash drive (2GB memory
stick) (Not spared)
7 600T00563 Safety glasses
8 043P00067 Xerox Clean - ups (IPA & water)
9 Cleaning cloth (P/O PL 31.11 Item
32)
10 Oil spillage syringe (P/O PL 31.11
Item 32)
11 600T91959 Drum protective cover
12 Oil spillage plastic bottle (1.5L) (P/
O PL 31.11 Item 32)
13 Absorbent fabric mat (P/O PL 31.11
Item 32)
14 Film remover (Not spared)
15 082E14750 Service test pattern
16 Line test tool (Not spared)
17 114E24550 Scanner transport lock
18 146E02700 USB reader
WARNING
Wear protective gloves when using solvents and
cleaning agents, PL 26.10 Item 5.

PL 28.10 Covers
1 DADH covers (REF: PL 5.10)
2 Main covers (REF: PL 81.10)
3 LCSS covers (REF: PL 12.10)
4 Scanner covers (REF: PL 62.10)
5 HVF covers (REF: PL 12.100)
6 Tray 5 covers (REF: PL 75.60)
7 Tri-folder covers (REF: PL 12.200)

PL 31.10 Maintenance/Installation/
Removal Kits (1 of 3)
1 Fax adapter kit (see below for
variants)
604K67590 United Kingdom, Ireland, Spain,
Portugal, Greece
604K67600 France, Netherlands, Belgium
604K67610 Germany, Austria, Italy, Switzerland
604K67620 Sweden, Norway, Finland,
Denmark
604K73110 Australia, New Zealand, Hong
Kong, Singapore
2 497K07760 Foreign device interface kit
3 130K75900 HVF Low level sensor - spares
pack
4 604K73050 LCSS paddle spares kit
5 Hole punch kit (see below for
variants)
604K55160 2 hole punch kit (XE)
604K55190 2 hole punch kit (legal) (XE)
604K55170 3 hole punch kit (USSG/XCL)
604K55200 4 hole punch kit (Sweden)
6 USB print connectivity kit (Not
spared)
7 Finishing devices (variants below)
LCSS (no hole punch) (Not spared)
LCSS (no hole punch) (Not spared)
(30 ppm)
8 Tray 5 (Not spared)
9 498K12130 Tray 5 paper feed kit (A3 SEF
option) (Not spared)
10 498K12150 Tray 5 paper feed kit (A4 SEF
option) (Not spared)
11 604K48370 CVT Roll KIt
12 604K61780 GUI gasket kit
13 498K17780 Generic installation request kit (XE)
14 604K54972 Umbilical kit
15 604K67570 Feedhead assembly kit (REP 5.3)
NOTE: 498K part numbers should not be ordered by the

CSE. 498K part numbers are customer install kits and are
shown for reference only.

1 604K54580 OCT centre registration kit
2 604K41411 LCSS Front cover Kit
3 604K35700 Stapler kit (XE)
604K35710 Stapler kit (USSG/XCL)
4 Wireless network adapter kit
(NOTE 3)
5 497K04690 Tri-folder install kit (complete)
6 604K73060 LCSS paddle shaft assembly kit
7 604K54870 Registration/Pre-heat pump kit
(Contains 2 air pumps)(W/O TAG
018)
8 897E31770 French/Canadian UI overlay kit
9 604K67940 Drum pulley removal kit
10 604K73400 HVF ejector assembly safety cover
kit
11 604K73340 Drum repair kit
12 604K67130 Tray 3 guide kit
13 604K61410 Wave amp cable and clip kit (Type
A)
14 604K60701 DADH mylar guide kit
15 604K67230 LCSS traverse kit
16 Smartcard enablement kit (Not
spared)
17 604K62080 DADH sensor replacement kit
18 604K83720 LCSS diverter gate assembly
spares kit
19 604K54990 Nip A replacement kit (Contains 2
belts and 2 Nip A roller assemblies)
20 130K75140 LCSS stapler edge registration
sensor kit
21 604K54320 Front transfix linkage and gear kit
22 604K54330 Rear transfix linkage and gear kit
23 604K54100 Hardware kit (see NOTE 2)
24 498K19200 20 Amp adapter kit
25 Not used
26 604K55480 Feed roll kit
27 Install NAT kit (XE) (Not spared)
28 Install NAT kit (USSG/XCL) (Not
spared)
29 604K61420 Video cable and clip kit (Type A)
30 604K61370 3TM Cable kit
31 604K61710 Tray 3 kit
32 604K61640 Silicon oil removal kit
33 650K33140 UI overlay kit (English)
NOTE: 1: 498K part numbers should not be ordered by the
NOTE: 2: Refer to GP 24 for contents of the hardware kit.
NOTE: 3. Part number not available at time of publication.

1 Initialisation kits (variants below)
9301 (2 tier) (Metered) (Not spared)
9301 (3 tier) (Sold DMO) (Not
spared)
2 Product enablement kits (variants
below)
9301 (3 tier) (Not spared)
9301 (Sold USSG/XCL/XE) (Not
spared)
spared)
spared)
9301 (Sold DMO) (Not spared)
3 Scan to PC desktop kits (variants
below)
301K23410 Standard (USSG/XCL) (V10)
301K23420 Standard (XE) (V10)
301K23470 Professional (USSG /XCL) (V10)
301K23480 Professional (XE) (V10)
301K19430 Workgroup edition (XE)
4 Xerox copier assistant kit (USSG/
XCL) (Not spared)
Xerox copier assistant kit (XE) (Not
spared)
5 497K07630 Filter kit (Canada only)
NOTE: 498K part numbers should not be ordered by the


PL 62.10 Scanner Module, CVT/
Document Glass
1 062K28322 Scanner module (REP 62.1)
2 Top cover (P/O PL 62.10 Item 1)
(REP 62.2, ADJ 62.4)
3 090E02581 CVT Glass (See NOTE) (REP 62.3)
4 090K02560 Document glass assembly (REP
62.3)
5 032K09770 CVT Ramp assembly (REP 62.3)
6 Grommet (Not spared)
7 Not used
8 Nut (Not spared)
9 Harness clamp (Not spared)
10 Top cover plug (Not spared)
11 Document glass securing bracket
(P/O PL 62.10 Item 1)
12 DADH/IIT power comms harness
(PJ8, PJ18, PJ920) (REF: PL 62.16
Item 7)
13 952K00380 IIT video/SBC PWB harness (PJ15,
PJ922)
14 848E69071 Scanner rear cover
15 Scanner side cover (RH) (Not
spared)
16 UI harness cover (Not spared)
17 Latch plate (Not spared)
18 Not used
19 UI Base (Not spared) (REP 2.1)
20 Rubber stop (Not spared)
NOTE: 1. Refer to ADJ 62.1 for the optics cleaning

procedure.

PL 62.15 Electrical Components (1 of
2)
1 062K28310 Scan carriage assembly (REP 62.5,
ADJ 62.2)
2 122E03431 LED exposure lamp (REP 62.10)
3 Inline ribbon harness (P/O PL 62.10
Item 1)
4 962K50450 Scan carriage ribbon cable (PJ928)
(REP 62.13)
5 962K26830 LED lamp ribbon harness (PJ926,
CN1) (REP 62.11)
6 Scan carriage (P/O PL 62.15 Item
1)
7 130K75130 Carriage home sensor (Q62-018)
(REP 62.4), Angle sensor (Q62-
301)
8 Actuator support (Not spared)
9 Actuator spring (Not spared)
10 110K14010 Input module angle sensor actuator
(REP 62.9)
11 Cable clamp (P/O PL 62.15 Item 1)
12 Harness retainer (Not spared)
13 Connector cover (P/O PL 62.15
Item 1)
15 Lower skid (P/O PL 62.15 Item 6)
(See NOTE)
16 Upper skid (P/O PL 62.15 Item 6)
17 Clip (Not spared)
NOTE: Refer to ADJ 62.1 for the optics cleaning procedure.

PL 62.16 Electrical Components (2 of
2)
1 Carriage motor bracket (P/O PL
62.16 Item 15)
2 Carriage motor mounting (P/O PL
62.16 Item 15) (REP 62.6)
3 Carriage motor (MOT62-023) (P/O
PL 62.16 Item 15) (REP 62.6, ADJ
62.3)
4 020K12510 Scan idler pulley
5 130E18530 Platen down sensor (Q62-019)
6 952K00380 IIT video/SBC PWB harness
(PJ922)
7 952K00400 DADH/IIT power comms harness
(PJ920, PJ921, PJ852)
8 960K66391 Scanner PWB (REP 62.12)
9 Scanner PWB cover (Not spared)
10 130E12320 Document size sensor 1 (Q62-251),
Document size sensor 2 (Q62-253)
(REP 62.14)
11 Scan cables (Not spared) (REP
62.7)
12 023E25140 Scan drive belt (REP 62.8)
13 Not used
14 Scanner harness bracket (Not
spared)
15 127K44880 Carriage motor and bracket
assembly
NOTE: Refer to ADJ 62.1 for the optics cleaning procedure.

PL 70.10 Tray 1 and 2 Assembly
1 Tray 1 and 2 tray assembly (P/O PL
70.10 Item 21) (REP 71.1)
2 Paper tray (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
3 Plate arm (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
4 Paper width guide (P/O PL 70.10
Item 1) (REP 71.2)
5 Latch guide right (P/O PL 70.10
Item 1)
6 Latch guide left (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
7 Handle release (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
8 Gear 60 (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
(REP 71.3)
9 Gear 13/60 (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
(REP 71.3)
10 Gear 13 dog (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
11 Elevate plate assembly (P/O PL
70.10 Item 1) (REP 71.2)
12 Length sensing bracket (P/O PL
70.10 Item 1)
13 Width sensing bracket (P/O PL
70.10 Item 1)
14 Actuator bracket (P/O PL 70.10
Item 1)
15 E-clip (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)
16 Metal link arm (P/O PL 70.10 Item
1)
17 003E77651 Tray location catch
18 130E18220 Lower door interlock sensor (Q01-
102)
21 604K55411 Tray 1 & 2 Kit (Contains tray
assembly and front cover)
22 Paper length guide (P/O PL 70.10
Item 1) (REP 71.2)
23 Rear plate (P/O PL 70.10 Item 1)

PL 70.25 3 Tray Module Covers
1 Tray 1 front cover (P/O PL 70.10
Item 21)
Item 21)
Item 31)
4 848E23153 Right side cover
5 802K93695 Lower left door assembly
6 Lower left door latch (P/O PL 70.25
Item 5)
7 Rear left cover (P/O PL 70.25 Item
13)
8 Rear cover (Not spared)
9 848E23142 Cover front LH
10 848E23161 Cover infill
11 Left lower door latch retainer plate
(Not spared)
12 Rear left cover infill (P/O PL 70.25
Item 13)
13 604K55440 Rear left cover assembly
14 Blanking cover (W/TAG 001)

PL 70.30 Left Hand Upper Door
Assembly
1 Bypass assembly (Not spared)
(REP 70.2)
2 Bypass Module (P/O PL 70.30 Item
1) (REP 81.3)
3 Upper door stiffener plate (P/O PL
70.30 Item 18)
4 Nip 'D' roller (A)/Nip 'F' roller (B) (P/
O PL 70.30 Item 18)
5 Tension spring (P/O PL 70.30 Item
18)
6 Nip E support (P/O PL 70.30 Item
18)
7 Upper door base (P/O PL 70.30
Item 18)
9 Top cover (P/O PL 70.30 Item 18)
10 Nip release link arm (P/O PL 70.30
Item 18)
11 Pivot block (P/O PL 70.30 Item 18)
12 Nip 'E' roller (P/O PL 70.30 Item 18)
13 Nip 'D' release solenoid (SOL82-
008) (P/O PL 70.30 Item 18) (REP
81.13)
14 848E40430 Upper left door cover
15 Upper door divider (P/O PL 70.30
Item 1)
16 848K71910 Mid left door assembly
17 038E41190 Lower guide (PFP)
18 848K24560 Upper left door assembly (REP
70.2)
19 Latch (P/O PL 70.30 Item 18)
20 Latch spring (P/O PL 31.11 Item
23)
21 Latch clip (P/O PL 31.11 Item 23)
22 Hinge pin (Not spared)

PL 73.15 Tray 3 Assembly
1 Tray 3 assembly (Complete) (REF:
PL 31.11 Item 31) (See NOTE)
(REP 73.1)
2 LH Slide (P/O PL 73.15 Item 1)
3 RH Slide (P/O PL 73.15 Item 1)
4 055E55332 Baffle lead edge
5 019K13770 Pad Tray bottom
6 Front cable gear (Black) (P/O PL
73.15 Item 1)
8 Cable gear shaft spacer (P/O PL
73.15 Item 1)
9 Rear cable gear (White) (P/O PL
73.15 Item 1)
10 Dog drive elevate (P/O PL 73.15
Item 1)
11 007K20290 Damper and gear assembly (REP
73.6)
12 Cable gear shaft (P/O PL 73.15
Item 1)
13 Washer elevate (Not spared)
15 Retainer roller (P/O PL 73.15 Item
1)
16 Clip guide retainer (P/O PL 73.15
Item 1)
17 Front short cable (Silver) (P/O PL
31.11 Item 30) (REP 73.3)
18 Front long cable (Yellow) (P/O PL
31.11 Item 30) (REP 73.3)
19 Rear cable (Black) (P/O PL 31.11
Item 30) (REP 73.3)
20 Paper edge guide (P/O PL 31.11
Item 12)
21 Guide securing stud (P/O PL 31.11
Item 12)
NOTE: Refer to ADJ 73.1 to set the tray 3 paper guides.

PL 73.16 3 Tray Module
1 003E71520 Latch stop (See NOTE)
2 127K62350 Tray 3 elevate motor (MOT 73-002)
(REP 73.2)
3 127K53792 3 Tray transport motor (MOT70-
025) (REP 82.1)
4 960K52111 3 Tray module PWB (REP 70.1)
5 017K04222 Rear caster
6 017K04232 Front caster (Brake)
7 Drive belt (P/O PL 73.16 Item 13)
(REP 82.2)
8 130E18220 Tray 3 home sensor (Q73-303)
(REP 73.5)
9 059K50851 Takeaway roll 1 (A) / Takeaway roll
2 (B)
10 Not used
11 130E11610 TAR sensor 1 (Q 71-395),TAR
sensor 2 (Q72-396)
12 Lower guide (Not spared)
13 604K55421 TAR Drives kit
15 Idler pulley (P/O PL 73.16 Item 13)
18 003K20701 HT & main harness latch
NOTE: The Latch stop is also supplied as part of tray 3

assembly kit PL 31.11 Item 31.

PL 74.10 Bypass Module (Tray 4)(1 of
2)
1 Bypass Module (Not spared) (REP
81.3)
2 Bypass feed motor (MOT74-420)
(P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
3 Support retard (P/O PL 74.10 Item
1)
4 Spring retard (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
5 Clutch (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
6 Coupling (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
7 Retard roll assembly (REP 81.6) (P/
O PL 31.11 Item 26) (See NOTE)
8 Guide lower (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
9 019K13770 Pad tray bottom
10 Support nudger (P/O PL 74.10 Item
1)
11 Spring nudger (P/O PL 74.10 Item
1)
12 Pulley nudger (P/O PL 74.10 Item
1)
13 Nudger roll assembly (REP 81.6)
(P/O PL 31.11 Item 26) (See
NOTE)
14 Feed roll assembly (REP 81.6) (P/
O PL 31.11 Item 26) (See NOTE)
15 Clutch assembly (P/O PL 74.10
Item 1)
16 Guide upper detach (P/O PL 74.10
Item 1)
17 Flag media present (P/O PL 74.10
Item 1)
18 130E18220 Bypass empty sensor (Q74-335)/
Nudger home sensor (Q74-413)
(REP 81.10)
19 130E11610 Bypass feed sensor (Q74-406)
(XBRA)
20 Guide upper (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
21 Roller assembly housing (P/O PL
74.10 Item 1) (REP 81.3)
22 Drive belt (Not spared)
NOTE: To reset the HFSI count, go to dC135.

PL 74.11 Bypass Module (Tray 4) (2 of
2)
1 Tray extension (P/O PL 74.10 Item
1)
2 Tray base (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
3 Tray deck (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
4 Rack front (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
5 Rack rear (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
6 130E18220 Bypass width sensor (Q74-350)
7 Mounting bracket (P/O PL 74.10
Item 1)
8 Lever (P/O PL 74.10 Item 1)
10 Potentiometer (P/O PL 74.10 Item
1)

PL 75.60 Tray 5 Covers
1 802K93561 Front door assembly
2 Front door hinge (P/O PL 75.60
Item 1)
3 Front door hinge pin (P/O PL 75.60
Item 1)
4 Trail edge guide assembly (P/O PL
75.60 Item 1)
5 Front door latch (P/O PL 75.60 Item
1)
6 110E20570 Tray 5 door switch (S75-010)
7 Interlock switch plate (Not spared)
8 848K19110 Front cover (REP 75.8)
9 802E82351 Rear cover (REP 75.8)
10 802E82363 Top cover (REP 75.8)
11 Label (Tray 5) (P/O PL 75.60 Item
8)
12 848E05863 Bias knuckle cover
13 Front door interlock harness (Not
spared) (PJ507)
14 Tamper guide lever (P/O PL 75.60
Item 1)
15 Tamper lever compression spring
(P/O PL 75.60 Item 1)
16 Label (Max) (P/O PL 75.60 Item 8)
17 Cable clamp (P/O PL 75.60 Item 9)

PL 75.62 Tray 5 Base
1 Adjustable caster (Not spared)
2 Caster (Not spared)
3 Platform assembly (Not spared)
4 009E74211 Spring Bias
5 003E76870 Latch bias
6 003E78020 Docking latch (REP 75.9)
7 Docking latch spring (P/O PL 75.62
Item 16)
8 Docking latch bracket (P/O PL
75.62 Item 16)
9 Docking latch main bracket (P/O PL
75.62 Item 16)
10 803E13680 Docking latch thumb screw
11 068K54910 Docking plate
12 Slide assembly (Not spared)
13 Docking guides (P/O PL 75.62 Item
16)
14 Slide assembly locking nut (Not
spared)
15 049K00270 Docking kit
16 003K20681 Latch assembly
17 Adjuster wheel (Not spared)

PL 75.64 Tray 5 Guides
1 110K21080 Tray 5 docking interlock switch
(S75-017)
2 Handle latch (Not spared)
3 Latch spacer (Not spared)
4 Slide latch (Not spared)
5 Spring leaf (Not spared)
6 Rear guide (P/O PL 75.64 Item 12)
7 Front guide assembly (Not spared)
8 038E34401 Guide strip
9 Adjustment plate (Not spared)
10 Interlock guide (Not spared)
11 Rear guide assembly spring (P/O
PL 75.64 Item 12)
12 038K17713 Rear guide assembly
13 029K04680 Docking pin assembly

PL 75.68 Tray 5 Lift Assembly (1 of 2)
1 Tray assembly (complete) (Not
spared)
2 Crash bar (Not spared)
3 Frame top brace (Not spared)
4 Elevator motor (MOT75-019) (P/O
PL 75.68 Item 23)
5 130K74380 Elevator encoder sensor (Q75-015)
6 Elevator motor bracket (P/O PL
75.68 Item 23)
7 Elevator motor shaft (Not spared)
8 960K34453 Tray 5 Control PWB (Centre reg)
9 130K75511 Tray down sensor (Q75-012) (REP
75.3)
10 Standoff (Not spared)
11 Tray level drive gear clip (Not
spared)
12 110E06961 Upper limit switch (S75-412)
13 Rear elevator rack (P/O PL 75.68
Item 24)
14 Front elevator rack (P/O PL 75.68
Item 24)
15 Retard roller shield (P/O PL 81.46
Item 1)
16 Shipping pin bearing (Not spared)
17 Shipping pin spring (Not spared)
18 Shipping pin (Not spared)
19 Shipping pin handle (Not spared)
20 Cable tie (Not spared)
21 Clinch stud (Not spared)
22 Cable holder (Not spared)
23 127K56330 Elevator motor assembly (REP
75.4)
24 007K19660 Elevator rack assembly (REP
75.10)
25 003K20950 Shipping pin handle assembly
26 962K82710 Media path driver PWB to Tray 5
PWB harness (PJ502, PJ513)
27 Upper limit switch actuator (Not
spared)
28 Tray level drive gear (Not spared)
29 Actuator spring (Not spared)

PL 75.70 Tray 5 Lift Assembly (2 of 2)
1 Tray lift assembly (Not spared)
2 110E06961 Tray down limit switch (S75-415)
(REP 75.6)
3 025E06871 Lower safety bar
4 Lift plate (Not spared)
5 Fixing plate (Not spared)
6 Infill plate (P/O PL 75.70 Item 19)
7 019K13470 Cork pad
8 Tray lift top cover (Not spared)
9 Lift plate crash bar actuator 2 (Not
spared)
10 Lift plate crash bar actuator 1 (Not
spared)
11 Crash bar actuator spring (Not
spared)
12 Not used
13 Infill actuator arm (P/O PL 75.70
Item 19)
14 Infill actuator arm spring (P/O PL
75.70 Item 19)
15 Infill actuator arm pin (P/O PL 75.70
Item 19)
16 Infill plate spring (P/O PL 75.70
Item 19)
17 Lower safety spring (Not spared)
18 612W25655 Tray down limit switch screw
19 815K11380 Infill plate assembly
20 962K50461 Tray 5 elevator harness (PJ504)
21 032E29800 Rear elevator tray guide (REP
75.11)
22 032E29790 Front elevator tray guide (REP
75.11)

PL 81.10 Main Covers
1 848K66280 Rear cover
2 848E15831 Left cover
3 848E45840 Right cover
4 Front door assembly (REF: PL
81.11 Item 11)
5 848K31762 Ink loader access cover
6 848E45881 Ink loader top
7 848E45890 Ink loader access cover rear
8 848E45950 Ink loader backup cover
9 848E45961 Ink loader bracket
10 Not used
11 014E68060 Rear standoff (duct)
12 019E81431 Ink loader rotary damper clip
13 016E20080 Ink loader rotary damper

PL 81.11 Front Door Assembly
1 Front door shield (P/O PL 81.11
Item 13)
2 848K31753 Inner cover
3 Hinge assembly (P/O PL 81.11 Item
13)
4 Foam seal (P/O PL 81.11 Item 13)
5 848E45930 Dongle cover
6 848E45940 Shipping restraint cover
7 Front door moulding (P/O PL 81.11
Item 13)
8 Access magnetic catch (P/O PL
81.11 Item 11)
9 848E45920 Front door handle
10 848E46011 Front door bracket (attached to
frame)
11 848K66270 Front door assembly
12 Xerox logo (P/O PL 81.11 Item 11)
13 Door shield assembly (P/O PL

Xerox ColorQube 9303 Family Service Manual

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Xerox ColorQube 9303 Family Service Manual

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

708P90290

Xerox ColorQube 9303 Family Service Manual

February 2013 Introduction

Section 6 General Procedures / Information

Section 4 Repairs / Adjustments

When there is a personnel or machine safety issue.

February 2013 Introduction

Warnings, Cautions And Notes

Introduction February 2013

February 2013 Introduction

Introduction February 2013

ESD Caution Symbol

These with tag symbols are used to identify the components

Figure 1 Mod/Tag identification symbols

February 2013 Introduction

Table 1 DC Voltage Levels

NOTE: This links to a General Procedure.

NOTE: This links to a relevant wiring diagram.

Introduction February 2013

Hot Surface Symbol III. Objective

February 2013 Introduction

Introduction February 2013

February 2013 Introduction

Introduction February 2013

February 2013 Introduction

Introduction February 2013

February 2013 Service Call Procedures

February 2013 Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures February 2013

February 2013 Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures February 2013

Use SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance to maintain the machine. The

Table 1 HFSI replacement

February 2013 Service Call Procedures

3. If necessary, go to SCP 4 Subsystem Maintenance.

Service Call Procedures February 2013

February 2013 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2013

February 2013 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2013

February 2013 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2013

February 2013 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2013

Initial Actions Initial Actions

February 2013 Status Indicator RAPs

+24V Short Circuit Check

Status Indicator RAPs February 2013

February 2013 Status Indicator RAPs

Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.

Perform the RAP(s) given by the hard PEST fault code(s).

+50V Short Circuit Check

Status Indicator RAPs February 2013

Power supply unit Red LED

Figure 1 Component location

February 2013 Status Indicator RAPs

Repair the wiring, REP 1.1.

Procedure Repair the wiring, REP 1.1.

WARNING Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.

Switch on the machine GP 14. The fault code is still present.

Install a new drum driver PWB, PL 1.15 Item 4.

February 2013 Status Indicator RAPs

Status Indicator RAPs February 2013